12.01.2021 Views

Motors-D81.1-complete-English-06-2020

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS <strong>Motors</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP, SD, XP, DP<br />

Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Type series 1FP1, 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1<br />

Frame sizes 63 to 450 · Power range 0.09 to 1000 kW<br />

Catalog<br />

D 81.1<br />

Edition<br />

<strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

siemens.com/drives


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Related catalogs<br />

SIMOTICS FD D 81.8<br />

Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Frame sizes 315 to 450<br />

Power range 200 to 1800 kW<br />

PDF (E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5581-A181-A5-7600)<br />

SIMOTICS NEMA <strong>Motors</strong> D 81.2<br />

Low Voltage AC <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Selection and Pricing Guide<br />

Further details available on the Internet at:<br />

www.usa.siemens.com/motors<br />

SINAMICS G130 D 11<br />

Drive Converter Chassis Units<br />

SINAMICS G150<br />

Drive Converter Cabinet Units<br />

E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5511-A101-A6-7600<br />

Motion Control Drives D 21.4<br />

SINAMICS S120 and SIMOTICS<br />

E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5521-A141-A1-7600<br />

SINAMICS S120 D 21.3<br />

Chassis Format Converter Units<br />

Chassis-2 Format Converter Units<br />

Cabinet Modules, Cabinet Modules-2<br />

SINAMICS S150<br />

Converter Cabinet Units<br />

E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5521-A131-A7-7600<br />

All catalogs and other information material, such as brochures,<br />

manuals and operating instructions for standard drive systems are<br />

available up-to-date on the Internet at the following address:<br />

www.siemens.com/drives/catalogs<br />

The listed documentation can be ordered here or it is available in<br />

commonly used file formats (PDF, ZIP) for downloading.<br />

SinaSave energy saving/energy efficiency tool<br />

Further information on the subject of energy saving and the<br />

SinaSave energy efficiency tool is available at the following address:<br />

www.sinasave.siemens.com<br />

Drive Technology Configurator<br />

The DT Configurator can be used on the Internet without requiring any<br />

installation.<br />

The DT Configurator can be found in the Industry Mall at the following<br />

address:<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

The Drive Technology Configurator for gear units, motors, mechanical<br />

components, converters, connection systems, control and licenses and<br />

system configuration can be found in the Industry Mall main menu,<br />

under drive systems, selection and engineering tools.<br />

• Data sheets in up to 7 languages in PDF or RTF format<br />

• 2D/3D dimensional drawings in various formats<br />

• Terminal box drawing and terminal connection diagram<br />

• Operating instructions<br />

•Certificates<br />

• Start-up calculation for SIMOTICS motors<br />

•EPLAN macros<br />

Copper surcharges<br />

The metal factors that are applicable for the copper surcharges are specified<br />

in the headers of the current Price List D 81.1 P. Further information<br />

about "Metal surcharges" can be found in the appendix to this catalog.<br />

Motion Control Drives D 31.1<br />

SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives<br />

Built-In Units<br />

E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5531-A111-A1-7600<br />

Industrial Controls IC 10<br />

SIRIUS<br />

E86<strong>06</strong>0-K1010-A101-B1-7600<br />

Industry Mall<br />

Information and Ordering Platform<br />

on the Internet:<br />

www.siemens.com/industrymall


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP, SD, XP, DP<br />

Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Type series 1FP1, 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1<br />

Frame sizes 63 to 450, power range 0.09 to 1000 kW<br />

Catalog D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

Dear Customer,<br />

We are pleased to present you with the new Catalog D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>.<br />

The new catalog replaces the old Catalog D 81.1 · 07/2019:<br />

In the catalog, numerous new products have been included, which are marked with "▲" to indicate a brand new listing.<br />

7 For the SIMOTICS GP/SD standard motors:<br />

– Inclusion of the new SIMOTICS GP 1LE1083 aluminum series with IE3 Premium Efficiency, 2- to 8-pole, frame sizes 100 to 200<br />

– Inclusion of the new SIMOTICS SD 1LE1583 cast-iron series with IE3 Premium Efficiency, 2- to 8-pole, frame sizes 100 to 315<br />

7 For the SIMOTICS XP explosion-protected motors:<br />

– Inclusion of the new 1MB55.4 cast-iron series with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, 2- to 8-pole, frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

– Expansion of the 1MB55.3 cast-iron series with IE3 Premium Efficiency, 2- to 8-pole to include frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

– Inclusion of the new 1MB58.3 cast-iron series with IE3 Premium Efficiency, 2- to 8-pole, frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

By clicking on the article numbers in each chapter of the catalog PDF, you can go directly to our "Industry Mall".<br />

The products listed in this catalog are also included in the "Industry Mall".<br />

The "Drive Technology Configurator" is updated daily in the Internet at<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Up-to-date information about low-voltage motors is available online at:<br />

www.siemens.com/lowvoltagemotors<br />

You can access our "Industry Mall" online at<br />

www.siemens.com/industrymall<br />

Your personal contact will be glad to receive your suggestions and recommendations for improvement. You can find your representative<br />

in our contact person database at www.siemens.com/automation-contact<br />

We hope that you will often enjoy using Catalog D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong> as a selection and ordering reference document and<br />

wish you every success with our products and solutions.<br />

With kind regards,<br />

Christoph Nöth<br />

Head of Product Portfolio Management<br />

Siemens AG, Motion Control, Low Voltage <strong>Motors</strong>, Europe<br />

siemens.com/drives


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP, SD, XP, DP Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Type series 1FP1, 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1<br />

<strong>Motors</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Information regarding efficiency in accordance with<br />

International Efficiency,<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors,<br />

General information, Electrical design, Mechanical version,<br />

Mounting technology<br />

1<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

2<br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

3<br />

Catalog D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

Supersedes:<br />

Catalog D 81.1 · 07/2019<br />

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of<br />

this catalog:<br />

www.siemens.com/industrymall<br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation<br />

4<br />

Please contact your local Siemens branch.<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP explosion-protected motors<br />

5<br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors<br />

6<br />

• Marine motors<br />

By clicking on an Article No., you can access the DT<br />

Configurator to <strong>complete</strong> the configuration and then you<br />

can get product information and order in the Industry Mall.<br />

Article No.<br />

Or directly on the Internet in the Industry Mall, e.g. by entering<br />

www.siemens.com/product?1LE1504-1AB4<br />

Appendix<br />

NEMA motors, Industry Services, Partner at Siemens,<br />

Tools and engineering, Index of order codes,<br />

Conversion tables, Metal surcharges,<br />

Conditions of sale and delivery<br />

7<br />

The products and systems described in<br />

this catalog are manufactured/distributed<br />

under application of a certified quality<br />

management system in accordance with<br />

EN ISO 9001 (04-31-1267 Certified Registration<br />

No. DE-000357 QM). The certificate<br />

is recognized by all IQNet countries.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Digital Enterprise<br />

The building blocks that ensure<br />

everything works together<br />

perfectly in the digital enterprise<br />

Digitalization is already changing all areas of life and existing<br />

business models. It is placing greater pressure on industry<br />

while at the same time creating new business opportunities.<br />

Today, thanks to scalable solutions from Siemens, companies<br />

can already become a digital enterprise and ensure their<br />

competitiveness.<br />

Industry faces tremendous challenges<br />

Reduce<br />

time-to-market<br />

Boost<br />

flexibility<br />

Improve<br />

quality<br />

Boost<br />

efficiency<br />

Increase<br />

security<br />

Today manufacturers<br />

have to bring products to<br />

market at an ever-increasing<br />

pace despite the<br />

growing complexity of<br />

these products. In the<br />

past, a major manufacturer<br />

would push aside a<br />

small one, but now it is a<br />

fast manufacturer that<br />

overtakes a slow one.<br />

Consumers want customized<br />

products, but at<br />

a price they would pay<br />

for a mass-produced<br />

item. That only works<br />

if production is more<br />

flexible than ever<br />

before.<br />

To ensure a high level of<br />

quality while meeting<br />

legal requirements,<br />

companies have to<br />

establish closed quality<br />

loops and enable the<br />

traceability of products.<br />

Today the product itself<br />

needs to be sustainable<br />

and environmentally<br />

friendly, while energy<br />

efficiency in production<br />

has become a competitive<br />

advantage.<br />

Increasing networking<br />

escalates the threat to<br />

production facilities<br />

of cyberattacks. Today<br />

more than ever, companies<br />

need suitable<br />

security measures.<br />

2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

The digital enterprise has already<br />

become a reality<br />

To fully benefit from all the advantages of<br />

digitalization, companies first have to<br />

achieve <strong>complete</strong> consistency of their data.<br />

Fully digitally integrated business processes,<br />

including those of suppliers, can help to<br />

create a digital representation of the entire<br />

value chain. This requires<br />

• the integration of industrial software<br />

and automation,<br />

• expansion of the communication networks,<br />

• security in automation,<br />

• and the use of business-specific<br />

industrial services.<br />

MindSphere<br />

The cloud-based open IoT operating<br />

system from Siemens<br />

With MindSphere, Siemens offers a costeffective<br />

and scalable cloud platform as a<br />

service (PaaS) for the development of applications.<br />

The platform, designed as an open<br />

operating system for the Internet of Things,<br />

makes it possible to improve the efficiency<br />

of plants by collecting and analyzing large<br />

volumes of production data.<br />

Totally Integrated Automation (TIA)<br />

Where digitalization becomes reality<br />

Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) ensures<br />

the seamless transition from the virtual to<br />

the real world. It already encompasses all<br />

the necessary conditions for transforming<br />

the benefits of digitalization into true added<br />

value. The data that will form the digital<br />

twin for actual production is generated from<br />

a common base.<br />

Digital Plant<br />

Learn more about the<br />

digital enterprise for the<br />

process industry<br />

www.siemens.com/<br />

digitalplant<br />

Digital Enterprise Suite<br />

Learn more about the<br />

digital enterprise for the<br />

discrete industry<br />

www.siemens.com/<br />

digital-enterprise-suite<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Integrated Drive Systems<br />

Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems<br />

Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high<br />

degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology<br />

today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is<br />

characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical,<br />

and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits<br />

seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and<br />

even into the entire lifecycle of a plant.<br />

The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to<br />

service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better<br />

availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market<br />

and time to profit.<br />

Horizontal integration<br />

Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive<br />

portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units.<br />

At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated,<br />

perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard<br />

solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a<br />

comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are<br />

perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting.<br />

You can boost the avail ability<br />

of your application or plant<br />

to up to<br />

99 % *<br />

*e.g., conveyor application<br />

Vertical integration<br />

Thanks to vertical integration, the <strong>complete</strong> drive train is<br />

seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment –<br />

an important prerequisite for production with maximum<br />

value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally<br />

Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they<br />

are perfectly embedded into the system architecture<br />

of the entire industrial production process. This<br />

enables optimal processes through maximum<br />

communication and control.<br />

With TIA Portal you can<br />

cut your engineering time<br />

by up to<br />

30 %<br />

Lifecycle integration<br />

Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service<br />

are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System.<br />

That way, important optimization potential for maximum<br />

productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability<br />

can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle –<br />

from planning, design, and engineering to operation,<br />

maintenance, and all the way even to<br />

modernization.<br />

With Integrated Drive Systems, assets<br />

become important success factors. They<br />

ensure shorter time to market, maximum<br />

productivity and efficiency in operation,<br />

and shorter time to profit.<br />

With Integrated Drive<br />

Systems you can reduce<br />

your main tenance costs<br />

by up to<br />

15 %<br />

www.siemens.com/ids<br />

4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Introduction<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

1<br />

1/2 SIMOTICS motors<br />

1/2 Innovative drive technology for all<br />

industries, applications and<br />

power classes<br />

1/4 SIMOTICS Digital Data App<br />

1/5 Information regarding efficiency<br />

in accordance with International<br />

Efficiency<br />

1/5 Efficiency classes and efficiencies<br />

according to IEC 60034-30-1<br />

1/7 Guide to selecting and ordering<br />

the motors<br />

1/7 Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

1/13 General information<br />

1/13 Cut-away diagram of a low-voltage<br />

motor<br />

1/14 Colors and paint finish<br />

1/17 Packaging and dispatch<br />

1/17 Safety notes and documentation<br />

1/17 Test certificates<br />

1/18 Extension of the liability for defects<br />

1/19 Versions in accordance with standards<br />

and specifications<br />

1/23 Electrical design<br />

1/23 Voltages, currents and frequencies<br />

1/23 Powers<br />

1/24 Rating plate and additional rating<br />

plates<br />

1/25 Efficiency and power factor<br />

1/25 Rated speed and direction of rotation,<br />

rated torque<br />

1/26 Converter operation<br />

1/27 Windings and insulation<br />

1/29 Coolant temperature and installation<br />

altitude<br />

1/30 Heating and ventilation<br />

1/32 Motor protection<br />

1/35 Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1/44 Degrees of protection<br />

1/45 Mechanical version<br />

1/45 Types of construction<br />

1/47 Flange dimensions<br />

1/48 Shaft and rotor<br />

1/49 Measures for gear mounting<br />

1/50 Balance and vibration severity<br />

1/51 Noise levels for line operation<br />

1/52 Bearings and lubrication<br />

1/74 T-Drain – adjustable drainage of<br />

condensed water<br />

1/75 Lifting eyes and transport<br />

1/76 Mounting technology<br />

1/76 Preparation for mountings<br />

1/77 Modular technology<br />

1/77 • Separately driven fan<br />

1/78 •Brakes<br />

1/79 • BFK458 spring-operated disk brake<br />

1/83 • KFB spring-operated brake<br />

1/86 • SFB-SH solenoid double-disk<br />

spring-operated brake<br />

1/89 • Configuration of motors with brakes<br />

1/90 • FDX spring-operated brake<br />

1/95 Special technology<br />

1/95 • LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/96 • HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/97 • POG 9 rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/98 • POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/99 • HOG 10 D 1024 l rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/100 • Sendix 5020 rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/101 • Rotary pulse encoders for SIL2, SIL3<br />

safety applications<br />

1/101 - Sendix 5834 FS2/FS3 rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

1/102 - HOGS 100 S rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/102 - FSI 862 rotary pulse encoder<br />

1/103 • Backstop, protective cover<br />

1/104 Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

SIMOTICS motors<br />

Innovative drive technology for all industries, applications and power classes<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS<br />

Low-voltage motors for line and converter operation<br />

General Purpose<br />

SIMOTICS GP<br />

Severe Duty<br />

SIMOTICS SD<br />

Explosion-protected<br />

SIMOTICS XP<br />

Definite Purpose<br />

SIMOTICS DP<br />

Flexible Duty<br />

SIMOTICS FD<br />

Transnorm<br />

SIMOTICS TN<br />

High Torque<br />

SIMOTICS HT<br />

DC motors<br />

Direct Current SIMOTICS DC<br />

High-voltage motors<br />

High Voltage SIMOTICS HV<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for motion control<br />

SIMOTICS S servomotors SIMOTICS M main motors SIMOTICS L linear motors SIMOTICS T torque motors<br />

Servomotors Servo geared motors<br />

G_D081_EN_00495<br />

SIMOTICS motors<br />

With SIMOTICS, Siemens has the most comprehensive portfolio<br />

of electric motors worldwide. From energy-efficient, low-voltage<br />

motors through servomotors with high dynamic performance up<br />

to well-proven DC motors and powerful high-voltage motors.<br />

Innovative drive technology for all industries, applications and<br />

power classes.<br />

Outstanding performance, quality, efficiency, and compactness.<br />

The SIMOTICS motor portfolio:<br />

• SIMOTICS Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong> for line and converter<br />

operation:<br />

For standard applications with low to high motor power ratings<br />

• SIMOTICS Motion Control motors:<br />

For highly dynamic and extremely precise applications in<br />

mechanical engineering<br />

• SIMOTICS DC motors:<br />

For DC applications<br />

• SIMOTICS High-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong>:<br />

For line and converter operation in standard applications with<br />

high to very high motor power ratings.<br />

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong> for line and converter<br />

operation<br />

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong> are the right choice for solving<br />

drive tasks efficiently and reliably. In contrast to Motion Control<br />

motors, which are additionally characterized by very high dynamic<br />

response and precision, the more favorably priced lowvoltage<br />

motors are predestined for continuous or periodic, as<br />

well as powerful motions with fixed or variable speed, such as in<br />

pumps, fans, compressors, conveyor belts, lifts, hoisting and<br />

traversing gear, winders, mixers, kneaders and centrifuges.<br />

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong> are characterized by very high<br />

reliability, ruggedness, and efficiency in operation.<br />

They are available in diverse series and versions, which means<br />

that the appropriate motor can always be found for any application<br />

in an industrial or commercial environment, as well as in<br />

building management systems, shipbuilding and infrastructure.<br />

SIMOTICS Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong> comply with the most important<br />

relevant standards and guidelines and are available in IEC,<br />

NEMA, and APAC versions. They can be used all over the world,<br />

and have a global, long-term spare parts service. For these reasons,<br />

they provide a sustainable basis for export-oriented, globally<br />

operating companies to enable them to conduct their international<br />

business efficiently.<br />

1/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

SIMOTICS motors<br />

■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS GP – General Purpose motors are the most economical<br />

solution for use under standard environmental conditions.<br />

Typically, these motors have an aluminum housing and are<br />

characterized by their low weight. SIMOTICS GP motors are<br />

available in the power range from 0.09 to 45 kW.<br />

Available motor variants:<br />

• Induction motors, optimized for line operation<br />

- in efficiency classes IE4, IE3, IE2, IE1<br />

- as a standards-compliant version or compact version with<br />

increased power (IE3, IE2, IE1)<br />

- as a 2-, 4-, 6-, 8-pole version<br />

- as pole-changing motors<br />

- as an APAC version for use in the ASEAN Pacific region<br />

(IE3, IE2)<br />

- as a NEMA version for use in the NAFTA area<br />

- electrically (mechanically acc. to IEC): Eagle Line<br />

- electrically and mechanically<br />

- can optionally be run on a converter<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> optimized for operation on frequency converters<br />

- as a SIMOTICS GP – VSD10 line induction motor<br />

- as a SIMOTICS GP – VSD4000 line synchronous reluctance<br />

motor for particularly efficient operation in conjunction with<br />

SINAMICS converters.<br />

• Different types of construction, voltage versions, and a wide<br />

variety of options/add-ons for precise adaptation of the motors<br />

to application and customer-specific requirements.<br />

SIMOTICS SD – Severe Duty motors have a rugged cast-iron<br />

housing, which means that they are also suitable for use in harsh<br />

to very harsh environments. With a wide power range from<br />

0.09 to 1000 kW, SIMOTICS SD motors are the basis for machine<br />

and plant builders and owners who require a universal motor for<br />

flexible requirements and conditions of use.<br />

Available motor variants:<br />

• Induction motors, optimized for line operation<br />

- in efficiency classes IE4, IE3, IE2, IE1<br />

- standards-compliant version or compact version with<br />

increased power (IE3, IE2, IE1)<br />

- as a 2-, 4-, 6-, 8-pole version<br />

- as an APAC version for use in the ASEAN Pacific region<br />

(IE3, IE2)<br />

- as a NEMA version for use in the NAFTA area<br />

- electrically (mechanically acc. to IEC): Eagle Line<br />

- electrically and mechanically<br />

- can optionally be run on a converter<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> optimized for operation on frequency converters<br />

- as a SIMOTICS SD – VSD10 line induction motor<br />

- as a SIMOTICS SD – VSD4000 line synchronous reluctance<br />

motor for particularly efficient operation in conjunction with<br />

SINAMICS converters.<br />

• Basic Line and particularly rugged Performance Line<br />

• Different types of construction, voltage versions, and a very<br />

wide variety of options/add-ons for precise adaptation of the<br />

motors to application and customer-specific requirements.<br />

SIMOTICS – next generation is the next innovation step in lowvoltage<br />

motors.<br />

In particular, these motors offer the following advantages for<br />

customers:<br />

• More efficiency in the engineering process due to the<br />

Digital Twin Concept.<br />

• Further increase in availability due to the<br />

Smart Motor Concept.<br />

Innovative drive technology for all industries, applications and power classes<br />

SIMOTICS XP – Explosion Proof motors are designed for use in<br />

hazardous environments. For all conditions of use and hazard<br />

zones, e.g. in explosive gas atmospheres of the chemical/petrochemical<br />

sector or in explosive dust atmospheres in the mining or<br />

food and beverage sectors, there are suitable motor versions in<br />

aluminum and cast iron that ensure maximum safety and satisfy<br />

the relevant standards and regulations.<br />

SIMOTICS XP motors are available in the power range from 0.09<br />

to 460 kW.<br />

Available motor variants:<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> for use in Zones 1, 2, 21 and 22<br />

• Induction motors optimized for line operation<br />

- in efficiency classes IE3, IE2, IE1<br />

- as a 2-, 4-, 6-, 8-pole version<br />

- as a NEMA version for use in the NAFTA area<br />

• For motors suitable for line and converter operation<br />

• Basic Line and particularly rugged Performance Line in a<br />

cast-iron housing<br />

• Different types of construction, voltage versions, and a wide<br />

variety of options/add-ons for precise adaptation of the motors<br />

to application and customer-specific requirements.<br />

SIMOTICS DP – Definite Purpose motors are low-voltage motors<br />

for application-specific, customized and industry-specific<br />

use.<br />

They have the required respective industry-specific properties<br />

and certificates.<br />

SIMOTICS DP motors:<br />

• Crane motors for use in cranes<br />

(primarily for hoisting gear)<br />

• Marine motors for use on ships<br />

• Steel plant motors for use in the steel industry<br />

• Roller table motors for roller table applications in the steel<br />

industry<br />

SIMOTICS FD – Flexible Duty motors have been optimized for<br />

converter operation to flexibly address applications in power<br />

ranges extending from 200 to over 1600 kW. These are available<br />

with various cooling methods (air cooling, water cooling).<br />

SIMOTICS TN – Transnorm motors are low-voltage motors for<br />

line and converter operation in a cast-iron housing with higher<br />

power ratings up to 5000 kW from shaft height 315. In non-standard<br />

(Transnorm) motors, the assignment of the power rating<br />

and shaft extensions to frame size is not standardized.<br />

SIMOTICS HT – High Torque motors are permanent-magnet<br />

synchronous motors and are used in applications that require<br />

extremely powerful drives without gear units, even at low<br />

speeds.<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

SIMOTICS motors<br />

SIMOTICS Digital Data App<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

The SIMOTICS Digital Data App provides access to technical<br />

data, spare part information, and operating instructions for<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD motors any time any place. This gives our customers<br />

quick access to important contents of the digital twin.<br />

This simplifies our customers' processes.<br />

By scanning the data matrix code on the additional rating plate<br />

of the motor, the relevant electrical and mechanical data can be<br />

displayed for this motor.<br />

• Electronic and mechanical rating plate data<br />

• Additional motor data<br />

• Service information, e.g. display of the spare part list<br />

• Display of the ordering options installed<br />

• Documentation and manuals<br />

The SIMOTICS Digital Data App is available for Apple and Android<br />

devices and can be installed from the respective stores.<br />

To do this, please scan the appropriate QR code.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

• Shorter commissioning and service times<br />

• Fast access to relevant service information<br />

• Online availability of the motor data for integration into<br />

ERP systems<br />

Scan the QR code<br />

for the SIMOTICS<br />

Digital Data App.<br />

Scan the QR code<br />

for the SIMOTICS<br />

Digital Data App.<br />

1/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Information regarding efficiency in accordance with International Efficiency<br />

■ Overview<br />

Harmonization of the efficiency classes<br />

Various energy efficiency standards exist worldwide for induction<br />

motors. To promote global standardization, the international<br />

standard IEC 60034-30-1:2014 (Rotating electrical machines –<br />

Part 30-1: Efficiency classes of single-speed, three-phase,<br />

cage-induction motors (IE code) were defined and are used as<br />

the basis for local standards in most countries. Only the NAFTA<br />

countries USA, Canada, and Mexico use the differing standards<br />

of NEMA MG1. Standard IEC 60034-30-1:2014 divides low-voltage<br />

induction motors into new efficiency classes IE1 to IE4,<br />

which supersede the efficiency classes EFF2 and EFF1 previously<br />

valid in the EU.<br />

Applicability (excerpt)<br />

• Low-voltage motors up to 1000 V (50/60 Hz in line operation)<br />

• Power rating: 0.12 to 1000 kW; with 2, 4, 6, or 8 poles<br />

• Operating mode: S1<br />

The efficiencies in IEC 60034-30-1 are based on the method for<br />

determining losses according to IEC 60034-2-1:2014.<br />

IE efficiency classes<br />

The efficiency classes are grouped according to the following<br />

nomenclature (IE = International Efficiency):<br />

• IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

IEC 60034-30-1 NEMA MG1<br />

EU and other countries NAFTA (USA, Canada, Mexico)<br />

Comparison of IE efficiency classes<br />

Note:<br />

All efficiency classes are stated with reference to 50 Hz data<br />

(unless specified otherwise).<br />

Measuring method according to IEC 60034-2-1:2014 for<br />

determining the efficiency<br />

With this measuring method, motor losses are no longer applied<br />

as a percentage, but are determined by standard methods. The<br />

nominal efficiencies are therefore reduced from EFF1 to IE2 and<br />

from EFF2 to IE1, even though there have been no technical or<br />

physical changes to the motors.<br />

Previously:P LL = 0.5 % of P 1 (power drawn; IEC 60034-2)<br />

Now: P LL = individual measurement (IEC 60034-1)<br />

P LL = additional load losses<br />

IE1-IE4 efficiencies, 4-pole, 50 Hz, depending on the power<br />

GB 18613-2012<br />

China<br />

IE4 1)<br />

Grade 1 (IE4)<br />

IE3 Premium Efficient (60 Hz) Grade 2 (IE3)<br />

IE2 Energy Efficient (60 Hz) Grade 3 (IE2)<br />

Efficiency<br />

100<br />

%<br />

90<br />

85<br />

80<br />

75<br />

70<br />

65<br />

Classification<br />

acc. to IEC 60034-30-1:2014<br />

0.75 1.5 3 5.5 11 18.5 30 45 75 110 200 500 800 kW<br />

1.1 2.5 4 7.5 15 20 37 55 90 132 375 630 1000kW<br />

Power<br />

G_D081_EN_00473a<br />

Efficiency classes and efficiencies according to IEC 60034-30-1<br />

Minimum efficiencies according to IEC 60034-30-1:2014<br />

Rated power Efficiency in %<br />

IEC IE class<br />

P rated, 50 Hz IE1 – Standard Efficiency IE2 – High Efficiency<br />

kW<br />

2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole 2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole<br />

0.18 52.8 57.0 45.5 38.0 60.4 64.7 56.6 45.9<br />

0.20 54.6 58.5 47.6 39.7 61.9 65.9 58.2 47.4<br />

0.25 58.2 61.5 52.1 43.4 64.8 68.5 61.6 50.6<br />

0.37 63.9 66.0 59.7 49.7 69.5 72.7 67.6 56.1<br />

0.40 64.9 66.8 61.1 50.9 70.4 73.5 68.8 57.2<br />

0.55 69.0 70.0 65.8 56.1 74.1 77.1 73.1 61.7<br />

0.75 72.1 72.1 70.0 61.2 77.4 79.6 75.9 66.2<br />

1.1 75.0 75.0 72.9 66.5 79.6 81.4 78.1 70.8<br />

1.5 77.2 77.2 75.2 70.2 81.3 82.8 79.8 74.1<br />

2.2 79.7 79.7 77.7 74.2 83.2 84.3 81.8 77.6<br />

3 81.5 81.5 79.7 77.0 84.6 85.5 83.3 80.0<br />

4 83.1 83.1 81.4 79.2 85.8 86.6 84.6 81.9<br />

5.5 84.7 84.7 83.1 81.4 87.0 87.7 86.0 83.8<br />

7.5 86.0 86.0 84.7 83.1 88.1 88.7 87.2 85.3<br />

11 87.6 87.6 86.4 85.0 89.4 89.8 88.7 86.9<br />

15 88.7 88.7 87.7 86.2 90.3 90.6 89.7 88.0<br />

18.5 89.3 89.3 88.6 86.9 90.9 91.2 90.4 88.6<br />

22 89.9 89.9 89.2 87.4 91.3 91.6 90.9 89.1<br />

30 90.7 90.7 90.2 88.3 92.0 92.3 91.7 89.8<br />

37 91.2 91.2 90.8 88.8 92.5 92.7 92.2 90.3<br />

45 91.7 91.7 91.4 89.2 92.9 93.1 92.7 90.7<br />

55 92.1 92.1 91.9 89.7 93.2 93.5 93.1 91.0<br />

75 92.7 92.7 92.6 90.3 93.8 94.0 93.7 91.6<br />

90 93.0 93.0 92.9 90.7 94.1 94.2 94.0 91.9<br />

110 93.3 93.3 93.3 91.1 94.3 94.5 94.3 92.3<br />

132 93.5 93.5 93.5 91.5 94.6 94.7 94.6 92.6<br />

160 93.8 93.8 93.8 91.9 94.8 94.9 94.8 93.0<br />

200 … 1000 94.0 94.0 94.0 92.5 95.0 95.1 95.0 93.5<br />

Rated power Efficiency in %<br />

IEC IE class<br />

P rated, 50 Hz IE3 – Premium Efficiency IE4 – Super Premium Efficiency<br />

kW<br />

2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole 2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole<br />

0.18 65.9 69.9 63.9 58.7 70.8 74.7 70.1 67.2<br />

0.20 67.2 71.1 65.4 60.6 71.9 75.8 71.4 68.4<br />

0.25 69.7 73.5 68.6 64.1 74.3 77.9 74.1 70.8<br />

0.37 73.8 77.3 73.5 69.3 78.1 81.1 78.0 74.3<br />

0.40 74.6 78.0 74.4 70.1 78.9 81.7 78.7 74.9<br />

0.55 77.8 80.8 77.2 73.0 81.5 83.9 80.9 77.0<br />

0.75 80.7 82.5 78.9 75.0 83.5 85.7 82.7 78.4<br />

1.1 82.7 84.1 81.0 77.7 85.2 87.2 84.5 80.8<br />

1.5 84.2 85.3 82.5 79.7 86.5 88.2 85.9 82.6<br />

2.2 85.9 86.7 84.3 81.9 88.0 89.5 87.4 84.5<br />

3 87.1 87.7 85.6 83.5 89.1 90.4 88.6 85.9<br />

4 88.1 88.6 86.8 84.8 90.0 91.1 89.5 87.1<br />

5.5 89.2 89.6 88.0 86.2 90.9 91.9 90.5 88.3<br />

7.5 90.1 90.4 89.1 87.3 91.7 92.6 91.3 89.3<br />

11 91.2 91.4 90.3 88.6 92.6 93.3 92.3 90.4<br />

15 91.9 92.1 91.2 89.6 93.3 93.9 92.9 91.2<br />

18.5 92.4 92.6 91.7 90.1 93.7 94.2 93.4 91.7<br />

22 92.7 93.0 92.2 90.6 94.0 94.5 93.7 92.1<br />

30 93.3 93.6 92.9 91.3 94.5 94.9 94.2 92.7<br />

37 93.7 93.9 93.3 91.8 94.8 95.2 94.5 93.1<br />

45 94.0 94.2 93.7 92.2 95.0 95.4 94.8 93.4<br />

55 94.3 94.6 94.1 92.5 95.3 95.7 95.1 93.7<br />

75 94.7 95.0 94.6 93.1 95.6 96.0 95.4 94.2<br />

90 95.0 95.2 94.9 93.4 95.8 96.1 95.6 94.4<br />

110 95.2 95.4 95.1 93.7 96.0 96.3 95.8 94.7<br />

132 95.4 95.6 95.4 94.0 96.2 96.4 96.0 94.9<br />

160 95.6 95.8 95.6 94.3 96.3 96.6 96.2 95.1<br />

200 95.8 96.0 95.8 94.6 96.5 96.7 96.3 95.4<br />

250 95.8 96.0 95.8 94.6 96.5 96.7 96.5 95.4<br />

315 … 1000 95.8 96.0 95.8 94.6 96.5 96.7 96.6 95.4<br />

1<br />

1) Defined in IEC 60034-30-1.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Information regarding efficiency in accordance with International Efficiency<br />

Efficiency classes and efficiencies according to IEC 60034-30-1<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Background information<br />

Comprehensive laws have been introduced in the European<br />

Union with the objective of reducing energy consumption and<br />

therefore CO 2 emissions. EU Regulations 640/209 and<br />

2019/1781 concern the energy consumption or efficiency of induction<br />

motors in the industrial environment. This regulation is in<br />

force in every country of the European Economic Area until<br />

June 30, 2021.<br />

Effective July 1, 2021, the new regulation (EU) 2019/1781 will<br />

come into force. The main contents of and exceptions to both<br />

regulations are explained below.<br />

For more information on internationally applicable standards<br />

and legal requirements, visit:<br />

www.siemens.com/international-efficiency<br />

Regulation (EC) 640/2009<br />

Exceptions<br />

7 <strong>Motors</strong> that are designed to be operated totally submerged in<br />

a liquid;<br />

7 <strong>Motors</strong> fully integrated into a product (e.g. a gear unit, pump,<br />

fan or compressor) whose energy efficiency cannot be measured<br />

independently of the product;<br />

7 <strong>Motors</strong> that are specially designed for operation under the<br />

following conditions:<br />

- At altitudes greater than 4000 meters above sea level;<br />

- At ambient temperatures above 60 °C;<br />

- At maximum operating temperatures above 400 °C;<br />

- At ambient temperatures below –30 °C<br />

- With cooling liquid temperatures at the product intake of<br />

below 0 °C or above 32 °C;<br />

- In hazardous areas in the context of Directive 2014/34/EU of<br />

the European Parliament and Council;<br />

7 Brake motors<br />

The following motors are not affected:<br />

• Pole-changing motors<br />

• Synchronous motors<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> for intermittent duty S2 to S9<br />

• Single-phase motors<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> specially developed for converter operation in accordance<br />

with IEC 60034-25<br />

The following changes came into effect on the dates below:<br />

From January 1, 2015:<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE3 for a power range from 7.5 to 375 kW (2-, 4-, 6-pole) or, as<br />

an alternative, IE2 motor plus frequency converter.<br />

From January 1, 2017:<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE3 for a power range from 0.75 to 375 kW (2-, 4-, 6-pole) or, as<br />

an alternative, IE2 motor plus frequency converter.<br />

From July 1, 2021:<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE2 for a power range from 0.12 to 0.75 kW (2-, 4-, 6-, and<br />

8-pole), exception: Ex eb motors<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE3 for a power range from 0.75 to 1000 kW (2-, 4-, 6- and<br />

8-pole), exception: Ex eb motors<br />

From July 1, 2023:<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE2 for a power range from 0.12 to 1000 kW (2-, 4-, 6- and<br />

8-pole) of Ex eb motors with increased safety and of singlephase<br />

motors with a rated output power of at least 0.12 kW.<br />

Compliance with the legally required minimum efficiency class<br />

IE4 for a power range of 75 kW to 200 kW (2-, 4-, 6-pole). Exception:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with a brake, Ex eb motors with increased safety or<br />

other explosion-protected motors.<br />

Changes according to EU motor regulation 640/2009<br />

Low-voltage motors with a power range from 0.75 kW to<br />

< 7.5 kW have been labeled as follows since January 1, 2017,<br />

and low-voltage motors with a power range from 7.5 kW to 375<br />

kW with efficiency class IE2 have been labeled as follows since<br />

January 1, 2015:<br />

EU REGULATION 640 / 2009<br />

USE WITH VARIABLE<br />

SPEED DRIVE ONLY!<br />

This obligation applies only within<br />

the European Economic Area.<br />

Correct application is the sole<br />

responsibility of the customer.<br />

Motor series SIMOTICS VSD10 (1LE1092/1LE1592), VSD4000<br />

(1FP10/1FP15) and SIMOTICS FD (1LH1) are the preferred<br />

motor types for converter operation.<br />

New regulation (EU) 2019/1781<br />

Exceptions<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> that are designed to be operated totally submerged in<br />

a liquid<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> fully integrated into a product (e.g. a gear unit, pump,<br />

fan or compressor) whose energy efficiency cannot be measured<br />

independently of the product<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> that are specially designed for operation under the following<br />

conditions:<br />

- At altitudes greater than 4000 meters above sea level<br />

- Where ambient temperatures exceed 60 °C<br />

- At maximum operating temperatures above 400 °C<br />

- At ambient temperatures below -30 °C<br />

- With cooling liquid temperatures at the product intake of<br />

below 0 °C or above 32 °C<br />

- In hazardous areas as defined in Directive 2014/34/EU of the<br />

European Parliament and Council that are designed and certified<br />

for underground mining applications<br />

- <strong>Motors</strong> with an integrated brake that is an integral part of the<br />

interior motor structure and can neither be removed or powered<br />

from a separate source during motor efficiency testing.<br />

- <strong>Motors</strong> with an integrated speed control (compact drives),<br />

whose energy efficiency cannot be tested independently of<br />

the speed control<br />

The following motors are not affected:<br />

• Pole-changing motors<br />

• Synchronous motors<br />

• Totally enclosed, naturally ventilated motors<br />

(TENV motors);<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> specially developed for converter operation in accordance<br />

with IEC 60034-25<br />

Other potential restrictions as described in the technical documentation<br />

may apply to converter operation and must be taken<br />

into account!<br />

The following are generally recommended for converter<br />

operation:<br />

• Motor temperature detection by embedded temperature<br />

sensor<br />

• Bearing insulation with frame size 225 and larger<br />

Note:<br />

Different minimum efficiency class requirements apply in China,<br />

Korea, and Australia. Other countries will be available soon.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for the North American market<br />

The Energy Policy Act (EPAct) was superseded in December<br />

2010 by the Energy Independence Security Act (EISA). The following<br />

motors must fulfill the NEMA Premium Efficient Level:<br />

• 1 hp (0.75 kW) … 500 hp (373 kW): 2-, 4-pole<br />

1 hp (0.75 kW) … 350 hp (261 kW): 6-pole<br />

1 hp (0.75 kW) … 250 hp (186 kW): 8-pole<br />

• 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-pole<br />

• 600 V<br />

• NEMA Design A, B, or C. IEC Design N or H<br />

For details, see NEMA MG1, Table 12-11 and Table 12-12.<br />

Abbreviations<br />

NEMA: National Electrical Manufacturers Association<br />

IEC: International Electrotechnical Commission<br />

EEA: European Economic Area<br />

1/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

■ Overview<br />

Steps for drive selection<br />

Step 1<br />

Technical requirements<br />

for the motor<br />

Step 2<br />

Determination of the installation<br />

conditions and definition of the<br />

application, if necessary<br />

Orientation and general technical information<br />

Rated frequency and<br />

rated voltage<br />

3 AC 50/60 Hz,<br />

400, 500 or 690 V<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

Operating mode Standard duty (continuous duty S1 according to EN 60034-1)<br />

Degree of protection or type of IP..<br />

explosion protection required<br />

Rated speed (No. of poles)<br />

n = ................. rpm<br />

Rated power<br />

P = ................. kW<br />

Rated torque<br />

T = P 9550/n = ................. Nm<br />

Type of construction<br />

IM..<br />

Preselection in accordance with the application<br />

Ambient temperature 40 °C > 40 °C<br />

Installation altitude 1000 m > 1000 m<br />

Factors for derating None Determine the factor for derating<br />

(for reduction factor, see "Coolant temperature and<br />

installation altitude" on page 1/29)<br />

Cross-reference to other motors These include motors for special requirements in the area of explosion protection and applications or motors according to<br />

the NEMA standard.<br />

Step 3<br />

Preliminary selection of the motor<br />

Determination of the range of<br />

possible motors<br />

Select the frame size and therefore the possible motors on the basis of the following parameters: efficiency class, cooling<br />

method, degree of protection, rated power, rated speed and rated torque range.<br />

Note: The standard temperature range of the motors is from -20 to +40 °C.<br />

1<br />

Layout of the selection and ordering tables and description of the columns of the table headers<br />

Power, frame size, temperature<br />

class<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Table header – Meaning<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Different CC No. rated,<br />

IE class CC032A 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated I rated T rated<br />

kW kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB<br />

(A)<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

dB<br />

(A)<br />

Article No.,<br />

add. data<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

m<br />

IM B3<br />

J<br />

kg kgm 2<br />

Rated power at 50 Hz<br />

Rated power at 60 Hz<br />

Rated power at 60 Hz<br />

Frame size<br />

Rated speed at 50 Hz<br />

Rated torque at 50 Hz<br />

Efficiency class according to<br />

IEC 60034-30-1<br />

CC No. CC032A<br />

Efficiency at 50 Hz, 4/4-load<br />

Efficiency at 50 Hz, 3/4-load<br />

Efficiency at 50 Hz, 2/4-load<br />

Power factor at 50 Hz, 4/4-load<br />

Rated current at 400 V, 50 Hz<br />

Locked-rotor torque on direct switch-on as a<br />

multiple of the rated torque<br />

Locked-rotor current on direct switch-on as a<br />

multiple of the rated current<br />

Breakdown torque on direct switch-on as a<br />

multiple of the rated torque<br />

Measuring-surface sound pressure level<br />

at 50 Hz<br />

Sound power level at 50 Hz<br />

Article number<br />

Weight for type of construction IM B3, approx.<br />

Moment of inertia<br />

Legend:<br />

Primary key<br />

Standard values for all motors<br />

Specially for NEMA Energy Efficient MG1 motors, Table 12-11 or NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 motors, Table 12-12<br />

Note on pole-changing motors:<br />

The operating values are specified here for the rated power for the two different pole numbers.<br />

Step 4<br />

Detailed selection of the motor in the selection and ordering data tables<br />

Determination of<br />

Determine the motor Article No. according to the following parameters: rated power, rated speed, rated torque and<br />

the basic Article No. of the motor rated current from the "Selection and ordering data" for the motors that have already been identified as possibilities.<br />

Step 5<br />

Selection of the special versions or options<br />

Completing the<br />

motor Article No.<br />

Step 6<br />

Checking the required<br />

dimensions<br />

Selection of the frequency<br />

converter, if required<br />

Determine special versions and the associated order codes (e.g. special voltages and types of construction, motor protection<br />

and degrees of protection, windings and insulation, colors and paint finish, mountings and mounting technology, etc.).<br />

Additional information for motor selection<br />

The dimensions are specified in each catalog section under the heading of "Dimensions".<br />

Article No. of the converter as well as its selection, see Catalogs D 11, D 18.1, D 21.3, D 31.1, D 31.2 and D 31.5.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/7


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Steps for drive selection in the catalog<br />

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Catalog section/<br />

page<br />

Introduction 1<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors 2<br />

Orientation 2/2<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 2/8<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1004 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/8<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1504 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/9<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1604 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/11<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency 2/13<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 – self-ventilated 2/13<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 with increased power – self-ventilated 2/16<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1083 – self-ventilated 2/17<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/18<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/21<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/25<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/26<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1583 – self-ventilated 2/27<br />

IE2 High Efficiency 2/30<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/30<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 with increased power – self-ventilated 2/34<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/36<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/40<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/44<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/46<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency 2/48<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/48<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 with increased power – self-ventilated 2/51<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/52<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/56<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency 2/58<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1043 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/58<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1043 with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/60<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/61<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/64<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/67<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated 2/68<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency 2/69<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1041 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/69<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1041 with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/71<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1541 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/72<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1541 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/74<br />

ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium 2/75<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/75<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/77<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12 2/79<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1023 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/79<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1523 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/81<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1623 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/84<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Energy Efficient MG1 Table 12-11 2/88<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1021 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/88<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1521 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 2/89<br />

Pole-changing 2/90<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011 for constant load torque – self-ventilated 2/90<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011/1LE1012 for square-law load torque – self-ventilated 2/91<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions 2/93<br />

Dimensions 2/141<br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation 3<br />

Orientation 3/2<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 3/8<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5504 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/8<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5604 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/9<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5534 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/10<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5634 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/11<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5534 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/12<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency 3/13<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/13<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/14<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5533 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/15<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5633 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/16<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5533 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/17<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5583 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/18<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5683 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/19<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5583 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled 3/20<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions 3/21<br />

Dimensions 3/36<br />

1/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

■ Overview<br />

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Step 6 Catalog section/<br />

page<br />

Introduction 1<br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation · Introduction 4<br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line · Orientation 4/4<br />

Super Premium Efficiency 4/46<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/480 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/46<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/48<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions 4/52<br />

Dimensions 4/74<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line · Orientation 4/82<br />

Standard Efficiency 4/92<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/92<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/94<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/96<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/98<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/102<br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

• Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz –<br />

4/1<strong>06</strong><br />

self-ventilated, enclosed<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions 4/108<br />

Dimensions 4/133<br />

SIMOTICS XP explosion-protected motors 5<br />

Orientation 5/2<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 5/26<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB55 – self-ventilated 5/26<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency 5/27<br />

• Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated 5/27<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated 5/28<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB55, 1MB58 – self-ventilated 5/31<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency 5/33<br />

• Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated 5/33<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated 5/35<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · with IE1 Standard Efficiency 5/39<br />

• Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated 5/39<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency 5/41<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated 5/41<br />

Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency 5/47<br />

• Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB55 – self-ventilated 5/47<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions 5/51<br />

Dimensions 5/102<br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors · Introduction 6<br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors · Orientation 6/3<br />

Special designs · Options 6/9<br />

• Aluminum series 1LE10 6/9<br />

• Cast-iron series 1LE15/1LE16 Basic/Performance Line 6/10<br />

• Cast-iron series 1LE55/1LE56 Basic/Performance Line 6/11<br />

• Aluminum series 1MB10, cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB16/1MB5 6/12<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD 1LE1 standard motors<br />

Motor Efficiency class<br />

version<br />

Rated power at<br />

50 Hz<br />

(values in kW) or<br />

60 Hz<br />

(values in hp)<br />

Frame size – motor type<br />

Page<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

SIMOTICS GP aluminum housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 2.2 … 37 kW 1LE1004 2/8<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.37 … 45 kW 1LE1003 2/13<br />

2.2 … 37 kW 1LE1083 2/17<br />

IE2 High Efficiency 0.12 … 45 kW 1LE1001 2/30<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency 0.09 … 37 kW 1LE1002 2/48<br />

APAC Line IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.75 … 45 kW 1LE1043 2/58<br />

IE2 High Efficiency 0.75 … 22 kW 1LE1041 2/69<br />

ABNT Line IR3 Rendimento Premium 0.25 … 22 kW 1LE1073 2/75<br />

Eagle Line NEMA Premium Efficient<br />

0.37 … 37 kW<br />

1LE1023 2/79<br />

0.5 ... 50 hp<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient<br />

0.37 … 0.55 kW<br />

1LE1021 2/88<br />

0.5 ... 0.75 hp<br />

Polechanging<br />

– For a constant<br />

load torque<br />

0.55 … 16 kW 1LE1011<br />

4/2-pole, 8/4-pole<br />

2/90<br />

– For square-law<br />

load torque<br />

0.5 … 28 kW 1LE1011<br />

4/2-pole, 8/4-pole<br />

0.6 … 26 kW 1LE1012<br />

6/4-pole<br />

SIMOTICS SD cast-iron housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1504 2/9<br />

– Performance Line 2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1604 2/11<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.18 … 200 kW 1LE1503 2/18<br />

– Performance Line 1.5 … 200 kW 1LE1603 2/21<br />

2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1583 2/27<br />

IE2 High Efficiency – Basic Line 0.09 … 200 kW 1LE1501 2/36<br />

– Performance Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1LE1601 2/40<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency – Basic Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1LE1502 2/52<br />

APAC Line IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1LE1543 2/61<br />

– Performance Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1LE1643 2/64<br />

IE2 High Efficiency – Basic Line 15 … 200 kW 1LE1541 2/72<br />

ABNT Line IR3 Rendimento Premium 9.2 ... 300 kW 1LE1573 2/74<br />

Eagle Line NEMA Premium Efficient – Basic Line 0.18 … 185 kW 1LE1523 2/81<br />

0.25 ... 250 hp<br />

– Performance Line 2.2 … 185 kW<br />

1LE1623 2/84<br />

3 … 250 hp<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient – Basic Line 0.09 … 0.55 kW<br />

0.12 ... 0.75 hp<br />

1LE1521 2/89<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE5 standard motors – next generation<br />

Motor Efficiency class<br />

Rated power at Frame size – motor type<br />

Page<br />

version<br />

50 Hz<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450<br />

SIMOTICS SD cast-iron housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 160 … 315 kW 1LE5504 3/8<br />

– Performance Line 160 … 500 kW 1LE5604 3/9<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 160 … 315 kW 1LE5503 3/13<br />

– Performance Line 160 … 500 kW 1LE5603 3/14<br />

SIMOTICS SD Add cast-iron housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 160 … 315 kW 1LE5534 3/10<br />

– Performance Line 160 … 500 kW 1LE5634 3/11<br />

355 … 1000 kW 1LE5534 3/12<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 160 … 315 kW 1LE5533 3/15<br />

– Performance Line 160 … 500 kW 1LE5633 3/16<br />

355 … 1000 kW 1LE5533 3/17<br />

SIMOTICS SD Pro cast iron housing<br />

IEC IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 200 … 315 kW 1LE5583 3/18<br />

– Performance Line 200 … 500 kW 1LE5683 3/19<br />

335 … 980 kW 1LE5583 3/20<br />

2/91<br />

2/91<br />

1/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters,<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line standard motors for converter operation<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

Motor version Efficiency class Rated power Frame size – motor type Page<br />

SIMOTICS GP aluminum housing<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

VSD4000 line Super Premium Efficiency 0.55 … 30 kW 1FP1014 4/46<br />

VSD10 line Standard Efficiency 2.2 … 18.5 kW 1LE1092 4/92<br />

SIMOTICS SD cast-iron housing<br />

VSD4000 line Super Premium Efficiency 0.55 … 45 kW 1FP1514 4/48<br />

VSD10 line Standard Efficiency 2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1592 4/98<br />

1<br />

SIMOTICS XP explosion-protected motors<br />

Motor Efficiency class Rated power Frame size – motor type Page<br />

version<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355 400 450<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · aluminum housing SIMOTICS XP<br />

IEC IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.37 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.3 5/27<br />

IE2 High Efficiency 0.37 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.1 5/33<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency 0.75 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.2 5/39<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · cast-iron housing SIMOTICS XP<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 355 … 1000 kW 1MB55.4 5/26<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.18 … 200 kW 1MB15.3 5/28<br />

– Performance Line 1.5 … 200 kW 1MB16.3 5/28<br />

– Advanced 355 … 1000 kW 1MB55.3 5/31<br />

insulation system<br />

– Premium 335 … 980 kW 1MB58.3 5/31<br />

insulation system<br />

IE2 High Efficiency – Basic Line 0.09 … 200 kW 1MB15.1 5/35<br />

– Performance Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1MB16.1 5/35<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · cast-iron housing SIMOTICS XP<br />

IEC IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.25 … 80 kW 1MB1543 5/41<br />

– Performance Line 1.3 … 80 kW 1MB1643 5/41<br />

– Basic Line 64 … 165 kW 1MB5543 5/41<br />

– Performance Line 64 … 165 kW 1MB5643 5/41<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · cast-iron housing SIMOTICS XP<br />

IEC IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.09 … 90 kW 1MB1553 5/47<br />

55 … 460 kW 1MB5553 5/47<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Guide to selecting and ordering the motors<br />

Catalog orientation and drive selection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors<br />

Motor version<br />

Efficiency class<br />

Rated power at<br />

50 Hz<br />

(values in kW) or<br />

60 Hz<br />

(values in hp)<br />

Frame size – motor type<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

Marine motors – aluminum housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

2.2 … 37 kW 1LE1004 6/9<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.37 … 45 kW 1LE1003 6/9<br />

IE2 High Efficiency 0.12 … 45 kW 1LE1001 6/9<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency 0.09 … 37 kW 1LE1002 6/9<br />

IEC – with IE3 Premium Efficiency 0.37 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.3 6/12<br />

explosion<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

protection<br />

0.37 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.1 6/12<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency 0.75 … 18.5 kW 1MB10.2 6/12<br />

Eagle Line NEMA Premium Efficient<br />

0.37 … 37 kW<br />

1LE1023 6/9<br />

0.5 ... 50 hp<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient<br />

0.37 … 0.55 kW<br />

1LE1021 6/9<br />

0.5 ... 0.75 hp<br />

Polechanging<br />

– 0.5 … 28 kW 1LE1011 6/9<br />

– 0.6 … 26 kW 1LE1012 6/9<br />

Marine motors – cast-iron housing<br />

IEC IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

– Basic Line 2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1504 6/10<br />

160 … 315 kW 1LE55.4 6/11<br />

– Performance Line 2.2 … 200 kW 1LE1604 6/10<br />

160 … 500 kW 1LE56.4 6/11<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.18 … 200 kW 1LE1503 6/10<br />

160 … 315 kW 1LE55.3 6/11<br />

– Performance Line 1.5 … 200 kW 1LE1603 6/10<br />

160 … 500 kW 1LE56.3 6/11<br />

IE2 High Efficiency – Basic Line 0.09 … 200 kW 1LE1501 6/10<br />

– Performance Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1LE1601 6/10<br />

IEC – with IE3 Premium Efficiency – Basic Line 0.18 … 200 kW 1MB15.3 6/12<br />

explosion<br />

protection<br />

– Performance Line 1.5 … 200 kW 1MB16.3 6/12<br />

0.09 … 90 kW 1MB1553 6/12<br />

55 … 460 kW 1LE5553 6/12<br />

IE2 High Efficiency – Basic Line 0.09 … 200 kW 1MB15.1 6/12<br />

– Performance Line 0.75 … 200 kW 1MB16.1 6/12<br />

Eagle Line NEMA Premium Efficient – Basic Line 0.18 … 185 kW 1LE1523 6/10<br />

0.25 ... 250 hp<br />

– Performance Line 2.2 … 185 kW<br />

1LE1623 6/10<br />

3 … 250 hp<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient – Basic Line 0.09 … 0.55 kW<br />

0.12 ... 0.75 hp<br />

1LE1521 6/10<br />

Page<br />

1/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Cut-away diagram of a low-voltage motor<br />

1<br />

$ Motor protection page 1/32<br />

Motor connection and terminal box page 1/35<br />

Voltages, currents and frequencies page 1/23<br />

% Windings and insulation page 1/27<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude page 1/29<br />

& Heating and ventilation page 1/30<br />

Mechanical version page 1/45<br />

Degrees of protection page 1/44<br />

Modular technology page 1/77<br />

Special technology page 1/95<br />

( Bearings and lubrication page 1/52<br />

) Shaft and rotor page 1/48<br />

Balance and vibration severity page 1/50<br />

* Colors and paint finish page 1/14<br />

+ Types of construction page 1/45<br />

, Rating plate and additional rating plates page 1/24<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/13


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

To protect the drives against corrosion and external influences, high-quality paint systems are available in various<br />

colors.<br />

Additional identification code -Z with order code<br />

Standard version 8) S00 9) S01 8) S02 S03 8) 10) S04 8) S05 S<strong>06</strong> 8) 10) 11)<br />

Paint finish, suitability of paint finish for climate group in accordance with IEC 60721-2-1<br />

Standard paint finish<br />

C2<br />

Use<br />

Moderate (extended)<br />

for indoor and outdoor<br />

installation under a roof<br />

not directly exposed to<br />

weather conditions.<br />

Unpainted, but<br />

unfinished castiron<br />

surfaces are<br />

primed<br />

The motors can<br />

be supplied<br />

unpainted on<br />

request.<br />

Unpainted,<br />

motor primed<br />

The motors can<br />

be supplied with<br />

just a primer<br />

coat on request.<br />

Special paint<br />

finish<br />

C3<br />

Worldwide<br />

(global) for outdoor<br />

installation<br />

in direct sunlight<br />

and/or<br />

exposed to<br />

weather conditions.<br />

Special paint<br />

finish system<br />

"sea air resistant"<br />

C4<br />

Recommended<br />

for indoor or outdoor<br />

installation<br />

directly exposed<br />

to weather conditions,<br />

industrial<br />

climate with<br />

moderate SO 2<br />

exposure, VIK<br />

requirements,<br />

inshore maritime<br />

climate, but<br />

not offshore<br />

maritime climate,<br />

e.g. for<br />

crane drives and<br />

in the paper<br />

industry.<br />

Special paint<br />

finish system<br />

"offshore"<br />

C5<br />

Recommended<br />

for outdoor<br />

installations<br />

exposed to<br />

direct weather<br />

conditions,<br />

industrial climate<br />

with<br />

moderate SO 2<br />

exposure, and<br />

offshore maritime<br />

climate,<br />

e.g. for crane<br />

drives.<br />

Rel. air humidity at (temperature)<br />

60 % (40 °C) – – 100 % (40 °C) 75 % (50 °C) 75 % (60 °C)<br />

Table continues on the next page.<br />

Interior paint<br />

finish,<br />

all bare internal<br />

components<br />

primed with rust<br />

inhibitor 1)<br />

The motors can<br />

be supplied with<br />

internal paint finish<br />

on request.<br />

Recommended<br />

when there is a<br />

risk of heavy<br />

condensate formation.<br />

Polyurethanebased<br />

top coat,<br />

can only be<br />

ordered with S03<br />

or S04<br />

Exposure to<br />

direct sunlight<br />

(UV light) may<br />

cause a change<br />

in color. When<br />

color stability is a<br />

requirement, a<br />

polyurethanebased<br />

paint system<br />

is recommended<br />

for the<br />

top coat<br />

(RAL 7030). Colors<br />

other than<br />

RAL 7030 are<br />

available on<br />

request.<br />

Test requirements according to EN ISO 12944-2 Corrosivity Category<br />

C2 – – C3 C4 C5 – –<br />

2) 3)<br />

Total film thickness – nominal film thickness in μm<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in aluminum version<br />

2-comp. epoxy resin<br />

30 4) 5) – 30 60 120 – – –<br />

Polyurethane/S<strong>06</strong><br />

– – – – 120 – – Film thickness<br />

similar to S03/S04<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in cast-iron version<br />

2-comp. epoxy resin<br />

60 30 60 90 150 170 6) – –<br />

Polyurethane/S<strong>06</strong><br />

– – – – 150 170 6) – Film thickness<br />

similar to S03/S04<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in cast-iron version 1LE5, 1MB5 (only valid for frame sizes 400 and 450)<br />

Water-based 2-comp. Synth. resin<br />

polyurethane<br />

Water-based<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

primer<br />

Water-based<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

Water-based<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

Water-based<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

2-comp. epoxy<br />

resin/<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

primer<br />

Water-based<br />

2-comp. polyurethane<br />

120 60 120 180 240 320 60 Film thickness<br />

similar to S03/S04<br />

Resistance<br />

Temperature range<br />

Up to 120 °C for<br />

brief periods<br />

Up to 100 °C<br />

continuously<br />

For corrosive<br />

atmospheres up<br />

to 1 % acid and<br />

alkali concentration<br />

or permanent<br />

dampness<br />

in sheltered<br />

rooms.<br />

– – Up to 140 °C<br />

for brief periods<br />

Up to 120 °C<br />

continuously<br />

Chemical exposure<br />

up to 5 %<br />

acid and alkali<br />

concentration.<br />

Chemical exposure<br />

up to 5 %<br />

acid and alkali<br />

concentration.<br />

–40 … 140 °C –40 … 140 °C<br />

Sunlight<br />

1/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

■ Overview<br />

Note:<br />

For transport, the bare parts are coated with anti-corrosion paint<br />

which will last for a limited amount of time.<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Additional identification code -Z with order code<br />

Standard version 8) S00 9) S01 8) S02 S03 8) 10) S04 8) S05 S<strong>06</strong> 8) 10) 11)<br />

Suitability for recoating 7)<br />

Pre-treatment of parts<br />

Drying<br />

Top coat colors<br />

Standard version<br />

Available colors<br />

Can be recoated within 1 week<br />

All parts cleaned and degreased, steel and cast-iron parts sandblasted<br />

All layers oven-dried<br />

RAL 7030 (stone gray)<br />

Alternative standard and special RAL colors must be ordered with order code Y53 or Y56 and specification in plain<br />

text of the required RAL number (see tables for order codes Y53 and Y56 on the following page for selection of available<br />

RAL numbers/RAL colors).<br />

S<strong>06</strong> is available only in standard RAL 7030<br />

Treatment of bare metal areas of shaft extensions and flanges<br />

Coated with anti-corrosion agent that repels water and palm sweat<br />

1<br />

1) Machined laminated rotor core, shaft, inner diameter of cast-iron housing,<br />

interior surfaces of cast-iron bearing plates.<br />

2) Total film thickness:<br />

- The specified film thickness represents average values for the external<br />

motor surfaces<br />

- Unpainted or one layer of paint (30 µm) less beneath the fan cover<br />

- The film thickness may differ at inaccessible locations (pockets/recesses<br />

or bases of ribs)<br />

The film thickness specified for aluminum/cast-iron versions refers not only<br />

to motors, but also to components such as the bearing plate and housing.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> are also available in an aluminum/cast-iron composite design.<br />

3) The paint coat can become electrostatically charged where there is a thick<br />

film. Electrostatic discharges can occur. There is a risk of explosion if<br />

potentially explosive mixtures are also present at this moment. This can<br />

result in death, serious injury or material damage. When painted surfaces<br />

are recoated, one of the following conditions must be fulfilled:<br />

• Limit the total paint film thickness according to the explosion protection<br />

group:<br />

- IIA, IIB: Total paint film thickness 2mm<br />

- IIC: Total paint film thickness 0.2 mm for motors of group II (gas)<br />

• Limit the surface resistance of the paint used:<br />

- Surface resistance 1G for motors of groups II and III (gas and dust)<br />

• Charge transfer limit:<br />

- 60 nC for Group I or Group IIA devices<br />

- 25 nC for Group IIB devices<br />

- 10 nC for Group IIC devices<br />

- 200 nC for Group III devices<br />

• Breakdown voltage 4 kV for explosion group III (dust only)<br />

Note:<br />

Paints for IIC with film thickness exceeding 200 µm are optionally available.<br />

Paints with film thickness exceeding 200 µm have been tested for<br />

electrostatic charging. <strong>Motors</strong> with a coating thickness exceeding<br />

200 µm may only be painted over if the conditions mentioned above are<br />

complied with.<br />

4) Aluminum motors/components without a paint finish already meet the<br />

requirements for corrosivity class C2. It is not therefore necessary to apply<br />

paint to components that are not visible. The paint finish is therefore<br />

applied only for the purpose of coloring.<br />

5) Aluminum motors with cast-iron components (e.g. DE bearing plate) have a<br />

primer coat of > 30 µm on cast-iron components.<br />

6) 50 µm zinc galvanized layer + 120 µm paint film thickness.<br />

7) Primers, water-based 2-K epoxy resin paints and polyurethane-based<br />

paints can be overpainted with paints of the same kind if the motors are in<br />

the original packaging and are still covered by the warranty. A suitability<br />

test should be conducted before any recoating work is undertaken if the<br />

customer intends to use a coating of a different kind to overpaint the motor.<br />

Alternatively, a test in accordance with EN ISO 16927 "Determination of the<br />

overcoatability and recoatability of a coating" can be requested and<br />

ordered.<br />

8) For SIMOTICS XP cast-iron motors that are suitable for operation in dust<br />

hazardous areas, some color restrictions apply to conductive paints.<br />

9) Not permitted for SIMOTICS XP cast-iron motors that are suitable for operation<br />

in dust hazardous areas.<br />

10) For SIMOTICS XP aluminum motors that are suitable for operation in dust<br />

hazardous areas, some color restrictions apply to conductive paints.<br />

11) For SIMOTICS XP cast-iron motors that are suitable for operation in gas<br />

hazardous areas, some color restrictions apply to conductive paints.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors –<br />

Order code Y53<br />

(RAL number is required in plain text)<br />

RAL No. Color name RAL No. Color name<br />

3007 Black red 7 000 Squirrel gray<br />

5002 Ultramarine blue 7001 Silver gray<br />

5007 Brilliant blue 7004 Signal gray<br />

5009 Azure blue 7011 Iron gray<br />

5010 Gentian blue 7016 Anthracite gray<br />

5015 Sky blue 7022 Umbra gray<br />

5017 Traffic blue 7031 Blue gray<br />

5018 Turquoise blue 7032 Pebble gray<br />

5019 Capri blue 7033 Cement gray<br />

6011 Reseda green 7035 Light gray<br />

6021 Pale green 9005 Jet black<br />

The following paints must be applied at least twice owing to their<br />

poor opacity. The standard paint finish for these colors is not<br />

possible and must be ordered with S02, S03, or S04.<br />

RAL No. Color name<br />

1002 Sand yellow<br />

1013 Oyster white<br />

1015 Light ivory<br />

1019 Gray beige<br />

2003 Pastel orange<br />

2004 Pure orange<br />

3000 Flame red<br />

5012 Light blue<br />

6019 Pastel green<br />

9001 Cream white<br />

9002 Gray white<br />

The following colors are not permitted in combination with conductive<br />

paints that are suitable for hazardous areas.<br />

RAL No. Color name RAL No. Color name<br />

1003 Signal yellow 2009 Traffic orange<br />

1018 Zinc yellow 3002 Carmine red<br />

1021 Rape yellow 3015 Light pink<br />

1023 Traffic yellow 3020 Traffic red<br />

1028 Melon yellow 6018 Yellow green<br />

1033 Dahlia yellow 9003 Signal white<br />

2003 Pastel orange 9010 Pure white<br />

2004 Pure orange 9016 Traffic white<br />

2008 Bright red orange<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors –<br />

Order code Y56<br />

(RAL number is required in plain text)<br />

RAL No. Color name RAL No. Color name<br />

3004 Purple red 6034 Pastel turquoise<br />

3011 Brown red 7005 Mouse gray<br />

3015 Light pink 7009 Green gray<br />

3020 Traffic red 7012 Basalt gray<br />

4005 Blue lilac 7015 Slate gray<br />

5000 Violet blue 7023 Concrete gray<br />

5001 Green blue 7036 Platinum gray<br />

5003 Sapphire blue 7037 Dusty gray<br />

5005 Signal blue 7038 Agate gray<br />

5011 Steel blue 7039 Quartz gray<br />

5013 Cobalt blue 7040 Window gray<br />

5014 Pigeon blue 7042 Traffic gray A<br />

5020 Ocean blue 7044 Silk gray<br />

5021 Water blue 7045 Telegray 1<br />

5022 Night blue 7046 Telegray 2<br />

5023 Distant blue 7047 Telegray 4<br />

6000 Patina green 8012 Red brown<br />

6001 Emerald green 8025 Pale brown<br />

6002 Leaf green 8028 Terra brown<br />

6005 Moss green 9003 Signal white<br />

6009 Fir green 9004 Signal black<br />

6010 Grass green 90<strong>06</strong> White aluminum<br />

6016 Turquoise green 9007 Gray aluminum<br />

6017 May green 9010 Pure white<br />

6018 Yellow green 9011 Graphite black<br />

6024 Traffic green 9016 Traffic white<br />

6026 Opal green 9017 Traffic black<br />

6029 Mint green 9018 Papyrus white<br />

6032 Signal green<br />

The following paints must be applied at least twice owing to their<br />

poor opacity. The standard paint finish for these colors is not<br />

possible and must be ordered with S02, S03, or S04.<br />

RAL No. Color name<br />

1003 Signal yellow<br />

1004 Golden yellow<br />

10<strong>06</strong> Maize yellow<br />

1007 Daffodil yellow<br />

1012 Lemon yellow<br />

1014 Ivory<br />

1018 Zinc yellow<br />

1021 Rape yellow<br />

1023 Traffic yellow<br />

1028 Melon yellow<br />

1032 Broom yellow<br />

1033 Dahlia yellow<br />

2008 Bright red orange<br />

2009 Traffic orange<br />

2010 Signal orange<br />

3002 Carmine red<br />

5024 Pastel blue<br />

6027 Light green<br />

Coating structure and colors not specified in the catalog are<br />

available on request.<br />

1/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

■ Overview<br />

Connected in star for dispatch – Order code M01<br />

The terminal board of the motor is connected in star for dispatch.<br />

Packing weights<br />

Packaging and dispatch · Safety notes and documentation · Test certificates<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch – Order code M02<br />

The terminal board of the motor is connected in delta for dispatch.<br />

For motors<br />

For land transport<br />

Frame size Type Type of construction IM B3 Types of construction IM B5, IM V1<br />

1LE1...-<br />

in<br />

on ISPM wooden on<br />

in<br />

in<br />

on ISPM wooden on<br />

in<br />

1PC1...-<br />

box<br />

base board with pallet crate box<br />

base board with pallet crate<br />

1MB1...-<br />

Tare telescopic box Tare Tare Tare telescopic box Tare Tare<br />

Tare<br />

Tare<br />

kg kg kg kg kg kg kg kg<br />

63 M 0B.2 0.65 – – – 0.65 – – –<br />

71 M 0C.2 0.65 – – – 0.65 – – –<br />

80 M 0D.2 0.65 – – – 0.65 – – –<br />

90 S 0E.0 0.65 – – – 0.65 – – –<br />

100 L 1A.4 – 5.0 – – – 5.0 – –<br />

1A.5 – 5.0 – – – 5.0 – –<br />

1A.6 – 5.0 – – – 5.0 – –<br />

112 M 1B.2 – 5.0 – – – 5.0 – –<br />

1B.6 – 5.0 – – – 5.0 – –<br />

132 S 1C.0 4.7 – – – 5.2 – – –<br />

1C.1 4.7 – – – 5.2 – – –<br />

132 M 1C.2 4.7 – – – 5.2 – – –<br />

1C.3 4.7 – – – 5.2 – – –<br />

1C.6 8.7 – – – 9.2 – – –<br />

160 M 1D.2 4.8 – – – 5.7 – – –<br />

1D.3 4.8 – – – 5.7 – – –<br />

160 L 1D.4 4.8 – – – 5.7 – – –<br />

1D.6 8.8 – – – 9.7 – – –<br />

180 – – 8.0 – – – 10.0 –<br />

200 – – 11.0 – – – 13.0 –<br />

225 – – 14.0 – – – 17.0 –<br />

250 – – 22.0 – – – 25.0 –<br />

280 – – 24.0 – – – 27.0 –<br />

315 – – 28.0 – – – 32.0 –<br />

315 1LE5, 1MB5 – – 32.0 – – – 46.0 –<br />

355 1LE5, 1MB5 – – 58.0 – – – 78.0 –<br />

315 1LE5, 1MB5 – – 50.0 – – – 40.0 –<br />

355 1LE5, 1MB5 – – 60.0 – – – 50.0 –<br />

Data apply for individual packaging. Wire-lattice pallets can be used, order code B99.<br />

1<br />

Safety notes<br />

Printed safety notes in German/<strong>English</strong> and safety notes in the<br />

language of the country of use are supplied as standard with<br />

each motor<br />

Operating instructions<br />

Operating instructions for all official EU languages as well as<br />

Norwegian, Russian, Turkish, and Chinese are provided in PDF<br />

format only at<br />

https://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/13330<br />

Test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204 –<br />

Order code B02<br />

An inspection certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204 can<br />

be supplied for most motors.<br />

Type test with temperature-rise run for horizontal motors<br />

• With acceptance – Order code B83<br />

• Without acceptance – Order code B82<br />

During the type test, a temperature-rise test is performed; noload,<br />

short-circuit, and load characteristics are recorded; the iron<br />

losses and friction losses are determined and the efficiency is calculated<br />

from the summed losses. This option is only applicable to<br />

motors with a horizontal type of construction. Acceptance testing<br />

is performed by an external representative (e.g. customer, classification<br />

society). No acceptance test is performed when order<br />

code B82 is stated.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Period of liability for defects<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Standard warranty and extension of liability for defects<br />

The standard warranty period is quoted in the standard conditions<br />

of supply and delivery and is 12 months.<br />

This is valid if nothing else is stated. It is possible to obtain an<br />

extension of the liability for defects beyond the standard liability<br />

period.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> Series Standard warranty Extension of the liability for defects<br />

SIMOTICS GP 1LE10 12 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 /<br />

12 months 1LE1 see page 2/131<br />

1LE55 Basic Line<br />

1LE5 see page 3/32<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE16 /<br />

36 months 1LE1 not available<br />

1LE56 Performance Line<br />

1LE5 see page 3/32<br />

SIMOTICS GP VSD4000 1FP10 36 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS SD VSD4000 1FP15 36 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS GP VSD10 1LE109 12 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS SD VSD10 1LE159 12 months see page 4/129<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB10 12 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS XP<br />

1MB151 / 1MB551 / 1MB581 Basic Line (Ex tb), 12 months 1MB1 not available<br />

1MB152 / 1MB552 / 1MB582 Basic Line (Ex tc),<br />

1MB5 see page 5/99<br />

1MB153 / 1MB553 / 1MB583 Basic Line (Ex ec)<br />

SIMOTICS XP<br />

For the case of a new product order<br />

1MB161 / 1MB561 Performance Line (Ex tb),<br />

1MB162 / 1MB562 Performance Line (Ex tc),<br />

1MB163 / 1MB563 Performance Line (Ex ec)<br />

With the following optional order suffixes listed in the table, extension<br />

of the liability for defects beyond the standard liability<br />

period is possible in conjunction with a new order for a product.<br />

The markup on the product price is graded according to the duration<br />

of the extension.<br />

36 months 1MB1 not available<br />

1MB5 see page 5/99<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB154 / 1MB554 Basic Line (Ex eb) 12 months see page 5/89<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB164 / 1MB564 Performance Line (Ex eb) 36 months Not available<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB155 / 1MB555 (Ex db, Ex db eb) 12 months see page 5/94<br />

Extension of the liability for defects for 1LE15, 1MB15, 1LE5, and 1MB5<br />

motors<br />

Additional Description<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

-Z with order<br />

code<br />

Q80<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 12 months to<br />

a total of 24 months (2 years) from delivery<br />

Q81<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 18 months to<br />

a total of 30 months (2.5 years) from delivery<br />

Q82<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 24 months to<br />

a total of 36 months (3 years) from delivery<br />

Q83<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 30 months to<br />

a total of 42 months (3.5 years) from delivery<br />

Q84<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 36 months to<br />

a total of 48 months (4 years) from delivery<br />

Q85<br />

Extension of the liability for defects period by 48 months to<br />

a total of 60 months (5 years) from delivery<br />

1/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Applicable standards and specifications<br />

The 1LE. motors comply with the IEC 60034 series of international<br />

product standards for rotating electrical machines and, in<br />

particular, those parts that are listed in the table below.<br />

Title IEC/EN DIN EN<br />

General specifications for<br />

rotating electrical machines<br />

Specification of the losses<br />

and efficiency of rotating<br />

electrical machines<br />

General-purpose threephase<br />

induction motors having<br />

standard dimensions and<br />

powers<br />

IEC 60034-1,<br />

IEC 60085<br />

EN 60034-1<br />

IEC 60034-2-1 EN 60034-2-1<br />

IEC 60072<br />

Mounting dimensions<br />

and power series only<br />

(no assignment of<br />

frame size to power)<br />

EN 50347<br />

Mounting dimensions<br />

according to<br />

IEC 60072 and<br />

power assignment for<br />

Europe<br />

Starting performance of IEC 60034-12 EN 60034-12<br />

rotating electrical machines<br />

Terminal designations and IEC 60034-8 EN 60034-8<br />

direction of rotation for electrical<br />

machines<br />

Designation for types of construction,<br />

IEC 60034-7 EN 60034-7<br />

mounting, and ter-<br />

minal box position (IM code)<br />

Terminal box cable entries – DIN 42925<br />

Built-in thermal protection IEC 60034-11 EN 60034-11<br />

Noise limits of rotating electrical<br />

IEC 60034-9 EN 60034-9<br />

machines<br />

IEC standard voltages IEC 60038 IEC 60038<br />

Cooling methods of rotating IEC 60034-6 EN 60034-6<br />

electrical machines (IC<br />

code)<br />

Vibration severity of rotating IEC 60034-14 EN 60034-14<br />

electrical machines<br />

Vibration limits – ISO 10816<br />

Degrees of protection for IEC 60034-5 EN 60034-5<br />

rotating electrical machines<br />

(IP code)<br />

International efficiency IEC 60034-30-1 EN 60034-30<br />

classes for rotating electrical<br />

machines (IE code)<br />

In addition, the following applies to Ex motors:<br />

General provisions IEC/EN 60079-0 EN 60079-0<br />

Flameproof enclosure "d" IEC/EN 60079-1 EN 60079-1<br />

Increased safety "e" IEC/EN 60079-7 EN 60079-7<br />

Type of protection "n" (nonsparking)<br />

IEC/EN 60079-15 EN 60079-15<br />

Areas containing flammable<br />

dust<br />

IEC/EN 60079-31 EN 60079-31<br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Tolerances for electrical data<br />

According to EN 60034, the following tolerances are permitted:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> that comply with EN 60034-1 must have a voltage tolerance<br />

according to Area A (see diagram on page 1/23). If this is<br />

fully utilized, the admissible limit temperature of the temperature<br />

class may be exceeded by 10 K.<br />

Efficiency at<br />

P rated 150 kW: –0.15 (1 –)<br />

P rated >150 kW: –0.1 (1 –)<br />

Where is a decimal number.<br />

Power factor<br />

–<br />

1 – cos<br />

6<br />

• Minimum absolute value: 0.02<br />

• Maximum absolute value: 0.07<br />

Slip ±20 % (for motors < 1 kW ±30 % is admissible)<br />

Locked-rotor current +20 %<br />

Locked-rotor torque –15 % to +25 %<br />

Breakdown torque –10 %<br />

Moment of inertia ±10 %<br />

For more details, see section "Voltages, currents and frequencies"<br />

on page 1/23.<br />

Certifications<br />

Product certifications are differentiated in terms of safety-related<br />

certificates and efficiency certificates.<br />

Since 2011, it has been obligatory for low-voltage motors with<br />

power ratings in the range of 0.75 to 375 kW (2-, 4-, and 6-pole)<br />

to be classified in accordance with the IEC 60034-30-1 efficiency<br />

standard and to be marked with the corresponding<br />

IE code (International Efficiency IE1, IE2, or IE3). The efficiency<br />

is determined using the summed losses method in accordance<br />

with IEC 60034-2-1.<br />

1<br />

The following applies to explosion-protected motors:<br />

Since the requirements of explosion-protected motors comply<br />

with the European standards EN 60079-0, EN 60079-1,<br />

EN 60079-7, EN 60079-15, EN 60079-31 and Directive<br />

2014/34/EU (ATEX 95), the certificates issued by authorized<br />

testeing agencies (PTB, FTZU, etc.) are accepted by all member<br />

states of the EU. The remaining members of CENELEC,<br />

Switzerland in particular, also accept the certificates.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Energy-saving motors for the European Economic Area in accordance<br />

with EU Regulation 640/2009 – valid until June 30, 2021<br />

(from July 1, 2021, EU Regulation 2019/1781 comes into force)<br />

Since January 2017, all low-voltage motors that fall within the<br />

scope of the EU Regulation must fulfill the specifications of international<br />

efficiency class IE3.<br />

• Line voltage 1000 V<br />

• Line frequency 50 or 50/60 Hz<br />

• Power range 0.75 to 375 kW<br />

• Pole number 2-, 4- and 6-pole<br />

• Continuous duty S1<br />

IE2 motors are only admissible if they are speed-controlled via<br />

converters.<br />

Energy-saving motors for the North-American economic area in<br />

accordance with EISA<br />

In accordance with EISA, modified conditions have been in effect<br />

since June 1, 2016.<br />

This law stipulates that all motors must comply with the requirements<br />

stated in NEMA MG1 Table 12-12 (NPE = Nema Premium<br />

Efficient).<br />

From this date onwards, therefore, motors previously covered by<br />

the EPAct must also comply with NPE. The NPE requirements<br />

apply to motors with the following characteristics / operating<br />

conditions:<br />

• Line voltage 600 V<br />

• Line frequency 60 Hz<br />

• Power range 1 hp to 500 hp<br />

• Number of poles: 2-, 4-, 6-, 8-pole motors and geared motors<br />

• Continuous duty S1<br />

Explosion-protected motors are also included.<br />

Exclusions from the EISA efficiency requirements:<br />

• Brake motors<br />

• Converter motors<br />

Note:<br />

Option D30: el. acc. to NEMA<br />

Option D31: UL version<br />

These options can be ordered for motors that are not subject to<br />

the EISA specifications (e.g. for use outside North America).<br />

Options D30 and D31 do not authorize operation within North<br />

America.<br />

The logo NEMA Premium is a registered trademark. It is only permitted<br />

to be used by companies that voluntarily submit to the<br />

control of the NEMA organization.<br />

Approval for the USA: UL safety and DoE listing<br />

For the USA, the motor series 1LE1.21 (NEE) and 1LE1.23 (NPE)<br />

are listed at the Department of Energy (DoE) and marked with<br />

the certification number CC032A.<br />

Additional specifications to NEMA MG1: Nominal efficiency acc.<br />

to NEMA MG1 Table 12-11 or Table 12-12, design letter, code<br />

letter, CONT, CC No. CC 032A (Siemens) and service factor<br />

SF 1.15.<br />

Motor series 1LE1.21 and 1LE1.23 remain certified up to a rated<br />

voltage of 600 V from Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and are<br />

marked accordingly ("Recognition Mark" = R/C).<br />

CC032A<br />

UL approval does not apply to motors for Zones 1, 2, 21, 22 or<br />

marine motors.<br />

Approval for Canada: CSA safety and CSA Energy Efficiency<br />

Verification<br />

In April 2012, the EISA requirements were implemented in<br />

Canada; in this case, all powers are subject to certification without<br />

the restrictions applicable to the NEMA frame sizes. Motor<br />

series 1LE1.21 and 1LE1.23 are certified for Canada through the<br />

Canadian Standard Association (CSA), listed by the Office of<br />

Energy Efficiency (OEE) and marked with both the CSA safety<br />

logo and the CSA efficiency label. These motors comply with the<br />

efficiency requirements of the new CSA standard C390-10.<br />

The efficiency is determined in the same manner as with<br />

IEC 60034-2-1.<br />

Externally or internally mounted components which are used are<br />

listed by CSA or are used by manufacturers in accordance with<br />

regulations. Suitability in the final application must be verified.<br />

Approval does not apply to 1MB1 motors for Zones 1, 2, 21 and<br />

22 or marine motors.<br />

Approval for Mexico:<br />

The EISA regulations are applicable for Mexico.<br />

Korea certification – Order code D33<br />

Minimum efficiencies required by law<br />

According to a legislative amendment with reference to the<br />

MKE-2015-28 (Ministry of Knowledge Economy Korea) dated<br />

February 12, 2015, Minimum Efficiency IE3 became obligatory in<br />

Korea on the following dates:<br />

• October 1, 2015 for motors ranging from 37 to 200 kW<br />

• October 1, 2016 for motors ranging from 200 to 375 kW<br />

• October 1, 2018 for motors ranging from 0.75 to 37 kW<br />

For this reason, the SIMOTICS GP/SD APAC series (Asia/Pacific)<br />

with efficiency class IE3, which complies with the IE3 energy efficiency<br />

requirements for line frequencies 50 Hz and 60 Hz<br />

(P50), was launched onto the market:<br />

•SIMOTICSGP,<br />

2-, 4-, and 6-pole motors of the 1LE1043 motor series<br />

•SIMOTICSSD,<br />

2-, 4-, and 6-pole motors of the 1LE1543 and 1LE1643 motor<br />

series<br />

Scope of Korean standard KS C 60034-2-1<br />

This Korean standard is applicable to three-phase asynchronous<br />

motors with the following parameters:<br />

•Voltage:<br />

600 V<br />

• Power supply: 60 Hz three-phase<br />

• Rated power: 0.75 ... 375 kW<br />

• Number of poles: 2, 4, 6 and 8<br />

• Speed:<br />

Constant<br />

• Coolant temperature: 40 °C<br />

• Mounting method: Foot or flange-mounted<br />

1/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Korea Energy Label<br />

Option D33 KEMCO (Korea Energy Management Cooperation<br />

KEMCO) Korea Energy Efficiency Label can be ordered only for<br />

those motors which comply with Korean efficiency requirements.<br />

Confirmation that the motor efficiency and power factor comply<br />

with KS C 60034-2-1 is provided by certification.<br />

The Korea Energy Label includes the following information:<br />

• Full-load efficiency<br />

• Motor Type (MT)<br />

• Rated output power<br />

• No. of poles<br />

• CO 2 emissions per hour<br />

• Energy costs per annum<br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Energy-saving motors for China: China Energy Label<br />

In 2012, the directive for the China Energy Label was redefined.<br />

Applicability was extended to explosion-protected motors.<br />

• Line voltage 1000 V<br />

• Line frequency 50 Hz<br />

• Power range 0.75 kW to 375 kW<br />

• Number of poles: 2-, 4-, 6-pole<br />

• Continuous duty S1<br />

The minimum requirements for the efficiency classes previously<br />

defined in the Chinese standard GB 18613-20<strong>06</strong> were classified<br />

in the new standard GB 18613-2012 (Minimum Allowable Values<br />

of Energy Efficiency and Energy Efficiency Grades for Small and<br />

Medium Three-Phase Asynchronous <strong>Motors</strong>) in accordance with<br />

International Efficiency IE2-4.<br />

1<br />

.<br />

Rating plate<br />

KEMCO-certified motors with option code D33 are fitted with a<br />

modified rating plate that indicates the admissible minimum energy<br />

efficiency value (P50 for 60 Hz) in accordance with the<br />

Korean Energy Efficiency Ordinance with reference to Korean<br />

Standard KS C 60034-2-1.<br />

The energy efficiency values stipulated by KS C 60034 are identical<br />

to the international efficiency values IE (IEC 60034-30).<br />

Made in Czech. Rep.<br />

3~Mot. 1CV3314B<br />

IEC/EN 60034 315L IMB3 IP55<br />

990kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

General information<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

VIK version<br />

VIK = Verband der Industriellen Energie- und Kraftwirtschaft e.V.<br />

(German Association of the Energy and Power Supply Industry)<br />

• VIK standard version – 1LE1, 1LE5 frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

+ order code C02<br />

"VIK" identification on rating plate.<br />

➔ Product range in Catalog Section 2.<br />

• VIK-Ex ec version – 1MB1.3, 1MB5.3 + order code C02<br />

"VIK" and "Ex ec IIC T3 Gc" marking on the rating plate according<br />

to Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).<br />

➔ Product range in catalog section 5.<br />

Both versions include technology for Zone 2 with type of protection<br />

Ex ec IIC T3 Gc. <strong>Motors</strong> up to frame size 355 can be supplied<br />

in accordance with the technical requirements of the VIK<br />

recommendation.<br />

Minimum efficiency class:<br />

• VIK standard version:<br />

IE3 in accordance with legal specifications.<br />

• VIK-Ex ec version:<br />

At least IE3 according to the VIK recommendation of<br />

January 2018.<br />

Notes:<br />

• 8-pole motors or all motors < 0.75 kW are still possible as<br />

these motors are outside the power range specified for IE<br />

stamping.<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> in VIK version with mounted technology (brake, rotary<br />

pulse encoder and separately driven fan) are not compatible<br />

with Zone 2.<br />

Versions for Zone 21/22 are not possible.<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> in VIK standard version with externally mounted components<br />

(brake, rotary pulse encoder and separately driven<br />

fan) are not suitable for use in Zone 2. Versions for Zone 21/22<br />

are not possible.<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC for the Eurasian<br />

Customs Union (Russia, Belarus, Kazakhstan, Armenia,<br />

Kyrgyzstan)<br />

TR CU = Technical Regulation Customs Union<br />

EAC = Eurasian Conformity<br />

The TR CU product safety certificate is required in order to import<br />

motors into the Eurasian Customs Union area.<br />

"TR CU product safety certificate EAC for Eurasian Customs<br />

Union" – order code D47<br />

When motors are ordered with order code D47, the motor rating<br />

plate and packaging are marked with the logo "EAC".<br />

The motor must have a "TR CU product safety certificate EAC",<br />

although the certificate does not generally have to be shipped<br />

with the motor. The customs authorities use the motor article<br />

number to check the motor certification.<br />

The following are available in the SIOS (Siemens Industry Online<br />

Support)<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/<br />

and the Drive Technology Configurator<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

• TR CU product safety certificate in accordance with the Low-<br />

Voltage Directive<br />

• Additional TR CU product certificate in accordance with the<br />

EMC Directive.<br />

Train-compatible version<br />

Train-compatible version IC418, EN IEC 60349, acc. to<br />

EN 45545, without external fan and without fan cover<br />

(1LE10 aluminum motors in frame sizes 80 to 200) –<br />

Order code L92 for cooling method IC418<br />

• Electrical design in accordance with EN IEC 60349;<br />

U rated 500 V AC.<br />

• DC-link voltage: U dc 700 V; du/dt 5kV/µs<br />

• Vibration resistance to Class 3M4 according to IEC 60721-3-3<br />

• Metal cable gland<br />

• Including external grounding depending on construction type<br />

(corresponds to order code H04).<br />

• Standard paint finish certified according to EN 45545<br />

(Polyurethane-based paint, order code S<strong>06</strong>, not possible as<br />

not certified)<br />

Train-compatible version IC411, EN IEC 60349, with EN 45545,<br />

with external fan and fan cover in metal – order code L91 for<br />

cooling method IC411<br />

• 1LE10 aluminum motors in frame sizes 80 to 200<br />

• Electrical design in accordance with EN IEC 60349;<br />

U rated 500 V AC.<br />

• DC-link voltage: U dc 700 V; du/dt 5 kV/µs<br />

• Vibration resistance to Class 3M4 according to IEC 60721-3-3<br />

• Metal cable gland<br />

• Including external grounding depending on construction type<br />

(corresponds to order code H04).<br />

• Standard paint finish certified according to EN 45545<br />

(Polyurethane-based paint, order code S<strong>06</strong>, not possible as<br />

not certified)<br />

• Including metal fan cover<br />

Train-compatible version IC411, EN IEC 60349, without<br />

EN 45545, with external fan and fan cover in plastic –<br />

Order code L90 for cooling method IC411<br />

• 1LE10 aluminum motors in frame sizes 80 to 200<br />

• Electrical design in accordance with EN IEC 60349;<br />

U rated 500 V AC<br />

• DC-link voltage: U dc 700 V; du/dt 5kV/µs<br />

• Vibration resistance to Class 3M4 according to IEC 60721-3-3<br />

• Metal cable gland<br />

• Including external grounding depending on construction type<br />

(corresponds to order code H04).<br />

• Standard paint finish, without EN 45545<br />

(Polyurethane-based paint, order code S<strong>06</strong>, not possible as<br />

not certified)<br />

• Including plastic fan cover<br />

Recommended supplementary options:<br />

• Located bearing DE (order code L20)<br />

• Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 55 C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

(order code N07)<br />

• Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C (order code D04)<br />

• Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C (order code D03)<br />

1/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

■ Overview<br />

Voltages, currents and frequencies · Powers<br />

1<br />

Voltages, currents and frequencies<br />

Standard voltages<br />

EN 60034-1 differentiates between Category A (combination of<br />

voltage deviation ±5 % and frequency deviation ±2 %) and<br />

Category B (combination of voltage deviation ±10 % and<br />

frequency deviation +3/–5 %) for voltage and frequency<br />

fluctuations. The motors can supply their rated torque in both<br />

Category A and Category B. In Category A, the temperature rise<br />

is approx. 10 K higher than during rated operation.<br />

Standard Category Category<br />

IEC 60034-1 A B<br />

Voltage deviation<br />

Frequency deviation<br />

Rating plate data stamped with<br />

rated voltage a<br />

(e.g. a=400 V)<br />

Rating plate data stamped with<br />

rated voltage ranges<br />

b to c<br />

(e.g. b=380 V to c=420 V)<br />

±5 %<br />

±2 %<br />

For further details, see EN 60034-1.<br />

a ±5 %<br />

(e.g. 400 V ±5 %)<br />

b –5 % to c +5 %<br />

(e.g. 380 –5 % to<br />

420 +5 %)<br />

±10 %<br />

+3 %/–5 %<br />

a ±10 %<br />

(e.g. 400 ±10 %)<br />

b –10 % to c +10 %<br />

(e.g. 380 –10 % to<br />

420 +10 %)<br />

According to the standard, longer operation is not recommended<br />

for Category B. See "Rating plates and additional rating plates" for<br />

details of the rating plate inscriptions and corresponding examples.<br />

The selection and ordering data give the rated current at<br />

460 V, 60 Hz. The IEC 60038 standard specifies a tolerance of<br />

±10 % for line voltages of 230 V, 400 V, and 690 V.<br />

Line voltages<br />

Voltage code<br />

1LE1 motors<br />

230 V/400 VY, 50 Hz<br />

22<br />

460 VY, 60 Hz<br />

400 V/690 VY, 50 Hz<br />

34<br />

460 V, 60 Hz<br />

500 VY, 50 Hz<br />

27<br />

575 VY, 60 Hz<br />

500 V, 50 Hz<br />

40<br />

575 V 60 Hz<br />

Y-axis:<br />

X-axis:<br />

Area A<br />

Rating point<br />

Area B<br />

(outside<br />

area A)<br />

0.95<br />

Voltage tolerance<br />

Frequency tolerance<br />

0.98<br />

1.10<br />

1.05<br />

0.97<br />

0.95<br />

0.90<br />

Y<br />

1.00 1.02<br />

1.03<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>22<br />

X<br />

Non-standard voltages and/or frequencies<br />

The tolerance laid down by EN 60034-1 applies to all non-standard<br />

voltages.<br />

For some non-standard voltages at 50 or 60 Hz, order codes are<br />

specified. They are ordered by specifying the code digit 9 for<br />

voltage in the 12th position of the Article No. as well as the code<br />

digit 0 in the 13th position of the Article No. and the corresponding<br />

order code.<br />

The lowest rated voltage for M1Y that can be delivered depends<br />

on factors including the circuit (delta connection 200 V/star<br />

(wye) connection 250 V) and frame size. The defined order<br />

codes for further rated voltages provide an indication of the lowest<br />

rated voltage for M1Y.<br />

Order codes for other rated voltages are listed under "Order suffixes"<br />

in the "Selection and ordering data" as well as "Special versions"<br />

under "Voltages".<br />

Line voltages according to NEMA<br />

Assignment of rated voltage of the motor to that of<br />

the line:<br />

Line voltage<br />

Motor voltage<br />

208 V 200 V<br />

240 V 230 V<br />

480 V 460 V<br />

600 V 575 V<br />

Powers<br />

The powers or rated powers are listed in the selection tables for<br />

both 50 Hz and 60 Hz. For 60 Hz, the rated power values must,<br />

in some cases, be increased, e.g. for pole-changing motors.<br />

Assignment of standard powers kW-hp in accordance with<br />

IEC 60072-1<br />

The values specified for kW and hp are not precise conversion<br />

values. They are the approximate relationship between the values<br />

generally applied in the countries in which both units are<br />

used.<br />

P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated P rated<br />

kW hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW hp kW hp<br />

0.<strong>06</strong> 0.08 2.2 3 37 50 200 270 450 603 800 1072<br />

0.09 0.12 3 3.7 45 60 220 300 475 637 850 1139<br />

0.12 0.16 4 5 55 75 250 350 500 670 900 12<strong>06</strong><br />

0.18 0.25 5.5 7.5 75 100 280 375 530 710 950 1273<br />

0.25 0.33 7.5 10 90 125 300 402 560 750 1000 1340<br />

0.37 0.5 11 15 110 150 315 422 600 804<br />

0.55 0.75 15 20 132 175 335 476 630 845<br />

0.75 1 18.5 25 150 200 375 503 670 898<br />

1.1 1.5 22 30 160 220 400 536 710 952<br />

1.5 2 30 40 185 250 425 570 750 1005<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/23


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

In accordance with EN 60034-1, the approximate total weight is<br />

specified on the rating plate for all motors.<br />

Supplementary data (maximum of 20 characters)<br />

can be indicated on the rating plate or additional rating plate<br />

and on the packaging label.<br />

Order code Y84<br />

An additional rating plate for customer specifications is also possible,<br />

additional text: 9 lines of 40 characters each.<br />

Order code Y82<br />

An adhesive label can also be supplied loose.<br />

Order code Y85<br />

An additional rating plate for customer specifications is also possible,<br />

additional text: 9 lines of 40 characters each.<br />

Order code Y82<br />

An additional rating plate with deviating rating plate data can<br />

also be ordered (only for ratings such as voltage, power, speed).<br />

Order code Y80.<br />

An "additional rating plate for voltage tolerance" can also be ordered.<br />

Can be ordered for 230 V/400 VY or 400 V/690 VY (voltage<br />

code "22" or "34"). Not possible for pole-changing motors, naturally<br />

cooled 1PC1 motors, 8-pole motors and in combination with<br />

order code D34.<br />

Order code B07<br />

(voltage range plate is always provided in the form of an adhesive<br />

label)<br />

The number of rating plates and/or the material quality of the rating<br />

plate including additional rating plates can be ordered using<br />

order codes Y82, Y84 and Y80. Does not apply to order code<br />

B07, rotational direction arrows, PTC thermistor plates, other notices.<br />

• Extra (rating) plate(s) –<br />

Order code M10<br />

• Plate(s) with resistance to scratches, heat, cold and acid –<br />

Order code M11<br />

As standard, the normal version of the rating plate is international<br />

(in <strong>English</strong>).<br />

Other languages on request.<br />

Examples of rating plates<br />

Made in Germany<br />

IEC/EN 60034<br />

3~MOT 1AV2092A 1LE10010EA422AA0 TH.CL.155(F) IP55<br />

F no E1701/1234567 01 001 FS 90L IMB3 WT 13kg<br />

V Hz kW A PF RPM EFF-CL ETA %<br />

230<br />

400<br />

460<br />

∆<br />

Y<br />

Y<br />

50<br />

50<br />

60<br />

2.2<br />

2.2<br />

2.55<br />

7.8<br />

4.50<br />

4.35<br />

0.85<br />

0.85<br />

0.86<br />

2890<br />

2890<br />

3485<br />

IE2<br />

IE2<br />

IE2<br />

83.2<br />

83.2<br />

85.5<br />

Adhesive rating plate up to frame size 90<br />

Made in Czech. Rep.<br />

3~Mot. 1CV3314B<br />

IEC/EN 60034 315L IMB3 IP55<br />

990kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

1<br />

25 17 4 30 2 22 3 23<br />

1<br />

14<br />

15<br />

31<br />

16<br />

33<br />

34<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

CC 032A<br />

Made in Germany D-90441 Nürnberg<br />

3~Mot. 1AV3164A 1LE10231DA434AA0-Z E 1701/1410842 001 001<br />

IEC/EN 60034 160L IMB3 IP55<br />

94kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Converter operation<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

All motors in the SIMOTICS generation are equipped with innovative<br />

insulation systems, consisting of high-quality enamel<br />

wires and insulating sheet materials in conjunction with highly<br />

temperature-resistant impregnations.<br />

The motors can be operated with SINAMICS G and SINAMICS S<br />

converters (controlled and uncontrolled infeed) while adhering<br />

to the admissible voltage peaks in accordance with the adjacent<br />

table.<br />

Continuous operation while fully utilizing the admissible voltage<br />

tolerances must be avoided and is not recommended in accordance<br />

with IEC 60034-1 2011 Chapter 7.3.<br />

The preferred supply system configurations are TT systems and<br />

TN systems with neutral-point grounding. We do not recommend<br />

operation in TN systems because of the higher voltage load.<br />

Operation on non-grounded IT systems is also possible. However,<br />

in a ground fault, the insulation is excessively stressed. In<br />

the case of a ground fault, the process should be terminated as<br />

quickly as possible (t < 2 h), and the fault resolved.<br />

For motors with protruding connection cables (order codes R20,<br />

R21, R22, R23, and R24), please inquire in the case of converter<br />

operation.<br />

Impulse Voltage Insulation Class (IVIC) – category C (strong)<br />

The insulation system of SIMOTICS motors significantly exceeds<br />

the requirements of stress category C (IVIC C = high stress). If<br />

voltage peaks higher than those specified according to IVIC C<br />

can occur, observe the data in the following table.<br />

• For a line voltage (converter input voltage) up to max. 480 V<br />

and operation connected to a SINAMICS G/SINAMICS S converter<br />

with uncontrolled infeed (BLM, SLM), the relevant<br />

guidelines for the motor and converter configuration must be<br />

observed.<br />

• For a line voltage (converter input voltage) up to max. 480 V<br />

and operation connected to a SINAMICS S converter with<br />

controlled infeed (ALM), the relevant guidelines for the motor<br />

and converter configuration must be observed.<br />

• For line voltages (converter input voltages) higher than those<br />

stated above (max. 690 V), motors that are ordered for converter<br />

operation must have a suitable insulation system.<br />

• For operation of a converter of another manufacturer, the permissible<br />

voltage peaks according to IEC 60034-18-41 in accordance<br />

with stress category C (see table below) must be<br />

observed, depending on the particular line voltage (converter<br />

input voltage) and the motor insulation system.<br />

Standard<br />

Line voltage U rated<br />

400 V 480 V 500 V<br />

IVIC C Siemens IVIC C Siemens IVIC C Siemens<br />

U phase U phase-to-ground V pk/pk 1680 2200 2016 2200 2100 2200<br />

Û phase-to-ground V pk 840 1100 1008 1100 1050 1100<br />

U phase U phase-to-phase V pk/pk 2360 3000 2832 3000 2950 3000<br />

Û phase-to-phase V pk 1180 1500 1416 1500 1475 1500<br />

PREMIUM<br />

Line voltage U rated<br />

500 V 690 V<br />

IVIC C Siemens IVIV C Siemens<br />

U phase U phase-to-ground V pk/pk 2100 3000 2898 3000<br />

Û phase-to-ground V pk 1050 1500 1499 1500<br />

U phase U phase-to-phase V pk/pk 2950 4400 4070 4400<br />

Û phase-to-phase V pk 1475 2200 2035 2200<br />

The following applies for the voltage rise time: T a >0.3µs.<br />

The voltages according to EN 60034-18-41/IVIC C are specified<br />

as peak-to-peak values (V pk / pk ). For information, the conventional<br />

peak values (V pk ) are also stated.<br />

Insulation systems for converter operation > 480 V/500 V<br />

The SIMOTICS motors can be operated in their standard version<br />

on SINAMICS converters without an additional filter up to a maximum<br />

converter input voltage of 480 V 3 AC on uncontrolled infeeds<br />

(SINAMICS G/S/V, BLM/SLM) and up to 480 V 3 AC on<br />

controlled infeeds (SINAMICS S, ALM). The specific configuration<br />

guidelines for motors and converters must be observed.<br />

For higher converter input voltages, > 480 V/500 V 3 AC (max.<br />

690 V), a special insulation system of the motor (PREMIUM) is<br />

required.<br />

This is available for converter motors, such as<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10, SIMOTICS DP crane motors,<br />

SIMOTICS FD, and the converter-capable SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

motors.<br />

For IE3 standard motors, the PREMIUM insulation system is<br />

available depending on the type.<br />

Bearing insulation/shaft grounding brushes<br />

To avoid damage to bearings due to bearing currents, we<br />

recommend bearing insulation at the non-drive end (NDE) for<br />

frame size 225 and larger (order code L51).<br />

For converter operation and for frame size 315 and larger, bearing<br />

insulation at the non-drive end (NDE) is always provided<br />

(order code L51).<br />

When rotary encoders are used, it must be ensured that these do<br />

not bypass the bearing insulation. The rotary encoders in this<br />

catalog meet this requirement except for type 1XP8.<br />

In most cases, NDE bearing insulation provides sufficient protection<br />

against damage to bearings due to bearing currents.<br />

In rare cases, depending on the application and system, it may<br />

be necessary to take further measures on the converter or motor.<br />

On the motor side, bearing insulation is provided on the drive<br />

end (DE) (order code L50 on frame size 225 and larger) and<br />

shaft grounding brushes (order code L52 as of frame size 280).<br />

When NDE bearing insulation is used together with DE bearing<br />

insulation, the "shaft grounding brush" option (order code L52)<br />

must also be selected to maintain the shaft at a defined potential.<br />

In this constellation, to avoid damage to the bearings of the<br />

driven machine due to bearing currents, it is also necessary to<br />

insulate the coupling between the motor and the driven machine.<br />

The EMC guidelines must always be complied with when the<br />

drive system is installed.<br />

Thermal utilization of the motor<br />

When motors are operated on a converter, additional losses occur<br />

due to the harmonics in the motor currents, which, depending<br />

on the permissible winding temperature, can make it necessary<br />

to reduce the torque. For operation on SINAMICS<br />

converters, the permissible torque values can be obtained from<br />

the SIZER engineering tool.<br />

For operation on SINAMICS converters with the power ratings<br />

specified in the catalog, the motors are used according to temperature<br />

class 155 (F), i.e. in this case neither a service factor<br />

> 1 nor an increased coolant temperature is possible (order<br />

codes N01, N02 and N03 cannot be ordered).<br />

1/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Explosion-protected motors<br />

For converter operation of Ex motors, special measures must be<br />

considered, see Chapter 5.<br />

DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system<br />

The DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system consists of high-quality<br />

enamel wires and insulating sheet materials in conjunction<br />

with temperature-resistant resin impregnation.<br />

This ensures that these motors will have a high mechanical and<br />

electrical strength, high service value, and a long lifetime. The<br />

insulation system protects the winding to a large degree against<br />

aggressive gases, vapors, dusts, oils and increased air humidity.<br />

It can withstand the usual vibration stressing. The insulation<br />

is suitable up to an absolute air humidity of 30 g water per m 3 of<br />

air. Moisture condensation should be prevented from forming on<br />

the winding. For higher values, the N30 and N31 options are<br />

available – see page 1/28.<br />

Please inquire about extreme applications.<br />

Restarting against residual field and opposite phase<br />

All motors can be restarted against 100 % residual field after a<br />

line voltage failure.<br />

Winding and insulation version with regard to temperature<br />

class<br />

At rated power in line operation, the 1LE5/1MB5 motor series<br />

can be utilized in the following temperature class:<br />

• For SIMOTICS SD Add 1) : Temperature class 130 (B)<br />

• For SIMOTICS XP 1) : Temperature class 130 (B)<br />

• For SIMOTICS SD Pro and SIMOTICS XP 1MB58:<br />

Temperature class 155 (F)<br />

All motors are designed with temperature class 155 (F).<br />

For details of derating for utilization in temperature class 155 (F),<br />

see "DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system".<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F),<br />

with service factor (SF)<br />

According to the selection table, at rated power and rated voltage,<br />

all 1LE./1PC1 motors in line operation have a service factor<br />

of 1.15. An exception are IE1 motors, which have a service<br />

factor of 1.1.<br />

For the line operation, all motors with frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

have a service factor of 1.05 at rated power.<br />

Order code N01<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F),<br />

for higher power<br />

When utilized according to temperature class 155 (F), the rated<br />

power specified in the selection and ordering data can be increased<br />

by 15 %. Exception for IE1 motors – can be increased<br />

by 10 %. For motors of frame sizes 400 and 450, for line<br />

operation, when utilized according to temperature class 155 (F),<br />

the rated power listed in the selection and ordering data can be<br />

increased by 5 %. In this case, the service factor is 1.0.<br />

Order code N02<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 155 (F),<br />

with increased coolant temperature<br />

With power as defined in the catalog and line operation, the<br />

coolant temperature is permitted to rise to 55 °C and, for motors<br />

of frame sizes 400 and 450, to 45 °C.<br />

In this case, the service factor is 1.0.<br />

Order code N03<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

The service factor (SF) is not indicated on the rating plate for order<br />

codes N02 and N03.<br />

For converter operation at the power specified in the catalog, the<br />

motors are utilized according to temperature class 155 (F). Order<br />

codes N01, N02, and N03 are not possible.<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 45 °C, derating approx. 4 %<br />

For motor series 1LE1, 1MB. 1) , SIMOTICS SD Add 1) , a version<br />

can be ordered according to temperature class 155 (F) for utilization<br />

according to temperature class 130 (B) and a maximum<br />

coolant temperature of 45 °C with derating of 4 %.<br />

Order code N05<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 50 °C, derating approx. 8 %<br />

For motor series 1LE1, 1MB. 1) , SIMOTICS SD Add 1) a version<br />

can be ordered according to temperature class 155 (F) for utilization<br />

according to temperature class 130 (B) and a maximum<br />

coolant temperature of 50 °C with derating of 8 %.<br />

Order code N<strong>06</strong><br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 55 °C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

For motor series 1LE1, 1MB. 1) , SIMOTICS SD Add 1) a version<br />

can be ordered according to temperature class 155 (F) for utilization<br />

according to temperature class 130 (B) and a maximum<br />

coolant temperature of 55 °C with derating of 13 %.<br />

Order code N07<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 60 °C, derating approx. 18 %<br />

For motor series 1LE1, 1MB. 1) , SIMOTICS SD Add 1) a version<br />

can be ordered according to temperature class 155 (F) for utilization<br />

according to temperature class 130 (B) and a maximum<br />

coolant temperature of 60 °C with derating of 18 %.<br />

Order code N08<br />

Temperature class 180 (H)<br />

With motor series 1LE., 1MB., and 1PC1, utilization according to<br />

temperature class 180 (H) is permitted.<br />

For the SIMOTICS SD Add / SD Pro motor series, the rated power<br />

is increased by 5 %.<br />

Rating plate data for SIMOTICS SD Add / SD Pro:<br />

• Line operation (DOL): PN·1.05 + SF 1.05<br />

• Converter operation (VSD): PN·1.05<br />

Order code N10 2)<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated power<br />

and max. CT 60 °C<br />

With motor series 1LE1, and 1PC1, utilization according to temperature<br />

class 180 (H) is permitted at rated power and a maximum<br />

coolant temperature of 60 °C (for the SIMOTICS SD Add / SD<br />

Pro motor series on request).<br />

Order code N11 1) (not possible for 1LE15 and 1LE16 motors with<br />

increased power).<br />

The grease lifetime specified is valid for a coolant temperature<br />

of 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the<br />

grease lifetime and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

1<br />

1) Not applicable for 8-pole motors, frame size 450. Utilization in accordance<br />

with temperature class 130 (B) only possible on request, specifying order<br />

code Y50.<br />

2) Order code for Ex motors of the 1MB5, SIMOTICS XP motor series not<br />

available.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

with higher coolant temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

The motors can be ordered according to temperature class<br />

155 (F) for utilization according to temperature class 130 (B)<br />

with other customized requirements if they are specified in plain<br />

text in the order.<br />

Order code Y50<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F),<br />

other requirements<br />

The motors can be ordered according to temperature class<br />

155 (F) for utilization according to temperature class 155 (F) with<br />

other customized requirements if they are specified in plain text<br />

in the order.<br />

Order code Y52<br />

Temperature class 180 (H), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

The motors can be ordered according to temperature class<br />

180 (H) for utilization according to temperature class 155 (F)<br />

with other customized requirements if they are specified in plain<br />

text in the order.<br />

Order code Y75 1)<br />

Absolute/relative conversion of air humidity<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with 30 to 60 g<br />

water per m 3 of air<br />

With motor series 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1, motors are<br />

available in a version designed for increased air humidity in the<br />

range of 30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air, depending on the temperature,<br />

as shown in the table below. This version has condensation<br />

drainage holes (sealed). Not possible for 1MB..5 Ex db motors.<br />

Order code N30 (includes order code H03 2) , M11, stainless bolts<br />

in the terminal box cover, and S02 standard/special paint finish for<br />

Performance Line cast-iron motors).<br />

Please inquire before combining order code N30 with mountings<br />

(e.g. rotary pulse encoder, brakes)!<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with over 60 to 100 g<br />

water per m 3 air<br />

With motor series 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1, motors are<br />

available in a version designed for increased air humidity of over 60<br />

to 100 g water per m 3 of air, depending on the temperature, as<br />

shown in the table below. This version has condensation drainage<br />

holes. Not possible for 1MB...5 Ex db motors.<br />

Order code N31 (includes order code H03 2) , M11, stainless bolts in<br />

the terminal box cover, and either the S02 special paint finish or the<br />

S03 "sea air resistant" special paint finish for Performance Line castiron<br />

motors).<br />

Please inquire before combining order code N31 with mountings<br />

(e.g. rotary pulse encoder, brakes)!<br />

Relative humidity Temperature<br />

up to 20 °C up to 30 °C up to 40 °C up to 50 °C up to 60 °C up to 70 °C up to 80 °C up to 90 °C<br />

10 % 2 3 5 8 13 20 29 42<br />

15 % 3 5 8 12 19 30 44 63<br />

20 % 3 6 10 17 26 39 58 84<br />

25 % 4 8 13 21 32 49 73 105<br />

30 % 5 9 15 25 39 59 87 126<br />

35 % 6 11 18 29 45 69 102 146<br />

40 % 7 12 20 33 52 79 116 167<br />

45 % 8 14 23 37 58 89 131 188<br />

50 % 9 15 26 41 65 98 145 209<br />

55 % 10 17 28 46 71 108 160 230<br />

60 % 10 19 31 50 78 118 174 251<br />

65 % 11 20 33 54 84 128 189 272<br />

70 % 12 21 36 58 91 138 203 293<br />

75 % 13 23 38 62 97 148 218 314<br />

80 % 14 24 41 66 104 157 233 335<br />

85 % 15 26 43 70 110 167 247 356<br />

90 % 16 27 46 74 117 177 262 377<br />

95 % 16 29 49 79 123 187 276 398<br />

100 % 17 30 51 83 130 197 291 419<br />

The values in the table with a blue background are covered by the standard<br />

version (up to < 30 g water per m 3 of air).<br />

The values in the table with a light gray background are covered by order<br />

code N30 (30 to < 60 g of water per m 3 of air).<br />

The values in the table with a dark gray background are covered by order<br />

code N31 (60 to < 100 g of water per m 3 of air).<br />

Note:<br />

• The coolant temperature and installation altitude can be found<br />

from page 1/29 onwards!<br />

• The metal fan cover is available in combination with order<br />

code F74 (not standard). For 1LE5/1MB5 motors with frame<br />

sizes 400 and 450 and for cast-iron motors of the Performance<br />

Line (1LE16), the metal fan cover is always standard.<br />

• In case of increased thermal stress, please combine with the<br />

order codes N05 to N08.<br />

• In conjunction with more stringent requirements for the paint<br />

finish or corrosion protection stress (offshore, sea air, etc.), the<br />

corresponding order codes S02, S03, S04, and potentially<br />

H07, must be combined!<br />

• Order code N31 requires additional specifications for the ambient<br />

temperature CT 50 °C to CT 90 °C.<br />

1) Order code for Ex motors of the 1MB5, SIMOTICS XP motor series not<br />

available.<br />

2) Order code for Ex motors of the 1MB.553, SIMOTICS XP motor series not<br />

available.<br />

1/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

The specified rated power is applicable for continuous duty in<br />

accordance with IEC 60034-1 at the frequency of 50 Hz, a coolant<br />

temperature (CT) or ambient temperature of 40 °C and an installation<br />

altitude (IA) up to 1000 m above sea level. 1LE1, 1LE5,<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 and 1PC1 motors for ambient temperatures<br />

exceeding 40 °C are equipped with various types of seal.<br />

Mountings such as brake, terminal box at NDE, flange-mounted<br />

motors can sometimes exceed utilization in accordance with<br />

temperature class 130 (B).<br />

For higher coolant temperatures and/or installation altitudes<br />

greater than 1000 m above sea level, the specified motor power<br />

must be reduced using the factor k HT .<br />

Depending on the frame size of the motor or the number of<br />

poles, special windings may be added to the motors for the different<br />

operating conditions.<br />

This results in an admissible motor power of:<br />

P adm = P rated ·k HT<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

If the admissible motor power is no longer adequate for the<br />

drive, it should be checked whether the motor with the next highest<br />

rated power fulfills the requirements.<br />

Abbreviation Description Unit<br />

P adm Admissible motor power kW<br />

P rated Rated power kW<br />

k HT<br />

Factor for abnormal coolant temperature<br />

and/or installation altitude<br />

The motors are designed for temperature class 155 (F) and utilized<br />

in temperature class 130 (B). Under non-standard operating<br />

conditions, if they are to be used in this class, the admissible<br />

power rating must be determined from the table below.<br />

1<br />

Reduction factor k HT for different installation altitudes and/or coolant temperatures<br />

Installation altitude above Coolant temperature<br />

sea level<br />

m


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Anti-condensation heating<br />

Supply voltage 230 V (1AC)<br />

Order code Q02<br />

Supply voltage 115 V (1AC)<br />

Order code Q03<br />

Supply voltage 400 V (1AC)<br />

Order code Q<strong>06</strong><br />

For motors with windings at risk of condensation due to the climatic<br />

conditions, e.g. inactive motors in humid atmospheres or<br />

motors that are subjected to widely fluctuating temperatures,<br />

anti-condensation heaters must be used.<br />

An additional cable entry is provided for the connecting cable in<br />

the terminal box.<br />

Motor series Frame size Cable entry<br />

Aluminum motors (GP) 200 1 M16 1.5<br />

Cast-iron motors (SD) 180 1 M16 1.5<br />

200 1 M20 1.5<br />

225 ... 315 2 M20 1.5<br />

355 ... 450 2 M20 1.5<br />

Anti-condensation heating must not be switched on during operation.<br />

Frame size<br />

Heat power of the anti-condensation heating<br />

Supply voltage at<br />

230 V 115 V (110 V) 400 V (1AC)<br />

Order code Q02 Order code Q03 Order code Q<strong>06</strong><br />

W W W<br />

1LE1/1LE5/1PC1 motors<br />

63 … 80 12.5 12.5 –<br />

90 … 112 25 25 –<br />

132 … 200 50 50 –<br />

225 … 250 92 92 –<br />

280 … 315 109 109 –<br />

315 … 355 218 218 200<br />

400 ... 450 240 240 370<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 motors<br />

80 … 112 7 7 –<br />

132 … 160 12 12 –<br />

180 … 200 57 57 –<br />

225 … 250 92 92 –<br />

280 … 315 109 109 –<br />

355 218 218 200<br />

400 ... 450 240 240 370<br />

Instead of an anti-condensation heater, another possibility is to<br />

connect a voltage that is approximately 4 to 10 %<br />

of the rated motor voltage to stator terminals U1 and V1; 20 to<br />

30 % of rated motor current is sufficient to heat the motor.<br />

Fans/separately driven fans<br />

1LE1 and 1MB1 motors of frame size 71 to 315 and 1LE5 and<br />

1MB5 motors with 4 poles or more have radial-flow fans in the<br />

standard version (with the exception of option F90 – version<br />

"Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and fan cover")<br />

that cool regardless of the direction of rotation of the motor (cooling<br />

method IC411 acc. to EN 60034-6). In the standard version,<br />

1LE5 motors with 2 poles are cooled with unidirectional axialflow<br />

fans. The air flow is forced from the non-drive-end (NDE) to<br />

the drive end (DE).<br />

For details of separately driven fans for frame size 63 to 450, see<br />

also "Separately driven fans" on page 1/77.<br />

Supply voltage of separately driven fan for 1LE1 motors:<br />

The supply voltage tolerance of the separately driven fan is<br />

±5 %. For voltage ranges, see page 1/77.<br />

In confined spaces, it must be ensured that the minimum spacing<br />

is maintained between the fan cover and the wall. This also<br />

applies to adjacent parts, such as large handwheels and flywheels<br />

on the second shaft extension.<br />

Clearance from wall/fan grilles<br />

Frame size<br />

mm<br />

63, 71 15<br />

80, 90, 100 20<br />

112 25<br />

132 30<br />

160 40<br />

180, 200 90<br />

225, 250 100<br />

280, 315 110<br />

355 140<br />

400 ... 450 150<br />

For version of the fan and the fan cover, see the table below.<br />

Motor series Frame size Fan material Fan cover<br />

material<br />

1LE10 63 ... 71 Plastic Metal<br />

80 … 200 Plastic 1)<br />

1LE15 71 … 90 Plastic Metal<br />

100 … 315 Plastic<br />

1LE16 100 … 315 Plastic Metal<br />

1LE55 315 Metal Plastic<br />

1LE55 400 ... 450 2-pole Metal Metal<br />

400 ... 450 4-... 8-pole Plastic<br />

1LE56 315 … 355 Metal Metal<br />

Metal external fan impeller<br />

The standard fan impeller made of plastic can be replaced with a<br />

fan impeller made of metal. This version is available for the motors<br />

(with the exception of 1LE1 with option F90 – version "Forced-air<br />

cooled motors without external fan and fan cover").<br />

In versions with a unidirectional axial-flow fan, the metal external<br />

fan is already included. Up to frame size 160 and for the<br />

1LE5/1MB5 motor series, the metal external fan impeller is made<br />

of aluminum.<br />

Order code F76<br />

Fan cover for textile industry<br />

For 1LE1 motors (with the exception of 1LE1 with option F90 –<br />

version "Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and fan<br />

cover") the standard version of the fan cover cannot be used in<br />

the textile industry.<br />

For the motor series 1LE1 (with the exception of 1LE1 with option<br />

F90 – version "Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and<br />

fan cover") a special version of the fan cover is available for the<br />

textile industry. This has a protective cover and is made of noncorrosive<br />

sheet steel.<br />

The motor length increases when the fan cover for the textile industry<br />

is mounted, see page 1/109, Figure 12.<br />

Order code F75<br />

1) For the frame size codes A, D, F, H, J, K, L, N, T, U, and V, a screwed-on<br />

cover (plastic or metal) is used in conjunction with the option H03 (condensation<br />

drainage holes). Mounted separately driven fans or brakes are only<br />

available in sheet metal version.<br />

1/30 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Sheet metal fan cover<br />

In place of the plastic fan cover, a sheet metal fan cover can be<br />

ordered for motor series 1LE1 (with the exception of 1LE1 with<br />

option F90 – version "Forced-air cooled motors without external<br />

fan and fan cover").<br />

Order code F74<br />

The sheet metal fan cover is supplied as standard with 1LE16<br />

(Performance Line), 1LE5, and 1MB5 motors.<br />

1LE1 motors<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Necessary minimum cooling air flow for forced-air cooled<br />

motors in standard duty<br />

The cooling air flow specified in the selection table applies to<br />

continuous duty according to EN 60034-1 at a coolant temperature<br />

(CT) or ambient temperature of 40 °C respectively and an installation<br />

altitude (IA) up to 1000 m above sea level.<br />

In the 1LE1/1LE5 motor version without external fan and fan<br />

cover, order code F90, the motor is located in the air flow of the<br />

driven fan that must drive the minimum cooling air flow over the<br />

motor housing. The minimum air flow must pass closely over the<br />

housing (comparable to self-ventilation of the motor). Otherwise<br />

higher air flows are required to comply with admissible motor<br />

heating levels.<br />

1<br />

Frame size Required cooling air flow for number of poles<br />

2 4 6 8<br />

IE2<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

63 0.83 1.02 0.41 0.48 0.27 0.32 – –<br />

71 1.49/1.73 1.81/2.08 0.75/0.86 0.87/1.02 0.49/0.58 0.58/0.71 0.36/0.42 0.43/0.54<br />

80 1.82 2.18 0.9 1.1 0.6 0.73 0.44 0.53<br />

90 3.3 4.03 1.64 2.01 1.11 1.31 0.76 0.94<br />

IE2/IE1 IE2 IE1 IE2/IE1 IE2/IE1<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

100 3.8 4.4 2.1 2.6 2.3 2.8 1.5 1.8 1.2 1.3<br />

112 5.0/5.4 1) 5.7/6.1 1) 2.9 3.5 2.9 3.5 1.9 2.3 1.4 1.6<br />

132 6.3 7.2 4.6 5.7 4.6 5.7 3.1 3.8 2.4 2.9<br />

160 10.9 13.3 6.7 8.1 7.6 9.1 5 6.1 3.8 4.5<br />

180 12.4 14.8 7.8 9.4 7.8 9.4 5.2 6.2 4.8 5.8<br />

200 14.3 17.2 10.4 12.5 10.4 12.5 7.9 9.5 6 7.2<br />

IE2<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

225 22 26 19 23 15 17.5 11.5 13.5<br />

250 28 33 21 24.5 19 22.5 14.5 16.3<br />

280 32 37.5 32.5 39 24 29.5 18 22<br />

315 48 58 49 58 34 40 25 30.5<br />

IE4/IE3<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

180 10.3 12.3 7 8.3 5.2 6.2 – –<br />

200 10.4 12.5 7.6 9.1 6.5 7.8 – –<br />

225 14 17.5 12 15 15.5 18 11.5 12.5<br />

250 18.5 22 12 15 16 20 12 13.5<br />

280 26 30.5 27.5 32.5 22.5 26.5 18 21.5<br />

315 40 48.5 32.5 39 31 37 25 30.5<br />

IE3/IE2<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

80 1.36 1.66 0.66 0.8 0.42 0.51 0.3 0.38<br />

90 2.86 3.41 1.34 1.7 0.87 1.<strong>06</strong> 0.65 0.8<br />

1LE5 motors<br />

Frame size Required cooling air flow for number of poles<br />

2 4 6 8<br />

IE3/IE4<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz<br />

m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min m 3 /min<br />

315 46/44 56/53 38.5/38 46/46 26.5/– 31/– – –<br />

355 44/– 53/– 63/63 75/75 40.5/– 48.5/– – –<br />

400 72 84 78 96 102 120 78 96<br />

450 90 108 126 150 90 108 72 84<br />

1) Value: IE2/IE1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/31


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

The order variants for motor protection are coded with letters in<br />

the 15th position of the Article No. and, if necessary, using order<br />

codes.<br />

In the standard version, the motor is designed without motor protection.<br />

15th position of the Article No. letter A.<br />

A distinction is made between current-dependent and motortemperature-dependent<br />

protection devices.<br />

The following applies to all motors:<br />

The motors can withstand 1.5 times the rated current at rated<br />

voltage and frequency for two minutes (EN 60034).<br />

Note:<br />

Electrically protective separation of the built-in winding<br />

components for low-voltage motors is the insulation of the<br />

sensors for winding protection.<br />

All sensors for winding protection, which can be selected under<br />

the Article No. supplements and options for motor protection<br />

meet the requirements of basic insulation.<br />

The basic insulation is tested in accordance with Siemens<br />

Product Standard 60034-1 and 60034-18-41 and relates to<br />

all sensors and built-in components that are installed in the<br />

winding, such as PTC, NTC, KTY, Pt100 and bimetal switch.<br />

For example, by ordering with letter B in the 15th position of the<br />

Article No or as an option with order code Q11<br />

"1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping".<br />

The Pt1000 already meets the requirements for electrically protective<br />

separation according to IEC 61800-5-1.<br />

Current dependent protection devices<br />

Fuses are only used to protect power cables in the event of a<br />

short-circuit. They are not suitable for overload protection of the<br />

motor.<br />

The motors are usually protected by thermally delayed overload<br />

protection devices (circuit breakers for motor protection or overload<br />

relays), e.g. with SIRIUS industrial controls and protection<br />

relays. For further details, see Catalog IC 10.<br />

This protection is current-dependent and is particularly effective<br />

in the case of a locked rotor.<br />

For standard duty with short start-up times and starting currents<br />

not too excessive and for low numbers of switching operations,<br />

motor protection switches provide adequate protection. Motor<br />

protection switches are not suitable for heavy starting duty or<br />

large numbers of switching operations. Differences in the thermal<br />

time constants for the protection equipment and the motor<br />

result in unnecessary early tripping when the protection switch<br />

is set to rated current.<br />

Motor-temperature-dependent protective devices and motor<br />

temperature detection with converter operation<br />

Depending on the specific requirements, various different components<br />

can be built into the motor winding for switching off the<br />

motor before it overheats and for monitoring the winding temperature<br />

and motor temperature.<br />

Temperature detectors – Bimetal switches<br />

Bimetal switches operate on the principle of mechanical deformation<br />

as a result of long-term heating. Bimetal strips bent as a<br />

result of such heating have a spring action that results in sudden<br />

reversal of the curvature (concave to convex or vice-versa).<br />

When a limit temperature is reached, these temperature detectors<br />

(NC contacts) can deactivate an auxiliary circuit. The circuit<br />

can only be reclosed following a considerable fall in temperature.<br />

Bimetal switches are suitable protection devices in the case<br />

of slowly rising motor temperatures. When the motor current<br />

rises quickly (e.g. with a locked rotor), these switches are not<br />

suitable due to their large thermal time constants.<br />

Temperature detectors for tripping:<br />

15th position of the Article No. letter Z and order code Q3A.<br />

The temperature detectors have the following current-carrying<br />

capacity and switching capacity:<br />

230 V, AC: 2.5 A<br />

24 V, DC: 1.6 A<br />

PTC thermistors – Thermistor motor protection<br />

PTC thermistors provide the most comprehensive protection<br />

against thermal overloading of the motor. A rise in the winding<br />

temperature over the admissible value can be accurately detected<br />

thanks to the low heat capacity of these PTC (Positive<br />

Temperature Coefficient) thermistors and their excellent heat<br />

contact with the winding. When the limit temperature is reached<br />

(rated tripping temperature), the PTC thermistors undergo a<br />

sudden change in resistance. This is evaluated by tripping units<br />

and can be used to open auxiliary circuits. PTC thermistors cannot<br />

themselves be subjected to high currents and voltages. This<br />

results in the destruction of the semiconductor. The switching<br />

hysteresis of the PTC thermistor and tripping unit is low, which<br />

supports fast restarting of the drive. Motor protection of this type<br />

is recommended for heavy duty starting, switching duty, extreme<br />

changes in load, high ambient temperatures or fluctuating supply<br />

systems.<br />

Motor protection with PTC thermistor for tripping. In the terminal<br />

box, two auxiliary terminals are required.<br />

15th position of the Article No. letter B.<br />

Two temperature sensor circuits are used if a warning is required<br />

before the motor is shut down (tripped).<br />

The warning is normally set to 10 K below the tripping temperature.<br />

Motor protection with PTC thermistor for alarm and tripping.<br />

In the terminal box, 4 auxiliary terminals are required.<br />

15th position of the Article No. letter C.<br />

The following applies to 1LE1 motors:<br />

Motor protection for frame sizes 80 and 90 is implemented with<br />

the 15th position of the Article No. letter B, and with the order<br />

code Q11 with a PTC thermistor.<br />

Motor protection for frame sizes 80 and 90 is implemented with<br />

the 15th position of the Article No. letter C, and with the order<br />

code Q12 with two PTC thermistors.<br />

The following applies to 1MB1 motors:<br />

The motor protection is implemented with the 15th position of the<br />

Article No. letter B with three PTC thermistors.<br />

The motor protection is implemented with the 15th position of the<br />

Article No. letter C with six PTC thermistors.<br />

In order to achieve full thermal protection, it is necessary to combine<br />

a thermally delayed overcurrent release and a PTC thermistor.<br />

For full motor protection implemented only with PTC thermistors,<br />

please inquire.<br />

The SIRIUS 3RN2 thermistor motor protection device for protecting<br />

motors against overheating by means of direct temperature<br />

measurement, also for a hazardous area with ATEX approval,<br />

can be ordered separately. For further details, see Catalog IC 10<br />

or www.siemens.com/product?3RN2.<br />

1/32 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

PTC thermistor characteristic<br />

The PTC thermistor is a temperature-dependent component.<br />

At the smallest changes in temperature in the region of the rated<br />

shutdown temperature, the resistance of the PTC increases<br />

steeply.<br />

lg R KL<br />

Ω<br />

10 4<br />

10 3<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Motor protection<br />

NTC thermistor<br />

NTC thermistors have a negative temperature coefficient and<br />

conduct current at higher temperatures better than at lower temperatures.<br />

NTC thermistors are typically used for temperature compensation<br />

of electronic circuits, or to limit inrush currents, to achieve<br />

the soft starting of electrical machines, for example.<br />

Motor temperature monitoring and shutdown using NTC thermistors<br />

is unusual, but it is technically possible. The tripping temperature<br />

can be set when using suitable tripping devices of this<br />

type.<br />

NTC thermistors for tripping: 15th position of the Article No. letter<br />

Z and order code Q2A.<br />

For line operation, the SIRIUS 3RS1, 3RS2 temperature monitoring<br />

relay, which forms part of the protection equipment, can be<br />

ordered separately.<br />

For further details, see Catalog IC 10 or<br />

www.siemens.com/product?3RS1.<br />

NTC thermistor characteristic<br />

1<br />

10 2<br />

50<br />

-20 °C<br />

25 °C<br />

T NAT<br />

-20 K<br />

T NAT<br />

-5 K<br />

T NAT<br />

T NAT<br />

+5 K<br />

T NAT<br />

+15 K<br />

10 1 T KL<br />

G_D081_XX_00376<br />

Ω<br />

R<br />

20<br />

10 3<br />

50<br />

δ<br />

PTC sensor characteristic<br />

20<br />

10 2<br />

50<br />

20<br />

10<br />

20 40 80 100 120 °C<br />

140<br />

G_D081_XX_00474<br />

T<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/33


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

KTY 84-130 temperature sensor<br />

This temperature sensor is a semiconductor which, in a similar<br />

manner to a PTC thermistor, changes its resistance as a function<br />

of its temperature at a defined rate. Within the measuring range,<br />

however, the KTY 84-130 characteristic rises almost linearly.<br />

The temperature sensor is embedded in the winding overhang<br />

of the motor in the same way as the components mentioned<br />

above. It is characterized by its outstanding precision, high reliability,<br />

and temperature stability, as well as a fast response time.<br />

Thanks to these properties, which permit the almost analog monitoring<br />

of winding temperature, the KTY 84-130 is preferred for<br />

converter operation.<br />

Motor temperature detection with embedded KTY 84-130 temperature<br />

sensor: In the terminal box, two auxiliary terminals are<br />

required.<br />

15th position of the Article No. letter F.<br />

Temperatures for alarm and tripping can be set as required<br />

when using converters from Siemens that determine the motor<br />

temperature in accordance with the measuring principle described<br />

above. With these devices, the measured signal is evaluated<br />

directly in the converter.<br />

For line operation, the SIRIUS 3RS1, 3RS2 temperature monitoring<br />

relay, which forms part of the protection equipment, can be<br />

ordered separately.<br />

For further details, see Catalog IC 10 or<br />

www.siemens.com/product?3RS1.<br />

KTY 84-130 temperature sensor characteristic<br />

3<br />

R<br />

2.5<br />

G_M015_EN_00190<br />

Pt100/Pt1000 resistance thermometer<br />

The resistance thermometer has a chip for a temperature sensor,<br />

the resistance of which changes in relation to temperature according<br />

to a series of reproducible basic values. The changes in<br />

resistance are transferred as changes in current. At 0 °C, the<br />

measurement resistances are adjusted to 100 for the Pt100<br />

and 1000 for the Pt1000, and correspond to the accuracy<br />

class B (i.e. the relationship between resistance and temperature).<br />

The limit deviation is ±0.3 °C, and the admissible deviations<br />

are defined in EN 60751.<br />

The Pt1000 resistance thermometer will, in the future, gradually<br />

replace the KTY84-130 temperature sensors available today.<br />

Similar to the method of operation of the Pt100, the relationship<br />

between the temperature and the electrical resistance of conductors<br />

is utilized in the Pt1000 to measure the temperature, just<br />

like with the additional resistance thermometers described<br />

above.<br />

Pure metals undergo larger changes in resistance than alloys<br />

and have a relatively constant temperature coefficient.<br />

The order options for the Pt100/Pt1000 temperature sensors are<br />

described in Chapter 2 (15th position of the Article No.: H, J, K,<br />

L, P, Q, or R, or order codes Q35, Q36, Q60, Q61, Q62, Q63,<br />

Q64, Q72, Q78, or Q79).<br />

Temperatures for alarm and tripping can be set as required<br />

when using converters from Siemens that determine the motor<br />

temperature in accordance with the measuring principle described<br />

above. With these devices, the measured signal is evaluated<br />

directly in the converter.<br />

In line operation, the SIRIUS 3RS1, 3RS2 temperature monitoring<br />

relay can be ordered separately for the protection equipment.<br />

For further details, see Catalog IC 10 or<br />

www.siemens.com/product?3RS1.<br />

Pt100/Pt1000 resistance thermometer characteristics<br />

k<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

D = 2 mA<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0 50 100 150 200 250 °C 300<br />

U<br />

Ω<br />

Resistance<br />

1800<br />

1600<br />

1400<br />

Pt1000<br />

1200<br />

1000<br />

800<br />

600<br />

400<br />

200<br />

Pt100<br />

0<br />

-20 0 20 40 60 80 90 100 120 140 160 180<br />

Temperature °C<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>23<br />

1/34 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Location of the terminal box<br />

The terminal box of the motor can be mounted in four different<br />

locations or positions. For the motors of the 1LE10 aluminum series,<br />

frame sizes 63 and 71, the terminal box can only be<br />

mounted on the top (16th position of the Article No. 4).<br />

The position of the terminal box is coded using the 16th position<br />

of the motor Article No.<br />

When defining the position of the terminal box, please observe<br />

the following:<br />

• <strong>Motors</strong> with feet must always be viewed looking onto the drive<br />

end with the shaft in the horizontal position. The feet are then<br />

always at "6 o'clock". This is especially important with construction<br />

types IM B6, IM B7, and IM B8, and also applies to<br />

combined construction types such as IM B35.<br />

• Flange-mounted motors (e.g. IM B5) whose drive-end flange<br />

has a condensation drainage hole must always be viewed<br />

looking onto the drive end with the shaft in the horizontal position.<br />

The condensation drainage hole is then always at "6<br />

o'clock".<br />

The aluminum series motors 1LE10 and 1PC10 with feet and<br />

standard power range have cast feet in the standard version in<br />

frame sizes up to 160, e.g. IM B3, IM B6, etc. (applies only to IE3<br />

and IE4 motors with standard housing; IE3 and IE4 motors with<br />

long housing always have screwed-on feet). <strong>Motors</strong> from frame<br />

size 180 upwards have screwed-on feet. If rotation of the terminal<br />

box is to be possible in the future, the "Screwed-on feet" option,<br />

order code H01, must be ordered. In accordance with the<br />

type of construction, spare holes that are not used for mounting<br />

the feet can be used by the customer. If the customer would like<br />

this option, it is advisable to include order code H10 "Housing<br />

with screw mounting" in the order – possible only for frame sizes<br />

80, 90, 180 and 200. Responsibility for any strength calculations<br />

required for this type of customer mounting lies with the customer.<br />

For all motors with increased power and with feet, the feet are<br />

screwed-on as standard. The terminal box can be rotated later.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with frame sizes 225 to 315 are supplied as standard with<br />

cast feet.<br />

Terminal box on right-hand side:<br />

16th position of the Article No. digit 5<br />

Terminal box on left-hand side:<br />

16th position of the Article No. digit 6<br />

Terminal box below:<br />

16th position of the Article No. digit 7<br />

Standard<br />

H08<br />

G_D081_EN_00461<br />

Location of the terminal box with the corresponding digits in the<br />

16th position of the Article No.<br />

6<br />

Standard<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

The number of winding ends depends on the winding design.<br />

Three-phase motors are connected to the three phase conductors<br />

L1, L2 and L3 of a three-phase system. The rated voltage of<br />

the motor in the running connection must match the phase conductor<br />

voltages of the network.<br />

When the three phases are operating in a time sequence and are<br />

connected to the terminals of the motor in alphabetical order U1,<br />

V1 and W1, clockwise rotation of the motor shaft is established<br />

as viewed onto the drive end. The direction of rotation of the motor<br />

can be changed to counterclockwise if two connecting leads<br />

are interchanged.<br />

Labeled terminals are provided to connect the protective conductor.<br />

A PE terminal is provided in the terminal box for grounding. A<br />

grounding terminal is provided on the outside of the motor housing<br />

– special version for 1LE1/1PC1 motors.<br />

Order code H04<br />

External grounding terminal/external grounding is standard for<br />

1LE15/16 motors from frame size 180 upwards and for<br />

1LE5/1MB5 motors of frame sizes 400 and 450.<br />

A second external grounding connection can also be ordered.<br />

Order code H70 (must be ordered in combination with option<br />

H04)<br />

Order code H70:<br />

second external<br />

grounding<br />

G_D081_EN_00391<br />

Standard:<br />

one external<br />

grounding<br />

If a brake control system or thermal protection is installed, the<br />

connections will also be in the terminal box. The motors are suitable<br />

for direct connection to the line supply.<br />

Design of the terminal box<br />

The number of terminals and the size of the terminal box are designed<br />

for standard requirements.<br />

For special requirements, or on customer request, a larger terminal<br />

box can be supplied.<br />

For motors with frame sizes 71 up to 90, the following constraints<br />

apply:<br />

For configuration, note that, when the terminal box is located on<br />

the left or right-hand sides, the customer must not align the cable<br />

entry towards the housing feet, because this can cause collisions<br />

between the motor connection cables and the foundations.<br />

Larger terminal box<br />

Order code R50<br />

If the necessary installation angle of the motor would cause machine<br />

components to collide with the terminal box, the terminal<br />

box can be moved from the drive end (DE) to the non-drive end<br />

(NDE). Only use according to temperature class 155 (F). When<br />

the terminal box is rotated to the non-drive end (NDE) of the motor,<br />

it is important to note that dimensions "C" and "CA" will not<br />

comply with the values specified by EN 50347. Dimensional<br />

drawings can be requested via DT Configurator.<br />

Order code H08<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/35


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Motor connection<br />

Line feeder cables<br />

The line feeder cables must be dimensioned acc. to<br />

DIN VDE 0298. The number of required feeder cables, if necessary<br />

in parallel, is defined by:<br />

• The max. cable cross-section which can be connected,<br />

• The cable type,<br />

• The cable routing,<br />

• The ambient temperature and the corresponding admissible<br />

current in accordance with DIN VDE 0298,<br />

• The requirements according to IEC/EN 60204-1,<br />

• The requirements according to IEC/EN 60079-14 for 1MB motors.<br />

For motors with auxiliary terminals (e.g. 15th position of the Article<br />

No. letter B), additional cable entry holes are provided<br />

(M16 × 1.5 or M20 × 1.5 depending on frame size).<br />

For further details, see the data sheet function in the DT Configurator.<br />

The terminal box is located on the housing and bolted in place.<br />

The terminal box can be turned by 4 × 90° degrees on the terminal<br />

base of the machine housing in the case of a terminal board<br />

with 6 terminal studs (standard version).<br />

Order code R09<br />

Parallel feeders<br />

Some motors must be fitted with parallel feeders due to the maximum<br />

permissible current per terminal. These motors are indicated<br />

in the selection and ordering data in the respective chapter.<br />

The temperature rises in the terminal box must be taken into account<br />

when selecting the connection cable or individual connections.<br />

These approximate temperature rises are as follows:<br />

• Range of ambient temperature (T amb ) +50 K for motors with<br />

temperature class Th.Cl.155 (F).<br />

• Range of ambient temperature (T amb ) +60 K for motors with<br />

temperature class Th.Cl.180 (H).<br />

• Without any specifications in field 19 (T amb ) on the rating plate,<br />

T amb is equal to 40 °C.<br />

Location of the cable entries with the corresponding order codes<br />

1/36 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

Cable entry on the terminal box<br />

With a view onto the drive end of the motor with the shaft in the<br />

horizontal position and the terminal box on the top, the cable entry<br />

is always on the right-hand side of the motor, as shown in the<br />

figure below – standard position 0°.<br />

The terminal box can be rotated on the base of the motor housing<br />

such that the cable entry is located in the positions given below:<br />

• Towards the drive end (DE)<br />

(rotation of terminal box by 90°,<br />

entry from DE) for B5 types of constructions only with order<br />

code H08!<br />

With B14 construction types, the customer must ensure that<br />

sufficient space is available for cable outlet.<br />

Order code R10<br />

• Towards the fan end (NDE)<br />

(rotation of terminal box by 90°,<br />

entry from NDE)<br />

Order code R11<br />

• Opposite the standard position 0°<br />

(rotation of terminal box by 180°,<br />

entry opposite the standard position 0°)<br />

Order code R12<br />

The dimensions of the terminal box are listed in the section<br />

"Dimensions" on pages 2/142 to 2/181 in accordance with the<br />

frame size and the "Dimensional drawings".<br />

If the position of the terminal box (right-hand side, left-hand side,<br />

or top) is changed, the position of the cable entry must be<br />

checked and, if necessary, ordered with the corresponding order<br />

codes (R10, R11, and R12).<br />

Motor Frame size Terminal box Terminal box position Rotation of the terminal box and cable entry<br />

Top Right-hand Left-hand Bottom Retrofitting -90° +90° 180° Retrofitting<br />

side side<br />

possible<br />

possible<br />

16th position of the Article No.<br />

Article No. with -Z and order code<br />

Type Type 4 5 6 7 4<br />

H01 R10 R11 R12<br />

1FP10, 1LE10, 63 … 71 TB1B00, TB1B10 ✔ – – – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1MB10, 1PC10 80 … 90 TB1E00, TB1E10 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

100, 112 TB1F00, TB1F10 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

132 TB1H00, TB1H10 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

160 TB1J00, TB1J10 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

180 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

200 TB1L00, TB1L10 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1FP15, 1LE15, 71 TB1D01 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1MB15 6) 80, 90 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1FP15, 1LE15/6, 100 … 160 TB1F01 … TB1R01 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1MB15/6 6) 180 … 315 ✔ ✔ ✔ – – ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

1PC13 80, 90 – ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

100 … 160 – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

180 … 315 – ✔ ✔ ✔ – ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

Motor Frame size Terminal box Terminal box position Rotation of the terminal box and cable entry<br />

Top<br />

left<br />

Top<br />

right<br />

45°<br />

left<br />

45°<br />

right<br />

90°<br />

right<br />

90°<br />

left<br />

Bottom -90° +90° 180° Retrofitting<br />

possible<br />

16th position of the Article No.<br />

Article No. with -Z and order code<br />

Type Type 0 1 2 3 5 6 9 1) 2) R10 R11 R12<br />

1LE5, 1MB5 6) 315 TB3Q01 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

355 TB3R01 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 3) ✔ ✔ Yes<br />

400 ... 450 TB3R61 ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ ✔ 5) ✔ ✔ No 4)<br />

1) Article No with the following order code:<br />

R5L – terminal box on left-hand side (base below)<br />

R6R – terminal box on right-hand side (base below)<br />

R7L – terminal box bottom left<br />

R7R – terminal box bottom right<br />

2) Only possible in combination with type of construction IM B5.<br />

3) Not possible together with terminal box code<br />

(16th position of the Article No.) 0, 1, 5, 6 and flange A 900.<br />

4) Only possible with order code R09.<br />

5) With a flange, only possible with order code H08.<br />

6) 1MB15/6 also applies to 1MB154, 1MB164, and 1MB155;<br />

1MB5 also applies to 1MB554, 1MB555.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Terminal box in standard position, detailed view<br />

Ordering example:<br />

Terminal box on right-hand side (16th position of the Article No.<br />

digit 5):<br />

Cable entry is from below unless another order code is specified.<br />

Cable entry from drive end (DE) – Article No. with<br />

-Z and order code R10.<br />

For cable entry to a standard terminal box, a metal cable gland<br />

can be ordered for motor connection.<br />

One metal cable gland – Article No. with -Z and<br />

order code R15.<br />

For special requirements for which standard holes for the cable<br />

entries are inadequate for the UK market, reduction pieces for<br />

M cable glands in accordance with British Standard that are<br />

mounted on both cable entries can be supplied (only up to frame<br />

size 160).<br />

Order code R30<br />

Frame size<br />

Cable entry acc. to<br />

IEC<br />

British Standard<br />

100 2 × M32 2 × M20<br />

112/132 2 × M32 2 × M25<br />

160 2 × M40 2 × M32<br />

Motor connectors<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> of frame sizes 63 to 132 can be supplied with a motor<br />

connector.<br />

The motor connectors are mounted on the specially designed<br />

terminal box at the factory and are aligned towards NDE in the<br />

basic version. The terminal boxes can be rotated by 4 × 90° on<br />

the base of the motor housing (order codes R10, R12, and R13).<br />

The following motor connector variants are available:<br />

• Motor connector HAN10B-10E<br />

Order code R70<br />

• Motor connector HAN10B-10E EMC<br />

Order code R71<br />

• Motor connector HAN3A-Q12 EMC<br />

Order code R72<br />

• Motor connector HAN3A-Q12<br />

Order code R73<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

Motor connector assignment<br />

Motor Frame size Motor connectors Size of the terminal box<br />

Type<br />

Type<br />

1LE10 63 … 70 HAN10B-10E TB1B60<br />

HAN10B-10E EMC<br />

1LE10,<br />

1PC10<br />

80 … 90 HAN3A-Q12<br />

HAN3A-Q12 EMC<br />

80 … 90 HAN10B-10E<br />

HAN10B-10E EMC<br />

100 … 132 HAN10B-10E<br />

HAN10B-10E EMC<br />

TB1E00<br />

with mounted brake TB1E10<br />

Only possible with TB1E10<br />

Currently only available with<br />

TB1F10 (frame sizes 100<br />

and 112)<br />

or<br />

TB1H10 (frame size 132)<br />

Technical characteristic values of motor connectors<br />

according to EN 6<strong>06</strong>64-1 and EN 61984<br />

Characteristic value Motor connectors<br />

HAN3A-Q12<br />

HAN10B-10E<br />

Degree of pollution<br />

3 2 3 2<br />

Rated current 10 A 16 A<br />

Rated voltage 400 V 400/690 V 500 V 400/690 V<br />

Rated voltage acc. 600 V 600 V<br />

to UL/CSA<br />

For further technical specifications of the motor connectors, refer<br />

to the catalog of Harting Deutschland GmbH & Co. at<br />

www.harting.com<br />

or<br />

https://b2b.harting.com/ebusiness/de/industrie-steckverbinderhan/100382.<br />

Protruding cable ends<br />

For confined spaces, protruding cable ends can be ordered<br />

without a terminal box with cover plate.<br />

The following lengths of protruding cables can be ordered as<br />

standard using order codes:<br />

• 3 cables protruding, 0.5 m long 1)<br />

Order code R20<br />

• 3 cables protruding, 1.5 m long 1)<br />

Order code R21<br />

• 6 cables protruding, 0.5 m long<br />

Order code R22<br />

• 6 cables protruding, 1.5 m long<br />

Order code R23<br />

• 6 cables protruding, 3.0 m long<br />

Order code R24<br />

The cross-section of the named cable refers to a coolant temperature<br />

of up to CT 40 °C.<br />

1<br />

1) For 3 protruding cables only, it must be specified in plain text whether<br />

star or delta connection is required (voltage code 90<br />

and M1Y).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/37


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Terminal box type TB1B00<br />

Terminal box type TB1B10<br />

Terminal box type TB1E00<br />

Terminal box type TB1E10 – order code R50<br />

Terminal box types TB1F00, TB1H00, TB1J00<br />

Terminal box types TB1F10, TB1H10, TB1J10 – order code R50<br />

Terminal box type TB1L00<br />

Terminal box type TB1L10 – order code R50<br />

1/38 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Terminal box type TB1J01<br />

Terminal box type TB1L01<br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1<br />

Terminal box type TB1N01<br />

Terminal box type TB1Q01<br />

Motor connector type HAN3A-Q12<br />

Motor connector type HAN10B-10E<br />

Terminal box type TB3R61<br />

Terminal box type 1XB1631<br />

G_D081_XX_01077<br />

G_D081_XX_00547<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/39


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Terminal box type 1XB7750<br />

G_D081_XX_00551<br />

Basic data for terminal boxes for 1LE1, 1MB1, 1PC1, 1LE5, and 1MB5 motors<br />

Motor Frame size Terminal Cable entries/locking<br />

box<br />

1LE10/1MB10/1PC10<br />

1LE10 63 ... 71 TB1B00 2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

TB1B10 terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

1LE10 80 … 90 TB1E00 1 entry <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box<br />

(2 entries with additional mounting components in the winding),<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

1LE10/<br />

1MB10<br />

1LE10<br />

1MB10 1)<br />

1PC10<br />

80 … 90 TB1E10 2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

100 … 180<br />

80 … 160<br />

100 … 160<br />

TB1F00<br />

TB1H00<br />

TB1J00<br />

TB1F10<br />

TB1H10<br />

TB1J10<br />

1LE10 200 TB1L00<br />

TB1L10<br />

2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs and locknuts,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

Terminal box<br />

material<br />

Feeder connection<br />

Aluminum alloy • Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

Aluminum alloy • Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

Aluminum alloy • Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

Aluminum alloy • Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box, Aluminum alloy • Cable lug<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

1LE15/1LE16/1LE5/1MB15/1MB16/1MB5<br />

1LE15/ 71 … 90 TB1D01 2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

1MB15 1) terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

1LE15/<br />

1LE16/<br />

1MB15/<br />

1MB16 1)<br />

2)<br />

100 … 315 TB1F01<br />

…<br />

TB1R01<br />

1LE5,<br />

1MB5 2) 315 … 355 TB3Q01<br />

TB3R01<br />

1LE5, 355 TB3R01<br />

1MB5 2) (500 kW)<br />

1LE5/ 400 ... 450 TB3R61<br />

1MB5<br />

1XB1631<br />

1XB7750<br />

2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

2 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

4 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

4 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

8 entries <strong>complete</strong> with sealing plugs, thread in terminal box,<br />

terminal box mounted and screwed in place<br />

Cast iron<br />

Cast iron<br />

Cast iron<br />

Cast iron<br />

Sheet steel<br />

• Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

• Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

• Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

• Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

• Cable lug<br />

• Rigid cable, no cable lug<br />

1) The certified cable entries are supplied as standard for explosionprotected<br />

motors.<br />

- Frame sizes 63 to 200: One certified metric cable gland and one certified<br />

metric sealing plug<br />

- Frame sizes 225 to 315: Two certified metric cable glands<br />

2) 1MB15/1MB16 also applies to 1MB154, 1MB164, and 1MB155;<br />

1MB5 also applies to 1MB554 and 1MB555.<br />

1/40 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

■ Overview<br />

Technical specifications for terminal boxes for 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5, and 1PC1 motors<br />

Frame size Terminal box 1) Number<br />

of<br />

terminals<br />

Standard/larger<br />

Thread<br />

of the contact<br />

screw<br />

Max. connectable<br />

cable<br />

mm 2<br />

(order code R50)<br />

1LE10/1MB10/1PC1<br />

63 … 71 TB1B00/TB1B10 6 M4 1.5/2.5 with<br />

cable lug<br />

Outer cable diameter<br />

(sealing range)<br />

mm<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

2) 3)<br />

Cable entry<br />

M16 × 1.5: 4.5 … 10;<br />

M25 × 1.5: 9 … 17<br />

80 and 90 TB1E00/TB1E10 4) 6 M4 1.5/2.5 with M16 × 1.5: 4.5 … 10;<br />

cable lug M25 × 1.5: 9 … 17<br />

100 TB1F00/TB1F10 6 M4 4 11 … 21 2 × M32 × 1.5<br />

112<br />

132 TB1H00/TB1H10 6 M4 6 11 … 21 2 × M32 × 1.5<br />

160 TB1J00/TB1J10 6 M5 16 19 … 28 2 × M40 × 1.5<br />

180<br />

200 TB1L00/TB1L10 6 M6 25 27 … 35 2 × M50 × 1.5<br />

1LE15/1MB15<br />

71 … 90 TB1D01 6 M4 1.5/2.5 with<br />

cable lug<br />

M16 × 1.5: 4.5 … 10<br />

M25 × 1.5: 9 … 17<br />

1LE15/1LE16/1MB15/1MB16<br />

100 TB1F01/TB1J01 6 M4 4 11 … 21 2 × M32 × 1.5/<br />

112<br />

2 × M40 × 1.5<br />

132 TB1H01/TB1J01 6 M4 6 11 … 21 2 × M32 × 1.5<br />

160 TB1J01/TB1K01 6 M5 16 19 … 28 2 × M40 × 1.5<br />

1 × M25 × 1.5/<br />

1 × M16 × 1.5 + 1 × M25 × 1.5<br />

1 × M25 × 1.5/<br />

1 × M16 × 1.5 + 1 × M25 × 1.5<br />

1 × M16 × 1.5 + 1 × M25 × 1.5<br />

180 TB1J01/TB1K01 6 M5/M6 16/25 19 … 28/<br />

2 × M40 × 1.5/<br />

27 … 35<br />

2 × M50 × 1.5<br />

200 TB1L01/TB1L01 6 M6/M8 25/35 27 … 35/<br />

2 × M50 × 1.5/<br />

27 … 35<br />

2 × M50 × 1.5<br />

225 TB1L01/TB1N01 6 M8/M10 35/120 27 … 35/<br />

2 × M50 × 1.5/<br />

34 … 42<br />

2 × M63 × 1.5<br />

250 TB1N01/TB1Q01 6 M10/M12 120/240 34 … 42/<br />

2×M63×1.5<br />

280 38 … 45<br />

2×M63×1.5<br />

315 TB1Q01/TB1R01 6 M12/M16 240 38 … 45/<br />

2×M63×1.5<br />

44 … 54<br />

2×M63×1.5<br />

TB3Q01 6 M12 185 38 … 45 2 × M63 × 1.5<br />

TB3Q61 240 42 … 54 2 × M63 × 1.5<br />

355 TB1R01 6 M16 240 56 … 68.5 2 × M80 × 2<br />

12 2 × M16 4 × M80 × 2<br />

1LE55/1LE56/1MB5<br />

315 TB3Q01/TB3R01 6 M12/M16 185/240 38 … 45/<br />

2×M63×1.5<br />

42 … 54<br />

4 × M80 × 2<br />

355 TB3R01/TB3R61 12 M16/2 × M16 300 56 … 68.5/<br />

2×M80×2<br />

56 … 68.5<br />

4 × M80 × 2<br />

400 ... 450 TB3R61/1XB7750 12 M16 240 56 ... 64.5 4 × M80 × 2<br />

1XB1631/1XB7750 M16 300 56 ... 64.5 4 × M80 × 2<br />

–/1XB7750 48 M12 300 41 ... 57 8 × M72 × 2<br />

– not available<br />

Terminal connection<br />

The terminal board accommodates the terminals that are connected<br />

to the leads to the motor windings. The terminals are designed<br />

so that for frame sizes 71 to 315, the external (line) connections<br />

can be made without the need for cable lugs.<br />

1<br />

1) In addition to the exact part designation, please specify the machine type<br />

and the serial number in all orders for spare parts and repair parts.<br />

2) Designed for cable glands with O-ring.<br />

3) NPT threads can be ordered with order code Y61.<br />

4) For 1LE1021, 1LE1023, and 1MB10, terminal box TB1E10 normal version.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/41


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Maximum number of auxiliary terminal boxes for main terminal box<br />

Maximum number of auxiliary terminal boxes TB2J01, TB2N01 (order codes R62, R63) in combination with standard terminal box<br />

Frame size<br />

100, 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

Terminal box<br />

Auxiliary terminal box<br />

Type<br />

Type Order code TB1F01 TB1H01 TB1J01 TB1L01 TB1N01 TB1Q01 TB3Q01 TB3R01<br />

TB2J01 R62 – – 2 2 2 2 4 4<br />

TB2N01 R63 – – – – – – 2 2<br />

Maximum number of auxiliary terminal boxes TB2J01, TB2N01 (order codes R62, R63) in combination with large terminal box (order code R50)<br />

Frame size<br />

100, 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

Terminal box<br />

Auxiliary terminal box<br />

Type<br />

Type Order code TB1J01 TB1K01 TB1L01 TB1N01 TB1Q01 TB1R01 TB3R01<br />

TB2J01 R62 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 4<br />

(3, 4 on<br />

requ.)<br />

TB2N01 R63 – – – – – – – 2 2<br />

Maximum number of auxiliary terminal boxes TB2J01, TB2N01 (order codes R62, R63) in combination with universal terminal box<br />

(order code R52 or R53)<br />

Frame size<br />

100 … 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

Terminal box<br />

Auxiliary terminal box<br />

Type<br />

Type Order code TB1J61 TB1L61 TB1N61 TB1Q61 TB3Q41 TB3R41<br />

TB2J01 R62 Not available 2 2 2<br />

(3, 4 on<br />

requ.)<br />

2<br />

(3, 4 on<br />

requ.)<br />

4 4<br />

TB2N01 R63 – – – – – 2 2<br />

Position of auxiliary terminal box in relation to position of TB1J01, TB1L01, TB1N01, TB1Q01, TB1K01 main terminal box<br />

Main terminal box<br />

Auxiliary terminal<br />

box<br />

G_D081_EN_00476<br />

Motor position<br />

Auxiliary terminal box TB2J01 (order code R62) in combination with TB1J01, TB1L01, TB1N01, TB1Q01, TB1K01 main terminal box<br />

Position of the main terminal box<br />

Top Right-hand side Left-hand side<br />

16th position of Article No. and when ordering with order code, Article No. with -Z<br />

4 5 6<br />

Rotation of terminal box<br />

Number of auxiliary<br />

terminal<br />

boxes<br />

0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°, 90°,<br />

entry from entry from<br />

DE NDE<br />

180° 0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

DE<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

NDE<br />

180° 0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

DE<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

NDE<br />

Order code<br />

– R10 R11 R12 – R10 R11 R12 – R10 R11 R12<br />

Positions of auxiliary terminal boxes – see Figure<br />

1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1<br />

2 1+2 1+2 1+2 1+2 1+2 – – 1+2 1+2 – – 1+2<br />

180°<br />

1/42 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Connection, circuit and terminal boxes<br />

■ Overview<br />

Position of auxiliary terminal box in relation to position of TB1R01, TB1J61, TB1L61, TB1N61, TB1Q61 main terminal box<br />

1<br />

Main terminal box<br />

Auxiliary terminal<br />

box<br />

Motor position<br />

G_D081_EN_00477<br />

Auxiliary terminal box TB2J01 (order code R62) in combination with TB1R01, TB1J61, TB1L61, TB1N61, TB1Q61 main terminal box<br />

Position of the main terminal box<br />

Top Right-hand side Left-hand side<br />

16th position of Article No. and when ordering with order code, Article No. with -Z<br />

4 5 6<br />

Rotation of terminal box<br />

Number of<br />

Auxiliary terminal<br />

boxes<br />

0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

DE<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

NDE<br />

180° 0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

DE<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

NDE<br />

180° 0°<br />

(default)<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

DE<br />

90°,<br />

entry from<br />

NDE<br />

Order code<br />

– R10 R11 R12 – R10 R11 R12 – R10 R11 R12<br />

Positions of auxiliary terminal boxes – see Figure<br />

1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 1<br />

2 1+3 1+3 1+3 2+4 1+3 2+4 1+3 2+4 2+4 1+3 2+4 1+3<br />

(3 on requ.) 1+2+3 1+2+3 1+2+3 1+2+4 1+2+3 – – 1+2+4 1+2+4 – – 1+2+3<br />

(4 on requ.) 1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

– – 1 + 2 + 3 +<br />

4<br />

1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

180°<br />

– – 1+2+3 +<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/43


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Electrical design<br />

Degrees of protection<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

All motors are designed to IP55 degree of protection. They can<br />

be installed in dusty or humid environments. The motors are suitable<br />

for operation in tropical climates. Guide value < 60 % relative<br />

air humidity at CT 40 °C. Other requirements are available on<br />

request (see table on page 1/28).<br />

Brief explanation of the degree of protection<br />

IP54:<br />

• Protection against harmful dust deposits<br />

• Protected against spray water<br />

IP55:<br />

• Protection against harmful dust deposits<br />

• Protection against water jets from any direction<br />

IP56:<br />

• Protection against harmful dust deposits<br />

• Protection against powerful water jets from any direction<br />

Order code H22<br />

Important: Note that submersion by waves or total immersion,<br />

even temporarily, is not permitted especially in the case of motors<br />

with fans. This corresponds to IP67 or IP68 degree of protection<br />

(please inquire).<br />

EN 60034-5 defines protection level 6 for water protection as:<br />

"Protection against water due to heavy seas or water in a powerful<br />

jet". IP56 degree of protection can only be used with the requirement<br />

"Protection against a powerful jet" and not for the<br />

requirement "Protection against heavy sea".<br />

Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 (order<br />

code F01).<br />

IP65:<br />

• Complete protection against dust deposits<br />

• Protection against water jets from any direction<br />

Order code H20<br />

In EN 60034-5, the code 6 for protection against the ingress of<br />

foreign bodies and touch hazard protection for electrical machines<br />

is not listed – Data for code 6 (protection against the ingress<br />

of dust) is given in EN 60529.<br />

Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse<br />

encoder (order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code<br />

F01) and/or paint finish, cast-iron parts primed (order code<br />

S00).<br />

EN 60529 contains a comprehensive description of this degree<br />

of protection as well as test conditions.<br />

With motors that have a vertical shaft extension, the end user<br />

must prevent an ingress of fluid along the shaft.<br />

For motors with shaft extension pointing downwards, the version<br />

"Protective cover for types of construction" order code H00 is urgently<br />

recommended, see also the explanations on "Types of<br />

construction" on page 1/45.<br />

With flange-mounted motors, for IM V3 type of construction, collection<br />

of fluid in the flange basin can be prevented by drainage<br />

holes (on request).<br />

The condensation drainage holes at the drive end (DE) and nondrive<br />

end (NDE) are sealed (IP55) on delivery. If the condensation<br />

drainage holes are ordered for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or<br />

IM B8 type of construction (feet on side or top), the position of<br />

the drainage holes will be in the correct position for the type of<br />

construction.<br />

Order code H03<br />

1/44 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Standard types of construction and special types of construction<br />

Type of construction acc. to EN 60034-7 Frame size Letter of the<br />

14th position of<br />

the<br />

Article No.<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3/IM 1001 63 to 450 A<br />

Types of construction<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code –Z with<br />

order code<br />

–<br />

1<br />

IM B6/IM 1051 63 to 355 T –<br />

IM B7/IM 1<strong>06</strong>1 63 to 355 U –<br />

IM B8/IM 1071 63 to 355 V –<br />

IM V5/IM1011<br />

without protective cover<br />

63 to 450 C 1) –<br />

IM V6/IM 1031 63 to 450 D –<br />

IM V5/IM 1011<br />

with protective cover<br />

71 to 450 C + H00 2)<br />

With flange<br />

IM B5/IM 3001 63 to 450 F –<br />

IM V1/IM 3011<br />

without protective cover<br />

63 to 450 G 1) –<br />

IM V1/IM 3011<br />

with protective cover<br />

71 to 450 G + H00 2)<br />

IM V3/IM 3031 63 to 355 H –<br />

IM B35/IM 2001 63 to 450 J –<br />

IM V15/IM 2011 71 to 315 W –<br />

In the EN 50347 standard, flanges FF with through holes and flanges FT with tapped holes are specified.<br />

For footnotes, see next page.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/45


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Types of construction<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Type of construction acc. to EN 60034-7 Frame size Letter of the<br />

14th position of<br />

the Article No.<br />

With flange<br />

IM B14/IM 3601 63 to 160 K –<br />

Additional identification<br />

code –Z<br />

with order code<br />

IM V19/IM 3631 80 to 315 L –<br />

IM V18/IM 3611<br />

without protective cover<br />

80 to 315 M 1) –<br />

IM V 18/IM 3611<br />

with protective cover<br />

80 to 315 M + H00 2)<br />

IM B34/IM 2101 80 to 315 N –<br />

With flange – next largest<br />

IM B14/IM 3601 80 to 315 K + P01<br />

IM B34/IM 2101 80 to 315 N + P01<br />

IM V18/IM 3611<br />

without protective cover<br />

80 to 315 M 1) + P01<br />

IM V 18/IM 3611<br />

with protective cover<br />

80 to 315 M + P01<br />

+ H00 2)<br />

IM V19/IM 3631 80 to 315 L + P01<br />

In EN 50347, flanges are assigned to the frame sizes as FT with<br />

tapped holes. See the table on the next page for flange dimensions.<br />

The dimensions of the following types of construction are identical:<br />

IM B3, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5 and IM V6<br />

IM B5, IM V1 and IM V3<br />

IM B14, IM V18 and IM V19<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in the standard power range can be ordered in basic<br />

types of construction IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 and operated in<br />

mounting positions IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6, IM V1,<br />

IM V3 (up to frame size 160 L) or IM V18 and IM V19.<br />

Lifting eyes are available for transport and installation in a horizontal<br />

position. In conjunction with the lifting eyes, for the purpose<br />

of stabilizing the position when the motor is arranged vertically,<br />

additional slings (EN 1492-1) and/or lashings (EN 12195-2)<br />

must be used.<br />

When a motor for mounting position IM V1 is ordered directly, the<br />

motor is supplied with lifting eyes for vertical mounting (up to<br />

frame size 90 and frame sizes 180 and 200 for aluminum motors<br />

without eyebolts).<br />

1) The following applies for explosion-protected motors:<br />

In the case of the types of construction with shaft extension pointing downwards,<br />

the version "with protective cover" is required. For types of construction<br />

with shaft extension pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be<br />

implemented to prevent small parts from falling into the fan cover (see the<br />

standard IEC/EN 60079-0). The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

The motors are designated in accordance with the types of construction<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

With motors that have a vertical shaft extension, the end user<br />

must prevent an ingress of fluid along the shaft. In the case of all<br />

types of construction with shaft extension pointing downwards,<br />

the version "with protective cover" is urgently recommended, see<br />

section "Degrees of protection" on page 1/44 – housing version.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with feet, in some cases, have two fixing holes at the nondrive<br />

end (NDE), see dimension tables on pages 2/142 to 2/181.<br />

A screwed-on cover (made of sheet metal or plastic) is included<br />

as standard for horizontal types of construction and types of<br />

construction with shaft pointing upwards (14th position of the<br />

Article No. letter A, T, U, V, D, F, H, J, K, L, N) on motors up to<br />

FS 160 in combination with condensation drainage holes, order<br />

code H03.<br />

2) Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension), order code<br />

L05, is not possible.<br />

1/46 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Frame size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Type of construction<br />

Flange type – possibly with order<br />

code<br />

Flange with<br />

• Through holes (FF/A)<br />

• Tapped holes (FT/C)<br />

Flange dimensions<br />

In EN 50347, the frame sizes are allocated<br />

flange FF with through holes<br />

and flange FT with tapped holes.<br />

The designation of flange A and C<br />

according to DIN 42948 (invalid since<br />

September 2003) are also listed for<br />

information purposes. See the table<br />

below.<br />

(Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 Acc. to DIN 42948 LA LE M N P S T Z<br />

63 M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF115 A 140 – 23 115 95 140 10 3 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF100 A 120 – 23 100 80 120 7 3 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT75 C 90 – 23 75 60 90 M6 2.5 4<br />

Next largest flange 1) – P01 FT100 C 120 – 23 100 80 120 M6 3 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FT65 C 80 – 23 65 50 80 M5 2.5 4<br />

71 M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF130 A 160 5 30 130 110 160 10 3.5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF115 A 140 – 30 115 95 140 10 3 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT85 C 105 – 30 85 70 105 M6 2.5 4<br />

Next largest flange 1) – P01 FT115 C 140 – 30 115 95 140 M8 3 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FT75 C 90 – 30 75 60 90 M5 2.5 4<br />

80 M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF165 A 200 10 40 165 130 200 12 3.5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF130 A 160 – 40 130 110 160 10 3.5 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT100 C 120 – 40 100 80 120 M6 3 4<br />

Next largest flange 1) – P01 FT130 C 160 – 40 130 110 160 M8 3.5 4<br />

90 S/L 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF165 A 200 10 50 165 130 200 12 3.5 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FF215 A 250 – 50 215 180 250 14.5 4 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT115 C 140 – 50 115 95 140 M8 3 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FT130 C 160 – 50 130 110 160 M8 3.5 4<br />

100 L 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF215 A 250 11 60 215 180 250 14.5 4 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FF265 A 300 12 60 265 230 300 14.5 4 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF165 A 200 11 60 165 130 200 12 3.5 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT130 C 160 – 60 130 110 160 M8 3.5 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FT165 C 200 – 60 165 130 200 M10 3.5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FT115 C 140 – 60 115 95 140 M8 3 4<br />

112 M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF215 A 250 11 60 215 180 250 14.5 4 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FF265 A 300 12 60 265 230 300 14.5 4 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF165 A 200 11 60 165 130 200 12 3.5 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT130 C 160 – 60 130 110 160 M8 3.5 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FT165 C 200 – 60 165 130 200 M10 3.5 4<br />

132 S/M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF265 A 300 12 80 265 230 300 14.5 4 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FF300 A 350 13 80 300 250 350 18.5 5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF215 A 250 11 80 215 180 250 14.5 4 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT165 C 200 – 80 165 130 200 M10 3.5 4<br />

Next largest flange – P01 FT215 C 250 – 80 215 180 250 M12 4 4<br />

160 M/L 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF300 A 350 13 110 300 250 350 18.5 5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF265 A 300 12 110 265 230 300 14.5 4 4<br />

IM B14, IM B34, IM V18, IM V19 Flange FT215 C 250 – 110 215 180 250 M12 4 4<br />

180 M/L 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF300 A 350 13 110 300 250 350 18.5 5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF265 A 300 12 110 265 230 300 14.5 4 4<br />

200 L 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF350 A 400 15 110 350 300 400 18.5 5 4<br />

Next smallest flange – P02 FF300 A 350 13 110 300 250 350 18.5 5 4<br />

225 S/M 2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF400 A 450 16 110 400 350 450 18.5 5 8<br />

4…8 140<br />

250 M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF500 A 550 18 140 500 450 550 18.5 5 8<br />

280 S/M 2…8 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF500 A 550 18 140 500 450 550 18.5 5 8<br />

315 S/M/L 2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF600 A 660 22 140 600 550 660 24 6 8<br />

4…8 170<br />

315 L for<br />

1LE5<br />

355 M/L for<br />

1LE5<br />

400 for<br />

1LE5/1MB5<br />

G_D081_XX_00026<br />

P<br />

N<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF740 A 800 25 140 740 680 800 24 6 8<br />

4 170<br />

2 Next smallest flange – P02 FF600 A 660 22 140 600 550 660 24 6 8<br />

4 170<br />

2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3 Flange FF840 A 900 25 140 840 780 900 24 6 8<br />

4 170<br />

2 Next smallest flange – P02 FF740 A 800 25 140 740 680 800 24 6 8<br />

4 170<br />

2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1 Flange FF940 A1000 28 170 940 880 1000 22 6 8<br />

4…8 210<br />

450 for 2 IM B5, IM B35, IM V1 Flange FF1080 A1150 30 170 1080 1000 1150 26 6 8<br />

1LE5/1MB5 4…8 210<br />

G_D081_XX_00027<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

1<br />

1) With reference to standard EN 50347, flanges that are 2 levels larger are used with option P01 in the frame sizes 63 to 80.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/47


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Shaft extension<br />

60° center hole acc. to DIN 332, Part 2 with M3 to M24 tapped<br />

hole depending on the shaft diameter (see dimension tables in<br />

section 2 of the catalog).<br />

DE (shaft extension)<br />

Diameter<br />

Thread<br />

mm<br />

mm<br />

7...10 DRM3<br />

>10...13 DRM4<br />

>13...16 DRM5<br />

>16...21 DRM6<br />

>21...24 DRM8<br />

>24...30 DRM10<br />

>30...38 DRM12<br />

> 38 ... 50 DR M16/DS M16<br />

>50...85 DSM20<br />

> 85 ... 130 DS M24<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions, without feather<br />

keyway<br />

For motor series 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5, and 1PC1, the standard<br />

shaft extension can be ordered with standard dimensions<br />

without a feather keyway. The key convention does not have to<br />

be stamped onto the rating plate for balancing.<br />

Order code L04<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel<br />

A standard shaft made of stainless steel can be ordered for the<br />

1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5, and 1PC1 motor series (e.g. 1.4021).<br />

This is only possible for shaft extensions of standard dimensions.<br />

Order code L<strong>06</strong><br />

Special non-rusting materials are only available on request.<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension<br />

The non-standard cylindrical shaft extension can be used on the<br />

drive end (DE) (with plain text according to table). The feather<br />

keys are supplied in every case.<br />

Order code Y58<br />

For order code Y58 non-standard cylindrical shaft extension (DE):<br />

• Dimension D: less than or equal to the inner diameter of the<br />

roller bearing, tolerance band less than tolerance band acc.<br />

to EN 50347.<br />

• Dimension E: less than or equal to 2 × length E (standard) of<br />

the shaft extension.<br />

See the table below "Admissible changes to the shaft extension DE"<br />

and the dimension tables in the relevant sections of the catalog.<br />

Admissible changes to the shaft extension DE (Y58)<br />

Motor Frame No. of Shaft extension Shaft extension<br />

series size poles length E in mm diameter D in mm<br />

Standard up to max. minimum Standard up to max. 1)<br />

1LE1 63 2 … 6 23 46 11 11 12<br />

1LE1, 71 2 … 8 30 60 14 14 15<br />

1MB1 80 2 … 8 40 80 19 19 20<br />

1LE1,<br />

1MB1,<br />

1PC1<br />

1LE15,<br />

1LE16,<br />

1MB1<br />

1LE5,<br />

1MB5<br />

90 50 100 24 24 25<br />

100 2 … 8 60 120 24 28 30<br />

112<br />

132 2 … 8 80 160 28 38 40<br />

160 2 … 8 110 220 38 42 45<br />

180 2 … 8 110 220<br />

48 48<br />

200 2 … 8 110 220 55 55<br />

225 2 110 220 55 60<br />

4 … 8 140 280 60 60<br />

250 2 140 280 60 70<br />

280<br />

4 … 8 140 280 65 70<br />

2 140 280<br />

On<br />

65 70<br />

request<br />

4 … 8 140 280 75 80<br />

315 2 140 280 65 75<br />

4 … 8 170 280 80 90<br />

315 2 140 280 65 80<br />

4 … 8 170 280 85 95<br />

355 2 140 280 75 85<br />

4 … 8 170 340 95 100<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

Order code L05 (on request)<br />

For a coupling output, the standard, cylindrical shaft extension<br />

can transmit the full rated power.<br />

Please also inquire about the transmitted power and admissible<br />

cantilever force if belt pulleys, chains or gear pinions are used<br />

on the standard, cylindrical shaft extension.<br />

A standard, cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)<br />

NDE is not available if a rotary pulse encoder and/or a separately<br />

driven fan has been mounted onto the motor. Please inquire<br />

for mounted brakes.<br />

Dimensions and tolerances for keyways and keys are designed<br />

to EN 50347. The motors are always supplied with a key inserted<br />

in the shaft.<br />

If the second shaft extension has non-standard dimensions, this<br />

must be ordered with order code Y59 non-standard shaft dimensions<br />

NDE.<br />

For the order code Y59 (with plain text specifications according<br />

to the table).<br />

• Dimension D: less than or equal to fan hub inner diameter, for<br />

frame size 160 tolerance band is less than tolerance band to<br />

EN 50347<br />

• Dimension E: less than or equal to 2 × length E (standard) of<br />

the shaft extension<br />

See the table below "Admissible changes to the shaft extension<br />

NDE" and the dimension tables in the relevant sections of the<br />

catalog.<br />

Admissible changes to the shaft extension NDE (Y59)<br />

Motor<br />

series<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Shaft extension Shaft extension<br />

length E<br />

diameter D<br />

in mm<br />

in mm<br />

Standard up to max. minimum Standard up to max. 1)<br />

1LE1 63 2 … 6 23 46 11 11 12<br />

1LE1, 71 2 … 8 30 60<br />

14 15<br />

1MB1<br />

1LE1, 80/90 2 … 8 40 80 19 20<br />

1MB1<br />

1LE1, 100 2 … 8 50 100 24 25<br />

1MB1, 112<br />

1PC1<br />

132 2 … 8 60 120 28 35<br />

160 2 … 8 110 220 42 45<br />

1LE15, 180 2 … 8 110 220 48 48<br />

1LE16, 200 2 … 8 110 220 55 55<br />

1MB1<br />

225 2 110 220 On 48 55<br />

request<br />

4 … 8 110 220 55 55<br />

250 2 110 220 55 70<br />

4 … 8 140 280 60 70<br />

280 2 140 280 60 70<br />

4 … 8 140 280 65 70<br />

315 2 140 280 60 75<br />

4 … 8 140 280 70 75<br />

1LE5,<br />

1MB5<br />

315 2 140 280 60 75<br />

4 … 8 140 280 70 75<br />

355 2 140 280 60 75<br />

4 … 8 170 280 80 90<br />

Non-standard, cylindrical shaft extensions up to the specified<br />

lengths and diameters can be supplied for the motor series<br />

listed in the tables "Admissible changes to the shaft extension<br />

DE (Y58)" and "Admissible changes to the shaft extension NDE<br />

(Y59)". All other dimensions are available on request.<br />

It is the responsibility of the customer to ensure that the admissible<br />

cantilever forces are reduced in accordance with the nonstandard<br />

shaft extension.<br />

1) At maximum admissible diameter, a step increase in shaft diameter is not<br />

possible.<br />

1/48 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity and perpendicularity<br />

in accordance with IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors<br />

In IEC 60072-1, normal class (normal) and precision class<br />

(reduced) are defined:<br />

1. Circular run-out tolerances for the shaft extension<br />

2. Concentricity tolerances for the shaft extension and<br />

flange centering<br />

3. Perpendicularity tolerances for the shaft extension and flange<br />

surface<br />

The shaft extension run-out, concentricity and perpendicularity<br />

according to IEC 60072-1 precision class for flange-mounted<br />

motors can be ordered using order code L08.<br />

This order code can be combined for motors with deep-groove<br />

bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63… This is not possible in<br />

combination with a mounted brake or encoder.<br />

The shaft extension run-out can be ordered according to<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for types of construction without<br />

flange with order code L07.<br />

Circular run-out tolerance for the shaft extension<br />

Diameter of the cylindrical shaft Circular run-out tolerance<br />

extension<br />

D Normal class Precision class<br />

(reduced)<br />

mm mm mm<br />

10 0.03 0.015<br />

> 10 … 18 0.035 0.018<br />

> 18 … 30 0.04 0.021<br />

> 30 … 50 0.05 0.025<br />

> 50 … 80 0.<strong>06</strong> 0.03<br />

>80…120 0.07 0.035<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Concentricity tolerance of the centering spigot and linear<br />

movement tolerance of the flange surface to the shaft extension<br />

axis<br />

Flange Dimension designation<br />

acc. to IEC<br />

Concentricity and perpendicularity<br />

tolerance<br />

FF/FT N P Normal class Precision class<br />

mm mm mm mm<br />

55 40 70 0.08 0.04<br />

65 50 80 0.08 0.04<br />

75 60 90 0.08 0.04<br />

85 70 105 0.08 0.04<br />

100 80 120 0.08 0.04<br />

115 95 140 0.08 0.04<br />

130 110 160 0.1 0.05<br />

165 130 200 0.1 0.05<br />

215 180 250 0.1 0.05<br />

265 230 300 0.1 0.05<br />

300 250 350 0.125 0.<strong>06</strong>3<br />

350 300 400 0.125 0.<strong>06</strong>3<br />

400 350 450 0.125 0.<strong>06</strong>3<br />

500 450 550 0.125 0.<strong>06</strong>3<br />

600 550 660 0.16 0.08<br />

740 680 800 0.16 0.08<br />

940 880 1000 0.2 0.1<br />

1080 1000 1150 0.2 0.1<br />

1<br />

Measures for gear mounting<br />

■ Overview<br />

The flange-mounted motors can be equipped with a radial sealing<br />

ring in order to mount gearing.<br />

Order code H23<br />

It must be ensured that the sealing ring is lubricated using<br />

grease, oil mist, or oil spray. (It is not admissible to use pressurized<br />

oil > 0.1 bar.) We recommend that the admissible bearing<br />

loads are carefully checked.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/49


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

All rotors are dynamically balanced with an inserted half key.<br />

This corresponds to vibration severity grade A (normal or standard).<br />

DIN EN 60034-14 Aug. 2018 regulates the vibrational behavior<br />

of machinery. Based on ISO 21940-32, the key convention<br />

"half key (H)" must be used for balancing.<br />

Note:<br />

If there is a keyway, a full feather key is always inserted on<br />

delivery.<br />

The type of key convention is stamped on the face of the shaft<br />

extension at the customer side DE/NDE:<br />

F = Balancing with full key<br />

(full-key convention)<br />

H = Balancing with half key<br />

(half-key convention) – standard<br />

N = Balancing without key –<br />

Plain text required (convention without key)<br />

For motors up to frame size 112 the code is stamped on the rating<br />

plate.<br />

Full-key balancing or balancing with full feather key (F) is possible<br />

by specifying order code L02 (additional charge).<br />

Balancing without feather key (N) is possible by specifying order<br />

code L01 (additional charge).<br />

Vibration severity grade A is the standard version and is valid up<br />

to a rated frequency of 60 Hz. If 2-pole motors of frame sizes 280<br />

and 315 are to be rigidly installed, cast feet are necessary in order<br />

to comply with the vibration requirements of IEC 60034-14.<br />

IE4 2-pole motors in frame size 315 and pole-changing motors<br />

(4-pole/2-pole) fulfill the vibration requirements specified in<br />

IEC 60034-14 only when the motor is elastically suspended.<br />

The low-vibration version B can be supplied to fulfill stricter requirements<br />

on smooth running<br />

(additional charge).<br />

Vibration severity grade B<br />

Not possible with cylindrical roller bearings.<br />

Order code L00<br />

The order code L00 vibration severity grade B is not possible in<br />

combination with order codes G40, G41, G42. 2-pole trans-standard<br />

aluminum motors in frame sizes 180 and 200<br />

(14th position of the Article No. is A, C, D, J, T, U, V) and order<br />

code L00 have cast-iron feet.<br />

This vibration is assessed in accordance with vibration severity<br />

grade A or B according to EN 60034-14 (see table).<br />

The limits stated in the table apply to uncoupled, freely suspended,<br />

idling motors.<br />

For converter operation with frequencies higher than 60 Hz, special<br />

balancing is required for compliance with the specified limit<br />

values (plain text: maximum supply frequency/speed).<br />

For further details, see the online help in the DT Configurator.<br />

Limits (rms values) for max. vibration severity in terms of vibration displacement<br />

(s) and vibration velocity (v) for the shaft height H<br />

Vibration severity<br />

grade<br />

Machine installation<br />

Shaft height H<br />

in mm<br />

56 H 132 H>132<br />

s rms v rms s rms v rms<br />

µm mm/s µm mm/s<br />

A Free suspension 45 2.8 45 2.8<br />

Rigid clamping – – 37 2.3<br />

B Free suspension 18 1.1 29 1.8<br />

Rigid clamping – – 24 1.5<br />

For details, see standard EN 60034-14 Aug. 2018,<br />

EN 60034-14:2004 + A1:2007<br />

If the type tests for machines with shaft height H > 132 mm<br />

demonstrate a determining component with twice the line frequency,<br />

the limit for maximum vibration severity in the Table (for<br />

grade A) can be increased from 2.3 mm/s (rms value) to<br />

2.8 mm/s (rms value) or (for grade B) from 1.5 mm/s (rms value)<br />

to 1.8 mm/s (rms value). Higher values must be agreed beforehand.<br />

A component with twice the line frequency is regarded as<br />

dominant if the type test shows that it is greater than 70 % of<br />

2.3 mm/s (rms value) (for grade A) or 70 % of 1.5 mm/s (rms<br />

value) (for grade B).<br />

1/50 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

The noise is measured in accordance with EN ISO 1680 in a<br />

dead room. It is specified as A-weighted enveloping surface<br />

sound pressure level L pfA in dB (A).<br />

This value is the spatial average value of the sound pressure levels<br />

measured at the measuring surface. The measuring surface<br />

is a cube 1 m away from the surface of the motor. The sound<br />

power level is also specified as L WA in dB (A).<br />

The specified values are valid at 50 Hz and rated power (see the<br />

selection and ordering data). The tolerance is +3 dB. Noise values<br />

for motors in converter operation on request.<br />

To reduce noise levels, 2-pole motors from frame size 132 S to<br />

frame size 355 and higher can optionally be equipped with a unidirectional<br />

axial-flow fan.<br />

For frame sizes 400 and 450, the axial-flow fan is standard.<br />

The values are listed in the table "Low-noise version" below.<br />

Clockwise rotation:<br />

Order code F77<br />

Counterclockwise rotation:<br />

Order code F78<br />

Second shaft extension and/or mountings (mounting of brake,<br />

separately driven fan or encoder) not possible except for<br />

1MB.553 motors.<br />

Low-noise version<br />

Motor series Frame size 2-pole motors<br />

L pfA<br />

L WA<br />

dB (A)<br />

dB (A)<br />

1LE1 1)<br />

132<br />

60<br />

72<br />

1MB1 1) 160<br />

60<br />

72<br />

1LE10, 1LE15/6, 180<br />

1MB15/6 2) 200<br />

1LE15/6,<br />

1MB15/6 2) 225<br />

250<br />

280<br />

315<br />

1LE5, 1MB5 315<br />

355<br />

400<br />

450<br />

1MB555 315<br />

355<br />

63<br />

64<br />

72<br />

73<br />

72<br />

76<br />

78.9<br />

79.2<br />

74<br />

75<br />

73.5<br />

79.6<br />

76<br />

77<br />

86<br />

87<br />

85<br />

90<br />

93.6<br />

94<br />

90<br />

91<br />

88.3<br />

94.9<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Noise levels for line operation<br />

1<br />

1) With the exception of 1LE1 and 1MB1 motors with option F90 – version<br />

"Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and fan cover".<br />

2) 1MB15/6 also applies to 1MB154, 1MB164, and 1MB155.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/51


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Bearing lifetime (nominal lifetime)<br />

The nominal bearing lifetime is defined according to standardized<br />

calculation procedures (ISO 281) and is reached or even<br />

exceeded for 90 % of the bearings when the motors are operated<br />

in compliance with the data provided in the catalog.<br />

Under average operating conditions, a lifetime (L 10h ) of<br />

100 000 hours can be achieved.<br />

Generally, the bearing lifetime is defined by the bearing size,<br />

the bearing load, the operating conditions, the speed and the<br />

grease lifetime. A bearing lifetime calculation is possible on<br />

request.<br />

Bearing system<br />

The bearing lifetime of motors with horizontal mounting is 40 000<br />

hours if there is no additional axial loading at the coupling output<br />

and 20 000 hours when utilized according to the maximum admissible<br />

load. This assumes that the motor is operated at 50 Hz.<br />

The nominal bearing lifetime is reduced for converter operation<br />

at higher frequencies.<br />

In order to achieve the calculated lifetime in continuous operation,<br />

the admissible vibration values (measured at bearing plate)<br />

must be determined according to evaluation zones A and B stipulated<br />

in ISO 10816. If higher vibration velocities occur in operation<br />

(e.g. with option H02), special measures must be taken<br />

(please inquire).<br />

Due to their physical characteristics, variable-speed motors<br />

have a different bearing lifetime under the same load conditions<br />

– this relationship is linear, i.e. if the frequency increases by 20 %<br />

from 50 Hz to 60 Hz, the lifetime decreases by 20 % from 20 000<br />

to 16 000 hours under the load conditions specified in the catalog.<br />

If the frequency falls by 20 % from 50 Hz to 40 Hz, under the<br />

load conditions specified in the catalog, the lifetime rises by<br />

20 % from 20 000 to 24 000 hours.<br />

It should be observed that, for types of construction IM B6,<br />

IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, and IM V6, the belt tension is only permitted<br />

to act parallel to the mounting plane or towards the mounting<br />

plane and the feet must be supported. Both feet must be secured<br />

for foot-mounting types of construction.<br />

In the basic bearing system, the floating bearing is situated at<br />

the drive end (DE) and the located bearing is situated at the nondrive<br />

end (NDE). For motors of the 1MB.553 series, the located<br />

bearing DE is the standard version.<br />

The bearing system is axially preloaded with a spring element at<br />

the drive end (DE) to ensure smooth running of the motor without<br />

play (see Fig. 1 in the diagrams of bearings on page 1/60).<br />

From frame size 160 upwards, the located bearing is axially secured<br />

at the non-drive end (NDE).<br />

For the 1LE5 and 1MB5 motors of frame sizes 400 and 450, the<br />

located bearing is situated at the drive end (DE) and the floating<br />

bearing is situated at the non-drive end (NDE).<br />

The bearing system on these motors is axially preloaded with a<br />

spring element at the non-drive end (NDE) to ensure smooth running<br />

of the motor without any play (see Figs. 6 and 7 under the<br />

bearing diagrams on page 1/60).<br />

Up to frame size 132, an additional axially-secured located<br />

bearing can be supplied on the non-drive end (NDE) <strong>complete</strong><br />

with a retaining ring (see Fig. 2 under the diagrams of bearings<br />

on page 1/60) or, for frame sizes 400 and 450, the located bearing<br />

can be supplied at the non-drive end (NDE).<br />

Order code L21<br />

Depending on the specific installation conditions (axial forces,<br />

cantilever forces and type of construction), testing of additional<br />

measures for the bearing version is recommended. The located<br />

bearing can also be supplied at the drive end (DE) (see Fig. 3<br />

under the diagrams of bearings on page 1/60). A located bearing<br />

at the drive end (DE) is recommended when gearing is installed,<br />

for a shaft extension pointing downwards, or pumps and<br />

fans are mounted directly on the motor shaft.<br />

Order code L20<br />

For increased cantilever forces (e.g. belt drives), reinforced<br />

bearings can be used at the drive end (DE).<br />

Versions with cylindrical roller bearings are not axially preloaded,<br />

and must always operate under adequate radial loads<br />

(it is not permissible that motors are operated on a test stand<br />

without additional radial loads). The located bearing is at the<br />

non-drive end (NDE). For 1MB.553, the located bearing is at the<br />

drive-end (DE).<br />

Not possible for motors of the 1MB.553 series.<br />

Order code L22<br />

1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1MB5, and 1PC1 motors can be supplied<br />

with reinforced bearings (size range 03) at both ends.<br />

In this case, the bearing plates are made of cast iron (standard<br />

for series 1LE16 motors). Standard for motors of the 1MB.553<br />

series from frame size 100 upwards.<br />

Order code L25<br />

A measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse measurement can be<br />

mounted to check bearing vibration. The motors have an M8<br />

tapped hole for each bearing plate and a measuring nipple with<br />

a protective cap. If a second tapped hole is provided, it is fitted<br />

with a sealing plug. Not possible for frame sizes < 100.<br />

Order code Q01<br />

Bearing selection for increased cantilever forces (see the Table<br />

"Bearing selection for 1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors – Bearings<br />

for increased cantilever forces" on page 1/55) – for the maximum<br />

axial load, see page 1/67 onwards.<br />

Bearing insulation<br />

To prevent damage caused by bearing currents, insulated<br />

bearings can be supplied for frame sizes 225 to 355 – they<br />

are recommended for motors from frame size 225 upwards. For<br />

frame sizes 400 and 450 (for converter operation), the bearing<br />

insulation is indispensable.<br />

• L50 (DE bearing insulation) means NDE located bearing as<br />

standard<br />

• L51 (NDE bearing insulation) means DE located bearing as<br />

standard<br />

• L50 + L51 (insulated DE and NDE bearings) means NDE<br />

located bearing as standard<br />

• Combination of order codes L50 or L51 or L50 + L51 with L22<br />

(bearing version for increased cantilever forces) means NDE<br />

located bearing as standard.<br />

According to IEC 60034-1-11, it is up to the user in the case of<br />

DE bearing insulation (order code L50) + NDE bearing insulation<br />

(order code L51) to ensure grounding of the rotor.<br />

The rotor grounding can be implemented either in the system via<br />

the coupled driven machine or in the motor via a grounding<br />

brush.<br />

The grounding brush (order code L52) must always be provided<br />

when the driven machine is connected to the motor via an insulating<br />

coupling or an insulating belt output shaft.<br />

Permanent lubrication<br />

On motors equipped with permanent lubrication, the bearing<br />

grease lifetime is matched to the bearing lifetime. This can, however,<br />

only be achieved if the motor is operated in accordance<br />

with the catalog specifications.<br />

In the basic version, the motors have permanent lubrication.<br />

1/52 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Regreasing<br />

For motors which can be regreased at defined regreasing intervals,<br />

the bearing lifetime can be extended and/or unfavorable<br />

factors such as temperature, mounting conditions, speed, bearing<br />

size, and mechanical load can be compensated.<br />

This regreasing option is possible in the following frame sizes:<br />

• Frame sizes 100 to 160: M8 1 acc. to DIN 71412-A<br />

(conical lubricating nipple)<br />

• Frame sizes 180 to 315: M10 1 acc. to DIN 3404-A<br />

(flat lubricating nipple).<br />

• Frame sizes 400 to 450: M10 1-5.8-A acc. to DIN 3404-A.-<br />

(flat lubricating nipple)<br />

Order code L23<br />

(frame sizes 280 basic version, for the Performance Line motors<br />

of frame sizes 160 basic version)<br />

A regreasing device with M10 × 1 conical lubricating nipple to<br />

DIN 71412-A can be optionally provided for frame sizes 180 to<br />

450.<br />

Order code L19<br />

In the case of motors equipped with regreasing device, information<br />

regarding regreasing intervals, quantity of grease, type of<br />

grease and any additional data is provided on the lubrication<br />

plate or rating plate. For regreasing intervals for the basic version,<br />

see the Table "Grease lifetime and regreasing intervals for<br />

horizontal installation". For motors with a mounted holding brake<br />

(order code F01) a regreasing device cannot be installed, including<br />

up to FS 160.<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Mechanical stress and grease lifetime<br />

High speeds that exceed the rated speed with converter operation<br />

and the resulting increased vibrations alter the mechanical<br />

running smoothness and the bearings are subjected to increased<br />

mechanical stress. This reduces the grease lifetime and<br />

the bearing lifetime (please inquire where applicable).<br />

The use of rigid couplings should be avoided as far as possible.<br />

For converter operation in particular, compliance with the mechanical<br />

limit speeds n max at maximum supply frequency f max is<br />

essential, see the following table "Mechanical limit speeds n max<br />

at maximum supply frequency f max ".<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/53


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Mechanical limit speeds n max at maximum supply frequency f max (standard values) for 1LE1, 1LE5, 1PC1 motors –<br />

basic version and 1LE15 and 1LE16 motors – basic version with order codes L22, L25, L28 –<br />

1MB10/5/6 motors with order codes L22 and L25<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole<br />

n max f max n max f max n max f max n max f max<br />

rpm Hz rpm Hz rpm Hz rpm Hz<br />

1LE10 motors, basic version<br />

1LE10..-<br />

63 0B… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

71 0C… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

80 M 0D… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

90 S/L 0E… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

1LE15 Basic Line motors – bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22<br />

1LE15 Basic Line motors – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

1LE15..-<br />

71 M 0C… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

80 M 0D… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

90 S/L 0E… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

1LE10, 1PC1 motors, basic version<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

1LE1...-<br />

1PC1...-<br />

100 L 1A… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

112 M 1B… 6000 100 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

132 S/M 1C… 5600 90 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

160 M/L 1D… 4800 80 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

180 M/L 1E... 4600 76 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

200 L 2A... 4500 75 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – basic version<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

1LE15 Basic Line and 1LE16 Performance Line – DE cylindrical roller bearings and NDE reinforced bearings – order code L28<br />

1LE15..-<br />

1LE16..-<br />

180 M/L 1E… 4600 76 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

200 L 2A… 4500 75 4200 140 3600 180 3000 200<br />

225 S/M 2B… 4500 75 4500 150 4400 220 4400 293<br />

250 M 2C… 3900 65 3700 123 3700 185 3700 247<br />

280 S/M 2D… 3600 60 3000 100 3000 150 3000 200<br />

315 S/M/L 3A… 3600 60 2600 87 2600 130 2600 173<br />

1LE55 Basic Line and 1LE56 Performance Line – basic version<br />

1LE55 Basic Line and 1LE56 Performance Line – bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22<br />

1LE55..-<br />

1LE56..-<br />

315 L 3A… 5200 87 3400 113 3400 170 3400 227<br />

355 M/L 3B… 5200 87 3800 93 2800 140 2800 187<br />

400 4A… IMB3 3600 60 2200 74 2200 110 2200 147<br />

450 4B… IMB3 3000/3600 1) 50 2100 70 2100 105 2100 140<br />

400 4A… IMV1 – – 2100 70 2100 105 2100 140<br />

450 4B… IMV1 – – 1800 60 1800 90 1800 120<br />

The specified limit speeds are applicable to motors without additional mountings, such as brakes or rotary encoders.<br />

In such applications, the characteristics of the respective mounting parts must be taken into account.<br />

Note:<br />

Mechanical limit speeds for SIMOTICS XP 1MB motors, see Chapter 5.<br />

1) Order on request.<br />

1/54 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Grease lifetime and regreasing intervals for horizontal installation<br />

Motor series Frame size No. of poles<br />

Permanent lubrication 1) Grease lifetime up to CT 40 °C 2)<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1<br />

1LE1/1MB1/1PC1 63 … 250 2 ... 8 20000 h or 40000 h 3)<br />

Regreasing 1) Lubrication interval ISO Cl F 155 °C Lubrication interval ISO Cl H 180 °C<br />

CT 40 °C 40 °C < CT 80 °C 40 °C < CT 60 °C 60 °C < CT 80 °C<br />

1LE1/1MB1/1PC1 100 … 160 2 ... 8 8000 h 4000 h 2) 4000 h 2000 h 2)<br />

180 … 280 2 4000 h 2000 h 2) 1000 h 1000 h 2)<br />

4 ... 8 8000 h 4000 h 2) 2000 h 2000 h 2)<br />

315 2 3000 h 1500 h 2) 1000 h 1000 h 2)<br />

4 ... 8 6000 h 3000 h 2) 1500 h 1500 h 2)<br />

CT 40 °C 40 °C < CT 80 °C CT 40 °C 40 °C < CT 80 °C<br />

1LE5/1MB5 315, 355 2 3000 h 1500 h 2) 3000 h 1500 h 2)<br />

4, 6 6000 h 3000 h 2) 6000 h 3000 h 2)<br />

400 2 4000 h 2000 h 4000 h 2000 h<br />

4 ... 8 6000 h 3000 h 6000 h 3000 h<br />

450 2 3000 h 1500 h 3000 h 1500 h<br />

4 ... 8 6000 h 3000 h 6000 h 3000 h<br />

Bearing selection table for 1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors – basic version<br />

The bearing selection tables are only intended for planning purposes. Authoritative information on the actual type of bearings fitted<br />

in motors already supplied can be obtained by the factory by quoting the serial number or can be read from the rating plate.<br />

When deep-groove bearings with side plates are used, the side plate is on the inside. Located bearing at drive end (DE) for 1LE1,<br />

1MB1 and 1PC1 motors, see special version Fig. 2 in the "Diagrams of bearings" on Page 1/60.<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical types of construction Horizontal and vertical types of construction<br />

1LE10/1MB10<br />

63 2 … 6 6201 2ZC3 6201 2ZC3 –<br />

71 2 … 8 6202 2ZC3 6202 2ZC3 –<br />

80 2 … 8 6004 2ZC3 6004 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

90 2 … 8 6205 2ZC3 6004 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

1LE10/1MB10/1PC10<br />

100 L 2 … 8 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

112 M 2 … 8 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

132 S/M 2…8 62082ZC3 4) 6208 2ZC3 4) Fig. 1<br />

160 M/L 2…8 62092ZC3 4) 6209 2ZC3 4) Fig. 2<br />

1LE10<br />

180 M/L 2…8 6210ZC3 5) 6210 ZC3 5) Fig. 4<br />

200 L 2…8 6212ZC3 5) 6212 ZC3 5) Fig. 4<br />

Bearing selection table for 1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors – bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22<br />

Please inquire about noise and vibration data. The bearing selection tables are only intended for planning purposes. Authoritative<br />

information on the actual type of bearings fitted in motors already supplied can be obtained by the factory by quoting the serial number<br />

or can be read from the rating plate.<br />

When deep-groove bearings with side plates are used, the side plate is on the inside.<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical types of construction Horizontal and vertical types of construction<br />

1LE10/1MB10<br />

80 2 … 8 6304 2ZC3 6304 2ZC3 –<br />

90 2 … 8 6305 2ZC3 6305 2ZC3 –<br />

1LE10/1MB10/1PC10<br />

100 L 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

112 M 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3<br />

132 S/M 2 … 8 6308 2ZC3 4) 6208 2ZC3 4)<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6309 2ZC3 4) 6209 2ZC3 4) Fig. 2<br />

1LE10<br />

180 M/L 2…8 6310ZC3 5) 6210 ZC3 5) Fig. 4<br />

200 L 2…8 6312ZC3 5) 6212 ZC3 5) Fig. 4<br />

1) For special uses and special greases, please inquire about grease lifetime<br />

and regreasing intervals.<br />

2) For every 10 K the coolant temperature is increased above 80 °C, the<br />

grease lifetime and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

3) 40 000 hours apply to horizontally installed motors with coupling output<br />

without additional axial loads.<br />

4) Deep-groove bearings with a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

5) Deep-groove bearings without a side plate are used for regreasable<br />

versions (L23).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/55


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Bearing selection table for 1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

Please inquire about noise and vibration data. The bearing selection tables are only intended for planning purposes. Authoritative<br />

information on the actual type of bearings fitted in motors already supplied can be obtained by the factory by quoting the serial number<br />

or can be read from the rating plate.<br />

When deep-groove bearings with side plates are used, the side plate is on the inside.<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical types of construction Horizontal and vertical types of construction<br />

1LE10/1MB10<br />

80 2 … 8 6304 2ZC3 6304 2ZC3 –<br />

90 2 … 8 6305 2ZC3 6304 2ZC3 –<br />

1LE10/1MB10/1PC10<br />

100 L 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

112 M 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3<br />

132 S/M 2 … 8 6308 2ZC3 1) 6308 2ZC3 1)<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6309 2ZC3 1) 6309 2ZC3 1) Fig. 2<br />

1LE10<br />

180 M/L 2…8 6310ZC3 2) 6310 ZC3 2) Fig. 4<br />

200 L 2…8 6312ZC3 2) 6312 ZC3 2) Fig. 4<br />

Bearing assignment for 1LE15/1MB15, 1LE16/1MB16, and 1LE5 motors (basic version)<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical type of construction Horizontal and vertical type of construction<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 M 2 … 8 6202 2ZC3 6202 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

80 M 2 … 8 6204 2ZC3 6204 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

90 S/L 2 … 8 6205 2ZC3 6204 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

100 L 2 … 8 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) Fig. 1<br />

112 M 2 … 8 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1)<br />

132 S/M 2 … 8 6208 2ZC3 1) 6208 2ZC3 1)<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6209 2ZC3 1) 6209 2ZC3 1) Fig. 2<br />

180 M/L 2 … 8 6210 ZC3 2) 6210 ZC3 2) Fig. 4<br />

200 L 2 … 8 6212 ZC3 2) 6212 ZC3 2)<br />

225 S/M 2 … 8 6213 ZC3 2) 6213 ZC3 2) Fig. 1<br />

250 M 2 … 8 6215 ZC3 2) 6215 ZC3 2)<br />

280 S/M 2 6315 C3 6315 C3 Fig. 2<br />

4 … 8 6317 C3 6317 C3<br />

315 S/M/L 2 6316 C3 6316 C3<br />

4 … 8 6319 C3 6319 C3<br />

1LE16, 1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

100 L 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 Fig. 1<br />

112 M 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3<br />

132 S/M 2 … 8 6308 2ZC3 6308 2ZC3<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6309 ZC3 6309 ZC3 Fig. 2<br />

180 M/L 2 … 8 6310 C3 6310 C3 Fig. 4<br />

200 L 2 … 8 6312 C3 6312 C3<br />

225 S/M 2 … 8 6313 C3 6313 C3 Fig. 4<br />

250 M 2 … 8 6315 C3 6315 C3<br />

280 S/M 2 6315 C3 6315 C3<br />

4 … 8 6317 C3 6317 C3<br />

315 S/M/L 2 6316 C3 6316 C3<br />

4 … 8 6319 C3 6319 C3<br />

Type of construction<br />

Type of construction<br />

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical<br />

1LE5, 1MB5<br />

315 L 2 6316 C4 6316 C4 6316 C4 7316 B –<br />

4, 6 6319 C4 6319 C4 6319 C4 7319 B –<br />

355 M/L 2 6317 C4 6317 C4 6317 C4 7317 B –<br />

4, 6 6320 C4 6320 C4 6320 C4 7320 B –<br />

400 2 6318 C3 7218 B + 6218 C3 6218 C3 6218 C3 Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

4, 6, 8 6224 C3 7224 B + 6224 C3 6224 C3 6224 C3 Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

450 2 6220 C3 – 6220 C3 – Fig. 6<br />

4, 6, 8 6226 C3 7226 B + 6226 C3 6226 C3 6226 C3 Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

1) Deep-groove bearings with a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

2) Deep-groove bearings without a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

1/56 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Bearing assignment for 1MB1/1MB5 motors with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb (basic version)<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Type of construction<br />

Type of construction<br />

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 with type of protection Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

71 2 … 8 6202-2Z C3 6202-2Z C3 6202-2Z C3 6202-2Z C3 –<br />

80 2 … 8 6204-2Z C3 6204-2Z C3 6204-2Z C3 6204-2Z C3 –<br />

90 2 … 8 6205-2Z C3 6205-2Z C3 6205-2Z C3 6205-2Z C3 –<br />

100 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 –<br />

112 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 63<strong>06</strong>-2Z C3 –<br />

132 2 … 8 6308-2Z C3 6308-2Z C3 6308-2Z C3 6308-2Z C3 –<br />

160 2 … 8 6309 C3 6309 C3 6309 C3 6309 C3 –<br />

180 2 … 8 6310 C3 6310 C3 6310 C3 6310 C3 –<br />

200 2 … 8 6312 C3 6312 C3 6312 C3 6312 C3 –<br />

225 2 … 8 6313 C3 6313 C3 6313 C3 6313 C3 –<br />

250 2 … 8 6315 C3 6315 C3 6315 C3 6315 C3 –<br />

280 2 6315 C3 6315 C3 6315 C3 6315 C3 –<br />

280 4 … 8 6317 C3 6317 C3 6317 C3 6317 C3 –<br />

315 2 6316 C3 6319 C3 6316 C3 6319 C3 –<br />

315 4 … 8 6319 C3 6319 C3 6319 C3 6319 C3 –<br />

355 2 6317 C4 6320 C4 6317 C4 6320 C4 –<br />

355 4 … 8 6320 C4 6320 C4 6320 C4 6320 C4 –<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/57


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Bearing selection table for 1LE15, 1MB15, 1LE16, and 1MB16 motors<br />

(bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22)<br />

For NU bearings (cylindrical roller bearings), in contrast to ball bearings, a minimum cantilever force is required.<br />

Cylindrical roller bearings are not suitable for coupling output.<br />

F min ~ F max /2<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical type of construction Horizontal and vertical type of construction<br />

1LE15/1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 M 2 … 8 6302 2ZC3 6202 2ZC3 3)<br />

80 M 2 … 8 6304 2ZC3 6204 2ZC3 3)<br />

90 S/L 2 … 8 6305 2ZC3 6204 2ZC3<br />

100 L 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1)3)<br />

112 M 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 62<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1)3)<br />

132 M 2 … 8 6308 2ZC3 1) 6208 2ZC3 1)3)<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6309 2ZC3 1) 6209 2ZC3 1)3)<br />

180 M/L 2 … 8 NU 210 6210 C3 Fig. 5<br />

200 L 2 … 8 NU 212 6212 C3<br />

225 M 2 … 8 NU 213 6213 C3<br />

250 M 2 … 8 NU 215 6215 C3<br />

280 M 2 NU 315 6315 C3 3)<br />

4 … 8 NU 317 6317 C3 3)<br />

315 M/L 2 NU 316 6316 C3 3)<br />

4 … 8 NU 319 6319 C3 3)<br />

1LE16/1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

100 L 2…8<br />

2)<br />

112 M 2…8<br />

2)<br />

132 M 2…8 2)<br />

160 M/L 2…8<br />

2)<br />

180 M/L 2 … 8 NU 310 6310 C3 3)<br />

200 L 2 … 8 NU 312 6312 C3 3)<br />

225 M 2 … 8 NU 313 6313 C3 3) Fig. 5<br />

250 M 2 … 8 NU 315 6315 C3 3)<br />

280 M 2 NU 315 6315 C3 3)<br />

4 … 8 NU 317 6317 C3 3)<br />

315 M/L 2 NU 316 6316 C3 3)<br />

4 … 8 NU 319 6319 C3 3)<br />

Type of construction<br />

Type of construction<br />

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical<br />

1LE5, 1MB5<br />

315 L 2 NU316 NU316 6316 C4 O. R. –<br />

4, 6 NU319 NU319 6319 C4 O. R. –<br />

355 M/L 2 NU317 NU317 6317 C4 O. R. –<br />

4, 6 NU320 NU320 6320 C4 O. R. –<br />

400 2 6218 C3 7218 B + 6218 C3 6218 C3 6218 C3 Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

4 … 8 6224 C3 7224 B + 6224 C3 6224 C3 6224 C3<br />

450 2 6220 C3 – 6220 C3 – Fig. 6<br />

4 … 8 6226 C3 7226 B + 6226 C3 6226 C3 6226 C3 Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

1) Deep-groove bearings with a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

2) Not permitted.<br />

3) As for basic version.<br />

1/58 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Bearing assignment for 1MB1/1MB5 motors with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

(bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L22)<br />

For NU bearings (cylindrical roller bearings), in contrast to ball bearings, a minimum cantilever force is required.<br />

Cylindrical roller bearings are not suitable for coupling output.<br />

F min ~ F max /2<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Type of construction<br />

Type of construction<br />

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 with type of protection Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

160 2 … 8 NU309 NU309 6309 C3 6309 C3 –<br />

180 2 … 8 NU310 NU310 6310 C3 6310 C3 –<br />

200 2 … 8 NU312 NU312 6312 C3 6312 C3 –<br />

225 2 … 8 NU313 NU313 6313 C3 6313 C3 –<br />

250 2 … 8 NU315 NU315 6315 C3 6315 C3 –<br />

280 2 NU315 NU315 6315 C3 6315 C3 –<br />

280 4 … 8 NU317 NU317 6317 C3 6317 C3 –<br />

315 2 NU316 NU316 6316 C3 6319 C3 –<br />

315 4 … 8 NU319 NU319 6319 C3 6319 C3 –<br />

355 2 NU317 NU317 6317 C4 6320 C4 –<br />

355 4 … 8 NU320 NU320 6320 C4 6320 C4 –<br />

1<br />

Bearing assignment for 1LE15/1MB15 and 1LE16/1MB16 motors and 1LE5 motors<br />

(bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25, for 1LE16 motors – standard)<br />

Frame size No. of poles Drive end (DE) bearing Non-drive end (NDE) bearing Fig. No. on page 1/60<br />

Horizontal and vertical type of construction Horizontal and vertical type of construction<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 M 2 … 8 6302 2ZC3 6302 2ZC3<br />

80 M 2 … 8 6304 2ZC3 6304 2ZC3<br />

90 S/L 2 … 8 6305 2ZC3 6304 2ZC3<br />

100 L 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1)<br />

112 M 2 … 8 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1) 63<strong>06</strong> 2ZC3 1)<br />

132 M 2 … 8 6308 2ZC3 1) 6308 2ZC3 1)<br />

160 M/L 2 … 8 6309 2ZC3 1) 6309 2ZC3 1)<br />

180 M/L 2 … 8 6310 ZC3 3) 6310 ZC3 3)<br />

200 L 2 … 8 6312 ZC3 3) 6312 ZC3 3)<br />

225 M 2 … 8 6313 ZC3 3) 6313 ZC3 3) Fig. 4<br />

250 M 2 … 8 6315 ZC3 3) 6315 ZC3 3)<br />

280 M 2 6315 C3 2) 6315 C3 2)<br />

4 … 8 6317 C3 2) 6317 C3 2)<br />

315 M/L 2 6316 C3 2) 6316 C3 2)<br />

4 … 8 6319 C3 2) 6319 C3 2)<br />

1LE16, 1MB16 – Performance Line – bearing version as for Performance Line basic version<br />

Type of construction<br />

Type of construction<br />

Horizontal Vertical Horizontal Vertical<br />

1LE5<br />

315 L 2 6316 C4 6316 C4 6316 C4 7316 B –<br />

4, 6 6319 C4 6319 C4 6319 C4 7319 B –<br />

355 M/L 2 6317 C4 6317 C4 6317 C4 7317 B –<br />

4, 6 6320 C4 6320 C4 6320 C4 7320 B –<br />

400 2 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

4,6,8 6326 C3 O. R. 6326 C3 O. R.<br />

450 2 O. R. – O. R. – Fig. 6<br />

4,6,8 6326 C3 O. R. 6326 C3 O. R. Fig. 6, Fig. 7<br />

1) Deep-groove bearings with a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

2) As for basic version.<br />

3) Deep-groove bearings without a side plate are used for regreasable versions<br />

(L23).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/59


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Diagrams of bearings<br />

Fig. 1 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing Fig. 2 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing<br />

Located bearings for 1LE1 and 1MB1 frame size 160<br />

Fig. 3 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing Fig. 4 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing<br />

Fig. 5 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing Fig. 6 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing<br />

Frame sizes 315 to 450, 2-pole to 8-pole, type of construction IM B3<br />

G_D081_XX_00589<br />

G_D081_XX_00590<br />

G_D081_XX_00111<br />

G_D081_XX_00112<br />

G_D081_XX_00105<br />

G_D081_XX_001<strong>06</strong><br />

G_D081_XX_00381<br />

G_D081_XX_00382<br />

G_D081_XX_00101<br />

G_D081_XX_00102<br />

G_D081_XX_00103<br />

G_D081_XX_00104<br />

Fig. 7 Drive-end bearing Non-drive end bearing<br />

Frame sizes 355 and 450, 2-pole to 8-pole, type of construction IM V1 Frame sizes 355 to 450, 2-pole to 8-pole, type of construction IM V1<br />

G_D081_XX_00114<br />

G_D081_XX_00115<br />

1/60 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

■ Overview<br />

Admissible cantilever forces<br />

In order to calculate the admissible<br />

cantilever forces for a radial<br />

load, the line of force (i.e.<br />

The pre-tension factor c is a value gained from experience from<br />

the belt manufacturer. The following approximate value can be<br />

assumed:<br />

F Q the centerline of the pulley) of For normal flat leather belts with an idler pulley c = 2;<br />

the cantilever force F Q (N) must for V-belts c=2to2.5;<br />

be within the free shaft extension<br />

(dimension x).<br />

type of belt) c=2to2.5.<br />

for special synthetic belts (depending on the type of load and<br />

x<br />

Dimension x (mm) is the distance<br />

between the point of ap-<br />

u (N) is calculated using the following<br />

The circumferential force F<br />

x max. x 0<br />

equation<br />

plication of the force F Q and the<br />

shaft shoulder. The dimension<br />

7<br />

F = 2 10<br />

u<br />

x max corresponds to the length of the shaft extension.<br />

n D<br />

Total cantilever force F Q = c · F u<br />

F u circumferential force in N<br />

P rated motor power (transmitted power) in kW<br />

n rated motor speed in rpm<br />

D belt pulley diameter in mm<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – basic version<br />

G_D081_EN_00128a<br />

1LE10, 1MB10 motors (frame sizes 80 ... 160) and<br />

1PC10 (frame sizes 100 ... 160) at 50 Hz<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max. values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force F Q<br />

at x 0 at x max.<br />

Frame size Type No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1 motors – values for motors with increased power 1)<br />

80 1LE10..-0DA 2 485 400<br />

1LE10..-0DB 4 625 515<br />

1LE10..-0DC 6 735 605<br />

90 1LE10..-0EA 2 725 605<br />

1LE10..-0EB 4 920 775<br />

1LE10..-0EC 6 1090 910<br />

100 1LE10..-1AA 2 1010 825<br />

1LE10..-1AB 4 1230 1010<br />

1LE10..-1AC 6 1440 1180<br />

112 1LE10..-1BA 2 970 785<br />

1LE10..-1BB 4 1235 1000<br />

1LE10..-1BC 6 1440 1165<br />

132 1LE10..-1CA 2 1470 1180<br />

1LE10..-1CB 4 1830 1470<br />

1LE10..-1CC 6 2150 1730<br />

160 1LE10..-1DA 2 1550 1270<br />

1LE10..-1DB 4 1910 1550<br />

1LE10..-1DC 6 2230 1810<br />

1LE1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1MB1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1PC1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

63 1LE10..-0BA 2 270 240<br />

1LE10..-0BB 4 350 305<br />

71 1LE10..-0CA 2 415 355<br />

1LE10..-0CB 4 530 450<br />

80 1LE10..-0DA 2 485 400<br />

1MB10..-0DA<br />

1PC10..-0DA<br />

1LE10..-0DB 4 625 515<br />

1MB10..-0DB<br />

1PC10..-0DB<br />

1LE10..-0DC 6 735 605<br />

1MB10..-0DC<br />

1PC10..-0DC<br />

1LE10..-0DD<br />

1PC10..-0DD<br />

8 815 675<br />

90 1LE10..-0EA 2 725 605<br />

1MB10..-0EA<br />

1PC10..-0EA<br />

1LE10..-0EB 4 920 775<br />

1MB10..-0EB<br />

1PC10..-0EB<br />

1LE10..-0EC 6 1090 910<br />

1MB10..-0EC<br />

1PC10..-0EC<br />

1LE10..-0ED<br />

1PC10..-0ED<br />

8 1230 1030<br />

Note:<br />

1PC10 only for frame sizes 100 to 160.<br />

In the case of cantilever forces that exceed this, see "Bearings<br />

for increased cantilever forces".<br />

1LE10, 1MB10 motors (frame sizes 80 ... 160) and<br />

1PC10 (frame sizes 100 ... 160) at 50 Hz<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max. values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force F Q<br />

at x 0 at x max.<br />

Frame size Type No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1MB1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1PC1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

100 1LE10..-1AA 2 1020 815<br />

1MB10..-1AA<br />

1PC10..-1AA<br />

1LE10..-1AB 4 1250 1000<br />

1MB10..-1AB<br />

1PC10..-1AB<br />

1LE10..-1AC 6 1450 1155<br />

1MB10..-1AC<br />

1PC10..-1AC<br />

1LE10..-1AD 8 1615 1290<br />

1MB10..-1AD<br />

1PC10..-1AD<br />

112 1LE10..-1BA 2 1000 790<br />

1MB10..-1BA<br />

1PC10..-1BA<br />

1LE10..-1BB 4 1250 990<br />

1MB10..-1BB<br />

1PC10..-1BB<br />

1LE10..-1BC 6 1450 1150<br />

1MB10..-1BC<br />

1PC10..-1BC<br />

1LE10..-1BD 8 1610 1275<br />

1MB10..-1BD<br />

1PC10..-1BD<br />

132 1LE10..-1CA 2 1505 1170<br />

1MB10..-1CA<br />

1PC10..-1CA<br />

1LE10..-1CB 4 1880 1460<br />

1MB10..-1CB<br />

1PC10..-1CB<br />

1LE10..-1CC 6 2170 1680<br />

1MB10..-1CC<br />

1PC10..-1CC<br />

1LE10..-1CD 8 2420 1880<br />

1MB10..-1CD<br />

1PC10..-1CD<br />

160 1LE10..-1DA 2 1560 1240<br />

1MB10..-1DA<br />

1PC10..-1DA<br />

1LE10..-1DB 4 2040 1590<br />

1MB10..-1DB<br />

1PC10..-1DB<br />

1LE10..-1DC 6 2350 1820<br />

1MB10..-1DC<br />

1PC10..-1DC<br />

1LE10..-1DD 8 2610 2030<br />

1MB10..-1DD<br />

1PC10..-1DD<br />

180 1LE10.. 2 1670<br />

46 2150<br />

2500<br />

200 1LE10.. 2 2460<br />

46 3180<br />

3600<br />

1380<br />

1740<br />

2000<br />

2070<br />

2630<br />

2980<br />

1) For IE1 motors, the admissible cantilever force can be increased by<br />

up to 5 %.<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/61


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 1) , 1LE55, and 1MB55 motors 1) at 50 Hz<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1501/03/21/23, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 2 400 340<br />

4 500 420<br />

6 570 490<br />

80 2 680 570<br />

4 860 720<br />

6 980 820<br />

90 2 760 620<br />

4 950 790<br />

6 1090 900<br />

100 2 1010 815<br />

4 1230 1000<br />

6 1440 1155<br />

8 1615 1290<br />

112 2 970 785<br />

4 1235 990<br />

6 1440 1150<br />

8 1610 1275<br />

132 2 1470 1170<br />

4 1830 1460<br />

6 2150 1680<br />

8 2420 1880<br />

160 2 1550 1240<br />

4 1910 1550<br />

6 2230 1810<br />

8 2610 2030<br />

180 2 1670 1380<br />

4 2150 1740<br />

6 2500 2000<br />

200 2 2460 2070<br />

4 3180 2630<br />

6 3600 2980<br />

225 2 2850 2300<br />

4 3550 2800<br />

6 4050 3240<br />

8 4500 3500<br />

250 2 3250 2600<br />

4 4100 3400<br />

6 4800 4000<br />

8 5250 4450<br />

280 2 5200 4200<br />

4 8500 7 000<br />

6 9800 8150<br />

8 10800 9000<br />

315 S/M 2 5300 4500<br />

4 9150 7400<br />

6 10750 8750<br />

8 11600 9600<br />

315 L 2 4900 4300<br />

4 8900 7700<br />

6 10100 9150<br />

8 11100 10200<br />

1LE5504/34/03/33, 1MB55<br />

315 L 2 5800 5200<br />

4 9300 8 000<br />

6 1<strong>06</strong>00 9200<br />

8 12000 9200<br />

400 2 2910 2570<br />

4 6830 5870<br />

6 6520 5610<br />

8 7860 6760<br />

450 2 3820 3410<br />

4 7130 6220<br />

6 6970 6080<br />

8 8110 7070<br />

1) Not valid for 1MB.55 motors with type of protection Ex db eb.<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

1LE16, 1MB16, 1LE56, and 1MB56 motors at 50 Hz<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1601/03/21/23, 1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

100 2 1585 1270<br />

4 1960 1575<br />

6 2270 1815<br />

8 2520 2015<br />

112 2 1545 1240<br />

4 1960 1555<br />

6 2270 1800<br />

8 2510 1990<br />

132 2 2285 1795<br />

4 2860 2250<br />

6 3320 2580<br />

8 3700 2870<br />

160 2 2800 2170<br />

4 3450 2750<br />

6 4000 3160<br />

8 4510 3500<br />

180 2 3250 2610<br />

4 4110 3270<br />

6 4720 3740<br />

200 2 4320 3550<br />

4 5480 4500<br />

6 6220 5110<br />

225 2 5000 4150<br />

4 6250 4900<br />

6 7200 5750<br />

8 7800 6200<br />

250 2 6000 4800<br />

4 7600 6200<br />

6 8750 7350<br />

8 9500 8 000<br />

280 2 5200 4200<br />

4 8500 7 000<br />

6 9800 8150<br />

8 10800 9000<br />

315 S/M 2 5300 4500<br />

4 9150 7400<br />

6 10750 8750<br />

8 11600 9600<br />

315 L 2 4900 4300<br />

4 8900 7700<br />

6 10100 9150<br />

8 11100 10200<br />

1LE5604/34/03/33, 1MB56 – Performance line<br />

315 L 2 5800 5200<br />

4 9300 8 000<br />

6 1<strong>06</strong>00 9200<br />

8 12000 9200<br />

355 M/L 2 5800 5200<br />

4 9900 8700<br />

6 11200 9800<br />

8 11200 10000<br />

In the case of cantilever forces that exceed this, see "Bearings<br />

for increased cantilever forces".<br />

1/62 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 motors for types of protection Ex db and Ex db eb at 50 Hz<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0, x 0.5 for x = 0.5 x I and<br />

x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0 at x 0.5 at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N N<br />

1MB1/1MB5 – for types of protection Ex db and Ex db eb<br />

71 2 360 340 300<br />

4 410 380 300<br />

6 490 390 300<br />

8 530 390 300<br />

80 2 570 530 420<br />

4 700 570 430<br />

6 800 580 430<br />

8 810 560 420<br />

90 2 520 480 440<br />

4 660 660 490<br />

6 850 690 510<br />

8 940 700 520<br />

100 2 1340 1110 830<br />

4 1620 1110 820<br />

6 1690 1120 830<br />

8 1550 1030 760<br />

112 2 1300 1150 860<br />

4 1630 1300 970<br />

6 1800 1190 880<br />

8 1820 1200 890<br />

132 2 1980 1790 1420<br />

4 2460 1830 1290<br />

6 2810 1880 1330<br />

8 3050 2000 1420<br />

160 2 2770 2510 1950<br />

4 3430 2850 1940<br />

6 3700 3290 2230<br />

8 4300 2570 1750<br />

180 2 3070 2800 2570<br />

4 3780 3440 2880<br />

6 4380 3990 2940<br />

8 4860 4430 3700<br />

200 2 3960 3640 3360<br />

4 5010 4610 4260<br />

6 5630 5170 4390<br />

8 6190 5690 5250<br />

225 2 4500 4170 3890<br />

4 5590 5090 4660<br />

6 6260 5690 5220<br />

8 7230 6580 4770<br />

250 2 5430 4930 4510<br />

4 6720 6100 5580<br />

6 7650 6950 6360<br />

8 8720 7920 6250<br />

280 2 4690 4330 4000<br />

4 7430 6580 6330<br />

6 8940 8240 7070<br />

8 8860 8170 6790<br />

315 S/M 2 5480 5210 4970<br />

4 8300 7360 5530<br />

6 9280 6910 4780<br />

8 9210 5700 4120<br />

315 L 2 4050 3800 3580<br />

4 5350 4920 4030<br />

6 6830 5800 4210<br />

8 8600 5350 3880<br />

355 2 3900 3700 3520<br />

4 3930 3570 2610<br />

6 O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

8 O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – bearings for increased cantilever<br />

forces – order code L22<br />

1LE10, 1MB10 motors (frame sizes 80 ... 160) and 1PC10 (frame sizes<br />

100 ... 160) at 50 Hz with reinforced deep-groove bearings at DE<br />

Valid are: x o values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force F Q<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size Type No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1 motors – values for motors with increased power 1)<br />

100 1LE10..-1AA 2 1585 1300<br />

1LE10..-1AB 4 1960 1610<br />

1LE10..-1AC 6 2270 1865<br />

112 1LE10..-1BA 2 1545 1250<br />

1LE10..-1BB 4 1960 1585<br />

1LE10..-1BC 6 2270 1835<br />

132 1LE10..-1CA 2 2285 1840<br />

1LE10..-1CB 4 2860 2300<br />

1LE10..-1CC 6 3320 2670<br />

160 1LE10..-1DA 2 2800 2240<br />

1LE10..-1DB 4 3450 2270<br />

1LE10..-1DC 6 4000 3200<br />

1LE1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1MB1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

1PC1 motors – standard values 1)<br />

100 1LE10..-1AA 2 1585 1270<br />

1MB10..-1AA<br />

1PC10..-1AA<br />

1LE10..-1AB 4 1960 1575<br />

1MB10..-1AB<br />

1PC10..-1AB<br />

1LE10..-1AC 6 2270 1815<br />

1MB10..-1AC<br />

1PC10..-1AC<br />

1LE10..-1AD 8 2520 2015<br />

1MB10..-1AD<br />

1PC10..-1AD<br />

112 1LE10..-1BA 2 1545 1240<br />

1MB10..-1BA<br />

1PC10..-1BA<br />

1LE10..-1BB 4 1960 1555<br />

1MB10..-1BB<br />

1PC10..-1BB<br />

1LE10..-1BC 6 2270 1800<br />

1MB10..-1BC<br />

1PC10..-1BC<br />

1LE10..-1BD 8 2510 1990<br />

1MB10..-1BD<br />

1PC10..-1BD<br />

132 1LE10..-1CA 2 2285 1795<br />

1MB10..-1CA<br />

1PC10..-1CA<br />

1LE10..-1CB 4 2860 2250<br />

1MB10..-1CB<br />

1PC10..-1CB<br />

1LE10..-1CC 6 3320 2580<br />

1MB10..-1CC<br />

1PC10..-1CC<br />

1LE10..-1CD 8 3700 2870<br />

1MB10..-1CD<br />

1PC10..-1CD<br />

160 1LE10..-1DA 2 2800 2170<br />

1MB10..-1DA<br />

1PC10..-1DA<br />

1LE10..-1DB 4 3450 2750<br />

1MB10..-1DB<br />

1PC10..-1DB<br />

1LE10..-1DC 6 4000 3160<br />

1MB10..-1DC<br />

1PC10..-1DC<br />

1LE10..-1DD 8 4510 3500<br />

1MB10..-1DD<br />

1PC10..-1DD<br />

180 1LE10..-1EA 2 3250 2610<br />

4 4110 3270<br />

6 4720 3740<br />

8 5130 4050<br />

200 1LE10..-2AA 2 4320 3550<br />

4 5480 4500<br />

6 6220 5110<br />

8 6870 5640<br />

1) For IE1 motors, the admissible cantilever force can be increased by<br />

up to 5 %.<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/63


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

1LE15 and 1MB15 1) motors at 50 Hz with reinforced deep-groove bearings<br />

at DE up to frame size 160 with cylindrical roller bearings at DE in frame<br />

size 180 and above<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size Type No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1501/03/21/23, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 1LE15..-0CA 2 400 340<br />

1MB15..-0CA<br />

1LE15..-0CB 4 490 420<br />

1MB15..-0CB<br />

1LE15..-0CC 6 570 490<br />

1MB15..-0CC<br />

LE15..-0CD 8 640 540<br />

1MB15..-0CD<br />

80 1LE15..-0DA 2 680 570<br />

1MB15..-0DA<br />

1LE15..-0DB 4 840 720<br />

1MB15..-0DB<br />

1LE15..-0DC 6 970 820<br />

1MB15..-0DC<br />

1LE15..-0DD 8 1090 910<br />

1MB15..-0DD<br />

90 1LE15..-0EA 2 720 605<br />

1MB15..-0EA<br />

1LE15..-0EB 4 920 775<br />

1MB15..-0EB<br />

1LE15..-0EC 6 1<strong>06</strong>0 910<br />

1MB15..-0EC<br />

1LE15..-0ED 8 1200 1030<br />

1MB15..-0ED<br />

100 1LE15..-1AA 2 1585 1270<br />

1MB15..-1AA<br />

1LE15..-1AB 4 1960 1575<br />

1MB15..-1AB<br />

1LE15..-1AC 6 2270 1815<br />

1MB15..-1AC<br />

1LE15..-1AD 8 2520 2015<br />

1MB15..-1AD<br />

112 1LE15..-1BA 2 1545 1240<br />

1MB15..-1BA<br />

1LE15..-1BB 4 1960 1555<br />

1MB15..-1BB<br />

1LE15..-1BC 6 2270 1800<br />

1MB15..-1BC<br />

1LE15..-1BD 8 2510 1990<br />

1MB15..-1BD<br />

132 1LE15..-1CA 2 2285 1795<br />

1MB15..-1CA<br />

1LE15..-1CB 4 2860 2250<br />

1MB15..-1CB<br />

1LE15..-1CC 6 3320 2580<br />

1MB15..-1CC<br />

1LE15..-1CD 8 3700 2870<br />

1MB15..-1CD<br />

160 1LE15..-1DA 2 2800 2170<br />

1MB15..-1DA<br />

1LE15..-1DB 4 3450 2750<br />

1MB15..-1DB<br />

1LE15..-1DC 6 4000 3160<br />

1MB15..-1DC<br />

1LE15..-1DD 8 4510 3500<br />

1MB15..-1DD<br />

180 1LE15..-1EA 2 4520 3630<br />

1MB15..-1EA<br />

1LE15..-1EB 4 5560 4050<br />

1MB15..-1EB<br />

1LE15..-1EC 6 6280 4050<br />

1MB15..-1EC<br />

1LE15..-1ED 8 6790 4050<br />

1MB15..-1ED<br />

200 1LE15..-2AA 2 6840 5610<br />

1MB15..-2AA<br />

1LE15..-2AB 4 8440 6000<br />

1MB15..-2AB<br />

1LE15..-2AC 6 9480 6000<br />

1MB15..-2AC<br />

1LE15..-2AD<br />

1MB15..-2AD<br />

8 10100 6000<br />

Note: 1PC10 and 1MB10 not for frame sizes 180 to 200.<br />

1) Not valid for 1MB155 motors with type of protection Ex db eb.<br />

1LE15 and 1MB15 motors at 50 Hz with reinforced deep-groove bearings<br />

at DE up to frame size 160 with cylindrical roller bearings at DE in frame<br />

size 180 and above<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size Type No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1501/03/21/23, 1MB15 – Basic Line (continued)<br />

225 1LE15..-2BA 2 8 000 6800<br />

1MB15..-2BA<br />

1LE15..-2BB 4 9800 7250<br />

1MB15..-2BB<br />

1LE15..-2BC 6 11100 7300<br />

1MB15..-2BC<br />

1LE15..-2BD 8 11300 7300<br />

1MB15..-2BD<br />

250 1LE15..-2CA 2 9500 7400<br />

1MB15..-2CA<br />

1LE15..-2CB 4 12500 9400<br />

1MB15..-2CB<br />

1LE15..-2CC 6 13500 9700<br />

1MB15..-2CC<br />

1LE15..-2CD 8 14700 9700<br />

1MB15..-2CD<br />

280 2) 1LE15..-2DA 2 16500 9800<br />

1MB15..-2DA<br />

315 2) 1LE15..-3AA<br />

1MB15..-3AA<br />

2 18400 7600<br />

1LE16 and 1MB16 motors at 50 Hz<br />

with reinforced cylindrical roller bearings DE<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1601/03/21/23, 1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

100, 112, 132, 160 2, 4, 6, 8 – –<br />

180 2 8150 4050<br />

4 9800 4050<br />

6 9800 4050<br />

200 2 11200 6000<br />

4 13600 6000<br />

6 13600 6000<br />

225 2 12700 7900<br />

4 15700 7250<br />

6 15700 7300<br />

8 15700 7300<br />

250 2 17000 7750<br />

4 21000 9400<br />

6 21000 9700<br />

8 21000 9700<br />

280 2) 2 16500 9800<br />

315 S, M 2) 2 18400 7600<br />

315 L 2) 2 18400 7600<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – Bearing for increased cantilever<br />

forces – For all motors of frame sizes 400 and 450 at 50 Hz in the<br />

horizontal and vertical types of construction (order code L22) on<br />

request.<br />

Please specify cantilever force and lever arm.<br />

2) For admissible cantilever forces 4, 6, and 8-pole versions, see diagrams<br />

on this page.<br />

1/64 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

■ Overview<br />

1LE15/6 and 1MB15/6 1) motors for 50 Hz with cylindrical roller bearings DE for frame sizes 280 to 315 in 4 to 8-pole version<br />

Frame size 280, 4 to 8-pole Frame size 315 S/M, 4 to 8-pole Frame size 315 L, 4 to 8-pole<br />

40<br />

kN<br />

36<br />

F Q<br />

32<br />

28<br />

24<br />

20<br />

n=750 rpm<br />

n=1000 rpm<br />

n=1500 rpm<br />

G_D081_EN_00393<br />

40<br />

kN<br />

36<br />

F Q<br />

32<br />

28<br />

24<br />

20<br />

n=750 rpm<br />

n=1000 rpm<br />

n=1500 rpm<br />

G_D081_EN_00394<br />

40<br />

kN<br />

36<br />

F Q<br />

32<br />

28<br />

24<br />

20<br />

n=750 rpm<br />

n=1000 rpm<br />

n=1500 rpm<br />

G_D081_EN_00395<br />

1<br />

16<br />

16<br />

16<br />

12<br />

12<br />

12<br />

8<br />

8<br />

8<br />

4<br />

4<br />

4<br />

0<br />

0<br />

40<br />

80<br />

120<br />

160 mm 200<br />

x<br />

0<br />

0<br />

40<br />

80<br />

120<br />

160 mm 200<br />

x<br />

0<br />

0<br />

40<br />

80<br />

120<br />

160 mm 200<br />

x<br />

1LE55/6, 1MB55/6 motors for 50 Hz with cylindrical roller bearings DE for frame sizes 315 and 355 in 2 to 8-pole version<br />

1LE55/6 motors of frame size 315, 2 to 8-pole<br />

45<br />

G_D081_EN_00938<br />

kN n=750 rpm<br />

40<br />

F Q n=1000 rpm<br />

35<br />

n=1500 rpm<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

n=3000 rpm<br />

40<br />

80<br />

120 160 mm 200<br />

x<br />

0<br />

0<br />

Admissible cantilever forces at 50 Hz – basic version<br />

For motors in a horizontal type of construction, the maximum cantilever forces are specified as a function of the axial forces.<br />

See diagrams below.<br />

1LE5, 1MB5 motors with frame size 400 – type of construction IM B3<br />

1LE56 motors of frame size 355, 2 to 8-pole<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_00939<br />

kN n=750 rpm<br />

45<br />

F Q n=1000 rpm<br />

40<br />

n=1500 rpm<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

n=3000 rpm<br />

40<br />

80<br />

120 160 mm 200<br />

x<br />

1LE5, 1MB5 motors with frame size 450 – type of construction IM B3<br />

8<br />

kN<br />

7<br />

750 rpm<br />

1500 rpm<br />

G_D081_EN_00131<br />

Q 6<br />

1000 rpm<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

3000 rpm<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 kN 6<br />

Tension A<br />

Pressure A<br />

Cantilever force Q at x = l (shaft extension) via axial force A at nominal<br />

bearing service life h10 = 20000 h<br />

8<br />

G_D081_EN_00132<br />

kN<br />

750 rpm<br />

7<br />

1500 rpm<br />

Q 6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

1000 rpm<br />

3000 rpm<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

-10 -8 -6 -4 -2 0 2 4 kN 6<br />

Tension A<br />

Pressure A<br />

Cantilever force Q at x = l (shaft extension) via axial force A at nominal<br />

bearing service life h10 = 20000 h<br />

1) Not valid for 1MB155 motors with type of protection Ex db eb.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/65


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – bearings reinforced at both ends<br />

– order code L25<br />

1LE10, 1MB10 motors (frame sizes 80 ... 160) and<br />

1PC10 (frame sizes 100 ... 160) for 50 Hz<br />

with deep-groove bearings reinforced at both ends<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1501/03/21/23, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

1LE10, 1MB10, 1PC10<br />

71 2 610 510<br />

4 760 640<br />

6 880 740<br />

8 970 820<br />

80 2 950 800<br />

4 1190 1000<br />

6 1370 1150<br />

8 1520 1270<br />

90 2 1200 1000<br />

4 1530 1270<br />

6 1760 1450<br />

8 1950 1610<br />

100 2 1585 1270<br />

4 1960 1575<br />

6 2270 1815<br />

8 2520 2015<br />

112 2 1545 1240<br />

4 1960 1555<br />

6 2270 1800<br />

8 2510 1990<br />

132 2 2285 1795<br />

4 2860 2250<br />

6 3320 2580<br />

8 3700 2870<br />

160 2 2800 2170<br />

4 3450 2750<br />

6 4000 3160<br />

8 4510 3500<br />

180 2 3250 2610<br />

4 4110 3270<br />

6 4720 3740<br />

8 5130 4050<br />

200 2 4320 3550<br />

4 5480 4500<br />

6 6220 5110<br />

8 6870 5640<br />

225 2 5000 4150<br />

4 6250 4900<br />

6 7200 5750<br />

8 7800 6200<br />

250 2 6000 4800<br />

4 7600 6200<br />

6 8750 7350<br />

8 9500 8000<br />

280 1) 2, 4, 6, 8 – –<br />

315 1) 2, 4, 6, 8 – –<br />

Note:<br />

1PC10 only for frame sizes 100 to 160,<br />

1MB10 only for frame sizes 80 to 160.<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – bearings reinforced at both ends,<br />

DE bearings for increased cantilever forces – order code L28<br />

1LE15 and 1MB15 motors for 50 Hz<br />

with cylindrical roller bearings DE and with deep-groove bearings NDE<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0 and x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0<br />

at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N<br />

1LE1501/03/21/23, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

100, 112, 132, 160 2, 4, 6, 8 – –<br />

180 2 8150 4050<br />

4 9800 4050<br />

6 9800 4050<br />

200 2 11200 6000<br />

4, 6 13600 6000<br />

225 2 12700 7900<br />

4 15700 7250<br />

6, 8 15700 7300<br />

250 2 17000 7750<br />

4 21000 9400<br />

6, 8 21000 9700<br />

280, 315 S, M, L 1) 2, 4, 6, 8 – –<br />

Admissible cantilever forces – bearings for increased cantilever<br />

forces – order code L22<br />

1MB1 and 1MB5 motors at 50 Hz with reinforced deep-groove bearings DE<br />

Valid are: x 0 values for x = 0; x 0.5 values for x = 0.5 I and<br />

x max values for x = l (l = shaft extension)<br />

For motors<br />

Admissible cantilever force<br />

at x 0 at x 0.5 at x max<br />

Frame size No. of poles N N N<br />

1MB1/1MB5<br />

160 2 5380 2870 1950<br />

4 5340 2850 1940<br />

6 6150 3290 2230<br />

8 4820 2570 1750<br />

180 2 8150 4370 2980<br />

4 8100 4340 2960<br />

6 7930 4440 3030<br />

8 9950 5570 3810<br />

200 2 11030 6140 4240<br />

4 11410 6350 4390<br />

6 11010 6130 4230<br />

8 13450 7490 5180<br />

225 2 14990 8530 5940<br />

4 14640 6730 4980<br />

6 16110 8200 5480<br />

8 14010 7130 4770<br />

250 2 18190 9950 6830<br />

4 19210 10510 7220<br />

6 18710 10240 7030<br />

8 17340 9490 6510<br />

280 2 16480 9640 6710<br />

4 18070 10480 7270<br />

6 16800 9740 6750<br />

8 16140 9350 6490<br />

315 S/M 2 21250 12930 9270<br />

4 12970 6870 4980<br />

6 12100 6450 4810<br />

8 10590 5970 4170<br />

315 L 2 15960 9820 7130<br />

4 10300 5560 4030<br />

6 10740 5800 4210<br />

8 9920 5350 3880<br />

355 2 18700 11400 8200<br />

4, 6, 8 Values on request<br />

1) For values for frame sizes 280 to 315, see page 1/62. For frame sizes 280 to 315, bearings of size 63 are standard.<br />

1/66 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Admissible axial load<br />

1) 1)<br />

1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors in vertical type of construction – basic version (with the exception of motors with increased power)<br />

Frame size 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

63 80 245 230 95 80 330 310 95 80 410 390 95 – – – –<br />

71 105 365 335 130 90 380 440 130 90 590 550 130 90 700 660 130<br />

80 110 425 360 160 100 540 480 165 100 650 590 165 100 760 700 165<br />

90 110 440 360 180 100 680 580 190 100 920 820 190 100 1150 1050 190<br />

100 140 700 550 280 130 990 820 285 130 1280 1110 285 130 1560 1390 285<br />

112 140 710 550 300 130 1000 820 310 130 1290 1110 310 130 1570 1390 310<br />

132 200 1200 950 470 180 1680 1200 470 180 1900 1600 470 190 2200 1900 440<br />

160 1500 1400 950 1900 1900 1800 1300 2200 2200 2200 1600 2700 2700 2700 1950 2900<br />

180 1260 1230 500 1990 1600 1770 840 2530 1920 2150 1160 2900 2050 2500 1290 3260<br />

200 1810 1720 660 2870 2410 2480 1260 3630 2700 3050 1550 4200 3<strong>06</strong>0 3510 1910 4660<br />

The values shown do not assume a cantilever force on the shaft extension.<br />

The admissible loads are valid for operation at 50 Hz; for 60 Hz, please inquire.<br />

The calculation of the admissible axial load was based on the drive with generally available coupling.<br />

For suppliers, see section "Accessories" on page 2/139 in the respective section of the catalog.<br />

Please inquire if the load direction alternates.<br />

1) 1)<br />

1LE10, 1MB10, and 1PC10 motors in horizontal type of construction – basic version (with the exception of motors with increased power)<br />

Frame size 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 750 rpm<br />

Tensile<br />

load<br />

Thrust load<br />

(N)<br />

with radial load<br />

at<br />

without<br />

radial<br />

load<br />

Tensile<br />

load<br />

Thrust load<br />

(N)<br />

with radial load<br />

at<br />

without<br />

radial<br />

load<br />

Tensile<br />

load<br />

Thrust load<br />

(N)<br />

with radial load<br />

at<br />

without<br />

radial<br />

load<br />

The values shown do not assume a cantilever force on the shaft extension.<br />

The admissible loads are valid for operation at 50 Hz; for 60 Hz, please inquire.<br />

The calculation of the admissible axial load was based on the drive with generally available coupling.<br />

For suppliers, see the section "Accessories" on page 2/139.<br />

Please inquire if the load direction alternates.<br />

1MB5 motors for Ex db, Ex db eb with a vertical type of construction – basic version<br />

Tensile<br />

load<br />

Thrust load<br />

(N)<br />

with radial load<br />

at<br />

x 0 x max. x 0 x max. x 0 x max. x 0 x max.<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

63 90 120 90 240 90 140 110 320 90 170 120 400 – – – –<br />

71 120 150 120 350 120 210 150 460 120 260 180 570 120 300 210 680<br />

80 140 190 150 400 140 300 260 510 140 330 280 620 140 340 290 730<br />

90 150 300 280 400 150 400 360 630 150 480 430 870 150 550 500 1100<br />

100 220 450 350 630 220 600 500 910 220 650 550 1200 220 750 650 1480<br />

112 220 450 350 630 220 600 500 910 220 650 550 1200 220 750 650 1480<br />

132 350 650 520 1200 350 850 700 1600 350 1020 890 1900 350 1150 1020 2200<br />

160 1500 850 720 1500 1500 1050 920 1800 1500 1250 1120 2200 1500 1350 1220 2600<br />

180 1630 – – 870 2070 – – 1310 2420 – – 1660 2660 – – 1900<br />

200 2340 – – 1190 3020 – – 1870 3450 – – 2300 3860 – – 2710<br />

Frame size 3000 rpm 1500 rpm 1000 rpm 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing down Shaft extension pointing down Shaft extension pointing down Shaft extension pointing down<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N<br />

160 1790 2390 2460 3170 2730 3730 3420 4260<br />

180 <strong>2020</strong> 2780 2760 3760 3350 4410 3770 5050<br />

200 2910 4150 4070 5370 4840 6360 5460 7200<br />

225 2570 4230 3590 5740 4250 6690 6110 8190<br />

250 3470 5530 4770 7410 5880 8700 7260 9760<br />

280 2440 5520 4300 8570 5860 9680 6920 10740<br />

315 S/M 1190 6350 4250 10130 5240 11980 6340 13080<br />

315 L 970 7250 3150 11170 3730 13070 4570 14130<br />

355 270 10510 Values on request Values on request Values on request<br />

without<br />

radial<br />

load<br />

1<br />

1) 1MB10 motors only available with frame sizes 80 to 160 and 1PC10 motors only available with frame sizes 100 to 160.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/67


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

1LE15, 1MB15, 1LE16, 1MB16, 1LE55, and 1LE56 motors in vertical type of construction – basic version<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole – 3000 rpm 4-pole – 1500 rpm 6-pole – 1000 rpm 8-pole – 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71 1..1501-0C.2 220 100 80 240 210 220 180 240 210 300 260 250 – – – –<br />

1..1501-0C.3 220 90 70 240 210 210 170 250 210 300 260 250 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0C.2 220 90 70 240 210 210 170 250 210 300 260 250 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0C.3 210 100 60 250 200 200 150 260 200 290 230 260 – – – –<br />

80 1..1501-0D.2 240 280 240 280 230 460 400 290 230 600 540 290 – – – –<br />

1..1501-0D.3 230 270 220 280 230 450 390 290 220 590 510 300 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0D.2 230 270 220 280 230 450 390 290 220 590 510 300 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0D.3 230 270 210 290 220 440 360 300 210 590 490 300 – – – –<br />

90 1..1501-0E.0 210 300 230 280 210 480 400 290 210 620 540 290 – – – –<br />

1..1501-0E.4 210 300 220 290 200 480 380 300 200 620 520 300 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0E.0 210 300 220 290 200 480 380 300 200 620 520 300 – – – –<br />

1..1503-0E.4 210 290 210 290 200 460 360 300 200 610 510 300 – – – –<br />

100 1..15.1-1A.4 300 450 340 410 280 720 570 430 260 930 740 450 280 1100 940 440<br />

1..15.1-1A.5 – – – – 270 710 540 440 – – – – 260 1100 910 450<br />

1..15.1-1A.6 290 440 310 420 250 710 500 460 240 920 690 470 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.4 290 440 310 420 250 710 500 460 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1AB5 – – – – 250 710 500 460 – – – – – – – –<br />

112 1..15.1-1B.2 280 460 310 430 260 730 540 450 250 940 730 460 250 1110 900 460<br />

1..15.1-1B.6 260 460 270 450 250 730 510 470 240 930 700 470 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1B.2 260 460 270 450 250 730 510 470 240 930 700 470 – – – –<br />

132 1..15.1-1C.0 510 600 370 740 490 1000 730 760 490 1310 1040 760 480 1570 1280 770<br />

1..15.1-1C.1 490 610 340 760 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.2 – – – – 460 1000 670 790 470 1310 1000 780 450 1580 1220 810<br />

1..15.1-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 440 1310 940 810 – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.6 450 610 260 800 410 1010 580 840 390 1320 850 860 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.0 490 610 340 760 410 1010 580 840 440 1310 940 810 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.1 450 610 260 800 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.2 – – – – 410 1010 580 840 440 1310 940 810 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 400 1320 850 860 – – – –<br />

160 1..15.1-1D.2 1560 890 500 1950 1930 1340 870 2400 2190 1700 1130 2760 2540 1990 1480 3050<br />

1..15.1-1D.3 1510 900 450 1960 – – – – – – – – 2430 1980 1370 3040<br />

1..15.1-1D.4 1470 900 410 1960 1840 1350 780 2410 2070 1710 1010 2770 2350 2000 1290 3<strong>06</strong>0<br />

1..15.1-1D.6 1370 900 310 1960 1760 1380 700 2440 1930 1720 870 2780 – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1D.7 – – – – 1640 1400 580 2460 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.2 1510 900 450 1960 1840 1350 780 2410 2070 1710 1010 2770 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.3 1470 900 410 1960 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.4 1370 900 310 1960 1760 1380 700 2440 1930 1720 870 2780 – – – –<br />

180 1..15..-1E.2 1290 1220 530 1980 1680 1750 920 2500 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15..-1E.4 – – – – 1610 1760 850 2520 1920 2120 1160 2880 2270 2440 1510 3200<br />

1..15..-1E.6 1260 1230 500 1990 1600 1770 840 2530 1920 2150 1160 2900 2050 2500 1290 3260<br />

200 1..15..-2A.4 1920 1680 760 2830 – – – – 2880 2970 1720 4120 – – – –<br />

1..15..-2A.5 1810 1700 660 2860 2410 2450 1260 3600 2770 3010 1620 4160 3240 3450 2090 4600<br />

1..15..-2A.6 1810 1720 660 2870 2410 2480 1260 3630 2700 3050 1550 4200 3<strong>06</strong>0 3510 1910 4660<br />

225 1..15..-2B.0 – – – – 2200 2800 1180 3830 – – – – 3200 3750 2180 4770<br />

1..15..-2B.2 1720 2000 630 3020 2100 2850 1070 3900 2340 3470 1300 4480 3090 3800 2070 4820<br />

1..15..-2B.6 1720 2000 630 3020 2100 2850 1070 3900 2300 3500 1280 4480 2780 3950 1770 4970<br />

250 1..15..-2C.2 1630 2600 830 3400 1980 3580 1180 4390 2440 4210 1650 5020 3180 4760 2380 5560<br />

1..15..-2C.6 1630 2650 830 3450 1940 3740 1140 4530 2440 4320 1640 5120 2950 4850 2150 5650<br />

280 1..15..-2D.0 3540 4280 1950 5850 5320 6930 3640 8500 6630 7990 5000 9570 7930 9030 6200 10500<br />

1..15..-2D.2 3250 4390 1650 5950 4790 6990 3170 8580 6350 8150 4700 9700 7690 9180 6000 1<strong>06</strong>00<br />

1..15..-2D.6 3180 4540 1580 6100 4770 7170 3150 8750 6230 8400 4600 9900 7370 9300 5700 10700<br />

315 1..15..-3A.0 3580 4710 1450 6850 5640 7790 3600 9850 6800 9100 4700 11100 8500 10150 6450 11800<br />

1..15..-3A.2 3180 4960 1050 7100 4780 7920 2700 9900 6080 9300 4000 11300 8150 10400 6100 11900<br />

1..15..-3A.4 2890 5080 770 7200 4820 7580 2750 9600 5400 9750 3350 11700 7250 1<strong>06</strong>50 5200 12000<br />

1..15..-3A.5 2240 5480 100 7600 3720 7620 1650 9650 4800 10150 2750 11800 6500 10900 4450 12300<br />

1..15..-3A.6 – – – – – – – – 4550 10000 2500 11800 5900 11000 3900 12500<br />

1/68 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole – 3000 rpm 4-pole – 1500 rpm 6-pole – 1000 rpm 8-pole – 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE55 – Basic Line<br />

315 1LE55..-3A.6 10500 1800 10500 1800 17500 2500 17500 2500 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3A.7 10000 2300 10000 2300 17000 3000 17000 3000 20000 3000 20000 3000 22500 3400 22500 3400<br />

1LE55..-3A.8 – – – – – – – – 19000 4000 19000 4000 21500 4400 21500 4400<br />

355 1LE55..-3B.3 9700 2900 9700 2900 20000 3600 20000 3600 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3B.4 9300 3500 9300 3500 19500 3800 19500 3800 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3B.5 9000 3700 9000 3700 18500 4600 18500 4600 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3BC2 – – – – – – – – 21500 5000 21500 5000 – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3BC3 – – – – – – – – 21000 5500 21000 5500 – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3BC4 – – – – – – – – 21000 5500 21000 5500 – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3BD1 – – – – – – – – – – – – 23000 5500 23000 5500<br />

1LE55..-3BD2 – – – – – – – – – – – – 22000 5800 22000 5800<br />

1LE16, 1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

100 1..16.1-1A.4 220 930 820 330 200 1330 1180 350 180 1640 1450 370 200 1900 1740 360<br />

1..16.1-1A.5 – – – – 190 1320 1150 360 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.1-1A.6 210 930 800 340 170 1320 1110 380 160 1640 1410 390 180 1900 1710 370<br />

1..16.3-1A.4 210 930 800 340 170 1320 1110 380 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1A.5 – – – – 170 1320 1110 380 – – – – – – – –<br />

112 1..16.1-1B.2 200 940 790 350 180 1340 1150 370 170 1650 1440 380 – – – –<br />

1..16.1-1B.6 180 940 750 370 170 1340 1120 390 160 1640 1410 390 170 1910 1700 380<br />

1..16.3-1B.2 180 940 750 370 170 1340 1120 390 160 1640 1410 390 – – – –<br />

132 1..16.1-1C.0 540 1120 890 770 520 1700 1430 790 520 2150 1880 790 510 2530 2240 800<br />

1..16.1-1C.1 520 1130 860 790 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.1-1C.2 – – – – 490 1710 1380 820 500 2150 1840 810 480 2540 2180 840<br />

1..16.1-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..16.1-1C.6 480 1130 780 830 440 1710 1280 870 420 2160 1690 890 – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1C.0 520 1130 860 790 440 1710 1280 870 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1C.1 480 1130 780 830 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1C.2 – – – – 440 1710 1280 870 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 420 2160 1690 890 – – – –<br />

160 1..16.1-1D.2 2200 1870 1480 2590 2860 2610 2140 3330 3320 3170 2600 3890 3830 3620 3110 4340<br />

1..16.1-1D.3 2150 1880 1430 2600 – – – – – – – – 3730 3620 3010 4340<br />

1..16.1-1D.4 2120 1890 1400 2610 2760 2610 2040 3330 3200 3180 2480 3900 3650 3640 2930 4360<br />

1..16.1-1D.6 <strong>2020</strong> 1890 1300 2610 2680 2640 1960 3360 3050 3180 2330 3900 – – – –<br />

1..16.1-1D.7 – – – – 2570 2670 1850 3390 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1D.2 2150 1880 1430 2600 2760 2610 2040 3330 3200 3180 2480 3900 – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1D.3 2120 1890 1400 2610 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16.3-1D.4 <strong>2020</strong> 1890 1300 2610 2680 2640 1960 3360 3050 3180 2330 3900 – – – –<br />

180 1..16..-1E.2 2510 2050 1360 3200 3240 2920 2090 4070 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..16..-1E.4 – – – – 3180 2930 <strong>2020</strong> 4090 3740 3560 2580 4710 4300 4090 3150 5240<br />

1..16..-1E.6 2490 2<strong>06</strong>0 1330 3220 3160 2950 2010 4100 3740 3570 2580 4730 4090 4140 2940 5290<br />

200 1..16..-2A.4 2920 3030 2110 3840 – – – – 4570 5010 3760 5820 – – – –<br />

1..16..-2A.5 2810 3<strong>06</strong>0 2000 3870 3820 4210 3010 5020 4470 5<strong>06</strong>0 3660 5870 5200 5750 4390 6560<br />

1..16..-2A.6 2810 3<strong>06</strong>0 2000 3870 3820 4230 3010 5040 4400 5090 3590 5900 5010 5800 4200 6610<br />

225 1..16..-2B.0 – – – – 4200 4750 3150 5800 – – – – 5900 6400 4850 7650<br />

1..16..-2B.2 3100 3400 2050 4450 4100 4850 3000 5850 4700 5800 3650 6850 5800 6450 4700 7500<br />

1..16..-2B.6 3100 3400 2050 4450 4100 4850 3000 5850 4650 5850 3600 6900 5500 6600 4400 7650<br />

250 1..16..-2C.2 3850 4100 2250 5600 4850 5650 3250 7250 5750 6750 4200 8350 6900 7700 5300 9200<br />

1..16..-2C.6 3850 4100 2250 5600 4800 5750 3200 7400 5750 6750 4200 8450 6700 7800 5000 9300<br />

280 1..16..-2D.0 3540 4280 1950 5850 5320 6930 3640 8500 6630 7990 5000 9570 7930 9030 6200 10500<br />

1..16..-2D.2 3250 4390 1650 5950 4790 6990 3170 8580 6350 8150 4700 9700 7690 9180 6000 1<strong>06</strong>00<br />

1..16..-2D.6 3180 4540 1580 6100 4770 7170 3150 8750 6230 8400 4600 9900 7370 9300 5700 10700<br />

315 1..16..-3A.0 3580 4710 1450 6850 5640 7790 3600 9850 6800 9100 4700 11100 8500 10150 6450 11800<br />

1..16..-3A.2 3180 4960 1050 7100 4780 7920 2700 9900 6080 9300 4000 11300 8150 10400 6100 11900<br />

1..16..-3A.4 2890 5080 770 7200 4820 7580 2750 9600 5400 9750 3350 11700 7250 1<strong>06</strong>50 5200 12000<br />

1..16..-3A.5 2240 5480 100 7600 3720 7620 1650 9650 4800 10150 2750 11800 6500 10900 4450 12300<br />

1..16..-3A.6 – – – – – – – – 4550 10000 2500 11800 5900 11000 3900 12500<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/69


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole – 3000 rpm 4-pole – 1500 rpm 6-pole – 1000 rpm 8-pole – 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE56 – Performance Line<br />

315 1LE56..-3A.6 10500 1800 10500 1800 17500 2500 17500 2500 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3A.7 10000 2300 10000 2300 17000 3000 17000 3000 20000 3000 20000 3000 22500 3400 22500 3400<br />

1LE56..-3A.8 – – – – – – – – 19000 4000 19000 4000 21500 4400 21500 4400<br />

355 1LE56..-3B.3 9700 2900 9700 2900 20000 3600 20000 3600 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3B.4 9300 3500 9300 3500 19500 3800 19500 3800 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3B.5 9000 3700 9000 3700 18500 4600 18500 4600 – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3BC2 – – – – – – – – 21500 5000 21500 5000 – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3BC3 – – – – – – – – 21000 5500 21000 5500 – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3BC4 – – – – – – – – 21000 5500 21000 5500 – – – –<br />

1LE56..-3BD1 – – – – – – – – – – – – 23000 5500 23000 5500<br />

1LE56..-3BD2 – – – – – – – – – – – – 22000 5800 22000 5800<br />

1MB15 and 1MB55 motors for Ex db, Ex db eb with a vertical type of construction – basic version<br />

Frame size 2-pole – 3000 rpm 4-pole – 1500 rpm 6-pole – 1000 rpm 8-pole – 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

up down up down up down up down<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

71 510 220 190 550 600 340 280 660 700 440 380 760 780 510 450 840<br />

80 830 350 290 890 1000 540 460 1080 1130 690 590 1230 1220 780 680 1320<br />

90 860 380 270 980 1050 590 450 1180 1210 760 610 1350 1310 860 720 1450<br />

100 1660 1000 770 1890 2010 1380 1120 2270 2400 1740 1510 2630 2700 <strong>2020</strong> 1810 2910<br />

112 1680 980 790 1860 2070 1430 1180 2320 2380 1760 1490 2640 2620 2030 1730 2920<br />

132 2410 1480 1140 2750 2930 2100 4660 3370 3370 2580 2100 3850 3740 2970 2470 4240<br />

160 2810 2310 1710 3420 3560 3170 2460 4270 3930 3820 2820 4920 4590 4320 3480 5430<br />

180 2980 2620 1860 3740 3700 3580 2580 4700 4370 4310 3250 5430 4850 5010 3730 6130<br />

200 3850 3380 2140 5080 4940 4540 3240 6250 5650 5460 3940 7160 6260 6300 4560 8010<br />

225 4240 3950 2290 5900 5230 5430 3280 7380 5970 6460 4020 8400 7150 7280 5200 9230<br />

250 5140 4820 2760 7200 6350 6610 3970 8990 7400 7840 5020 10220 8710 8830 6330 11210<br />

280 4510 5210 2130 7590 6510 7980 3710 10780 8190 9210 5390 12010 8160 9180 5360 11980<br />

315 S/M 4700 7260 2100 9860 7650 10350 4470 13530 8290 11850 5110 15030 9500 13<strong>06</strong>0 6320 16240<br />

315 L 4770 8450 2170 11050 6090 10930 2910 14110 6880 13040 3700 16220 7740 14120 4560 17300<br />

355 5160 12600 2360 15400 6210 15170 2730 18650 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

1/70 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

■ Overview<br />

1LE15 and 1MB15 motors in vertical type of construction – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole – 3000 rpm 4-pole – 1500 rpm 6-pole – 1000 rpm 8-pole – 750 rpm<br />

Shaft extension pointing<br />

down up down up down up down up<br />

Load<br />

down up down up down up down up down up down up down up down up<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71/80/90 Available soon<br />

100 1..15.1-1A.4 220 930 820 330 200 1330 1180 350 180 1640 1450 370 200 1900 1740 360<br />

1..15.1-1A.5 – – – – 190 1320 1150 360 – – – – 180 1900 1710 370<br />

1..15.1-1A.6 210 930 800 340 170 1320 1110 380 160 1640 1410 390 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.4 210 930 800 340 170 1320 1110 380 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.5 – – – – 170 1320 1110 380 – – – – – – – –<br />

112 1..15.1-1B.2 200 940 790 350 180 1340 1150 370 170 1650 1440 380 170 1910 1700 380<br />

1..15.1-1B.6 180 940 750 370 170 1340 1120 390 160 1640 1410 390 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1B.2 180 940 750 370 170 1340 1120 390 160 1640 1410 390 – – – –<br />

132 1..15.1-1C.0 540 1120 890 770 520 1700 1430 790 520 2150 1880 790 510 2530 2240 800<br />

1..15.1-1C.1 520 1130 860 790 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.2 – – – – 490 1710 1380 820 500 2150 1840 810 480 2540 2180 840<br />

1..15.1-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.6 480 1130 780 830 440 1710 1280 870 420 2160 1690 890 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.0 520 1130 860 790 440 1710 1280 870 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.1 480 1130 780 830 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.2 – – – – 440 1710 1280 870 470 2150 1780 840 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.3 – – – – – – – – 420 2160 1690 890 – – – –<br />

160 1..15.1-1D.2 2200 1870 1480 2590 2860 2610 2140 3330 3320 3170 2600 3890 3830 3620 3110 4340<br />

1..15.1-1D.3 2150 1880 1430 2600 – – – – – – – – 3730 3620 3010 4340<br />

1..15.1-1D.4 2120 1890 1400 2610 2760 2610 2040 3330 3200 3180 2480 3900 3650 3640 2930 4360<br />

1..15.1-1D.6 <strong>2020</strong> 1890 1300 2610 2680 2640 1960 3360 3050 3180 2330 3900 – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1D.7 – – – – 2570 2670 1850 3390 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.2 2150 1880 1430 2600 2760 2610 2040 3330 3200 3180 2480 3900 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.3 2120 1890 1400 2610 – – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.4 <strong>2020</strong> 1890 1300 2610 2680 2640 1960 3360 3050 3180 2330 3900 – – – –<br />

180 1..15..-1E.2 2510 2050 1360 3200 3240 2920 2090 4070 – – – – – – – –<br />

1..15..-1E.4 – – – – 3180 2930 <strong>2020</strong> 4090 3740 3560 2580 4710 4300 4090 3150 5240<br />

1..15..-1E.6 2490 2<strong>06</strong>0 1330 3220 3160 2950 2010 4100 3740 3570 2580 4730 4090 4140 2940 5290<br />

200 1..15..-2A.4 2920 3030 2110 3840 – – – – 4570 5010 3760 5820 – – – –<br />

1..15..-2A.5 2810 3<strong>06</strong>0 2000 3870 3820 4210 3010 5020 4470 5<strong>06</strong>0 3660 5870 5200 5750 4390 6560<br />

1..15..-2A.6 2810 3<strong>06</strong>0 2000 3870 3820 4230 3010 5040 4400 5090 3590 5900 5010 5800 4200 6610<br />

225 1..15..-2B.0 – – – – 4200 4750 3150 5800 – – – – 5900 6400 4850 7650<br />

1..15..-2B.2 3100 3400 2050 4450 4100 4850 3000 5850 4700 5800 3650 6850 5800 6450 4700 7500<br />

1..15..-2B.6 3100 3400 2050 4450 4100 4850 3000 5850 4650 5850 3600 6900 5500 6600 4400 7650<br />

250 1..15..-2C.2 3850 4100 2250 5600 4850 5650 3250 7250 5750 6750 4200 8350 6900 7700 5300 9200<br />

1..15..-2C.6 3850 4100 2250 5600 4800 5750 3200 7400 5750 6750 4200 8450 6700 7800 5000 9300<br />

For frame sizes > 250 standard version.<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/71


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

1LE15, 1MB15, 1LE16, 1MB16, 1LE55, 1MB55, 1LE56, and 1MB56 motors in horizontal type of construction – basic version<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

Load<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

8-pole –<br />

750 rpm<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

Load<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

8-pole –<br />

750 rpm<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

1LE16, 1MB16 – Performance Line<br />

71 1..1501-0C.2 230 90 230 200 230 280 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1501-0C.3 230 80 230 190 230 280 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0C.2 230 80 230 190 230 280 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0C.3 230 80 230 180 230 260 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

80 1..1501-0D.2 260 260 260 430 260 570 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1501-0D.3 260 250 260 420 260 550 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0D.2 260 250 260 420 260 550 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0D.3 260 240 260 400 260 540 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

90 1..1501-0E.0 250 270 250 440 250 580 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1501-0E.4 250 260 250 430 250 570 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0E.0 250 260 250 430 250 570 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

1..1503-0E.4 250 250 250 410 250 560 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

100 1..15.1-1A.4 1120 400 1370 650 1560 840 1740 1020 1..16.1-1A.4 1440 880 1820 1260 2110 1550 2380 1820<br />

1..15.1-1A.5 – – 1350 630 – – 1730 1010 1..16.1-1A.5 – – 1800 1240 – – 2370 1810<br />

1..15.1-1A.6 1000 380 1330 610 1530 810 – – 1..16.1-1A.6 1430 870 1780 1220 2090 1530 – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.4 1000 380 1330 610 – – – – 1..16.3-1A.4 1430 870 1780 1220 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.5 – – 1330 610 – – – – 1..16.3-1A.5 – – 1780 1220 – – – –<br />

112 1..15.1-1B.2 1110 390 1360 640 1560 840 1730 1010 1..16.1-1B.2 1430 870 1810 1250 2110 1550 2370 1810<br />

1..15.1-1B.6 1090 370 1340 620 1540 820 – – 1..16.1-1B.6 1410 850 1790 1230 2090 1530 – –<br />

1..15.3-1B.2 1090 370 1340 620 1540 820 – – 1..16.3-1B.2 1410 850 1790 1230 2090 1530 – –<br />

132 1..15.1-1C.0 1750 490 2130 870 2440 1180 2690 1430 1..16.1-1C.0 2330 1010 2890 1570 3340 <strong>2020</strong> 3710 2390<br />

1..15.1-1C.1 1740 480 – – – – – – 1..16.1-1C.1 2320 1000 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.2 – – 2100 840 2420 1160 2660 1400 1..16.1-1C.2 – – 2870 1550 3320 2000 3680 2360<br />

1..15.1-1C.3 – – – – 2390 1130 – – 1..16.1-1C.3 – – – – 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.6 1700 440 2<strong>06</strong>0 800 2350 1090 – – 1..16.1-1C.6 2280 960 2820 1500 3250 1930 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.0 1740 480 2<strong>06</strong>0 800 2390 1130 – – 1..16.3-1C.0 2320 1000 2820 1500 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.1 1700 440 – – – – – – 1..16.3-1C.1 2280 960 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.2 – – 2<strong>06</strong>0 800 2390 1130 – – 1..16.3-1C.2 – – 2820 1500 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.3 – – – – 2350 1090 – – 1..16.3-1C.3 – – – – 3250 1930 – –<br />

160 1..15.1-1D.2 1760 700 2170 1110 2480 1420 2800 1740 1..16.1-1D.2 2400 1680 3100 2380 3610 2890 4090 3370<br />

1..15.1-1D.3 1740 680 – – – – 2740 1680 1..16.1-1D.3 2380 1660 – – – – 4040 3320<br />

1..15.1-1D.4 1720 660 2130 1070 2420 1360 2710 1650 1..16.1-1D.4 2370 1650 3050 2330 3550 2830 4010 3290<br />

1..15.1-1D.6 1670 610 2100 1040 2360 1300 – – 1..16.1-1D.6 2320 1600 3020 2300 3480 2760 – –<br />

1..15.1-1D.7 – – 2050 990 – – – – 1..16.1-1D.7 – – 2980 2260 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.2 1740 680 2130 1070 2420 1360 – – 1..16.3-1D.2 2380 1660 3050 2330 3550 2830 – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.3 1720 660 – – – – – – 1..16.3-1D.3 2370 1650 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.4 1670 610 2100 1040 2360 1300 – – 1..16.3-1D.4 2320 1600 3020 2300 3480 2760 – –<br />

180 1..15..-1E.2 1640 880 2100 1340 – – 1..16..-1E.2 2860 1710 3660 2510 – – – –<br />

1..15..-1E.4 – – 2070 1310 2420 1660 2740 1980 1..16..-1E.4 – – 3630 2480 4230 3080 4770 3620<br />

1..15..-1E.6 1630 870 2070 1310 2420 1660 2660 1900 1..16..-1E.6 2850 1700 3630 2480 4230 3080 4690 3540<br />

200 1..15..-2A.4 2380 1230 – – 3510 2360 – – 1..16..-2A.4 3390 2580 – – 5210 4400 – –<br />

1..15..-2A.5 2340 1190 3020 1870 3470 2320 3920 2770 1..16..-2A.5 3340 2530 4430 3620 5170 4360 5880 5070<br />

1..15..-2A.6 2340 1190 3020 1870 3450 2300 3860 2710 1..16..-2A.6 3340 2530 4430 3620 5150 4340 5810 5000<br />

225 1..15..-2B.0 – – 3020 1980 – – 3950 2950 1..16..-2B.0 – – 4950 3900 – – 6600 5550<br />

1..15..-2B.2 2350 1300 3020 1980 3400 2400 3900 2900 1..16..-2B.2 3800 2750 4950 3900 5750 4700 6550 5500<br />

1..15..-2B.6 2350 1300 3020 1980 3400 2400 3800 2800 1..16..-2B.6 3800 2750 4900 3850 5700 4650 6500 5450<br />

250 1..15..-2C.2 2600 1750 3200 2400 3750 3000 4350 3550 1..16..-2C.2 4750 3150 6050 4450 7100 5500 8100 6500<br />

1..15..-2C.6 2550 1700 3200 2400 3750 3000 4300 3500 1..16..-2C.6 4750 3150 6050 4450 7100 5500 8 000 6400<br />

280 1..15..-2D.0 4500 2900 6700 5100 7900 6350 8800 7200 1..16..-2D.0 4500 2900 6700 5100 7900 6350 8800 7200<br />

1..15..-2D.2 4450 2850 6600 5000 7850 6300 8800 7200 1..16..-2D.2 4450 2850 6600 5000 7850 6300 8800 7200<br />

1..15..-2D.6 4450 2850 6600 5000 7850 6300 8800 7200 1..16..-2D.6 4450 2850 6600 5000 7850 6300 8800 7200<br />

315 1..15..-3A.0 5000 2900 7550 5500 8900 6850 9800 7800 1..16..-3A.0 5000 2900 7550 5500 8900 6850 9800 7800<br />

1..15..-3A.2 4800 2700 7300 5250 8900 6850 9800 7800 1..16..-3A.2 4800 2700 7300 5250 8900 6850 9800 7800<br />

1..15..-3A.4 4750 2650 7300 5250 8550 6500 9500 7500 1..16..-3A.4 4750 2650 7300 5250 8550 6500 9500 7500<br />

1..15..-3A.5 4700 2600 7050 5000 8250 6200 9300 7300 1..16..-3A.5 4700 2600 7050 5000 8250 6200 9300 7300<br />

1..15..-3A.6 – – – – 8250 6200 9100 7100 1..16..-3A.6 – – – – 8250 6200 9100 7100<br />

1/72 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

■ Overview<br />

Frame size Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

Load<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

1LE15 and 1MB15 motors in horizontal type of construction – bearings reinforced at both ends – order code L25<br />

For frame sizes > 250 standard version.<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

8-pole –<br />

750 rpm<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

Load<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

8-pole –<br />

750 rpm<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE55 and 1MB55 – Basic Line<br />

1LE56 and 1MB56 – Performance Line<br />

315 1LE55..-3A.6 5400 3000 7750 5400 – – – – 1LE56..-3A.6 5400 3000 7750 5400 – – – –<br />

1LE55..-3A.7 5200 2800 7750 5400 9100 6750 – – 1LE56..-3A.7 5200 2800 7750 5400 9100 6750 – –<br />

1LE55..-3A.8 – – – – 9000 6650 – – 1LE56..-3A.8 – – – – 9000 6650 – –<br />

355 – – – – – – – – – 1LE56..-3B.2 – – – – 9900 6000 – –<br />

– – – – – – – – – 1LE56..-3B.3 5000 3200 8800 5000 9800 5900 – –<br />

– – – – – – – – – 1LE56..-3B.4 5000 3200 8750 4950 9800 5900 – –<br />

– – – – – – – – – 1LE56..-3B.5 5000 3200 8700 4900 – – – –<br />

400 1LE55..-4A.3 11600 8200 15900 5500 19200 3200 20400 4100 – – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-4A.5 12000 7800 16300 5200 20000 2600 21200 3300 – – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-4A.7 12400 7400 17100 4700 20900 2300 22100 2400 – – – – – – – – –<br />

450 1LE55..-4B.3 13300 6500 20100 7400 23300 5200 24600 6200 – – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-4B.5 13700 6200 20800 7 000 24300 4800 25500 5300 – – – – – – – – –<br />

1LE55..-4B.7 14200 5700 21600 6200 25400 4100 26600 4300 – – – – – – – – –<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

750 rpm<br />

Load<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

71/80/90 Available soon<br />

100 1..15.1-1A.4 1440 880 1820 1260 2110 1550 2380 1820<br />

1..15.1-1A.5 – – 1800 1240 – – 2370 1810<br />

1..15.1-1A.6 1430 870 1780 1220 2090 1530 – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.4 1430 870 1780 1220 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1A.5 – – 1780 1220 – – – –<br />

112 1..15.1-1B.2 1430 870 1810 1250 2110 1550 2370 1810<br />

1..15.1-1B.6 1410 850 1790 1230 2090 1530 – –<br />

1..15.3-1B.2 1410 850 1790 1230 2090 1530 – –<br />

132 1..15.1-1C.0 2330 1010 2890 1570 3340 <strong>2020</strong> 3710 2390<br />

1..15.1-1C.1 2320 1000 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.2 – – 2870 1550 3320 2000 3680 2360<br />

1..15.1-1C.3 – – – – 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.1-1C.6 2280 960 2820 1500 3250 1930 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.0 2320 1000 2820 1500 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.1 2280 960 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.2 – – 2820 1500 3290 1970 – –<br />

1..15.3-1C.3 – – – – 3250 1930 – –<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Type 2-pole –<br />

3000 rpm<br />

4-pole –<br />

1500 rpm<br />

6-pole –<br />

1000 rpm<br />

8-pole –<br />

750 rpm<br />

Load<br />

Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust Tension Thrust<br />

N N N N N N N N<br />

1LE15, 1MB15 – Basic Line<br />

160 1..15.1-1D.2 2400 1680 3100 2380 3610 2890 4090 3370<br />

1..15.1-1D.3 2380 1660 – – – – 4040 3320<br />

1..15.1-1D.4 2370 1650 3050 2330 3550 2830 4010 3290<br />

1..15.1-1D.6 2320 1600 3020 2300 3480 2760 – –<br />

1..15.1-1D.7 – – 2980 2260 – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.2 2380 1660 3050 2330 3550 2830 – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.3 2370 1650 – – – – – –<br />

1..15.3-1D.4 2320 1600 3020 2300 3480 2760 – –<br />

180 1..15..-1E.2 2860 1710 3660 2510 – – – –<br />

1..15..-1E.4 – – 3630 2480 4230 3080 4770 3620<br />

1..15..-1E.6 2850 1700 3630 2480 4230 3080 4690 3540<br />

200 1..15..-2A.4 3390 2580 – – 5210 4400 – –<br />

1..15..-2A.5 3340 2530 4430 3620 5170 4360 5880 5070<br />

1..15..-2A.6 3340 2530 4430 3620 5150 4340 5810 5000<br />

225 1..15..-2B.0 – – 4950 3900 – – 6600 5550<br />

1..15..-2B.2 3800 2750 4950 3900 5750 4700 6550 5500<br />

1..15..-2B.6 3800 2750 4900 3850 5700 4650 6500 5450<br />

250 1..15..-2C.2 4750 3150 6050 4450 7100 5500 8100 6500<br />

1..15..-2C.6 4750 3150 6050 4450 7100 5500 8 000 6400<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/73


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

T-Drain – adjustable drainage of condensed water<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

The drainage of condensed water is an important aspect of<br />

proper motor maintenance.<br />

Drainage of condensed water is made easy by rotating the<br />

outer cap.<br />

If there are condensation drain holes present, these must be<br />

opened at regular intervals, depending on climatic conditions<br />

and in accordance with the motor operating instructions.<br />

"Modifiable T-Drain" is closed on delivery of the motor and corresponds<br />

to IP55/IP56 degree of protection.<br />

When opened, it corresponds to IP45/IP46 degree of protection.<br />

The opened T-Drain can be used for continuous drainage of condensed<br />

water in environments with low amounts of dust.<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>17<br />

Note:<br />

Condensation drain holes are not possible in motors with the<br />

types of protection Ex db and Ex db eb.<br />

A screwed-on cover (made of sheet metal or plastic depending<br />

on the shaft height) is included as standard for horizontal types<br />

of construction and types of construction with shaft pointing upwards<br />

(14th position of the Article No. letter A, T, U, V, D, F, H, J,<br />

K, L, N) in combination with condensation drainage holes, order<br />

code (H03) to facilitate assembly/disassembly.<br />

When the motors are used or stored outdoors, we recommend<br />

that they be kept under some sort of additional cover so that they<br />

are not subjected to direct intensive solar radiation, rain, snow,<br />

ice or dust over a long period of time. In such cases, technical<br />

consultation may be appropriate.<br />

When the motors are used outdoors or in a corrosive environment,<br />

it is recommended that non-rusting screws are used<br />

externally.<br />

Order code H07<br />

Vibration-proof version<br />

Continuous vibration resistance to class 3M4 according to<br />

IEC 721-3-3:1994 (order code H02 in combination with order<br />

code G04, G05, G<strong>06</strong>, G11, and G12 or F70 on request only).<br />

Order code H02<br />

For availability of individual options for the relevant motor series,<br />

see section "Special versions" in the respective sections of the<br />

catalog.<br />

1/74 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

1LE10, 1MB10 and 1PC10 motors without feet have four cast lifting<br />

eyes as standard, each offset by 90°; in the case of screwedon<br />

feet, two lifting eyes are covered by the feet, so in this case<br />

only two lifting eyes are available for use. This data is only valid<br />

up to frame size 200.<br />

Housing material<br />

Motor series Frame size Housing material Housing feet<br />

1LE10, 1PC1 2) 63 … 160 Aluminum alloy cast 1)<br />

180 … 200 Aluminum alloy screwed on 1)<br />

1MB10 100 … 160 Aluminum alloy cast 1)<br />

1LE15<br />

71 … 315 Cast iron cast 1)<br />

1MB15<br />

1PC1301 3)<br />

1LE5<br />

315 … 450 Cast iron cast<br />

1MB5<br />

1LE16<br />

1MB16<br />

100 … 315 Cast iron cast 1)<br />

Introduction<br />

Mechanical version<br />

Lifting eyes and transport<br />

1<br />

Arrangement of lifting eyes/eyebolts (standard)<br />

Frame size Terminal box position Cast-iron motors Aluminum motors Arrangement of eyebolts Thread size<br />

63 – – None – –<br />

71 – None None – M8<br />

80 Short housing None None – M8<br />

Top (long housing) Two eyebolts Left/right center<br />

Left/right (long housing) One eyebolt Top center<br />

90 Top Two eyebolts None Left/right center M8<br />

Left/right One eyebolt Top center<br />

100 Depending on type of<br />

construction 4) Lifting eyes Top; M8<br />

Left DE side/<br />

Right NDE side 10)<br />

112<br />

132<br />

160 M10<br />

180 Two eyebolts 10) M12<br />

200 M16<br />

225 Two eyebolts 11) –<br />

5) 6) 7)<br />

M16<br />

250 M20<br />

280<br />

315 S/M 12) M24<br />

315 L Four eyebolts Top;<br />

315 L (1LE5) Two eyebolts Left/right DE and<br />

8) 9)<br />

M30<br />

NDE side<br />

355 M/L (1LE5)<br />

400<br />

450<br />

1) Basic version, cast feet: Special version "Screwed-on feet (instead of cast)"<br />

with digits 5, 6, and 7 in the 16th position of Article No. or digit 4 with order<br />

code H01. Screwed-on feet as standard for 1LE10 motors in frame sizes<br />

180 and 200 and motors with increased power.<br />

2) Aluminum motors in frame sizes 80 and 90 and 1PC10 motors in frame<br />

sizes 100 to 160 without lifting eyes. Aluminum motors in frame sizes 100 to<br />

200 with cast lifting eyes (does not apply to 1PC10 and 1MB10 motors in<br />

frame sizes 180 and 200).<br />

3) 1LE16 motors frame size 100 and above, 1PC1301 motors frame size 180<br />

and above.<br />

4) Two eyebolts for<br />

-IM B5, IM B14, IM V1 or<br />

-IM B34, IM B35 with H01 or left/right, side terminal box position.<br />

Lifting eyes for<br />

-IM B3 or<br />

-IM B34, IM B35 without H01 or non-side left/right terminal box<br />

position.<br />

5) For IM B3; IM B5: top; DE side left / NDE side right.<br />

With rotation of the terminal box through 180° (R12): top;<br />

NDE side left / DE side right.<br />

6) For IM V1: top; NDE side right; down; NDE side left.<br />

7) For IM V3: top; DE side left; down; DE side right.<br />

8) For IM V1: NDE side, left/right; top/bottom.<br />

9) For IM V3: DE side, left/right; top/bottom.<br />

10) With rotation of the terminal box through 180° (R12): top;<br />

NDE side left / DE side right.<br />

11) <strong>Motors</strong> with brakes have four top eyebolts.<br />

For IM V1: NDE side, left/right; top/bottom.<br />

For IM V3: DE side, left/right; top/bottom.<br />

12) The assignment 315 L is used for 1000 kg and over.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/75


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Preparation for mountings<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Brakes as well as rotary encoders of the "modular and special<br />

technology" can be retrofitted. The motor must be prepared for<br />

this. This is possible for all 1LE. motors (with the exception of<br />

1LE1 with option F90 – version "Forced-air cooled motors without<br />

external fan and fan cover").<br />

Preparation of the shaft extension at NDE can be ordered with<br />

the option "Prepared for mountings, only center hole", order code<br />

G40 for the following frame sizes and mountings:<br />

• Frame sizes 80 to 450: brakes with order code F01<br />

• Frame sizes 71 and 90: only rotary encoders with order codes<br />

G11 or G12 from the "modular technology" range<br />

• Frame sizes 100 to 450: all rotary encoders from the "modular<br />

and special technology" ranges<br />

Dimensions of center holes<br />

Frame size L (drilling depth)<br />

100 16 H7 34<br />

112 16 H7 34<br />

132 22 H8 39<br />

160 28 H8 42<br />

The length of the motor does not change because the shaft extension<br />

is still under the fan cover.<br />

For motors ordered with order code G40, the following conversion<br />

combinations are possible:<br />

• Frame sizes 71 and 90:<br />

either brakes with order code F01 or rotary encoders<br />

from the "modular technology" range. The combination of<br />

brake (F01) and rotary encoder is not possible.<br />

• Frame sizes 100 to 450:<br />

Brakes with order code F01 or rotary encoders from the "modular<br />

and special technology" range. The combination of brake<br />

(F01) and rotary encoder is possible.<br />

Conversion is performed exclusively by the authorized contractual<br />

partners of Siemens.<br />

For motors of series 1LE15, 1LE16, and 1LE5 frame sizes 100 to<br />

450, grounding brushes are available for converter operation.<br />

Order code L52. Please contact your local Siemens office for advice.<br />

For mountings, such as rotary encoders, supplied by the customer,<br />

the following applies:<br />

For the Sendix 5020 rotary encoders, order code G11 and G12<br />

from the "modular technology" this preparation of the shaft extension<br />

on NDE can be ordered with the option "Prepared for mounting<br />

with shaft D12".<br />

Order code G41<br />

The length of the motor increases by l due to option G41. For<br />

an explanation of the additional dimensions and weights, see<br />

"Modular technology" "Dimensions and weights".<br />

For the rotary encoders:<br />

• LL 861 900 220, order code G04<br />

• HOG 9 DN 1024 I, order code G05<br />

• HOG 10 D 1024 l, order code G<strong>06</strong><br />

from the "special technology" this preparation of the shaft extension<br />

on NDE can be ordered with the option "Prepared for mounting<br />

with shaft D16" for motors of frame sizes 100 to 160 only.<br />

Order code G42<br />

The length of the motor increases by l due to option G42.<br />

For an explanation of the additional dimensions and weights,<br />

see "Modular technology" "Dimensions and weights" from page<br />

1/104.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> that are prepared for mountings supplied by the customer<br />

(order codes G41, G42) are supplied without a protective<br />

cover as standard. These mountings can be installed by the customer.<br />

If a protective cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection<br />

for mountings provided by the customer, this can be ordered<br />

with order code G43.<br />

This protective cover is designed and mounted differently as described<br />

below according to frame size:<br />

Frame sizes 71 to 90 and 180 to 200:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> ordered with order code G43 are fitted as standard with<br />

a screwed-on cover (made of sheet metal or plastic depending<br />

on shaft height). The protective cover is mounted in the factory.<br />

To install the mountings supplied by the customer, the protective<br />

cover must be removed beforehand by unscrewing the external<br />

fixing screws and reattached afterwards. Protective covers for<br />

motors of these frame sizes are not suitable for mountings that<br />

correspond to the shape and size of the rotary encoders of the<br />

"special technology" (G04, G05, G<strong>06</strong>, see above).<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 450:<br />

The protective cover must be installed by the customer in accordance<br />

with the assembly instructions supplied. It has supports<br />

of varying length that can be used for installation according to<br />

the height of the planned mountings.<br />

The standard protective cover (order code H00) is not suitable<br />

for protection of additional mountings, such as rotary encoders.<br />

Order codes G40, G41, G42 are not possible in conjunction with<br />

order code L00 – vibration severity grade B.<br />

Order code G43 is only appropriate in combination with order<br />

codes G41 and G42, and not in combination with G40.<br />

1/76 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

The 1LE and 1FP motors (with the exception of 1LE1 with option<br />

F90 – version "Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and<br />

fan cover" and 1PC1) can be used in a much wider range of applications<br />

(e.g. as motors with brakes) if the following modules<br />

are mounted:<br />

• Separately driven fan<br />

• Brake<br />

• Rotary pulse encoder<br />

Separately driven fan<br />

The use of a separately driven fan is recommended to increase<br />

motor utilization at low speeds and to limit noise generation at<br />

speeds significantly higher than the synchronous speed. Both of<br />

these results can only be achieved with converter operation.<br />

Please inquire about traction and vibratory operation.<br />

The separately driven fan can be supplied already fitted, order<br />

code F70. There is no automatic adjustment of the voltage for the<br />

separately driven fan when ordering a "special voltage" for the<br />

motor. This must be specified in addition using the Y81 option.<br />

It can also be ordered separately and retrofitted. For selection information<br />

and article numbers, see the section "Accessories"<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans<br />

(according to tolerances of EN 60034-1)<br />

Frame size Rated voltage range Frequency P max I max<br />

V Hz kW A<br />

63 1 AC 230 to 277 50 0.046 0.18<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.028 0.15<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.028 0.09<br />

1 AC 230 to 277 60 0.054 0.21<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.029 0.14<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.029 0.08<br />

71 1 AC 230 to 277 50 0.048 0.18<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.029 0.15<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.029 0.09<br />

1 AC 230 to 277 60 0.056 0.21<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.028 0.13<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.028 0.07<br />

80 1 AC 230 to 277 50 0.048 0.19<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.033 0.16<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.033 0.09<br />

1 AC 230 to 277 60 0.059 0.22<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.036 0.13<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.036 0.07<br />

90 1 AC 220 to 277 50 0.059 0.29<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.078 0.39<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.078 0.22<br />

1 AC 220 to 277 60 0.<strong>06</strong>1 0.23<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.071 0.32<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.071 0.18<br />

100 1 AC 220 to 277 50 0.<strong>06</strong>2 0.29<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.08 0.37<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.08 0.21<br />

1 AC 220 to 277 60 0.073 0.28<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.08 0.3<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.08 0.18<br />

112 1 AC 220 to 277 50 0.<strong>06</strong>4 0.27<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.087 0.35<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.087 0.2<br />

1 AC 220 to 277 60 0.088 0.36<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.093 0.29<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.093 0.17<br />

132 1 AC 230 to 277 50 0.125 0.52<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.16 0.64<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.16 0.37<br />

1 AC 230 to 277 60 0.163 0.61<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.18 0.55<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.18 0.32<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

The brake must always be mounted in the factory for safety reasons.<br />

The rotary pulse encoder and/or the separately driven fan<br />

can also be retrofitted.<br />

The degree of protection of the motors with modular technology<br />

is IP55. Higher degrees of protection on request.<br />

Attaching rotary pulse encoder, brake, and separately driven fan<br />

increases the length of the motor by dimension l. For explanations<br />

of the additional dimension and weights, see "Mounting<br />

technology" and "Dimensions and weights" from page 1/104.<br />

(available soon). A rating plate listing all the important data is<br />

fitted to the separately driven fan. Please note the direction of rotation<br />

of the separately driven fan (axial-flow fan) when connecting<br />

it. Admissible coolant temperatures CT min –25 °C, CT max<br />

+65 °C 1) , for frame sizes 400 and 450 coolant temperatures<br />

CT min –20 °C, CT max +40 °C, lower/higher coolant temperatures<br />

are available on request.<br />

When the separately driven fan is mounted, the length of the motor<br />

increases by l. For explanations of the additional dimension<br />

and weights, see "Mounting technology" and "Dimensions and<br />

weights" from page 1/104.<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans<br />

(according to tolerances of EN 60034-1)<br />

Frame size Rated voltage range Frequency P max I max<br />

V Hz kW A<br />

160 to 200 1 AC 230 to 277 50 0.246 1.05<br />

3 AC 200 to 303 50 0.314 1.28<br />

3 AC 346 to 525 Y 50 0.314 0.74<br />

1 AC 230 to 277 60 0.39 1.52<br />

3 AC 220 to 332 60 0.391 1.08<br />

3 AC 380 to 575 Y 60 0.391 0.62<br />

225 M to<br />

280 M<br />

315<br />

2-pole<br />

315<br />

4-, 6-, 8-<br />

pole<br />

355<br />

2- and 4-<br />

pole<br />

400<br />

4-, 6-,<br />

8-pole<br />

450<br />

2- and 4-<br />

pole<br />

3 AC 230 50 0.450 2.20<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 0.450 1.27<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 0.520 1.13<br />

3 AC 230 50 0.650 2.80<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 0.650 1.61<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 0.750 1.55<br />

3 AC 230 50 0.450 2.20<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 0.450 1.27<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 0.520 1.13<br />

3 AC 200 to 240 50 0.650 2.85<br />

3 AC 380 to 420 Y 50 0.650 1.64<br />

3 AC 440 to 480 Y 60 0.750 1.60<br />

3 AC 230 50 2.20 7.70<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 2.20 4.45<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 2.54 4.35<br />

3 AC 230 50 4.00 14.00<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 4.00 8.00<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 4.55 7.90<br />

For article numbers and type details, see operating instructions.<br />

Sound-pressure level of the motors under a load, 50 Hz<br />

Frame size 2-pole 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole<br />

L WA L WA L WA L WA<br />

dB (A) dB (A) dB (A) dB (A)<br />

63 70 70 70 70<br />

71 72 72 72 72<br />

80 79 79 79 79<br />

90 79 79 79 79<br />

100 84 84 84 84<br />

112 84 84 84 84<br />

132 84 84 84 84<br />

160 87 87 87 87<br />

180 87 87 87 87<br />

200 87 87 87 87<br />

225 90 87 87 87<br />

250 90 87 87 87<br />

280 90 87 87 87<br />

315 92 92 95 95<br />

1<br />

1) For single-phase variants (1 AC) of frame size 160, the admissible coolant temperature CT max is +50 °C.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/77


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Brakes<br />

The brakes with order code F01 (F02 brake for increased frequency<br />

of operation for SIMOTICS GP motors on request) are<br />

designed to be spring-operated brakes. When the brake is ordered,<br />

the supply voltage must be specified. For an explanation<br />

of the supply voltage, see the descriptions of each brake model<br />

in "Modular technology".<br />

For the design of the braking time, run-on revolutions, braking energy<br />

per braking procedure as well as the lifetime of the brake linings,<br />

see "Configuration of motors with brakes" on page 1/89.<br />

When a brake is mounted, the length of the motor increases by<br />

l. For explanations of the additional dimension and weights,<br />

see "Mounting technology" and "Dimensions and weights" from<br />

page 1/104.<br />

The brake can be retrofitted by authorized partners. The motor<br />

must be prepared for this. When the motor is ordered, the option<br />

"Prepared for mountings, center hole only" order code G40 must<br />

be specified (see "Mechanical version and degrees of protection"<br />

on page 1/76).<br />

Ambient temperature<br />

• –40 °C to +45 °C (with nominal excitation) for SFB-SH brake<br />

• –40 °C to +75 °C (with double excitation) for SFB-SH brake<br />

• –20 °C to +40 °C holding/operating brake (standard BFK458)<br />

• up to +60 °C only as holding brake<br />

• –20 °C to +60 °C holding/operating brake only for KFB and<br />

FDX brake<br />

Definition of duty type<br />

• Operating brake:<br />

The motor shaft can be braked from full operating speed down<br />

to zero speed of the motor. All the kinetic energy produced by<br />

the drive train is converted to heat by friction during braking.<br />

Braking energy is produced at n > 0 rpm. The maximum permissible<br />

switching frequency must be taken into account.<br />

When this brake is used, installation of a separately driven fan<br />

is recommended in order to ensure adequate cooling when<br />

the motor is at a standstill. The operating brake is also capable<br />

of functioning as a holding brake.<br />

• Holding brake:<br />

The purpose of braking or "holding" the motor shaft is merely<br />

to suppress unintended rotation caused by externally applied<br />

torque forces, e.g. when a load is suspended from a crane<br />

rope drum. The holding brake is primarily deployed when the<br />

motor is at a standstill (n = 0 rpm) by holding the motor shaft<br />

or is close to n = 0 rpm and coasting down to a standstill. As<br />

a result, no additional braking energy or braking heat is<br />

transferred to the motor.<br />

Note:<br />

A holding brake must not be used as an operating brake as it<br />

could then cause danger to life and damage to property.<br />

Bridge rectifier / half-wave rectifier<br />

Brakes are connected through a standard bridge or half-wave<br />

rectifier or directly to the BFK458-/SFB-SH brake. See the circuit<br />

diagrams below.<br />

Half-wave rectifier 400 V AC<br />

D1<br />

D4<br />

D1<br />

Rectifier bridge 230 V AC<br />

Brake connection for 24 V DC<br />

1+<br />

V1 D2 V2<br />

V1<br />

D2<br />

D3<br />

2+<br />

1+ 2+<br />

L+ L-<br />

G_D081_XX_00085<br />

V2<br />

G_D081_XX_00086<br />

G_D081_XX_00087<br />

2+<br />

_<br />

2+<br />

_<br />

1/78 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

BFK458 spring-operated disk brake<br />

Motor series<br />

This brake is the standard brake for 1LE1/1FP1 motors in frame<br />

sizes 63 to 225 (except for 1LE1 with order code F90 version<br />

"Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and fan cover").<br />

Other characteristics of the BFK458 brake<br />

The BFK458 brake has IP55 degree of protection.<br />

Please inquire if motors with brakes are to be operated below the<br />

freezing point or in conjunction with very humid environments<br />

(e.g. close to the sea) with long standstill times. Please also inquire<br />

if motors with brakes are to be used for low-speed converter<br />

operation.<br />

Design and mode of operation<br />

The brake takes the form of a single-disk brake with two friction<br />

surfaces.<br />

The braking torque is generated by friction when pressure is applied<br />

by one or more pressure springs in the de-energized state.<br />

The brake is released electromagnetically.<br />

When the motor brakes, the rotor which can be axially shifted on<br />

the hub or the shaft is pressed via the armature disk against the<br />

friction surface by means of the springs. In the braked state,<br />

there is a gap S Gap between the armature disk and the solenoid<br />

component. To release the brake, the solenoid is energized with<br />

DC voltage. The resulting magnetic force pulls the armature disk<br />

against the spring force on to the solenoid component. The<br />

spring force is then no longer applied to the rotor, which can<br />

rotate freely.<br />

Friction surface<br />

Armature disk<br />

SGap<br />

Solenoid<br />

assembly<br />

Pressure<br />

springs<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

Rating plate<br />

The following brake data is specified on the motor rating plate:<br />

•Brake type<br />

• Supply voltage<br />

• Frequency<br />

• Current<br />

• Temperature class<br />

• Braking torque<br />

Voltage and frequency<br />

The solenoids and the brake rectifier are designed for connection<br />

to the following voltages or can be supplied for the following<br />

voltages:<br />

• Brake supply voltage 24 V DC<br />

Order code F10<br />

• Brake supply voltage 230 V AC<br />

Order code F11<br />

• Brake supply voltage 400 V AC<br />

(directly at the terminal strip)<br />

Order code F12<br />

• Brake supply voltage 180 V DC<br />

Order code F17<br />

• Brake supply voltage 205 V DC<br />

Order code F18<br />

When 60 Hz is used, the voltage for the brake must not be<br />

increased!<br />

Order codes F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18 must only be used in<br />

conjunction with order code F01<br />

Lifetime of the brake lining<br />

The braking energy L N until readjustment of the brake depends<br />

on various factors. The main influencing factors include the<br />

masses to be braked, the operating speed, the switching frequency,<br />

and therefore the temperature at the frictional surfaces.<br />

This means it is not possible to specify a value for the friction energy<br />

until readjustment that is valid for all operating conditions.<br />

When used as an operating brake, the specific frictional surface<br />

wear (wear volume for the frictional work) is approximately 0.05<br />

to 2 cm 3 /kWh.<br />

1<br />

Hub<br />

Shaft<br />

Axially shiftable<br />

rotor<br />

G_D081_EN_00076<br />

Pressure<br />

springs<br />

Design of the BFK458 spring-operated disk brake<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/79


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Operating values for spring-operated brakes with standard excitation<br />

For Brake type<br />

motor<br />

frame size<br />

Rated<br />

braking<br />

torque<br />

at<br />

100<br />

rpm<br />

Rated braking torque at<br />

100 rpm in % at the following<br />

speeds<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

3000<br />

rpm<br />

Max.<br />

speed<br />

Supply<br />

voltage<br />

Current/<br />

power input 1)<br />

Brake<br />

application<br />

time<br />

t 2<br />

2)<br />

Brake<br />

release<br />

time<br />

Brake<br />

moment<br />

of inertia<br />

Noise<br />

level L p<br />

with<br />

rated air<br />

gap<br />

Service capability of<br />

the brake<br />

Lifetime<br />

L of the<br />

brake<br />

lining<br />

Air gap<br />

S Gap adjustment<br />

required<br />

after braking<br />

energy<br />

L N<br />

Nm % % % V A W ms ms kgm 2 dB (A) Nm · 10 6 Nm · 10 6<br />

63 BFK458-<strong>06</strong> 5 87 80 65 AC 230 0.1 20 25 56 0.000013 77 105 16<br />

AC 400 0.11<br />

DC 24 0.83<br />

71 BFK458-<strong>06</strong> 5 87 80 65 AC 230 0.1 20 25 56 0.000013 77 105 16<br />

AC 400 0.11<br />

DC 24 0.83<br />

80 BFK458-08 10 85 78 65 AC 230 0.12 25 26 70 0.000045 75 270 29<br />

AC 400 0.14<br />

DC 24 1.04<br />

90 BFK458-10 20 83 76 66 AC 230 0.15 32 37 90 0.00016 75 740 79<br />

AC 400 0.17<br />

DC 24 1.25<br />

100 BFK458-12 40 81 74 66 AC 230 0.2 40 43 140 0.00036 80 1350 115<br />

AC 400 0.22<br />

DC 24 1.67<br />

112 BFK458-14 60 80 73 65 AC 230 0.25 53 60 210 0.00<strong>06</strong>3 77 1600 215<br />

AC 400 0.28<br />

DC 24 2.1<br />

132 BFK458-16 100 79 72 65 AC 230 0.27 55 50 270 0.0015 77 2450 325<br />

AC 400 0.31<br />

DC 24 2.3<br />

160 BFK458-20 260 75 68 65 AC 230 0.5 100 165 340 0.0073 79 7300 935<br />

AC 400 0.47<br />

DC 24 4.2<br />

180 BFK458-20 315 75 68 65 AC 230 0.5 100 152 410 0.0073 79 5500 470<br />

AC 400 0.56<br />

DC 24 4.2<br />

200, 225 BFK458-25 400 73 68 65 AC 230 0.55 110 230 390 0.0200 93 9450 1260<br />

AC 400 0.61<br />

DC 24 4.6<br />

1) For 400 V AC and for 24 V DC, the power can deviate by up to +10 % as a<br />

function of the selected supply voltage.<br />

2) The specified switching times are valid for switching on the DC side with a<br />

rated release travel and with the coil already warm. They are average values,<br />

which may vary depending on factors such as the rectifier type and<br />

the release travel. The brake application time for switching on the AC side,<br />

for example, is approximately 6 times longer than for switching on the DC<br />

side.<br />

1/80 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Maximum admissible speeds<br />

The maximum admissible speeds from which emergency stops<br />

can be made are listed in the next table. These speeds should<br />

be considered as guide values and must be checked for the<br />

specific operating conditions.<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

The maximum admissible friction energy depends on the switching<br />

frequency and is shown for the individual brakes in the following<br />

diagram. Increased wear can be expected when the<br />

brakes are used for emergency stops.<br />

1<br />

10 6<br />

Admissible switching energy Q adm<br />

BFK458-25<br />

10 5<br />

BFK458-20 (315 Nm)<br />

BFK458-20 (260 Nm)<br />

BFK458-16<br />

BFK458-14<br />

BFK458-12<br />

BFK458-10<br />

10 4<br />

BFK458-08<br />

BFK458-<strong>06</strong><br />

10 3<br />

10 2<br />

10<br />

1 10<br />

10 2<br />

10 3 10 4<br />

G_D081_EN_00077b<br />

Switching frequency<br />

S n<br />

For motor<br />

frame size<br />

Brake type<br />

Maximum admissible speeds Changing the braking torque Readjusting the air gap<br />

Max. adm.<br />

operating rpm<br />

if max. operating<br />

energy utilized<br />

Max. adm. no-load rpm with<br />

emergency stop function<br />

for<br />

horizontal<br />

mounting<br />

position<br />

for<br />

vertical<br />

mounting<br />

position<br />

Reduction per<br />

notch<br />

Dimension<br />

"O 1 "<br />

Min.<br />

braking<br />

torque<br />

Rated air<br />

gap<br />

S Gap rated<br />

Maximum<br />

air gap<br />

S Gap max.<br />

rpm rpm rpm Nm mm Nm mm mm mm<br />

63 BFK458-<strong>06</strong> 3000 6000 6000 0.17 7 3.7 0.2 0.4 4.5<br />

71 BFK458-<strong>06</strong> 3000 6000 6000 0.17 7 3.7 0.2 0.4 4.5<br />

80 BFK458-08 3000 6000 6000 0.35 8.0 7.0 0.2 0.45 5.5<br />

90 BFK458-10 3000 6000 6000 0.76 7.5 18.2 0.2 0.55 7.5<br />

100 BFK458-12 3000 6000 6000 1.29 12.5 21.3 0.3 0.65 8.0<br />

112 BFK458-14 3000 6000 6000 1.66 11.0 32.8 0.3 0.75 7.5<br />

132 BFK458-16 3000 5300 5000 1.55 13.0 61.1 0.3 0.75 8.0<br />

160 BFK458-20 1500 4400 3200 5.6 17.0 157.5 0.4 1.2 12.0<br />

180 BFK458-20 1500 4400 3200 5.6 17.0 178.4 0.4 1.0 12.0<br />

200, 225 BFK458-25 1500 3000 3000 6.15 21.0 248.7 0.5 1.5 15.5<br />

Minimum<br />

rotor thickness<br />

h min.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/81


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Changing the braking torque<br />

The brake is supplied with the braking torque already set.<br />

For BFK458 brakes, the torque can be reduced to dimension O 1<br />

by unscrewing the adjusting ring with a hook wrench.<br />

The braking torque changes by the values shown in the above<br />

table for each notch of the adjusting ring.<br />

Readjusting the air gap<br />

Under normal operating conditions, the brake is practically<br />

maintenance-free. The air gap S Gap must only be checked at<br />

regular intervals if the application requires an extremely large<br />

amount of frictional energy and readjusted to the rated air gap<br />

S Gap rated at the latest when the maximum air gap S Gap max is<br />

reached.<br />

G_M015_EN_00196<br />

Fast brake application<br />

If the brake is disconnected from the line supply, the brake is<br />

applied.<br />

The application time for the brake disk is delayed as a result<br />

of the inductance of the solenoid (shutdown on the AC side).<br />

This results in a considerable delay before the brake is<br />

mechanically applied. In order to achieve short brake application<br />

times, the circuit must be interrupted on the DC side.<br />

To realize this, the wire jumpers, located between contacts 1+<br />

and 2+ at the rectifier, are removed and replaced by the contacts<br />

of an external switch.<br />

For this purpose, see the circuit diagrams on page 1/78.<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with lever<br />

The brakes can be supplied with a mechanical manual release<br />

with lever.<br />

Order code F50<br />

The dimensions of the brake lever depend on the motor frame<br />

size and can be read from the dimensional drawing generator for<br />

motors in the DT Configurator tool for low-voltage motors.<br />

h<br />

min.<br />

S Gap<br />

(S Gap rated)<br />

(S Gap max. )<br />

O<br />

O<br />

1<br />

Connection<br />

Labeled terminals are provided in the main terminal box of the<br />

motor to connect the brake.<br />

The AC voltage for the brake excitation winding is connected to<br />

the two free terminals of the rectifier block (~).<br />

The brake can be released when the motor is at a standstill by<br />

separately exciting the solenoid. In this case, an AC voltage<br />

must be connected at the rectifier block terminals. The brake remains<br />

released as long as this voltage is present.<br />

The rectifiers are protected against overvoltages by varistors in<br />

the input and output circuits.<br />

For 24 V DC brakes, the brake terminals are directly connected<br />

to the DC voltage source.<br />

For this purpose, see the circuit diagrams on page 1/78.<br />

1/82 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

KFB spring-operated brake<br />

KFB spring-operated brake<br />

The KFB solenoid double-disk spring-operated brake is a safety<br />

brake that brakes the motor if the supply is disconnected (power<br />

failure, emergency stop). The KFB brake with IP67 degree of<br />

protection is mainly used for electric motors for traversing,<br />

cross-traversing and lifting gear in cranes as well as for special<br />

industrial applications.<br />

Motor series<br />

This brake is the standard brake for 1LE1 motors in frame sizes<br />

250 to 315. For frame sizes 180 to 225, apart from the standard<br />

brake BFK458, KFB brakes can also be supplied. Special brake<br />

selections are available on request.<br />

Design and mode of operation<br />

When the brake current is switched on, an electromagnetic field<br />

develops which overcomes the spring force of the brake. The<br />

corresponding modules, including the motor shaft, can rotate<br />

freely. The brake is released. If the brake current is switched off<br />

or if there is a power failure, the electromagnetic field of the<br />

brake disappears. The mechanical braking energy is transferred<br />

to the motor shaft. The motor is braked.<br />

Hub<br />

Solenoid<br />

Axially shiftable<br />

friction plate<br />

Shaft<br />

G_D081_EN_00078<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

Other characteristics of the KFB brake<br />

• High degree of protection IP67.<br />

• Corrosion-resistant in seawater and in the tropics.<br />

• The brake is a dynamic brake, not simply a holding brake. For<br />

this reason there is less wear, especially in the case of emergency<br />

stops (commissioning).<br />

• High wear reserves – repeated stepless air gap readjustment<br />

is possible. This results in extremely long operating times and<br />

low service and operating costs.<br />

• The function and wear can be monitored with microswitches<br />

and proximity switches. Microswitch On/Off is standard for<br />

1LE motors, frame size 250 to 315. Microswitch On/Off is not<br />

standard for 1LE motors, frame size up to 225. Anti-condensation<br />

heating is possible as an option.<br />

• Fully functional brake for housing acceptance test. Visual inspection<br />

of brake is possible during operation.<br />

• The brake (air gap) can be adjusted in the factory, for example,<br />

and mounted on the drive motor without further adjustments.<br />

• The wearing parts can be replaced without great effort. After<br />

the housing has been opened (three screws), it is easy to replace<br />

the friction plate. It is not necessary to disassemble the<br />

entire brake.<br />

Voltage and frequency<br />

The solenoids and the brake rectifier can be connected to the<br />

following voltages:<br />

1 AC 50 Hz 230 V ±10 %<br />

When 60 Hz is used, the voltage for the brake must not be<br />

increased!<br />

The brake can also be supplied for other voltages:<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 24 V DC<br />

Order code F10<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 230 V AC<br />

Order code F11<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 400 V AC<br />

(directly at the terminal strip)<br />

Order code F12<br />

Order codes F10 and F12 may only be used in conjunction with<br />

order code F01.<br />

Fast brake application<br />

Not available for the KFB brake.<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with lever<br />

The brake can be released manually with screws as standard.<br />

Mechanical manual release with a lever can be ordered with order<br />

code F50.<br />

The dimensions of the brake lever depend on the motor frame<br />

size and can be read from the dimension sheet generator for<br />

motors in the DT Configurator tool for low-voltage motors.<br />

Up-to-date data are available from the brake manufacturer.<br />

1<br />

Pressure springs<br />

Armature disk<br />

Friction surface<br />

Design of KFB spring-operated brakes<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/83


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Connection<br />

Labeled terminals are provided in the main terminal box of the<br />

motor to connect the brake.<br />

KFB brakes are connected through a standard bridge or halfwave<br />

rectifier.<br />

A special circuit is not required. Optimal switching times are<br />

achieved without the need to use special circuits.<br />

For this purpose, see the circuit diagrams on page 1/78.<br />

Maximum admissible speeds<br />

The maximum admissible speeds from which emergency stops<br />

can be made are listed in the next table. These speeds should<br />

be considered as guide values and must be checked for the<br />

specific operating conditions.<br />

The maximum admissible friction energy depends on the switching<br />

frequency and is shown for the individual brakes in the following<br />

diagram. Increased wear can be expected when the<br />

brakes are used for emergency stops.<br />

10 4<br />

Admissible switching energy Q adm<br />

10 3<br />

10 2 1<br />

KFB 160<br />

KFB 100<br />

KFB 63<br />

KFB 40<br />

KFB 25<br />

10<br />

10 0<br />

-1<br />

10<br />

10 0<br />

10 1<br />

10 2<br />

10 3 10 4<br />

Switching frequency S n<br />

G_D081_EN_00516<br />

1/84 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1<br />

Overview of brake selection for 1LE1 motors<br />

For motor frame sizes<br />

180 1) 200 1) 225 1) 250 2) 280 2) 315 2)<br />

No. of poles 2 to 8 2 to 8 2 to 8 2 to 8 4 to 8 4 to 8<br />

Flanged end shield NDE brake installation A300 A350 A350 A400 A450 A550<br />

Max. diameter of 2nd shaft extension mm 48 k6 55 m6 55 m6 60 m6 65 m6 70 m6<br />

Brake type KFB 25 KFB 40 KFB 40 KFB 63 KFB 100 KFB 160<br />

Braking torque Nm 225 360 360 567 900 1440<br />

Nominal dynamic braking torque according to VDE 0580 Nm/rpm 250/127 400/117 400/117 630/92 1000/78 1600/69<br />

Dynamic braking torque 3) at 750 rpm Nm 207 332 332 504 780 1248<br />

at 1000 rpm Nm 200 316 316 491 760 1200<br />

at 1500 rpm Nm 192 304 304 466 720 1136<br />

at 3000 rpm Nm 175 276 276 378 580 880<br />

at n max Nm 137 220 220 346 500 800<br />

Maximum speed n max – IM B3/V1 rpm 6000 5500 5500 4700 4000 3600<br />

Power at 110 V DC W 158 196 196 220 307 344<br />

Power at 230 V AC W 160 188 188 2<strong>06</strong> 316 340<br />

Current at 110 V DC A 1.44 1.78 1.78 2 2.79 3.13<br />

Current at 230 V AC<br />

A 0.77 0.91 0.91 1 1.53 1.64<br />

(207 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Current at 400 V AC<br />

A 0.8 1.18 1.18 1.25 1.8 2.1<br />

(180 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Current at 24 V DC A 5.21 6.92 6.92 8.17 12.2 12.8<br />

Weight, approx. kg 42 55 55 74 1<strong>06</strong> 168<br />

Application time t 1 ms 70 80 80 112 126 183<br />

Release time t 2 ms 240 250 250 342 375 500<br />

Brake moment of inertia kgm 2 0.0048 0.0<strong>06</strong>8 0.0<strong>06</strong>8 0.0175 0.036 0.05<br />

Lifetime L of the brake lining Nm · 10 6 3600 3110 3110 4615 7375 10945<br />

Air gap adjustment L N required after braking energy Nm · 10 6 810 935 935 1185 2330 3485<br />

1) The standard brake for frame sizes 180 to 225 is the BFK458 brake.<br />

KFB brake on request.<br />

2) The standard brake for frame sizes 250 to 315 is the KFB brake.<br />

3) The dynamic braking torque also depends on the load data; temperatures<br />

in excess of the maximum admissible lining surface temperatures must be<br />

avoided.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/85


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

SFB-SH solenoid double-disk spring-operated brake<br />

Motor series<br />

This brake is the standard brake for 1LE5 motors in frame sizes<br />

315 to 355.<br />

Special brake selections are available on request.<br />

Design and mode of operation<br />

When the brake current is switched on, an electromagnetic field<br />

develops which overcomes the spring force of the brake. The<br />

corresponding modules, including the motor shaft, can rotate<br />

freely. The brake is released. If the brake current is switched off<br />

or if there is a power failure, the electromagnetic field of the<br />

brake disappears. The mechanical braking energy is transferred<br />

to the motor shaft. The motor is braked.<br />

Excitation winding<br />

Rotor linings<br />

Rotor<br />

SFB-SH solenoid double-disk spring-operated brake<br />

SFB-SH solenoid double-disk spring-operated brakes are safety<br />

brakes that are mechanically operated on a power failure. This<br />

ensures that the brake still works during a power failure. These<br />

brakes are designed for dry running, must only ever be operated<br />

in a safe state, and only installed, commissioned, operated, and<br />

maintained by specially trained installation personnel. The<br />

brakes of the SFB-SH type series have an increased braking<br />

torque due to use of a different friction material and are used for<br />

emergency stops as a dynamically loaded brake with a safety<br />

margin.<br />

Other characteristics of the SFB-SH brake<br />

• High degree of protection IP67.<br />

• Corrosion-resistant in seawater and in the tropics.<br />

• High wear margins - simple air-gap adjustment. This results in<br />

extremely long operating times and low service and operating<br />

costs.<br />

• The function and wear can be monitored with microswitches<br />

and proximity switches. Microswitch On/Off is standard for<br />

1LE5 motors. Anti-condensation heating is possible as an option.<br />

• Fully functional brake for housing acceptance test. Visual inspection<br />

of brake is possible during operation.<br />

• The brake (air gap) can be adjusted in the factory, for example,<br />

and mounted on the drive motor without further adjustments.<br />

• The wearing parts can be replaced without great effort. After<br />

the housing has been opened (three acorn nuts), it is easy to<br />

replace the friction plate. It is not necessary to disassemble<br />

the entire brake.<br />

G_D081_EN_00936<br />

Solenoid<br />

Armature disk<br />

Friction surface<br />

Compression spring<br />

Design of the SFB-SH solenoid double-disk spring-operated brake<br />

Voltage and frequency<br />

The solenoids and the brake rectifier can be connected to the<br />

following voltages:<br />

1 AC 50 Hz 230 V ±10 %<br />

When 60 Hz is used, the voltage for the brake must not be<br />

increased!<br />

The brake can also be supplied for other voltages:<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 24 V DC<br />

Order code F10<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 230 V AC<br />

Order code F11<br />

• Brake supply voltage: 400 V AC<br />

(directly at the terminal strip)<br />

Order code F12<br />

Order codes F10 and F12 may only be used in conjunction with<br />

order code F01.<br />

1/86 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Connection<br />

Labeled terminals are provided in the main terminal box of the<br />

motor to connect the brake.<br />

The AC voltage for the brake excitation winding is connected to<br />

the two free terminals of the rectifier block (~). The rectifier is located<br />

in the main terminal box and must be connected in the<br />

customer's switchboard.<br />

The brake can be released when the motor is at a standstill by<br />

separately exciting the solenoid. In this case, an AC voltage<br />

must be connected at the rectifier block terminals. The brake remains<br />

released as long as this voltage is present.<br />

For 24 V DC brakes, the brake terminals are directly connected<br />

to the DC voltage source.<br />

For this purpose, see the circuit diagrams on page 1/78.<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

Maximum admissible speeds<br />

The maximum admissible speeds from which emergency stops<br />

can be made are listed in the next table. These speeds should<br />

be considered as guide values and must be checked for the<br />

specific operating conditions.<br />

The maximum admissible friction energy depends on the switching<br />

frequency and is shown for the individual brakes in the following<br />

diagram. Increased wear can be expected when the<br />

brakes are used for emergency stops.<br />

1<br />

10 4<br />

Q adm<br />

Admissible switching energy<br />

10 3<br />

10 2<br />

SFB 400-SH<br />

SFB 250-SH<br />

10<br />

1<br />

10 0<br />

10 10<br />

0 1 2<br />

10<br />

Switching frequency S n<br />

G_D081_EN_00937<br />

10 3<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/87


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Overview of brake selection for 1LE5 motors<br />

For motor frame sizes<br />

315 355<br />

No. of poles 4 to 8 4 to 8<br />

Flanged end shield NDE brake installation FF500 (A550) 1) FF600 (A660) 2)<br />

Max. diameter of 2nd shaft extension mm 75 m6 90 m6<br />

Brake type SFB 250-SH SFB 400-SH<br />

Braking torque Nm 2970 4680<br />

Nominal dynamic braking torque according to VDE 0580 Nm/rpm 3300/54 5200/47<br />

Dynamic braking torque 3) at 750 rpm Nm 2400 2100 4)<br />

at 1000 rpm Nm 2200 2300 4)<br />

at 1500 rpm Nm 1850 2100 4)<br />

at n max Nm 1580 2100 4)<br />

Maximum speed n max – IM B3/V1 rpm 2800 2500<br />

Power at 110 V DC W 495 553<br />

Power at 230 V AC<br />

W 511 –<br />

(207 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Current at 110 V DC A 4.5 5.03<br />

Current at 230 V AC<br />

A 2.79 3.14<br />

(207 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Current at 400 V AC<br />

A 2.98 3.36<br />

(180 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Current at 24 V DC A 19.93 –<br />

Weight, approx. kg 3<strong>06</strong> 357<br />

Application time t 1 ms 640 700<br />

Release time t 2 ms 690 1100<br />

Brake moment of inertia kgm 2 0.14 0.325<br />

Minimum air gap mm 0.4 0.4<br />

Maximum air gap mm 2.5 2.5<br />

1) External dimension increases to 560 mm.<br />

2) External dimension decreases to 640 mm.<br />

3) The dynamic braking torque also depends on the load data, temperatures<br />

in excess of the maximum admissible lining surface temperatures must be<br />

avoided.<br />

4) Value is guaranteed by the brake manufacturer.<br />

In practice, a higher braking torque can be expected.<br />

Restrictions are determined at the test station of the brake manufacturer.<br />

Information: www.pintschbubenzer.de<br />

1/88 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Configuration of motors with brakes<br />

Braking time<br />

The time it takes the motor to come to a standstill comprises two<br />

components:<br />

a.) The application time of the brake t 2<br />

b.) The braking time t Br<br />

t =<br />

Br<br />

t Br Braking time in s<br />

J Total moment of inertia in kgm 2<br />

n rated Rated speed of the motor with brake in rpm<br />

T B Rated braking torque in Nm<br />

T L Average load torque in Nm (If T L supports the braking<br />

operation, T L is positive)<br />

Braking energy per braking operation Q adm<br />

The braking energy per braking operation in Nm comprises the<br />

energy of the moments of inertia to be braked Q Kin and the<br />

energy Q, which must be applied in order to brake against a<br />

load torque:<br />

Q adm = Q Kin + Q<br />

a.) The energy of the moments of inertia in Nm<br />

Q = Kin<br />

n rated Rated speed before braking in rpm<br />

J Total moment of inertia in kgm 2 . The mass moment of<br />

inertia J specified in the formula corresponds to the<br />

total moment of inertia of all braked masses referred to<br />

the motor/brake speed.<br />

b.) Braking energy on emergency trip<br />

The braking energy for occasional emergency trips must be<br />

checked to ensure that it does not cause the brake to overheat.<br />

Please refer to table "Technical specifications of brakes" for admissible<br />

values. The braking energy produced for traversing gear can<br />

be calculated approximately with the following equation:<br />

Q<br />

T Br<br />

T L<br />

n Br<br />

J tot<br />

T L<br />

T L<br />

9.55<br />

J<br />

J<br />

182.4<br />

J tot<br />

2<br />

n rated<br />

(TB<br />

T L )<br />

n 2 Br<br />

n rated<br />

Q =<br />

182.4 10 3<br />

Energy capability/braking energy in kJ<br />

Braking torque in Nm<br />

Total of all load torques in Nm referred to the brake (motor)<br />

shaft<br />

Speed of brake (motor) shaft in rpm<br />

Total moment of inertia to be braked in kgm 2 reduced to the<br />

brake (motor) shaft<br />

is positive if it supports braking (e.g. hoisting a load)<br />

is negative if it counteracts braking (e.g. lowering a load)<br />

The total moment of inertia J tot is the sum of the individual moments<br />

of inertia of the system components to be braked, reduced<br />

to the brake (motor) shaft, and the moments of inertia of<br />

the linear-motion masses. The equivalent mass inertia J Eqv of a<br />

linear-motion mass m with velocity v, referred to the brake (motor)<br />

speed n Br , is calculated as follows:<br />

v<br />

J Eqv = 91.2 m ( ) 2<br />

n Br<br />

T Br<br />

T Br ± T L<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

The velocity and/or speed to be entered here must equal the<br />

maximum values in normal operation. An increase in velocity resulting<br />

from wind forces may also need to be taken into account.<br />

Definition of switching times (VDI 2241)<br />

Brake switching times<br />

Switching times:<br />

t 1 Brake application time<br />

t 2 Disconnection time<br />

t 3 Slip time<br />

t 11 Response delay<br />

t 12 Rise time<br />

Run-on revolutions U<br />

The number of run-on revolutions U of the motor with brake can<br />

be calculated as follows:<br />

t 1<br />

Excitation Characteristic torque<br />

0.9 M<br />

n rated<br />

U = t 1 +<br />

60 2<br />

t 11 t 12<br />

t 3<br />

t 1<br />

t 2<br />

Time<br />

Brake application time in ms<br />

Time<br />

Lifetime of the brake lining L and readjustment of the air gap<br />

The brake lining wears due to friction which increases the air gap<br />

and the release time for the brake at standard excitation.<br />

In order to calculate the lifetime of the brake lining in terms of<br />

operations S max , the lifetime of the brake lining L in Nm must be<br />

divided by the braking energy Q adm :<br />

S = max<br />

L<br />

Q adm<br />

OFF<br />

The interval between adjustments N can be calculated in terms<br />

of operations by dividing the braking energy L N that the brake<br />

can output until it is necessary to readjust the working air gap by<br />

Q adm :<br />

L N<br />

N=<br />

Qadm<br />

t Br<br />

ON<br />

0.1 M<br />

G_D087_EN_00047a<br />

1<br />

m<br />

v<br />

n Br<br />

Mass of the linear-motion load in kg<br />

Velocity of the linear-motion load in m/s<br />

Speed of brake (motor) shaft in rpm<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/89


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

FDX spring-operated brake<br />

Motor series<br />

This brake is provided for 1LE1 motors in frame sizes 225 to 315.<br />

Mode of operation of FDX spring-operated brake<br />

(holding brake/operating brake)<br />

The FDX solenoid spring-operated brakes (order code F04),<br />

with IP67 degree of protection, are quiescent current brakes,<br />

meaning that the braking torque is produced by spring force and<br />

increased by magnetic force in normal operation.<br />

During the braking operation, the built-in compression springs<br />

apply pressure to the rotor that interlocks radially with the machine<br />

shaft using the axially moving armature disk. In turn, this<br />

applies pressure to the opposing side against the friction surface<br />

( motor label). The braking torque is produced from the<br />

linings of the rotor and the armature disk/friction surface being in<br />

contact.<br />

During the brake release process, a magnetic force is produced<br />

by applying a direct current via the excitation winding in the solenoid.<br />

The armature disk is thereby pulled from the solenoid and<br />

the rotor is released.<br />

During the manual brake release process (only available for the<br />

brake version with manual brake release), the armature disk is<br />

pressed mechanically against the solenoid by operating the<br />

manual release lever. The brake can therefore still be released in<br />

the event of a power failure, for example.<br />

Rotor linings<br />

Friction surface<br />

Armature<br />

disk<br />

Manual release<br />

lever<br />

Excitation<br />

winding<br />

Solenoid<br />

Rotor<br />

Compression<br />

spring<br />

Voltage and frequency<br />

The solenoids and the brake rectifier are designed for connection<br />

to the following voltages or can be supplied for the following<br />

voltages:<br />

• Brake supply voltage 230 V AC<br />

Order code F11<br />

• Brake supply voltage 400 V AC<br />

Order code F12<br />

When 60 Hz is used, the voltage for the brake must not be increased!<br />

Order codes F11 and F12 may only be used in conjunction with<br />

order code F04.<br />

Connection<br />

Labeled terminals are provided in the main terminal box of the<br />

motor to connect the brake.<br />

The AC voltage for the brake excitation winding is connected to<br />

the two free terminals of the rectifier block (~).<br />

The brake can be released when the motor is at a standstill by<br />

separately exciting the solenoid. In this case, an AC voltage<br />

must be connected at the rectifier block terminals. The brake remains<br />

released as long as this voltage is present.<br />

The rectifiers are protected against overvoltages by varistors in<br />

the input and output circuits. The function and wear can be monitored<br />

with microswitches and proximity switches. Microswitch<br />

On/Off is standard for 1LE1 motors. Anti-condensation heating is<br />

possible as an option.<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with lever<br />

The brake can be supplied with a mechanical manual release<br />

with lever.<br />

Order code F50<br />

The dimensions of the brake lever depend on the motor frame<br />

size and can be read from the dimensional drawing generator for<br />

motors in the DT Configurator tool for low-voltage motors.<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Lifetime<br />

The amount of frictional energy that can be transferred before<br />

the rotor must be replaced depends on various factors:<br />

• Mass to be decelerated<br />

• Switching frequency<br />

• Speed<br />

• Resulting temperature on the friction surfaces<br />

As a result, only guide values can be specified for the frictional<br />

energy to be transferred until rotor replacement.<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>16<br />

1/90 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Abbreviations and definitions used<br />

(with their units):<br />

T LR = Motor starting torque (Nm)<br />

T b = Braking torque (Nm)<br />

T breq = Required braking torque (Nm)<br />

T b, rated = Rated torque of the spring-operated brake (Nm)<br />

T L = Load torque (Nm)<br />

T tot = Total torque (Nm)<br />

F =Force (N)<br />

r = Lever arm (m)<br />

n = Speed (rpm)<br />

K = Safety factor K 2<br />

P = Power (kW)<br />

t = Overall braking time (ms)<br />

t st = Startup time (s)<br />

t B = Braking time (s)<br />

t 2 = Disconnection time (ms)<br />

t 1 = Application time (ms)<br />

t 11 = Response delay (ms)<br />

P R = Frictional power (J/s)<br />

W R = Friction energy (J)<br />

S = Switching cycles (brake operations) per second (Hz)<br />

J E = Internal moment of inertia (kgm 2 )<br />

J add = Additional moment of inertia (kgm 2 )<br />

J 2,3.. = Moment of inertia (kgm 2 )<br />

J tot = Total moment of inertia (kgm 2 )<br />

n 1 = Motor speed (rpm)<br />

n 2,3.. =Speeds (rpm)<br />

Multiple moments of inertia with different speeds are converted<br />

into a moment of inertia relative to the motor shaft:<br />

J<br />

J = 2 n 2 2 J 3 n 2 3 (kgm 2 )<br />

add<br />

n 1<br />

2<br />

Torque<br />

A spring-operated brake is designed mainly in accordance with<br />

the required braking torque T breq . If the moment of inertia,<br />

speed, and admissible braking time of the machine are known,<br />

the braking torque of the spring-operated brake can be calculated.<br />

If the masses that are to be decelerated by the spring-operated<br />

brake are running at a different speed from the shaft decelerated<br />

by the spring-operated brake, the moment of inertia of<br />

these masses (J add ) must be calculated relative to this shaft (see<br />

above). In addition, the moment of inertia of the rotor-hub system<br />

(J E ) must be taken into account.<br />

Load torque (static loading)<br />

Torque which is present when the system is at a standstill<br />

and must be held by the brake. The loading force is converted<br />

into the load torque via the relevant lever arm:<br />

T L = F · r (Nm)<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

Braking torque (dynamic loading)<br />

A purely dynamic load is present when flywheels, rollers, etc.,<br />

are to be delayed and the static load torque is negligibly small.<br />

The required braking torque is calculated as follows:<br />

= 1.046 10 2 n<br />

T b<br />

J tot (Nm)<br />

t<br />

T breq = T b · K T b, rated (Nm)<br />

Dynamic and static loading<br />

Most applications involve dynamic loading as well as static load<br />

torque:<br />

T breq = (T b T L ) K (Nm)<br />

1.046 10 2 n<br />

T breq = ( J tot<br />

T L ) K (Nm)<br />

t t 1<br />

T breq ≤ T b, rated (Nm)<br />

Sign for T L :<br />

+ T L = Load torque is applying force (in the direction of motion)<br />

– T L = Load torque is applying a decelerating force (opposite to<br />

the direction of motion)<br />

If both cases occur, the specific configuration is always adapted<br />

to the larger torque.<br />

Approximate determination of T breq<br />

If the moment of inertia is not known and if the input power has<br />

been defined, the required braking torque is determined as follows:<br />

T breq<br />

K 2<br />

9.55 10 3 P<br />

= K ≤ T b, rated (Nm)<br />

n<br />

Braking time<br />

General information<br />

1.046 10 2 n<br />

t = J tot t (ms) 1<br />

Sign for T L :<br />

T b, rated<br />

t 1<br />

– T L = Load torque is applying force (in the direction of motion)<br />

+ T L = Load torque is applying a decelerating force (opposite to<br />

the direction of motion)<br />

Calculation of the starting and braking time for motors<br />

Startup time for motors with brakes<br />

t st<br />

T L<br />

= n<br />

J 1 t 2<br />

tot<br />

9.55 T L ) 1000<br />

(s)<br />

(T LR<br />

J tot = J E + J add (kgm 2 )<br />

Sign for T L :<br />

+ T L = Load torque is applying force (in the direction of motion)<br />

– T L = Load torque is applying a decelerating force (opposite to<br />

the direction of motion)<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/91


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Braking time for motors with brakes<br />

= n<br />

J 1 t 1<br />

tot<br />

9.55<br />

T L ) 1000<br />

(s)<br />

(T b, rated<br />

Connection<br />

Load rating of the rectifier diodes as a function of the ambient<br />

temperature:<br />

Sign for T L :<br />

– T L = Load torque is applying force (in the direction of motion)<br />

100<br />

%<br />

t B<br />

+ T L = Load torque is applying a decelerating force (opposite to<br />

the direction of motion)<br />

Thermal load<br />

When braking, friction energy is applied during the slip phase,<br />

which releases thermal energy.<br />

Friction energy per braking operation<br />

= J n 2 T b, rated tot 182.5<br />

T )<br />

(J)<br />

L<br />

W R<br />

Designation Supply voltage<br />

(T b, rated<br />

I/I max × 100 %<br />

50<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>05<br />

Sign for T L :<br />

– T L = Load torque is applying force (in the direction of motion)<br />

+ T L = Load torque is applying a decelerating force (opposite to<br />

the direction of motion)<br />

The friction energy per braking operation must be no greater<br />

than the admissible value W Rmax<br />

W R W Rmax (J)<br />

Frictional power<br />

P R = W R · S (J/s)<br />

The friction energy must be no greater than the admissible<br />

value P Rmax<br />

P R P Rmax (J/s)<br />

Block diagram:<br />

Brake<br />

45 (°C) 80 100<br />

U AC<br />

T u<br />

(°C)<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong><strong>06</strong><br />

The high-speed rectifier performs the following functions:<br />

• The coil is first supplied with a voltage<br />

U 2 =0.9 U 1 : Over-excitation of the brake<br />

• After excitation time t 1 the voltage is reduced to<br />

U 3 =0.45 U 1 : Non-release voltage of the brake<br />

(V AC)<br />

Output voltage<br />

(V DC)<br />

Ambient<br />

temperature<br />

Article No.: U 1 at 50/60 Hz U 2 U 3 °C<br />

PMG 480 215 … 500 0.9 U 1 0.45 U 1 –15 … +80<br />

1/92 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


■ Overview<br />

Maximum admissible speeds<br />

The maximum admissible speeds from which emergency stops<br />

can be made are listed in the next table. These speeds should<br />

be considered as guide values and must be checked for the<br />

specific operating conditions.<br />

10 6 © Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

The maximum admissible friction energy depends on the switching<br />

frequency and is shown for the individual brakes in the following<br />

diagram. Increased wear can be expected when the<br />

brakes are used for emergency stops.<br />

1<br />

Admissible friction energy W Rmax (J)<br />

10 5<br />

10 4<br />

FDX 40<br />

FDX 30<br />

FDX 26<br />

10<br />

1<br />

10 3 10 3 10 4<br />

10 2<br />

10 10 3<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>02<br />

Switching frequency (1/h)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/93


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Modular technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Overview of brake selection for 1LE1 motors (option F04)<br />

For motor frame sizes<br />

225 250 280 315<br />

No. of poles 2 to 8 2 to 8 2 to 8 2 to 8<br />

Flange bearing plate for brake mounting on the NDE side A350 A400 A450 A535<br />

Max. diameter for the second shaft extensions mm 55m6 48m6 65m6 48m6<br />

Brake type FDX 30 FDX 30 FDX 40 FDX 40<br />

Static braking torque Nm 450 567 900 1440 1)<br />

Dynamic rated braking torque acc. to<br />

DIN VDE 0580<br />

Nm/rpm 500/88 630/88 1000/65 1600 1) /65<br />

at 750 rpm Nm 480 600 800 1200 1)<br />

at 1000 rpm Nm 460 580 740 1150 1)<br />

at 1500 rpm Nm 460 580 740 1150 1)<br />

at 3000 rpm Nm 380 480 600 860 1)<br />

Admissible speed n max rpm 3000 2) /6000 3) 3000 2) /6000 3) 3000 2) /6000 3) 3000 2) /6000 3)<br />

Power at 180 V DC W 880/220 880/220 1080/270 1080/270<br />

Power at 103 V DC W 560/140 560/140 560/140 560/140<br />

Rated current at 230 V AC<br />

A 2.72/1.36 2.72/1.36 2.72/1.36 2.72/1.36<br />

(103 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Rated current at 400 V AC<br />

A 2.44/1.22 2.44/1.22 3/1.5 3/1.5<br />

(180 V DC coil voltage)<br />

Weight, approx. kg 45 45 80 80<br />

Closing time t 1<br />

ms 60 60 160 160<br />

(switching on the DC side)<br />

Release time t 2<br />

ms 140 140 320 320<br />

(switching on the DC side)<br />

Brake moment of inertia kgm 2 0.0195 0.0195 0.0445 0.0445<br />

Lifetime L of brake lining Nm · 10 6 3700 3700 4900 4900<br />

1) Limit: ON time S3 -50 %<br />

2) Operating brake<br />

3) Holding brake<br />

1/94 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

"Special technology" comprises rotary pulse encoders of 1LE1<br />

motors (with the exception of 1LE1 with order code F90 – version<br />

"Forced-air cooled motors without external fan and fan cover"<br />

and 1PC1).<br />

1LE1 motors with order codes F70 (mounting of separately<br />

driven fan), F01 (mounting of holding brake (standard arrangement))<br />

and F01 + F70 (mounting of brake and separately driven<br />

fan) from the modular mounting concept can be combined with<br />

rotary pulse encoders LL 861 900 220, HOG 9 DN 1024 I and<br />

HOG 10 D 1024 l from the "Special technology" range.<br />

The length of the motor increases by l when the rotary pulse encoder<br />

is mounted. For an explanation of the additional dimensions<br />

and weights, please refer to "Mounting technology",<br />

"Dimensions and weights" from page 1/104.<br />

The rotary pulse encoders of "Modular technology" and "Special<br />

technology" are fitted as standard with a protective cover made<br />

of non-corrosive sheet steel.<br />

For mounting of rotary pulse encoders with order codes G11 and<br />

G12 for frame sizes 71 to 315 and with order codes G04, G05,<br />

and G<strong>06</strong> up to frame size 160, a protective cover (order code<br />

G43) is supplied as standard.<br />

LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

For frame size 180 and above, a protective cover is not supplied<br />

as standard when rotary pulse encoders are mounted for order<br />

codes G04, G05, G<strong>06</strong>, G07 and G08.<br />

For mounting of rotary pulse encoders with order codes G11,<br />

G12 + F70 (mounting of separately driven fan): The cable end is<br />

connected to a connector that is located outside the fan cover.<br />

The fan cover does not have to be removed to connect the rotary<br />

pulse encoder. The rotary pulse encoder can be connected to<br />

the main terminal box or an auxiliary terminal box where necessary.<br />

For mounting of rotary pulse encoders with order codes G04,<br />

G05, G<strong>06</strong> + F70 (mounting of separately driven fan):<br />

• Up to frame size 200, the fan cover has to be removed to connect<br />

the rotary pulse encoder. The rotary pulse encoder can<br />

also be connected to the main terminal box or an auxiliary terminal<br />

box where necessary.<br />

• As of frame size 225, the fan cover does not have to be removed<br />

to connect the rotary pulse encoder. The rotary pulse<br />

encoder can be connected to the main terminal box and can<br />

be connected to the auxiliary terminal box where necessary.<br />

1<br />

24.5<br />

16 G7<br />

100<br />

G_M015_EN_00212<br />

69.5<br />

67<br />

With its rugged construction, this rotary pulse encoder is also<br />

suitable for difficult operating environments. It is resistant to<br />

shock and vibration and has insulated bearings.<br />

The LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder can be supplied already<br />

mounted.<br />

Order code G04<br />

The LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder can be retrofitted. The<br />

motor must be prepared for this. When the motor is ordered, the<br />

option "Prepared for mountings, center hole only", order code<br />

G40, or the option "Prepared for mountings with shaft D16", order<br />

code G42, must be specified (see "Mechanical version and degrees<br />

of protection" on page 1/76). The rotary pulse encoder is<br />

not part of the scope of supply in this case.<br />

The version of the rotary pulse encoder with a diagnostics system<br />

(ADS) can be supplied by Leine and Linde.<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Leine und Linde AG<br />

Olivehällsvägen 8<br />

SE-64542 Strängnäs<br />

Phone +46 152 265 00<br />

Fax +46 152 265 05<br />

www.leinelinde.com<br />

Email: info@leinelinde.de<br />

Mounting dimensions of LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Technical specifications for LL 861 900 220 (HTL version)<br />

Mounting of encoder for temperatures below –20 °C and higher<br />

than +40 °C available on request.<br />

Supply voltage U B<br />

+9 V to +30 V<br />

Current input without load max. 80 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 40 mA<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024<br />

Outputs<br />

6 short-circuit proof square-wave pulses<br />

A, A', B, B', 0, 0'<br />

Pulse offset between the two outputs<br />

90° 25° el.<br />

Output amplitude U High >20V<br />

U Low


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

~67<br />

~117<br />

~Ø97<br />

Ø16<br />

H7<br />

~Ø86<br />

G_M015_XX_00213a<br />

The encoder is fitted with insulated bearings.<br />

The HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder can be supplied already<br />

mounted.<br />

Order code G05<br />

The HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder can be retrofitted.<br />

The motor must be prepared for this. When the motor is ordered,<br />

the option "Prepared for mountings, center hole only", order code<br />

G40, or the option "Prepared for mountings with shaft D16", order<br />

code G42, must be specified (see "Mechanical version and degrees<br />

of protection" on page 1/76). The rotary pulse encoder is<br />

not part of the scope of supply in this case.<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Baumer Hübner GmbH<br />

Max-Dohrn-Str. 2+4<br />

10589 Berlin, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (30) 69003-0<br />

Fax +49 (30) 69003-104<br />

www.baumer.com<br />

Email: sales@baumerhuebner.com<br />

Mounting dimensions of HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Technical specifications for HOG 9 DN 1024 I (HTL version)<br />

Mounting of encoder for temperatures below –20 °C and higher<br />

than +40 °C available on request.<br />

Supply voltage U B<br />

+9 V to +30 V<br />

Current input without load 50 to 100 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 150 mA, 800 mA peak<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024<br />

Outputs<br />

6 short-circuit-proof square-wave pulses<br />

A+, A-, B+, B-, R+, R-<br />

Pulse offset between the two 90° 20 %<br />

outputs<br />

Output amplitude<br />

U High U B –3.5V<br />

U Low 1.5 V<br />

Mark space ratio 1:1 20 %<br />

Edge steepness<br />

10 V/µs<br />

Maximum frequency<br />

120 kHz<br />

Maximum speed<br />

7000 rpm<br />

Temperature range –30 to +100 °C<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP56<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever 500 N<br />

force<br />

Maximum adm. axial force 400 N<br />

Connection system<br />

M23 flange socket, radial<br />

(mating connector is part of the scope<br />

of supply)<br />

Mech. version acc. to<br />

73 522 B<br />

Baumer Hübner Ident. No.<br />

Weight<br />

approx. 0.9 kg<br />

1/96 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

POG 9 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1<br />

Positive rotating direction<br />

Ø115<br />

Ø100<br />

Ø85 h6<br />

Ø11 k6<br />

Ø6.5<br />

Ø105<br />

60°<br />

84<br />

G_D081_EN_00478<br />

4<br />

12.6<br />

30<br />

3<br />

36<br />

8<br />

140<br />

M20x1.5<br />

~R98<br />

The POG 9 rotary pulse encoder can be supplied already<br />

mounted.<br />

Order code G08<br />

The POG 9 rotary pulse encoder can be retrofitted. The motor<br />

must be prepared for this. When the motor is ordered, the option<br />

"Prepared for mountings, center hole only", order code G40, or<br />

the option "Prepared for mountings with shaft D16", order code<br />

G42, must be specified (see "Mechanical version and degrees<br />

of protection" on page 1/76). The rotary pulse encoder is not part<br />

of the scope of supply in this case.<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Baumer Hübner GmbH<br />

Max-Dohrn-Str. 2+4<br />

10589 Berlin, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (30) 69003-0<br />

Fax +49 (30) 69003-104<br />

www.baumer.com<br />

Email: sales@baumerhuebner.com<br />

Mounting dimensions of POG 9 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Technical specifications for POG 9<br />

Mounting of encoder for temperatures below –20 °C and higher<br />

than +40 °C available on request.<br />

Supply voltage U B +9 V to +30 V +5 V ±5 %<br />

Current input without load<br />

< 100 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 60 mA average<br />

300 mA peak<br />

25 mA average<br />

75 mA peak<br />

Pulses per revolution 300 … 2500<br />

Output amplitude<br />

U High U B – 3.5 V<br />

U Low 1.5 V<br />

Mark space ratio 1:1 ±20 %<br />

Operating speed<br />

12000 rpm<br />

Switching rate<br />

120 kHz<br />

Temperature range –30 to +100 °C<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP56<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever force 150 N<br />

Maximum adm. axial force<br />

80 N<br />

Connection system<br />

Terminal box<br />

Weight<br />

approx. 1.4 kg<br />

U High 2.5 V<br />

U Low 0.5 V<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/97


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder<br />

Option M (redundant)<br />

97<br />

60°<br />

97<br />

Ø6.5<br />

Ø115<br />

Ø85 h6<br />

Ø11 k6<br />

Ø105<br />

G_D081_EN_00479<br />

100<br />

The POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder can be supplied already<br />

mounted.<br />

Order code G07<br />

The POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder can be retrofitted. The motor<br />

must be prepared for this. When the motor is ordered, the option<br />

"Prepared for mountings, center hole only", order code G40,<br />

or the option "Prepared for mountings with shaft D16", order<br />

code G42, must be specified (see "Mechanical version and degrees<br />

of protection" on page 1/76). The rotary pulse encoder is<br />

not part of the scope of supply in this case.<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Baumer Hübner GmbH<br />

Max-Dohrn-Str. 2+4<br />

10589 Berlin, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (30) 69003-0<br />

Fax +49 (30) 69003-104<br />

www.baumer.com<br />

Email: sales@baumerhuebner.com<br />

4<br />

12.6<br />

30<br />

3<br />

36<br />

7.5<br />

140<br />

M20x1.5<br />

Positive rotating direction<br />

Mounting dimensions of POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder<br />

Technical specifications for POG 10 DN<br />

Mounting of encoder for temperatures below –20 °C and higher<br />

than +40 °C available on request.<br />

Supply voltage U B<br />

+9 V to +30 V<br />

Current input without load<br />

< 100 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 60 mA average<br />

300 mA peak<br />

25 mA average<br />

75 mA peak<br />

Pulses per revolution 300 … 2500<br />

Mark space ratio 40:60 … 60:40<br />

Operating speed<br />

12000 rpm<br />

Switching rate<br />

120 kHz<br />

Temperature range –40 to +100 °C<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP66<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever force 450 N<br />

Maximum adm. axial force<br />

300 N<br />

Connection system<br />

Terminal box<br />

Weight<br />

approx. 1.9 kg<br />

~R114<br />

1/98 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

HOG 10 D 1024 l rotary pulse encoder<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1<br />

G_D081_XX_00143<br />

16 H7<br />

105<br />

112<br />

This encoder is extremely rugged and is therefore suitable for<br />

difficult operating conditions. It is fitted with insulated<br />

bearings.<br />

The HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary pulse encoder can be supplied already<br />

mounted.<br />

Order code G<strong>06</strong><br />

The HOG 10 D 1024 l rotary pulse encoder can be retrofitted.<br />

The motor must be prepared for this. When<br />

the motor is ordered, the option "Prepared for mountings, center<br />

hole only", order code G40, or the option "Prepared for mountings<br />

with shaft D16", order code G42, must be specified (see<br />

"Mechanical version and degrees of protection" on page 1/76).<br />

The rotary pulse encoder is not part of the scope of supply in this<br />

case. The letters FSL and ESL stand for the following terms:<br />

FSL: (mechanical) centrifugal switch<br />

ESL: electronic speed switch<br />

Both switch types are suitable for tripping the motor when a critical<br />

limit speed is reached, or for accelerating the motor along a<br />

control ramp into the permissible speed range again, or for shutting<br />

down the motor <strong>complete</strong>ly (depending on the customer application).<br />

The electronic speed switch is particularly suitable for converter<br />

operation.<br />

The critical limit rotational speed to be monitored for the customer's<br />

application must be specified in the order.<br />

Further settings might also be necessary. These settings will be<br />

made at the Baumer & Hübner factory according to customer<br />

specifications.<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Baumer Hübner GmbH<br />

Max-Dohrn-Str. 2+4<br />

10589 Berlin, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (30) 69003-0<br />

Fax +49 (30) 69003-104<br />

www.baumer.com<br />

Email: sales@baumerhuebner.com<br />

Mounting dimensions of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Technical specifications for HOG 10 D 1024 I (HTL version)<br />

Mounting of encoder for temperatures below –20 °C and higher<br />

than +40 °C available on request.<br />

Supply voltage U B<br />

+9 V to +30 V<br />

Current input without load approx. 100 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 600 mA, 300 mA peak<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024<br />

Outputs<br />

4 short-circuit proof square-wave pulses<br />

A, B and A', B'<br />

Pulse offset between the<br />

90° 20 %<br />

two outputs<br />

Output amplitude<br />

U High U B –3.5V<br />

U Low 1.5 V<br />

Mark space ratio 1:1 20 %<br />

Edge steepness<br />

10 V/µs<br />

Maximum frequency<br />

120 kHz<br />

Maximum speed<br />

7000 rpm<br />

Temperature range –40 to +100 °C<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP66<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever 150 N<br />

force<br />

Maximum adm. axial force 80 N<br />

Connection system<br />

Terminals, cable connection<br />

M20 × 1.5<br />

Mech. version acc. to<br />

74 055 B<br />

Baumer Hübner Ident. No.<br />

Weight<br />

approx. 1.6 kg<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/99


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Sendix 5020 rotary pulse encoder<br />

The Sendix 5020 rotary pulse encoder can be ordered <strong>complete</strong>ly<br />

assembled as an HTL version with order code G11 or as<br />

a TTL version with order code G12.<br />

Features of the G11 and G12 encoders:<br />

• Use of insulation to avoid surge currents<br />

• Safety-lock technology for high resistance to vibrations, shaft<br />

loads, and installation errors<br />

• Cable lengths available up to 300 m<br />

In combination with a separately driven fan, the rotary pulse encoders<br />

are supplied with an external plug connection. The rotary<br />

pulse encoder can only be attached to a standard NDE shaft extension,<br />

meaning that a second shaft extension will not be available.<br />

The encoder can be retrofitted. When the motor is ordered, the<br />

option "Prepared for mountings, center hole only" order code<br />

G40 or the option "Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft" order<br />

code G41 must be specified.<br />

The dimensions of the motor are increased by l by mounting the<br />

rotary pulse encoder. The "Modular technology" and "Special<br />

technology" rotary pulse encoders are fitted with a protective<br />

cover made from corrosion-resistant sheet metal as standard.<br />

Mounted encoders for temperatures below –20 °C and above<br />

+40 °C are available on request.<br />

Technical specifications for Sendix 5020 (HTL/TTL version)<br />

Sendix 5020<br />

(HTL version)<br />

Sendix 5020<br />

(TTL version)<br />

Supply voltage 10 … 30 V DC 5 V DC 5%<br />

Energy consumption with max. 100 mA max. 90 mA<br />

inverted signal (no-load<br />

operation)<br />

Admissible load/channel max. 40 mA max. 20 mA<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024 (2048 and 512 on request)<br />

Outputs<br />

2 square-wave pulses A, B<br />

– 2 inverted square-wave pulses A, B<br />

Pulse offset between the 90°<br />

two outputs<br />

Signal level U High =min. U B –1V U High =min. 2.5V<br />

U Low =max. 0.5V<br />

Edge rise time t r max. 1 µs max. 200 µs<br />

Edge fall time t f max. 1 µs max. 200 µs<br />

Pulse frequency<br />

max. 300 kHz<br />

Maximum speed<br />

12000 rpm/6000 rpm (continuous)<br />

Operating temperature range –40 1) … +100 °C<br />

Degree of protection acc. to IP65<br />

EN 60529<br />

Maximum admissible radial 100 N<br />

cantilever force<br />

Maximum admissible axial 50 N<br />

force<br />

Connection system 12-pin M23 connector<br />

(mating connectors are always supplied)<br />

Certificates<br />

UL, CSA (ATEX on request)<br />

Weight<br />

0.4 kg<br />

Explosion protection certificate<br />

Available on request for Zones 2 and 22<br />

for explosive areas<br />

Shock resistance acc. to 3000 m/s 2 , 6 ms<br />

EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-27<br />

Vibration resistance acc. to 300 m/s 2 , 10 … 2000 Hz<br />

EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-6<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Fritz Kübler GmbH<br />

Schubertstrasse 47<br />

78054 Villingen-Schwenningen, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (7720) 3903-0<br />

Fax +49 (7720) 21564<br />

www.kuebler.com/drehgeber<br />

Email: info@kuebler.com<br />

1) With connector: –40 °C, permanently installed cable: –30 °C, moving cable:<br />

–20 °C.<br />

1/100 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Overview<br />

Rotary pulse encoders for SIL2, SIL3 safety applications<br />

The rotary pulse encoders with order codes G21, G22, G25, and<br />

G27 are suitable for SIL2 and SIL3 safety applications and can<br />

be used subject to consideration of the mechanical installation<br />

conditions. The rotary pulse encoders from Baumer,<br />

Leine&Linde, and Kübler are designed for the implementation of<br />

safety-related functions, such as speed, direction of rotation,<br />

and position.<br />

Functional safety<br />

The safety integrity level SIL2 or SIL3 of the rotary pulse encoders<br />

is certified by the manufacturers Baumer, Leine&Linde, and<br />

Kübler. To ensure correct functioning of the rotary pulse encoder,<br />

various mounting measures are defined that are certified by TÜV<br />

and must correspond to safety applications up to levels PLd,<br />

category 3, SIL2 and PL e, category 4, SIL3.<br />

The EC Declaration of Conformity complies with the Machinery<br />

Directive 42/20<strong>06</strong>/EC with consideration of EN 61800-5-2.<br />

• Functional safety can only be ensured with the use of a suitable<br />

control and evaluation unit. It is mandatory to perform a<br />

function test in the safety circuit after initial installation, conversion,<br />

repair or modification.<br />

• Installation, first commissioning and service requiring replacement<br />

of a rotary encoder on the customer's site must only be<br />

performed by qualified persons. If this requirement is not observed,<br />

the manufacturer's warranty will be voided.<br />

• Upgrading with the functional safety rotary encoder for the defined<br />

SIMOTICS products that were originally manufactured<br />

without it is permissible on request provided that the upgrade<br />

is performed only in lead repair centers.<br />

• Before you commission the motor with the functional safety encoder,<br />

read the information in the operating instructions.<br />

General technical features<br />

• The standard version of the motor is supplied with the order<br />

code G43 (mechanical protection for encoder) and with a<br />

torque arm fitted between the encoder and motor.<br />

• The functional safety encoders cannot be combined with the<br />

order codes G40, G41, and G42 (prepared for externally<br />

mounted components) and can only be mounted at the nondrive<br />

end (NDE), i.e. a second shaft extension cannot be supplied.<br />

• The safety rotary encoders with order code G21 or G22 are<br />

mounted with their cable and connector.<br />

• The overall length of the motor and weight of the motor must<br />

be considered, see "Dimensions and weights".<br />

Sendix 5834FS2/FS3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

The Sendix 5834 rotary pulse encoder from Kübler in the version<br />

SinCos can be used in compliance with safety integrity level<br />

SIL2 when mounted <strong>complete</strong> on motors with the order code<br />

G21 or SIL3 with the order code G22 for frame sizes 71 to 315.<br />

Technical specifications for Sendix 5834FS2/FS3<br />

Sendix 5834FS2/FS3<br />

Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 5 %<br />

Current input without load max. 70 mA<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024<br />

Outputs<br />

Sine signal: B, B_inv<br />

Cosine signal: A, A_inv<br />

Maximum frequency 400 kHz<br />

Signal level<br />

1 Vpp<br />

Maximum speed<br />

9000 rpm/6000 rpm (continuous)<br />

Operating temperature range –40 … +90 °C<br />

Degree of protection acc. to IP65<br />

EN 60529<br />

Maximum admissible axial 40 N<br />

force<br />

Maximum admissible radial 80 N<br />

cantilever force<br />

Connection system 12-pin connector M23 with 1 m cable<br />

Certificates<br />

PLD/SIL2 – SIL 3/PLe<br />

Weight<br />

0.45 kg<br />

Shock resistance acc. to 500 m/s 2 , 11 ms<br />

EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-27<br />

Vibration resistance acc. to 200 m/s 2 , 10 … 150 Hz<br />

EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-6<br />

1<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Fritz Kübler GmbH<br />

Schubertstrasse 47<br />

78054 Villingen-Schwenningen, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (7720) 3903-0<br />

Fax +49 (7720) 21564<br />

www.kuebler.com/drehgeber<br />

Email: info@kuebler.com<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/101


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Special technology<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

HOGS 100 S rotary pulse encoder<br />

FSI 862 rotary pulse encoder<br />

The HOGS 100 S rotary pulse encoder from Baumer in the version<br />

SinCos can be used in compliance with safety integrity level<br />

SIL2 when mounted <strong>complete</strong> on motors with order code G25 for<br />

frame sizes 180 to 450.<br />

Technical specifications for HOGS 100 S<br />

HOGS 100 S<br />

Supply voltage 5 V DC ± 10 %<br />

Current input under load 150 mA<br />

Sine cycles per revolution 1024<br />

Operating speed<br />

10000 rpm<br />

Signal frequency<br />

250 kHz<br />

Temperature range –20 … +85 °C<br />

Degree of protection IP66<br />

Maximum adm. axial force 250 N<br />

Maximum adm. radial 400 N<br />

cantilever force<br />

Connection system Terminal box<br />

Anti-corrosion protection Complies with corrosivity category C4<br />

acc. to ISO 12944-2<br />

Explosion protection (gas) II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc<br />

Explosion protection (dust) II 3D Ex tc IIIC T135°C Dc<br />

Functional safety<br />

PL d / SIL2<br />

Weight<br />

1.8 kg<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Baumer Hübner GmbH<br />

Max-Dohrn-Str. 2+4<br />

10589 Berlin, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (30) 69003-0<br />

Fax +49 (30) 69003-104<br />

www.baumer.com<br />

Email: sales@baumerhuebner.com<br />

This FSI 862 rotary pulse encoder is extremely rugged and is<br />

therefore suitable for difficult operating conditions.<br />

This rotary pulse encoder in a HC HTL (High Current HTL) version<br />

can be used in compliance with safety integrity level SIL2<br />

when mounted <strong>complete</strong> on motors with order code G27 for<br />

frame sizes 180 to 450.<br />

Technical specifications for FSI 862<br />

FSI 862<br />

Supply voltage<br />

9 ... 30 V DC<br />

Current input<br />

60 mA at 24 V DC (max. 80 mA)<br />

Output current<br />

± 40 mA<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024 or 2048<br />

Outputs<br />

HCHTL<br />

Pulse offset between 90° el ± 25° el<br />

the two outputs<br />

Pitch error<br />

± 50 el<br />

Cable length<br />

max. 350 m at 100 kHz<br />

Maximum speed<br />

6000 rpm<br />

Temperature range –40 … +85 °C<br />

Degree of protection IP66 (IP67)<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever<br />

100 N<br />

force<br />

Maximum adm. axial force 300 N<br />

Connection system Cable gland M20<br />

Weight<br />

approx. 1.3 kg<br />

Shock resistance acc. to 400 g, 3.5 ms EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-27<br />

Vibration resistance acc. to 20 g, 55 ... 2000 Hz EN 60<strong>06</strong>8-2-6<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Leine und Linde AG<br />

Olivehällsvägen 8<br />

SE-64542 Strängnäs<br />

Phone +46 152 265 00<br />

Fax +46 152 265 05<br />

www.leinelinde.com<br />

Email: info@leinelinde.de<br />

1/102 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

■ Overview<br />

Backstop, counterclockwise/clockwise motion blocked<br />

The backstop (order code F40/F41) prevents the motor from<br />

moving while in de-energized state against its direction of rotation<br />

in the energized state.<br />

The backstop is only available for SIMOTICS SD – 1LE15/1LE16,<br />

1LE55/1LE56, VSD10, VSD4000 motors.<br />

- Counterclockwise motion blocked: Option F40<br />

- Clockwise motion blocked: Option F41<br />

Motor series<br />

1LE15/1LE16<br />

1FP15<br />

Protective cover diameter<br />

Frame size Protective cover for<br />

separately driven fan<br />

Special technology<br />

Frame size No. of<br />

poles<br />

Backstop<br />

Type<br />

Rated torque,<br />

theoretical<br />

Start speed Maximum<br />

speed<br />

Order code F40<br />

l<br />

Order code F41<br />

l<br />

Nm rpm rpm mm mm<br />

132 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 66-25 NX 950 700 5000 114 114<br />

160 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 76-25 NX 1200 670 5000 130 130<br />

180 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 76-25 NX 1200 670 5000 126 126<br />

200 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 86-25 NX 1600 630 5000 137 137<br />

225 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 86-25 NX 1600 630 5000 183 183<br />

250 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 86-25 NX 1600 630 5000 1<strong>06</strong> 1<strong>06</strong><br />

280 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 100-40 MX 3700 400 4500 112 112<br />

315 2, 4, 6, 8 FXM 120-50 MX 7700 320 4000 115 115<br />

1LE55/1LE56 315 2 FXM 120-50 MX 7700 320 4000 115 115<br />

4, 6, 8 FXM 140-50 MX 10100 320 3000 115 115<br />

355 2 FXM 120-50 MX 7700 320 4000 155 155<br />

4 FXM 140-50 MX 10100 320 3000 155 155<br />

6, 8 FXM 170-63 MX 20500 250 2700 155 155<br />

Protective cover Protective cover for encoder Protective cover<br />

for encoder<br />

adapter<br />

Protective cover<br />

H00 G11/G12 G04 … G<strong>06</strong> G41/G42 F75<br />

mm mm mm mm mm mm<br />

71 140 125 125 – – –<br />

80 157 155 155 – 155 160<br />

90 177 155 155 – 155 180<br />

100 210 195 195 195 195 195<br />

112 249 195 195 195 195 195<br />

132 300 260 260 260 260 260<br />

160 338 260 260 260 260 260<br />

180 340 340 165 340 340 340<br />

200 338 340 165 340 340 340<br />

225 470 425 165 250 165 –<br />

250 470 470 165 250 165 –<br />

280 525 525 165 250 165 –<br />

315 590 525 165 250 165 –<br />

355 On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/103


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Dimensions and weights<br />

Fig. 1<br />

Brake,<br />

order codes F01/F04<br />

[optionally with manual release, order code F50]<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Rotary pulse encoder (on cover)<br />

Order codes G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12<br />

[G11, G12 protective cover as standard]<br />

I*<br />

G_D081_XX_00190<br />

I<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>03<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 1 Fig. 2<br />

Frame size Brake Rotary pulse encoder including protective cover (G43)<br />

LL 861 900 220 HOG 9 DN 1024 I HOG 10 D 1024 I Sendix 5020<br />

Order codes Order code Order code Order code Order codes<br />

F01/F04 G04 G05 G<strong>06</strong> G11/G12<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

80 60 3.5 – – – – – – 68.5 0.8<br />

90 77.5 5.3 – – – – – – 68.5 0.8<br />

100 81 5.9 83 1.9 83 1.5 126 2.2 56 1.0<br />

112 88 7.8 83 1.9 83 1.5 126 2.2 56 0.9<br />

132 114 11.9 87 2.4 87 2 130 2.7 60 1.4<br />

160 130 30.7 87 2.7 87 2.3 130 3 60 1.6<br />

180 126 28 136.5 2.3 136.5 1.9 136.5 2.6 87 2.2<br />

200 137 38 136.5 2.5 136.5 2.1 136.5 2.8 87 2.4<br />

225 135/199 63/49 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

250 225/185 83/54 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

280 297/192 118/92 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

315 308/188 256/167 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

1LE5<br />

315 309 355 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

355 324 425 135 2 135 1.6 135 2.3 87 1<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 2<br />

Frame size Rotary pulse encoder without protective cover<br />

LL 861 900 220 HOG 9 DN 1024 I HOG 10 D 1024 I Sendix 5020<br />

Order code Order code Order code Order codes<br />

G04 G05 G<strong>06</strong> G11/G12<br />

l *<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l *<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l *<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l *<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

225 75 1.3 72 0.9 116 1.6 65 0.4<br />

250 75 1.3 72 0.9 116 1.6 65 0.4<br />

280 75 1.3 72 0.9 116 1.6 65 0.4<br />

315 75 1.3 72 0.9 116 1.6 65 0.4<br />

1LE5<br />

355 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

1/104 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

■ Overview<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1<br />

Fig. 3<br />

Brake and rotary pulse encoder (on cover),<br />

order codes F01/F04<br />

+ G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12<br />

[optionally with manual release,<br />

order code F50;<br />

G11, G12 protective cover as standard]<br />

Fig. 4<br />

Separately driven fan,<br />

order code F70<br />

M<br />

I*<br />

I<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>04<br />

G_D081_XX_00194<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200 Frame sizes 225 to 315<br />

∆I<br />

G_D081_XX_00464<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 3 Fig. 4<br />

Frame size Brake and rotary pulse encoder (on cover) Separately driven fan<br />

LL 861 900 220 HOG 9 D 1024 I HOG 10 D 1024 I Sendix 5020<br />

Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes Order code<br />

F01 F01 F01 F01 F70<br />

+G04 +G05 +G<strong>06</strong> + G11/G12<br />

l * Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l * Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l * Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l M Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

71 – – – – – – – – 75 20 1.9<br />

80 – – – – – – 128.5 4.3 88 20 1.9<br />

90 – – – – – – 146 6.1 104 30 2.5<br />

100 164 7.8 164 7.4 207 8.1 137 6.9 86.5 30 2.6<br />

112 171 9.7 171 9.3 214 10 144 8.7 81.5 30 2.9<br />

132 201 14.3 201 13.9 244 14.6 174 13.3 116 40 3.9<br />

160 217 33.4 217 33 260 33.7 190 32.3 135.5 40 5.6<br />

180 216 30.3 216 29.9 252 30.6 216 30.2 257 40 8.3<br />

200 228 40.5 228 40.1 264 40.8 228 40.4 262 40 9.3<br />

225 210 64.3 207 64.2 251 63.9 186 63.4 221 – 22<br />

250 300 84.3 297 84.2 341 83.9 276 83.4 226 – 25<br />

280 372 119.3 369 119.2 413 118.9 348 118.4 222 – 28<br />

315 383 256.3 380 256.2 424 255.9 359 256.4 236 1) – 36 1)<br />

315 – – – – – – – – 276 2) – 38.8 2)<br />

1LE5<br />

315 2-pole 444 357 444 356.6 444 357.3 396 356 275 – 37.6<br />

4-pole 235 – 35.3<br />

355 459 427 459 426.6 459 427.3 411 426 248 – 27.5<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 3<br />

Frame size Brake and rotary pulse encoder (on cover)<br />

LL 861 900 220 HOG 9 D 1024 I HOG 10 D 1024 I Sendix 5020<br />

Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes<br />

F04 F04 F04 F04<br />

+G04 +G05 +G<strong>06</strong> + G11/G12<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

225 274 50.3 271 49.9 315 50.6 285.5 49.4<br />

250 260 55.3 257 54.9 301 55.6 271.5 54.4<br />

280 267 93.3 264 92.9 308 93.6 278.5 92.4<br />

315 263 168.3 260 167.9 304 168.6 274.5 167.4<br />

1) Valid for 4-pole, 6-pole, and 8-pole motors<br />

2) Valid for 2-pole motors<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/105


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Fig. 5<br />

Brake and separately driven fan,<br />

order codes F01/F04 + F70<br />

[optionally with manual release,<br />

order code F50]<br />

Fig. 6<br />

Rotary pulse encoder (under cover) and separately driven fan,<br />

order codes F70<br />

+ G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12<br />

G_D081_XX_00195<br />

G_D081_XX_00196<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200<br />

∆I<br />

G_D081_XX_00465<br />

∆I<br />

G_D081_XX_00466<br />

Frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

Frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 5 Fig. 6<br />

Frame size Brake and separately driven fan Separately driven fan and rotary pulse encoder (under cover)<br />

Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes<br />

F01 + F70 F04 + F70 F70 F70 F70 F70<br />

+G04 +G05 +G<strong>06</strong> + G11/G12<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

71 – – – – – – – – – – 165 2.7<br />

80 161.5 5.4 – – – – – – – – 161.5 3<br />

90 174 7.7 – – – – – – – – 174 3.6<br />

100 161.5 8.3 – – 161.5 4.8 161.5 4.4 246.5 5.3 161.5 3.9<br />

112 156.5 10.4 – – 156.5 5.1 156.5 4.7 241.5 5.6 156.5 4.1<br />

132 186 15.7 – – 186 6.8 186 6.4 291 7.4 186 5.8<br />

160 205.5 37.2 – – 205.5 9.8 205.5 9.4 320.5 10.5 205.5 8.7<br />

180 257 40 – – 257 10.6 257 10.2 400 10.9 257 10.5<br />

200 262 53 – – 262 11.8 262 11.4 397 12.1 262 11.7<br />

225 563 87 440.5 60 410 26 410 26 410 26 410 25<br />

250 609 110 409 79 425 28 425 28 425 28 425 27<br />

280 571 149 402 120 429 31 429 31 429 31 429 30<br />

315 (4,- 6-, 540 296 432 203 432 42 432 42 432 42 432 41<br />

and 8-pole)<br />

315 (2-pole) 588 299 – – 472 45 472 45 472 45 472 44<br />

1LE5<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

315 2-pole 633 415.7 – – 633 39.6 633 39.2 633 39.9 633 38.6<br />

4-pole 593 413.7 – – 593 37.3 593 36.9 593 37.6 593 36.3<br />

355 628 471.7 – – 381 29.5 381 29.1 381 29.8 381 28.5<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

1/1<strong>06</strong> Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

■ Overview<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1<br />

Fig. 7<br />

Brake, rotary pulse encoder<br />

(under cover) and separately driven fan,<br />

order codes F01/F04 + F70<br />

+ G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12<br />

[optionally with manual release, order code F50]<br />

Fig. 8<br />

Protective cover for separately driven fan,<br />

order code H00<br />

G_D081_XX_00197<br />

∆I<br />

G_D081_XX_00467<br />

G_D081_XX_00198<br />

∆I<br />

G_D081_XX_00468<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200 Frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200 Frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 7 Fig. 8<br />

Frame size Brake, separately driven fan, and rotary pulse encoder (under cover) Sendix 5020 Protective cover for separately driven fan<br />

Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes Order code<br />

F01 + F70 F01 + F70 F01 + F70 F01 + F70 F70+H00<br />

+G04 +G05 +G<strong>06</strong> + G11/G12<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l<br />

Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

Diameter of the<br />

separatelydriven-fan<br />

cover<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg mm<br />

1LE1<br />

80 – – – – – – 186.5 6.7 124.5 0.2 157<br />

90 – – – – – – 199 9 141.5 0.2 177<br />

100 196.5 10.9 196.5 10.5 246.5 11.5 196.5 10 124 1.4 210<br />

112 191.5 13.1 191.5 12.7 241.5 13.6 191.5 12.1 122 1.8 249<br />

132 241 19 241 18.6 291 19.6 241 18 149 2.4 300<br />

160 270.5 40.9 270.5 40.5 320.5 41.6 270.5 39.8 177 3 338<br />

180 257 38.6 257 38.2 400 40.6 257 38.5 288 1.7 338<br />

200 262 49.9 262 49.1 397 51.5 262 49.7 293 1.7 338<br />

225 563 88.3 563 88.2 563 88.9 563 87.4 305 2.5 210<br />

250 609 111.3 609 111.2 609 111.9 609 110.4 311 2.5 249<br />

280 571 150.3 571 150.2 571 150.9 571 149.4 307 2.5 300<br />

315 (4-, 6-, 540 297.3 540 297.2 540 297.9 540 296.4 321 1) 2.5 1) 338 1)<br />

8-pole)<br />

315 (2-pole) 580 300.3 580 300.2 580 300.9 580 300.9 – – –<br />

1LE5<br />

315 2-pole<br />

4-pole<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

402<br />

317<br />

46.1<br />

43.5<br />

690<br />

690<br />

355 – – – – – – – – 330 36 690<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 7<br />

Frame size Brake, separately driven fan, and rotary pulse encoder (under cover) Sendix 5020<br />

Order codes Order codes Order codes Order codes<br />

F04 + F70 F04 + F70 F04 + F70 F04+ F70<br />

+G04 +G05 +G<strong>06</strong> + G11/G12<br />

l Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

l Weight,<br />

approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

225 593.5 67.3 593.5 66.9 593.5 67.6 593.5 66.4<br />

250 609 80.3 609 79.9 609 80.6 609 79.4<br />

280 572 121.3 572 120.9 572 121.6 572 120.4<br />

315 540 204.3 540 203.9 540 204.6 540 203.4<br />

1LE5<br />

315 2-pole<br />

4-pole<br />

633<br />

593<br />

417.7<br />

415.7<br />

633<br />

593<br />

417.3<br />

415.6<br />

633<br />

593<br />

418<br />

416<br />

633<br />

593<br />

416.7<br />

414.7<br />

355 628 473.7 628 473.3 628 474 628 472.7<br />

1) Valid for FS 315 (2, 4, 6, and 8-pole)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/107


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1 ■ Overview<br />

Fig. 9<br />

Prepared for mountings, center hole only<br />

(for BFK458 brake, order code F01 and/or encoder order code<br />

G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12),<br />

order code G40<br />

(up to frame size 160, standard with frame size 180 and above)<br />

Fig. 10<br />

Prepared for mountings with shaft D12/D16,<br />

order code G41/G42<br />

G_D081_XX_00199<br />

G_D081_XX_00188<br />

l<br />

Frame size<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 9 Fig. 10<br />

Prepared for mountings, center hole only<br />

(for BFK458 brake, order code F01 and/or encoder<br />

order codes G04/G05/G<strong>06</strong>/G11/G12)<br />

order code G40<br />

Prepared for mountings with shaft D12/D16,<br />

order code G41/G42<br />

Order code Order code Order code<br />

G40 G41 G42<br />

l Weight, approx. l Weight, approx. l Weight, approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg mm kg<br />

1LE1<br />

71 – – – – – –<br />

80 – – 22 0.1 52 0.1<br />

90 – – 22 0.1 52 0.1<br />

100 – – 18.3 0.15 54.3 0.2<br />

112 – – 14.5 0.15 54.3 0.2<br />

132 – 0.1 18.8 0.3 58.8 0.4<br />

160 – 0.2 18.6 0.4 55.6 0.7<br />

180 – – 18 0.27 57 0.33<br />

200 – – 17 0.27 56 0.27<br />

225 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

250 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

280 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

315 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

1LE5<br />

315 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

355 – – 23 0.27 58 0.33<br />

400 On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

450 On request On request On request On request On request On request<br />

1/108 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

Mounting technology<br />

■ Overview<br />

Dimensions and weights of the mountings<br />

1<br />

Fig. 11<br />

Standard protective cover for types of construction,<br />

order code H00<br />

Fig. 12<br />

Protective cover for textile industry,<br />

order code F75<br />

G_D081_XX_00191<br />

G_D081_XX_00494<br />

Assignment<br />

Fig. 11 Fig. 12<br />

Frame size Protective cover Protective cover<br />

Order code<br />

Order code<br />

H00<br />

F75<br />

l Weight, approx. l Weight, approx.<br />

mm kg mm kg<br />

71 29 0.15 – –<br />

80 128 0.3 17 0.3<br />

90 144 0.4 15 0.4<br />

100 137 0.5 64 0.7<br />

112 122 0.7 64 0.9<br />

132 156 1.3 71 1.3<br />

160 182.5 1.7 71 1.9<br />

180 285 1.7 90 3.2<br />

200 297 1.7 90 3.4<br />

225 100 2.2 On request On request<br />

250 100 2.4 On request On request<br />

280 110 3.4 On request On request<br />

315 110 4 On request On request<br />

1LE5<br />

315 110 8 – –<br />

355 140 8.5 – –<br />

400 On request On request – –<br />

450 On request On request – –<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

1/109


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Introduction<br />

1<br />

Notes<br />

1/110 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD<br />

standard motors<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

2<br />

2/2 Orientation<br />

2/6 Converter operation<br />

2/7 Article number code<br />

2/8 IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

2/8 Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1004<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/9 • 1LE1504 Basic Line<br />

2/11 • 1LE1604 Performance Line<br />

2/13 IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/13 • 1LE1003<br />

2/16 • 1LE1003 with increased power<br />

2/17 • 1LE1083<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/18 • 1LE1503 Basic Line<br />

2/21 • 1LE1603 Performance Line<br />

2/25 • 1LE1503 Basic Line with increased power<br />

2/26 • 1LE1603 Performance Line with increased<br />

power<br />

2/27 • 1LE1583<br />

2/30 IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/30 • 1LE1001<br />

2/34 • 1LE1001 with increased power<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/36 • 1LE1501 Basic Line<br />

2/40 • 1LE1601 Performance Line<br />

2/44 • 1LE1501 Basic Line with increased power<br />

2/46 • 1LE1601 Performance Line with increased<br />

power<br />

2/48 IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/48 • 1LE1002<br />

2/51 • 1LE1002 with increased power<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/52 • 1LE1502 Basic Line<br />

2/56 • 1LE1502 Basic Line with increased power<br />

2/58 APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/58 • 1LE1043<br />

2/60 • 1LE1043 with increased power<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/61 • 1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

2/64 • 1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

2/67 • 1LE1543 Basic Line with increased power<br />

2/68 • 1LE1643 Performance Line with increased<br />

power<br />

2/69 APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/69 • 1LE1041<br />

2/71 • 1LE1041 with increased power<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/72 • 1LE1541 Basic Line<br />

2/74 • 1LE1541 Basic Line with increased power<br />

2/75 ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

2/75 Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1E1073<br />

2/77 Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573,<br />

1LE5773<br />

2/79 Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient<br />

MG1 Table 12-12<br />

2/79 Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1023<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

2/81 • 1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

2/84 • 1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

2/88 Eagle Line · NEMA Energy Efficient<br />

MG1 Table 12-11<br />

2/88 Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1021<br />

2/89 Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1521<br />

Basic Line<br />

2/90 Pole-changing<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

2/90 • 1LE1011 for constant load torque<br />

2/91 • 1LE1011/1LE1012 for square-law load torque<br />

2/93 Article No. supplements and<br />

special versions<br />

2/93 Voltages<br />

2/99 Types of construction<br />

2/112 Motor protection<br />

2/115 Terminal box position<br />

2/118 Options<br />

2/139 Accessories<br />

2/141 Dimensions<br />

2/141 Notes on the dimensions<br />

2/141 Dimension sheet generator<br />

2/142 Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient,<br />

pole-changing<br />

2/142 • Frame sizes 63 M to 200<br />

IE1, IE2 with increased power<br />

2/144 • Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

IE1, IE2<br />

2/146 • Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient<br />

2/148 • Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

2/150 • Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

IE3 with increased power<br />

2/154 • Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

IE3<br />

2/156 • Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

2/158 • Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

IE4<br />

2/160 • Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

2/162 • Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

2/164 Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient<br />

2/164 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

2/166 • Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

2/168 • Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient<br />

2/170 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

2/172 • Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

IE3 1LE1583<br />

2/174 • Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

2/176 • Frame sizes 225 S to 315 L<br />

IE4<br />

2/178 • Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

2/180 • Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

2/182 • Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

2/184 • Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

2<br />

The design of the 1LE1 motors ensures maximum flexibility and<br />

minimum installation costs. Users benefit from integral lifting<br />

eyes, screw-on feet, reinforced bearing plates with optimum mechanical<br />

properties and easily accessible terminal boxes.<br />

Encoders, brakes and separately driven fans can also be added<br />

without any problems. Smaller inventories make stockkeeping<br />

easier, so motor suppliers can respond to customer requirements<br />

more quickly.<br />

The 1LE1/1LE5/1PC1 motor family comprises two main series:<br />

• SIMOTICS GP for general purpose applications:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with an aluminum housing<br />

SIMOTICS GP 1LE1/1LE5/1PC1 motors with an aluminum<br />

housing are suitable for a wide range of standard drive tasks<br />

in the industrial environment. Thanks to their particular low<br />

weight, they are predestined for applications in pumps, fans<br />

and compressors. But they also reliably fulfill their tasks in<br />

conveyor systems and lifting gear.<br />

Increasing energy costs have resulted in greater emphasis on<br />

the power consumption of drive systems. It is extremely important<br />

to utilize the full potential for minimizing energy consumption<br />

here to secure competitiveness today and in the future. The environment<br />

will also profit from reduced energy consumption.<br />

This is the reason why we have already developed a new generation<br />

of low-voltage motors. Innovative rotors create the best<br />

requisites for motors with a high degree of efficiency. IE1 and IE2<br />

motors with the same power have the same dimensions. The<br />

new motors for IE2, IE3 and IE4 offer considerable energy savings<br />

and protect our environment. We also consider environmental<br />

compatibility and sustainable use of resources during production.<br />

Potting compounds and coatings are, for example,<br />

solvent-free.<br />

The modular mounting concept provides total flexibility. Each<br />

motor is based on a uniform concept for all markets worldwide.<br />

Our motors are manufactured according to the most advanced<br />

ecological standards.<br />

The new 1LE1 motor family is therefore one of the most compact<br />

in the world, because it is manufactured using innovative technology.<br />

For an optimized design, a compound of highly conductive<br />

materials is used in the rotor (up to frame size 200). This results<br />

in minimum rotor losses and an excellent starting and<br />

switching response.<br />

Brief overview<br />

Power and voltage range: 0.09 ... 45 kW<br />

for all commonly used voltages<br />

Frame sizes and 63 ... 200 in all common types of construction<br />

types of construction:<br />

Rated speed:<br />

750 ... 3600 rpm<br />

Number of poles: 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

Efficiency classes: • IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IR3 (Rendimento Premium)<br />

• NEE (NEMA Energy Efficient,<br />

acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-11)<br />

• NPE (NEMA Premium Efficient,<br />

acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-12)<br />

• SIMOTICS SD for severe duty applications:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with cast-iron housing<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE1/1LE5 motors with a cast-iron housing are<br />

extremely rugged and are therefore the first choice for applications<br />

under harsh environmental conditions.<br />

They master dust or vibration in mills and mixers as well as the<br />

corrosive atmosphere in the petrochemical industry.<br />

Brief overview<br />

Power and voltage range: 0.09 ... 300 kW<br />

for all commonly used voltages<br />

Frame sizes and 71 ... 315 in all common types of construction<br />

types of construction:<br />

Rated speed:<br />

750 ... 3600 rpm<br />

Number of poles: 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

Efficiency classes: • IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IR3 (Rendimento Premium)<br />

• NEE (NEMA Energy Efficient,<br />

acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-11)<br />

• NPE (NEMA Premium Efficient,<br />

acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-12)<br />

2/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

High efficiency energy-saving motors for a positive energy<br />

balance<br />

Depending on requirements, energy-saving motors for a positive<br />

energy balance are available that are compliant with the legal requirements<br />

applicable in the European economic area in accordance<br />

with EU Directive 640/2009 as well as for the North American<br />

market in accordance with US federal law EISA (Energy<br />

Independence Security Act).<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with increased power and compact construction<br />

(1LE1)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with increased power and compact construction can be<br />

used to advantage in confined spaces. For a slightly longer<br />

overall length, the power is at least as high as that of the next<br />

largest frame size. These compact motors are also optimized for<br />

efficiency. They are offered in IE2 and IE3 and therefore reduce<br />

operating costs.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> without fan cover and without external fan<br />

(1LE1 with order code F90)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors with surface cooling without fan cover<br />

and without external fan are mainly used for driving fans.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with reduced power without fan cover and without<br />

external fan (1PC1 motors on request)<br />

Naturally cooled motors with surface cooling without fan cover<br />

and without external fan are suitable for the following operating<br />

conditions:<br />

• Types of duty with adequate cooling times (e.g. temporary<br />

duty for positioning drives)<br />

• Environmental conditions that demand compact installation<br />

space (e.g. in motors with a stopping function)<br />

Requirements that make an external fan disadvantageous, e.g.<br />

simple cleaning in the food industry, textile industry.<br />

2<br />

■ Benefits<br />

There is considerable potential in the new 1LE1/1PC1 series of<br />

low-voltage motors. As a consistent further development of existing<br />

motors, the 1LE1/1PC1 motors offer numerous advantages.<br />

Greater efficiency<br />

Innovative rotor technology and manufacturing technology has<br />

been implemented for the IE3 and IE4 high efficiency motor variants.<br />

The energy-efficient motors are therefore considerably<br />

more compact.<br />

The SinaSave Webtool can be used to calculate the energy saving<br />

potential and life cycle costs of all motors. SinaSave can be<br />

downloaded free of charge from the following website:<br />

www.sinasave.siemens.com<br />

The 1LE1 motors also impress customers with their extremely<br />

long life and their weight-optimized design has a positive effect<br />

on the stability of the equipment unit.<br />

A wider range of applications<br />

The motors are certified for worldwide use and satisfy high<br />

standards of quality (confirmed, for example, by CSA 1) , UL 2) ,<br />

CQC 3) ).<br />

Improved design<br />

The rugged housing in modern EMC design has an attractive<br />

appearance and enhances functionality. The rotatable, accessible<br />

terminal boxes, integral lifting eyes, screw-on feet and reinforced<br />

bearing plates ensure this.<br />

Greater power<br />

For the same frame size, the high-performance motors offer one<br />

<strong>complete</strong> rated power level more. We are also consistently implementing<br />

energy efficiency improvements here, too. The motors<br />

are offered (based on the categories of IEC 60034-30-1) in<br />

various efficiency classes.<br />

More flexibility<br />

The optimized design of the motors makes installation easier in<br />

general. Encoders, brakes and separately driven fans can be<br />

retrofitted easily. Terminal boxes and feet for flexible mounting<br />

can be selected. Smaller inventories make stockkeeping easier<br />

and motor suppliers can respond to customer requirements<br />

more quickly. Optimized manufacturing processes support fast<br />

availability. All motors up to 480 V can be operated either directly<br />

on the line or on a converter.<br />

For general purpose applications:<br />

SIMOTICS GP motors with an aluminum housing<br />

Particularly user friendly<br />

The previously introduced, well-proven, obliquely partitioned terminal<br />

box is being implemented consistently throughout the entire<br />

motor series.<br />

Special export line<br />

For exporting to NAFTA, the Eagle Line is available. The motors<br />

are supplied with the electrical values stamped on the rating<br />

plate in accordance with EISA requirements.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Canadian Standard Association<br />

Underwriters Laboratories Inc.<br />

3)<br />

China Quality Certification<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Benefits<br />

2<br />

For severe duty applications:<br />

SIMOTICS SD motors with a cast-iron housing<br />

The right motor for various challenges<br />

The following lines are available for severe duty applications:<br />

• Basic Line (1LE15): rugged, reliable motors for machine construction<br />

• Performance Line (1LE16): <strong>Motors</strong> for the process industry<br />

with reinforced bearings and a more rugged coating – for requirements<br />

that extend beyond the Basic Line<br />

• "Eagle Line": <strong>Motors</strong> for exporting to the NAFTA zone;<br />

they fulfill the requirements of UL and CSA and are supplied<br />

with the electrical values stamped on the rating plate in accordance<br />

with EISA requirements<br />

Comparison: Basic Line versus Performance Line<br />

Function Basic Line Performance Line<br />

Bearing size 62<br />

63<br />

(63 from frame size 280<br />

upwards)<br />

Relubrication<br />

Paint system<br />

Optional<br />

(standard from frame<br />

size 280 upwards)<br />

Standard paint finish,<br />

corrosivity category<br />

C2 1)<br />

Drainage Drain plugs T drains<br />

Rating plate Aluminum, plastic Steel<br />

Motor protection Optional PTC<br />

Fan cover Plastic Steel<br />

Warranty Optionally 12 or 36<br />

months for frame sizes<br />

180 to 315<br />

Standard from frame<br />

size 160 upwards<br />

(optional for frame size<br />

100 to 132)<br />

Special paint finish,<br />

corrosivity category<br />

C3 1)<br />

Standard 36 months for<br />

frame sizes 180 to 315<br />

Compact design<br />

The size of a motor is often an important aspect in the case of<br />

machines. For this reason, the 1LE1 motors in IE2 and IE3 are<br />

not any longer than their predecessors in the 1LG series<br />

in IE2.<br />

Another highlight: some of the IE3 motors fit in the same housing<br />

as the IE2 motors. The efficiency classes naturally do not differ<br />

with regard to shaft height, so that the mechanical interface to<br />

the equipment unit remains the same. This also supports a<br />

largely problem-free efficiency upgrade to IE3 – without the need<br />

to adapt the mechanical design of a machine.<br />

Greater power<br />

In severe duty applications, motors with increased power can<br />

also be the right solution if sufficient space is not available for a<br />

standard motor. Because these motors offer the same power<br />

range in the next smallest frame size.<br />

■ Application<br />

As soon as the range of motors and options is <strong>complete</strong>, it will<br />

be possible to use the 1LE1/1PC1 motors from Siemens in all areas<br />

and sectors of industry due to their numerous options. They<br />

are suitable both for special environmental conditions such as<br />

those that predominate in the chemical or petrochemical industry<br />

as well as for most climatic requirements such as those of offshore<br />

applications.<br />

Their large range of line voltages enables them to be used all<br />

over the world.<br />

The wide field of implementation includes the following<br />

applications:<br />

•Pumps<br />

• Fan<br />

• Compressors<br />

• Conveyor systems such as cranes, belts and lifting gear<br />

• High-bay warehouses<br />

• Packaging machines<br />

• Automation and drives<br />

• Manufacturing industry<br />

• General machine construction<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with a cast-iron housing are particularly suitable for the<br />

following severe duty applications:<br />

• Petrochemical industry<br />

• Pharmaceuticals<br />

• Chemical industry<br />

• Printing industry<br />

• Process industry<br />

1)<br />

See also Chapter 1, pages 1/14 and 1/15.<br />

2/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Overview of technical specifications<br />

This table lists the most important technical specifications. For more information and details, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Type of motor<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD 1LE1/1LE5/1PC1 IEC Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Connection types<br />

Star/delta connection<br />

The connection type to be used can be established from the Article No. supplements for the required motor.<br />

Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

Frame sizes<br />

63 M ... 315 L<br />

Rated power<br />

0.09 ... 300 kW (1LE1/1LE5 motor series)/0.3 ... 9 kW (1PC1 motor series)<br />

Frequencies<br />

50 Hz and 60 Hz<br />

Versions<br />

Self-ventilated 1LE1 energy-saving motors with:<br />

• IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IR3 (Rendimento Premium)<br />

• NEE (NEMA Energy Efficient, acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-11)<br />

• NPE (NEMA Premium Efficient, acc. to NEMA MG, Table 12-12)<br />

Self-ventilated 1LE1 motors with increased power with:<br />

• IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

Forced-air cooled 1LE1 motors without external fan and fan cover with:<br />

• IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IR3 (Rendimento Premium)<br />

Naturally cooled 1PC1 motors without external fan and fan cover with:<br />

• IE1 (Standard Efficiency)<br />

• IE2 (High Efficiency)<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

Marking<br />

IEC 60034-30-1 IE1, IE2, IE3, IE4: 2, 4, 6 and 8-pole; NBR 17094-1: IR3 Rendimento Premium: 2, 4, 6, and 8-pole<br />

US Energy Independence Security Act EISA: 2, 4, 6 and 8-pole<br />

Rated speed<br />

750 … 3000 rpm<br />

(synchronous speed)<br />

Rated torque<br />

0.6 ... 1978 Nm (1LE1/1LE5 motor series)<br />

Insulation of the stator winding in accordance<br />

with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to temperature class 130 (B) (also for motors with increased power)<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP55 as standard<br />

according to EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)<br />

Cooling<br />

• Self-ventilated (IC411) (1LE1/1LE5 motor series) frame size 80 M to 315 L<br />

according to EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6) • Forced-air cooled (IC418) (1LE1/1LE5 motor series with order code F90), frame size 80 M to 200 L<br />

• Naturally cooled (IC410) (1PC1 motor series) frame size 100 L to 160 L<br />

Permissible coolant temperature and –20 ... +40 °C as standard, installation altitude up to 1000 m above sea level.<br />

installation altitude<br />

See "Coolant temperature and installation altitude" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Standard voltages<br />

50 Hz: 230 V, 400 V, 500 V, 690 V<br />

according to EN 60038 (IEC 60038) The voltage to be used can be found in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

Type of construction<br />

• Without flange: IM B3, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5 without protective cover, IM V6, IM V5 with protective cover<br />

according to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) • With flange: IM B5, IM V1, IM V3, IM B35<br />

• With flange (next largest): IM B14, IM V19, IM V18, IM B34<br />

Paint finish<br />

Suitability of paint finish for climate<br />

group according to IEC 60721, Part 2-1<br />

Standard: Color RAL 7030 stone gray<br />

See "Paint finish" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Vibration severity grade<br />

Grade A (normal – without special vibration requirements)<br />

according to EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14) Optionally: Grade B (with special vibration requirements)<br />

See "Balance and vibration severity" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Shaft extension<br />

Balancing type: half-key balancing as standard<br />

according to DIN 748 (IEC 60072) See "Balance and vibration severity" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Sound pressure level according to The corresponding sound pressure level is listed in the selection and ordering data for the required motor.<br />

EN ISO 1680 (tolerance +3 dB)<br />

Weights<br />

The corresponding weight is listed in the selection and ordering data for the required motor.<br />

Modular mounting concept<br />

Rotary pulse encoder, brake, separately driven fan or prepared for mountings<br />

Consistent series concept<br />

• Cast housing feet, screwed-on feet available as an option and retrofittable<br />

• Terminal box obliquely partitioned and rotatable through 4 × 90°<br />

• Bearings at DE and NDE are of identical design, reinforced bearings available as an option<br />

Options<br />

See "Article No. supplements and special versions"<br />

2<br />

■ More information<br />

For further information, please get in touch with your local<br />

Siemens contact and use the DT Configurator.<br />

Contacts: www.siemens.com/automation/partner<br />

DT Configurator: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Wherever possible, you will find a local contact for:<br />

• Technical support<br />

• Spare parts/repairs<br />

• Service<br />

• Training<br />

• Sales<br />

• Technical consultation/engineering<br />

You start by selecting a:<br />

• country,<br />

•product or<br />

• sector.<br />

By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly<br />

the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

Converter operation<br />

2<br />

■ Overview<br />

Converter operation up to 480 V +10 % line voltage<br />

See Chapter 1, page 1/26.<br />

During installation, the EMC guidelines must be complied with<br />

Note:<br />

When motors are operated on SINAMICS converters additional<br />

losses occur which, depending on the admissible winding temperature,<br />

can make it necessary to reduce the torque. The admissible<br />

torque values can be obtained from the SIZER<br />

(www.siemens.com/sizer) configuring tool. The lowest frequency<br />

specified there is 5 Hz. For stationary converter operation<br />

at lower frequencies, particularly in the case of frame sizes<br />

< 100, it is necessary to inquire at the Quotation Center.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> operating with frequency converters offer the user numerous<br />

advantages.<br />

The motors feature the future-oriented insulation system<br />

DURIGNIT IR 2000 (IR = Inverter Resistant). The<br />

DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system consists of high-quality<br />

enamel wires and insulating sheet materials in conjunction with<br />

temperature-resistant resin impregnation.<br />

■ Application<br />

The wide field of implementation includes the following<br />

applications:<br />

• Conveyor systems such as cranes, belts and lifting gear<br />

• High-bay warehouses<br />

• Packaging machines<br />

• Automation and drives<br />

Their large range of line voltages enables them to be used all<br />

over the world.<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

General note<br />

All the data listed in the catalog is applicable for a 50 Hz line<br />

supply. With converter operation, the torque reduction factors for<br />

constant torque and drives for fans, pumps and compressors<br />

must be configured using the "SIZER for Siemens Drives" engineering<br />

tool. Higher noise levels must be expected at frequencies<br />

other than 50 Hz for motors operating with converters due<br />

to the harmonic content of the supply.<br />

Mechanical limit speeds<br />

When the motor is operated above its rated frequency, it is important<br />

to note that the maximum speeds are limited by the limits<br />

for the roller bearings, critical rotor speed and rigidity of the rotating<br />

parts (see page 1/54).<br />

Motor protection<br />

A motor protection function can be implemented using the I 2 t<br />

sensing capability implemented in the converter software.<br />

If required, more precise motor protection can be afforded by direct<br />

temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors, PTC<br />

thermistors, or Pt1000 resistance thermometers in the motor<br />

winding. Some converters from Siemens determine the motor<br />

temperature using the resistance of the temperature sensor.<br />

They can be set to a required temperature for alarm and tripping.<br />

Insulation<br />

The insulation of 1LE motors is designed such that converter operation<br />

is possible at voltages up to 480 V 1) .<br />

Û phase-to-phase 1500 V, Û phase-to-ground 1100 V, voltage rise<br />

times of t s > 0.1 s.<br />

For converter operation with the power ratings specified in the<br />

catalog, the motors are used according to temperature class<br />

155 (F), i.e. in this case neither a service factor > 1 nor an increased<br />

coolant temperature is possible (order codes N01, N02<br />

and N03 cannot be ordered).<br />

1)<br />

See also IEC 60034-1 Edition 13.0<br />

2/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

The article number consists of a combination of digits and letters<br />

and is divided into three hyphenated blocks to provide a better<br />

overview, e.g.:<br />

1LE1001-1DB22-2CB5-Z<br />

H00<br />

The first block (positions 1 to 7) identifies the motor type.<br />

The second block (positions 8 to 12) defines the motor frame<br />

size and length, the number of poles and power and in some<br />

cases the frequency/voltage. In the third block (positions 13 to<br />

16), the frequency/voltage, type of construction and further design<br />

features are encoded.<br />

Structure of the Article No.:<br />

1st to 4th position:<br />

Digit, letter, letter,<br />

digit<br />

5th position:<br />

Digit<br />

6th to 7th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

8th, 9th and<br />

11th position:<br />

Digit, letter, digit<br />

10th position:<br />

Letter<br />

12th and 13th<br />

position:<br />

2 digits<br />

14th position:<br />

Letter<br />

15th position:<br />

Letter<br />

16th position:<br />

Digit<br />

Special order versions:<br />

encoded – additional order code required<br />

not encoded – additional plain text required<br />

Ordering example<br />

For deviations in the second and third block from the catalog<br />

codes either Z or 90 should be used as appropriate.<br />

Ordering data:<br />

• Complete Article No. and order code(s) or plain text<br />

• If a quotation has been requested, please specify the quotation<br />

number in addition to the Article No.<br />

• When ordering a <strong>complete</strong> motor as a spare part, please<br />

specify the works serial No. for the previously supplied motor<br />

as well as the Article No.<br />

Position:<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16<br />

• Self-ventilated by fan mounted on and driven by the rotor 1 L E 1<br />

• Forced-air cooled by air flow from the fan to be driven with<br />

option extension F90<br />

• ABNT Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled as for 1 L E 5<br />

1LE1<br />

• Naturally cooled without external fan and fan cover 1 P C 1<br />

Aluminum housing<br />

Cast-iron housing Basic Line<br />

Cast-iron housing Performance Line<br />

Cast-iron housing ABNT Line IR3 (IE3)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE2 High Efficiency<br />

APAC Line motors with IE2 High Efficiency<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency (converter operation)<br />

APAC Line motors with IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Pole-changing motors with one winding connected in Dahlander circuit<br />

Pole-changing motors with two windings<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient MG1 motors, Table 12-11 – Eagle Line<br />

NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 motors, Table 12-12 – Eagle Line<br />

ABNT Line IR3 (IE3) motors<br />

Motor frame size<br />

(frame size as a combination of shaft height and overall length, encoded)<br />

No. of poles<br />

A: 2-pole, B: 4-pole, C: 6-pole, D: 8-pole, J: 4/2-pole const. load torque,<br />

L: 8/4-pole const. load torque, P: 4/2-pole square-law load torque,<br />

Q: 6/4-pole square-law load torque, R: 8/4-pole square-law load torque<br />

Voltage, circuit and frequency<br />

(encoded with two digits, 9-0 requires order code M.. (e.g. M1Y))<br />

Type of construction<br />

(encoded with A ... Z; Z requires order code Q.. (e.g. H00))<br />

Motor protection<br />

(encoded with A ... Z; Z requires order code Q.. (e.g. Q2A))<br />

Terminal box position<br />

4: Terminal box top, 5: Terminal box right, 6: Terminal box left, 7: Terminal box bottom<br />

0<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

0<br />

4<br />

0<br />

0<br />

8<br />

4<br />

0<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

7<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

3<br />

0<br />

...<br />

3<br />

A<br />

...<br />

E<br />

A<br />

...<br />

R<br />

0<br />

...<br />

6<br />

0<br />

...<br />

9<br />

0<br />

...<br />

8<br />

A<br />

...<br />

V<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

Motor type 1LE1<br />

Standard motor with IE3 High Efficiency, IP55 degree of protection, aluminum housing 1LE1003-■■■■■-■■■■<br />

Motor frame size/No. of poles/Speed 160 M/4-pole/1500 rpm 1LE1003-1DB2■-■■■■<br />

Rated power<br />

11 kW<br />

Voltage and frequency 230 V/400 VY, 50 Hz 1LE1003-1DB22-2■■■<br />

IM V5 with protective cover 1)<br />

Type of construction with special version<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

A<br />

...<br />

Z<br />

4<br />

...<br />

7<br />

1LE1003-1DB22-2C■■-Z<br />

H00<br />

1LE1003-1DB22-2CB■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box right (viewed from DE) 1LE1003-1DB22-2CB5-Z<br />

H00<br />

- Z<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Standard without protective cover – the protective cover is defined with<br />

order code H00 and must be ordered in addition to the Article No. with -Z<br />

and this order code.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/7


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1004 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1004<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 89.1 89.8 89.4 0.86 5.7 3.7 9 4.9 62 74 1LE1004-1AA4■-■■■■ 27 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 90 90.4 89.7 0.89 7.2 2.6 8.8 4.1 68 80 1LE1004-1BA2■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2960 18 90.9 90.9 89.8 0.84 10.4 2.1 8.6 4.6 67 84 1LE1004-1CA0■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2955 24 91.7 92.4 92.3 0.91 13 2.2 8.6 4.3 67 80 1LE1004-1CA1■-■■■■ 56 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 92.6 92.8 92 0.9 19.1 2.8 8.6 4.2 74 87 1LE1004-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.9 26 3.1 9 4.5 74 87 1LE1004-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 93.7 94.1 93.8 0.91 31.5 3.1 8.9 4.3 74 87 1LE1004-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 112 0.074<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 94 94.4 94.1 0.89 38 2.8 8.9 4.3 71 84 1LE1004-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 139 0.091<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 94.5 94.8 94.4 0.85 54 2.8 7.9 4 69 83 1LE1004-2AA4■-■■■■ 173 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 94.8 95.1 94.9 0.88 64 2.9 7.8 4 69 83 1LE1004-2AA5■-■■■■ 214 0.20<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14 89.5 89.6 88.3 0.79 4.5 3.3 8.5 4.7 59 71 1LE1004-1AB4■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 90.4 91 90.5 0.81 5.9 3.5 8.8 4.2 59 71 1LE1004-1AB5■-■■■■ 38 0.016<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1465 26 91.1 91.6 91 0.81 7.8 3.1 8.3 4.3 63 75 1LE1004-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.020<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 91.9 92.5 92.3 0.83 10.4 2.6 8.3 3.5 56 68 1LE1004-1CB0■-■■■■ 59 0.039<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 92.6 93.1 92.7 0.81 14.4 3 7.7 4 56 68 1LE1004-1CB2■-■■■■ 62 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.82 21 2.9 8.1 4.1 63 76 1LE1004-1DB2■-■■■■ 98 0.099<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1480 97 93.9 94 93.3 0.8 29 3.7 7.8 4.3 63 76 1LE1004-1DB4■-■■■■ 109 0.11<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 94.2 94.7 94.5 0.81 35 2.7 7.9 3.6 59 72 1LE1004-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 153 0.17<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1475 142 94.5 95 94.8 0.81 41.5 2.9 7.7 3.8 59 72 1LE1004-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 158 0.18<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1475 194 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.81 56 3.2 7.3 3.6 60 73 1LE1004-2AB5■-■■■■ 205 0.27<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L: Use of the 4 x 90° rotatable terminal box<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L: Use of the 4 x 90° rotatable terminal box<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1004- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1004- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1504 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1504 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 89.1 89.8 89.4 0.86 5.7 3.7 9 4.9 62 74 1LE1504-1AA4■-■■■■ 38 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 90 90.4 89.7 0.89 7.2 2.6 8.8 4.1 68 80 1LE1504-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2960 18 90.9 90.9 89.8 0.84 10.4 2.1 8.6 4.6 67 84 1LE1504-1CA0■-■■■■ 62 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2955 24 91.7 92.4 92.3 0.91 13 2.2 8.6 4.3 67 80 1LE1504-1CA1■-■■■■ 74 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 92.6 92.8 92 0.9 19.1 2.8 8.6 4.2 74 87 1LE1504-1DA2■-■■■■ 113 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.9 26 3.1 9 4.5 74 87 1LE1504-1DA3■-■■■■ 130 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 93.7 94.1 93.8 0.91 31.5 3.1 8.9 4.3 74 87 1LE1504-1DA4■-■■■■ 147 0.074<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 94 94.4 94.1 0.89 38 2.8 8.9 4.3 71 84 1LE1504-1EA2■-■■■■ 175 0.091<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 94.5 94.8 94.4 0.85 54 2.8 7.9 4 69 83 1LE1504-2AA4■-■■■■ 222 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 94.8 95.1 94.9 0.88 64 2.9 7.8 4 69 83 1LE1504-2AA5■-■■■■ 263 0.20<br />

45 51 225 M 2970 145 95 95 94.4 0.85 80 3.1 8.8 4.1 73 86 1LE1504-2BA2■-■■■■ 330 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2978 176 95.3 95.2 94.5 0.88 95 2.5 7.5 3.2 73 86 1LE1504-2CA2■-■■■■ 430 0.48<br />

75 84 280 S 2980 240 95.6 95.6 95 0.89 127 2.7 8.4 3.5 73 87 1LE1504-2DA0■-■■■■ 610 0.94<br />

90 101 280 M 2978 289 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.89 152 2.7 8.4 3.5 77 91 1LE1504-2DA2■-■■■■ 610 1.0<br />

110 123 315 S 2985 352 96 96 95.3 0.89 186 2.6 8.8 3.4 77 91 1LE1504-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2988 422 96.2 96.2 95.6 0.9 220 3.1 10.5 4 77 91 1LE1504-3AA2■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

160 180 315 L 2988 511 96.3 96.3 95.8 0.92 260 3.2 10.3 3.9 78 91 1LE1504-3AA4■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong>0 2.1<br />

200 224 315 L 2986 640 96.5 96.5 96.1 0.92 325 3.5 10 3.9 78 93 1LE1504-3AA5■-■■■■ 1180 2.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Note: IE4 motors (2-pole) in frame size 315 do not comply with the vibration values stipulated in IEC 60034-14 when rigidly installed<br />

(see also page 1/50).<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1504 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz/ 60 Hz/ size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

P50 P60<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1504 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14 89.5 89.6 88.3 0.79 4.5 3.3 8.5 4.7 59 71 1LE1504-1AB4■-■■■■ 41 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 90.4 91 90.5 0.81 5.9 3.5 8.8 4.2 59 71 1LE1504-1AB5■-■■■■ 50 0.016<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1465 26 91.1 91.6 91 0.81 7.8 3.1 8.3 4.3 63 75 1LE1504-1BB2■-■■■■ 58 0.020<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 91.9 92.5 92.3 0.83 10.4 2.6 8.3 3.5 56 68 1LE1504-1CB0■-■■■■ 77 0.039<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 92.6 93.1 92.7 0.81 14.4 3 7.7 4 56 68 1LE1504-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.82 21 2.9 8.1 4.1 63 76 1LE1504-1DB2■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1480 97 93.9 94 93.3 0.8 29 3.7 7.8 4.3 63 76 1LE1504-1DB4■-■■■■ 138 0.11<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 94.2 94.7 94.5 0.81 35 2.7 7.9 3.6 59 72 1LE1504-1EB2■-■■■■ 187 0.17<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1475 142 94.5 95 94.8 0.81 41.5 2.9 7.7 3.8 59 72 1LE1504-1EB4■-■■■■ 192 0.18<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1475 194 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.81 56 3.2 7.3 3.6 60 73 1LE1504-2AB5■-■■■■ 258 0.27<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1485 238 95.2 95.5 95.2 0.84 67 3.2 8.4 3.2 69 83 1LE1504-2BB0■-■■■■ 345 0.52<br />

45 52 225 M 1485 289 IE3 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.84 81 3.4 8 3.3 69 83 1LE1504-2BB2■-■■■■ 415 0.66<br />

55 63 250 M 1486 353 95.7 95.8 95.4 0.86 96 3 8.2 3.3 68 82 1LE1504-2CB2■-■■■■ 490 1.1<br />

75 86 280 S 1490 481 96 96.1 95.6 0.85 133 3.4 9.2 3.8 69 83 1LE1504-2DB0■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

90 104 280 M 1488 578 96.1 96.3 96.1 0.86 157 3.2 9 3.4 70 84 1LE1504-2DB2■-■■■■ 730 2.0<br />

110 127 315 M 4) 1491 705 96.3 96.4 95.9 0.86 192 3.2 8.6 3.3 73 87 1LE1504-3AB0■-■■■■ 910 2.7<br />

132 152 315 M 1491 845 96.4 96.6 96.2 0.87 225 3.3 8.7 3.3 73 87 1LE1504-3AB2■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 96.6 96.7 96.5 0.86 280 3.6 9 3.2 76 90 1LE1504-3AB4■-■■■■ 1180 3.7<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 96.7 96.9 96.6 0.86 345 3.8 9.2 3.4 76 90 1LE1504-3AB5■-■■■■ 1300 4.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

4) As 315 M version (not the same as 315 S according to EN 50347).<br />

2/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1604 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1604 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 89.1 89.8 89.4 0.86 5.7 3.7 9 4.9 62 74 1LE1604-1AA4■-■■■■ 38 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 90 90.4 89.7 0.89 7.2 2.6 8.8 4.1 68 80 1LE1604-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2960 18 90.9 90.9 89.8 0.84 10.4 2.1 8.6 4.6 67 84 1LE1604-1CA0■-■■■■ 62 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2955 24 91.7 92.4 92.3 0.91 13 2.2 8.6 4.3 67 80 1LE1604-1CA1■-■■■■ 74 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 92.6 92.8 92 0.9 19.1 2.8 8.6 4.2 74 87 1LE1604-1DA2■-■■■■ 113 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.9 26 3.1 9 4.5 74 87 1LE1604-1DA3■-■■■■ 130 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 93.7 94.1 93.8 0.91 31.5 3.1 8.9 4.3 74 87 1LE1604-1DA4■-■■■■ 147 0.074<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 94 94.4 94.1 0.89 38 2.8 8.9 4.3 71 84 1LE1604-1EA2■-■■■■ 175 0.091<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 94.5 94.8 94.4 0.85 54 2.8 7.9 4 69 83 1LE1604-2AA4■-■■■■ 222 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 94.8 95.1 94.9 0.88 64 2.9 7.8 4 69 83 1LE1604-2AA5■-■■■■ 263 0.20<br />

45 51 225 M 2970 145 95 95 94.4 0.85 80 3.1 8.8 4.1 73 86 1LE1604-2BA2■-■■■■ 330 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2978 176 95.3 95.2 94.5 0.88 95 2.5 7.5 3.2 73 86 1LE1604-2CA2■-■■■■ 430 0.48<br />

75 84 280 S 2980 240 95.6 95.6 95 0.89 127 2.7 8.4 3.5 73 87 1LE1604-2DA0■-■■■■ 610 0.94<br />

90 101 280 M 2978 289 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.89 152 2.7 8.4 3.5 77 91 1LE1604-2DA2■-■■■■ 610 1.0<br />

110 123 315 S 2985 352 96 96 95.3 0.89 186 2.6 8.8 3.4 77 91 1LE1604-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2988 422 96.2 96.2 95.6 0.9 220 3.1 10.5 4 77 91 1LE1604-3AA2■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

160 180 315 L 2988 511 96.3 96.3 95.8 0.92 260 3.2 10.3 3.9 78 91 1LE1604-3AA4■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong>0 2.1<br />

200 224 315 L 2986 640 96.5 96.5 96.1 0.92 325 3.5 10 3.9 78 93 1LE1604-3AA5■-■■■■ 1180 2.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Note: IE4 motors (2-pole) in frame size 315 do not comply with the vibration values stipulated in IEC 60034-14 when rigidly installed<br />

(see also page 1/50).<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1604 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz/ 60 Hz/ size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

P50 P60<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR /<br />

50 Hz, T rated,<br />

400 V 50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1604 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14 89.5 89.6 88.3 0.79 4.5 3.3 8.5 4.7 59 71 1LE1604-1AB4■-■■■■ 41 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 90.4 91 90.5 0.81 5.9 3.5 8.8 4.2 59 71 1LE1604-1AB5■-■■■■ 50 0.016<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1465 26 91.1 91.6 91 0.81 7.8 3.1 8.3 4.3 63 75 1LE1604-1BB2■-■■■■ 58 0.020<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 91.9 92.5 92.3 0.83 10.4 2.6 8.3 3.5 56 68 1LE1604-1CB0■-■■■■ 77 0.039<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 92.6 93.1 92.7 0.81 14.4 3 7.7 4 56 68 1LE1604-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.82 21 2.9 8.1 4.1 63 76 1LE1604-1DB2■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1480 97 93.9 94 93.3 0.8 29 3.7 7.8 4.3 63 76 1LE1604-1DB4■-■■■■ 138 0.11<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 94.2 94.7 94.5 0.81 35 2.7 7.9 3.6 59 72 1LE1604-1EB2■-■■■■ 187 0.17<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1475 142 94.5 95 94.8 0.81 41.5 2.9 7.7 3.8 59 72 1LE1604-1EB4■-■■■■ 192 0.18<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1475 194 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.81 56 3.2 7.3 3.6 60 73 1LE1604-2AB5■-■■■■ 258 0.27<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1485 238 95.2 95.5 95.2 0.84 67 3.2 8.4 3.2 69 83 1LE1604-2BB0■-■■■■ 345 0.52<br />

45 52 225 M 1485 289 IE3 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.84 81 3.4 8 3.3 69 83 1LE1604-2BB2■-■■■■ 415 0.66<br />

55 63 250 M 1486 353 95.7 95.8 95.4 0.86 96 3 8.2 3.3 68 82 1LE1604-2CB2■-■■■■ 490 1.1<br />

75 86 280 S 1490 481 96 96.1 95.6 0.85 133 3.4 9.2 3.8 69 83 1LE1604-2DB0■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

90 104 280 M 1488 578 96.1 96.3 96.1 0.86 157 3.2 9 3.4 70 84 1LE1604-2DB2■-■■■■ 730 2.0<br />

110 127 315 M 4) 1491 705 96.3 96.4 95.9 0.86 192 3.2 8.6 3.3 73 87 1LE1604-3AB0■-■■■■ 910 2.7<br />

132 152 315 M 1491 845 96.4 96.6 96.2 0.87 225 3.3 8.7 3.3 73 87 1LE1604-3AB2■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 96.6 96.7 96.5 0.86 280 3.6 9 3.2 76 90 1LE1604-3AB4■-■■■■ 1180 3.7<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 96.7 96.9 96.6 0.86 345 3.8 9.2 3.4 76 90 1LE1604-3AB5■-■■■■ 1300 4.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

4) As 315 M version (not the same as 315 S according to EN 50347).<br />

2/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1003<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2850 2.5 80.7 82.2 81.9 0.86 1.56 2.6 6.2 3 60 71 1LE1003-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2885 3.6 82.7 83.9 83.1 0.85 2.25 3 7.1 3.3 60 71 1LE1003-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 12 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2910 4.9 84.2 84.6 83.2 0.86 3 2.7 8.1 4.2 65 77 1LE1003-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2910 7.2 85.9 86.8 86.1 0.88 4.2 2.6 8.3 4 65 77 1LE1003-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 19 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 71 79 1LE1003-1AA4■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 73 81 1LE1003-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 72 80 1LE1003-1CA0■-■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24.5 90.1 91 91 0.92 13.1 1.9 8.3 3.9 68 80 1LE1003-1CA1■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 35.5 91.2 91 89.5 0.89 19.6 2.4 7.9 3.8 70 82 1LE1003-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 74 82 1LE1003-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.9 32 2.8 9 4.2 70 82 1LE1003-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 92.7 93.2 92.9 0.89 38.5 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 1LE1003-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 122 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.87 53 2.5 7 3.3 67 80 1LE1003-2AA4■-■■■■ 173 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 93.7 94.2 94 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 67 80 1LE1003-2AA5■-■■■■ 194 0.158<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1003- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/13


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1003<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 80.8 81.1 79.3 0.78 1.26 2.1 5.9 3.1 53 64 1LE1003-0DB2■-■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1450 4.9 82.5 82.3 79.9 0.75 1.75 2.7 7.1 3.9 53 64 1LE1003-0DB3■-■■■■ 14 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1440 7.3 84.1 84.7 83.4 0.78 2.4 2.9 6.9 3.6 56 68 1LE1003-0EB0 ■-■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1445 9.9 85.3 86.0 85.2 0.8 3.15 2.9 7.3 3.5 60 68 1LE1003-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 19 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14.3 IE2 86.7 87.3 86.4 0.83 4.4 2.1 7.6 3.6 60 72 1LE1003-1AB4■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 87.7 88.4 88.2 0.83 5.9 2.3 7.3 3.7 60 72 1LE1003-1AB5■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 58 70 1LE1003-1BB2■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 IE2 89.6 90.1 89.5 0.84 10.5 2.1 7.2 3.4 64 76 1LE1003-1CB0■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 IE2 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.4 7.4 3.5 64 76 1LE1003-1CB2■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.9 91.4 0.84 20.5 2.2 6.8 3.2 65 77 1LE1003-1DB2■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 65 77 1LE1003-1DB4■-■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 L 1470 143 93 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 68 75 1LE1003-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 142 0.14<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 195 93.6 94.0 93.8 0.79 59 3 8.2 3.8 67 74 1LE1003-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 154 0.17<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 IE2 93.6 94 93.7 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 65 72 1LE1003-2AB5■-■■■■ 189 0.22<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1003- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1003<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 940 3.8 73.5 73.1 69.4 0.66 1.1 2.3 4.2 2.7 42 53 1LE1003-0DC2■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 77.2 77 73.9 0.67 1.53 2.5 4.5 2.8 42 53 1LE1003-0DC3■-■■■■ 14 0.0031<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 945 7.6 78.9 80 78.8 0.7 1.96 2.2 4.6 2.6 43 55 1LE1003-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 950 11 IE1 81.0 81.4 79.3 0.66 2.95 2.8 5.0 3 60 68 1LE1003-0EC4 ■-■■■■ 19 0.0052<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 14.8 IE2 82.5 83.1 81.5 0.73 3.6 1.9 5.2 2.8 59 71 1LE1003-1AC4 ■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 970 22 IE2 84.3 85 83.9 0.75 5 2.2 5.6 2.8 65 74 1LE1003-1BC2■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

3 3.45 132 S 975 29 85.6 86.1 84.9 0.73 6.9 2.3 6.6 3.2 56 66 1LE1003-1CC0■-■■■■ 42 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 975 39 86.8 87.1 86.2 0.73 9.1 2.2 6.2 3 67 75 1LE1003-1CC2■-■■■■ 46 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 975 54 88.0 88.3 87.2 0.72 12.5 2.7 6.8 3.4 64 72 1LE1003-1CC3■-■■■■ 58 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 985 73 89.1 89.5 88.6 0.81 15 2.3 7.9 3.2 71 79 1LE1003-1DC2■-■■■■ 95 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 980 107 90.3 90.8 90.2 0.80 22 2.9 6.8 2.8 66 74 1LE1003-1DC4■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 IE2 91.2 92 91.9 0.8 29.5 2.3 5.9 2.8 61 68 1LE1003-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 130 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE2 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 64 71 1LE1003-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 166 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE2 92.2 93.1 93.2 0.79 43.5 2.5 5.6 2.6 61 68 1LE1003-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 179 0.32<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 81.9 82.9 81.8 0.63 6.2 1.4 3.6 1.8 64 77 1LE1003-1CD0■-■■■■ 56 0.038<br />

3 3.45 132 M 725 40 83.5 84.2 82.7 0.61 8.5 1.5 3.8 2 64 77 1LE1003-1CD2■-■■■■ 65 0.048<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 84.8 85.6 84.5 0.66 10.3 1.6 3.6 1.8 65 78 1LE1003-1DD2■-■■■■ 72 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 86.2 86.9 85.7 0.66 14 1.6 3.8 1.9 65 78 1LE1003-1DD3■-■■■■ 86 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 728 98 87.3 88.2 87.7 0.65 19.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 65 78 1LE1003-1DD4■-■■■■ 110 0.116<br />

11 13.2 180 L 725 145 88.6 89.7 89.6 0.74 24 2.1 5.1 2.4 61 74 1LE1003-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 161 0.267<br />

15 18 200 L 730 196 89.6 90.1 89.4 0.73 33.5 3 6.8 3.7 57 70 1LE1003-2AD5■-■■■■ 212 0.420<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1003- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1003 with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1003<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2955 36 91.2 91.7 91.8 0.86 20 2.5 9.4 4.1 71 80 1LE1003-1CA6■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2950 71 92.7 93.4 93.3 0.91 37.5 2.8 8.7 4 70 82 1LE1003-1DA6 ■-■■■■ 105 0.077<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2950 97 93.3 93.9 93.9 0.88 53 2.6 8.6 3.9 67 80 1LE1003-1EA6 ■-■■■■ 140 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 94 94.3 94 0.87 79 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1003-2AA6■-■■■■ 194 0.16<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1470 71 91.4 91.9 91.5 0.8 21.5 2.6 7.7 3.6 64 76 1LE1003-1CB6■-■■■■ 81 0.049<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1470 195 IE2 93.6 94.2 94.1 0.79 59 2.8 7.8 3.7 68 75 1LE1003-1DB6■-■■■■ 110 0.101<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1470 195 93.6 94 93.8 0.79 59 3 8.2 3.8 66 74 1LE1003-1EB6 ■-■■■■ 154 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1475 240 93.9 94.3 94.2 0.81 70 3.1 8.1 3.5 65 72 1LE1003-2AB6■-■■■■ 154 0.173<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 91.7 92.3 91.9 0.77 38 2.6 6.9 3.3 68 80 1LE1003-1EC6 ■-■■■■ 150 0.247<br />

30 36 200 L 978 293 IE2 92.9 93.7 93.7 0.79 59 2.8 6.5 2.8 61 68 1LE1003-2AC6 ■-■■■■ 220 0.434<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1003- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1083 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1083<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.0<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.8 87.4 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 67 79 ▲ 1LE1083-1AA4■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2920 10 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4.0 69 81 ▲ 1LE1083-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 13 89.2 89.6 88.9 0.91 9.8 2.1 9.7 3.6 72 79 ▲ 1LE1083-1CA0■-■■■■ 57 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2960 18 90.1 90.9 90.7 0.92 13.1 2.1 8.3 4.0 68 80 ▲ 1LE1083-1CA1■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2950 24 91.2 91.5 90.7 0.90 19.3 2.5 8.5 3.4 79 86 ▲ 1LE1083-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 84 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 36 91.9 91.9 91.0 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 70 82 ▲ 1LE1083-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2960 48 92.4 92.9 92.6 0.92 32 2.8 9.7 3.8 78 85 ▲ 1LE1083-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 109 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2960 60 92.7 93 92.4 0.89 39 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 ▲ 1LE1083-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 129 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2950 71 93.3 93.6 93.3 0.87 53 2.5 7.0 3.3 68 81 ▲ 1LE1083-2AA4■-■■■■ 173 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 97 93.7 93.9 93.5 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 68 81 ▲ 1LE1083-2AA5■-■■■■ 194 0.158<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14 86.7 87 85.9 0.83 4.4 3.2 8.4 4.4 60 72 ▲ 1LE1083-1AB4■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 19.6 87.7 88.4 87.8 0.84 5.9 2.4 8.5 3.4 68 75 ▲ 1LE1083-1AB5■-■■■■ 42 0.016<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.6 89.4 0.85 7.7 2.1 7.5 3.0 67 74 ▲ 1LE1083-1BB2■-■■■■ 49 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 89.6 90.1 89.7 0.82 10.8 2.9 8.5 3.7 64 76 ▲ 1LE1083-1CB0■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.6 8.2 3.7 64 76 ▲ 1LE1083-1CB2■-■■■■ 61 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.8 91.2 0.84 21 2.6 7.6 3.4 65 77 ▲ 1LE1083-1DB2■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1480 97 92.1 92.4 92.0 0.85 28 2.9 8.1 3.3 67 74 ▲ 1LE1083-1DB4■-■■■■ 111 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 93.0 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 66 73 ▲ 1LE1083-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 134 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 143 93.0 93.4 93.1 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 62 75 ▲ 1LE1083-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 142 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 93.6 94.3 94.5 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 59 72 ▲ 1LE1083-2AB5■-■■■■ 189 0.22<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 91.2 91.6 91.2 0.80 30 2.3 5.9 2.8 55 68 ▲ 1LE1083-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 130 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 91.7 92.1 91.9 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 58 71 ▲ 1LE1083-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 166 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 92.2 93.3 93.5 0.79 44 2.5 5.6 2.6 55 68 ▲ 1LE1083-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 179 0.32<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 13.2 180 L 725 145 88.6 89.5 89.2 0.74 24 2.1 5.1 2.4 62 75 ▲ 1LE1083-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 161 0.267<br />

15 18 200 L 730 196 89.6 89.8 89.1 0.73 33 3.0 6.8 3.7 57 70 ▲ 1LE1083-2AD5■-■■■■ 212 0.420<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1083- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1503 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2850 1.2 73.8 73.3 69.7 0.76 0.95 3.5 5.8 3.5 52 63 1LE1503-0CA2■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2850 1.8 77.8 77.5 74.5 0.76 1.34 3.7 6.1 3.7 57 68 1LE1503-0CA3■-■■■■ 15 0.00056<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2850 2.5 80.7 82.2 81.9 0.86 1.56 2.6 6.2 3 60 71 1LE1503-0DA2■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2885 3.6 82.7 83.9 83.1 0.85 2.25 3 7.1 3.3 60 71 1LE1503-0DA3■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2910 4.9 84.2 84.6 83.2 0.86 3 2.7 8.1 4.2 65 77 1LE1503-0EA0■-■■■■ 26 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2910 7.2 85.9 86.8 86.1 0.88 4.2 2.6 8.3 4 65 77 1LE1503-0EA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 71 79 1LE1503-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 73 81 1LE1503-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 72 80 1LE1503-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24.5 90.1 91 91 0.92 13.1 1.9 8.3 3.9 68 80 1LE1503-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 35.5 91.2 91 89.5 0.89 19.6 2.4 7.9 3.8 70 82 1LE1503-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 74 82 1LE1503-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.9 32 2.8 9 4.2 70 82 1LE1503-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 92.7 93.2 92.9 0.89 38.5 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 1LE1503-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.87 53 2.5 7 3.3 67 80 1LE1503-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 93.7 94.2 94 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 67 80 1LE1503-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 2960 145 94 94.5 94.4 0.89 78 2.4 6.9 3.3 73 87 1LE1503-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2975 177 94.3 94.5 93.9 0.89 95 2.3 6.7 3.1 73 87 1LE1503-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 2975 241 IE2 94.7 94.8 94.1 0.89 128 2.4 6.8 3 74 88 1LE1503-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 IE2 95 95.1 94.6 0.9 152 2.4 7.2 3.1 74 88 1LE1503-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 95.2 95.4 94.9 0.91 183 2.4 7.1 3.1 75 89 1LE1503-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 95.4 95.5 95.2 0.91 220 2.5 7.2 3.1 75 89 1LE1503-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 IE2 95.6 95.7 95.2 0.92 265 2.8 7.8 3.3 77 91 1LE1503-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.92 330 2.5 7.2 3 77 91 1LE1503-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1503 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1395 1.7 73.5 73.7 70.4 0.72 0.68 2.5 4.2 2.6 44 55 1LE1503-0CB2■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1410 2.5 77.3 76.8 73.2 0.7 0.99 3.1 4.8 3.1 56 67 1LE1503-0CB3■-■■■■ 16 0.0014<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 80.8 81.1 79.3 0.78 1.26 2.1 5.9 3.1 53 64 1LE1503-0DB2■-■■■■ 18 0.0021<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1450 4.9 82.5 82.3 79.9 0.75 1.75 2.7 7.1 3.9 53 64 1LE1503-0DB3■-■■■■ 22 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1440 7.3 84.1 84.7 83.4 0.78 2.4 2.9 6.9 3.6 56 68 1LE1503-0EB0■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1445 9.9 85.3 86.0 85.2 0.80 3.15 2.9 7.3 3.5 60 68 1LE1503-0EB4■-■■■■ 31 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14.3 IE2 86.7 87.3 86.4 0.83 4.4 2.1 7.6 3.6 60 72 1LE1503-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 87.7 88.4 88.2 0.83 5.9 2.3 7.3 3.7 60 72 1LE1503-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 58 70 1LE1503-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 IE2 89.6 90.1 89.5 0.84 10.5 2.1 7.2 3.4 64 76 1LE1503-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 IE2 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.4 7.4 3.5 64 76 1LE1503-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.9 91.4 0.84 20.5 2.2 6.8 3.2 65 77 1LE1503-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 65 77 1LE1503-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 92.9 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 66 73 1LE1503-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 143 93 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 67 75 1LE1503-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 IE2 93.6 94 93.7 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 65 72 1LE1503-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1478 239 IE2 93.9 94.5 94.4 0.86 66 2.5 6.4 2.7 65 78 1LE1503-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1478 291 IE2 94.2 94.9 95 0.86 80 2.6 6.6 2.6 66 79 1LE1503-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 63 250 M 1482 354 IE2 94.6 95.1 95 0.87 96 2.5 6.8 2.9 66 79 1LE1503-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 IE2 95 95.3 95 0.86 133 2.5 6.9 3 69 83 1LE1503-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

90 104 280 M 1485 579 IE2 95.2 95.5 95.3 0.87 157 2.6 7.2 3 70 84 1LE1503-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 127 315 S 1488 7<strong>06</strong> 95.4 95.8 95.5 0.87 191 2.6 6.8 2.9 70 84 1LE1503-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 95.6 95.9 95.9 0.87 230 2.8 7.3 3 73 87 1LE1503-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 95.8 96.1 96.1 0.87 275 2.9 7.3 3.1 73 87 1LE1503-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1488 1284 IE2 96 96.3 96.1 0.88 340 3.2 7.4 3 73 87 1LE1503-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1503 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 71 M 885 1.9 63.9 64.8 60.8 0.69 0.59 2.3 2.8 2.3 39 50 1LE1503-0CC2■-■■■■ 13 0.0010<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 885 2.7 68.6 69.5 66.2 0.69 0.76 2.6 3.2 2.6 46 57 1LE1503-0CC3■-■■■■ 16 0.0015<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 940 3.8 73.5 73.1 69.4 0.66 1.1 2.3 4.2 2.7 42 53 1LE1503-0DC2■-■■■■ 19 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 77.2 77 73.9 0.67 1.53 2.5 4.5 2.8 42 53 1LE1503-0DC3■-■■■■ 22 0.0031<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 945 7.6 78.9 80 78.8 0.7 1.96 2.2 4.6 2.6 43 55 1LE1503-0EC0■-■■■■ 26 0.0040<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 950 11 IE1 81.0 81.4 79.3 0.66 2.95 2.8 5 3 60 68 1LE1503-0EC4■-■■■■ 32 0.0052<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 14.8 IE2 82.5 83.1 81.5 0.73 3.6 1.9 5.2 2.8 59 71 1LE1503-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 970 22 IE2 84.3 85 83.9 0.75 5 2.2 5.6 2.8 65 74 1LE1503-1BC2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

3 3.45 132 S 975 29 85.6 86.1 84.9 0.73 6.9 2.3 6.6 3.2 56 66 1LE1503-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 975 39 86.8 87.1 86.2 0.73 9.1 2.2 6.2 3 67 75 1LE1503-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 975 54 88.0 88.3 87.2 0.72 12.5 2.7 6.8 3.4 64 72 1LE1503-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 985 73 89.1 89.5 88.6 0.81 15 2.3 7.9 3.2 71 79 1LE1503-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 980 107 90.3 90.8 90.2 0.80 22 2.9 6.8 2.8 66 74 1LE1503-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 IE2 91.2 92 91.9 0.8 29.5 2.3 5.9 2.8 61 68 1LE1503-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE2 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 64 71 1LE1503-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE2 92.2 93.1 93.2 0.79 43.5 2.5 5.6 2.6 61 68 1LE1503-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 36 225 M 982 292 IE2 92.9 93.6 93.5 0.83 56 2.6 6.6 3 64 77 1LE1503-2BC2■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 44.5 250 M 985 359 IE2 93.3 94 94 0.85 67 2.7 7 2.9 62 75 1LE1503-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 54 280 S 988 435 IE2 93.7 94.3 94.2 0.85 82 3 6.8 2.8 60 74 1LE1503-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 280 M 988 532 IE2 94.1 94.5 94.4 0.85 99 3.3 7.2 3 65 79 1LE1503-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 90 315 S 990 723 94.6 94.9 94.4 0.84 136 2.6 7.5 3.1 63 78 1LE1503-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 108 315 M 991 867 IE2 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.85 161 2.5 6.7 2.8 63 78 1LE1503-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 991 1<strong>06</strong>0 95.1 95.5 95.3 0.84 199 2.8 7.2 3 63 78 1LE1503-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 992 1271 IE2 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.82 245 3.3 8 3.3 66 81 1LE1503-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

160 192 315 L 992 1540 IE2 95.6 95.8 95.5 0.82 295 3.5 8.5 3.6 66 81 1LE1503-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.41<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1603 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 67 79 1LE1603-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 69 81 1LE1603-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 68 80 1LE1603-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24.5 90.1 91 91 0.92 13.1 1.9 8.3 3.9 68 80 1LE1603-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 35.5 91.2 91 89.5 0.89 19.6 2.4 7.9 3.8 70 82 1LE1603-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 74 82 1LE1603-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.9 32 2.8 9 4.2 70 82 1LE1603-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 92.7 93.2 92.9 0.89 38.5 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 1LE1603-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 93.3 93.5 92.9 0.87 53 2.5 7 3.3 67 80 1LE1603-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 93.7 94.2 94 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 67 80 1LE1603-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 2960 145 94 94.5 94.4 0.89 78 2.4 6.9 3.3 73 87 1LE1603-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2975 177 94.3 94.5 93.9 0.89 95 2.3 6.7 3.1 73 87 1LE1603-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 2975 241 IE2 94.7 94.8 94.1 0.89 128 2.4 6.8 3 74 88 1LE1603-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 IE2 95 95.1 94.6 0.9 152 2.4 7.2 3.1 74 88 1LE1603-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 95.2 95.4 94.9 0.91 183 2.4 7.1 3.1 75 89 1LE1603-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 95.4 95.5 95.2 0.91 220 2.5 7.2 3.1 75 89 1LE1603-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 IE2 95.6 95.7 95.2 0.92 265 2.8 7.8 3.3 77 91 1LE1603-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.92 330 2.5 7.2 3 77 91 1LE1603-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/21


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1603 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14.3 IE2 86.7 87.3 86.4 0.83 4.4 2.1 7.6 3.6 60 72 1LE1603-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 20 87.7 88.4 88.2 0.83 5.9 2.3 7.3 3.7 60 72 1LE1603-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 58 70 1LE1603-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 IE2 89.6 90.1 89.5 0.84 10.5 2.1 7.2 3.4 64 76 1LE1603-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1470 49 IE2 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.4 7.4 3.5 64 76 1LE1603-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.9 91.4 0.84 20.5 2.2 6.8 3.2 65 77 1LE1603-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 65 77 1LE1603-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 92.9 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 66 73 1LE1603-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 143 93 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 67 75 1LE1603-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 IE2 93.6 94 93.7 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 65 72 1LE1603-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1478 239 IE2 93.9 94.5 94.4 0.86 66 2.5 6.4 2.7 65 78 1LE1603-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1470 143 93 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 67 75 1LE1603-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 63 250 M 1482 354 IE2 94.6 95.1 95 0.87 96 2.5 6.8 2.9 66 79 1LE1603-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 IE2 95 95.3 95 0.86 133 2.5 6.9 3 69 83 1LE1603-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

90 104 280 M 1485 579 IE2 95.2 95.5 95.3 0.87 157 2.6 7.2 3 70 84 1LE1603-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 127 315 S 1488 7<strong>06</strong> 95.4 95.8 95.5 0.87 191 2.6 6.8 2.9 70 84 1LE1603-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 95.6 95.9 95.9 0.87 230 2.8 7.3 3 73 87 1LE1603-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 95.8 96.1 96.1 0.87 275 2.9 7.3 3.1 73 87 1LE1603-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1488 1284 IE2 96 96.3 96.1 0.88 340 3.2 7.4 3 73 87 1LE1603-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard A –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1603 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 14.8 IE2 82.5 83.1 81.5 0.73 3.6 1.9 5.2 2.8 59 71 1LE1603-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 970 22 IE2 84.3 85 83.9 0.75 5 2.2 5.6 2.8 65 74 1LE1603-1BC2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

3 3.45 132 S 975 29 85.6 86.1 84.9 0.73 6.9 2.3 6.6 3.2 53 66 1LE1603-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 975 39 86.8 87.1 86.2 0.73 9.1 2.2 6.2 3 62 75 1LE1603-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 975 54 88.0 88.3 87.2 0.72 12.5 2.7 6.8 3.4 59 72 1LE1603-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 985 73 89.1 89.5 88.6 0.81 15 2.3 7.9 3.2 66 79 1LE1603-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 980 107 90.3 90.8 90.2 0.80 22 2.9 6.8 2.8 61 74 1LE1603-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 IE2 91.2 92 91.9 0.8 29.5 2.3 5.9 2.8 61 68 1LE1603-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE2 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 64 71 1LE1603-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE2 92.2 93.1 93.2 0.79 43.5 2.5 5.6 2.6 61 68 1LE1603-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 36 225 M 982 292 IE2 92.9 93.6 93.5 0.83 56 2.6 6.6 3 64 77 1LE1603-2BC2■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 44.5 250 M 985 359 IE2 93.3 94 94 0.85 67 2.7 7 2.9 62 75 1LE1603-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 54 280 S 988 435 IE2 93.7 94.3 94.2 0.85 82 3 6.8 2.8 60 74 1LE1603-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 280 M 988 532 IE2 94.1 94.5 94.4 0.85 99 3.3 7.2 3 65 79 1LE1603-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 90 315 S 990 723 94.6 94.9 94.4 0.84 136 2.6 7.5 3.1 63 78 1LE1603-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 108 315 M 991 867 IE2 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.85 161 2.5 6.7 2.8 63 78 1LE1603-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 991 1<strong>06</strong>0 95.1 95.5 95.3 0.84 199 2.8 7.2 3 63 78 1LE1603-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 992 1271 IE2 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.82 245 3.3 8 3.3 66 81 1LE1603-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

160 192 315 L 992 1540 IE2 95.6 95.8 95.5 0.82 295 3.5 8.5 3.6 66 81 1LE1603-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.41<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/23


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1603 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 81.9 82.9 81.8 0.63 6.2 1.4 3.6 1.8 64 77 1LE1603-1CD0■-■■■■ 66 0.038<br />

3 3.45 132 M 725 40 83.5 84.2 82.7 0.61 8.5 1.5 3.8 2 64 77 1LE1603-1CD2■-■■■■ 78 0.048<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 84.8 85.6 84.5 0.66 10.3 1.6 3.6 1.8 65 78 1LE1603-1DD2■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 86.2 86.9 85.7 0.66 14 1.6 3.8 1.9 65 78 1LE1603-1DD3■-■■■■ 110 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 728 98 87.3 88.2 87.7 0.65 19.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 65 78 1LE1603-1DD4■-■■■■ 135 0.116<br />

11 13.2 180 L 725 145 88.6 89.7 89.6 0.74 24 2.1 5.1 2.4 61 74 1LE1603-1ED4■-■■■■ 190 0.267<br />

15 18 200 L 730 196 89.6 90.1 89.4 0.73 33.5 3 6.8 3.7 57 70 1LE1603-2AD5■-■■■■ 255 0.420<br />

18.5 22 225 S 732 241 90.1 90.6 90 0.75 39.5 2.5 5.9 3 56 70 1LE1603-2BD0■-■■■■ 270 0.50<br />

22 26.5 225 M 732 287 90.6 91.4 91.2 0.77 45.5 2.6 5.9 2.9 56 70 1LE1603-2BD2■-■■■■ 280 0.55<br />

30 36 250 M 735 390 91.3 91.8 91.5 0.79 60 2.6 6.1 3 60 74 1LE1603-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 44.5 280 S 736 480 91.8 92.5 92.4 0.78 75 2.3 5.4 2.4 63 77 1LE1603-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 54 280 M 738 582 IE2 92.2 92.8 92.6 0.8 88 2.5 5.9 2.5 65 79 1LE1603-2DD2■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 92.5 92.9 92.6 0.81 1<strong>06</strong> 2.3 6 2.7 66 81 1LE1603-3AD0■-■■■■ 650 2.0<br />

75 90 315 M 738 970 93.1 93.5 93.3 0.81 144 2.3 5.9 2.7 69 84 1LE1603-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 740 1161 93.4 94.2 94.3 0.83 168 2.2 5.8 2.5 71 85 1LE1603-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 93.7 94.2 94.1 0.82 205 2.7 6.7 2.9 74 88 1LE1603-3AD5■-■■■■ 980 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 740 1703 94 94.4 94.1 0.81 250 2.9 7.2 3.3 76 90 1LE1603-3AD6■-■■■■ 1160 4.6<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/24 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1503 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1503 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2955 36 91.2 91.7 91.8 0.86 20 2.5 9.4 4.1 72 80 1LE1503-1CA6■-■■■■ 80 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2950 71 92.7 93.4 93.3 0.91 37.5 2.8 8.7 4 70 82 1LE1503-1DA6■-■■■■ 137 0.077<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2950 97 93.3 93.9 93.9 0.88 53 2.6 8.6 3.9 67 80 1LE1503-1EA6■-■■■■ 173 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 94 94.3 94 0.87 79 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1503-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.16<br />

55 62 225 M 2965 177 94.3 94.6 94.4 0.88 96 2.8 8 3.7 76 89 1LE1503-2BA6■-■■■■ 370 0.31<br />

75 84 250 M 2970 241 94.7 94.9 94.5 0.9 127 2.2 6.8 2.9 78 92 1LE1503-2CA6■-■■■■ 455 0.56<br />

110 123 280 M 2975 353 95.2 95.4 95.1 0.91 183 2.5 7.7 3.2 78 92 1LE1503-2DA6■-■■■■ 660 1.1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1470 71 91.4 91.9 91.5 0.8 21.5 2.6 7.7 3.6 64 76 1LE1503-1CB6■-■■■■ 97 0.049<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1475 120 92.6 92.4 91.1 0.76 38 2.8 8.3 4 65 74 1LE1503-1DB6■-■■■■ 126 0.101<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1470 195 93.6 94 93.8 0.79 59 3 8.2 3.8 66 74 1LE1503-1EB6■-■■■■ 193 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1475 240 93.9 94.3 94.2 0.81 70 3.1 8.1 3.5 65 72 1LE1503-2AB6■-■■■■ 260 0.275<br />

55 63 225 M 1478 355 IE2 94.6 95.3 95.5 0.86 98 2.8 6.5 2.7 70 83 1LE1503-2BB6■-■■■■ 405 0.65<br />

75 86 250 M 1486 482 95 95.2 94.8 0.85 134 3 7.9 3.4 70 83 1LE1503-2CB6■-■■■■ 510 1.1<br />

110 127 280 M 1486 707 IE2 95.4 95.5 95 0.85 196 3 8.3 3.4 73 87 1LE1503-2DB6■-■■■■ 710 1.8<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 91.7 92.3 91.9 0.77 38 2.6 6.9 3.3 68 80 1LE1503-1EC6■-■■■■ 185 0.247<br />

30 36 200 L 978 293 IE2 92.9 93.7 93.7 0.79 59 2.8 6.5 2.8 61 68 1LE1503-2AC6■-■■■■ 264 0.434<br />

37 44.5 225 M 982 360 IE2 93.3 93.9 93.7 0.81 71 3 7.1 3.2 65 79 1LE1503-2BC6■-■■■■ 395 0.84<br />

45 54 250 M 986 436 IE2 93.7 94.3 94.2 0.84 83 2.8 7 2.9 68 81 1LE1503-2CC6■-■■■■ 480 1.3<br />

75 90 280 M 988 725 94.6 95 94.8 0.83 138 3.7 8.6 3.3 68 81 1LE1503-2DC6■-■■■■ 630 1.9<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/25


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1603 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1603 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2955 36 91.2 91.7 91.8 0.86 20 2.5 9.4 4.1 72 80 1LE1603-1CA6■-■■■■ 80 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2950 71 92.7 93.4 93.3 0.91 37.5 2.8 8.7 4 70 82 1LE1603-1DA6■-■■■■ 137 0.077<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2950 97 93.3 93.9 93.9 0.88 53 2.6 8.6 3.9 67 80 1LE1603-1EA6■-■■■■ 173 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 94 94.3 94 0.87 79 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1603-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.16<br />

55 62 225 M 2965 177 94.3 94.6 94.4 0.88 96 2.8 8 3.7 76 89 1LE1603-2BA6■-■■■■ 370 0.31<br />

75 84 250 M 2970 241 94.7 94.9 94.5 0.9 127 2.2 6.8 2.9 78 92 1LE1603-2CA6■-■■■■ 455 0.56<br />

110 123 280 M 2975 353 95.2 95.4 95.1 0.91 183 2.5 7.7 3.2 78 92 1LE1603-2DA6■-■■■■ 660 1.1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1470 71 91.4 91.9 91.5 0.8 21.5 2.6 7.7 3.6 64 76 1LE1603-1CB6■-■■■■ 97 0.049<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1475 120 92.6 92.4 91.1 0.76 38 2.8 8.3 4 65 74 1LE1603-1DB6■-■■■■ 126 0.101<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1470 195 93.6 94 93.8 0.79 59 3 8.2 3.8 66 74 1LE1603-1EB6■-■■■■ 193 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1475 240 93.9 94.3 94.2 0.81 70 3.1 8.1 3.5 65 72 1LE1603-2AB6■-■■■■ 260 0.275<br />

55 63 225 M 1478 355 IE2 94.6 95.3 95.5 0.86 98 2.8 6.5 2.7 70 83 1LE1603-2BB6■-■■■■ 405 0.65<br />

75 86 250 M 1486 482 95 95.2 94.8 0.85 134 3 7.9 3.4 70 83 1LE1603-2CB6■-■■■■ 510 1.1<br />

110 127 280 M 1486 707 IE2 95.4 95.5 95 0.85 196 3 8.3 3.4 73 87 1LE1603-2DB6■-■■■■ 710 1.8<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 91.7 92.3 91.9 0.77 38 2.6 6.9 3.3 68 80 1LE1603-1EC6■-■■■■ 185 0.247<br />

30 36 200 L 978 293 IE2 92.9 93.7 93.7 0.79 59 2.8 6.5 2.8 61 68 1LE1603-2AC6■-■■■■ 264 0.434<br />

37 44.5 225 M 982 360 IE2 93.3 93.9 93.7 0.81 71 3 7.1 3.2 65 79 1LE1603-2BC6■-■■■■ 395 0.84<br />

45 54 250 M 986 436 IE2 93.7 94.3 94.2 0.84 83 2.8 7 2.9 68 81 1LE1603-2CC6■-■■■■ 480 1.3<br />

75 90 280 M 988 725 94.6 95 94.8 0.83 138 3.7 8.6 3.3 68 81 1LE1603-2DC6■-■■■■ 630 1.9<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1583 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1583<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.0<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.8 87.4 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 67 79 ▲ 1LE1583-1AA4■-■■■■ 37 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2920 10 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4.0 69 81 ▲ 1LE1583-1BA2■-■■■■ 43 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 13 89.2 89.6 88.9 0.91 9.8 2.1 9.7 3.6 72 79 ▲ 1LE1583-1CA0■-■■■■ 75 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2960 18 90.1 90.9 90.7 0.92 13.1 2.1 8.3 4.0 68 80 ▲ 1LE1583-1CA1■-■■■■ 75 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2950 24 91.2 91.5 90.7 0.90 19.3 2.5 8.5 3.4 79 86 ▲ 1LE1583-1DA2■-■■■■ 111 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 36 91.9 91.9 91.0 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 70 82 ▲ 1LE1583-1DA3■-■■■■ 111 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2960 48 92.4 92.9 92.6 0.92 32 2.8 9.7 3.8 78 85 ▲ 1LE1583-1DA4■-■■■■ 131 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2960 60 92.7 93 92.4 0.89 39 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 ▲ 1LE1583-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2950 71 93.3 93.6 93.3 0.87 53 2.5 7.0 3.3 68 81 ▲ 1LE1583-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 97 93.7 93.9 93.5 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 68 81 ▲ 1LE1583-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 2960 145 94.0 94.5 94.4 0.89 78 2.4 6.9 3.3 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2975 177 94.3 94.5 94 0.89 95 2.1 7.0 3.0 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 2980 241 94.7 94.8 94.1 0.89 128 2.6 8.7 3.5 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-2DA0■-■■■■ 610 0.94<br />

90 101 280 M 2980 289 95.0 95.2 94.8 0.90 152 2.7 8.4 3.2 77 91 ▲ 1LE1583-2DA2■-■■■■ 620 1.0<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 95.2 95.4 95 0.91 183 2.2 7.5 2.9 75 89 ▲ 1LE1583-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2984 423 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.9 220 2.7 8.4 3.3 77 91 ▲ 1LE1583-3AA2■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 95.6 95.7 95.1 0.91 265 2.6 8.5 3.3 77 91 ▲ 1LE1583-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 225 315 L 2986 640 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.92 330 3.9 10.1 3.6 78 93 ▲ 1LE1583-3AA5■-■■■■ 1180 2.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1583 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1583<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.0<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14 86.7 87 85.9 0.83 4.4 3.2 8.4 4.4 60 72 ▲ 1LE1583-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 19.6 87.7 88.4 87.8 0.84 5.9 2.4 8.5 3.4 68 75 ▲ 1LE1583-1AB5■-■■■■ 52 0.016<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.6 89.4 0.85 7.7 2.1 7.5 3.0 67 74 ▲ 1LE1583-1BB2■-■■■■ 60 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 89.6 90.1 89.7 0.82 10.8 2.9 8.5 3.7 64 76 ▲ 1LE1583-1CB0■-■■■■ 67 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.6 8.2 3.7 64 76 ▲ 1LE1583-1CB2■-■■■■ 82 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.8 91.2 0.84 21 2.6 7.6 3.4 65 77 ▲ 1LE1583-1DB2■-■■■■ 110 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1480 97 92.1 92.4 92.0 0.85 28 2.9 8.1 3.3 67 74 ▲ 1LE1583-1DB4■-■■■■ 137 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 93.0 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 66 73 ▲ 1LE1583-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 143 93.0 93.4 93.1 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 62 75 ▲ 1LE1583-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 93.6 94.3 94.5 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 59 72 ▲ 1LE1583-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1482 238 93.9 94.3 94 0.84 68 3.2 8.3 3.1 69 83 ▲ 1LE1583-2BB0■-■■■■ 380 0.52<br />

45 52 225 M 1484 290 94.2 94.6 94.4 0.84 82 3.4 8.3 3.2 69 83 ▲ 1LE1583-2BB2■-■■■■ 450 0.65<br />

55 63 250 M 1486 353 94.6 94.9 94.4 0.86 98 3.0 8.3 3.3 68 82 ▲ 1LE1583-2CB2■-■■■■ 525 1.1<br />

75 86 280 S 1488 481 95.0 95.1 94.5 0.85 134 3.4 9.6 3.7 69 83 ▲ 1LE1583-2DB0■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

90 104 280 M 1486 578 95.2 95.5 95.3 0.86 159 2.5 7.5 3.0 70 84 ▲ 1LE1583-2DB2■-■■■■ 705 1.7<br />

110 127 315 M 4) 1491 705 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.86 194 3.3 9.0 3.2 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-3AB0■-■■■■ 950 2.7<br />

132 152 315 M 1491 845 95.6 95.9 95.8 0.86 230 3.3 8.6 3.3 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-3AB2■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 95.8 96.2 96.1 0.86 280 3.3 8.3 3.0 73 87 ▲ 1LE1583-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 96.0 96.2 96 0.87 345 3.8 9.0 3.5 76 90 ▲ 1LE1583-3AB5■-■■■■ 1300 4.4<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Version as 315 M (different from 315 S according to DIN EN 50347).<br />

2/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1583 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1583<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.0<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 91.2 91.6 91.2 0.80 30 2.3 5.9 2.8 55 68 ▲ 1LE1583-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 91.7 92.1 91.9 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 58 71 ▲ 1LE1583-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 92.2 93.3 93.5 0.79 44 2.5 5.6 2.6 55 68 ▲ 1LE1583-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 36 225 M 982 292 92.9 93.7 93.7 0.81 58 2.6 7.0 2.9 65 79 ▲ 1LE1583-2BC2■-■■■■ 435 0.82<br />

37 44.5 250 M 986 358 93.3 94 94 0.84 68 2.8 7.5 2.9 68 81 ▲ 1LE1583-2CC2■-■■■■ 520 1.3<br />

45 54 280 S 990 434 93.7 94.2 94.1 0.84 83 3.1 8.0 3.0 60 74 ▲ 1LE1583-2DC0■-■■■■ 600 1.6<br />

55 66 280 M 988 532 94.1 94.8 94.9 0.84 100 3.2 8.6 3.0 68 81 ▲ 1LE1583-2DC2■-■■■■ 670 1.9<br />

75 90 315 S 992 722 94.6 95.0 94.7 0.84 136 2.4 7.5 2.8 63 78 ▲ 1LE1583-3AC0■-■■■■ 930 3.1<br />

90 108 315 M 992 866 94.9 95.3 95.1 0.84 163 2.8 7.9 3.0 63 78 ▲ 1LE1583-3AC2■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

110 132 315 L 993 1058 95.1 95.4 95.2 0.84 199 2.8 8.3 3.2 67 82 ▲ 1LE1583-3AC4■-■■■■ 1160 4.3<br />

132 158 315 L 993 1269 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.80 250 3.2 8.8 3.6 67 82 ▲ 1LE1583-3AC5■-■■■■ 1160 4.6<br />

160 192 315 L 992 1540 95.6 95.9 95.7 0.82 295 3.5 9.0 3.6 67 82 ▲ 1LE1583-3AC6■-■■■■ 1270 5.4<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

11 13.2 180 L 725 145 88.6 89.5 89.2 0.74 24 2.1 5.1 2.4 62 75 ▲ 1LE1583-1ED4■-■■■■ 190 0.19<br />

15 18 200 L 730 196 89.6 89.8 89.1 0.73 33 3.0 6.8 3.7 57 70 ▲ 1LE1583-2AD ■-■■■■ 255 0.28<br />

18.5 22 225 S 732 241 90.1 91.3 91.3 0.74 40 2.4 5.9 2.9 56 70 ▲ 1LE1583-2BD0■-■■■■ 270 0.50<br />

22 26.5 225 M 732 287 90.6 91.8 92 0.77 45.5 2.4 6.0 2.8 56 70 ▲ 1LE1583-2BD2■-■■■■ 280 0.55<br />

30 36 250 M 734 390 91.3 92 91.8 0.78 61 2.5 6.4 2.9 60 74 ▲ 1LE1583-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 44.5 280 S 736 480 91.8 93 93.3 0.78 75 2.2 5.6 2.3 63 77 ▲ 1LE1583-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 54 280 M 738 582 92.2 93.2 93.5 0.81 87 2.4 6.2 2.4 65 79 ▲ 1LE1583-2DD2■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 92.5 93.5 93.7 0.80 107 2.2 6.2 2.6 66 81 ▲ 1LE1583-3AD0■-■■■■ 650 2.0<br />

75 90 315 M 738 971 93.1 94.1 94.4 0.80 145 2.2 6.0 2.6 69 84 ▲ 1LE1583-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 738 1161 93.4 94.4 94.9 0.83 168 2.1 6.0 2.5 71 85 ▲ 1LE1583-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 93.7 94.5 94.9 0.80 210 2.5 6.7 2.9 74 88 ▲ 1LE1583-3AD5■-■■■■ 960 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 741 1701 94.0 94.6 94.8 0.79 255 3.0 8.0 3.3 76 90 ▲ 1LE1583-3AD6■-■■■■ 1250 5.5<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/29


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 63 M 2850 0.6 60.4 59.4 53.7 0.78 0.55 2.2 4.5 2.7 57 64 1LE1001-0BA2 ■-■■■■ 4 0.00022<br />

0.25 0.29 63 M 2835 0.84 64.8 63.5 57.3 0.81 0.69 1.9 4.1 2.5 57 64 1LE1001-0BA3 ■-■■■■ 5 0.00026<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2770 1.3 69.5 70.5 67.9 0.81 0.95 2.5 4.1 2.5 58 69 1LE1001-0CA2■-■■■■ 6 0.00035<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2780 1.9 74.1 75.2 72.9 0.80 1.34 2.6 4.6 2.6 58 69 1LE1001-0CA3■-■■■■ 7 0.00045<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2805 2.6 77.4 80 80.1 0.84 1.67 1.9 4.9 2.3 60 71 1LE1001-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 9 0.0008<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2835 3.7 79.6 81.3 80.9 0.83 2.4 2.7 6 3.1 60 71 1LE1001-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2885 4.9 81.3 81.7 79.8 0.84 3.15 2.7 6.9 3.6 65 77 1LE1001-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.0017<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2890 7.3 83.2 83.7 82 0.85 4.5 2.5 7.1 3.7 65 77 1LE1001-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2905 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.6 0.84 6.1 2.3 7 3.3 67 79 1LE1001-1AA4■-■■■■ 21 0.0044<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2945 13 85.8 86.2 85.1 0.85 7.9 2.1 8 3.6 69 81 1LE1001-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 27 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 87 88 87.6 0.87 10.5 1.8 6.6 2.9 68 80 1LE1001-1CA0■-■■■■ 39 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 88.1 88.5 87.6 0.87 14.1 2.2 7.5 3.1 68 80 1LE1001-1CA1■-■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 89.4 89.3 88 0.87 20.5 2.1 7.4 3.2 70 82 1LE1001-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 67 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 90.3 90.7 90 0.88 27 2.4 7.6 3.4 70 82 1LE1001-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 90.9 91.3 90.6 0.88 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.6 70 82 1LE1001-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2940 71 91.3 91.8 91.3 0.87 40 2.7 7.4 3.6 77 84 1LE1001-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 123 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 92 92.3 91.8 0.87 54 2.5 6.9 3.3 78 85 1LE1001-2AA4■-■■■■ 158 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2960 119 92.5 93 92.7 0.88 66 2.7 7.4 3.5 78 85 1LE1001-2AA5■-■■■■ 178 0.15<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) For converter operation of shaft heights 63 and 90, ordering with PTC<br />

thermistors and their connection to the converter is recommended.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/30 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.12 0.14 63 M 1390 0.82 59.1 56.4 49.0 0.66 0.44 2.4 3.1 2.5 50 58 1LE1001-0BB2■-■■■■ 5 0.00037<br />

0.18 0.21 63 M 1385 1.2 64.7 62.4 55.7 0.65 0.62 2.6 3.3 2.6 57 64 1LE1001-0BB3■-■■■■ 5 0.00045<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1395 1.7 68.5 68.4 64.2 0.69 0.76 2.4 3.7 2.5 50 61 1LE1001-0CB2■-■■■■ 6 0.00076<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1380 2.6 72.7 73.2 69.9 0.72 1.02 2.3 3.8 2.4 50 61 1LE1001-0CB3■-■■■■ 7 0.00095<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 77.1 76.8 73.7 0.74 1.39 2.2 5.3 3.1 53 64 1LE1001-0DB2■-■■■■ 10 0.0017<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1440 5 79.6 79.9 77.5 0.76 1.79 2.2 5.6 3.1 53 64 1LE1001-0DB3■-■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1425 7.4 81.4 81.8 80 0.78 2.5 2.3 5.6 2.9 56 68 1LE1001-0EB0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.0028<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1435 10 82.8 83.5 82.2 0.79 3.3 2.6 6.4 3.4 56 68 1LE1001-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1455 14 84.3 85.1 84.2 0.81 4.65 2.1 6.9 3.3 60 72 1LE1001-1AB4■-■■■■ 21 0.0086<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1455 20 85.5 86.4 85.6 0.82 6.2 2 6.9 3.1 60 72 1LE1001-1AB5■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 86.6 87.3 86.4 0.81 8.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1001-1BB2■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1465 36 87.7 88.4 87.6 0.8 11.3 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1001-1CB0■-■■■■ 42 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 88.7 89.8 89.8 0.83 14.7 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1001-1CB2■-■■■■ 49 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1470 71 89.8 91 90.9 0.85 21 2.1 6.7 2.8 65 77 1LE1001-1DB2■-■■■■ 71 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 90.6 91.2 90.8 0.85 28 2.3 7.3 3 65 77 1LE1001-1DB4■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1465 121 91.2 92 91.9 0.84 35 2.5 7.2 3.4 61 74 1LE1001-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 128 0.12<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 91.6 92.2 91.9 0.84 41.5 2.6 7.3 3.5 69 76 1LE1001-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 132 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 92.3 92.9 92.6 0.84 56 2.5 6.7 3.3 70 77 1LE1001-2AB5■-■■■■ 173 0.2<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) For converter operation of shaft heights 63 and 90, ordering with PTC<br />

thermistors and their connection to the converter is recommended.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/31


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 925 3.8 67.6 67.9 64.4 0.69 1.14 2.1 4 2.4 42 53 1LE1001-0DC2■-■■■■ 9 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 73.1 73.8 70.8 0.66 1.65 2.5 4.4 2.9 42 53 1LE1001-0DC3■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 935 7.7 75.9 76.8 74.5 0.7 2.05 2 4.1 2.5 43 55 1LE1001-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.003<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 935 11 IE1 78.1 79.3 77.7 0.7 2.9 2.2 4.4 2.6 43 55 1LE1001-0EC4 ■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 15 79.8 80.5 79 0.73 3.7 2 5.4 2.8 59 71 1LE1001-1AC4 ■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 965 22 81.8 82.7 81.7 0.75 5.2 2 5 2.8 62 74 1LE1001-1BC2■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 970 30 83.3 83.4 81 0.72 7.2 1.6 5 2.5 63 75 1LE1001-1CC0■-■■■■ 38 0.024<br />

4 4.55 132 M 970 39 84.6 85.5 84.3 0.75 9.1 1.6 5 2.3 63 75 1LE1001-1CC2■-■■■■ 43 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 970 54 86 87.1 86.4 0.76 12.1 1.9 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1001-1CC3■-■■■■ 52 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 975 73 87.2 87.9 87.2 0.74 16.8 1.9 4.7 2.2 67 79 1LE1001-1DC2■-■■■■ 77 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 975 108 88.7 89.7 89.3 0.76 23.5 1.9 4.8 2.2 67 79 1LE1001-1DC4■-■■■■ 93 0.098<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 89.7 90.1 89.5 0.78 31 2.5 6 3.1 57 70 1LE1001-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 121 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE1 90.4 91.4 91.3 0.82 36 2.4 5.8 2.6 63 76 1LE1001-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 151 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE1 90.9 91.7 91.4 0.82 42.5 2.5 6.2 2.6 63 76 1LE1001-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 173 0.3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

For converter operation of shaft heights 63 and 90, ordering with PTC<br />

thermistors and their connection to the converter is recommended.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/32 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 66.2 65.7 61.6 0.61 2.7 1.5 3.2 2.1 60 72 1LE1001-1AD4■-■■■■ 21 0.0086<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 695 15 70.8 72.3 69.6 0.65 3.45 1.4 3.2 1.9 60 72 1LE1001-1AD5■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 725 20 74.1 73.9 71.2 0.63 4.65 1.6 4 2.4 63 75 1LE1001-1BD2■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 77.6 78.2 76.6 0.62 6.6 1.4 3.5 2 63 75 1LE1001-1CD0■-■■■■ 46 0.034<br />

3 3.45 132 M 720 40 IE1 80 80.7 79.2 0.62 8.7 1.4 3.7 2 63 75 1LE1001-1CD2■-■■■■ 52 0.037<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 81.9 82.6 81.4 0.67 10.5 1.6 3.7 1.9 63 75 1LE1001-1DD2■-■■■■ 69 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 83.8 84.2 83 0.67 14.1 1.7 3.9 2 63 75 1LE1001-1DD3■-■■■■ 82 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 725 99 85.3 86.4 86 0.7 18.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 63 75 1LE1001-1DD4■-■■■■ 94 0.098<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 IE1 86.9 88 87.6 0.7 26 2.3 4.9 2.6 72 80 1LE1001-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 122 0.195<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 88 89.5 89.9 0.76 32.5 2.4 5.4 2.8 58 65 1LE1001-2AD5■-■■■■ 172 0.344<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/33


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.5 1.75 80 M 2830 5.1 81.3 83.4 83.6 0.85 3.15 2.6 6.1 2.8 60 71 1LE1001-0DA6 ■-■■■■ 11 0.0013<br />

3 3.45 90 L 2895 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.5 0.86 6 3.4 7.9 3.6 65 77 1LE1001-0EA6 ■-■■■■ 15 0.0031<br />

4 4.55 100 L 2905 13 85.8 86.9 86.5 0.86 7.8 2.5 7.6 3.5 67 79 1LE1001-1AA6■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 2945 18 87 87.8 87.4 0.88 10.4 2.3 8.5 3.8 69 81 1LE1001-1BA6■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2950 36 89.4 90.1 89.9 0.89 20 2.3 7.9 3.2 68 80 1LE1001-1CA6■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2955 71 91.3 91.8 91.4 0.89 39 3.1 8.4 3.7 70 82 1LE1001-1DA6 ■-■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2940 97 92 92.6 92.3 0.89 53 2.3 7.8 3.4 76 83 1LE1001-1EA6 ■-■■■■ 139 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 92.9 93.2 92.9 0.87 81 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1001-2AA6■-■■■■ 194 0.176<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 1440 7.3 81.4 82.1 80.7 0.78 2.5 2.4 6.1 3 53 64 1LE1001-0DB6■-■■■■ 11 0.0029<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 1425 15 IE1 84.3 85.6 85 0.81 4.65 2.8 6.1 3.1 56 68 1LE1001-0EB6 ■-■■■■ 16 0.0049<br />

4 4.55 100 L 1460 26 86.6 88 87.5 0.8 8.3 2.2 7.5 3.5 60 72 1LE1001-1AB6■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1460 36 87.7 88.2 87.2 0.81 11.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1001-1BB6■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1465 72 89.8 90.9 90.9 0.84 21 2.6 7.7 3.1 64 76 1LE1001-1CB6■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1475 120 91.2 91.8 91.3 0.85 34.5 2.5 7.7 3.3 65 77 1LE1001-1DB6■-■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1465 196 92.3 93 92.9 0.81 58 2.5 7.3 3.3 70 77 1LE1001-1EB6 ■-■■■■ 148 0.159<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.6 0.84 69 2.4 7 3 68 75 1LE1001-2AB6■-■■■■ 189 0.246<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/34 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1001 with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1001<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 965 22 IE1 81.8 83.3 82.7 0.76 5.1 1.7 4.9 2.5 59 71 1LE1001-1AC6 ■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 112 M 965 30 83.3 84 82.7 0.74 7 2.1 5.4 2.7 62 74 1LE1001-1BC6■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 970 74 87.2 88.1 87.1 0.75 16.6 2 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1001-1CC6■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

15 17.3 160 L 975 147 IE1 89.7 90.4 89.7 0.75 32 2 5.2 2.4 67 79 1LE1001-1DC6■-■■■■ 115 0.12<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 90.4 90.9 90.5 0.77 38.5 2.3 6 2.9 67 80 1LE1001-1EC6 ■-■■■■ 130 0.2<strong>06</strong><br />

30 34.5 200 L 975 294 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.77 61 2.6 6.3 2.7 68 75 1LE1001-2AC6 ■-■■■■ 192 0.381<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 720 199 IE1 88 89.2 89 0.73 33.5 2.2 4.9 2.5 67 75 1LE1001-1ED6 ■-■■■■ 151 0.263<br />

18.5 22 200 L 720 245 IE1 88.6 89.9 90.2 0.78 38.5 2.6 5.8 3 65 72 1LE1001-2AD6■-■■■■ 198 0.416<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1001- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/35


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated, Frame<br />

60 Hz/ size<br />

P60 1)<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1501 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2770 1.3 69.5 70.5 67.9 0.81 0.95 2.5 4.1 2.5 58 69 1LE1501-0CA2■-■■■■ 11 0.00035<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2780 1.9 74.1 75.2 72.9 0.8 1.34 2.6 4.6 2.6 58 69 1LE1501-0CA3■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2805 2.6 77.4 80 80.1 0.84 1.67 1.9 4.9 2.3 60 71 1LE1501-0DA2■-■■■■ 16 0.0008<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2835 3.7 79.6 81.3 80.9 0.83 2.4 2.7 6 3.1 60 71 1LE1501-0DA3■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2885 4.9 81.3 81.7 79.8 0.84 3.15 2.7 6.9 3.6 65 77 1LE1501-0EA0■-■■■■ 23 0.0017<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2890 7.3 83.2 83.7 82 0.85 4.5 2.5 7.1 3.7 65 77 1LE1501-0EA4■-■■■■ 25 0.0021<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2905 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.6 0.84 6.1 2.3 7 3.3 67 79 1LE1501-1AA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0044<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2945 13 85.8 86.2 85.1 0.85 7.9 2.1 8 3.6 69 81 1LE1501-1BA2■-■■■■ 39 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 87 88 87.6 0.87 10.5 1.8 6.6 2.9 68 80 1LE1501-1CA0■-■■■■ 57 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 88.1 88.5 87.6 0.87 14.1 2.2 7.5 3.1 68 80 1LE1501-1CA1■-■■■■ 61 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 89.4 89.3 88 0.87 20.5 2.1 7.4 3.2 70 82 1LE1501-1DA2■-■■■■ 96 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 90.3 90.7 90 0.88 27 2.4 7.6 3.4 70 82 1LE1501-1DA3■-■■■■ 104 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 90.9 91.3 90.6 0.88 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.6 70 82 1LE1501-1DA4■-■■■■ 113 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2940 71 91.3 91.8 91.3 0.87 40 2.7 7.4 3.6 77 84 1LE1501-1EA2■-■■■■ 145 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 92 92.3 91.8 0.87 54 2.5 6.9 3.3 78 85 1LE1501-2AA4■-■■■■ 200 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2960 119 92.5 93 92.7 0.88 66 2.7 7.4 3.5 78 85 1LE1501-2AA5■-■■■■ 225 0.15<br />

45 51 225 M 2965 145 92.9 93.1 92.5 0.88 79 2.7 7.8 3.7 76 89 1LE1501-2BA2■-■■■■ 295 0.23<br />

55 62 250 M 2970 177 93.2 93.3 92.4 0.88 97 2.3 6.8 3.1 76 89 1LE1501-2CA2■-■■■■ 360 0.4<br />

75 84 280 S 2978 240 93.8 93.6 92.4 0.86 134 2.5 7.2 3.2 76 89 1LE1501-2DA0■-■■■■ 490 0.71<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.88 157 2.5 7.1 3.1 76 89 1LE1501-2DA2■-■■■■ 530 0.83<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 94.3 94.2 93.3 0.9 187 2.4 7.3 3 77 91 1LE1501-3AA0■-■■■■ 720 1.3<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 94.6 94.7 94.1 0.91 220 2.4 7.2 3.1 77 91 1LE1501-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 94.8 94.9 94.3 0.92 265 2.3 7 3.1 80 95 1LE1501-3AA4■-■■■■ 930 1.8<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95 95.2 94.8 0.92 330 2.5 7.3 3 80 95 1LE1501-3AA5■-■■■■ 1130 2.2<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/36 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1501 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1395 1.7 68.5 68.4 64.2 0.69 0.76 2.4 3.7 2.5 50 61 1LE1501-0CB2■-■■■■ 12 0.00076<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1380 2.6 72.7 73.2 69.9 0.72 1.02 2.3 3.8 2.4 50 61 1LE1501-0CB3■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 77.1 76.8 73.7 0.74 1.39 2.2 5.3 3.1 53 64 1LE1501-0DB2■-■■■■ 17 0.0017<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1440 5 79.6 79.9 77.5 0.76 1.79 2.2 5.6 3.1 53 64 1LE1501-0DB3■-■■■■ 18 0.0021<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1425 7.4 81.4 81.8 80 0.78 2.5 2.3 5.6 2.9 56 68 1LE1501-0EB0■-■■■■ 23 0.0028<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1435 10 82.8 83.5 82.2 0.79 3.3 2.6 6.4 3.4 56 68 1LE1501-0EB4■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1455 14 84.3 85.1 84.2 0.81 4.65 2.1 6.9 3.3 60 72 1LE1501-1AB4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1455 20 85.5 86.4 85.6 0.82 6.2 2 6.9 3.1 60 72 1LE1501-1AB5■-■■■■ 37 0.011<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 86.6 87.3 86.4 0.81 8.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1501-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1465 36 87.7 88.4 87.6 0.8 11.3 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1501-1CB0■-■■■■ 61 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 88.7 89.8 89.8 0.83 14.7 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1501-1CB2■-■■■■ 75 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1470 71 89.8 91 90.9 0.85 21 2.1 6.7 2.8 65 77 1LE1501-1DB2■-■■■■ 96 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 90.6 91.2 90.8 0.85 28 2.3 7.3 3 65 77 1LE1501-1DB4■-■■■■ 104 0.083<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1465 121 91.2 92 91.9 0.84 35 2.5 7.2 3.4 61 74 1LE1501-1EB2■-■■■■ 160 0.12<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 91.6 92.2 91.9 0.84 41.5 2.6 7.3 3.5 69 76 1LE1501-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 92.3 92.9 92.6 0.84 56 2.5 6.7 3.3 70 77 1LE1501-2AB5■-■■■■ 230 0.2<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.5 0.88 65 2.3 6.6 2.9 66 79 1LE1501-2BB0■-■■■■ 280 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1475 291 93.1 93.8 93.7 0.87 80 2.5 6.9 3.1 66 79 1LE1501-2BB2■-■■■■ 305 0.46<br />

55 63 250 M 1480 355 93.5 93.9 93.5 0.85 100 2.7 6.8 3 66 79 1LE1501-2CB2■-■■■■ 385 0.75<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 94 94.2 93.8 0.87 132 2.5 6.8 3 71 85 1LE1501-2DB0■-■■■■ 550 1.3<br />

90 104 280 M 1486 578 94.2 94.3 93.6 0.87 159 2.6 7.3 3.1 71 85 1LE1501-2DB2■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

110 127 315 S 1490 705 94.5 94.6 94 0.86 195 2.7 7.4 3 72 86 1LE1501-3AB0■-■■■■ 740 2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 94.7 94.9 94.6 0.87 230 2.7 7.1 2.9 75 89 1LE1501-3AB2■-■■■■ 870 2.3<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 94.9 95 94.5 0.87 280 2.8 7.2 3.1 76 91 1LE1501-3AB4■-■■■■ 940 2.8<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 95.1 95.3 94.7 0.87 350 3.1 7.5 3.2 77 92 1LE1501-3AB5■-■■■■ 1140 3.5<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/37


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1501 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 71 M 875 2 56.6 56.9 52.7 0.68 0.68 2.2 2.5 2.3 46 57 1LE1501-0CC2■-■■■■ 12 0.0008<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 870 2.7 61.6 62.7 59.2 0.7 0.84 2.3 2.6 2.3 46 57 1LE1501-0CC3■-■■■■ 13 0.001<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 925 3.8 67.6 67.9 64.4 0.69 1.14 2.1 4 2.4 42 53 1LE1501-0DC2■-■■■■ 17 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 73.1 73.8 70.8 0.66 1.65 2.5 4.4 2.9 42 53 1LE1501-0DC3■-■■■■ 19 0.0025<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 935 7.7 75.9 76.8 74.5 0.7 2.05 2 4.1 2.5 43 55 1LE1501-0EC0■-■■■■ 23 0.003<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 935 11 IE1 78.1 79.3 77.7 0.7 2.9 2.2 4.4 2.6 43 55 1LE1501-0EC4■-■■■■ 26 0.004<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 15 79.8 80.5 79 0.73 3.7 2 5.4 2.8 59 71 1LE1501-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 965 22 81.8 82.7 81.7 0.75 5.2 2 5 2.8 62 74 1LE1501-1BC2■-■■■■ 41 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 970 30 83.3 83.4 81 0.72 7.2 1.6 5 2.5 63 75 1LE1501-1CC0■-■■■■ 56 0.024<br />

4 4.55 132 M 970 39 84.6 85.5 84.3 0.75 9.1 1.6 5 2.3 63 75 1LE1501-1CC2■-■■■■ 61 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 970 54 86 87.1 86.4 0.76 12.1 1.9 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1501-1CC3■-■■■■ 70 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 975 73 87.2 87.9 87.2 0.74 16.8 1.9 4.7 2.2 67 79 1LE1501-1DC2■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 975 108 88.7 89.7 89.3 0.76 23.5 1.9 4.8 2.2 67 79 1LE1501-1DC4■-■■■■ 122 0.098<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 89.7 90.1 89.5 0.78 31 2.5 6 3.1 57 70 1LE1501-1EC4■-■■■■ 155 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE1 90.4 91.4 91.3 0.82 36 2.4 5.8 2.6 63 76 1LE1501-2AC4■-■■■■ 200 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE1 90.9 91.7 91.4 0.82 42.5 2.5 6.2 2.6 63 76 1LE1501-2AC5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

30 36 225 M 980 292 IE1 91.7 92.5 92.3 0.83 57 2.5 5.6 2.7 65 78 1LE1501-2BC2■-■■■■ 300 0.58<br />

37 44.5 250 M 982 360 IE1 92.2 93.1 93.1 0.83 70 2.8 6 2.5 62 77 1LE1501-2CC2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

45 54 280 S 985 436 IE1 92.7 93.4 93.2 0.84 83 2.7 6.3 2.6 65 79 1LE1501-2DC0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

55 66 280 M 985 533 IE1 93.1 93.9 94 0.86 99 2.5 6.4 2.6 65 79 1LE1501-2DC2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

75 90 315 S 988 725 IE1 93.7 94 93.6 0.84 138 2.5 6.7 2.8 65 79 1LE1501-3AC0■-■■■■ 660 2.1<br />

90 108 315 M 988 870 IE1 94 94.3 93.6 0.84 165 2.6 6.9 2.8 65 79 1LE1501-3AC2■-■■■■ 730 2.5<br />

110 132 315 L 988 1<strong>06</strong>3 IE1 94.3 94.6 94.5 0.86 196 2.7 7 2.8 68 82 1LE1501-3AC4■-■■■■ 940 3.6<br />

132 158 315 L 988 1276 94.6 94.9 94.7 0.86 235 3 7.5 2.9 69 84 1LE1501-3AC5■-■■■■ 990 4<br />

160 192 315 L 988 1546 94.8 94.7 94.4 0.86 285 3.1 7.7 3.3 69 84 1LE1501-3AC6■-■■■■ 1160 4.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/38 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1501 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.09 0.11 71 M 630 1.4<br />

4)<br />

40.1 40.6 35.8 0.67 0.5 1.7 1.6 1.7 59 63 1LE1501-0CD2■-■■■■ 12 0.00077<br />

0.12 0.14 71 M 640 1.8 40.1 39.6 34.7 0.66 0.65 1.8 1.8 1.8 48 59 1LE1501-0CD3■-■■■■ 13 0.00100<br />

0.18 0.21 80 M 690 2.5 45.9 43.6 37.8 0.6 0.93 1.7 2.2 2.1 51 62 1LE1501-0DD2■-■■■■ 17 0.00175<br />

0.25 0.29 80 M 705 3.4 50.6 48.1 41.9 0.55 1.3 2 2.5 2.5 51 62 1LE1501-0DD3■-■■■■ 19 0.00246<br />

0.37 0.43 90 S 675 5.2 56.1 55.6 49.6 0.71 1.34 1.4 2.6 1.7 53 65 1LE1501-0ED0■-■■■■ 23 0.00225<br />

0.55 0.63 90 L 665 7.9 61.7 63.4 59.8 0.74 1.74 1.5 2.7 1.7 53 65 1LE1501-0ED4■-■■■■ 26 0.00305<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 66.2 65.7 61.6 0.61 2.7 1.5 3.2 2.1 60 72 1LE1501-1AD4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 695 15 70.8 72.3 69.6 0.65 3.45 1.4 3.2 1.9 60 72 1LE1501-1AD5■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 725 20 74.1 73.9 71.2 0.63 4.65 1.6 4 2.4 63 75 1LE1501-1BD2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 77.6 78.2 76.6 0.62 6.6 1.4 3.5 2 63 75 1LE1501-1CD0■-■■■■ 64 0.034<br />

3 3.45 132 M 720 40 IE1 80 80.7 79.2 0.62 8.7 1.4 3.7 2 63 75 1LE1501-1CD2■-■■■■ 67 0.037<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 81.9 82.6 81.4 0.67 10.5 1.6 3.7 1.9 63 75 1LE1501-1DD2■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 83.8 84.2 83 0.67 14.1 1.7 3.9 2 63 75 1LE1501-1DD3■-■■■■ 111 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 725 99 85.3 86.4 86 0.7 18.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 63 75 1LE1501-1DD4■-■■■■ 123 0.098<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 IE1 86.9 88 87.6 0.7 26 2.3 4.9 2.6 72 80 1LE1501-1ED4■-■■■■ 155 0.195<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 88 89.5 89.9 0.76 32.5 2.4 5.4 2.8 58 65 1LE1501-2AD5■-■■■■ 220 0.344<br />

18.5 22 225 S 730 242 IE1 89 89.9 89.5 0.78 38.5 2.2 5.4 2.7 59 72 1LE1501-2BD0■-■■■■ 250 0.43<br />

22 26.5 225 M 730 288 90.3 91.3 91.1 0.8 44 2.3 5.5 2.7 58 71 1LE1501-2BD2■-■■■■ 270 0.5<br />

30 36 250 M 732 391 91.3 92.2 92 0.8 59 2.4 5.6 2.7 60 73 1LE1501-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 44.5 280 S 736 480 91.9 92.5 92.1 0.78 75 2.3 5.4 2.4 63 77 1LE1501-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 54 280 M 738 582 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.79 89 2.5 5.7 2.5 66 80 1LE1501-2DD2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 92.9 93.3 92.9 0.8 107 2.2 5.8 2.6 69 83 1LE1501-3AD0■-■■■■ 640 2<br />

75 90 315 M 738 970 93.5 94.4 94.5 0.81 143 2.3 5.9 2.7 69 84 1LE1501-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 740 1161 93.5 94.3 94.4 0.83 167 2.2 5.8 2.5 69 84 1LE1501-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 92.3 95 95.1 0.82 205 2.7 6.7 2.9 74 88 1LE1501-3AD5■-■■■■ 980 3.9<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

4) No IE class for 50 and 60 Hz because the motor is outside the validity for<br />

the efficiency classes according to IEC 60034-30-1:2014.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/39


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated, Frame<br />

60 Hz/ size<br />

P60 1)<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1601 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2905 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.6 0.84 6.1 2.3 7 3.3 67 79 1LE1601-1AA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0044<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2945 13 85.8 86.2 85.1 0.85 7.9 2.1 8 3.6 69 81 1LE1601-1BA2■-■■■■ 39 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 87 88 87.6 0.87 10.5 1.8 6.6 2.9 68 80 1LE1601-1CA0■-■■■■ 57 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 88.1 88.5 87.6 0.87 14.1 2.2 7.5 3.1 68 80 1LE1601-1CA1■-■■■■ 61 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 89.4 89.3 88 0.87 20.5 2.1 7.4 3.2 70 82 1LE1601-1DA2■-■■■■ 96 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 90.3 90.7 90 0.88 27 2.4 7.6 3.4 70 82 1LE1601-1DA3■-■■■■ 104 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 90.9 91.3 90.6 0.88 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.6 70 82 1LE1601-1DA4■-■■■■ 113 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2940 71 91.3 91.8 91.3 0.87 40 2.7 7.4 3.6 77 84 1LE1601-1EA2■-■■■■ 145 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 92 92.3 91.8 0.87 54 2.5 6.9 3.3 78 85 1LE1601-2AA4■-■■■■ 200 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2960 119 92.5 93 92.7 0.88 66 2.7 7.4 3.5 78 85 1LE1601-2AA5■-■■■■ 225 0.15<br />

45 51 225 M 2965 145 92.9 93.1 92.5 0.88 79 2.7 7.8 3.7 76 89 1LE1601-2BA2■-■■■■ 295 0.23<br />

55 62 250 M 2970 177 93.2 93.3 92.4 0.88 97 2.3 6.8 3.1 76 89 1LE1601-2CA2■-■■■■ 360 0.4<br />

75 84 280 S 2978 240 93.8 93.6 92.4 0.86 134 2.5 7.2 3.2 76 89 1LE1601-2DA0■-■■■■ 490 0.71<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.88 157 2.5 7.1 3.1 76 89 1LE1601-2DA2■-■■■■ 530 0.83<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 94.3 94.2 93.3 0.9 187 2.4 7.3 3 77 91 1LE1601-3AA0■-■■■■ 720 1.3<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 94.6 94.7 94.1 0.91 220 2.4 7.2 3.1 77 91 1LE1601-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 94.8 94.9 94.3 0.92 265 2.3 7 3.1 80 95 1LE1601-3AA4■-■■■■ 930 1.8<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95 95.2 94.8 0.92 330 2.5 7.3 3 80 95 1LE1601-3AA5■-■■■■ 1130 2.2<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/40 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1601 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1455 14 84.3 85.1 84.2 0.81 4.65 2.1 6.9 3.3 60 72 1LE1601-1AB4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1455 20 85.5 86.4 85.6 0.82 6.2 2 6.9 3.1 60 72 1LE1601-1AB5■-■■■■ 37 0.011<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 86.6 87.3 86.4 0.81 8.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1601-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1465 36 87.7 88.4 87.6 0.8 11.3 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1601-1CB0■-■■■■ 61 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 88.7 89.8 89.8 0.83 14.7 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1LE1601-1CB2■-■■■■ 75 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1470 71 89.8 91 90.9 0.85 21 2.1 6.7 2.8 65 77 1LE1601-1DB2■-■■■■ 96 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 90.6 91.2 90.8 0.85 28 2.3 7.3 3 65 77 1LE1601-1DB4■-■■■■ 104 0.083<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1465 121 91.2 92 91.9 0.84 35 2.5 7.2 3.4 61 74 1LE1601-1EB2■-■■■■ 160 0.12<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 91.6 92.2 91.9 0.84 41.5 2.6 7.3 3.5 69 76 1LE1601-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 92.3 92.9 92.6 0.84 56 2.5 6.7 3.3 70 77 1LE1601-2AB5■-■■■■ 230 0.2<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.5 0.88 65 2.3 6.6 2.9 66 79 1LE1601-2BB0■-■■■■ 280 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1475 291 93.1 93.8 93.7 0.87 80 2.5 6.9 3.1 66 79 1LE1601-2BB2■-■■■■ 305 0.46<br />

55 63 250 M 1480 355 93.5 93.9 93.5 0.85 100 2.7 6.8 3 66 79 1LE1601-2CB2■-■■■■ 385 0.75<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 94 94.2 93.8 0.87 132 2.5 6.8 3 71 85 1LE1601-2DB0■-■■■■ 550 1.3<br />

90 104 280 M 1486 578 94.2 94.3 93.6 0.87 159 2.6 7.3 3.1 71 85 1LE1601-2DB2■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

110 127 315 S 1490 705 94.5 94.6 94 0.86 195 2.7 7.4 3 72 86 1LE1601-3AB0■-■■■■ 740 2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 94.7 94.9 94.6 0.87 230 2.7 7.1 2.9 75 89 1LE1601-3AB2■-■■■■ 870 2.3<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 94.9 95 94.5 0.87 280 2.8 7.2 3.1 76 91 1LE1601-3AB4■-■■■■ 940 2.8<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 95.1 95.3 94.7 0.87 350 3.1 7.5 3.2 77 92 1LE1601-3AB5■-■■■■ 1140 3.5<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/41


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1601 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 15 79.8 80.5 79 0.73 3.7 2 5.4 2.8 59 71 1LE1601-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 965 22 81.8 82.7 81.7 0.75 5.2 2 5 2.8 62 74 1LE1601-1BC2■-■■■■ 41 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 970 30 83.3 83.4 81 0.72 7.2 1.6 5 2.5 63 75 1LE1601-1CC0■-■■■■ 56 0.024<br />

4 4.55 132 M 970 39 84.6 85.5 84.3 0.75 9.1 1.6 5 2.3 63 75 1LE1601-1CC2■-■■■■ 61 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 970 54 86 87.1 86.4 0.76 12.1 1.9 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1601-1CC3■-■■■■ 70 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 975 73 87.2 87.9 87.2 0.74 16.8 1.9 4.7 2.2 67 79 1LE1601-1DC2■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 975 108 88.7 89.7 89.3 0.76 23.5 1.9 4.8 2.2 67 79 1LE1601-1DC4■-■■■■ 122 0.098<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 89.7 90.1 89.5 0.78 31 2.5 6 3.1 57 70 1LE1601-1EC4■-■■■■ 155 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE1 90.4 91.4 91.3 0.82 36 2.4 5.8 2.6 63 76 1LE1601-2AC4■-■■■■ 200 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE1 90.9 91.7 91.4 0.82 42.5 2.5 6.2 2.6 63 76 1LE1601-2AC5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

30 36 225 M 980 292 IE1 91.7 92.5 92.3 0.83 57 2.5 5.6 2.7 65 78 1LE1601-2BC2■-■■■■ 300 0.58<br />

37 44.5 250 M 982 360 IE1 92.2 93.1 93.1 0.83 70 2.8 6 2.5 62 77 1LE1601-2CC2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

45 54 280 S 985 436 IE1 92.7 93.4 93.2 0.84 83 2.7 6.3 2.6 65 79 1LE1601-2DC0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

55 66 280 M 985 533 IE1 93.1 93.9 94 0.86 99 2.5 6.4 2.6 65 79 1LE1601-2DC2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

75 90 315 S 988 725 IE1 93.7 94 93.6 0.84 138 2.5 6.7 2.8 65 79 1LE1601-3AC0■-■■■■ 660 2.1<br />

90 108 315 M 988 870 IE1 94 94.3 93.6 0.84 165 2.6 6.9 2.8 65 79 1LE1601-3AC2■-■■■■ 730 2.5<br />

110 132 315 L 988 1<strong>06</strong>3 IE1 94.3 94.6 94.5 0.86 196 2.7 7 2.8 68 82 1LE1601-3AC4■-■■■■ 940 3.6<br />

132 158 315 L 988 1276 94.6 94.9 94.7 0.86 235 3 7.5 2.9 69 84 1LE1601-3AC5■-■■■■ 990 4<br />

160 192 315 L 988 1546 94.8 94.7 94.4 0.86 285 3.1 7.7 3.3 69 84 1LE1601-3AC6■-■■■■ 1160 4.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/42 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1LE1601 –<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz/ 60 Hz/ size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz 50 Hz Performance Line<br />

P50 P60 1)<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 66.2 65.7 61.6 0.61 2.7 1.5 3.2 2.1 60 72 1LE1601-1AD4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 695 15 70.8 72.3 69.6 0.65 3.45 1.4 3.2 1.9 60 72 1LE1601-1AD5■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 725 20 74.1 73.9 71.2 0.63 4.65 1.6 4 2.4 63 75 1LE1601-1BD2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 77.6 78.2 76.6 0.62 6.6 1.4 3.5 2 63 75 1LE1601-1CD0■-■■■■ 64 0.034<br />

3 3.45 132 M 720 40 IE1 80 80.7 79.2 0.62 8.7 1.4 3.7 2 63 75 1LE1601-1CD2■-■■■■ 67 0.037<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 81.9 82.6 81.4 0.67 10.5 1.6 3.7 1.9 63 75 1LE1601-1DD2■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 83.8 84.2 83 0.67 14.1 1.7 3.9 2 63 75 1LE1601-1DD3■-■■■■ 111 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 725 99 85.3 86.4 86 0.7 18.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 63 75 1LE1601-1DD4■-■■■■ 123 0.098<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 IE1 86.9 88 87.6 0.7 26 2.3 4.9 2.6 72 80 1LE1601-1ED4■-■■■■ 155 0.195<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 88 89.5 89.9 0.76 32.5 2.4 5.4 2.8 58 65 1LE1601-2AD5■-■■■■ 220 0.344<br />

18.5 22 225 S 730 242 IE1 89 89.9 89.5 0.78 38.5 2.2 5.4 2.7 59 72 1LE1601-2BD0■-■■■■ 250 0.43<br />

22 26.5 225 M 730 288 90.3 91.3 91.1 0.8 44 2.3 5.5 2.7 58 71 1LE1601-2BD2■-■■■■ 270 0.5<br />

30 36 250 M 732 391 91.3 92.2 92 0.8 59 2.4 5.6 2.7 60 73 1LE1601-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 44.5 280 S 736 480 91.9 92.5 92.1 0.78 75 2.3 5.4 2.4 63 77 1LE1601-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 54 280 M 738 582 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.79 89 2.5 5.7 2.5 66 80 1LE1601-2DD2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 92.9 93.3 92.9 0.8 107 2.2 5.8 2.6 69 83 1LE1601-3AD0■-■■■■ 640 2<br />

75 90 315 M 738 970 93.5 94.4 94.5 0.81 143 2.3 5.9 2.7 69 84 1LE1601-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 740 1161 93.5 94.3 94.4 0.83 167 2.2 5.8 2.5 69 84 1LE1601-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 94.2 95 95.1 0.82 205 2.7 6.7 2.9 74 88 1LE1601-3AD5■-■■■■ 980 3.9<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

No IE class for 50 and 60 Hz because the motor is outside the validity for<br />

the efficiency classes according to IEC 60034-30-1:2014.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/43


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1LE1501 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz/ 60 Hz/ size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

P50 P60 1)<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.55 100 L 2905 13 85.8 86.9 86.5 0.86 7.8 2.5 7.6 3.5 67 79 1LE1501-1AA6■-■■■■ 45 0.0054<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 2945 18 87 87.8 87.4 0.88 10.4 2.3 8.5 3.8 69 81 1LE1501-1BA6■-■■■■ 53 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2950 36 89.4 90.1 89.9 0.89 20 2.3 7.9 3.2 68 80 1LE1501-1CA6■-■■■■ 80 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2955 71 91.3 91.8 91.4 0.89 39 3.1 8.4 3.7 70 82 1LE1501-1DA6■-■■■■ 126 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2940 97 92 92.6 92.3 0.89 53 2.3 7.8 3.4 76 83 1LE1501-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 92.9 93.2 92.9 0.87 81 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1501-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.176<br />

55 62 225 M 2960 177 93.2 93.6 93.2 0.88 97 2.5 7 3.3 76 89 1LE1501-2BA6■-■■■■ 320 0.26<br />

75 84 250 M 2970 241 93.8 93.6 92.6 0.84 137 2.2 7 3.3 75 89 1LE1501-2CA6■-■■■■ 390 0.46<br />

110 123 280 M 2978 353 94.3 94.5 94.1 0.9 187 2.9 8.5 3.6 80 91 1LE1501-2DA6■-■■■■ 650 1.2<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.55 100 L 1460 26 86.6 88 87.5 0.8 8.3 2.2 7.5 3.5 60 72 1LE1501-1AB6■-■■■■ 46 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1460 36 87.7 88.2 87.2 0.81 11.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1501-1BB6■-■■■■ 58 0.017<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1465 72 89.8 90.9 90.9 0.84 21 2.6 7.7 3.1 64 76 1LE1501-1CB6■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1475 120 91.2 91.8 91.3 0.85 34.5 2.5 7.7 3.3 65 77 1LE1501-1DB6■-■■■■ 116 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1465 196 92.3 93 92.9 0.81 58 2.5 7.3 3.3 70 77 1LE1501-1EB6■-■■■■ 185 0.159<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.6 0.84 69 2.4 7 3 68 75 1LE1501-2AB6■-■■■■ 240 0.246<br />

55 63 225 M 1475 356 93.5 94.2 94.1 0.84 101 2.5 5.8 2.7 69 82 1LE1501-2BB6■-■■■■ 320 0.47<br />

75 86 250 M 1480 484 94 94.5 94.3 0.86 134 2.3 6.2 2.8 74 87 1LE1501-2CB6■-■■■■ 440 0.85<br />

110 127 280 M 1485 707 94.5 94.9 94.8 0.87 193 2.5 6.9 3 73 87 1LE1501-2DB6■-■■■■ 680 1.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/44 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1501 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1501 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 965 22 IE1 81.8 83.3 82.7 0.76 5.1 1.7 4.9 2.5 59 71 1LE1501-1AC6■-■■■■ 49 0.014<br />

3 3.45 112 M 965 30 83.3 84 82.7 0.74 7 2.1 5.4 2.7 62 74 1LE1501-1BC6■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 970 74 87.2 88.1 87.1 0.75 16.6 2 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1501-1CC6■-■■■■ 83 0.046<br />

15 17.3 160 L 975 147 IE1 89.7 90.4 89.7 0.75 32 2 5.2 2.4 67 79 1LE1501-1DC6■-■■■■ 147 0.12<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 90.4 90.9 90.5 0.77 38.5 2.3 6 2.9 67 80 1LE1501-1EC6■-■■■■ 165 0.2<strong>06</strong><br />

30 34.5 200 L 975 294 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.77 61 2.6 6.3 2.7 68 75 1LE1501-2AC6■-■■■■ 240 0.381<br />

37 44.5 225 M 978 361 IE1 92.2 93 92.9 0.83 70 2.5 6.3 2.9 64 77 1LE1501-2BC6■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

45 54 250 M 985 436 IE1 92.7 93.4 93.4 0.84 83 2.4 6.6 2.7 67 81 1LE1501-2CC6■-■■■■ 410 1<br />

75 90 280 M 986 726 93.7 94.3 94.4 0.85 136 3.2 7 2.9 66 80 1LE1501-2DC6■-■■■■ 570 1.8<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 720 199 IE1 88 89.2 89 0.73 33.5 2.2 4.9 2.5 67 75 1LE1501-1ED6■-■■■■ 190 0.263<br />

18.5 22 200 L 720 245 IE1 88.6 89.9 90.2 0.78 38.5 2.6 5.8 3 65 72 1LE1501-2AD6■-■■■■ 250 0.416<br />

30 36 225 M 732 391 90.8 92 92.1 0.76 63 2.8 6.1 3.2 62 76 1LE1501-2BD6■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 44.5 250 M 730 484 91.6 92.6 92.7 0.83 70 2.3 5.5 2.6 63 77 1LE1501-2CD6■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

55 66 280 M 736 714 92.9 93.4 93 0.8 107 2.5 5.9 2.5 70 81 1LE1501-2DD6■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1501- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/45


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1LE1601 –<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz/ 60 Hz/ size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz 50 Hz Performance Line<br />

P50 P60 1)<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.55 100 L 2905 13 85.8 86.9 86.5 0.86 7.8 2.5 7.6 3.5 67 79 1LE1601-1AA6■-■■■■ 45 0.0054<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 2945 18 87 87.8 87.4 0.88 10.4 2.3 8.5 3.8 69 81 1LE1601-1BA6■-■■■■ 53 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2950 36 89.4 90.1 89.9 0.89 20 2.3 7.9 3.2 68 80 1LE1601-1CA6■-■■■■ 80 0.031<br />

22 25.3 160 L 2955 71 91.3 91.8 91.4 0.89 39 3.1 8.4 3.7 70 82 1LE1601-1DA6■-■■■■ 126 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2940 97 92 92.6 92.3 0.89 53 2.3 7.8 3.4 76 83 1LE1601-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2950 146 92.9 93.2 92.9 0.87 81 2.5 7.1 3.2 77 84 1LE1601-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.176<br />

55 62 225 M 2960 177 93.2 93.6 93.2 0.88 97 2.5 7 3.3 76 89 1LE1601-2BA6■-■■■■ 320 0.26<br />

75 84 250 M 2970 241 93.8 93.6 92.6 0.84 137 2.2 7 3.3 75 89 1LE1601-2CA6■-■■■■ 390 0.46<br />

110 123 280 M 2978 353 94.3 94.5 94.1 0.9 187 2.9 8.5 3.6 80 91 1LE1601-2DA6■-■■■■ 650 1.2<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.55 100 L 1460 26 86.6 88 87.5 0.8 8.3 2.2 7.5 3.5 60 72 1LE1601-1AB6■-■■■■ 46 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1460 36 87.7 88.2 87.2 0.81 11.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1LE1601-1BB6■-■■■■ 58 0.017<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1465 72 89.8 90.9 90.9 0.84 21 2.6 7.7 3.1 64 76 1LE1601-1CB6■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1475 120 91.2 91.8 91.3 0.85 34.5 2.5 7.7 3.3 65 77 1LE1601-1DB6■-■■■■ 116 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1465 196 92.3 93 92.9 0.81 58 2.5 7.3 3.3 70 77 1LE1601-1EB6■-■■■■ 185 0.159<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.6 0.84 69 2.4 7 3 68 75 1LE1601-2AB6■-■■■■ 240 0.246<br />

55 63 225 M 1475 356 93.5 94.2 94.1 0.84 101 2.5 5.8 2.7 69 82 1LE1601-2BB6■-■■■■ 320 0.47<br />

75 86 250 M 1480 484 94 94.5 94.3 0.86 134 2.3 6.2 2.8 74 87 1LE1601-2CB6■-■■■■ 440 0.85<br />

110 127 280 M 1485 707 94.5 94.9 94.8 0.87 193 2.5 6.9 3 73 87 1LE1601-2DB6■-■■■■ 680 1.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/46 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1601 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1601 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.15<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 965 22 IE1 81.8 83.3 82.7 0.76 5.1 1.7 4.9 2.5 59 71 1LE1601-1AC6■-■■■■ 49 0.014<br />

3 3.45 112 M 965 30 83.3 84 82.7 0.74 7 2.1 5.4 2.7 62 74 1LE1601-1BC6■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 970 74 87.2 88.1 87.1 0.75 16.6 2 5.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1601-1CC6■-■■■■ 83 0.046<br />

15 17.3 160 L 975 147 IE1 89.7 90.4 89.7 0.75 32 2 5.2 2.4 67 79 1LE1601-1DC6■-■■■■ 147 0.12<br />

18.5 22 180 L 975 181 90.4 90.9 90.5 0.77 38.5 2.3 6 2.9 67 80 1LE1601-1EC6■-■■■■ 165 0.2<strong>06</strong><br />

30 34.5 200 L 975 294 91.7 92.5 92.4 0.77 61 2.6 6.3 2.7 68 75 1LE1601-2AC6■-■■■■ 240 0.381<br />

37 44.5 225 M 978 361 IE1 92.2 93 92.9 0.83 70 2.5 6.3 2.9 64 77 1LE1601-2BC6■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

45 54 250 M 985 436 IE1 92.7 93.4 93.4 0.84 83 2.4 6.6 2.7 67 81 1LE1601-2CC6■-■■■■ 410 1<br />

75 90 280 M 986 726 93.7 94.3 94.4 0.85 136 3.2 7 2.9 66 80 1LE1601-2DC6■-■■■■ 570 1.8<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 720 199 IE1 88 89.2 89 0.73 33.5 2.2 4.9 2.5 67 75 1LE1601-1ED6■-■■■■ 190 0.263<br />

18.5 22 200 L 720 245 IE1 88.6 89.9 90.2 0.78 38.5 2.6 5.8 3 65 72 1LE1601-2AD6■-■■■■ 250 0.416<br />

30 36 225 M 732 391 90.8 92 92.1 0.76 63 2.8 6.1 3.2 62 76 1LE1601-2BD6■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 44.5 250 M 730 484 91.6 92.6 92.7 0.83 70 2.3 5.5 2.6 63 77 1LE1601-2CD6■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

55 66 280 M 736 714 92.9 93.4 93 0.8 107 2.5 5.9 2.5 70 81 1LE1601-2DD6■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1601- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/47


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR /<br />

50 Hz, T rated,<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1002<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 63 M 2805 0.61 52.8 50.1 44.2 0.79 1.08 1.7 3.4 2.2 55 62 1LE1002-0BA2■-■■■■ 4 0.00018<br />

0.25 0.29 63 M 2835 0.84 58.2 55.5 48.6 0.75 1.44 1.9 3.6 2.6 56 63 1LE1002-0BA3■-■■■■ 4 0.00022<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2755 1.3 63.9 64.5 61.1 0.79 1.<strong>06</strong> 2.2 3.4 2.2 62 73 1LE1002-0CA2■-■■■■ 5 0.00029<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2750 1.9 69.0 69.9 66.5 0.79 1.46 2.2 3.7 2.2 62 73 1LE1002-0CA3■-■■■■ 6 0.00041<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2835 2.5 72.1 72.6 69.9 0.86 1.75 2.1 5.2 2.3 64 71 1LE1002-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 9 0.00079<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2840 3.7 75.0 75.7 73.4 0.86 2.45 2.5 5.7 2.5 64 71 1LE1002-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 12 0.0010<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2835 5.1 77.2 78.2 76.8 0.85 3.3 2.6 5.5 2.9 71 78 1LE1002-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.0014<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2855 7.4 79.7 80.9 81.3 0.85 4.7 2.8 6.5 3.2 71 78 1LE1002-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 14 0.0018<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2835 10 81.5 83.2 82.8 0.87 6.1 3.2 6.4 3.5 67 79 1LE1002-1AA4■-■■■■ 20 0.0034<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2935 13 83.1 83.0 80.8 0.85 8.2 3.3 8.3 4.2 69 81 1LE1002-1BA2■-■■■■ 25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2910 18 84.7 85.9 85.7 0.88 10.7 1.8 5.7 2.6 68 80 1LE1002-1CA0■-■■■■ 35 0.013<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2925 24 86.0 86.7 86.1 0.88 14.3 2.2 6.8 3.1 68 80 1LE1002-1CA1■-■■■■ 40 0.016<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2925 36 87.6 88.0 87.1 0.86 21.0 2.0 5.7 2.7 70 82 1LE1002-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 60 0.030<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2935 49 88.7 88.9 87.7 0.85 28.5 2.4 6.8 3.2 70 82 1LE1002-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 68 0.036<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2935 60 89.3 89.7 89.3 0.87 34.5 2.7 7.6 3.4 70 82 1LE1002-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 78 0.044<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2945 71 89.9 90.6 90.4 0.87 40.5 2.5 7.7 3.5 72 85 1LE1002-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 112 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 90.7 90.9 90.2 0.79 60 2.5 7.3 3.6 72 85 1LE1002-2AA4■-■■■■ 149 0.124<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 91.2 91.6 91.2 0.88 67 2.7 8.2 3.5 72 85 1LE1002-2AA5■-■■■■ 169 0.15<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/48 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1002<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.12 0.14 63 M 1360 0.84 50.0 47.3 39.1 0.71 0.85 1.6 2.5 1.8 48 55 1LE1002-0BB2■-■■■■ 4 0.00029<br />

0.18 0.21 63 M 1360 1.3 57.0 55.1 47.8 0.71 1.12 1.9 2.8 2.1 55 62 1LE1002-0BB3■-■■■■ 4 0.00037<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1365 1.8 61.5 61.4 56.1 0.73 0.80 1.8 3.0 2.0 54 65 1LE1002-0CB2■-■■■■ 5 0.00052<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1350 2.7 66.0 67.7 65.0 0.75 1.08 2.0 3.2 2.0 54 65 1LE1002-0CB3■-■■■■ 6 0.00077<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1385 3.8 70.0 70.7 67.7 0.79 1.44 2.1 3.7 2.2 59 66 1LE1002-0DB2■-■■■■ 9 0.0014<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1385 5.2 72.1 72.0 67.0 0.76 1.85 2.1 3.6 2.3 59 66 1LE1002-0DB3■-■■■■ 11 0.0017<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1405 7.5 75.0 75.9 73.6 0.81 2.5 2.1 4.5 2.3 61 68 1LE1002-0EB0 ■-■■■■ 12 0.0024<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1410 10 77.2 77.8 75.1 0.80 3.35 2.4 4.7 2.6 61 68 1LE1002-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 15 0.0033<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1425 15 79.7 80.5 78.5 0.81 4.9 2.2 5.1 2.3 60 72 1LE1002-1AB4■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1425 20 81.5 83.0 82.3 0.85 6.3 2.4 5.4 2.6 60 72 1LE1002-1AB5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1435 27 83.1 84.3 83.7 0.83 8.4 2.5 6.1 2.9 58 70 1LE1002-1BB2■-■■■■ 27 0.010<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1450 36 84.7 85.7 84.9 0.82 11.2 2.3 5.7 2.7 64 76 1LE1002-1CB0■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1450 49 86.0 86.9 86.3 0.82 15.2 2.6 6.6 3.1 64 76 1LE1002-1CB2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1460 72 87.6 87.9 86.7 0.81 22.5 2.7 6.9 3.3 65 77 1LE1002-1DB2■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1460 98 88.7 89.1 88.0 0.82 30.0 3.0 7.5 3.6 65 77 1LE1002-1DB4■-■■■■ 73 0.056<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1468 120 89.3 90.2 90.2 0.85 35 2.2 7.3 3.1 63 76 1LE1002-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 131 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 89.9 90.8 90.7 0.83 42.5 2.7 8 3.6 63 76 1LE1002-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 132 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1472 195 90.7 91.5 91.4 0.83 58 2.3 6.9 3.1 64 78 1LE1002-2AB5■-■■■■ 169 0.2<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/49


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1002<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.09 0.11 63 M 895 1.3 42.7 38.5 30.4 0.63 0.84 1.8 2.0 1.9 56 62 1LE1002-0BC2■-■■■■ 4 0.00037<br />

0.18 0.21 71 M 800 2.2 45.5 44.4 38.3 0.67 0.84 1.9 2.0 2.0 51 62 1LE1002-0CC2■-■■■■ 5 0.00055<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 860 2.8 52.1 52.8 48.4 0.71 0.98 2.0 2.2 2.0 51 62 1LE1002-0CC3■-■■■■ 6 0.00080<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 915 3.9 57.9 56.9 51.1 0.70 1.23 1.6 2.7 1.8 56 64 1LE1002-0DC2■-■■■■ 9 0.0014<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 900 5.8 65.8 66.6 62.6 0.72 1.68 1.7 2.7 1.9 56 64 1LE1002-0DC3■-■■■■ 12 0.0017<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 940 7.6 70.0 70.0 66.0 0.67 2.30 2.0 3.8 2.2 59 70 1LE1002-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.0033<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 925 11 72.9 73.8 71.2 0.69 3.15 2.2 3.8 2.4 59 70 1LE1002-0EC4 ■-■■■■ 15 0.004<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 940 15 75.2 76.0 72.4 0.74 3.9 2.0 4.0 2.2 59 71 1LE1002-1AC4 ■-■■■■ 19 0.0<strong>06</strong>5<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 940 22 77.7 78.5 76.3 0.72 5.7 2.6 4.6 2.7 57 69 1LE1002-1BC2■-■■■■ 25 0.0092<br />

3 3.45 132 S 955 30 79.7 80.2 77.7 0.74 7.3 2.0 4.6 2.6 63 75 1LE1002-1CC0■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

4 4.55 132 M 955 40 81.4 82.6 81.9 0.76 9.3 2.3 5.2 2.6 63 75 1LE1002-1CC2■-■■■■ 39 0.021<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 955 55 83.1 84.0 83.0 0.75 12.7 2.7 5.7 3.0 63 75 1LE1002-1CC3■-■■■■ 48 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 970 74 84.7 85.4 85.0 0.73 17.5 2.1 5.5 2.9 67 79 1LE1002-1DC2■-■■■■ 72 0.056<br />

11 12.6 160 L 965 109 86.4 86.4 85.4 0.77 24 1.9 5.9 2.7 67 79 1LE1002-1DC4■-■■■■ 92 0.078<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 87.7 88.5 87.9 0.77 32 2.3 6.1 3 56 69 1LE1002-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 119 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 980 214 89.2 90 89.6 0.79 45 2.8 6.8 2.9 59 72 1LE1002-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 149 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 980 214 89.2 90 89.6 0.79 45 2.8 6.8 2.9 59 72 1LE1002-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 166 0.3<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.09 0.11 71 M 635 1.4 39 35.7 28.6 0.63 0.53 1.8 1.8 2 49 56 1LE1002-0CD2■-■■■■ 6 0.00080<br />

0.12 0.14 71 M 625 1.8 31 30.5 27.1 0.68 0.82 1.7 2 1.7 49 56 1LE1002-0CD3■-■■■■ 6 0.00080<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 61.2 58.1 50.5 0.62 2.85 1.9 3 2.2 60 72 1LE1002-1AD4■-■■■■ 17 0.0056<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 690 15 66.5 66.0 61.8 0.61 3.90 2.0 3.2 2.3 60 72 1LE1002-1AD5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 700 20 70.2 71.1 68.7 0.66 4.65 1.9 3.5 2.1 63 75 1LE1002-1BD2■-■■■■ 29 0.0094<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 715 29 74.2 74.1 71.4 0.66 6.5 1.7 3.9 2.4 63 75 1LE1002-1CD0■-■■■■ 37 0.019<br />

3 3.45 132 M 715 40 77.0 77.4 75.2 0.68 8.3 1.8 3.9 2.2 63 75 1LE1002-1CD2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

4 4.55 160 M 720 53 79.2 79.3 76.3 0.67 10.9 1.6 4.1 2.3 63 75 1LE1002-1DD2■-■■■■ 60 0.044<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 720 73 81.4 81.9 80.3 0.68 14.3 1.6 4 2.2 63 75 1LE1002-1DD3■-■■■■ 72 0.056<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 715 100 83.1 83.7 82.4 0.69 18.9 1.7 3.8 2.2 63 75 1LE1002-1DD4■-■■■■ 91 0.077<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 85 86.2 86 0.7 26.5 1.9 5 2.5 65 78 1LE1002-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 122 0.2<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 86.2 87.9 88.4 0.75 33.5 2.5 5.5 2.9 55 69 1LE1002-2AD5■-■■■■ 170 0.3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/50 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1002 with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1002<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 63 M 2795 1.3 63.9 60.3 51.9 0.71 1.18 2.4 3.5 2.6 58 65 1LE1002-0BA6■-■■■■ 5 0.00018<br />

0.75 0.86 71 M 2780 2.6 72.1 72.5 70.2 0.83 1.81 2.2 4.5 2.2 65 72 1LE1002-0CA6■-■■■■ 5 0.00029<br />

4 4.55 100 L 2850 13 83.1 83.9 83 0.85 8.2 4.5 7 4.1 67 79 1LE1002-1AA6■-■■■■ 25 0.0044<br />

5.5 6.3 112 L 2935 18 84.7 84.7 82.7 0.86 10.9 2.9 7.5 3.8 69 81 1LE1002-1BA6■-■■■■ 31 0.0085<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2920 36 87.6 88.3 87.8 0.9 20 2.8 7.5 3.7 68 80 1LE1002-1CA6■-■■■■ 53 0.022<br />

22 24.5 160 L 2935 72 89.9 90.2 89.5 0.9 39 2.6 7.5 3.4 70 82 1LE1002-1DA6 ■-■■■■ 85 0.049<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.29 63 M 1365 1.7 61.5 59.6 53.5 0.68 0.86 2.3 2.9 2.3 52 59 1LE1002-0BB6■-■■■■ 5 0.00029<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 1365 3.8 70 70.5 67.4 0.7 1.62 2.5 3.6 2.5 59 66 1LE1002-0CB6■-■■■■ 7 0.00077<br />

4 4.55 100 L 1435 27 83.1 83.8 82.3 0.81 8.6 2.9 5.8 3.1 60 72 1LE1002-1AB6■-■■■■ 27 0.010<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1420 37 84.7 85.9 85.3 0.81 11.6 3 5.8 3.1 58 70 1LE1002-1BB6■-■■■■ 33 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1450 72 87.6 88.2 87.6 0.84 21.5 2.5 7.2 3 64 76 1LE1002-1CB6■-■■■■ 58 0.033<br />

18.5 21.3 160M 1460 121 89.3 89.8 89.2 0.85 35 2.7 7.2 3.2 65 77 1LE1002-1DB6■-■■■■ 85 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 930 23 77.7 79.5 78.1 0.78 5.2 2 4 2.2 59 71 1LE1002-1AC6 ■-■■■■ 24 0.0084<br />

3 3.45 112 M 945 30 79.7 79.5 76.3 0.72 7.5 2.9 4.6 3 57 69 1LE1002-1BC6■-■■■■ 32 0.013<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 950 75 84.7 85.3 84.1 0.74 17.3 2.4 5.3 3 63 75 1LE1002-1CC6■-■■■■ 54 0.032<br />

15 17.3 160 M 965 148 87.7 87.9 86.5 0.75 33 2.9 6 3.4 67 79 1LE1002-1DC6■-■■■■ 109 0.094<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 63 to 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1002- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/51


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2835 10 81.5 83.2 82.8 0.87 6.1 3.2 6.4 3.5 66 80 1LE1502-1AA4■-■■■■ 31 0.0034<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2935 13 83.1 83.0 80.8 0.85 8.2 3.3 8.3 4.2 70 83 1LE1502-1BA2■-■■■■ 36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2910 18 84.7 85.9 85.7 0.88 10.7 1.8 5.7 2.6 68 82 1LE1502-1CA0■-■■■■ 53 0.013<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2925 24 86.0 86.7 86.1 0.88 14.3 2.2 6.8 3.1 68 82 1LE1502-1CA1■-■■■■ 58 0.016<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2925 36 87.6 88.0 87.1 0.86 21.0 2.0 5.7 2.7 73 86 1LE1502-1DA2■-■■■■ 87 0.030<br />

15 18 160 M 2935 49 88.7 88.9 87.7 0.85 28.5 2.4 6.8 3.2 73 86 1LE1502-1DA3■-■■■■ 95 0.036<br />

18.5 22 160 L 2935 60 89.3 89.7 89.3 0.87 34.5 2.7 7.6 3.4 73 86 1LE1502-1DA4■-■■■■ 105 0.044<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2945 71 89.9 90.6 90.4 0.87 40.5 2.5 7.7 3.5 72 85 1LE1502-1EA2■-■■■■ 150 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 90.7 90.9 90.2 0.79 60 2.5 7.3 3.6 72 85 1LE1502-2AA4■-■■■■ 195 0.124<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 91.2 91.6 91.2 0.88 67 2.7 8.2 3.5 72 85 1LE1502-2AA5■-■■■■ 230 0.15<br />

45 51 225 M 2960 145 91.7 92 91.6 0.88 80 2.3 6.7 3 73 86 1LE1502-2BA2■-■■■■ 280 0.22<br />

55 62 250 M 2970 177 92.1 92.3 91.4 0.88 98 2 6.7 2.9 77 91 1LE1502-2CA2■-■■■■ 360 0.4<br />

75 84 280 S 2975 241 92.7 92.5 91.3 0.86 136 2.2 6.8 3 78 92 1LE1502-2DA0■-■■■■ 470 0.72<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 93 93.1 92.4 0.88 159 2.5 7.1 3.1 76 89 1LE1502-2DA2■-■■■■ 530 0.83<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 93.3 92.9 91.5 0.86 198 2.3 7.5 3.3 80 94 1LE1502-3AA0■-■■■■ 680 1.2<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 93.5 93.2 92.5 0.89 230 2.3 7.6 3 80 94 1LE1502-3AA2■-■■■■ 740 1.4<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 93.8 93.6 93.1 0.91 270 2.3 7.4 2.9 80 94 1LE1502-3AA4■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 94 93.9 93.5 0.92 335 2.2 7.1 2.8 80 94 1LE1502-3AA5■-■■■■ 1000 2.1<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/52 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1425 15 79.7 80.3 78.1 0.81 4.9 2.3 5.1 2.7 60 72 1LE1502-1AB4■-■■■■ 29 0.0059<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1425 20 81.5 82.6 81.5 0.85 6.3 2.4 5.4 2.6 60 72 1LE1502-1AB5■-■■■■ 33 0.0078<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1435 27 83.1 84.3 83.7 0.83 8.4 2.5 6.1 2.9 57 70 1LE1502-1BB2■-■■■■ 38 0.010<br />

5.5 56.3 132 S 1450 36 84.7 85.3 84.2 0.82 11.4 2.3 5.7 2.7 64 76 1LE1502-1CB0■-■■■■ 56 0.019<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1450 49 86.0 86.5 85.4 0.82 15.4 2.6 6.6 3.1 64 76 1LE1502-1CB2■-■■■■ 59 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1460 72 87.6 87.9 86.7 0.81 22.5 2.7 6.9 3.3 70 82 1LE1502-1DB2■-■■■■ 89 0.044<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1460 98 88.7 89.1 88.0 0.82 30.0 3.0 7.5 3.6 70 82 1LE1502-1DB4■-■■■■ 105 0.056<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1468 120 89.3 90.2 90.2 0.85 35 2.2 7.3 3.1 63 76 1LE1502-1EB2■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 89.9 90.8 90.7 0.83 42.5 2.7 8 3.6 63 76 1LE1502-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1472 195 90.7 91.5 91.4 0.83 58 2.3 6.9 3.1 64 78 1LE1502-2AB5■-■■■■ 220 0.2<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1475 240 91.2 91.6 91.1 0.85 69 2.3 7 3.2 69 83 1LE1502-2BB0■-■■■■ 260 0.37<br />

45 52 225 M 1475 291 91.7 92.1 91.7 0.86 82 2.6 7.2 3.2 69 82 1LE1502-2BB2■-■■■■ 290 0.45<br />

55 63 250 M 1475 356 92.1 92.5 92.1 0.85 101 2.4 6.1 2.6 69 83 1LE1502-2CB2■-■■■■ 370 0.69<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 92.7 92.9 92.2 0.85 137 2.3 7 2.8 75 89 1LE1502-2DB0■-■■■■ 500 1.2<br />

90 104 280 M 1482 580 93 93.4 93.1 0.87 161 2.2 6.5 2.8 73 87 1LE1502-2DB2■-■■■■ 560 1.4<br />

110 127 315 S 1488 7<strong>06</strong> 93.3 93.4 92.8 0.84 205 2.3 6.5 2.7 76 90 1LE1502-3AB0■-■■■■ 690 1.9<br />

132 152 315 M 1488 847 93.5 93.7 93.3 0.85 240 2.5 6.8 2.7 76 91 1LE1502-3AB2■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

160 184 315 L 1486 1028 93.8 93.9 93.5 0.86 285 2.7 7.2 2.7 76 90 1LE1502-3AB4■-■■■■ 940 2.9<br />

200 230 315 L 1486 1285 94 94.2 94 0.87 355 2.5 6.9 2.7 76 91 1LE1502-3AB5■-■■■■ 1140 3.5<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/53


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T B /<br />

T rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 940 15 75.2 75.6 72.3 0.74 3.9 2 4 2.2 59 71 1LE1502-1AC4■-■■■■ 30 0.0<strong>06</strong>5<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 940 22 77.7 78.5 76.3 0.72 5.7 2.6 4.6 2.7 59 71 1LE1502-1BC2■-■■■■ 37 0.0092<br />

3 3.45 132 S 955 30 79.7 79.9 77.1 0.74 7.3 2 4.6 2.6 65 78 1LE1502-1CC0■-■■■■ 52 0.017<br />

4 4.55 132 M 955 40 81.4 82.6 81.9 0.76 9.3 2.3 5.2 2.6 65 78 1LE1502-1CC2■-■■■■ 57 0.021<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 955 55 83.1 84.0 83.0 0.75 12.7 2.7 5.7 3.0 65 78 1LE1502-1CC3■-■■■■ 66 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 970 74 84.7 85.4 85.0 0.73 17.5 2.1 5.5 2.9 67 79 1LE1502-1DC2■-■■■■ 100 0.056<br />

11 12.6 160 L 965 109 86.4 86.8 85.9 0.77 24 1.9 5.9 2.7 67 79 1LE1502-1DC4■-■■■■ 120 0.078<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 87.7 88.5 87.9 0.77 32 2.3 6.1 3 56 69 1LE1502-1EC4■-■■■■ 155 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 88.6 89.8 89.8 0.79 38 2.5 6.3 2.6 59 72 1LE1502-2AC4■-■■■■ 200 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 980 214 89.2 90 89.6 0.79 45 2.8 6.8 2.9 59 72 1LE1502-2AC5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

30 36 225 M 978 293 90.2 91 90.7 0.82 59 2.7 6 2.5 65 77 1LE1502-2BC2■-■■■■ 270 0.49<br />

37 44.5 250 M 980 361 90.8 91.5 91.3 0.82 72 2.7 6 2.4 63 77 1LE1502-2CC2■-■■■■ 330 0.76<br />

45 54 280 S 986 436 91.4 92 91.6 0.84 85 2.6 7 2.6 63 77 1LE1502-2DC0■-■■■■ 440 1.1<br />

55 66 280 M 986 533 91.9 92.5 92.6 0.85 102 2.6 6.7 2.6 63 77 1LE1502-2DC2■-■■■■ 500 1.3<br />

75 90 315 S 988 725 92.6 92.8 92.1 0.83 141 2.5 7.1 2.7 62 77 1LE1502-3AC0■-■■■■ 660 2.1<br />

90 108 315 M 988 870 92.9 93.2 92.8 0.83 168 2.6 7.3 2.6 61 77 1LE1502-3AC2■-■■■■ 740 2.5<br />

110 132 315 L 988 1<strong>06</strong>3 93.3 93.6 93.4 0.86 198 2.6 6.8 2.8 61 78 1LE1502-3AC4■-■■■■ 880 3.2<br />

132 158 315 L 988 1276 93.5 93.7 93.4 0.86 235 3 7.5 2.9 61 78 1LE1502-3AC5■-■■■■ 1030 4<br />

160 192 315 L 988 1546 93.8 93.9 93.6 0.86 285 3.1 7.7 3 64 79 1LE1502-3AC6■-■■■■ 1160 4.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/54 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 61.2 58.1 50.5 0.62 2.85 1.9 3 2.2 64 72 4) 1LE1502-1AD4■-■■■■ 28 0.0056<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 690 15 66.5 66.0 61.8 0.61 3.90 2.0 3.2 2.3 64 72 4) 1LE1502-1AD5■-■■■■ 33 0.0078<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 700 20 70.2 71.1 68.7 0.66 4.65 1.9 3.5 2.1 67 78 4) 1LE1502-1BD2■-■■■■ 42 0.0094<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 715 29 74.2 74.1 71.4 0.66 6.5 1.7 3.9 2.4 63 75 1LE1502-1CD0■-■■■■ 60 0.019<br />

3 3.45 132 M 715 40 77 77.4 75.2 0.68 8.3 1.8 3.9 2.2 63 75 1LE1502-1CD2■-■■■■ 62 0.024<br />

4 4.55 160 M 720 53 79.2 79.3 76.3 0.67 10.9 1.6 4.1 2.3 63 75 1LE1502-1DD2■-■■■■ 89 0.044<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 720 73 81.4 81.9 80.3 0.68 14.3 1.6 4 2.2 63 75 1LE1502-1DD3■-■■■■ 96 0.056<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 715 100 83.1 83.7 82.4 0.69 18.9 1.7 3.8 2.2 63 75 1LE1502-1DD4■-■■■■ 120 0.077<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 85 86.2 86 0.7 26.5 1.9 5 2.5 65 78 1LE1502-1ED4■-■■■■ 160 0.20<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 86.2 87.9 88.4 0.75 33.5 2.5 5.5 2.9 55 69 1LE1502-2AD5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

18.5 22 225 S 730 242 86.9 87.8 87.4 0.78 39.5 2.2 5.5 2.7 59 72 1LE1502-2BD0■-■■■■ 250 0.43<br />

22 26.5 225 M 730 288 87.4 88.3 88.1 0.79 46 2.3 5.5 2.7 60 73 1LE1502-2BD2■-■■■■ 270 0.5<br />

30 36 250 M 732 391 88.3 89.2 89.2 0.81 61 2.3 5.5 2.6 54 68 1LE1502-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.84<br />

37 44.5 280 S 735 481 88.8 89.7 89.7 0.81 74 2.1 5 2.1 54 68 1LE1502-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.22<br />

45 54 280 M 735 585 89.2 90.3 90.4 0.81 90 2.1 5.3 2.1 58 71 1LE1502-2DD2■-■■■■ 500 1.42<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 89.7 90.1 89.7 0.8 111 2.1 5.7 2.6 69 83 1LE1502-3AD0■-■■■■ 640 2<br />

75 90 315 M 738 970 90.3 90.7 90.5 0.81 148 2.3 5.9 2.7 69 84 1LE1502-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 738 1165 90.7 91.2 91.2 0.84 171 2.2 5.9 2.6 68 83 1LE1502-3AD4■-■■■■ 840 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 91.1 91.6 91.5 0.82 215 2.7 6.7 2.9 73 87 1LE1502-3AD5■-■■■■ 1000 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 740 1703 91.5 91.9 91.6 0.81 255 2.9 7.2 3.3 75 89 1LE1502-3AD6■-■■■■ 1080 4.5<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

4) The noise limit values specified as permissible in IEC 60034-9 under load<br />

can be exceeded.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/55


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 50 Hz<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.6 100 L 2850 13 83.1 83.9 83 0.85 8.2 4.5 7 4.1 67 79 1LE1502-1AA6■-■■■■ 33 0.0044<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 2935 18 84.7 84.7 82.7 0.86 10.9 2.9 7.5 3.8 69 81 1LE1502-1BA6■-■■■■ 40 0.0085<br />

11 12.6 132 M 2920 36 87.6 88.3 87.8 0.9 20 2.8 7.5 3.7 68 80 1LE1502-1CA6■-■■■■ 76 0.022<br />

22 24.5 160 L 2935 72 89.9 90.2 89.5 0.9 39 2.6 7.5 3.4 70 82 1LE1502-1DA6■-■■■■ 125 0.049<br />

30 33.5 180 L 2940 97 90.7 91.5 91.5 0.89 54 2.4 8.1 3.5 72 85 1LE1502-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 2955 145 91.7 92.3 92.4 0.85 83 2.5 8.1 3.6 71 85 1LE1502-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.176<br />

55 62 225 M 2960 177 92.1 92.4 92 0.88 98 2.5 7.3 3.2 76 89 1LE1502-2BA6■-■■■■ 330 0.27<br />

75 84 250 M 2970 241 92.7 92.8 92.1 0.87 134 2.4 7.3 3.1 76 89 1LE1502-2CA6■-■■■■ 420 0.48<br />

110 123 280 M 2975 353 93.3 93.5 93.1 0.9 189 2.4 7.3 3.1 77 90 1LE1502-2DA6■-■■■■ 620 1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

4 4.6 100 L 1435 27 83.1 83.8 82.3 0.81 8.6 2.9 5.8 3.1 60 72 1LE1502-1AB6■-■■■■ 36 0.01<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1420 37 84.7 85.9 85.3 0.81 11.6 3 5.8 3.1 58 70 1LE1502-1BB6■-■■■■ 43 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1450 72 87.6 88.2 87.6 0.84 21.5 2.5 7.2 3 64 76 1LE1502-1CB6■-■■■■ 76 0.033<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1460 121 89.3 89.8 89.2 0.85 35 2.7 7.2 3.2 65 77 1LE1502-1DB6■-■■■■ 125 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1465 196 90.7 91.7 91.9 0.79 60 2.6 7.2 3.4 64 77 1LE1502-1EB6■-■■■■ 185 0.159<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1470 240 91.2 92 92.1 0.82 71 2.4 6.8 2.9 64 78 1LE1502-2AB6■-■■■■ 240 0.246<br />

55 63 225 M 1475 356 92.1 92.8 92.6 0.86 100 2.5 6.7 2.6 70 83 1LE1502-2BB6■-■■■■ 320 0.49<br />

75 86 250 M 1482 483 92.7 93.1 92.6 0.84 139 2.5 7.4 3 73 87 1LE1502-2CB6■-■■■■ 440 0.86<br />

110 127 280 M 1486 707 93.3 93.5 93 0.85 200 2.6 8 3.3 75 89 1LE1502-2DB6■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/56 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Please note<br />

minimum legal<br />

efficiencies<br />

in the European<br />

Economic Area!<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1502 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60 1)<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated,<br />

400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1502 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE1 Standard Efficiency, service factor (SF) 1.1<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 930 23 77.7 79.5 78.1 0.78 5.2 2 4 2.2 59 71 1LE1502-1AC6■-■■■■ 35 0.0084<br />

3 3.45 112 M 945 30 79.7 79.5 76.3 0.72 7.5 2.9 4.6 3 57 69 1LE1502-1BC6■-■■■■ 45 0.013<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 950 75 84.7 85.3 84.1 0.74 17.3 2.4 5.3 3 63 75 1LE1502-1CC6■-■■■■ 78 0.032<br />

15 17.3 160 L 965 148 87.7 87.9 86.5 0.75 33 2.9 6 3.4 67 79 1LE1502-1DC6■-■■■■ 140 0.094<br />

18.5 22 180 L 970 182 88.6 89.4 89.1 0.77 39 2.2 5.9 2.9 56 69 1LE1502-1EC6■-■■■■ 165 0.2<strong>06</strong><br />

30 34.5 200 L 975 294 90.2 91.4 91.7 0.78 62 2.6 6 2.7 61 75 1LE1502-2AC6■-■■■■ 245 0.381<br />

37 44.5 225 M 978 361 90.8 91.5 91.5 0.82 72 2.5 6.1 2.8 76 93 1LE1502-2BC6■-■■■■ 310 0.62<br />

45 54 250 M 982 438 91.4 92.2 92.1 0.83 86 2.7 6.6 2.3 76 95 1LE1502-2CC6■-■■■■ 390 0.93<br />

75 90 280 M 985 727 92.6 93.3 93.2 0.84 139 2.9 7 2.7 61 75 1LE1502-2DC6■-■■■■ 560 1.7<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

15 18 180 L 718 199 86.2 87.5 87.2 0.74 34 2.1 4.7 2.3 64 78 1LE1502-1ED6■-■■■■ 190 0.263<br />

18.5 22 200 L 720 245 86.9 88.2 88.4 0.76 40 2.7 6.1 3.2 59 72 1LE1502-2AD6■-■■■■ 250 0.416<br />

30 36 225 M 730 392 88.3 89.1 89.1 0.79 62 2.6 5.6 2.8 57 70 1LE1502-2BD6■-■■■■ 320 0.73<br />

37 44.5 250 M 730 484 88.8 89.8 89.9 0.83 72 2.3 5.7 2.6 63 77 1LE1502-2CD6■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

55 66 280 M 736 714 89.7 90.4 90.5 0.8 111 2.5 5.7 2.5 70 81 1LE1502-2DD6■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

Voltages 2) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1502- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the<br />

Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/57


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1043 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1043<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 3480 2.1 77 77.2 75.7 0.84 1.45 3 7.1 3.6 64 75 1LE1043-0DA2 ■ - ■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 3500 3 84 84 82 0.83 1.98 3.3 8.4 4 64 75 1LE1043-0DA3 ■ - ■■■■ 12 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 3525 4.1 85.5 84.8 82.3 0.84 2.6 3.1 9.8 4.9 69 81 1LE1043-0EA0 ■ - ■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 3530 6 86.5 86.4 84.5 0.87 3.65 3 9.6 4.9 69 81 1LE1043-0EA4 ■ - ■■■■ 19 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 3525 8.1 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1043-1AA4■ - ■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 3560 10 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1043-1BA2■ - ■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 3555 15 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1043-1CA0■ - ■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 3555 20 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1043-1CA1■ - ■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 3560 30 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1043-1DA2 ■ - ■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 3565 40 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1043-1DA3 ■ - ■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 3560 50 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1043-1DA4 ■ - ■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 3560 59 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1043-1EA2 ■ - ■■■■ 129 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 3560 80 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1043-2AA4■ - ■■■■ 173 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 3560 99 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1043-2AA5■ - ■■■■ 194 0.158<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1760 4.1 83.5 82.6 79.3 0.71 1.59 3.1 8.3 4.7 55 66 1LE1043-0DB3■ - ■■■■ 14 0.0021<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1750 6 86.5 86.4 84.2 0.75 2.15 3.4 8.2 4.4 58 70 1LE1043-0EB0 ■ - ■■■■ 16 0.0029<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1755 8.2 86.5 86.2 84.5 0.77 2.85 3.4 8.6 4.3 62 70 1LE1043-0EB4 ■ - ■■■■ 19 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1770 11.9 89.5 89.2 87.2 0.81 3.8 3.5 9.6 5.1 62 74 1LE1043-1AB4■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1760 16.3 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1043-1AB5■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1770 19 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1043-1BB2■ - ■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1775 30 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1043-1CB0■ - ■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1770 40 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1043-1CB2■ - ■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1775 59 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1043-1DB2■ - ■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1780 80 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1043-1DB4■ - ■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1775 100 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1043-1EB2 ■ - ■■■■ 134 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1775 118 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1043-1EB4 ■ - ■■■■ 142 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1778 161 IE2 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1043-2AB5■ - ■■■■ 189 0.22<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 1) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC416) 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 2/118 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/58 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1043 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, Different<br />

size 60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1043<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 1155 6.2 82.5 82.4 79.9 0.65 1.76 2.4 5.3 3.1 46 58 1LE1043-0EC0 ■ - ■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 1180 8.9 87.5 87.2 84.8 0.69 2.3 2.4 6.7 3.3 62 74 1LE1043-1AC3 ■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

1.5 1.75 112 S 1170 14 88.5 88.7 87.3 0.76 3.25 2 6.2 2.8 65 77 1LE1043-1BC1■ - ■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 1180 21 89.5 89.2 87.7 0.72 4.3 2.4 7.3 3.5 63 71 1LE1043-1CC1■ - ■■■■ 42 0.033<br />

3 3.45 132 S 1180 24 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6 2.6 7.6 3.8 61 69 1LE1043-1CC0■ - ■■■■ 42 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 1180 30 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 62 70 1LE1043-1CC2■ - ■■■■ 46 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 1180 45 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 67 75 1LE1043-1CC3■ - ■■■■ 58 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 1185 60 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12 2.7 9.3 3.7 73 81 1LE1043-1DC2■ - ■■■■ 95 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 1185 89 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19 3.4 8 3.2 72 80 1LE1043-1DC4■ - ■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 1178 122 IE2 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1043-1EC4 ■ - ■■■■ 130 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 1180 150 IE2 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1043-2AC4 ■ - ■■■■ 166 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 1180 178 IE2 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1043-2AC5 ■ - ■■■■ 179 0.32<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 1) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC416) 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 2/118 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/59


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1043 with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated, rated,<br />

60 Hz, 60 Hz,<br />

3/4 2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

L pfA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1043<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

4 4.55 100 L 3500 12 88.5 89.6 89.5 0.89 7.3 3 8.4 4 75 83 1LE1043-1AA6■ - ■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

11 12.6 132 M 3565 29 91 91.1 90.3 0.86 17.6 2.5 9.6 5.2 72 84 1LE1043-1CA6■ - ■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

15 17.3 132 L 3555 46 91.7 92.1 91.7 0.89 26.5 2.4 8.7 4.8 72 84 1LE1043-1CA7■ - ■■■■ 65 0.035<br />

22 25.3 160 L 3560 59 91.7 91.8 90.9 0.9 33.5 3.1 9.7 4.5 77 89 1LE1043-1DA6 ■ - ■■■■ 105 0.073<br />

30 33.5 180 L 3560 80 92.4 92.6 92.1 0.87 47 2.9 8.8 4.5 77 89 1LE1043-1EA6 ■ - ■■■■ 140 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 3560 121 93.6 93.7 93 0.86 70 3 8.4 3.7 77 84 1LE1043-2AA6■ - ■■■■ 194 0.170<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1775 59 92.4 92.6 91.8 0.79 19 3.1 8.7 4.1 68 80 1LE1043-1CB6■ - ■■■■ 62 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1780 99 93.6 93.3 91.9 0.75 33 3.9 9.6 4.5 69 81 1LE1043-1DB6■ - ■■■■ 110 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1775 160 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.78 51 3.3 9.5 4.3 79 86 1LE1043-1EB6 ■ - ■■■■ 154 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1780 198 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.8 61 3.3 9 4 70 77 1LE1043-2AB6■ - ■■■■ 205 0.275<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 1) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC416) 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 2/118 1LE1043- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/60 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1543 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 3480 2.1 77 77.2 75.7 0.84 1.45 3 7.1 3.6 64 75 1LE1543-0DA2■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 3500 3 84 84 82 0.83 1.98 3.3 8.4 4 64 75 1LE1543-0DA3■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 3525 4.1 85.5 84.8 82.3 0.84 2.6 3.1 9.8 4.9 69 81 1LE1543-0EA0■-■■■■ 26 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 3530 6 86.5 86.4 84.5 0.87 3.65 3 9.6 4.9 69 81 1LE1543-0EA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 3525 8.1 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1543-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

3.7 4.55 112 M 3560 10 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1543-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 3555 15 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1543-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 3555 20 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1543-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 3560 30 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1543-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 3565 40 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1543-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 3560 50 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1543-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 3560 59 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1543-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 3560 80 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1543-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 3560 99 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1543-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 3570 120 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.88 69 2.7 7.6 3.5 75 89 1LE1543-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 3578 147 93.6 93.4 92.3 0.89 83 2.5 7.3 3.3 76 90 1LE1543-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 3578 200 IE2 94.1 93.9 92.7 0.89 112 2.7 7.6 3.2 78 92 1LE1543-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 101 280 M 3578 240 IE2 95 94.8 93.8 0.9 132 2.7 8.1 3.3 78 92 1LE1543-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 123 315 S 3585 293 95 94.8 93.8 0.91 160 2.6 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1543-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 3585 352 95.4 95.1 94 0.91 191 2.8 8 3.4 79 93 1LE1543-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 3588 426 IE2 95.4 95.1 93.9 0.91 230 3.2 8.8 3.5 82 96 1LE1543-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 224 315 L 3586 533 95.8 95.7 94.8 0.92 285 3.2 8.3 3.3 82 96 1LE1543-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/61


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1543 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1760 4.1 83.5 82.6 79.3 0.71 1.59 3.1 8.3 4.7 55 66 1LE1543-0DB3■-■■■■ 22 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1750 6 86.5 86.4 84.2 0.75 2.15 3.4 8.2 4.4 58 70 1LE1543-0EB0■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1755 8.2 86.5 86.2 84.5 0.77 2.85 3.4 8.6 4.3 62 70 1LE1543-0EB4■-■■■■ 31 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1770 11.9 89.5 89.2 87.2 0.81 3.8 3.5 9.6 5.1 62 74 1LE1543-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1760 16.3 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1543-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1770 19 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1543-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1775 30 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1543-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1770 40 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1543-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1775 59 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1543-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1780 80 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1543-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1775 100 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1543-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1775 118 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1543-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1778 161 IE2 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1543-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1782 198 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.85 58 2.8 7.5 3 66 80 1LE1543-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1782 241 IE2 95.0 95.3 95.1 0.85 70 3 7.7 3.3 66 80 1LE1543-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 63 250 M 1786 294 IE2 95.4 95.6 95.1 0.86 84 2.8 7.6 3.2 67 81 1LE1543-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 86 280 S 1785 460 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.87 131 2.5 6.8 2.9 77 91 1LE1543-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.39<br />

90 104 280 M 1788 481 IE2 95.4 95.5 94.9 0.87 136 2.9 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1543-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 127 315 S 1790 587 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.86 168 3 7.5 3.1 73 87 1LE1543-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 152 315 M 1790 704 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 198 3.1 8.2 3.2 76 90 1LE1543-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

160 184 315 L 1791 853 96.2 96.2 95.7 0.87 240 3.3 8.4 3.3 76 90 1LE1543-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1791 1<strong>06</strong>6 IE2 96.2 96.2 95.5 0.87 300 3.5 8.7 3.2 78 93 1LE1543-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/62 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1543 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 1155 6.2 82.5 82.4 79.9 0.65 3.05 2.4 5.3 3.1 46 58 1LE1543-0EC0■-■■■■ 27 0.004<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 1180 8.9 87.5 87.2 84.8 0.69 2.3 2.4 6.7 3.3 62 74 1LE1543-1AC3■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 1175 12 88.5 88.3 86.2 0.73 2.9 2.2 6.9 3.2 65 77 1LE1543-1BC1■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 1180 21 89.5 89.2 87.7 0.72 4.3 2.4 7.3 3.5 63 71 1LE1543-1CC1■-■■■■ 60 0.033<br />

3 3.45 132 S 1180 24 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6. 2.6 7.6 3.8 61 69 1LE1543-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 1180 30 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 62 70 1LE1543-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 1180 45 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 67 75 1LE1543-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 1185 60 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12.9 2.7 9.3 3.7 73 81 1LE1543-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 1185 89 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19.3 3.4 8 3.2 72 80 1LE1543-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 1178 122 IE2 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1543-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 1180 150 IE2 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1543-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 1180 178 IE2 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1543-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

37 44.5 250 M 1188 297 IE2 94.1 94.4 93.9 0.83 59 3.1 8 3.1 63 76 1LE1543-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 54 280 S 1190 361 IE2 94.5 94.6 94.1 0.83 72 3.3 7.7 3.1 66 80 1LE1543-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 280 M 1190 441 IE2 94.5 94.6 93.9 0.84 87 3.6 9.2 3.3 66 80 1LE1543-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 90 315 S 1192 601 95 94.9 94.1 0.82 121 3.1 8.4 3.3 64 79 1LE1543-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 108 315 M 1192 721 IE2 95 95 94.4 0.84 142 2.7 7.7 3 64 79 1LE1543-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 1192 881 IE2 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 174 3.2 8.2 3.4 64 79 1LE1543-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 1193 1057 IE2 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.81 215 3.7 9.6 3.7 65 80 1LE1543-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/63


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz IE class<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1643 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 3480 2.1 77 77.2 75.7 0.84 1.45 3 7.1 3.6 64 75 1LE1643-0DA2■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 3500 3 84 84 82 0.83 1.98 3.3 8.4 4 64 75 1LE1643-0DA3■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 3525 4.1 85.5 84.8 82.3 0.84 2.6 3.1 9.8 4.9 69 81 1LE1643-0EA0■-■■■■ 26 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 3530 6 86.5 86.4 84.5 0.87 3.65 3 9.6 4.9 69 81 1LE1643-0EA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 3525 8.1 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1643-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

3.7 4.55 112 M 3560 10 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1643-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 3555 15 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1643-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 3555 20 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1643-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 3560 30 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1643-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 3565 40 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1643-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 3560 50 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1643-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 3560 59 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1643-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 3560 80 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1643-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 3560 99 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1643-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 3570 120 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.88 69 2.7 7.6 3.5 75 89 1LE1643-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 3578 147 93.6 93.4 92.3 0.89 83 2.5 7.3 3.3 76 90 1LE1643-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 3578 200 IE2 94.1 93.9 92.7 0.89 112 2.7 7.6 3.2 78 92 1LE1643-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 101 280 M 3578 240 IE2 95 94.8 93.8 0.9 132 2.7 8.1 3.3 78 92 1LE1643-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 123 315 S 3585 293 95 94.8 93.8 0.91 160 2.6 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1643-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 3585 352 95.4 95.1 94 0.91 191 2.8 8 3.4 79 93 1LE1643-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 3588 426 IE2 95.4 95.1 93.9 0.91 230 3.2 8.8 3.5 82 96 1LE1643-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 224 315 L 3586 533 95.8 95.7 94.8 0.92 285 3.2 8.3 3.3 82 96 1LE1643-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/64 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1643 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1760 16.3 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1643-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1770 19 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1643-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1775 30 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1643-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1770 40 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1643-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1775 59 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1643-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1780 80 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1643-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1775 100 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1643-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1775 118 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1643-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1778 161 IE2 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1643-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1782 198 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.85 58 2.8 7.5 3 66 80 1LE1643-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1782 241 IE2 95.0 95.3 95.1 0.85 70 3 7.7 3.3 66 80 1LE1643-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 63 250 M 1786 294 IE2 95.4 95.6 95.1 0.86 84 2.8 7.6 3.2 67 81 1LE1643-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 86 280 S 1785 460 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.87 131 2.5 6.8 2.9 77 91 1LE1643-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.39<br />

90 104 280 M 1788 481 IE2 95.4 95.5 94.9 0.87 136 2.9 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1643-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 127 315 S 1790 587 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.86 168 3 7.5 3.1 73 87 1LE1643-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 152 315 M 1790 704 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 198 3.1 8.2 3.2 76 90 1LE1643-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

160 184 315 L 1791 853 96.2 96.2 95.7 0.87 240 3.3 8.4 3.3 76 90 1LE1643-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1791 1<strong>06</strong>6 IE2 96.2 96.2 95.5 0.87 300 3.5 8.7 3.2 78 93 1LE1643-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/65


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1643 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 1180 8.9 87.5 87.2 84.8 0.69 2.3 2.4 6.7 3.3 62 74 1LE1643-1AC3■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 1175 12 88.5 88.3 86.2 0.73 2.9 2.2 6.9 3.2 65 77 1LE1643-1BC1■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 1180 21 89.5 89.2 87.7 0.72 4.3 2.4 7.3 3.5 58 71 1LE1643-1CC1■-■■■■ 60 0.033<br />

3 3.45 132 S 1180 24 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6. 2.6 7.6 3.8 55 69 1LE1643-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 1180 30 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 57 70 1LE1643-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 1180 45 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 61 75 1LE1643-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.050<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 1185 60 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12.9 2.7 9.3 3.7 68 81 1LE1643-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 1185 89 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19.3 3.4 8 3.2 67 80 1LE1643-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 1178 122 IE2 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1643-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 1180 150 IE2 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1643-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 1180 178 IE2 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1643-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

37 44.5 250 M 1188 297 IE2 94.1 94.4 93.9 0.83 59 3.1 8 3.1 63 76 1LE1643-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 54 280 S 1190 361 IE2 94.5 94.6 94.1 0.83 72 3.3 7.7 3.1 66 80 1LE1643-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 280 M 1190 441 IE2 94.5 94.6 94 0.83 88 3.6 7.9 3.3 66 80 1LE1643-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 90 315 S 1192 601 95 94.9 94.1 0.82 121 3.1 8.4 3.3 64 79 1LE1643-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 108 315 M 1192 721 IE2 95 95 94.4 0.84 142 2.7 7.7 3 64 79 1LE1643-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 1192 881 IE2 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 174 3.2 8.2 3.4 64 79 1LE1643-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 1193 1057 IE2 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.81 215 3.7 9.6 3.7 65 80 1LE1643-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/66 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1543 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Different<br />

IE class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1543 – Basic Line<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

4 4.55 100 L 3530 10 88.5 88.0 86.4 0.80 6.6 4.5 12.4 5.8 75 83 1LE1543-1AA6■-■■■■ 37 0.0054<br />

11 12.6 132 M 3565 29 91.0 91.3 90.4 0.86 17.6 2.9 10.9 4.7 75 83 1LE1543-1CA6■-■■■■ 75 0.031<br />

15 17.3 132 M 3570 40 91.0 90.9 90.1 0.83 24 3.4 11.1 5.4 78 86 1LE1543-1CA7■-■■■■ 85 0.035<br />

22 25.3 160 L 3560 59 91.7 91.8 90.9 0.9 33.5 3.1 9.7 4.5 77 89 1LE1543-1DA6■-■■■■ 148 0.073<br />

30 33.5 180 L 3560 80 92.4 92.6 92.1 0.87 47 2.9 8.8 4.5 77 89 1LE1543-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 3560 121 93.6 93.7 93 0.86 70 3 8.4 3.7 77 84 1LE1543-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.17<br />

55 62 225 M 3570 147 93.6 93.6 92.8 0.88 84 3.2 8.9 4 76 89 1LE1543-2BA6■-■■■■ 370 0.31<br />

75 84 250 M 3575 200 94.1 93.9 92.9 0.9 111 2.5 7.5 3.2 82 96 1LE1543-2CA6■-■■■■ 455 0.56<br />

110 123 280 M 3578 294 95 94.8 94 0.91 160 2.9 8.5 3.5 82 96 1LE1543-2DA6■-■■■■ 660 1.1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1775 59 92.4 92.6 91.8 0.79 19 3.1 8.7 4.1 68 80 1LE1543-1CB6■-■■■■ 82 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1780 99 93.6 93.3 91.9 0.75 33 3.9 9.6 4.5 69 81 1LE1543-1DB6■-■■■■ 140 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1775 160 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.78 51 3.3 9.5 4.3 79 86 1LE1543-1EB6■-■■■■ 193 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1780 198 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.8 61 3.3 9 4 70 77 1LE1543-2AB6■-■■■■ 258 0.275<br />

55 63 225 M 1782 295 IE2 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.85 85 3.1 7.4 3 75 89 1LE1543-2BB6■-■■■■ 405 0.65<br />

75 86 250 M 1788 401 95.4 95.4 94.8 0.84 117 3.4 8.8 3.8 75 89 1LE1543-2CB6■-■■■■ 510 1.1<br />

110 127 280 M 1788 587 IE2 95.8 95.7 94.9 0.85 170 3.4 9.2 3.7 82 96 1LE1543-2DB6■-■■■■ 710 1.8<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

18.5 22 180 L 1180 150 93 93.2 92.6 0.75 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.7 69 81 1LE1543-1EC6■-■■■■ 185 0.247<br />

30 36 200 L 1182 242 IE2 94.1 94.5 94.2 0.77 52 3.2 7.6 3.2 63 70 1LE1543-2AC6■-■■■■ 270 0.434<br />

37 44.5 225 M 1186 298 IE2 94.1 94.3 93.7 0.8 62 3.3 8.2 3.5 71 85 1LE1543-2BC6■-■■■■ 395 0.84<br />

45 54 250 M 1188 362 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.83 72 2.8 8.1 3.2 69 83 1LE1543-2CC6■-■■■■ 480 1.3<br />

75 90 280 M 1190 602 95 95.1 94.6 0.82 121 4.2 9.5 3.6 70 84 1LE1543-2DC6■-■■■■ 630 1.9<br />

160 192 315 L 1193 1281 IE2 95.8 95.8 95.2 0.81 260 4 9.8 4 68 82 1LE1543-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.4<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1543- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/67


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1643 Performance Line with increased power – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated, Different<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz IE class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1643 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

60 Hz/P60<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

4 4.55 100 L 3530 10 88.5 88.0 86.4 0.80 6.6 4.5 12.4 5.8 75 83 1LE1643-1AA6■-■■■■ 37 0.0054<br />

11 12.6 132 M 3565 29 91.0 91.3 90.4 0.86 17.6 2.9 10.9 4.7 75 83 1LE1643-1CA6■-■■■■ 75 0.031<br />

15 17.3 132 M 3570 40 91.0 90.9 90.1 0.83 24 3.4 11.1 5.4 78 86 1LE1643-1CA7■-■■■■ 85 0.035<br />

22 25.3 160 L 3560 59 91.7 91.8 90.9 0.9 33.5 3.1 9.7 4.5 77 89 1LE1643-1DA6■-■■■■ 148 0.073<br />

30 33.5 180 L 3560 80 92.4 92.6 92.1 0.87 47 2.9 8.8 4.5 77 89 1LE1643-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 3560 121 93.6 93.7 93 0.86 70 3 8.4 3.7 77 84 1LE1643-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.17<br />

55 62 225 M 3570 147 93.6 93.6 92.8 0.88 84 3.2 8.9 4 76 89 1LE1643-2BA6■-■■■■ 370 0.31<br />

75 84 250 M 3575 200 94.1 93.9 92.9 0.9 111 2.5 7.5 3.2 82 96 1LE1643-2CA6■-■■■■ 455 0.56<br />

110 123 280 M 3578 294 95 94.8 94 0.91 160 2.9 8.5 3.5 82 96 1LE1643-2DA6■-■■■■ 660 1.1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1775 59 92.4 92.6 91.8 0.79 19 3.1 8.7 4.1 68 80 1LE1643-1CB6■-■■■■ 82 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1780 99 93.6 93.3 91.9 0.75 33 3.9 9.6 4.5 69 81 1LE1643-1DB6■-■■■■ 140 0.099<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1775 160 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.78 51 3.3 9.5 4.3 79 86 1LE1643-1EB6■-■■■■ 193 0.173<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1780 198 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.8 61 3.3 9 4 70 77 1LE1643-2AB6■-■■■■ 258 0.275<br />

55 63 225 M 1782 295 IE2 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.85 85 3.1 7.4 3 75 89 1LE1643-2BB6■-■■■■ 405 0.65<br />

75 86 250 M 1788 401 95.4 95.4 94.8 0.84 117 3.4 8.8 3.8 75 89 1LE1643-2CB6■-■■■■ 510 1.1<br />

110 127 280 M 1788 587 IE2 95.8 95.7 94.9 0.85 170 3.4 9.2 3.7 82 96 1LE1643-2DB6■-■■■■ 710 1.8<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

18.5 22 180 L 1180 150 93 93.2 92.6 0.75 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.7 69 81 1LE1643-1EC6■-■■■■ 185 0.247<br />

30 36 200 L 1182 242 IE2 94.1 94.5 94.2 0.77 52 3.2 7.6 3.2 63 70 1LE1643-2AC6■-■■■■ 270 0.434<br />

37 44.5 225 M 1186 298 IE2 94.1 94.3 93.7 0.8 62 3.3 8.2 3.5 71 85 1LE1643-2BC6■-■■■■ 395 0.84<br />

45 54 250 M 1188 362 IE2 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.83 72 2.8 8.1 3.2 69 83 1LE1643-2CC6■-■■■■ 480 1.3<br />

75 90 280 M 1190 602 95 95.1 94.6 0.82 121 4.2 9.5 3.6 70 84 1LE1643-2DC6■-■■■■ 630 1.9<br />

160 192 315 L 1193 1281 IE2 95.8 95.8 95.2 0.81 260 4 9.8 4 68 82 1LE1643-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.4<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1643- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/68 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1041 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR /<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated,<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1041<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A)<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 3445 2.1 75.5 76.2 74.8 0.83 1.5 2.1 6 3 64 75 1LE1041-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 9 0.0008<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 3505 4.1 84 83.5 80.7 0.82 2.75 3.1 8.5 4.5 69 81 1LE1041-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.0017<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 3510 6 85.5 85.2 82.6 0.83 3.9 3 8.7 4.6 69 81 1LE1041-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

4 4.55 112 M 3555 10 87.5 86.9 84.6 0.83 6.4 2.7 9.9 4.5 73 85 1LE1041-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 27 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 3555 15 88.5 88.4 87 0.86 9.1 2 7.6 3.3 72 84 1LE1041-1CA0 ■-■■■■ 39 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 3560 20 89.5 89.7 88.7 0.87 12.1 2.3 8.2 3.6 72 84 1LE1041-1CA1 ■-■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 3560 30 90.2 89.6 87.4 0.86 17.8 2.4 8.2 3.6 77 89 1LE1041-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 67 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 3565 40 90.2 90 88.6 0.87 24 2.8 8.4 3.9 77 89 1LE1041-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 3565 50 91 90.8 89.5 0.87 29.5 3.3 8.9 4.1 77 89 1LE1041-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1750 4.1 78 77.4 74.6 0.72 1.68 2.5 6.8 3.8 55 66 1LE1041-0DB3 ■-■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1745 8.2 84 84 81.9 0.75 3 2.9 7.5 4 58 70 1LE1041-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1760 12 87.5 88.3 87.4 0.78 4.05 2.5 8.1 3.9 62 74 1LE1041-1AB4 ■-■■■■ 21 0.0086<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1770 20 87.5 87.2 85.1 0.77 6.9 3 8.7 4 62 74 1LE1041-1BB2 ■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1770 30 89.5 89.6 88.1 0.78 9.9 2.6 8 3.3 68 80 1LE1041-1CB0 ■-■■■■ 42 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1770 40 89.5 90 89.3 0.82 12.8 2.7 8 3.4 68 80 1LE1041-1CB2 ■-■■■■ 49 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1775 59 91 91.2 90.1 0.84 18.1 2.5 7.7 3.2 69 81 1LE1041-1DB2 ■-■■■■ 71 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1780 80 91 91.1 90.1 0.84 24.5 2.6 8.5 3.4 69 81 1LE1041-1DB4 ■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 1) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirements exist for condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03) and stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate.<br />

For orders with condensation drainage holes (H03), the type must be<br />

specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/69


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1041 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1041<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A)<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 1145 6.3 73 72.7 69.7 0.65 1.98 2.2 4.5 3 46 58 1LE1041-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 13 0.003<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 1175 12 86.5 86.3 84.2 0.69 3.15 2.2 6.4 3.2 62 74 1LE1041-1AC4 ■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 1170 18 87.5 87.6 86 0.73 4.3 2.1 6.3 3.2 65 77 1LE1041-1BC2 ■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

4 4.55 132 M 1180 30 87.5 87.5 85.7 0.71 7.5 1.9 6.2 3 67 79 1LE1041-1CC2 ■-■■■■ 43 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 1175 45 89.5 89.9 88.9 0.73 10.6 2.1 6.5 2.9 67 79 1LE1041-1CC3 ■-■■■■ 52 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 1180 61 89.5 89.6 88.4 0.73 14.4 2.1 5.4 2.5 70 82 1LE1041-1DC2 ■-■■■■ 77 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 1180 89 90.2 90.5 89.5 0.74 20.5 2.2 5.5 2.5 70 82 1LE1041-1DC4 ■-■■■■ 93 0.098<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 1) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirements exist for condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03) and stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate.<br />

For orders with condensation drainage holes (H03), the type must be<br />

specified.<br />

2/70 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1041 with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Different<br />

IE<br />

class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1041<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

4 4.55 100 L 3530 10 87.5 87.5 85.9 0.84 6.3 3.3 9.6 4.6 71 83 1LE1041-1AA6 ■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 3550 15 88.5 88.6 87.4 0.87 9 2.8 9.9 4.5 73 85 1LE1041-1BA6 ■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

11 12.6 132 M 3555 30 90.2 90.5 89.8 0.9 17 2.7 9.3 3.6 72 84 1LE1041-1CA6 ■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

15 17.3 132 L 3555 40 90.2 90.6 90.3 0.91 23 2.5 10 4.7 72 84 1LE1041-1CA7 ■-■■■■ 65 0.035<br />

22 25.3 160 L 3565 59 91 91 89.9 0.89 34 3.6 9.6 4.3 77 89 1LE1041-1DA6 ■-■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

4 4.55 100 L 1770 20 87.5 87.7 86.3 0.76 7 2.8 9.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1041-1AB6 ■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 112 M 1765 30 89.5 89.3 87.4 0.8 9.6 2.8 8.3 3.6 62 74 1LE1041-1BB6 ■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

11 12.6 132 M 1770 59 91 91.5 90.8 0.82 18.5 2.9 8.5 3.6 68 80 1LE1041-1CB6 ■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 1780 99 92.4 92.4 91.3 0.84 30 2.9 8.8 3.6 69 81 1LE1041-1DB6 ■-■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1175 61 89.5 89.8 88.7 0.72 14.6 2.2 6.4 3 67 79 1LE1041-1CC6 ■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1180 121 IE1 90.2 90.4 89.3 0.73 28.5 2.3 5.8 2.6 70 82 1LE1041-1DC6 ■-■■■■ 115 0.12<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction 2) Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1041- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

2) Types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole and<br />

6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

3) Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirements exist for condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03) and stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate.<br />

For orders with condensation drainage holes (H03), the type must be<br />

specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/71


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1541 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Different<br />

IE<br />

class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1541 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

22 24.5 180 M 3550 59 91 90.8 89.5 0.86 35.5 3 8.4 4.1 81 84 1LE1541-1EA2■-■■■■ 145 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 3565 80 91.7 91.2 89.6 0.86 47.5 2.9 7.7 3.8 82 89 1LE1541-2AA4■-■■■■ 200 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 3565 99 92.4 92.2 91 0.87 58 3.3 8.1 3.8 82 89 1LE1541-2AA5■-■■■■ 225 0.15<br />

45 51 225 M 3570 120 93 92.7 91.3 0.88 69 3.1 8.7 3.8 77 90 1LE1541-2BA2■-■■■■ 295 0.23<br />

55 62 250 M 3575 147 93 92.5 91 0.89 83 2.4 7.4 3.5 80 94 1LE1541-2CA2■-■■■■ 360 0.4<br />

75 84 280 S 3580 200 93.6 92.9 91.1 0.87 116 2.8 7.7 3.5 81 95 1LE1541-2DA0■-■■■■ 490 0.71<br />

90 101 280 M 3578 240 94.5 94.2 93.1 0.88 136 2.7 7.9 3.4 81 95 1LE1541-2DA2■-■■■■ 530 0.83<br />

110 123 315 S 3585 293 94.5 94 92.5 0.9 162 2.6 7.9 3.3 82 96 1LE1541-3AA0■-■■■■ 720 1.3<br />

132 148 315 M 3585 352 95 94.7 93.6 0.91 192 2.7 8.1 3.4 82 96 1LE1541-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 3585 426 95 94.6 93.3 0.92 230 2.7 8 3.2 84 99 1LE1541-3AA4■-■■■■ 930 1.8<br />

200 224 315 L 3585 533 95.4 95.2 94.2 0.92 285 3.1 8.3 3.2 84 99 1LE1541-3AA5■-■■■■ 1130 2.2<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1770 100 92.4 92.6 91.9 0.83 30.5 2.8 7.7 3.9 64 77 1LE1541-1EB2■-■■■■ 160 0.12<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1770 119 92.4 92.5 91.8 0.83 36 3 8.4 3.9 72 79 1LE1541-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1778 161 93 93.1 92.2 0.84 48 3.2 8.2 3.7 72 79 1LE1541-2AB5■-■■■■ 230 0.2<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1778 199 93 93.2 92.5 0.87 57 2.7 7.2 3.3 69 82 1LE1541-2BB0■-■■■■ 280 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1778 242 93.6 93.8 93.1 0.86 70 3 7.6 3.5 69 83 1LE1541-2BB2■-■■■■ 305 0.46<br />

55 63 250 M 1785 294 94.1 94.1 93.3 0.84 87 3.1 7.3 3.3 69 83 1LE1541-2CB2■-■■■■ 385 0.75<br />

75 86 280 S 1788 401 94.5 94.3 93.2 0.87 114 2.7 7.6 3.2 79 92 1LE1541-2DB0■-■■■■ 550 1.3<br />

90 104 280 M 1788 481 94.5 94.3 93.3 0.87 137 2.9 8.1 3.4 78 92 1LE1541-2DB2■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

110 127 315 S 1790 587 95 94.8 93.8 0.86 169 3.1 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1541-3AB0■-■■■■ 740 2<br />

132 152 315 M 1790 704 95 94.8 94 0.86 205 3.1 7.8 3.2 79 93 1LE1541-3AB2■-■■■■ 870 2.3<br />

160 184 315 L 1790 854 95 94.7 93.5 0.87 245 3.1 8.3 3.2 80 95 1LE1541-3AB4■-■■■■ 940 2.8<br />

200 230 315 L 1792 1<strong>06</strong>6 95.4 94.7 93.6 0.86 305 3.8 9 3.2 84 98 1LE1541-3AB5■-■■■■ 1140 3.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirement exists for stamping of<br />

the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as<br />

standard on the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position<br />

must be specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are<br />

positioned correctly.<br />

2/72 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1541 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Different<br />

IE<br />

class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1541 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

15 18 180 L 1178 122 90.2 90.2 89 0.77 27 2.8 6.9 3.4 60 73 1LE1541-1EC4■-■■■■ 155 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 1182 149 IE1 91.7 92 91.5 0.81 31.5 2.6 6.7 3 66 79 1LE1541-2AC4■-■■■■ 200 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 1182 178 IE1 91.7 92.1 91.6 0.81 37 3 7.4 3 66 79 1LE1541-2AC5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

30 36 225 M 1182 242 IE1 93 93.3 92.6 0.83 49 2.9 7 3.1 66 79 1LE1541-2BC2■-■■■■ 300 0.58<br />

37 44.5 250 M 1185 298 IE1 93 93.3 92.6 0.83 60 3.3 7.3 2.8 66 79 1LE1541-2CC2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

45 54 280 S 1188 362 IE1 93.6 93.8 93.1 0.84 72 3.1 7.4 3 67 81 1LE1541-2DC0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

55 66 280 M 1188 442 IE1 93.6 93.9 93.4 0.85 87 3.1 7.2 2.9 67 81 1LE1541-2DC2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

75 90 315 S 1190 602 IE1 94.1 94.1 93.2 0.83 121 2.7 7.5 3 67 82 1LE1541-3AC0■-■■■■ 660 2.1<br />

90 108 315 M 1190 722 IE1 94.1 94.4 93.5 0.84 143 2.9 7.6 3.1 68 83 1LE1541-3AC2■-■■■■ 730 2.5<br />

110 132 315 L 1190 883 IE1 95 95 94.6 0.85 171 3.3 8.1 3.2 69 84 1LE1541-3AC4■-■■■■ 940 3.6<br />

132 158 315 L 1190 1059 95 95 94.4 0.85 205 3.7 9.2 3.6 69 84 1LE1541-3AC5■-■■■■ 990 4<br />

160 192 315 L 1192 1282 95 94.9 94.2 0.85 250 3.8 9.3 3.4 72 87 1LE1541-3AC6■-■■■■ 1160 4.7<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction 1) Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole and<br />

6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirement exists for stamping of<br />

the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as<br />

standard on the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position<br />

must be specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are<br />

positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/73


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

APAC Line · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1541 Basic Line with increased power – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Different<br />

IE<br />

class<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1541 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30-1: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

30 33.5 180 L 3550 81 91.7 91.8 90.6 0.89 46 2.5 8.5 3.7 81 83 1LE1541-1EA6■-■■■■ 180 0.094<br />

45 51 200 L 3560 121 93 93.1 92.4 0.86 71 3 8.4 3.7 82 89 1LE1541-2AA6■-■■■■ 245 0.176<br />

55 62 225 M 3565 147 93 92.8 91.8 0.88 84 2.8 7.9 3.6 77 91 1LE1541-2BA6■-■■■■ 320 0.26<br />

75 84 250 M 3578 200 93.6 93.1 91.6 0.85 118 2.4 7.7 3.5 80 94 1LE1541-2CA6■-■■■■ 390 0.46<br />

110 123 280 M 3582 293 94.5 94.4 93.5 0.9 162 3.5 9.6 3.9 82 96 1LE1541-2DA6■-■■■■ 650 1.2<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

30 34.5 180 L 1770 162 93 93.2 92.7 0.8 51 2.6 8.7 3.9 71 78 1LE1541-1EB6■-■■■■ 185 0.159<br />

37 42.5 200 L 1775 199 93 93.4 93.1 0.84 59 2.6 8.4 3.3 71 78 1LE1541-2AB6■-■■■■ 240 0.246<br />

55 63 225 M 1780 295 94.1 94.4 94 0.84 87 2.8 7.1 3 72 85 1LE1541-2BB6■-■■■■ 320 0.47<br />

75 86 250 M 1785 401 94.5 94.6 94 0.85 117 2.6 7.1 3.1 76 89 1LE1541-2CB6■-■■■■ 440 0.85<br />

110 127 280 M 1786 588 95 95.1 94.5 0.86 169 2.9 7.9 3.3 80 94 1LE1541-2DB6■-■■■■ 680 1.7<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

18.5 22 180 L 1180 150 91.7 91.8 90.9 0.75 34 2.6 7 3.4 70 83 1LE1541-1EC6■-■■■■ 165 0.2<strong>06</strong><br />

30 34.5 200 L 1180 243 93 93.4 93 0.77 53 2.9 7.4 3.1 71 78 1LE1541-2AC6■-■■■■ 240 0.381<br />

37 44.5 225 M 1182 299 IE1 93 93.3 92.8 0.82 61 2.8 7.3 3.2 66 79 1LE1541-2BC6■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

45 54 250 M 1186 362 IE1 93.6 93.9 93.4 0.84 72 2.7 7.8 3 70 84 1LE1541-2CC6■-■■■■ 410 1<br />

75 90 280 M 1188 603 94.1 94.3 93.9 0.84 119 3.7 8 3.2 69 83 1LE1541-2DC6■-■■■■ 570 1.8<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction 1) Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1541- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole and<br />

6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirement exists for stamping of<br />

the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as<br />

standard on the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position<br />

must be specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are<br />

positioned correctly.<br />

2/74 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

440 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1073<br />

Article No.<br />

kW CV (hp) FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to NBR 17094-1: IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

1.1 1.5 80 M 3485 3 84.0 84.3 82.5 0.84 2.05 3.5 8.5 3.6 69 77 ▲ 1LE1073-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 12 0.0013<br />

1.5 2 80 M 3470 4.15 85.5 85.7 85.0 0.85 2.7 4.2 9.2 4.2 74 82 ▲ 1LE1073-0DA6 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0014<br />

2.2 3 90 S 3515 6 86.5 86.5 84.2 0.88 3.8 2.7 9.1 4.6 74 82 ▲ 1LE1073-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 20 0.0031<br />

3 4 100 L 3520 8.1 88.5 88.9 88.0 0.90 4.95 3.2 9.4 4.6 75 83 ▲ 1LE1073-1AA4■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

3.7 5 100 L 3515 10.1 88.5 89.1 88.4 0.87 6.3 3.7 9.6 4.1 75 83 ▲ 1LE1073-1AA6■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

4.5 6 112 M 3550 12.1 88.5 89.2 87.9 0.90 7.4 2.4 9.6 3.9 79 87 ▲ 1LE1073-1BA5■-■■■■ 36 0.012<br />

5.5 7.5 112 M 3545 14.8 89.5 90.6 90.6 0.88 9.2 2.4 9.7 3.7 79 87 ▲ 1LE1073-1BA6■-■■■■ 36 0.012<br />

7.5 10 132 S 3560 20 90.2 90.3 89.7 0.92 11.9 2.3 10 3.8 75 83 ▲ 1LE1073-1CA1■-■■■■ 57 0.0031<br />

9.2 12.5 132 M 3550 24.5 91.0 91.5 91.5 0.82 14.4 2.0 8.8 3.3 76 84 ▲ 1LE1073-1CA5■-■■■■ 62 0.0031<br />

11 15 132 M 3555 29.5 91.0 91.8 91.8 0.90 17.6 2.1 9.6 4.5 76 84 ▲ 1LE1073-1CA6■-■■■■ 62 0.0031<br />

15 20 160 M 3560 40 91.0 90.9 89.6 0.90 24 2.3 9.2 3.9 81 89 ▲ 1LE1073-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 84 0.0<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 25 160 M 3555 49.5 91.7 91.8 90.8 0.91 29 2.6 9.0 3.8 81 89 ▲ 1LE1073-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 94 0.0<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 30 160 L 3550 59 91.7 92.1 91.5 0.92 34 2.7 9.1 3.8 81 89 ▲ 1LE1073-1DA6 ■-■■■■ 120 0.077<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 1 80 M 1760 4.05 83.0 81.6 77.8 0.70 1.69 3.2 7.8 4.2 58 66 ▲ 1LE1073-0DB3■-■■■■ 13 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.5 80 M 1750 6 84.0 84.4 83.1 0.78 2.2 3.1 8.0 3.9 58 66 ▲ 1LE1073-0DB6■-■■■■ 14 0.0032<br />

1.5 2 90 S 1750 8.2 86.5 86.7 85.1 0.79 2.9 2.8 8.0 4.1 62 70 ▲ 1LE1073-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 20 0.0049<br />

2.2 3 90 L 1745 12 87.5 87.3 85.7 0.79 4.2 3.1 8.5 4.2 65 73 ▲ 1LE1073-0EB6 ■-■■■■ 25 0.0057<br />

3 4 100 L 1760 16.3 89.5 90.8 89.7 0.84 5.2 2.8 8.9 4.2 66 74 ▲ 1LE1073-1AB5■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3.7 5 100 L 1760 20 89.5 90.4 90.2 0.82 6.6 2.7 8.6 3.7 66 74 ▲ 1LE1073-1AB6■-■■■■ 42 0.016<br />

4.5 6 112 M 1765 24.5 89.5 89.8 88.9 0.83 7.9 2.3 8.5 3.6 68 76 ▲ 1LE1073-1BB5■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

5.5 7.5 112 M 1765 30 91.0 91.2 90.5 0.80 9.9 3.0 9.8 4.2 71 79 ▲ 1LE1073-1BB6■-■■■■ 39 0.020<br />

7.5 10 132 S 1770 40.5 91.7 92.2 91.6 0.85 12.6 2.4 8.9 3.8 72 80 ▲ 1LE1073-1CB2■-■■■■ 61 0.046<br />

9.2 12.5 132 M 1770 49.5 92.4 92.8 93.1 0.84 15.6 2.5 8.2 3.2 70 78 ▲ 1LE1073-1CB5■-■■■■ 80 0.049<br />

11 15 132 M 1765 60 92.4 92.9 92.3 0.84 18.6 2.5 8.2 3.4 68 76 ▲ 1LE1073-1CB6■-■■■■ 80 0.049<br />

15 20 160 M 1780 80 93.0 93.3 92.5 0.84 25 2.5 7.6 3.7 69 77 ▲ 1LE1073-1DB4■-■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

18.5 25 160 L 1780 99 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 32 2.5 8.5 3.6 69 77 ▲ 1LE1073-1DB6■-■■■■ 110 0.101<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VYY/440 V Standard 6 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/98 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/108 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/114 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/117<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1073- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/133 1LE1073- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/75


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

440 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1073<br />

Article No.<br />

kW CV (hp) FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to NBR 17094-1: IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.37 0.5 80 M 1150 3.05 75.3 73.8 68.7 0.59 1.09 3.2 4.8 3.5 55 63 ▲ 1LE1073-0DC2■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1135 4.65 79.5 79.3 76.3 0.66 1.38 2.8 4.9 3.1 58 66 ▲ 1LE1073-0DC3■-■■■■ 13 0.0031<br />

0.75 1 90 S 1150 6.2 82.5 83.3 81.8 0.70 1.78 2.2 5.2 2.8 61 69 ▲ 1LE1073-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.1 1.5 100 L 1170 9 87.5 87.2 87.2 0.66 2.5 3.0 7.0 3.9 62 70 ▲ 1LE1073-1AC3 ■-■■■■ 28 0.014<br />

1.5 2 112 M 1175 12.2 88.5 88.2 86.2 0.70 3.2 3.5 9.0 4.3 62 70 ▲ 1LE1073-1BC1■-■■■■ 32 0.017<br />

2.2 3 132 S 1175 17.9 89.5 89.5 88.2 0.74 4.35 2.1 6.8 3.2 63 71 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC1■-■■■■ 43 0.037<br />

3 4 132 S 1178 24.5 89.5 89.5 88.0 0.70 6.3 2.5 7.2 3.6 63 71 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC0■-■■■■ 43 0.037<br />

3.7 5 132 S 1180 30 89.5 89.3 88.0 0.71 7.6 2.7 7.6 3.7 65 73 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC2■-■■■■ 47 0.037<br />

4.5 6 132 S 1175 36.5 89.5 89.7 88.2 0.70 9 2.7 7.1 3.6 67 75 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC4■-■■■■ 47 0.037<br />

5.5 7.5 132 M 1175 44.5 91.0 91.0 89.8 0.73 10.9 2.7 7.3 3.6 67 75 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC3■-■■■■ 58 0.046<br />

7.5 10 132 M 1180 61 91.0 91.5 91.2 0.69 15.7 3.2 7.7 4.0 67 75 ▲ 1LE1073-1CC6■-■■■■ 58 0.046<br />

9.2 12.5 160 M 1185 74 91.7 91.9 90.5 0.78 16.9 3.1 7.8 3.1 71 79 ▲ 1LE1073-1DC3■-■■■■ 105 0.12<br />

11 15 160 M 1180 89 91.7 91.9 91.1 0.80 19.7 3.1 7.3 2.9 72 80 ▲ 1LE1073-1DC4■-■■■■ 105 0.12<br />

15 20 160 L 1185 121 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.74 29 3.8 8.1 3.5 73 81 ▲ 1LE1073-1DC6■-■■■■ 105 0.12<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.25 0.33 80 M 855 2.8 68.0 66.6 61.0 0.54 0.89 1.9 3.3 2.5 56 64 ▲ 1LE1073-0DD3■-■■■■ 13 0.003<br />

0.37 0.5 90 S 840 4.2 72.0 72.1 68.8 0.67 1.01 1.6 3.2 2.1 64 72 ▲ 1LE1073-0ED0 ■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

0.55 0.75 90 L 850 6.2 74.0 73.9 70.9 0.66 1.48 2.1 3.9 2.6 63 71 ▲ 1LE1073-0ED4 ■-■■■■ 19 0.0048<br />

0.75 1 100 L 855 8.4 75.5 76.6 74.4 0.70 1.86 1.6 4.0 2.2 65 73 ▲ 1LE1073-1AD4■-■■■■ 21 0.0089<br />

2.2 3 132 S 880 24 85.5 84.9 82.3 0.68 4.95 2.2 6.1 3.1 62 70 ▲ 1LE1073-1CD0■-■■■■ 42 0.048<br />

3.7 5 132 M 875 40.5 86.5 86.2 83.8 0.66 7.9 2.5 6.1 3.2 67 75 ▲ 1LE1073-1CD6■-■■■■ 58 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

4.5 6 160 M 875 49 86.5 86.5 85.3 0.72 9.5 1.9 6.1 2.8 74 82 ▲ 1LE1073-1DD1■-■■■■ 60 0.078<br />

5.5 7.5 160 M 880 60 86.5 88.5 89.9 0.73 11.4 1.8 5.1 2.1 73 81 ▲ 1LE1073-1DD3■-■■■■ 60 0.078<br />

7.5 10 160 L 885 81 89.5 90.0 88.8 0.72 15.3 2.4 6.3 2.8 70 78 ▲ 1LE1073-1DD4■-■■■■ 78 0.131<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VYY/440 V Standard 6 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/98 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/108 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/114 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/117<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1073- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/133 1LE1073- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/76 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

440 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1573/1LE5773<br />

Article No.<br />

kW CV (hp) FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to NBR 17094-1: IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

30 40 200 L 3565 80 92.4 92.6 92.1 0.86 49.5 2.9 8.2 3.7 78 86 ▲ 1LE1573-2AA4■-■■■■ 220 0.134<br />

37 50 200 L 3560 99 93.0 93.4 92.3 0.87 60 3.1 8.5 3.7 78 86 ▲ 1LE1573-2AA5■-■■■■ 245 0.158<br />

45 60 225 S 3565 121 93.6 93.7 92.9 0.89 71 2.7 7.2 3.1 75 89 ▲ 1LE1573-2BA2■-■■■■ 325 0.265<br />

55 75 225 M 3555 148 93.6 94.0 93.8 0.88 88 2.2 6.6 2.8 76 89 ▲ 1LE1573-2BA6■-■■■■ 385 0.315<br />

75 100 250 M 3570 201 94.1 94.1 93.3 0.90 116 2.1 6.6 2.7 82 96 ▲ 1LE1573-2CA6■-■■■■ 475 0.564<br />

90 125 280 S 3575 240 95.0 95.0 94.2 0.90 138 2.2 7.0 2.7 78 92 ▲ 1LE1573-2DA2 ■-■■■■ 610 0.934<br />

110 150 280 M 3570 294 95.0 95.0 94.3 0.91 167 2.3 7.0 2.8 82 96 ▲ 1LE1573-2DA6 ■-■■■■ 680 1.08<br />

132 175 315 S 3575 353 95.4 95.3 94.3 0.88 205 1.7 6.1 2.3 84 99 ▲ 1LE5773-3AA2■-■■■■ 1030 2.0<br />

150 200 315 M 3582 400 95.4 95.1 94.0 0.90 230 2.4 8.0 3.1 84 99 ▲ 1LE5773-3AA4■-■■■■ 1190 2.0<br />

185 250 315 M 3578 394 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.90 280 1.5 6.1 2.2 82 96 ▲ 1LE5773-3AA5■-■■■■ 1280 2.38<br />

220 300 315 L 3582 587 95.8 95.8 95.2 0.91 330 2.2 8.0 2.9 84 99 ▲ 1LE5773-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.73<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

22 30 180 M 1775 118 93.6 93.9 93.4 0.81 38 2.7 8.3 3.7 69 77 ▲ 1LE1573-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 178 0.14<br />

30 40 200 L 1775 161 94.1 94.6 94.5 0.84 50 2.7 7.9 3.1 66 74 ▲ 1LE1573-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 50 200 L 1775 199 94.5 94.7 94.6 0.83 62 2.9 8.4 3.3 66 74 ▲ 1LE1573-2AB6■-■■■■ 258 0.275<br />

45 60 225 S 1782 241 95.0 95.3 94.9 0.84 74 2.9 7.6 2.9 69 82 ▲ 1LE1573-2BB2■-■■■■ 315 0.47<br />

55 75 225 M 1782 295 95.4 95.8 95.6 0.85 89 3.0 7.8 2.9 75 89 ▲ 1LE1573-2BB6■-■■■■ 420 0.655<br />

75 100 250 M 1780 403 95.4 95.6 95.4 0.85 121 2.1 6.2 2.5 75 89 ▲ 1LE1573-2CB6■-■■■■ 530 1.07<br />

90 125 280 S 1782 482 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.88 141 2.2 6.6 2.5 79 93 ▲ 1LE1573-2DB2■-■■■■ 690 1.56<br />

110 150 280 M 1785 589 95.8 96.0 95.7 0.90 167 2.5 7.2 2.7 82 96 ▲ 1LE1573-2DB6■-■■■■ 740 1.67<br />

132 175 315 S 1790 704 96.2 96.3 95.7 0.86 210 2.1 7.5 2.6 79 93 ▲ 1LE5773-3AB2■-■■■■ 1350 2.8<br />

150 200 315 M 1790 800 96.2 96.3 95.7 0.85 240 1.9 6.9 2.6 81 96 ▲ 1LE5773-3AB4■-■■■■ 1110 3.13<br />

185 250 315 M 1790 987 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.90 280 2.3 8 2.8 82 96 ▲ 1LE5773-3AB5■-■■■■ 1210 3.64<br />

220 300 315 L 1790 1174 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 345 2.3 7.2 2.7 81 96 ▲ 1LE5773-3AB6■-■■■■ 1400 4.53<br />

300 400 315 L 1788 1602 96.2 96.5 96.4 0.86 475 2.3 6.8 2.7 81 95 ▲ 1LE5773-3AB7■-■■■■ 1560 5.28<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VYY/440 V Standard 6 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/98 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/108 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/114 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/117<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE . . 73- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/133 1LE . . 73- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/77


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

ABNT Line · IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Technical specifications at 60 Hz/P50 power rating<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

440 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1573/1LE5773<br />

Article No.<br />

kW CV (hp) FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency according to NBR 17094-1: IR3 Rendimento Premium<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

18.5 25 180 L 1180 150 93.0 93.3 92.8 0.75 35 2.9 7.9 3.7 73 81 ▲ 1LE1573-1EC6 ■-■■■■ 185 0.247<br />

22 30 200 L 1180 178 93.0 93.4 93.3 0.78 40 2.6 6.5 2.8 62 70 ▲ 1LE1573-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 40 200 L 1182 240 94.1 94.3 93.7 0.75 56 3.2 7.8 3.3 66 74 ▲ 1LE1573-2AC6 ■-■■■■ 264 0.434<br />

37 50 225 M 1186 298 94.1 94.5 94.2 0.81 64 3.0 7.7 3.1 71 85 ▲ 1LE1573-2BC6■-■■■■ 320 0.815<br />

45 60 250 S 1186 363 94.5 95.0 94.7 0.84 74 2.8 7.7 2.9 69 83 ▲ 1LE1573-2CC6■-■■■■ 500 1.27<br />

55 75 280 S 1186 443 94.5 95.0 94.8 0.85 90 2.5 6.8 2.3 66 80 ▲ 1LE1573-2DC2■-■■■■ 580 1.64<br />

75 100 280 S 1186 604 95.0 95.7 95.9 0.84 123 3.2 7.4 2.7 70 84 ▲ 1LE1573-2DC6■-■■■■ 650 1.93<br />

90 125 280 M 1186 725 95.0 95.7 95.8 0.85 146 3.2 7.9 2.7 71 85 ▲ 1LE1573-2DC7■-■■■■ 760 2.41<br />

110 150 315 M 1190 883 95.8 96.3 96.3 0.86 175 2.2 7.3 2.8 67 82 ▲ 1LE5773-3AC4 ■-■■■■ 1080 4.36<br />

132 175 315 M 1188 1<strong>06</strong>1 95.8 96.5 96.6 0.85 215 2.0 6.5 2.6 68 82 ▲ 1LE5773-3AC5 ■-■■■■ 1160 4.99<br />

150 200 315 M 1191 1203 95.8 96.1 96.0 0.83 250 2.3 7.3 2.8 69 83 ▲ 1LE5773-3AC6 ■-■■■■ 1250 5.56<br />

185 250 315 L 1191 1483 95.8 96.2 96.2 0.83 305 2.3 7.0 2.6 71 86 ▲ 1LE5773-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.<strong>06</strong><br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

9.2 12.5 180 M 875 100 89.5 90.2 89.9 0.72 18.7 2.1 5.2 2.5 75 83 ▲ 1LE1573-1ED3 ■-■■■■ 153 0.195<br />

11 15 180 L 875 120 89.5 90.1 89.7 0.74 22.0 2.3 5.8 2.7 68 76 ▲ 1LE1573-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 190 0.267<br />

15 20 180 L 875 164 90.2 91.4 91.6 0.75 29.0 2.1 5.4 2.5 69 77 ▲ 1LE1573-1ED6 ■-■■■■ 187 0.267<br />

18.5 25 200 L 880 200 90.2 90.3 89.2 0.68 39.5 3.3 7.2 4.1 62 76 ▲ 1LE1573-2AD6■-■■■■ 255 0.420<br />

22 30 225 S 882 238.2 91.7 92.2 91.8 0.78 40.5 2.6 6.4 3.0 60 74 ▲ 1LE1573-2BD2■-■■■■ 315 0.549<br />

30 40 225 M 886 323.3 91.7 92.4 92.1 0.76 56.0 2.8 6.4 3.2 66 79 ▲ 1LE1573-2BD6■-■■■■ 335 0.672<br />

37 50 250 M 886 398.8 92.4 92.5 91.6 0.78 67.0 2.8 7.0 3.0 65 79 ▲ 1LE1573-2CD6■-■■■■ 425 1.02<br />

45 60 250 M 882 487.2 92.4 93.2 93.2 0.82 78.0 2.4 6.3 2.7 66 80 ▲ 1LE1573-2CD7■-■■■■ 435 1.02<br />

55 75 280 S 888 591.5 93.6 94.1 93.8 0.79 98.0 2.5 6.1 2.5 70 81 ▲ 1LE1573-2DD6■-■■■■ 580 1.62<br />

75 100 280 M 888 8<strong>06</strong>.5 93.6 94.1 93.8 0.79 133 2.8 6.8 2.7 69 80 ▲ 1LE1573-2DD7■-■■■■ 680 1.89<br />

90 125 315 M 893 962.4 94.1 94.4 94.0 0.82 153 2.5 7.0 2.6 74 88 ▲ 1LE5773-3AD4■-■■■■ 1000 3.74<br />

110 150 315 M 891 1179 94.1 94.5 94.4 0.83 185 2.2 6.5 2.4 79 93 ▲ 1LE5773-3AD5■-■■■■ 1100 4.48<br />

132 175 315 L 890 1416 94.5 95.0 94.9 0.84 220 2.1 6.0 2.3 82 97 ▲ 1LE5773-3AD6■-■■■■ 1150 5.36<br />

150 200 315 L 890 1609 94.5 95.3 95.5 0.80 260 2.1 5.9 2.1 76 90 ▲ 1LE5773-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.76<br />

185 250 315 L 893 1978 95.0 95.3 95.0 0.78 330 2.7 7.3 2.9 76 90 ▲ 1LE5773-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.4<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VYY/440 V Standard 6 4 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/98 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 1) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 1) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/108 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/114 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/117<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE . . 73- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/133 1LE . . 73- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/78 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1023 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

EISA<br />

CC No.<br />

CC032A<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1023<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.75 1 80 M 3480 2.1 ✓ 77 77.2 75.7 0.84 1.45 3 7.1 3.6 64 75 1LE1023-0DA2 ■ - ■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.5 80 M 3500 3 ✓ 84 84 82 0.83 1.98 3.3 8.4 4 64 75 1LE1023-0DA3 ■ - ■■■■ 12 0.0013<br />

1.5 2 90 S 3525 4.1 ✓ 85.5 84.8 82.3 0.84 2.6 3.1 9.8 4.9 69 81 1LE1023-0EA0 ■ - ■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

2.2 3 90 L 3530 6 ✓ 86.5 86.4 84.5 0.87 3.65 3 9.6 4.9 69 81 1LE1023-0EA4 ■ - ■■■■ 19 0.0031<br />

3 4 100 L 3525 8.1 ✓ 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1023-1AA4■ - ■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

3.7 5 112 M 3560 10 ✓ 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1023-1BA2 ■ - ■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 3555 15 ✓ 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1023-1CA0■ - ■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

7.5 10 132 S 3555 20 ✓ 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1023-1CA1■ - ■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

11 15 160 M 3560 30 ✓ 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1023-1DA2 ■ - ■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

15 20 160 M 3565 40 ✓ 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1023-1DA3 ■ - ■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 25 160 L 3560 50 ✓ 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1023-1DA4 ■ - ■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 30 180 M 3560 59 ✓ 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1023-1EA2 ■ - ■■■■ 129 0.08<br />

30 40 200 L 3560 80 ✓ 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1023-2AA4■ - ■■■■ 173 0.134<br />

37 50 200 L 3560 99 ✓ 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1023-2AA5■ - ■■■■ 194 0.158<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1750 3 – 81.1 80.8 78.2 0.74 1.15 2.7 6.9 3.8 55 66 1LE1023-0DB2■ - ■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

0.75 1 80 M 1760 4.1 ✓ 83.5 82.6 79.3 0.71 1.59 3.1 8.3 4.7 55 66 1LE1023-0DB3■ - ■■■■ 14 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.5 90 S 1750 6 ✓ 86.5 86.4 84.2 0.75 2.15 3.4 8.2 4.4 58 70 1LE1023-0EB0 ■ - ■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

1.5 2 90 L 1755 8.2 ✓ 86.5 86.2 84.5 0.77 2.85 3.4 8.6 4.3 62 70 1LE1023-0EB4 ■ - ■■■■ 19 0.0049<br />

2.2 3 100 L 1770 11.9 ✓ 89.5 89.2 87.2 0.81 3.8 3.5 9.6 5.1 62 74 1LE1023-1AB4■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 4 100 L 1760 16.3 ✓ 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1023-1AB5■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3.7 5 112 M 1770 19 ✓ 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1023-1BB2■ - ■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 1775 30 ✓ 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1023-1CB0■ - ■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

7.5 10 132 M 1770 40 ✓ 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1023-1CB2■ - ■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

11 15 160 M 1775 59 ✓ 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1023-1DB2■ - ■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

15 20 160 L 1780 80 ✓ 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1023-1DB4■ - ■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

18.5 25 180 M 1775 100 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1023-1EB2 ■ - ■■■■ 134 0.13<br />

22 30 180 L 1775 118 ✓ 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1023-1EB4 ■ - ■■■■ 142 0.14<br />

30 40 200 L 1778 161 ✓ 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1023-2AB5■ - ■■■■ 189 0.22<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1023- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1023- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/79


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1023 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

EISA rated,<br />

CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1023<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.37 0.5 80 M 1150 3.1 – 75.3 74.3 70 0.61 1.01 2.7 5 3.3 45 56 1LE1023-0DC2■ - ■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1145 4.6 – 81.7 80.5 76.4 0.63 1.34 2.8 5.3 3.4 45 56 1LE1023-0DC3■ - ■■■■ 14 0.0031<br />

0.75 1 90 S 1155 6.2 ✓ 82.5 82.4 79.9 0.65 1.76 2.4 5.3 3.1 46 58 1LE1023-0EC0 ■ - ■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.1 1.5 100 L 1180 8.9 ✓ 87.5 87.2 84.8 0.69 2.3 2.4 6.7 3.3 62 74 1LE1023-1AC3 ■ - ■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 4 132 S 1180 24 ✓ 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6 2.6 7.6 3.8 61 69 1LE1023-1CC0■ - ■■■■ 42 0.034<br />

3.7 5 132 M 1180 30 ✓ 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 62 70 1LE1023-1CC2■ - ■■■■ 46 0.039<br />

5.5 7.5 132 M 1180 45 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 67 75 1LE1023-1CC3■ - ■■■■ 58 0.05<br />

7.5 10 160 M 1185 60 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12.9 2.7 9.3 3.7 73 81 1LE1023-1DC2■ - ■■■■ 95 0.132<br />

11 15 160 L 1185 89 ✓ 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19.3 3.4 8 3.2 72 80 1LE1023-1DC4■ - ■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.164<br />

15 20 180 L 1178 122 ✓ 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1023-1EC4 ■ - ■■■■ 130 0.19<br />

18.5 25 200 L 1180 150 ✓ 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1023-2AC4 ■ - ■■■■ 166 0.28<br />

22 30 200 L 1180 178 ✓ 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1023-2AC5 ■ - ■■■■ 179 0.32<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

2.2 3 132 S 880 24 ✓ 85.5 85.6 83.6 0.6 5.4 1.5 4 2.1 67 80 1LE1023-1CD0■ - ■■■■ 56 0.038<br />

3 4 132 M 880 33 ✓ 86.5 86.7 84.9 0.6 7.3 1.7 4.3 2.3 67 80 1LE1023-1CD2■ - ■■■■ 65 0.048<br />

3.7 5 160 M 885 40 ✓ 86.5 86.2 84 0.62 8.7 2 4.4 2.2 66 79 1LE1023-1DD2■ - ■■■■ 72 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 7.5 160 M 884 59 ✓ 86.5 86.5 85 0.64 12.5 1.9 4.4 2.2 66 79 1LE1023-1DD3■ - ■■■■ 86 0.083<br />

7.5 10 160 L 882 81 ✓ 89.5 89.8 88.9 0.64 16.4 2 4.3 2.2 66 79 1LE1023-1DD4■ - ■■■■ 110 0.116<br />

11 15 180 L 880 119 ✓ 89.5 89.9 89.3 0.72 21.5 2.3 5.8 2.7 65 78 1LE1023-1ED4 ■ - ■■■■ 161 0.267<br />

15 20 200 L 882 162 ✓ 90.2 90.2 89.2 0.7 30 3.4 7.7 4.2 60 73 1LE1023-2AD5■ - ■■■■ 212 0.420<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 or 3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1023- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1023- . . . . ■–■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/80 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1523 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1523 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.37 0.5 71 M 3470 1 – 73.4 71.7 67 0.73 0.87 4.2 6.8 4.2 57 68 1LE1523-0CA2■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.55 0.75 71 M 3470 1.5 – 76.8 75.3 71 0.73 1.23 4.5 7.2 4.5 62 73 1LE1523-0CA3■-■■■■ 15 0.00056<br />

0.75 1 80 M 3480 2.1 ✓ 77 77.2 75.7 0.84 1.45 3 7.1 3.6 64 75 1LE1523-0DA2■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.5 80 M 3500 3 ✓ 84 84 82 0.83 1.98 3.3 8.4 4 64 75 1LE1523-0DA3■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.5 2 90 S 3525 4.1 ✓ 85.5 84.8 82.3 0.84 2.6 3.1 9.8 4.9 69 81 1LE1523-0EA0■-■■■■ 26 0.0021<br />

2.2 3 90 L 3530 6 ✓ 86.5 86.4 84.5 0.87 3.65 3 9.6 4.9 69 81 1LE1523-0EA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

3 4 100 L 3525 8.1 ✓ 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1523-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

3.7 5 112 M 3560 10 ✓ 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1523-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 3555 15 ✓ 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1523-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 10 132 S 3555 20 ✓ 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1523-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 15 160 M 3560 30 ✓ 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1523-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 20 160 M 3565 40 ✓ 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1523-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 25 160 L 3560 50 ✓ 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1523-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 30 180 M 3560 59 ✓ 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1523-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 40 200 L 3560 80 ✓ 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1523-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 50 200 L 3560 99 ✓ 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1523-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 60 225 M 3570 120 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.88 69 2.7 7.6 3.5 75 89 1LE1523-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 75 250 M 3578 147 ✓ 93.6 93.4 92.3 0.89 83 2.5 7.3 3.3 76 90 1LE1523-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 100 280 S 3578 200 ✓ 94.1 93.9 92.7 0.89 112 2.7 7.6 3.2 78 92 1LE1523-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 125 280 M 3578 240 ✓ 95 94.8 93.8 0.9 132 2.7 8.1 3.3 78 92 1LE1523-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 150 315 S 3585 293 ✓ 95 94.8 93.8 0.91 160 2.6 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1523-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 175 315 M 3585 352 ✓ 95.4 95.1 94 0.91 191 2.8 8 3.4 79 93 1LE1523-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

150 200 315 L 3588 399 ✓ 95.4 95.1 93.9 0.91 215 3.3 9.1 3.7 82 96 1LE1523-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

185 250 315 L 3586 493 ✓ 95.8 95.7 94.8 0.92 265 3.5 8.5 3.5 82 96 1LE1523-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating<br />

plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on<br />

the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be<br />

specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned<br />

correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/81


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1523 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1523 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.25 0.33 71 M 1715 1.4 – 73.4 72.3 68 0.68 0.63 2.9 4.9 3.1 47 58 1LE1523-0CB2■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.37 0.5 71 M 1720 2.1 – 78.2 76.9 72.5 0.66 0.9 3.6 5.7 3.8 62 73 1LE1523-0CB3■-■■■■ 16 0.0014<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1750 3 – 81.1 80.8 78.2 0.74 1.15 2.7 6.9 3.8 55 66 1LE1523-0DB2■-■■■■ 19 0.0021<br />

0.75 1 80 M 1760 4.1 ✓ 83.5 82.6 79.3 0.71 1.59 3.1 8.3 4.7 55 66 1LE1523-0DB3■-■■■■ 23 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.5 90 S 1750 6 ✓ 86.5 86.4 84.2 0.75 2.15 3.4 8.2 4.4 58 70 1LE1523-0EB0■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

1.5 2 90 L 1755 8.2 ✓ 86.5 86.2 84.5 0.77 2.85 3.4 8.6 4.3 62 70 1LE1523-0EB4■-■■■■ 31 0.0049<br />

2.2 3 100 L 1770 11.9 ✓ 89.5 89.2 87.2 0.81 3.8 3.5 9.6 5.1 62 74 1LE1523-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 4 100 L 1760 16.3 ✓ 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1523-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3.7 5 112 M 1770 19 ✓ 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1523-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 1775 30 ✓ 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1523-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 10 132 M 1770 40 ✓ 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1523-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 15 160 M 1775 59 ✓ 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1523-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 20 160 L 1780 80 ✓ 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1523-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 25 180 M 1775 100 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1523-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 30 180 L 1775 118 ✓ 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1523-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 40 200 L 1778 161 ✓ 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1523-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 50 225 S 1782 198 ✓ 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.85 58 2.8 7.5 3 66 80 1LE1523-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 60 225 M 1782 241 ✓ 95 95.3 95.1 0.85 70 3 7.7 3 66 80 1LE1523-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 75 250 M 1786 294 ✓ 95.4 95.6 95.1 0.86 84 2.8 7.6 3.2 67 81 1LE1523-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 100 280 S 1788 401 ✓ 95.4 95.3 94.5 0.85 116 2.8 7.7 3.3 77 91 1LE1523-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

90 125 280 M 1788 481 ✓ 95.4 95.5 94.9 0.87 136 2.9 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1523-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 150 315 S 1790 587 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.86 168 3 7.5 3.1 73 87 1LE1523-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 175 315 M 1790 704 ✓ 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 198 3.1 8.2 3.2 76 90 1LE1523-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

150 200 315 L 1791 800 ✓ 96.2 96.2 95.7 0.87 225 3.5 8.8 3.6 76 90 1LE1523-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

185 250 315 L 1791 986 ✓ 96.2 96.2 95.5 0.87 275 3.9 9 3.6 78 93 1LE1523-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/82 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1523 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1523 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.18 0.25 71 M 1110 1.5 – 67.5 66.3 61 0.63 0.53 2.8 3.5 2.9 42 53 1LE1523-0CC2■-■■■■ 13 0.001<br />

0.25 0.33 71 M 1110 2.2 – 71.4 70.6 66.4 0.64 0.69 3.2 3.9 3.2 48 59 1LE1523-0CC3■-■■■■ 16 0.015<br />

0.37 0.5 80 M 1150 3.1 – 75.3 74.3 70 0.61 1.01 2.7 5 3.3 45 56 1LE1523-0DC2■-■■■■ 19 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1145 4.6 – 81.7 80.5 76.4 0.63 1.34 2.8 5.3 3.4 45 56 1LE1523-0DC3■-■■■■ 23 0.0031<br />

0.75 1 90 S 1155 6.2 ✓ 82.5 82.4 79.9 0.65 1.76 2.4 5.3 3.1 46 58 1LE1523-0EC0■-■■■■ 27 0.0040<br />

3 4 132 S 1180 24 ✓ 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6 2.6 7.6 3.8 61 69 1LE1523-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

3.7 5 132 M 1180 30 ✓ 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 62 70 1LE1523-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 7.5 132 M 1180 45 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 67 75 1LE1523-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.05<br />

7.5 10 160 M 1185 60 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12.9 2.7 9.3 3.7 73 81 1LE1523-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 15 160 L 1185 89 ✓ 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19.3 3.4 8 3.2 72 80 1LE1523-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 20 180 L 1178 122 ✓ 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1523-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 25 200 L 1180 150 ✓ 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1523-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 30 200 L 1180 178 ✓ 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1523-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 40 225 M 1185 242 ✓ 94.1 94.4 94.1 0.82 49 2.9 7.6 3.3 66 79 1LE1523-2BC2■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 50 250 M 1188 297 ✓ 94.1 94.4 93.9 0.83 59 3.1 8 3.1 63 76 1LE1523-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 60 280 S 1190 361 ✓ 94.5 94.6 94.1 0.83 72 3.3 7.7 3.1 66 80 1LE1523-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 75 280 M 1190 441 ✓ 94.5 94.6 93.9 0.84 87 3.6 9.2 3.3 66 80 1LE1523-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 100 315 S 1192 601 ✓ 95 94.9 94.1 0.82 121 3.1 8.4 3.3 64 79 1LE1523-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 125 315 M 1192 721 ✓ 95 95 94.4 0.84 142 2.7 7.7 3 64 79 1LE1523-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 150 315 L 1192 881 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 174 3.2 8.2 3.4 64 79 1LE1523-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 175 315 L 1193 1057 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.81 215 3.7 9.6 3.7 65 80 1LE1523-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

150 200 315 L 1194 1200 ✓ 95.8 95.7 95.0 0.80 245 4.3 11 4.3 69 83 1LE1523-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.41<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1523- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/83


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1623 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR /<br />

T rated, I rated,<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1623 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

3 4 100 L 3525 8.1 ✓ 88.5 88.7 87.2 0.87 4.9 3.8 9.7 5.5 71 83 1LE1623-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

3.7 5 112 M 3560 10 ✓ 88.5 88 86.2 0.88 6 3.2 10.8 5.1 73 85 1LE1623-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 3555 15 ✓ 89.5 89.4 88.2 0.9 8.6 2.1 8.6 4.4 72 84 1LE1623-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 10 132 S 3555 20 ✓ 90.2 90.5 90 0.91 11.5 2.4 9.5 4.7 72 84 1LE1623-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 15 160 M 3560 30 ✓ 91 90.4 88.4 0.88 17.2 2.8 8.5 4.3 77 89 1LE1623-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 20 160 M 3565 40 ✓ 91 90.5 88.9 0.86 24 3.1 9.7 4.8 77 89 1LE1623-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 25 160 L 3560 50 ✓ 91.7 91.5 90.3 0.9 28 3.1 9.4 4.4 77 89 1LE1623-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 30 180 M 3560 59 ✓ 91.7 91.4 90 0.89 34 2.8 8.2 3.9 77 89 1LE1623-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 40 200 L 3560 80 ✓ 92.4 92.2 91.4 0.87 47 2.9 7.6 3.6 77 84 1LE1623-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 50 200 L 3560 99 ✓ 93 92.8 91.6 0.88 57 2.8 7.5 3.6 77 84 1LE1623-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 60 225 M 3570 120 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.88 69 2.7 7.6 3.5 75 89 1LE1623-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 75 250 M 3578 147 ✓ 93.6 93.4 92.3 0.89 83 2.5 7.3 3.3 76 90 1LE1623-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 100 280 S 3578 200 ✓ 94.1 93.9 92.7 0.89 112 2.7 7.6 3.2 78 92 1LE1623-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 125 280 M 3578 240 ✓ 95 94.8 93.8 0.9 132 2.7 8.1 3.3 78 92 1LE1623-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 150 315 S 3585 293 ✓ 95 94.8 93.8 0.91 160 2.6 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1623-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 175 315 M 3585 352 ✓ 95.4 95.1 94 0.91 191 2.8 8 3.4 79 93 1LE1623-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

150 200 315 L 3588 399 ✓ 95.4 95.1 93.9 0.91 215 3.3 9.1 3.7 82 96 1LE1623-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

185 250 315 L 3586 493 ✓ 95.8 95.7 94.8 0.92 265 3.5 8.5 3.5 82 96 1LE1623-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating<br />

plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on<br />

the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be<br />

specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned<br />

correctly.<br />

2/84 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1623 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1623 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

2.2 3 100 L 1770 11.9 ✓ 89.5 89.2 87.2 0.81 3.8 3.5 9.6 5.1 62 74 1LE1623-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 4 100 L 1760 16.3 ✓ 89.5 89.5 88.3 0.82 5.1 3.1 9.5 4.6 62 74 1LE1623-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3.7 5 112 M 1770 19 ✓ 89.5 89.4 87.7 0.8 6.5 2.9 8.2 4.3 62 74 1LE1623-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 7.5 132 S 1775 30 ✓ 91.7 91.6 90.5 0.81 9.3 3.9 9.7 4.5 68 80 1LE1623-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 10 132 M 1770 40 ✓ 91.7 91.8 91 0.83 12.4 2.7 9.6 4.2 68 80 1LE1623-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 15 160 M 1775 59 ✓ 92.4 92.3 91.1 0.83 18 3 8.9 3.8 69 81 1LE1623-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 20 160 L 1780 80 ✓ 93 92.8 91.4 0.81 25 2.9 9.5 4.3 69 81 1LE1623-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 25 180 M 1775 100 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.81 30.5 2.7 7.8 3.6 68 75 1LE1623-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 30 180 L 1775 118 ✓ 93.6 93.8 93.3 0.81 36.5 2.8 7.7 3.7 70 77 1LE1623-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 40 200 L 1778 161 ✓ 94.1 94.3 93.8 0.83 48 3 8.1 3.5 70 77 1LE1623-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 50 225 S 1782 198 ✓ 94.5 94.7 94.2 0.85 58 2.8 7.5 3 66 80 1LE1623-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 60 225 M 1782 241 ✓ 95 95.3 95.1 0.85 70 3 7.7 3 66 80 1LE1623-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 75 250 M 1786 294 ✓ 95.4 95.6 95.1 0.86 84 2.8 7.6 3.2 67 81 1LE1623-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 100 280 S 1788 401 ✓ 95.4 95.3 94.5 0.85 116 2.8 7.7 3.3 77 91 1LE1623-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

90 125 280 M 1788 481 ✓ 95.4 95.5 94.9 0.87 136 2.9 8 3.3 79 93 1LE1623-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 150 315 S 1790 587 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.86 168 3 7.5 3.1 73 87 1LE1623-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 175 315 M 1790 704 ✓ 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 198 3.1 8.2 3.2 76 90 1LE1623-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

150 200 315 L 1791 800 ✓ 96.2 96.2 95.7 0.87 225 3.5 8.8 3.6 76 90 1LE1623-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

185 250 315 L 1791 986 ✓ 96.2 96.2 95.5 0.87 275 3.9 9 3.6 78 93 1LE1623-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/85


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1623 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1623 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

3 4 132 S 1180 24 ✓ 89.5 89.5 87.9 0.70 6 2.6 7.6 3.8 61 69 1LE1623-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

3.7 5 132 M 1180 30 ✓ 89.5 89.9 88.2 0.69 7.1 2.8 7.5 3.8 62 70 1LE1623-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 7.5 132 M 1180 45 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.2 0.69 11 3 7.8 4 67 75 1LE1623-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.05<br />

7.5 10 160 M 1185 60 ✓ 91.0 90.8 89.3 0.80 12.9 2.7 9.3 3.7 73 81 1LE1623-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 15 160 L 1185 89 ✓ 91.7 91.7 90.5 0.78 19.3 3.4 8 3.2 72 80 1LE1623-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 20 180 L 1178 122 ✓ 91.7 92 91.4 0.79 26 2.5 6.8 3 61 68 1LE1623-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 25 200 L 1180 150 ✓ 93 93.8 93.8 0.78 32 2.8 6.5 3 64 71 1LE1623-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 30 200 L 1180 178 ✓ 93 93.5 93.4 0.79 37.5 2.6 6.3 2.8 63 70 1LE1623-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 40 225 M 1185 242 ✓ 94.1 94.4 94.1 0.82 49 2.9 7.6 3.3 66 79 1LE1623-2BC2■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 50 250 M 1188 297 ✓ 94.1 94.4 93.9 0.83 59 3.1 8 3.1 63 76 1LE1623-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 60 280 S 1190 361 ✓ 94.5 94.6 94.1 0.83 72 3.3 7.7 3.1 66 80 1LE1623-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 75 280 M 1190 441 ✓ 94.5 94.6 93.9 0.84 87 3.6 9.2 3.3 66 80 1LE1623-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 100 315 S 1192 601 ✓ 95 94.9 94.1 0.82 121 3.1 8.4 3.3 64 79 1LE1623-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 125 315 M 1192 721 ✓ 95 95 94.4 0.84 142 2.7 7.7 3 64 79 1LE1623-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 150 315 L 1192 881 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 174 3.2 8.2 3.4 64 79 1LE1623-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 175 315 L 1193 1057 ✓ 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.81 215 3.7 9.6 3.7 65 80 1LE1623-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

150 200 315 L 1194 1200 ✓ 95.8 95.7 95.0 0.80 245 4.3 11 4.3 69 83 1LE1623-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.41<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

2/86 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Premium Efficient MG1 Table 12-12<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1623 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1623 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Premium Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA, Canada, and Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

2.2 3 132 S 880 24 ✓ 85.5 85.6 83.6 0.6 5.4 1.5 4 2.1 67 80 1LE1623-1CD0■-■■■■ 66 0.038<br />

3 4 132 M 880 33 ✓ 86.5 86.7 84.9 0.6 7.3 1.7 4.3 2.3 67 80 1LE1623-1CD2■-■■■■ 78 0.048<br />

3.7 5 160 M 885 40 ✓ 86.5 86.2 84 0.62 8.7 2 4.4 2.2 66 79 1LE1623-1DD2■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 7.5 160 M 884 59 ✓ 86.5 86.5 85 0.64 12.5 1.9 4.4 2.2 66 79 1LE1623-1DD3■-■■■■ 110 0.083<br />

7.5 10 160 L 882 81 ✓ 89.5 89.8 88.9 0.64 16.4 2 4.3 2.2 66 79 1LE1623-1DD4■-■■■■ 135 0.116<br />

11 15 180 L 880 119 ✓ 89.5 89.9 89.3 0.72 21.5 2.3 5.8 2.7 65 78 1LE1623-1ED4■-■■■■ 190 0.267<br />

15 20 200 L 882 162 ✓ 90.2 90.2 89.2 0.7 30 3.4 7.7 4.2 60 73 1LE1623-2AD5■-■■■■ 255 0.420<br />

18.5 25 225 S 886 199 ✓ 90.2 90.2 89 0.73 35.5 2.9 6.6 3.4 58 72 1LE1623-2BD0■-■■■■ 270 0.50<br />

22 30 225 M 886 237 ✓ 91.7 91.8 90.8 0.76 39.5 2.9 6.8 3.3 60 74 1LE1623-2BD2■-■■■■ 280 0.55<br />

30 40 250 M 888 323 ✓ 91.7 91.9 91.1 0.77 53 2.9 7 3.3 63 77 1LE1623-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 50 280 S 890 397 ✓ 92.4 92.6 91.9 0.77 65 2.5 6.1 2.6 64 78 1LE1623-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 60 280 M 890 483 ✓ 92.4 92.5 91.9 0.79 77 2.7 6.8 2.7 65 79 1LE1623-2DD2■-■■■■ 550 1.6<br />

55 75 315 S 891 589 ✓ 93.6 93.6 92.9 0.79 93 2.6 6.8 3 68 82 1LE1623-3AD0■-■■■■ 650 2.0<br />

75 100 315 M 890 805 ✓ 93.6 93.7 93 0.8 126 2.5 6.7 3 73 87 1LE1623-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 125 315 L 890 966 ✓ 94.1 94.4 94.1 0.81 148 2.4 6.5 2.8 74 88 1LE1623-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 150 315 L 891 1179 ✓ 94.1 94.2 93.7 0.81 181 2.8 7.2 3.2 74 88 1LE1623-3AD5■-■■■■ 980 3.9<br />

132 175 315 L 892 1413 ✓ 94.5 94.5 93.9 0.8 220 3.2 7.9 3.7 78 92 1LE1623-3AD6■-■■■■ 1070 4.5<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1623- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1) Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-12.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirement exists for stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B3, IM B5, or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating<br />

plate. If mounted in a different position, the position must be specified to<br />

ensure that the condensation drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/87


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Energy Efficient MG1 Table 12-11<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1021 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

T rated, EISA rated,<br />

60 Hz CC No. 60 Hz,<br />

CC032A 4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

60 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

460 V 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1LE1021<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A)<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Energy Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA and Canada, not admissible for exporting to Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1750 3 – 75.5 74.6 71.1 0.71 1.29 2.7 6.4 3.8 55 66 1LE1021-0DB2■-■■■■ 10 0.0017<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.37 0.5 80 M 1140 3.1 – 64 63 59.1 0.63 1.15 2.3 4.6 2.9 45 56 1LE1021-0DC2■-■■■■ 9 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1135 4.6 – 68 67.4 63.7 0.61 1.66 2.9 5.2 3.6 45 56 1LE1021-0DC3■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/93 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction 2) Version Order code<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 temperature sensor With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1021- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90 +. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1021- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

Types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole and<br />

6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirements exist for condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03) and stamping of the type on the rating plate. The<br />

basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate.<br />

For orders with condensation drainage holes (H03), the type must be<br />

specified.<br />

2/88 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Eagle Line · NEMA Energy Efficient MG1 Table 12-11<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1521 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P50<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz/<br />

P60<br />

– Not required<br />

✓ Available<br />

Frame n rated,<br />

size 60 Hz<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

T rated, EISA<br />

60 Hz CC No.<br />

CC032A<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated, cos rated,<br />

60 Hz, 60 Hz,<br />

2/4 4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated, I rated, T rated, 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1LE1521 – Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW hp FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411) or with order code F90 forced-air cooled without external fan and fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Efficiency: NEMA Energy Efficient, UL, CSA, and service factor (SF) 1.15 – for operation in the USA and Canada, not admissible for exporting to Mexico<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.37 0.5 71 M 3410 1.0 – 72 71.4 67.8 0.77 0.84 2.9 5.1 3 63 74 1LE1521-0CA2■-■■■■ 12 0.00035<br />

0.55 0.75 71 M 3420 1.5 – 74 73.4 69.6 0.76 1.23 3.4 5.4 3.4 63 74 1LE1521-0CA3■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.25 0.33 71 M 1715 1.4 – 70 68.5 63.6 0.64 0.7 2.8 4.4 3.1 53 64 1LE1521-0CB2■-■■■■ 12 0.00076<br />

0.37 0.5 71 M 1705 2.1 – 72 71.2 66.9 0.67 0.96 2.8 4.4 2.8 53 64 1LE1521-0CB3■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1750 3.0 – 75.5 74.6 71.1 0.71 1.29 2.7 6.4 3.8 55 66 1LE1521-0DB2■-■■■■ 17 0.0017<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.18 0.25 71 M 1105 1.6 – 55 53.6 48.8 0.61 0.67 2.9 2.7 2.9 49 60 1LE1521-0CC2■-■■■■ 12 0.00080<br />

0.25 0.33 71 M 1100 2.4 – 59.5 58.9 54.7 0.64 0.82 2.7 3 2.7 49 60 1LE1521-0CC3■-■■■■ 13 0.00100<br />

0.37 0.5 80 M 1140 3.1 – 64 63 59.1 0.63 1.15 2.3 4.6 2.9 45 56 1LE1521-0DC2■-■■■■ 17 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.75 80 M 1135 4.6 – 68 67.4 63.7 0.61 1.66 2.9 5.2 3.6 45 56 1LE1521-0DC3■-■■■■ 19 0.0025<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz<br />

0.09 0.12 71 M 815 1.1 - 40 38 33 0.59 0.5 2.1 1.8 2.1 59 63 1LE1521-0CD2■-■■■■ 12 0.00077<br />

0.12 0.16 71 M 815 1.4 - 40 38 33 0.57 0.7 2.3 2.1 2.4 52 63 1LE1521-0CD3■-■■■■ 13 0.00100<br />

0.18 0.25 80 M 855 2.1 - 46 43.5 37 0.53 0.93 2 2.5 2.6 55 66 1LE1521-0DD2■-■■■■ 17 0.00175<br />

0.25 0.33 80 M 860 2.8 - 52 49 43 0.51 1.21 2.2 2.9 3 55 66 1LE1521-0DD3■-■■■■ 19 0.00246<br />

0.37 0.5 90 S 845 4.2 - 58 55.8 49.5 0.64 1.25 1.6 3 2.1 57 69 1LE1521-0ED0■-■■■■ 23 0.00225<br />

0.55 0.75 90 L 840 6.3 - 62 61.2 56.5 0.66 1.69 1.8 3.1 2.1 57 69 1LE1521-0ED4■-■■■■ 26 0.00305<br />

Voltages ( 600 V) 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 2/96 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction 2) Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/103 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 1 temperature sensor With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/113 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/116<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE1521- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 2/125 1LE1521- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

60 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating voltages only 600 V admissible in accordance with<br />

MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

Types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole and<br />

6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B5 (IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and<br />

IM V18) are possible, provided that no requirement exists for stamping of<br />

the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as<br />

standard on the rating plate. If mounted in a different position, the position<br />

must be specified to ensure that the condensation drainage holes are<br />

positioned correctly.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/89


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Pole-changing<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011 for constant load torque – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power for N1 Operating values at rated power for N2 Aluminum series<br />

P rated1, P rated2, Frame n rated1, T rated1, rated1, cos rated1, I rated1, T LR / I LR / T B / n rated2, T rated2, rated2, cos I rated2, T LR / I LR / T B / 1LE1011 –<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated1, I rated1, T rated1, 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, rated2, 50 Hz, T rated2, I rated2, T rated2, one winding<br />

4/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

4/4 50 Hz, 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

4/4<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % A rpm Nm % A kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Line operation: Double pole-changing for constant load torque<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4/2-pole: 1500/3000 rpm at 50 Hz with one winding connected in Dahlander circuit<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

3000<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

3000<br />

rpm<br />

1.9 2.4 100 L 1390 13.1 72 0.87 4.40 1.7 4.1 1.8 2800 8.2 70 0.88 5.6 1.8 4.2 1.8 1LE1011-1AJ4 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

2.5 3.1 100 L 1440 16.6 76.3 0.87 5.4 1.9 5.2 2.8 2840 10.4 77.3 0.9 6.4 2.1 5.2 2.9 1LE1011-1AJ5 ■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

3.7 4.4 112 M 1420 24.9 79.9 0.86 7.8 1.8 4.9 2.3 2885 14.6 80.8 0.92 8.5 2.1 6.4 2.6 1LE1011-1BJ2 ■-■■■■ 27 0.01<br />

4.7 5.9 132 S 1440 31.2 82 0.84 9.8 1.6 5.6 2.7 2875 19.6 80 0.89 12.0 1.8 5.6 2.8 1LE1011-1CJ0 ■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

6.5 8.0 132 M 1435 43.3 82 0.86 13.3 1.7 5.4 2.6 2880 26.5 82 0.92 15.3 1.8 6.3 2.8 1LE1011-1CJ2 ■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

9.3 11.5 160 M 1440 61.7 84.5 0.87 18.3 1.7 5.7 2.8 2870 38.3 82 0.92 22.0 1.8 6 2.9 1LE1011-1DJ2 ■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

13.0 16 160 L 1450 85.6 87 0.85 25.5 1.6 6 2.3 2920 52.3 86 0.94 35.5 1.9 7.1 2.8 1LE1011-1DJ6 ■-■■■■ 85 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

8/4-pole: 750/1500 rpm at 50 Hz with one winding connected in Dahlander circuit<br />

750<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

750<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

0.55 1.1 100 L 715 7.3 57 0.53 2.65 2 3 2.7 1425 7.4 77.7 0.87 2.35 1.7 4.6 2.1 1LE1011-1AL4 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

0.9 1.5 100 L 700 12.3 64.2 0.64 3.15 1.5 2.9 2 1415 10.1 77.7 0.89 3.15 1.5 4.5 1.9 1LE1011-1AL5 ■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

1.1 1.9 112 M 715 14.7 66.5 0.6 4.00 1.6 3.2 2.3 1440 12.6 80.9 0.87 3.90 1.6 5.4 2.3 1LE1011-1BL2 ■-■■■■ 27 0.01<br />

1.6 3.2 132 S 730 20.9 61.5 0.53 7.1 1.6 3.3 2.6 1450 21.1 82.3 0.87 6.5 1.4 5 2.1 1LE1011-1CL0 ■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

2.2 4.4 132 M 730 28.8 68 0.52 9.0 2 3.8 3 1450 29 84.5 0.88 8.5 1.5 5.5 2.3 1LE1011-1CL2 ■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

3.5 7 160 M 730 45.8 77.5 0.57 11.4 2 4.2 2.8 1450 46.1 84 0.9 13.4 1.6 5.2 2.2 1LE1011-1DL2 ■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

5.6 11 160 L 725 73.8 80.2 0.6 16.8 1.9 4 2.7 1445 72.7 84.4 0.9 21.0 1.5 5.1 2.2 1LE1011-1DL4 ■-■■■■ 73 0.056<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/95 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE1011- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Note: Pole-changing motors (4/2-pole) do not comply with the vibration values stipulated in IEC 60034-14 when rigidly installed<br />

(see also page 1/50).<br />

1)<br />

Operating values for 60 Hz are available on request.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/90 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Pole-changing<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011/1LE1012 for square-law load torque – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power for N1 Operating values at rated power for N2 Aluminum series<br />

P rated1, P rated2, Frame n rated1, T rated1, rated1, cos I rated1, T LR / I LR / T B / n rated2, T rated2, rated2, cos I rated2, T LR / I LR / T B / 1LE1011 –<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, rated1, 50 Hz, T rated1, I rated1, T rated1, 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, rated2, 50 Hz, T rated2, I rated2, T rated2, one winding<br />

4/4 50 Hz, 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

4/4 50 Hz, 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 1LE1012 –<br />

4/4<br />

4/4<br />

two windings<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % A rpm Nm % A<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Line operation: Double pole-changing for square-law load torque, e.g. for driving fans<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4/2-pole: 1500/3000 rpm at 50 Hz with one winding connected in Dahlander circuit<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

3000<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

3000<br />

rpm<br />

0.65 2.4 100 L 1415 4.4 75 0.86 1.45 1.6 4.1 1.8 2800 8.2 70 0.88 5.6 1.8 4.2 1.8 1LE1011-1AP4 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

0.8 3.1 100 L 1435 5.3 79 0.85 1.72 1.9 5.2 2.8 2840 10.4 77.3 0.9 6.4 2.1 5.2 2.8 1LE1011-1AP5 ■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

1.1 4.4 112 M 1455 7.2 83.4 0.85 2.25 2.2 6.1 2.5 2885 14.6 80.8 0.92 8.5 2.1 6.4 2.5 1LE1011-1BP2 ■-■■■■ 27 0.01<br />

1.45 5.9 132 S 1460 9.5 84 0.84 2.95 1.6 5.8 2.8 2875 19.6 80 0.89 12.0 1.8 5.6 2.8 1LE1011-1CP0 ■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

2.0 8.0 132 M 1455 13.1 85 0.85 4.00 1.8 5.6 2.8 2880 26.5 82 0.92 15.3 1.8 6.3 2.8 1LE1011-1CP2 ■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

2.9 11.5 160 M 1465 18.9 86.5 0.86 5.6 1.8 5.9 2.9 2870 38.3 82 0.92 22.0 1.8 6 2.9 1LE1011-1DP2 ■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

4.3 16 160 L 1455 28.2 87 0.85 8.4 1.6 6 2.3 2920 52.3 86 0.94 28.5 1.9 7.1 2.3 1LE1011-1DP6 ■-■■■■ 85 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

6/4-pole: 1000/1500 rpm at 50 Hz with two windings<br />

1000<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

1000<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

0.6 1.7 100 L 970 5.9 55.5 0.62 2.50 1.7 3.4 2.7 1435 11.3 76.2 0.83 3.90 1.8 4.6 2.7 1LE1012-1AQ4■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

0.75 2.1 100 L 955 8 64.2 0.77 2.20 1.2 3.4 2 1435 14 78.4 0.84 4.60 2 5.4 2 1LE1012-1AQ5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

0.9 3.0 112 M 975 8.8 64.7 0.66 3.05 1.6 3.9 2.5 1455 19.7 81.4 0.78 6.8 2.1 6.4 2.5 1LE1012-1BQ2■-■■■■ 27 0.01<br />

1.2 3.9 132 S 980 11.7 72.3 0.7 3.40 1.4 4.6 2.5 1455 25.6 83.1 0.83 8.2 1.5 5.7 2.5 1LE1012-1CQ0■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

1.7 5.4 132 M 980 16.6 74.1 0.71 4.65 1.7 5 2.5 1465 35.2 85.9 0.82 11.1 2 6.9 2.5 1LE1012-1CQ2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

2.5 7.2 160 M 985 24.2 77.7 0.71 6.5 1.5 4.7 2.6 1470 46.8 86.9 0.85 14.1 1.8 6.3 2.6 1LE1012-1DQ2■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

3.7 12.0 160 L 985 35.9 82.4 0.69 9.4 2.3 6.2 3.5 1475 77.7 87.9 0.8 24.5 2.1 7.5 3.5 1LE1012-1DQ4■-■■■■ 73 0.059<br />

6.5 19 180 L 985 63 81.0 0.7 16.5 1.8 5.5 2.7 1475 123 0.9 0.8 38.0 2.5 8.1 3.7 1LE1012-1EQ4■-■■■■ 132 0.13<br />

9.5 26 200 L 985 92 84.5 0.7 23.0 2.3 6.5 2.8 1475 168 0.91 0.8 52 2.3 7.5 3.4 1LE1012-2AQ5■-■■■■ 173 0.20<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/95 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE101■- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Note: Pole-changing motors (4/2-pole) do not comply with the vibration values stipulated in IEC 60034-14 when rigidly installed<br />

(see also page 1/50).<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Operating values for 60 Hz are available on request.<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/91


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Pole-changing<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011/1LE1012 for square-law load torque – self-ventilated<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power for N1 Operating values at rated power for N2 Aluminum series<br />

P rated1, P rated2, Frame n rated1, T rated1, rated1, cos I rated1, T LR / I LR / T B / n rated2, T rated2, rated2, cos I rated2, T LR / I LR / T B / 1LE1011 –<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, rated1, 50 Hz, T rated1, I rated1, T rated1, 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, rated2, 50 Hz, T rated2, I rated2, T rated2, one winding<br />

4/4 50 Hz, 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

4/4 50 Hz, 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

4/4<br />

4/4<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % A rpm Nm % A<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Line operation: Double pole-changing for square-law load torque, e.g. for driving fans<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8/4-pole: 750/1500 rpm at 50 Hz with one winding connected in Dahlander circuit<br />

750<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

750<br />

rpm<br />

1500<br />

rpm<br />

0.5 2.0 100 L 720 6.6 52 0.5 2.80 1.3 3.3 3.4 1440 13.3 82 0.79 4.45 3 7.5 3.4 1LE1011-1AR4■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

0.65 2.5 100 L 715 8.7 56 0.58 2.90 1 3.2 2.6 1425 16.8 81 0.84 5.3 2.3 6.3 2.6 1LE1011-1AR5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

0.9 3.6 112 M 715 12 56 0.57 4.05 1 2.8 2.1 1430 24 82 0.84 7.5 1.9 5.6 2.1 1LE1011-1BR2■-■■■■ 27 0.01<br />

1.1 4.7 132 S 730 14.4 62 0.54 4.75 1 3.2 2.2 1430 31.4 82 0.86 9.6 1.7 5.2 2.2 1LE1011-1CR0■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

1.4 6.4 132 M 730 18.3 67.5 0.52 5.8 1.1 3.5 2.3 1440 42.4 84.5 0.87 12.6 1.9 5.7 2.3 1LE1011-1CR2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

2.2 9.5 160 M 730 28.8 80.6 0.63 6.3 1.5 4 2.5 1465 61.9 86.1 0.84 19.0 2 6.3 2.5 1LE1011-1DR2■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

3.3 14 160 L 735 42.9 81.4 0.56 10.4 2.5 4.8 3.3 1475 90.6 85.8 0.73 32.5 2.5 7.2 3.3 1LE1011-1DR4■-■■■■ 73 0.056<br />

4.5 16 180 M 730 59 79.3 0.59 13.9 1.4 3.8 2.3 1470 104 84.6 0.83 33.0 1.4 7 2.9 1LE1011-1ER2 ■-■■■■ 128 0.12<br />

5 18.5 180 L 730 65 78.3 0.6 15.4 1.5 3.8 2.1 1470 120 86.6 0.83 37.0 2.3 7 2.7 1LE1011-1ER4 ■-■■■■ 132 0.13<br />

7.5 28 200 L 735 97 85.0 0.6 21.0 1.7 4 2.1 1475 181 90.5 0.85 53 2.7 7.4 3.1 1LE1011-2AR5■-■■■■ 173 0.20<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 2/95 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 2/99 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 2/112 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 2/115<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 2/118 1LE101■- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Note: Pole-changing motors (4/2-pole) do not comply with the vibration values stipulated in IEC 60034-14 when rigidly installed<br />

(see also page 1/50).<br />

1) Operating values for 60 Hz are available on request. 2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5, or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

2/92 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the code and<br />

with order<br />

Article No. plain text<br />

if required<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle<br />

Line<br />

NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code 1LE1021 NEE (NEMA) -<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz – Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the Drive Technology Configurator (DTC)<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY,<br />

2 2 – <br />

60 Hz 460 VY<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY,<br />

60 Hz 460 V 1) 3 4 – Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

50 Hz 400 V,<br />

– – Only for: APAC Line<br />

60 Hz 460 V 1) Eagle Line<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

50 Hz 400 VY,<br />

0 2 – – – Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

60 Hz 460 VY 2) 3)<br />

50 Hz 400 V,<br />

0 4 – – – Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

60 Hz 460 V 4)<br />

50 Hz 500 VY<br />

2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

60 Hz 575 VY 7)<br />

50 Hz 500 V<br />

4 0 – ◦ ◦ – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

60 Hz 575 V<br />

50 Hz 690 VY 0 6 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: IEC IE3 &<br />

50 Hz 690 V 4 7 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: IEC IE3 &<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY<br />

60 Hz 440 VY<br />

2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY 1) ,<br />

60 Hz 440 V<br />

3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

50 Hz 380 V 1) – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

50 Hz 240 V/415 VY,<br />

2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

60 Hz 480 VY<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

50 Hz 415 V<br />

3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

60 Hz 480 V<br />

60 Hz 220 V VY 1 7 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

IEC IE3<br />

)<br />

&<br />

60 Hz 230 V VY 1 8 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

IEC IE3<br />

60 Hz 380 V/660 VY 1) 3 0 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

60 Hz 380 V 1) – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Eagle Line ,, -<br />

60 Hz 400 V/690 VY 1) 3 1 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

60 Hz 400 V 1) – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Eagle Line ,, -<br />

Multi-voltage at 60 Hz and required power at 60 Hz<br />

60 Hz 230 VYY/460 VY; 50 Hz<br />

power, 9 main terminals and electrical<br />

version according to NEMA<br />

60 Hz 230 VYY/460 VY; 60 Hz<br />

power, 9 main terminals and electrical<br />

version according to NEMA<br />

60 Hz 230 V/460 V; 50 Hz<br />

power, 12 main terminals and electrical<br />

version according to NEMA<br />

60 Hz 230 V/460 V; 60 Hz<br />

power, 12 main terminals and electrical<br />

version according to NEMA<br />

6 0 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

APAC Line IE2<br />

IEC IE3<br />

6 1 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

APAC Line IE2<br />

IEC IE3<br />

6 2 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1<br />

APAC Line IE2<br />

IEC IE3<br />

6 3 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC/IE1<br />

APAC Line IE2<br />

IEC IE3<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power at 60 Hz<br />

220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 1) 9 0 M2B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

380 V; 50 Hz power 1) – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/94.<br />

)<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

)<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

)<br />

+<br />

&<br />

)<br />

+<br />

&<br />

)<br />

+<br />

&<br />

)<br />

+<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

2<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/93


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the code and<br />

with order<br />

Article No. plain text<br />

if required<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle<br />

Line<br />

NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code 1LE1021 NEE (NEMA) -<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power at 60 Hz (continued)<br />

380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz power 1) 5) 9 0 M1B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

440 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

460 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1E ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1F ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 7) 9 0 M2G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE4<br />

IEC IE3<br />

575 VY; 60 Hz power 7) 9 0 M1G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 7) 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE4<br />

IEC IE3<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 7) 9 0 M1H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line<br />

Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

400 V/690 VY; 50 Hz power 1) 9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

400 V; 50 Hz power – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

400 V/690 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

480 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

480 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

480 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

480 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

230 V/400 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

230 V/400 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Eagle Line<br />

IEC IE3<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

$<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

$<br />

&<br />

*, +<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

Voltage at 87 Hz and 87 Hz power<br />

400 V 5) 9 0 M3A – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 &<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 6) 9 0 M1Y • and ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

For North America export versions Eagle Line 1LE1021 NEMA Energy<br />

5)<br />

Only possible for 4-pole, 6-pole and 8-pole motors. The operating data for<br />

Efficient, 1LE1023 NEMA Premium Efficient and 1LE1083, voltages above converter operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate.<br />

600 V will not be stamped.<br />

6)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Frame sizes 80 and 90 with voltage code 02 can only be supplied without<br />

motor protection (motor protection code letter A).<br />

Delta connection is not possible.<br />

Star connection is not possible.<br />

7)<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

,, -<br />

&<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

Not possible for 2-pole and 4-pole motors with increased power<br />

(11th position of the Article No.: 6) in frame sizes 80 and 90.<br />

2/94 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1011, 1LE1012 – pole-changing<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the code and<br />

with order<br />

Article No. plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1011<br />

1LE1012<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz and 50 Hz power<br />

230 V 2 2 – <br />

400 V 3 4 – <br />

500 V 4 0 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

690 V 4 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

220 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M5K O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

220 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M5C O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

380 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M5L O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

380 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M5D O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M5M O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M5E O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M5N O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M5F O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M5P O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M5G O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 1) 9 0 M1Y • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Pole-changing<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/95


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

2<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line APAC Line IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line .<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line Eagle Line NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order code 1LE1623 Performance Line 1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY, 2 2 – <br />

60 Hz 460 VY<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY,<br />

60 Hz 460 V 1) 3 4 – Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

50 Hz 400 V,<br />

60 Hz 460 V 1) Only for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

50 Hz 400 VY, 0 2 – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 460 VY 2) 3)<br />

50 Hz 400 V 0 4 – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 460 V 4)<br />

50 Hz 500 VY/575 VY 2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: IEC IE4 $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

50 Hz 500 V,<br />

60 Hz 575 V<br />

2/96 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4 0 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: IEC IE4 $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

50 Hz 690 VY 0 6 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: IEC IE3 )<br />

50 Hz 690 V 4 7 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: IEC IE3 )<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY, 2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 440 VY<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY, 3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line /<br />

60 Hz 440 V 1) -, .,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

50 Hz 380 V 1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

50 Hz 240 V/415 VY, 2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 480 VY<br />

50 Hz 415 V, 3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 480 V<br />

60 Hz 220 V/380 VY 1 7 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 230 V/400 VY 1 8 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

60 Hz 380 V/660 VY 1) 3 0 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

60 Hz 380 V 1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

60 Hz 400 V/690 VY 1) 3 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

60 Hz 400 V 1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

220 V/380 VY; 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

50 Hz power<br />

220 V/380 VY; 9 0 M1A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line /<br />

60 Hz power 2) -, .,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

380 V/660 VY;<br />

50 Hz power 1) 9 0 M2B – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

380 V; 50 Hz power 1) – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

380 V/660 VY;<br />

60 Hz power 1) 2) 9 0 M1B – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2C – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

440 VY; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1C – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line ,, -, .<br />

Eagle Line /, 0, 1<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/97.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power (continued)<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1D – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2E – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

460 VY; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1E – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1F – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: APAC Line -, ., /<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1, 2<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2G – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE4 $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

575 VY; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1G – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: /, 0, 1, 2 and $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE4 $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

IEC IE3 )<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 2) 9 0 M1H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: /, 0, 1, 2 and $, %<br />

frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

400 V/690 VY;<br />

50 Hz power 1) 9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

400 V;<br />

50 Hz power 1) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

400 V/690 VY;<br />

60 Hz power<br />

480 VY;<br />

50 Hz power<br />

480 VY;<br />

60 Hz power<br />

480 V;<br />

50 Hz power<br />

480 V;<br />

60 Hz power<br />

230 V/400 VY;<br />

50 Hz power<br />

230 V/400 VY;<br />

60 Hz power<br />

Voltage<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line APAC Line IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line .<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line Eagle Line NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order code 1LE1623 Performance Line 1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

9 0 M1J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

9 0 M2K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

9 0 M1K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

9 0 M1L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

9 0 M2M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

9 0 M1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE1 ,<br />

Eagle Line 0, 1<br />

Voltage at 87 Hz and 87 Hz power<br />

400 V 5) 9 0 M3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 6) 9 0 M1Y • and ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

– Not possible<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

2<br />

1) For North America export versions Eagle Line 1LE1521 NEMA Energy<br />

Efficient, 1LE1523/1LE1623 NEMA Premium Efficient and 1LE583,<br />

voltages above 600 V will not be stamped.<br />

2) Not admissible for North America export versions Eagle Line 1LE1521<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient and 1LE1523/1LE1623 NEMA Premium Efficient.<br />

3) Delta connection is not possible.<br />

4) Star connection is not possible.<br />

5) Only possible for 4-pole, 6-pole and 8-pole motors. The operating data for<br />

converter operation is also provided in a table on the rating plate.<br />

6) Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/97


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . .<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text if<br />

required<br />

Order<br />

code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and 50 Hz power<br />

220 V/380 VYY, 440 V 6 4 – <br />

50 Hz power<br />

220 V/380 VY;<br />

9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

50 Hz power<br />

380 V/660 VY;<br />

9 0 M2B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz power<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY;<br />

9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz power<br />

480 VY;<br />

9 0 M2K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

50 Hz power<br />

480 V;<br />

9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz power<br />

230 V/400 VY;<br />

9 0 M2M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

50 Hz power<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 1) 9 0 M1Y • and ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

2/98 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) 3) A – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

2<br />

IM B6 2) 3) T – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

IM B7 2) 3) 9) U – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

IM B8 2) 3) V – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

IM V6 2) 3) D – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

IM V5<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3)<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) 6)<br />

C – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

With flange EN 50347 FF115 FF130 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350<br />

DIN 42948 A 140 A 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400<br />

IM B5 2) 7) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6) G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IM V3 4) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 3) J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/102.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/99


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

EN 50347 – – – FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – – – A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – –<br />

IM B5 2) 7) F P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6) G P01+H00 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IM V3 4) H P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM B35 3) J P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

With flange<br />

EN 50347<br />

FF100 FF115 FF130 FF165 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300<br />

next smallest<br />

DIN 42948 A 120 A 140 A 160 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350<br />

IM B5 2) 7) F P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6) G P02+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IM V3 4) H P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 3) J P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/102.<br />

2/100 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

With flange EN 50347 FT75 FT85 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – –<br />

DIN 42948 C90 C105 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – –<br />

IM B14 2) 8) K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

2<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IM B34 3) N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Eagle Line NEE -<br />

With flange<br />

EN 50347 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT165 FT215 – – –<br />

next largest 10) DIN 42948 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 200 C 250 – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 8) K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IM B34 3) N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Not for: APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/102.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/101


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

EN 50347 FT65 FT75 – – FT115 – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 C 80 C 90 – – C 140 – – – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 8) K P02 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – – – – – Not for: EC IE4 $<br />

IEC IE3 &<br />

IM V19 2) L P02 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – – – – – Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

IEC IE3 &<br />

IM V18<br />

M P02 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – – – – – Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

without<br />

IEC IE3 &<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

M P02+H00 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – – – – – Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

Combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

IEC IE3 &<br />

IM B34 3) N P02 ✓ ✓ – – ✓ – – – – – Not for: IEC IE4 $<br />

IEC IE3 &<br />

APAC Line IE2 +<br />

Eagle Line NEE -<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage<br />

holes (order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B3 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V5 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. For orders with<br />

condensation drainage holes (order code H03), if mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

For North America export version Eagle Line 1LE1021 NEMA Energy<br />

Efficient, types of construction with feet are not possible for 2-pole, 4-pole<br />

and 6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with NEMA MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard version (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

6)<br />

Not possible for forced-air cooled 1LE1 motors with order code F90 without<br />

external fan and fan cover.<br />

7)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

8)<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B14<br />

is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

9)<br />

When ordering frame size B7 and the required cable outlet below, option<br />

R12 must also be ordered.<br />

10) For the standard EN 50347, flanges which are 2 levels larger are used in<br />

frame size 80 with option P01.<br />

2/102 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction<br />

Article No. supplement<br />

Type<br />

of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th<br />

position<br />

of the<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

For<br />

types<br />

of construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article<br />

No. with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Frame size<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L 315 L<br />

2-pole 4- to<br />

8-pole<br />

Motor version<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

code<br />

1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3<br />

1) 2) 3)<br />

A – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

IM B6<br />

2) 3) T – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

2<br />

IM B7<br />

2) 3) 9)<br />

U – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

IM B8<br />

2) 3)<br />

IM V6<br />

2) 3)<br />

V – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

D – ✓ Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

IM V5<br />

C – ✓ Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

without<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

protective<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

cover 2) 3) 200 hp<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/107.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/103


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

Types of construction<br />

Article No. supplement<br />

Type<br />

of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th<br />

position<br />

of the<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

For<br />

types<br />

of construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article<br />

No. with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Frame size<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L 315 L<br />

2-pole 4- to<br />

8-pole<br />

With flange EN 50347 FF130 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600 FF600 FF600<br />

DIN 42948 A 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660 A 660 A 660<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 6)<br />

F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Motor version<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

code<br />

1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 5) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

IM B35 3) J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 6)<br />

EN 50347 – – FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – – A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – – – – – – –<br />

F P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5)<br />

G P01+<br />

H00<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V3 5) H P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B35 3) J P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/107.<br />

2/104 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 6)<br />

Article No. supplement<br />

Type<br />

of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th<br />

position<br />

of the<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

For<br />

types<br />

of construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article<br />

No. with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Frame size<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L 315 L<br />

2-pole 4- to<br />

8-pole<br />

EN 50347 – FF130 – FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – A 160 – A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – – – –<br />

F P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

Motor version<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

code<br />

1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

2<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5)<br />

G P02+<br />

H00<br />

– ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

IM V3 5) H P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

IM B35 3) J P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/107.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/105


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

Types of construction<br />

Article No. supplement<br />

Type<br />

of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th<br />

position<br />

of the<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

For<br />

types<br />

of construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article<br />

No. with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Frame size<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L 315 L<br />

2-pole 4- to<br />

8-pole<br />

With flange EN 50347 FT85 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – – – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 C 105 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 7)<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

Motor version<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

code<br />

1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

tive<br />

cover 2)<br />

without<br />

protec-<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 3) N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

EN 50347 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT165 FT215 – – – – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 200 C 250 – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B14<br />

K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

2) 7) 8)<br />

IM V19<br />

2) 8)<br />

L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

tive<br />

cover 2) 8)<br />

without<br />

protec-<br />

IM V18<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – –<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5) 8) M P01+<br />

H00<br />

IM B34<br />

3) 8) N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – – Not for: /, 2 2, 4, 6-<br />

pole 200 hp;<br />

0, 1 8-pole<br />

200 hp<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/107.<br />

2/1<strong>06</strong> Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 7)<br />

Article No. supplement<br />

Type<br />

of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th<br />

position<br />

of the<br />

Article<br />

No.<br />

For<br />

types<br />

of construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article<br />

No. with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Frame size<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L 315 L<br />

2-pole 4- to<br />

8-pole<br />

Motor version<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

Order<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

code<br />

1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

EN 50347 – – – FT115 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – – – C 140 – – – – – – – – – – –<br />

K P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – – – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

2<br />

IM V19<br />

2)<br />

L P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – – – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

IM V18<br />

M P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – – – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 4) 5)<br />

IM B34<br />

3)<br />

M P02+<br />

H00<br />

– – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – – – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

N P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – – – Not for: IEC IE3 )<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction<br />

on the rating plate is required. As standard the type of<br />

construction IM B3 is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction<br />

IM V5 with protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally<br />

ordered with order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. If mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

For North America export version Eagle Line 1LE1521<br />

NEMA Energy Efficient, types of construction with feet are not possible<br />

for 2-pole, 4-pole and 6-pole motors 200 hp in accordance with<br />

NEMA MG1 Table 12-11.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard design (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

6)<br />

7)<br />

8)<br />

9)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B14 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

With reference to standard EN 50347, flanges that are 2 levels larger are<br />

used with option P01 in the frame sizes 71 and 80.<br />

When ordering frame size B7 and the required cable outlet below, option<br />

R12 must also be ordered.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/107


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

2<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

IM B6 2) T – <br />

IM B7 2) 8) U – <br />

IM B8 2) V – <br />

IM V6 2) D – <br />

IM V5<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2)<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

C – <br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange EN 50347 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600<br />

DIN 42948 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) G H00 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 3) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/111.<br />

2/108 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

EN 50347 – FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – – – – –<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

2<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) G P01+H00 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V3 3) H P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B35 J P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

EN 50347 FF130 – FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 A 160 – A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – –<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) G P02+H00 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

IM V3 3) H P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

IM B35 J P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/111.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/109


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

2<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

With flange EN 50347 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – – – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – – – – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 7) K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

EN 50347 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT165 FT215 – – – – – – –<br />

next largest 9) DIN 42948 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 200 C 250 – – – – – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 7) K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/111.<br />

2/110 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

EN 50347 – – FT115 FT115 FT130 FT165 – – – –<br />

DIN 42948 – – C 140 C 140 C 160 C 200 – – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 7) K P02 – – ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – – – –<br />

2<br />

IM V19 2) L P02 – – ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P02 – – ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

M P02+H00 – – ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P02 – – ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. – – – – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage<br />

holes (order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B3 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V5 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. For orders with<br />

condensation drainage holes (order code H03), if mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard version (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

Not possible for forced-air cooled 1LE1 motors with order code F90 without<br />

external fan and fan cover.<br />

6)<br />

7)<br />

8)<br />

9)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B14<br />

is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

When ordering frame size B7 and the required cable outlet below, option<br />

R12 must also be ordered.<br />

For the standard EN 50347, flanges which are 2 levels larger are used in<br />

frame size 80 with option P01.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/111


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Motor Additional<br />

protection<br />

code tion code<br />

identifica-<br />

letter with<br />

15th position<br />

of the and plain<br />

order code<br />

Article text<br />

No. if required<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . ■ . Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – <br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensor (2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensors (4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

H – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals) 1)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

J – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: IEC IE3 &<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance<br />

K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometer (2 terminals) 2) –<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers (4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance<br />

P – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometer – 2-wire input<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

Q – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

R – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(18 terminals)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for Z Q2A – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

tripping (6 terminals) 1)<br />

3 bimetal sensors<br />

Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(NC contacts) – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1) Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

For pole-changing motors with two separate windings, double<br />

the number of temperature sensors or temperature detectors is required.<br />

This also results in a double additional charge.<br />

2) Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

2/112 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Note:<br />

Options are available specifically for bearing protection – for order<br />

codes and descriptions, see from page 2/125.<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . ■ . Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Motor protection<br />

Without (standard) 1) A – Only<br />

for:<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 1) 2) for:<br />

Only<br />

for:<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

alarm and tripping<br />

1 KTY84-130<br />

F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

temperature sensor<br />

2 KTY84-130<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

temperature sensors<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

J – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers (2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers (4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance<br />

P – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometer – 2-wire input<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

Q – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

R – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(18 terminals)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

Z Q2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors<br />

Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(NC contacts) – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

6 bimetal sensors<br />

Z Q9A – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals)<br />

(NC contacts) for alarm and<br />

Basic Line<br />

$, &, *, ,,<br />

-, /, 0, 2<br />

Basic Line<br />

$, &, *, ,,<br />

-, /, 0, 2<br />

Performance<br />

Line %, (, +,<br />

., 1<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

For the Performance Line, motor protection by means of PTC thermistors<br />

with 3 built-in temperature sensors for tripping (motor protection code letter<br />

B) is already included in the basic price. For the Performance Line, the<br />

option "Without motor protection" (motor protection code letter A) is not<br />

possible.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/113


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with<br />

order code<br />

and plain<br />

text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Note:<br />

Options are available specifically for bearing protection – for order<br />

codes and descriptions, see from page 2/125.<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – <br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensor (2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensors (4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

J – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometer (2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers (4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance<br />

P – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometer – 2-wire input<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance<br />

Q – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance<br />

R – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(18 terminals)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for Z Q2A – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors<br />

Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(NC contacts) – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

6 bimetal sensors<br />

Z Q9A – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals)<br />

(NC contacts) for alarm and<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

2/114 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■ Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box at bottom 2) 3) 7 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

For types of construction with feet up to and including frame size 160, cast<br />

feet are standard. Screwed-on feet are available with order code H01.<br />

Frame sizes 180 and 200 are fitted as standard with screwed-on feet.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/115


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . ■ Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 3) 7 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet and flange-mounted with feet, cast feet<br />

are standard. Screwed-on feet are available with order code H01.<br />

For types of construction with feet and flange-mounted with feet, screwedon<br />

feet are standard. Except for frame sizes 225, 250, 280 and 315: in<br />

which case for types of construction with feet and flange-mounted with<br />

feet, cast feet are standard. Screwed-on feet are available with order<br />

code H01.<br />

3)<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

2/116 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1LE . . . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box base left with 0 – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base right with 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base left with 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – ◦<br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box base right with 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – <br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box at top 4 – –<br />

Terminal box on right-hand side 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box on left-hand side 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 1) 7 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 9 R5L – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

(base below) 1)<br />

Terminal box right-hand side 9 R6R – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

(base below) 1)<br />

Terminal box bottom left 1) 9 R7L – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom right 1) 9 R7R – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/117


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q34 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 40)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 40)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q61 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in basic Q72 – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

configuration for bearings (2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input for bearing (6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers Q79 – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearing (12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box on NDE 3) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE 1)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box in position 0°,<br />

R13 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – –<br />

connection from right 41) Not for: &<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

0.5 m long 4)5) R20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – Not for: ., /<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. Not for: ., /<br />

1.5 m long 4)5)<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

0.5 m long 4)<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

1.5 m long 4) R23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

2/118 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Motor connection and terminal box (continued)<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R24<br />

3 m long 4) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

Reduction piece for M cable gland in R30 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

accordance with British Standard,<br />

mounted on both cable entries 2)<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ,, - < frame size 100<br />

– – – Only for: ,, - < frame size 100<br />

Auxiliary terminal box, aluminum R60 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

Motor connector Han-Drive 10e for R70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

230 V/400 VY 30)<br />

Motor connector Han-Drive 10e EMC for R71 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

230 V/400 VY 30)<br />

Small motor connector CQ12 with EMC R72 – – ✓ ✓ – – – – – – Not for: &<br />

Small motor connector CQ12 without EMC R73 – – ✓ ✓ – – – – – – Not for: &<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N01 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: &<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with service factor<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N02 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: &<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased power<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: &<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased coolant<br />

temperature<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

45 °C, derating approx. 4 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

50 °C, derating approx. 8 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

55 °C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

60 °C, derating approx. 18 %<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) 31) N10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – Not for: $, &, *, +, -, /<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, &<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 6) 31)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 130 (B), with higher coolant<br />

temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 155 (F), other requirements<br />

Temperature class 180 (H), utilized<br />

according to 155 (F)<br />

Y50 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Y52 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Y75 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: &<br />

– – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – – Not for: $, &<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/119


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 34) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 7)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 8) 28) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of brake for higher switching F02 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – –<br />

frequency (operating brake)<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 29) F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, F11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination<br />

with order code F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination<br />

with order code F01<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 7)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220<br />

G04 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 9)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I G05 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 9)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I G<strong>06</strong> – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 9)<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of HOGS100S-B76.626.01024.1 G25 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Only for: &<br />

rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024,<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

G27 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ Only for: &<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

2/120 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Prepared for mountings, centering hole G40 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

only 10)<br />

Prepared for mountings with shaft D12 15) G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with shaft D16 15) G42 – – O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 9) 11) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Vibration-proof version; vibration H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

resistance to Class 3M4 according to<br />

IEC 60721-3-3:1994 39)<br />

Condensation drainage holes 14) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Housing with screw mounting 32) H10 – – ✓ ✓ – – – – ✓ ✓ Only for: %, (, *, + (frame sizes<br />

80, 90), ,, -<br />

Degree of protection IP65 13) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP56 12) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 16)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 16) 28) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 16) 28) D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

VIK version C02 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – Only for: %<br />

CCC China Compulsory Certification 17) D01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – Only for: Voltage code<br />

21st or 22nd<br />

Motor without CE marking for<br />

export outside EEA<br />

(see EU Directive 640/2009)<br />

D22 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: (<br />

Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12<br />

18)<br />

D30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ,, -<br />

– – – Only for: ,, -<br />

Design according to UL with<br />

D31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ,, -<br />

"Recognition Mark" 19) – – – Only for: ,, -<br />

KEMCO Korea Energy Efficiency Label D33 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: *, +<br />

– – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: & (2-pole to 6-pole)<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label 38) D34 – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: $, ), ., /<br />

– – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: &<br />

Canadian regulations (CSA) 33) 37) D40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ), ,, -, ., /<br />

– – – Only for: ,, -<br />

NEMA Premium Efficient, North America D41 – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: &<br />

version acc. to NEMA MG1,<br />

Table 12-11, incl. UL and CSA<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union 35)<br />

MEPS Australia D70 – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: &<br />

Version suitable for railways IC411, L90 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, &<br />

EN IEC 60349, without EN 45545, with<br />

external fan and fan cover in plastic<br />

Version suitable for railways IC411, L91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, &<br />

EN IEC 60349, with EN 45545, with<br />

external fan and fan cover in metal<br />

Version suitable for railways IC418,<br />

EN IEC 60349, without EN 45545,<br />

without external fan and fan cover<br />

L92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, &<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/121


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

2<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A 20)<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever<br />

forces 36) L22 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> of frame sizes<br />

80 and 90 in combination<br />

with order code F01<br />

Regreasing device 20) L23 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

L25 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> of frame sizes<br />

80 and 90 in combination<br />

with order code F01<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 20)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, DE 21)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, NDE 21)<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Fan cover for textile industry 22) F75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan 23) 29) F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ., /<br />

cover<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

2/122 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

code -Z<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4 $<br />

required<br />

1LE1003 IE3 %<br />

1LE1083<br />

&<br />

1LE1001 IE2 (<br />

1LE1002 IE1 )<br />

1LE1043<br />

APAC IE3 *<br />

1LE1041<br />

Line<br />

IE2 +<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) ,<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA) -<br />

1LE1011 Pole-changing .<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1012 /<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Additional rating plate for voltage B07<br />

tolerance 24) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: ., /, 8-pole motors<br />

Second rating plate, loose 25) M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y80 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

A printed version of the safety notes in B01 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

language of the country of use is supplied<br />

in each wire-lattice pallet 27)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and safety notes in the<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 26)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/124.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/123


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE10<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

2<br />

1) With IM B5 flange, only possible in combination with H08.<br />

2) Not possible in combination with order code R15 "One metal cable gland".<br />

3) With H08, feet dimensions C and CA differ from EN 50347! Further information<br />

is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix, "Tools and engineering").<br />

4) In conjunction with motor protection (15th position of the Article No.) or<br />

anti-condensation heating option, please inquire before ordering.<br />

5) Not possible in combination with voltage code 22 or 34.<br />

6) Cannot be used for motors in UL version (order code D31). The grease<br />

lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to CT 40 °C. If<br />

the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime and<br />

regreasing interval are halved.<br />

7) A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

8) For order codes F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18, the brake supply voltage<br />

must be specified or ordered.<br />

9) All encoders are supplied with a protective cover as standard. The protective<br />

cover is omitted at the factory when a rotary pulse encoder is combined<br />

with a separately driven fan, because in this case the rotary pulse<br />

encoder is installed under the fan cover. In combination with a separately<br />

driven fan (order code F70) the 1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used<br />

instead of 1XP8012-10 or 1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

10) As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mountings (order<br />

codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a protective<br />

cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for mountings provided<br />

by the customer, this can be ordered with order code G43. Not possible<br />

in combination with order code L00 vibration severity grade B. In<br />

combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the 1XP8032-10<br />

rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or 1XP8032-20 is<br />

used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

11) Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

12) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 – order code F01.<br />

13) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

14) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

15) As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mountings (order<br />

codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a protective<br />

cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for mountings provided<br />

by the customer, this can be ordered with order code G43. Not possible<br />

in combination with order code L00 vibration severity grade B.<br />

16) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

17) CCC mandatory certification, see Chapter 1 Page 1/21.<br />

18) Possible up to 600 V max. The rated voltage is indicated on the rating<br />

plate without voltage range. Order codes D30 and D31 do not authorize<br />

importing into USA and Mexico. The North America export versions Eagle<br />

Line 1LE1021 NEMA Energy Efficient and 1LE1023 NEMA Premium<br />

Efficient are available for this purpose.<br />

19) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

20) Not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

21) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with EN 50347, Form A are used. The feather keyway is positioned<br />

centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer<br />

in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not valid for:<br />

Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances,<br />

friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special geometry<br />

dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

22) The special requirements of the textile industry regarding the sheet metal<br />

cover open up the possibility that a finger may be inserted between the<br />

cover and housing. The customer must implement appropriate measures<br />

to ensure that the installed system is "finger-safe".<br />

23) Converter operation is permitted for 1LE1 motors with metal external fans.<br />

The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise<br />

version – order code F77 or F78.<br />

24) Can be ordered for 230 V/400 VY or 400 V/690 VY (voltage code<br />

"22" or "34"). Not possible in combination with order code D34.<br />

25) As adhesive label for frame sizes 80 and 90.<br />

26) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor and will be dispatched by e-mail.<br />

27) The manual "Low-Voltage motors SIMOTICS GP, SD, DP Safety instructions<br />

SH 63 ... 355" is available in the Internet as PDF in all official languages<br />

of the EU:<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109756537<br />

28) Not possible in combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08, and<br />

N11.<br />

29) Order codes F70 and F76 cannot be combined.<br />

30) When ordering with order code R70 and R71, order code R50 is included.<br />

31) Not possible for 2-pole and 4-pole motors with increased power<br />

(11th position of the Article No.: 6) in frame sizes 80 and 90.<br />

32) Possible with frame sizes 180 and 200 with screw-mounted fan cover.<br />

33) For frame sizes 180 and 200, constructed with metric entry thread.<br />

34) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order code S00 and S01.<br />

It can be combined with Y53 and Y56 on request.<br />

35) Please note the additional use of order code D22<br />

"Motor without CE marking for export outside EEA (see EU Directive<br />

640/2009)".<br />

36) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

37) The rated voltage is indicated on the rating plate without voltage range.<br />

Order code D40 does not authorize importing into Canada. The North<br />

America export versions Eagle Line 1LE1021 NEMA Energy Efficient and<br />

1LE1023 NEMA Premium Efficient are available for this purpose.<br />

38) Not possible in combination with voltage code (12th or 13th position of the<br />

Article No.) 17, 18, 30, 31, 60, 61, 62, 63 and 90 with the additional order<br />

codes M1A; M2A; M2B; M1B; M1C; M2C; M1D; M2D; M1E; M2E; M1F;<br />

M2F; M1G; M2G; M1H; M2H; 1K; M2K; M1J; M2J; M1L; M2L; M1M;<br />

M2M and M3A.<br />

39) Not possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

40) Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

41) Only possible in combination with order codes R70, R71, R72, and R73.<br />

2/124 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping Q11 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and Q12 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors Q25 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q34 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 40)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 40)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q61 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals) 27)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals) 30)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals) 30)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in basic Q72 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

configuration for bearing (2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input for bearing (6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers Q79 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearing (12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Terminal box on NDE 27) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE 41)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One EMC cable gland R14 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EMC cable gland,<br />

R16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Stud terminal for cable connection, R17 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

accessories pack (3 items)<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

maximum configuration<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/125


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Motor connection and terminal box (continued)<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without R19 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

0.5 m long<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

0.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding, 3 m long R24 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Reduction piece for M cable gland in R30 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

accordance with British Standard,<br />

mounted on both cable entries<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box without cable entry R51 – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

opening<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small)<br />

30)<br />

R62 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – Only for: <strong>Motors</strong> with order code R50<br />

possible<br />

Silicone-free version R74 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole Y61 • and – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: )<br />

according to 155 (F), with service factor<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: )<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased power<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: )<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased coolant<br />

temperature<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

45 °C, derating approx. 4 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

50 °C, derating approx. 8 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

55 °C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

60 °C, derating approx. 18 %<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) N10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, %, ), -, ., /, 0, 1,<br />

2<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, %, )<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 4) 5)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

2/126 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Windings and insulation (continued)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 130 (B), with higher coolant<br />

temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 155 (F), other requirements 5)<br />

Temperature class 180 (H), utilized<br />

according to 155 (F)<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

stone gray<br />

Y50 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power, CT<br />

.. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

Y52 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

Y75 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power, CT<br />

.. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: )<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: $, %, )<br />

Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0,<br />

2<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

– Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 33) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors:<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish<br />

in special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and<br />

paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and<br />

paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0,<br />

2<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 6)<br />

Mounting of holding brake (standard F01<br />

assignment) 7) 31) 32) – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of PRECIMA brake F04 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 28) 34) F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix<br />

G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

5020 HTL, 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix<br />

5020 TTL, 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/127


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, F11 – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, F12 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50/60 Hz 32)<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Only for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Only for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F01<br />

Backstop, counterclockwise motion<br />

blocked, clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Backstop, clockwise motion blocked,<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

F40 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code Q79<br />

F41 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code Q79<br />

F50 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special technology 6)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220<br />

G04 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 10)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I G05 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 10)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I G<strong>06</strong> – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 10)<br />

Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse G07 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 11)<br />

Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse G08 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

separately driven fan or brake)<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G15 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box moisture<br />

protection<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G16 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box dust protection<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: )<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: )<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of HOGS100S-<br />

G25 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: )<br />

B76.626.01024.1 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024,<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

G27 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: )<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL, (integrated<br />

centrifugal switch, speed ... rpm),<br />

terminal box moisture protection<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL, (integrated<br />

centrifugal switch, speed .... rpm),<br />

terminal box dust protection<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + ESL 93, (integrated<br />

electronic speed switch,<br />

speed .... rpm), terminal box dust protection<br />

Y70 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y74 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y76 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y79 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

(max 3)<br />

.... rpm<br />

– – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: )<br />

– – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

2/128 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors<br />

with clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors<br />

with counterclockwise direction of<br />

rotation<br />

Prepared for mounted components,<br />

centering hole only<br />

F77 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

F78 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

G40 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

Protective cover 8) 10) 12) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order code F90<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994 39)<br />

Condensation drainage holes 38) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP65 14) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP54 H21 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP56 15) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 13) 29)<br />

Grounding brush for converter<br />

operation<br />

L52 – – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C D02 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 16) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 17) D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

VIK version C02 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for:<br />

Not for:<br />

CCC China Compulsory Certification D01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – – – – Only for:<br />

Not for:<br />

Voltage code 21 or 22<br />

)<br />

Motor without CE marking for export<br />

outside EEA (see EU Directive<br />

640/2009)<br />

D22 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: $, %<br />

Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12<br />

18)<br />

&, (<br />

)<br />

D30 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 0, 1, 2<br />

– Only for: 0, 1, 2<br />

Design according to UL with<br />

D31 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 0, 1, 2<br />

"Recognition Mark" 18) – Only for: 0, 1, 2<br />

KEMCO Korea Energy Efficiency Label D33 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: -, ., /<br />

– – – O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

O. R<br />

.<br />

Only for: )<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label 42) D34 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Not for: $, %, ,, motors with<br />

increased power<br />

– – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: )<br />

Canadian regulations (CSA) 17) D40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 0, 1, 2<br />

– Only for: 0, 1, 2<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/129


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

2<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications (continued)<br />

NEMA Premium Efficient, North America D41 – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: )<br />

version acc. to NEMA MG1,<br />

Table 12-11, incl. UL and CSA<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union 35)<br />

MEPS Australia D70 – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Only for: )<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ Only for: $,<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A 1) &, ), ), *, ,, -, 0,<br />

2<br />

– – – – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

forces 36) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Regreasing device 1) L23 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63 19) – Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and L28 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

NDE, DE bearing for increased<br />

cantilever forces<br />

Bearing insulation DE L50 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 1)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B 20) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 21)<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 21)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

2/130 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4 $<br />

and plain text<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line %<br />

if required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line IE3 &<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line (<br />

1LE1583 )<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line IE2 *<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line +<br />

1LE1502 Basic Line IE1 ,<br />

1LE1543 Basic Line<br />

APAC IE3 -<br />

1LE1643 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

.<br />

1LE1541 Basic Line IE2 /<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA) 0<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA) 2<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0, 2<br />

– Only for: %, (, +, ., 1<br />

Metal external fan 22) 28) F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan cover F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

Y81 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Additional rating plate for voltage B07<br />

tolerance 23) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 8-pole motors<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0, 2<br />

– – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: (, +, ., 1<br />

– – – – Only for: %<br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y80 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q80 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0, 2<br />

(2 years) from delivery<br />

12 months to a total of 24 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q82 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: $, &, ), *, ,, -, /, 0, 2<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

– – – – Only for: %, (, +, ., 1 36 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

according to EN 10204 25)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test)<br />

B65 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/132.<br />

2<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/131


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE15 Basic Line, 1LE16 Performance Line<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

2<br />

1) Up to frame size 160 not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

2) Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

3) Parallel Whitworth threaded pipe DIN ISO 228 (DIN 259) BSPP (British<br />

Standard Pipe Parallel) threaded pipe for connections not sealed in the<br />

thread (cylindrical), external = G.<br />

4) Cannot be used for motors in UL version (order code D31). The grease<br />

lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to CT 40 °C. If<br />

the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime and<br />

regreasing interval are halved.<br />

5) Not possible for 1LE15 and 1LE16 motors with increased power.<br />

6) A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

7) For order codes F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18, the brake supply voltage<br />

must be specified or ordered.<br />

8) The 1XP8 rotary pulse encoders are fitted with a protective cover as standard.<br />

The protective cover is omitted at the factory when a rotary pulse<br />

encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case<br />

the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover.<br />

9)<br />

In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

10) LL and HOG rotary pulse encoders up to frame size 160 are fitted with a<br />

protective cover as standard. The protective cover is omitted at the factory<br />

when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan,<br />

because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan<br />

cover.<br />

11) Option (encoder mounting) is only possible for motors with a mounted<br />

separately driven fan or for naturally cooled motors (without an external<br />

fan). This option can be used in combination with brakes of type KFB! This<br />

option cannot be used in combination with brakes of type BFK458!<br />

12) Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

13) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

14) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

15) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 – order code F01.<br />

16) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

17) The rated voltage is indicated on the rating plate without voltage range.<br />

Order code D40 does not authorize importing into Canada. The North<br />

America export versions Eagle Line 1LE1521 NEMA Energy Efficient and<br />

1LE1523/1LE1623 NEMA Premium Efficient are available for this purpose.<br />

18) Possible up to 600 V max. The rated voltage is indicated on the rating<br />

plate without voltage range. Order codes D30 and D31 do not authorize<br />

importing into USA and Mexico. The North America export versions Eagle<br />

Line 1LE1521 NEMA Energy Efficient and 1LE1523/1LE1623 NEMA<br />

Premium Efficient are available for this purpose.<br />

19) For Performance Line motors (all frame sizes) and Basic Line motors (from<br />

frame size 280) in the standard version.<br />

20) On request for 2-pole motors (concerns frame sizes 225 to 315).<br />

21) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with EN 50347, Form A are used. The feather keyway is positioned<br />

centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer<br />

in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not valid for:<br />

Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances,<br />

friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special geometry<br />

dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

22) Converter operation is permitted for 1LE1 motors with metal external fans.<br />

23) Can be ordered for 230 V/400 VY or 400 V/690 VY (voltage code<br />

"22" or "34"). Not possible for 8-pole motors and in combination with order<br />

code D34.<br />

24) Wearing parts (bearings) are excluded from the warranty extension.<br />

25) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

26) The Operating Instructions (compact) are available in PDF format for all<br />

official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40761976.<br />

27) With H08, feet dimensions C and CA differ from EN 50347! Further information<br />

is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix, "Tools and<br />

engineering").<br />

28) Order codes F70 and F76 cannot be combined.<br />

29) Not possible in combination with order codes Q72 and Q78.<br />

30) For frame sizes 100 to 132 only possible in combination with order<br />

code R50.<br />

31) Not possible in combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08, and<br />

N11.<br />

32) For frame size 315, when combining order codes F01 and F12, the rectifier<br />

for the brake will be supplied separately as a single part.<br />

33) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order codes S00, S01, and<br />

S02. It can be combined with Y53 and Y56 on request.<br />

34) Order codes F70 (separately driven fan) and H02 (vibration-proof version)<br />

cannot be combined for motors in frame sizes 71, 80, and 90.<br />

35) Please note the additional use of order code D22 "Motor without CE marking<br />

for export outside EEA (see EU Directive 640/2009)".<br />

36) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

37) Order code R62 only possible in combination with R50.<br />

38) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

39) Not possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

40) Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

41) With IM B5 flange, only possible in combination with H08.<br />

42) Not possible in combination with voltage code (12th or 13th position of the<br />

Article No.) 17, 18, 30, 31 and 90 with the additional order codes M1E;<br />

M2E; M1F; M2F; M1G; M2G; M1H; M2H; M1J; M2J; M1K; M2K; M1L; M2L;<br />

M1M; M2M and M3A.<br />

2/132 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q34 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q61 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals) 19)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals) 22)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals) 22)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in basic Q72 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

configuration for bearing (2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in 3-<br />

wire input for bearing (6 terminals)<br />

Q78 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

in 3-wire input for bearing (12 terminals)<br />

Q79 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order codes F40 and F41<br />

(frame sizes 225 to 315)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Terminal box on NDE 19) H08 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE 30)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One EMC cable gland R14 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EMC cable gland,<br />

R16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Stud terminal for cable connection, R17 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

accessories pack (3 items)<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without R19 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

0.5 m long<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

0.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding, 3 m long R24 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/138.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/133


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

2<br />

Motor connection and terminal box (continued)<br />

12 cables protruding with cable lugs R31 <br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box without cable entry opening R51 – – – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small)<br />

22)<br />

R62 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) R63 – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

Silicone-free version R74 – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

Y61 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

according to 155 (F), with service factor<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased power<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased coolant<br />

temperature<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

45 °C, derating approx. 4 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

50 °C, derating approx. 8 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

55 °C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acc. to 130 (B), coolant temperature<br />

60 °C, derating approx. 18 %<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) N10 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 4)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 130 (B), with higher coolant<br />

temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 155 (F), other requirements<br />

Temperature class 180 (H), utilized<br />

according to 155 (F)<br />

Y50 • and<br />

spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

Y52 • and<br />

spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

Y75 • and<br />

spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 <br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/138.<br />

2/134 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Special versions<br />

Colors and paint finish (continued)<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 25) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 5)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 6) 23) 24) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of PRECIMA brake F04 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 20) 26) F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, F11 ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50/60 Hz 24)<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Backstop, counterclockwise motion F40 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

blocked, clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Backstop, clockwise motion blocked, F41 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 5)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220<br />

G04 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 7)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I<br />

G05 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 7)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I<br />

G<strong>06</strong> – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 7)<br />

Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse G07 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 7)<br />

Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse G08 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

separately driven fan or brake)<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G15 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box moisture<br />

protection<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G16 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box dust<br />

protection<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of HOGS100S-<br />

G25 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

B76.626.01024.1 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024,<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

G27 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL, (integrated<br />

centrifugal switch, speed ... rpm),<br />

terminal box moisture protection<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y74 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

– – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/138.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/135


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

2<br />

Special technology 5) (continued)<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL, (integrated<br />

centrifugal switch, speed .... rpm),<br />

terminal box dust protection<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + ESL 93,<br />

(integrated electronic speed switch,<br />

speed .... rpm), terminal box dust<br />

protection<br />

Y76 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y79 • and<br />

spec.<br />

speed<br />

(max 3)<br />

.... rpm<br />

– – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Prepared for mounted components, centering<br />

G40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

hole only<br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 7) 9) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 –<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994 29)<br />

Condensation drainage holes 28) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP56 12) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 10) 21)<br />

Grounding brush for converter operation L52 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C D02 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 13) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Motor without CE marking for export D22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

outside EEA (see EU Directive 640/2009)<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A 1)<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces 27)<br />

Regreasing device 1) L23 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

and NDE, bearing size 63 14)<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and L28 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

NDE, DE bearing for increased<br />

cantilever forces<br />

Bearing insulation DE L50 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 1)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B 15) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/138.<br />

2/136 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1073 IEC IE3<br />

1LE1573<br />

1LE5773<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance with<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 16)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 16)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan 17) 29) F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cover<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

Y81 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 <br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate and<br />

on package label (max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y80 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

B02 ✓ ✓<br />

according to EN 10204 18) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test)<br />

B65 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 2/138.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/137


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1073 and cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1573, 1LE5773<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

2<br />

1) Up to frame size 160 not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

2) Evaluation with appropriate tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

3) Parallel Whitworth threaded pipe DIN ISO 228 (DIN 259) BSPP (British<br />

Standard Pipe Parallel) threaded pipe for connections not sealed in the<br />

thread (cylindrical), external = G.<br />

4) Cannot be used for motors in UL version (order code D31). The grease<br />

lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to CT 40 °C. If<br />

the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime and<br />

regreasing interval are halved.<br />

5) A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

6)<br />

For order codes F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18, the brake supply voltage<br />

must be specified or ordered.<br />

7)<br />

LL and HOG rotary pulse encoders up to frame size 160 are fitted with a<br />

protective cover as standard. The protective cover is omitted at the factory<br />

when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan,<br />

because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan<br />

cover.<br />

8)<br />

Option (encoder mounting) is only possible for motors with a mounted<br />

separately driven fan or for naturally cooled motors (without an external<br />

fan). This option can be used in combination with brakes of type KFB! This<br />

option cannot be used in combination with brakes of type 2LM8!<br />

9)<br />

Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

10) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

11) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake 2LM8 (order code F01).<br />

12) Not possible in combination with 2LM8 brake – order code F01.<br />

13) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

14) From frame size 280 standard version.<br />

15) On request for 2-pole motors (concerns frame sizes 225 to 315).<br />

16) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with EN 50347, Form A are used. The feather keyway is positioned<br />

centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer<br />

in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not valid for:<br />

Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances,<br />

friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special geometry<br />

dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

17) Converter operation is permitted for 1LE1 motors with metal external fans.<br />

18) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

19) With H08, feet dimensions C and CA differ from EN 50347! Further information<br />

is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix, "Tools and engineering").<br />

20) Order codes F70 and F76 cannot be combined.<br />

21) Not possible in combination with order codes Q72 and Q78.<br />

22) For frame sizes 100 to 132 only possible in combination with order code<br />

R50.<br />

23) Not possible in combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08, and<br />

N11.<br />

24) For frame size 315, when combining order codes F01 and F12, the rectifier<br />

for the brake will be supplied separately as a single part.<br />

25) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order codes S00, S01, and<br />

S02. It can be combined with Y53 and Y56 on request.<br />

26) Order codes F70 (separately driven fan) and H02 (vibration-proof version)<br />

cannot be combined for motors in frame sizes 71, 80, and 90.<br />

27) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

28) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

29) Not possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

30) With IM B5 flange, only possible in combination with H08.<br />

2/138 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

■ Overview<br />

Couplings<br />

The motor from Siemens is connected to the machine or gear<br />

unit through a coupling. Flender is an important coupling manufacturer<br />

with a wide range of products.<br />

For standard applications, Siemens recommends that flexible<br />

couplings, types N-EUPEX and RUPEX or torsionally rigid<br />

couplings, types ARPEX and ZAPEX are used. For special<br />

applications, FLUDEX and ELPEX-S couplings are recommended.<br />

Available from:<br />

Siemens contact partner – ordering from catalog<br />

Siemens MD 10.1 "FLENDER Standard Couplings"<br />

or<br />

Flender GmbH<br />

Kupplungswerk Mussum<br />

Industriepark Bocholt<br />

Schlavenhorst 100<br />

46395 Bocholt, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (2871) 922185<br />

Fax +49 (2871) 922579<br />

www.flender.com<br />

Email: flender-kupplungen-2.pd.de@siemens.com<br />

Taper pins according to DIN 258 with threaded ends and<br />

constant taper lengths<br />

Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly<br />

removed. The drilled hole is conically ground using a conical<br />

reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone<br />

shoulder lies approx. 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole.<br />

It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly<br />

seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing on<br />

the nut and tightening it.<br />

Standardized taper pins are commercially available.<br />

For instance, available from:<br />

Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG<br />

Rutesheimer Strasse 22<br />

70499 Stuttgart, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (711) 1388-0<br />

Fax +49 (711) 1388-233<br />

www.ottoroth.de<br />

Email: info@ottoroth.de<br />

Foundation block according to DIN 799<br />

The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and<br />

embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of<br />

medium size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, base frames, etc.<br />

After the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machines can<br />

be shifted without them having to be lifted.<br />

When the machine is initially installed, the foundation block that<br />

is bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper<br />

pins is not embedded with concrete until the machine has been<br />

fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned 2 to 3 mm<br />

lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated by inserting<br />

shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard the exact<br />

position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed and<br />

replaced without the need for realignment.<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws according<br />

to DIN 42923<br />

Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and<br />

conveniently when there is no belt-tensioning pulley. They are<br />

fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks.<br />

The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in<br />

DIN 42923.<br />

For motors of frame sizes 355 to 450, there are no standardized<br />

slide rails (please inquire).<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

2<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/139


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

2<br />

■ More information<br />

Replacement motors and repair parts<br />

• Commitment to provide replacement motors and repair parts<br />

following delivery of the motor:<br />

- For up to 3 years after delivery of the original motor, in the<br />

event of total motor failure, Siemens will supply a comparable<br />

replacement motor with regard to the mounting dimensions<br />

and functions (the type series may vary).<br />

- If a replacement motor is supplied within the 3-year period,<br />

this does not mean that the warranty restarts.<br />

- Replacement motors delivered after the active production of<br />

the machine series are also identified as spare motors on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

- Spare parts are offered only for these spare motors onrequest;<br />

repair and replacement are not possible.<br />

- After a period of 3 years (after the delivery of the original<br />

motor), it is only possible to repair these motors (depending<br />

on the availability of the spare parts required).<br />

- For up to 5 years after the delivery of the original motor,<br />

spare parts will be available and for a further 5 years,<br />

Siemens will provide information about spare parts and<br />

will supply documents when required.<br />

• When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be<br />

provided:<br />

- Designation and part number<br />

- Article No. and factory number of the motor.<br />

Example for ordering a fan cover 1LE1003,<br />

frame size 112 M, 4-pole:<br />

Fan cover No. 7.40,<br />

1LE1003-1BB23-4AA4-Z, part No. E1001/5236197_01_001<br />

• For bearing types, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

• Repair parts for 1MJ6, 1MJ7, 1MJ8, 1MJ1, 1ME8, 1ML8<br />

motors are available on request.<br />

• For standard components, a commitment to supply repaired<br />

parts does not apply.<br />

• Support hotline<br />

In Germany<br />

Phone +49 (180) 5050448<br />

You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our<br />

Internet site:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation/service&support<br />

2/140 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions<br />

Notes on the dimensions<br />

■ Overview<br />

7 Dimension designations according to EN 50347 and<br />

IEC 60072.<br />

7 Fits<br />

The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables<br />

(DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (EN 50347) are<br />

machined with the following fits:<br />

Dimension ISO fit DIN ISO 286-2<br />

designation<br />

D, DA to 30 j6<br />

over 30 to 50<br />

k6<br />

over 50<br />

m6<br />

N to 250 j6<br />

over 250<br />

h6<br />

F, FA h9<br />

K<br />

H17<br />

S flange (FF) H17<br />

The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an<br />

ISO fit of at least H7.<br />

7 Dimensional tolerances<br />

For the following dimensions, the admissible deviations are<br />

given below:<br />

Dimension Dimension Admissible<br />

designation<br />

deviation<br />

H to 250 – 0.5<br />

over 250 – 1.0<br />

E, EA – 0.5<br />

Keyways and feather keyways (dimensions GA, GC, F, and<br />

FA) are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1.<br />

7 All dimensions are specified in mm.<br />

2<br />

Dimension sheet generator (within the DT Configurator)<br />

■ Overview<br />

A dimensional drawing can be created in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) for every configurable motor.<br />

A dimensional drawing can be requested for every other motor.<br />

When a <strong>complete</strong> Article No. is entered with or without order<br />

codes, a dimensional drawing can be called up under the<br />

"Documentation" tab.<br />

These dimensional drawings can be presented in different views<br />

and sections and printed.<br />

The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved<br />

and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format<br />

for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics.<br />

Online access in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

The DT Configurator is integrated into the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

and can be used on the Internet without installation.<br />

German: www.siemens.de/dt-konfigurator<br />

<strong>English</strong>: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/141


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient and pole-changing – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 63 M to 200<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00396<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00397<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

E<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE100.<br />

1LE101.<br />

1LE1021<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

63 M 1LE100.-0B.2 2, 4, 6 100 27 120 124 101 – 78 – 75 37.5 80 27 – 96 30 32 18 40 66 63 7 26.5<br />

1LE1002-0B.3<br />

1LE1001-0B.3 2, 4 92<br />

1LE1002-0B.6<br />

71 M 1LE1001, 2, 4, 6, 8 112 30.5 132 145 111 – 88 – 75 37.5 90 27 – 1<strong>06</strong> 18 32 18 45 83 71 7 31.5<br />

1LE1002<br />

80 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 32 118 23 – 18 1) 50 113 80 8 41<br />

90 S 1LE1041 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 54 143 22.5 – 18 1) 56 174 90 10 47<br />

90 L 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 54 143 22.5 – 18 1) 56 174 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 130 112 12 52<br />

8<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 3) 218 4) 26.5 48 24 89 167 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 179 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 5) 300 6) 47 57 28.5 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 148 2) 160 18 85<br />

180 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 232 180 20 95<br />

180 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) Only one termination hole available.<br />

2) Only for pole-changing types 1LE1011-1DP6 and 1LE1012-1DQ6<br />

the dimension CA* is 208 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

2/142 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient and pole-changing – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 63 M to 200<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00398<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00399<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE100.<br />

1LE101.<br />

1LE1021<br />

poles<br />

63 M 1LE100.-0B.2 2, 4, 6 69.5 7 10 202.5 4) – – 232 4) 75 11 M4 23 16 3.5 4 12.5 11 M4 23 16 3.5 4 12.5<br />

1LE1002-0B.3<br />

1LE1001-0B.3 2, 4 228.5 258<br />

1LE1002-0B.6<br />

71 M 1LE1001, 2, 4, 6, 8 63.5 7 10 240 – – 278 75 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

1LE1002<br />

80 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 292 – – 342.5 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S 1LE1041 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 347 – – 405 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 347 – – 405 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 96.5 12 16 395.5 7 32 454 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6,<br />

8<br />

96 12 16 389<br />

414<br />

7 32 450<br />

475<br />

112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 604 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 604 2) 10 45 730 3) 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

2) Only for pole-changing types 1LE1011-1DP6 and 1LE1012-1DQ6 the<br />

dimension L is 664 mm.<br />

3) Only for pole-changing types 1LE1011-1DP6 and 1LE1012-1DQ6 the<br />

dimension LC is 790 mm.<br />

4) For 1LE1002-0B.3 with the type of construction code letters (14th position<br />

of the article number) F, G, H (IM B5, IM V1 without protective cover, IM V3)<br />

is dimension L 228.5 mm. Dimension LC is 258 mm.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/143


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2 – self-ventilated with increased power · Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00400<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00401<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1001<br />

1LE1002<br />

1LE1041<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M All 2, 4 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 32 118 23 – 18 1) 50 148 80 8 41<br />

90 L All 2, 4 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 54 143 22.5 – 18 1) 56 174 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 179 132 15 69<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

180 L 1LE1001 2, 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

1LE1002<br />

200 L 1LE1001<br />

1LE1002<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) Only one termination hole available.<br />

2/144 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2 – self-ventilated with increased power · Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00402<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00403<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1001<br />

1LE1002<br />

1LE1041<br />

poles<br />

80 M All 2, 4 73 9.5 13.5 327 327 – 378 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L All 2, 4 78.5 10 14 387 – – 445 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100L All 2,4,6,8 96.5 12 16 430.5 7 32 489 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 96 12 16 414 7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 664 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 L 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

1LE1002<br />

200 L 1LE1001<br />

1LE1002<br />

2, 4, 6 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/145


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2 – forced-air/naturally cooled · Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

BE’<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00173c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes 132 S/M<br />

and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

L<br />

LC<br />

G_D081_EN_00174<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor<br />

type<br />

1LE100.<br />

1PC100.<br />

1LE1021<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 32 118 23 – 18 5) 50 70.5 80 8 41<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 149.5 149.5 112.5 112.5 119.5 61.5<br />

90 S 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 54 143 22.5 – 5) 18 5) 56 103 90 10 47<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 154.5 154.5 117.5 117.5 119.5 61.5<br />

90 L 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 54 143 22.5 – 5) 18 5) 56 78 90 10 47<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 154.5 154.5 117.5 117.5 119.5 61.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 63 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4 6,<br />

8<br />

190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 45<br />

70<br />

112 12 52<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 261 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 77 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 261 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 39 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 4) 47 57 28.5 108 92 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 48 160 18 85<br />

180 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 124 180 20 95<br />

1LE1021<br />

200 L 1LE1001<br />

1LE1021<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 101 200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) Only one termination hole available, except for 1LE1021.<br />

In this case, dimension BE is 32 mm.<br />

2/146 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE1, IE2 – forced-air/naturally cooled · Frame sizes 80 M to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00175c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00176a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor No. of HH K K' L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size type<br />

1LE100.<br />

1PC100.<br />

1LE1021<br />

poles<br />

80 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 253 300.5 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 123<br />

90 S 1LE1021 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 294.5 349 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 123<br />

90 L 1LE1021 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 294.5 349 123 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

1LE1021 2, 4, 6 123<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 96.5 12 16 324 376 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4 6,<br />

8<br />

96 12 16 311<br />

336<br />

365<br />

390<br />

112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132S All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 380.5 446 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132M All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 380.5 446 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160M All 2,4,6,8 155 15 19 510 630 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160L All 2,4,6,8 155 15 19 510 630 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 M 1LE1001 2, 4, 6, 8 151 14.5 19 698 7<strong>06</strong> 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1LE1021<br />

200 L 1LE1001<br />

1LE1021<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 178 18.5 25 746 759 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 100 16 59<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/147


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00404<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_XX_00405<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M 1LE1003-0DA2, 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 118 23 – 1) 18 1) 50 113 80 8 41<br />

-0DB2, -0DC2<br />

-0DA3, -0DB3,<br />

-0DC3<br />

148<br />

1LE1043-0DA2, 2<br />

1LE1023-0DA2,<br />

-0DB2, -0DC2<br />

-0DA3, -0DB3,<br />

2, 4, 6 149.5 149.5 112 112 119.5 61.5 113<br />

148<br />

-0DC3<br />

90 S 1LE1003-0EA0, 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 143 22.5 – 1) 18 1) 56 159 90 10 47<br />

-0EB0, -0EC0<br />

1LE1043-0EA0, 2<br />

1LE1023-0EA0, 2, 4, 6 154.5 117.5 117 119.5 61.5<br />

-0EB0, -0EC0<br />

90 L 1LE1003-0EA4, 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 143 22.5 – 1) 18 1) 56 154 90 10 47<br />

-0EB4, -0EC4<br />

1LE1043-0EA4, 2, 4<br />

-0EB4<br />

1LE1023-0EA4,<br />

-0EB4, -0EC4<br />

2, 4, 6 154.5 117.5 117.5 119.5 61.5<br />

1) Only one termination hole available, except for 1LE1023.<br />

In this case, dimension BE is 32 mm.<br />

2/148 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_004<strong>06</strong><br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_XX_00407<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

poles<br />

80 M 1LE1003-0DA2, 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 292 – – 343 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

-0DB2, -0DC2,<br />

-0DA3, -0DB3,<br />

-0DC3<br />

327<br />

378<br />

1LE1043-0DA2, 2 292<br />

1LE1023-0DA2, 2, 4, 6 292<br />

343 123<br />

-0DB2, -0DC2,<br />

-0DA3, -0DB3,<br />

-0DC3<br />

327<br />

378<br />

90 S 1LE1003-0EA0, 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 347 – – 405 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

-0EB0, -0EC0<br />

1LE1043-0EA0, 2<br />

1LE1023-0EA0, 2, 4, 6 123<br />

-0EB0, -0EC0<br />

90 L 1LE1003-0EA4, 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 387 – – 445 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

-0EB4, -0EC4<br />

1LE1043-0EA4, 2, 4<br />

-0EB4<br />

1LE1023-0EA4,<br />

-0EB4, -0EC4<br />

2, 4, 6 123<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/149


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1003-<br />

1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4, 1AB5, 2, 4, 6 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

1AC4<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2, 1BC2 2, 4, 6 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0, 1CD0 2, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 167 132 15 69<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 38 180 217<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 129 132 15 69<br />

1CB2, 1CC3, 1CD2 4, 6, 8 38 179<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 1DB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 4) 47 57 28.5 108 192 160 18 85<br />

1DC2, 1DD2, 1DD3<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4, 1DC4, 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

1DD4<br />

180 M 1EA2 1EB2 2, 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 232 180 20 95<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4, 1ED4 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC4, 2AC5, 2AD5<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

2/150 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1003-<br />

1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043<br />

poles<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4, 1AB5, 2, 4, 6 96.5 12 16 430.5 7 32 489 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1AC4<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2, 1BC2 2, 4, 6 96 12 16 414 7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0, 1CD0 2, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 515 585.5<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CB2, 1CC3, 1CD2 4, 6, 8 515 585.5<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 1DB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 604 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DC2, 1DD2, 1DD3<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4, 1DC4, 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 664 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DD4<br />

180 M 1EA2 1EB2 2, 4 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4, 1ED4 4, 6, 8 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC4, 2AC5, 2AD5<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/151


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1083-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4 2, 4 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

1AB5 4 216<br />

112 M 1BA2 2 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

1BB2 4 200<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 167 132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 179 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 1DB2 2, 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 4) 47 57 28.5 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4 2, 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

180 M 1EA2 1EB2 2, 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 232 180 20 95<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4, 1ED4 4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC4, 2AC5, 2AD5<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

2/152 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1083<br />

poles<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4 2, 4 96.5 12 16 430.5 7 32 489 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1 AB5 4 470.5 529<br />

112 M 1BA2 2 96 12 16 414 7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BB2 4 459 520<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 1DB2 2, 4 155 15 19 604 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4 2, 4 155 15 19 664 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 M 1EA2 1EB2 2, 4 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4, 1ED4 4, 6, 8 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC4, 2AC5, 2AD5<br />

2, 4, 6, 8 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/153


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated with increased power · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

Frame Motor type No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

size<br />

poles<br />

132 M 1LE1003-1CA6 2 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 38 218 26.5 48 24 89 179 132 15 69<br />

1LE1043-1CA6<br />

160 L 1LE1003-1DA6 2, 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 44 300 47 57 28.5 108 268 160 18 85<br />

-1DB6<br />

1LE1043-1DA6<br />

180 L 1LE1003-1EA6 2, 4, 6 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

-1EB6<br />

-1EC6<br />

200 L 1LE1003-2AA6<br />

-2AB6<br />

-2AC6<br />

2, 4, 6 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

2/154 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated with increased power · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

poles<br />

132 M 1LE1003-1CA6 2 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1LE1043-1CA6<br />

160 L 1LE1003-1DA6 2, 4 155 15 19 664 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

-1DB6<br />

1LE1043-1DA6<br />

180 L 1LE1003-1EA6 2, 4, 6 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

-1EB6<br />

-1EC6<br />

200 L 1LE1003-2AA6<br />

-2AB6<br />

-2AC6<br />

2, 4, 6 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/155


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – forced-air cooled · Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

BE’<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00173c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes 132 S/M<br />

and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

L<br />

LC<br />

G_D081_EN_00174<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043-<br />

80 M 0DA2,<br />

0DB2,<br />

0DC2<br />

0DA3,<br />

0DB3,<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S 0EA0,<br />

0EB0,<br />

0EC0<br />

90 L 0EA4,<br />

0EB4,<br />

0EC4<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 32 118 23 – 18 1) 50 70 80 8 41<br />

2, 4, 6 105.5<br />

2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 54 143 22.5 – 18 1) 56 113 90 10 47<br />

2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 54 143 22.5 – 18 1) 56 153 90 10 47<br />

1) Only one termination hole available.<br />

2/156 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – forced-air cooled · Frame sizes 80 M to 90 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00175c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00176a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043-<br />

poles<br />

80 M 0DA2, 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 253.5 300.5 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0DB2,<br />

0DC2<br />

0DA3, 2, 4, 6 288 335.5<br />

0DB3,<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S 0EA0, 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 294.5 349 79 19 M6 40 32 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0EB0,<br />

0EC0<br />

90 L 0EA4,<br />

0EB4,<br />

0EC4<br />

2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 334.5 389 79 19 M6 40 32 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/157


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – forced-air cooled · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

BE’<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00173c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes 132 S/M<br />

and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

L<br />

LC<br />

G_D081_EN_00174<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4, 2, 4 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 – 100 12 45<br />

1AB5<br />

1AC3 6<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2 2, 4 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 – 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0 2, 6 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 – 132 15 69<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 38 180<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 – 132 15 69<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 38<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 4) 47 57 28.5 108 – 160 18 85<br />

1DB2, 1DC2<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4, 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 44 300 47 57 28.5 108 – 160 18 85<br />

1DC4<br />

180 M 1EA2, 1EB2, 2, 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 – 180 20 95<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4 4, 6 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 – 180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5,<br />

2AB5, 2AC4,<br />

2AC5<br />

2, 4, 6 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 – 200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

2/158 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE3 – forced-air cooled · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00175c<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00176a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1023-<br />

1LE1043-<br />

poles<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4, 2, 4 96.5 12 16 356.5 411 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1AB5<br />

1AC3 6<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2 2, 4 96 12 16 336 390 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0 2, 6 115.5 12 16 380.5 446 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 430.5 496 – – – – – – –<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 380.5 446 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 430.5 496 – – – – – – –<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 2, 4, 6 155 15 19 510 630 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DB2, 1DC2<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4, 2, 4, 6 155 15 19 570 690 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DC4<br />

180 M 1EA2, 1EB2 2, 4 151 14.5 19 698 7<strong>06</strong> 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L 1EB4, 1EC4 4, 6 151 14.5 19 698 7<strong>06</strong> 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AA5,<br />

2AB5, 2AC4,<br />

2AC5<br />

2, 4, 6 178 18.5 25 746 759 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/159


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1004-<br />

100 L 1AA4<br />

1AB4<br />

1AB5<br />

112 M 1BA2<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CA0<br />

1CA1<br />

1CB0<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 1)<br />

38<br />

218 2)<br />

180<br />

26.5 48 24 89 128.5<br />

178.5<br />

132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DA2 2 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 4) 47 57 28.5 108 148 5) 160 18 85<br />

1DA3<br />

1DB2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

44 256<br />

160 L 1DA4<br />

1DB4<br />

180 M 1EA2<br />

1EB2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 44 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 232 180 20 95<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AA4<br />

2AA5<br />

2AB5<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension CA is 192 mm.<br />

2/160 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1004- poles<br />

100 L 1AA4<br />

1AB4<br />

1AB5<br />

112 M 1BA2<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CA0<br />

1CA1<br />

1CB0<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

96.5 12 16 430.5<br />

480.5<br />

96 12 16 414<br />

464<br />

115.5 12 16 465<br />

515<br />

7 32 489<br />

112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

529<br />

7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

520<br />

8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

585.5<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M 1DA2<br />

1DA3<br />

1DB2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

155 15 19 604<br />

664<br />

10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L 1DA4<br />

1DB4<br />

180 M 1EA2<br />

1EB2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

155 15 19 664 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L 2AA4<br />

2AA5<br />

2AB5<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/161


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA H HA Y<br />

1LE1073-<br />

80 M 0DA3, 0DA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 - 118 23 – 18 50 113 80 8 41<br />

0DB3, 0DB6,<br />

0DC3, 0DD3<br />

0DC2 6, 8<br />

90 S 0EA4, 0EB4 2, 4 140 305 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 - 143 22.5 – 18 56 159 90 10 47<br />

0EC0, 0ED0 6, 8<br />

90 L 0EB6 4 140 305 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 - 143 22.5 – 18 56 154 90 10 47<br />

0ED4 8<br />

100 L 1AA4,1AA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

1AB5, 1AC3<br />

1AB6 4<br />

1AD4 8<br />

112 M 1BA5,1BA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

1BB5, 1BC1,<br />

1BB6 4<br />

132 S 1CA1,1CB2 2, 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

1CC0,1CC1, 6, 8 38 180 128.5<br />

1CC2,1CC4,<br />

1CD0<br />

132 M 1CA5,1CA6, 2, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

1CC3,1CC6,<br />

1CB5, 1CB6 4<br />

160 M 1DA4,1DB4, 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 44 256 47 57 28.5 108 192 160 18 85<br />

1DC3,1DC4<br />

1DA3,1DD1, 2, 8<br />

1DD3<br />

160 L 1DA6, 1DB6, 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

1DC6, 1DD4<br />

2/162 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K´ L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1073- poles<br />

80 M 0DA3, 0DA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 73 9.5 13.5 327 – – 378 79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0DB3, 0DB6,<br />

0DC3, 0DD3<br />

0DC2 6, 8 292 343<br />

90 S 0EA4, 0EB4 2, 4 78.5 10 14 387 – – 445 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0EC0, 0ED0 6, 8 347 405<br />

90 L 0EB6 4 78.5 10 14 433 – – 491 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0ED4 8 347 405<br />

100 L 1AA4,1AA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 96.5 12 16 430.5 7 32 489 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1AB5, 1AC3<br />

1AB6 4 480.5 529<br />

1AD4 8 395.5 454<br />

112 M 1BA5,1BA6, 2, 4, 6, 8 96 12 16 414 7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BB5, 1BC1,<br />

1BB6 4 464 520<br />

132 S 1CA1,1CB2 2, 4 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CC0,1CC1, 6, 8 465 535.5<br />

1CC2,1CC4,<br />

1CD0<br />

132 M 1CA5,1CA6, 2, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CC3,1CC6,<br />

1CB5, 1CB6 4 574 644.5<br />

160 M 1DA4,1DB4, 2, 4, 6 155 15 19 664 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DC3,1DC4<br />

1DA3,1DD1, 2, 8 604<br />

1DD3<br />

160 L 1DA6, 1DB6, 2, 4, 6, 8 155 15 19 664 10 54 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DC6, 1DD4<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/163


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor<br />

type<br />

1LE15.1,<br />

1LE16.1<br />

1LE1502<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

71 M 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 112 30.5 132 145 149 149 112 112 126 62 90 32 32 1<strong>06</strong> 21 36 18 45 83 71 7 37<br />

80 M 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 162 159 159 122 122 126 62 100 32 32 118 22.5 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

90 S 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 100 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 159 90 11 47<br />

90 L 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 125 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 134 90 11 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6<br />

8<br />

190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130<br />

155<br />

112 12 52<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 5) 89 1) 218 3) 26.5 48 24 89 166.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 5) 89 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 333.5 265 265 213 213 190 92 210 73 6) 117 2) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 333.5 265 265 213 213 190 92 254 73 6) 117 2) 300 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 51 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 41 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 51 mm.<br />

2/164 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 2) D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size type<br />

1LE15.1,<br />

1LE16.1<br />

1LE1502<br />

poles<br />

71 M 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 64.5 7.5 7.5 240 – – 278 102 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

80 M 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 71.5 10 10 292 – – 342.5 102 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 79.5 10 10 347 – – 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 1LE15.1 2, 4, 6 79.5 10 10 347 – – 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100L All 2,4,6,8 100.5 12 16 397.5 7 32 454 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112M All 2,4,6<br />

8<br />

100.5 12 16 390.5<br />

415.5<br />

7 32 450<br />

475<br />

134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132S All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132M All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160M All 2,4,6,8 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160L All 2,4,6,8 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1) For 1LE16 motors less dimension L1.<br />

2) Only for 1LE15 motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/165


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1501-, 1LE1521-, 1LE1541-<br />

1LE1601-<br />

1LE1502-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

1EB2 1) ,1EA2, 1EB2, 1EC4 2, 4, 6 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 189 91 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1EB4, 1EA6, 1EB6, 1EC6 2, 4, 6 279<br />

200 L 2AA4,2AA5, 2AB5, 2AC4,2AC5, 2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 315 315 258.5 258.5 265 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AD5<br />

2AA6, 2AB6, 2AC6, 2AD6 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

225 S/ 2BB0, 2BD0, 4, 8 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

225 M 2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2, 2BB6, 4, 6, 8 286 1)<br />

2BC6, 2BD6<br />

2BA2, 2BA6 2 286 1)<br />

250 M 2CA2, 2CA6 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2, 2CC6, 4, 6, 8<br />

2CD6,<br />

2CB6 4 300<br />

1) Only applicable for 1LE1502.<br />

2/166 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Motor type<br />

H HA Y HH K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

1LE1501-, 1LE1521-, 1LE1541-<br />

1LE1601-<br />

1LE1502-<br />

1EB2 2) ,1EA2, 1EB2, 1EC4 180 20 95 155 15 19 668 784 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EB4, 1EA6, 1EB6, 1EC6 698 814<br />

2AA4,2AA5, 2AB5, 2AC4,2AC5, 200 25 108 164 19 25 721 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2AD5<br />

2AA6, 2AB6, 2AC6, 2AD6 746 860<br />

2BB0, 2BD0 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2, 2BB6,<br />

963<br />

2BC6, 2BD6 848<br />

2BA2, 2BA6 818 933 55 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 14 51.5<br />

2CA2, 2CA6 250 40 138 192 24 30 887 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2, 2CC6,<br />

1032 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2CD6<br />

2CB6 957 1072<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

2) Only applicable for 1LE1502.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/167


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

No. of<br />

1LE1501-, 1LE1521-, 1LE1541- poles<br />

1LE1601-<br />

1LE1502-<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 4, 6, 8 267<br />

280 M 2DA6 2 419 326<br />

2DA2 216<br />

2DB2, 2DC2, 2DD2, 2DC6, 4, 6, 8<br />

2DD6<br />

2DB6 4 326<br />

315 S 3AA0, 3AA2 2) 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8<br />

315 M 3AA2 1) , 3AA5 2) 2 457 578 409<br />

3AB2 1) 4<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 6, 8<br />

315 L 1) 3AA4 2 508 578 358<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4, 3AC5, 4, 6, 8<br />

3AD5, 3AD6<br />

3AA5, 3AA6 2 508 176 227 648<br />

3AB5, 3AC6 4, 6<br />

1) For orders with screwed-on feet (order code H01), these screwed-on feet<br />

have 3 drilled holes on the NDE side with the dimension B 4<strong>06</strong> mm,<br />

457 mm, and 508 mm respectively; the dimension BB is 666 mm.<br />

2) Only applicable for 1LE1502.<br />

2/168 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE1, IE2, NEMA Energy Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Motor type<br />

H HA Y HH K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

1LE1501-, 1LE1521-, 1LE1541-<br />

1LE1601-<br />

1LE1502-<br />

2DA0 280 40 160 210 24 30 960 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DA6 1070 1215 65 18 69 60 64<br />

2DA2 960 1105<br />

2DB2, 2DC2, 2DD2, 2DC6,<br />

75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DD6<br />

2DB6 1070 1215<br />

3AA0, 3AA2 2) 315 50 181 238 28 35 1052 1197 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 1082 1227 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA2, 3AA5 2) 1217 1362 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB2 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 1082 1227<br />

3AA4 1217 1362 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4, 3AC5,<br />

1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AD5, 3AD6<br />

3AA5, 3AA6 146 1372 1517 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB5, 3AC6 1402 1547 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

2) Only applicable for 1LE1502.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/169


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE15.3-<br />

1LE16.3-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

71 M 1LE15.3- 2, 4, 6<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

112 30.5 132 145 149 149 112 112 126 62 90 32 32 1<strong>06</strong> 21 36 18 45 83 71 7 37<br />

0..3<br />

80 M 1LE15.3- 2, 4, 6<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

125 30.5 150 162 159 159 122 122 126 62 100 32 32 118 22.5 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

0..3<br />

90 S 1LE15.3- 2, 4, 6<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 100 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 159 90 11 47<br />

0..3<br />

90 L 1LE15.3 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 125 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 134 90 11 47<br />

100 L 1AA4, 2, 4 160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 141 100 12 45<br />

1AB4, 1AB5<br />

1AC4 6<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0, 2, 6, 8 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 5) 89 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 166.5 132 15 69<br />

1CD0<br />

1CA1, 2, 4 – 178.5<br />

1CB0<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 5) 89 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

1CB2, 1CC3, 4, 6, 8<br />

– 178.5<br />

1CD2<br />

1CB6 4<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 6) 117 3) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 6) 117 3) 300 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 41 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 51 mm.<br />

2/170 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 2) D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE15.3-<br />

1LE16.3-<br />

poles<br />

71 M 1LE15.3-<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

0..3<br />

80 M 1LE15.3-<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

0..3<br />

90 S 1LE15.3-<br />

0..0, 0..2<br />

0..3<br />

2, 4, 6<br />

2, 4, 6<br />

2, 4, 6<br />

64.5 7.5 7.5 240<br />

280<br />

71.5 10 10 292<br />

327<br />

– – 278<br />

318<br />

– – 343<br />

378<br />

102 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

102 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

79.5 10 10 347 – – 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 27 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 1LE15.3 2, 4, 6 79.5 10 10 387 – – 445 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 27 4 6 21.5<br />

100 L 1AA4, 2, 4 100.5 12 16 432.5 7 32 489 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1AB4, 1AB5<br />

1AC4 6<br />

397<br />

342.5<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 415.5 7 32 475 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0, 2, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CD0<br />

1CA1, 2, 4 516.5 585.5<br />

1CB0<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CB2, 1CC3,<br />

1CD2<br />

1CB6<br />

4, 6, 8<br />

4<br />

516.5<br />

567.5 –<br />

585.5<br />

630.5<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 145 14.5 18 666 10 45 790 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1) For 1LE16 motors less dimension L1.<br />

2) Only for 1LE15 motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/171


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1503-, 1LE1523-,<br />

1LE1543-<br />

1LE1603-, 1LE1623-,<br />

1LE1643-<br />

2/172 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

1EB2, 1EC4 4, 6 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1EA2, 1EB4, 1ED4 2, 4, 8<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4 2, 6 318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AA5, 2AB5,2AC5, 2AD5 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

225 S 2BB0, 2BD0 4, 8 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 218<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2 4, 6, 8<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2 4, 6, 8<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 4, 6, 8<br />

280 M 2DC2, 2DD2 6, 8 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DA2 2<br />

2DB2 4<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8<br />

315 M 1) 3AA2 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 409<br />

3AB2, 3AC2, 3AD2 4, 6, 8<br />

315 L 1) 3AA4 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4 4, 6, 8<br />

3AA5 2 176 227 648 513<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6, 3AD5, 3AD6 4, 6, 8<br />

1) With terminal box position right, terminal box left, and with order code H01<br />

only screwed-on feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension "B" (4<strong>06</strong>, 457, and<br />

508 mm). The dimension "BB" will then be 666 mm.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3, NEMA Premium Efficient – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Motor type<br />

H HA Y HH K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

1LE1503-, 1LE1523-,<br />

1LE1543-<br />

1LE1603-, 1LE1623-,<br />

1LE1643-<br />

1EB2, 1EC4 180 20 95 155 15 19 668 784 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EA2, 1EB4, 1ED4 698 814<br />

2AA4, 2AC4 200 25 108 164 19 25 721 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2AA5, 2AB5,2AC5, 2AD5 746 860<br />

2BB0, 2BD0 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BA2 818 933 197 55 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 14 51.5<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2 848 963 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 16 59<br />

2CA2 250 40 138 192 24 30 887 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2 1032 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DA0 280 40 160 210 24 30 960 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DC2, 2DD2 960 1105 233 75 140 125 10 20 79.5 65 10 18 69<br />

2DA2 1070 1215 65 18 69 60 64<br />

2DB2 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

3AA0 315 50 181 238 28 35 1052 1197 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 1082 1227 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA2 1217 1362 299 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 10 18 64<br />

3AB2, 3AC2, 3AD2 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA4 1217 1362 299 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 10 18 64<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA5 146 1372 1517 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6, 3AD5, 3AD6 1402 1547 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/173


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3 – 1LE1583 self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1583-<br />

100 L 1AA4, 1AB4,<br />

1AB5<br />

112 M 1BA2,<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CA1<br />

1CB0<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

2, 4 160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 141<br />

181<br />

2<br />

4<br />

190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130<br />

175<br />

100 12 45<br />

112 12 52<br />

2, 4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 5) 89 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 5) 89 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3 2, 4 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 6) 117 3) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

1DB2<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4 2, 4 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 6) 117 3) 300 37 60 30 108 208 160 18 85<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

1EB2, 1EC4<br />

1EA2, 1EB4<br />

4, 6<br />

2, 4<br />

279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 164<br />

194<br />

180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4,<br />

2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC5<br />

2, 6<br />

2, 4, 6<br />

318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

202<br />

200 25 108<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 41 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 51 mm.<br />

2/174 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3 – 1LE1583 self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 200 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L L1 1) D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1583 poles<br />

100 L 1AA4,1AB4,<br />

1AB5<br />

112 M 1BA2,<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CA1,<br />

1CB0<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

100.5 12 16 432.5<br />

472.5<br />

100.5 12 16 415.5<br />

450.5<br />

7 32 489<br />

529<br />

7 32 475<br />

520<br />

134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

2, 4 115.5 12 16 516.5 8.5 39 585.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 516.5 8.5 39 585.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M 1DA2, 1DA3, 2, 4 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1DB2<br />

160 L 1DA4, 1DB4 2, 4 145 14.5 18 666 10 45 790 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

4, 6<br />

2, 4<br />

155 15 19 668<br />

698<br />

– – 784<br />

814<br />

164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

200 L 2A4, 2AC4,<br />

2AA5, 2AB5,<br />

2AC5<br />

2, 6<br />

2, 4, 6<br />

164 19 25 721<br />

746<br />

– – 835<br />

860<br />

197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/175


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3 – 1LE1583 self-ventilated · Frame sizes 225 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1583-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 278<br />

2BD0 8 118 218<br />

225 M 2BB2, 2BC2 4, 6 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 333<br />

2BA2<br />

2BD2<br />

250 M 2CA2,<br />

2CD2<br />

2CB2,<br />

2CC2<br />

280 S 2DA0,<br />

2DB0<br />

2<br />

8 118<br />

2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

6<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 235<br />

457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 377<br />

2DC0, 2DD0 6, 8 267<br />

280 M 2DA2, 2DB2,<br />

2, 4 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 326<br />

2DC2<br />

6<br />

2DD2 8 216<br />

315 S 3AA0,<br />

3AD0<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

2<br />

8<br />

508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

3AC0 6 457 578 409<br />

315 M 3AA2 1) ,<br />

508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 409<br />

3AB0, 3AB2 1) 2<br />

4<br />

3AD2 1) 8 527 244<br />

315 L 1) 3AA4,<br />

3AB4, 3AC2, 3AD4, 3AD5, 3AD6<br />

2<br />

4, 6, 8<br />

508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AA5,<br />

3AC4, 3AC5, 3AC6<br />

3AB5<br />

2<br />

6<br />

4<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

253<br />

193<br />

305<br />

176 227 648 513<br />

1) With terminal box position right, terminal box left, and with order code H01<br />

only screwed-on feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension "B" (4<strong>06</strong>, 457, and<br />

508 mm). The dimension "BB" will then be 666 mm.<br />

2/176 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE3 – 1LE1583 self-ventilated · Frame sizes 225 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Motor type<br />

H HA Y HH K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

1LE1583-<br />

2BB0 225 34 124 164 19 25 848 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BD0 788<br />

2BB2, 2BC2 225 34 124 164 19 25 928 963 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BA2<br />

2BD2<br />

2CA2,<br />

2CD2<br />

2CB2,<br />

2CC2<br />

2DA0,<br />

2DB0<br />

818<br />

788<br />

933<br />

903<br />

250 40 138 192 24 30 887 1002<br />

1032<br />

55<br />

60<br />

233 60<br />

65<br />

280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1215 233 65<br />

75<br />

2DC0, 2DD0 960 1105<br />

2DA2, 2DB2,<br />

2DC2<br />

280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1215 233 65<br />

75<br />

2DD2 960 1105<br />

3AA0,<br />

3AD0<br />

315 50 181 238 28 35 1052<br />

1082<br />

110<br />

140<br />

100<br />

125<br />

5<br />

10<br />

16<br />

18<br />

59<br />

64<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

957 1032<br />

1072 64<br />

1197<br />

1227<br />

3AC0 1247 1392<br />

3AA2,<br />

3AB0, 3AB2<br />

315 50 181 238 28 35 1217<br />

1247<br />

1362<br />

1392<br />

3AD2 1082 1227<br />

3AA4,<br />

3AB4, 3AC2, 3AD4, 3AD5, 3AD6<br />

3AA5,<br />

3AC4, 3AC5, 3AC6<br />

3AB5<br />

315 50 181 238 28 35 1217<br />

1247<br />

146<br />

22<br />

1372<br />

1402<br />

1362<br />

1392<br />

1517<br />

1547<br />

299 65<br />

80<br />

299 65<br />

80<br />

299 65<br />

80<br />

65<br />

80<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

M20 140<br />

170<br />

M20 140<br />

170<br />

M20 140<br />

170<br />

140<br />

170<br />

125<br />

140<br />

125<br />

140<br />

125<br />

140<br />

125<br />

140<br />

10<br />

25<br />

10<br />

25<br />

10<br />

25<br />

10<br />

25<br />

18<br />

22<br />

18<br />

22<br />

18<br />

22<br />

18<br />

22<br />

69<br />

79.5<br />

69<br />

79.5<br />

69<br />

85<br />

69<br />

85<br />

69<br />

85<br />

69<br />

85<br />

48<br />

55<br />

55<br />

60<br />

60<br />

65<br />

60<br />

65<br />

60<br />

70<br />

60<br />

70<br />

60<br />

70<br />

60<br />

70<br />

M16<br />

M20<br />

M20 110<br />

140<br />

100<br />

125<br />

5<br />

10<br />

14<br />

16<br />

16<br />

18<br />

51.5<br />

59<br />

59<br />

64<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

18<br />

20<br />

64<br />

74.5<br />

64<br />

74.5<br />

64<br />

74.5<br />

64<br />

74.5<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/177


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1504-<br />

1LE1604-<br />

100 L 1AA4<br />

1AB4<br />

1AB5<br />

112 M 1BA2<br />

1BB2<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

132 S 1CA0 2<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 176 100 12 45<br />

190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 155 112 12 52<br />

216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 1) 89 5)<br />

–<br />

218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 130<br />

178.5<br />

132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 1) 89 6) 218 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DA2<br />

1DA3,1DB2<br />

2<br />

2, 4<br />

254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 3) 117 7) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

160 L 1DA4<br />

1DB4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 3) 117 8) 300 37 60 30 108 208 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 41 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 79 mm.<br />

7) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

8) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA’ is 95 mm.<br />

2/178 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L 1) L1 2) D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1504-<br />

1LE1604-<br />

poles<br />

100 L 1AA4 2 100.5 12 16 432.5 7 32 489 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1AB4<br />

1AB5<br />

4<br />

4<br />

482.5 7<br />

529<br />

112 M 1BA2 2 100.5 12 16 415.5 7 32 475 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BB2 4<br />

465.5<br />

515<br />

132 S 1CA0 2 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4<br />

516.5<br />

585.5<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 516.5 8.5 39 585.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 M 1DA2 2<br />

1DA3, 1DB2 2, 4<br />

160 L 1DA4<br />

1DB4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

145 15 19 6<strong>06</strong><br />

666<br />

145 15 19 666 10 45 790 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1) For 1LE16 motors less dimension L1.<br />

2) Only for 1LE15 motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/179


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

180 M<br />

180 M<br />

180 L<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1504-<br />

1LE1604-<br />

1EA2<br />

1EB2<br />

1EB4<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B* BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA*<br />

279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 189 92 241/<br />

279<br />

85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

200 L 2AA4 2 318 70 378 396 315 315 258.5 258.5 265 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AA5, 2, 4<br />

2AB5<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 218<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

2BB2 4<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

2CB2 4<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DB0 4<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 216<br />

2DB2 4 326<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

315 M 2 ) 3AB0 4 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 295<br />

315 M 1) 3AA2 2<br />

409<br />

3AB2 4<br />

315 L 1) 3AA4 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AB4 4<br />

3AA5 2 176 227 648 513<br />

3AB5 4<br />

AF'<br />

* Please note that version 3AB0 does not comply with EN 50347 with respect<br />

to assignment of this dimension to the frame size.<br />

1) With terminal box position right, terminal box left, and with order code H01<br />

only screwed-on feet with 3 drilled holes with dimension "B" (4<strong>06</strong>, 457, and<br />

508 mm). The dimension "BB" will then be 666 mm.<br />

2) 1LE1504-3AB0 and 1LE1604-3AB0 4-pole motors cannot be constructed in<br />

standard frame size 315 S because they require the longer housing of<br />

frame size 315 M in order to achieve the requisite efficiency levels. The foot<br />

clearance dimension "B" therefore changes from 4<strong>06</strong> to 457 mm. The<br />

motors comply with standard IEC 60034, but not with standard EN 50347 in<br />

this respect.<br />

2/180 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Motor type No. of H HA Y HH K K' L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

1LE1504- poles<br />

1LE1604-<br />

1EA2 2 180 20 95 155 15 19 698 814 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EB2 4<br />

668 784<br />

1EB4 4 698 814<br />

2AA4 2 200 25 108 164 19 25 746 860 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2AA5, 2, 4 746<br />

2AB5<br />

2BB0 4 225 34 124 164 19 25 848 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BA2 2 225 34 124 164 19 25 818 933 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

2BB2 4 928 963 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 16 59<br />

2CA2 2 250 40 138 192 24 30 887 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2 4 957 1032 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DA0 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0 4 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DA2 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1215 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB2 4 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

3AA0 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1052 1197 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0 4 315 50 181 238 28 35 1247 1392 299 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

3AA2 2 1217 1362 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB2 4 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA4 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1217 1362 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB4 4 1402 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA5 2 146 1372 1517 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB5 4 1402 1547 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/181


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

2<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

EE<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

1LE1573-<br />

180 M 1EB4 4 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1ED3 8<br />

180 L 1EC6, 1ED4, 6, 8 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 279 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1ED6<br />

200 L 2AA5, 2AB5, 2, 4, 6, 8 318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AB6, 2AC5,<br />

2AC6, 2AD6<br />

2AA4 2<br />

225 S 2BA2 2 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 115 361 15 85 42.5 149 278<br />

2BB2 4<br />

225 M 2BD2 8 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 118 361 15 85 42.5 149 218<br />

2BA6 2 311 117 253<br />

2BB6, 2BC6 4, 6<br />

2BD6 8 115<br />

250 M 2CA6 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 305<br />

2CB6, 2CC6 4, 6<br />

2CD6, 2CD7 8 235<br />

280 S 2DA2 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 377<br />

2DB2 4<br />

2DC2 6 267<br />

2DC6 6 377<br />

2DD6 8 267<br />

280 M 2DA6 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 326<br />

2DB6 4<br />

2DC7, 2DD7 6, 8 368 377<br />

AF'<br />

2/182 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

2<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of H HA Y HH K K´ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1573- poles<br />

180 M 1EB4 4 180 20 95 155 15 19 698 814 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1ED3 8 668 784<br />

180 L 1EC6, 1ED4, 6, 8 180 20 95 155 15 19 698 814 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1ED6<br />

200 L 2AA5, 2AB5, 2, 4, 6, 8 200 25 108 164 19 25 746 860 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2AB6, 2AC5,<br />

2AC6, 2AD6<br />

2AA4 2 721 835<br />

225 S 2BA2 2 225 34 124 164 19 25 818 933 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

2BB2 4 848 963 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 16 59<br />

225 M 2BD2 8 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BA6 2 898 933 55 110 100 5 16 59 48 14 51.5<br />

2BB6, 2BC6 4, 6 928 963 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 16 59<br />

2BD6 8 848<br />

250 M 2CA6 2 250 40 138 192 24 30 957 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB6, 2CC6 4, 6 1072 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2CD6, 2CD7 8 887 1032<br />

280 S 2DA2 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1215 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB2 4 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DC2 6 960 1105<br />

2DC6 6 1070<br />

2DD6 8 960 124<br />

280 M 2DA6 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1215 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB6 4 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DC7, 2DD7 6, 8 1105<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/183


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

HC HB'<br />

2<br />

ED<br />

BE<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>29<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>30<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

DC<br />

AH<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

2/184 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IR3 Rendimento Premium – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

2<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

BC<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

K'<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>31<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AD´´ AG AG´ AG´´ AH B B´ B´´ BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA CA´ CA´´ H HA HB<br />

1LE5773-<br />

315 S 3AA2 2 508 120 610 624 544 565 540 554 459 444 680 457 508 – 176 227 648 139 120 60 216 469 418 – 315 50 413<br />

3AB2 4 491 480 434 135 67.5 491<br />

315 M 3AA4 2 508 120 610 624 544 565 540 554 459 444 680 457 508 – 176 227 648 139 120 60 216 469 418 – 315 50 413<br />

3AA5 2<br />

3AB4, 3AB5,<br />

3AC4, 3AC5,<br />

3AC6, 3AD4,<br />

3AD5<br />

4, 6, 8 491 480 434 135 67.5 491<br />

315 L 3AB6 4 508 120 610 624 544 565 540 553 459 434 805 508 560 630 176 299 770 139 120 60 216 528 476 4<strong>06</strong> 315 50 413<br />

3AB7 4 554 446 618 566 496 497<br />

3AC7, 3AD7 6, 8 491 470 421 135 67.5 528 476 4<strong>06</strong> 491<br />

3AD8 8 554 459 446 618 566 496 497<br />

3AA6 2 434 805 457 508 – 176 227 648 139 120 60 469 418 - 413<br />

3AD6 8 491 480 680 – 135 67.5 491<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HB´ HB´´ HC HD HD´ HH Y K K´ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE5773- poles<br />

315 S 3AA2 2 336 759 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1132 1427 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB2 4 226 761 1312 1457 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

315 M 3AA4 2 336 759 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1132 1427 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AA5 2 749 1282<br />

3AB4, 3AB5, 4, 6, 8 226 761 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1312 1457 327 85 M20 170 140 25 22 90 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

3AC4, 3AC5,<br />

3AC6, 3AD4,<br />

3AD5<br />

315 L 3AB6 4 336 749 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1422 1567 327 85 M20 170 140 25 22 90 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

3AB7 4 336 749 885 1512 1657<br />

3AC7, 3AD7 6, 8 226 763 800 1422 1567<br />

3AD8 8 336 749 1512 1657<br />

3AA6 2 1282 1427 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AD6 8 226 761 1312 1457 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2/185


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS GP and SIMOTICS SD standard motors<br />

Notes<br />

2<br />

2/186 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

3<br />

3/2 Orientation<br />

3/7 Article number code<br />

3/8 IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

3/8 • 1LE5504 Basic Line<br />

3/9 • 1LE5604 Performance Line<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

3/10 • 1LE5534 Basic Line<br />

3/11 • 1LE5634 Performance Line<br />

3/12 • 1LE5534 (frame sizes 400 and 450)<br />

3/13 IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

3/13 • 1LE5503 Basic Line<br />

3/14 • 1LE5603 Performance Line<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

3/15 • 1LE5533 Basic Line<br />

3/16 • 1LE5633 Performance Line<br />

3/17 • 1LE5533 (frame sizes 400 and 450)<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

3/18 • 1LE5583 Basic Line<br />

3/19 • 1LE5683 Performance Line<br />

3/20 • 1LE5583 (frame sizes 400 and 450)<br />

3/21 Article No. supplements and<br />

special versions<br />

Voltages<br />

3/21 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Types of construction<br />

3/22 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Motor protection<br />

3/24 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Terminal box position<br />

3/25 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Options<br />

3/26 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

1LE55, 1LE56<br />

3/34 Accessories<br />

3/36 Dimensions<br />

3/36 Notes on the dimensions<br />

3/37 Dimension sheet generator<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

3/38 • IE4, IE3 – Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

3/40 • IE4, IE3 – Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

3/42 • IE3 – Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

3/44 • IE3 – Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

3<br />

■ Overview<br />

The SIMOTICS SD next generation is a new scalable generation<br />

of low-voltage motors. With their impressive performance and<br />

the additional versatility in their range of applications, this new<br />

motor series offers entry into a future-proof drive technology.<br />

In addition to the future topics of digitalization and energy efficiency,<br />

this motor generation was developed with the focus on<br />

design optimization, which has resulted in a very compact motor<br />

design with a high power density. A standardized option range<br />

and the variable terminal box concept also enable flexible use of<br />

the motors in different system configurations and applications.<br />

The fact that the motors can either be operated on the line supply<br />

or with a converter is part of their versatility.<br />

The following versions are available in the new 1LE5 motor series,<br />

differentiated by their performance features and functionality:<br />

• SIMOTICS SD<br />

These motors are characterized by reliable and powerful performance<br />

even in the toughest environmental conditions. The<br />

characteristics with higher torques ensure that higher starting<br />

and breakaway torques are available.<br />

• SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

The characteristic product feature of the SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

are the low starting currents. These not only meet industryspecific<br />

specifications, above all, in process industries, but<br />

also have a positive impact on the operating quality (higher<br />

power system stability, lower thermal load, increased motor<br />

lifetime). Through the availability of country-specific certificates,<br />

these motors can be used in all the important global regions<br />

and markets.<br />

• SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

The SIMOTICS SD Pro range is characterized by its extremely<br />

flexible concept, which makes it universally deployable, in any<br />

plant, in any country in the world. Line and converter operation<br />

are generally possible up to 690 V and all important global,<br />

country and sector-specific certificates are available. Depending<br />

on the frame size - additional combinations of features<br />

are possible that further increase the flexibility. For<br />

SIMOTICS SD Pro frame sizes 315 and 355, which are above<br />

all used in the series business and are characterized by high<br />

starting and breakaway torques, this flexibility is manifested<br />

particularly through multi-voltage capability and efficiency<br />

stability irrespective of the line frequency 50 Hz/60 Hz.<br />

SIMOTICS SD Pro, frame sizes 400 to 450, have low starting<br />

currents. This version is aimed more at project business and<br />

is primarily used when converter operation up to 690 V is required<br />

in this power range.<br />

One decisive advantage of these SIMOTICS SD next generation<br />

motors is the possibility of digital communication. This results in<br />

many advantages not just for engineering but throughout the<br />

product lifecycle.<br />

SIMOTICS Digital Data App – Access to motor data at<br />

any time<br />

The freely available SIMOTICS Digital Data App enables access<br />

to all motor-specific data and documents (electrical and mechanical<br />

data, dimensional drawings, operating instructions,<br />

spare part information, etc.) by reading in the data matrix codes<br />

present on every motor as standard. This increases transparency<br />

and makes commissioning and servicing easier.<br />

SIMOTICS SD Next Generation – The first motors to have an<br />

interface with the digital world<br />

The SIMOTICS SD next generation motors will be<br />

the first low-voltage motors to support<br />

cloud-based condition data analysis via MindSphere and<br />

MindApp with SIMOTICS CONNECT 400 in the near future. The<br />

motors are therefore ready for preventive maintenance and fast<br />

service, which further increases the availability and productivity<br />

of your system.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

• Rugged design in the cast-iron housing increases reliability<br />

and availability.<br />

• Compact dimensions/high power density enable use even in<br />

confined space conditions.<br />

• High energy efficiency in line (IE3, IE4) and converter operation<br />

(IES2) enable energy-saving operation.<br />

• A standardized range of options and a variable terminal box<br />

concept increase the flexible adaptation to the requirements<br />

of the application.<br />

• Support of line and converter operation reduces the variety.<br />

• Provision of comprehensive CAD data simplifies the design<br />

and engineering phase.<br />

• Digital features, such as the data matrix code and support by<br />

the cloud-based condition data analysis via<br />

MindSphere as part of SIMOTICS IQ permit efficient service<br />

and preventive maintenance.<br />

■ Application<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE5 motors are ideal for use in a large number<br />

of standard applications, such as<br />

• Pumps, fans, compressors<br />

• Conveyors<br />

•Winders<br />

•Mixers<br />

•Extruders<br />

•Cranes<br />

They are preferably used in industries such as<br />

• Mining, cement<br />

• Chemical industry<br />

• Oil and gas<br />

• Steel industry<br />

• Water, waste water<br />

• Heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)<br />

• Pulp and paper industry<br />

• Marine engineering<br />

3/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Configuration<br />

Terminal box positions<br />

Standard Rotated 180° Rotated 90°, cable entry DE Rotated 90°, cable entry NDE<br />

1LE5...-.....-... ■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ -Z ■■■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ -Z ■■■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ -Z ■■■<br />

6 6 R 1 2 6 R 1 0 6 R 1 1<br />

3<br />

2 2 R 1 2 2 R 1 0 2 R 1 1<br />

0 0 R 1 2 0 R 1 0 0 R 1 1<br />

1 1 R 1 2 1 R 1 0 1 R 1 1<br />

3 3 R 1 2 3 R 1 0 3 R 1 1<br />

5 5 R 1 2 5 R 1 0 5 R 1 1<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Configuration<br />

Terminal box positions for flanged types of construction only<br />

Standard Rotated 180°<br />

1LE5...-.....-... ■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ ■■■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ ■■■ 1LE5...-.....-... ■ ■■■<br />

Terminal box left 6 ➔<br />

Terminal box right 9 R 6 R Terminal box bottom 9 R 7 L Terminal box bottom 9 R 7 R<br />

3<br />

Terminal box right 5 ➔<br />

Types of construction<br />

IM B3<br />

Terminal box left 9 R 5 L<br />

IM B5<br />

Legend<br />

Auxiliary terminal box 1 (3)<br />

Auxiliary terminal box 2 (4)<br />

Terminal box<br />

Adapter<br />

Cable entry<br />

3/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Overview of technical specifications<br />

This table lists the most important technical specifications. For more information and details, see<br />

Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Type of motor<br />

Connection types<br />

SIMOTICS SD 1LE5 IEC Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong><br />

Star/delta connection<br />

The connection type to be used can be taken from the Article No. supplements for the required motor.<br />

Number of poles 2, 4, 6, 8<br />

Frame sizes 315 L ... 450<br />

Rated power<br />

200 ... 1000 kW<br />

Frequencies<br />

50 Hz and 60 Hz<br />

Versions<br />

• IE3 (Premium Efficiency)<br />

• IE4 (Super Premium Efficiency)<br />

Marking<br />

IEC 60034-30-1 IE3, IE4: 2, 4, 6 and 8-pole<br />

Rated speed<br />

1000 … 3600 rpm<br />

(synchronous speed)<br />

Rated torque<br />

670 ... 8100 Nm<br />

Insulation of the stator winding in accordance<br />

with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)<br />

Degree of protection according to<br />

EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)<br />

Cooling in accordance with<br />

EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6)<br />

Permissible coolant temperature and<br />

installation altitude<br />

Standard voltages<br />

according to EN 60038 (IEC 60038)<br />

• SD and SD Add: Temperature class 155 (F), utilized to temperature class 130 (B) DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system<br />

• SD Pro: Temperature class 155 (F), utilized to temperature class 155 (F) DURIGNIT IR 2000 insulation system<br />

IP55 as standard<br />

• Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418)<br />

• Forced-air cooled (IC416)<br />

–20 ... +40 °C as standard, installation altitude up to 1000 m above sea level.<br />

See "Coolant temperature and installation altitude" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

50 Hz: 400 V, 500 V, 690 V<br />

The voltage used can be found in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

Type of construction<br />

• Without flange: IM B3, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6<br />

according to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) • With flange: IM B5, IM V1, IM V3, IM B35<br />

Paint finish<br />

Standard: color RAL 7030 stone gray<br />

Suitability of paint finish for climate group See "Paint finish" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

according to IEC 60721, Part 2-1<br />

Vibration severity grade according to<br />

EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)<br />

Shaft extension according to DIN 748<br />

(IEC 60072)<br />

Sound pressure level according to<br />

EN ISO 1680 (tolerance +3 dB)<br />

Weights<br />

Modular mounting concept<br />

Grade A (normal – without special vibration requirements)<br />

Optionally: Grade B (with special vibration requirements)<br />

See "Balance and vibration severity" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

Balancing type: Half-key balancing as standard<br />

See "Balance and vibration severity" in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

The sound pressure level is listed in the selection and ordering data for the required motor.<br />

The weight is listed in the selection and ordering data for the required motor.<br />

Rotary pulse encoder, brake, separately driven fan or prepared for mountings<br />

Consistent series concept • Terminal box diagonally split - and can be optionally rotated through 4 x 90°<br />

• Bearings at DE and NDE are of identical design, reinforced bearings available as an option<br />

Options<br />

See "Article No. supplements and special versions"<br />

3<br />

Converter operation<br />

The motors are suitable for line operation and optionally for converter<br />

operation (bearing insulation NDE, order code L51). The<br />

values specified in the selection tables apply for pure sinusoidal<br />

supplies.<br />

Rated voltage<br />

The tolerance for the rated voltage is in accordance with<br />

EN 60034-1 in all cases, a rated voltage range is not specified.<br />

Motor protection<br />

A motor protection function can be implemented using the I2t<br />

sensing circuit implemented in the converter software.<br />

If required, more precise motor protection can be provided by<br />

directly measuring the temperature using KTY84 sensors,<br />

Pt100 / Pt1000 resistance thermometers or PTC thermistors in<br />

the motor winding. Some converters from Siemens determine<br />

the motor temperature using the resistance of the temperature<br />

sensor. They can be set to a required temperature for alarm and<br />

tripping.<br />

Bearings<br />

To avoid damage caused by bearing currents, insulated bearings<br />

(L51) must be ordered.<br />

When operating multiphase induction motors with a converter,<br />

the bearings are electrically stressed as a result of a capacitively<br />

induced voltage across the bearing lubricating film (as a result<br />

of the inherent principle of operation). The physical cause of this<br />

is the common-mode voltage at the converter output that is inherent<br />

in the control method for a converter: The sum of the three<br />

phase voltages is – in contrast to pure line operation – not<br />

equal to zero at every point in time. The high-frequency, pulsed<br />

common-mode voltage results in a residual current that flows<br />

back to the converter DC link via the internal capacitances of the<br />

motor, the motor housing and the grounding circuit. The machine's<br />

internal capacitances include the main insulation<br />

winding capacitance, the geometric capacitance between the<br />

rotor and stator, the lubricating film capacitance and the capacitance<br />

of any bearing insulation that may be present. The current<br />

flowing through the internal capacitances is proportional to the<br />

gradient, i.e. the voltage change of the common-mode voltage<br />

(i(t) = C · du/dt).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

3<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

In order to apply currents to the motor which are sinusoidal as far<br />

as possible (smooth running, oscillation torques, stray losses), a<br />

high clock frequency is required for the converter's output voltage.<br />

The related (very steep) switching edges of the converter<br />

output voltage (and also, therefore, of the common-mode voltage)<br />

cause correspondingly high capacitive currents and voltages<br />

on the machine's internal capacitances.<br />

In the worst-case scenario, the capacitive voltage induced via<br />

the bearing can lead to random arcing through the bearing lubricating<br />

film, thus causing premature bearing aging or damage.<br />

(The current pulses caused by the arcing across the lubricating<br />

film are referred to as EDM (Electrostatic Discharge Machining)<br />

currents in the literature.)<br />

This physical effect, which occurs in isolated cases, has mostly<br />

been observed in connection with larger motors. EMC-compliant<br />

installation of the drive system is a basic prerequisite for preventing<br />

premature bearing damage via bearing currents. The most<br />

important measures for reducing damage to bearings.<br />

• Insulated bearing at the non-drive end (NDE)<br />

(order code L51)<br />

• Use cables with a symmetrical cable cross-section<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

Concentric<br />

Cu or Al shield<br />

L1<br />

PE<br />

PE<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

Steel reinforcement<br />

G_D011_EN_00<strong>06</strong>5<br />

Thermal torque limits<br />

In the case of self-ventilated motors, the thermally admissible<br />

load torques are reduced for continuous operation for speeds<br />

below the rated speed. This must be taken into account for applications,<br />

especially those that do not have a square law load<br />

torque. Also in the case of forced-air cooled motors (order code<br />

F70), the maximum load torques are reduced slightly for high<br />

speed ranges.<br />

When motors are operated at speeds above their rated speed<br />

(in the field-weakening range), the maximum load torque is also<br />

reduced.<br />

Torque T/T<br />

1.1<br />

1.0<br />

0.8<br />

0.8<br />

0.7<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0.0<br />

0.0<br />

rated<br />

continuous duty (forced ventilation, IC416)<br />

continuous duty (self-ventilation, IC411)<br />

field weakening range<br />

0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2<br />

Frequency f/f<br />

rated<br />

G_D081_EN_01073<br />

1.4<br />

• Preference given to a supply with insulated neutral point<br />

(IT system)<br />

• Using grounding cables with low impedance over a wide frequency<br />

range (DC up to approximately 70 MHz):<br />

for example, plaited copper ribbon cables, HF litz wires<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and driven machine<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and converter PE busbar<br />

• 360° HF contacting of the cable shield on the motor housing<br />

and the converter PE busbar. This can be achieved using<br />

EMC screwed glands on the motor end and EMC shield clips<br />

at the converter, for example<br />

• Using motor reactors at the converter<br />

• Common-mode filters at the converter output.<br />

■ More information<br />

For further information, please get in touch with your local<br />

Siemens contact and use the DT Configurator.<br />

Contacts: www.siemens.com/automation/partner<br />

DT Configurator: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Here, you can find out about certain technologies through Siemens<br />

contact partners worldwide.<br />

Wherever possible, you will find a local contact for:<br />

• Technical support<br />

• Spare parts/repairs<br />

• Service<br />

• Training<br />

• Sales<br />

• Technical consultation/engineering<br />

You start by selecting a:<br />

• country<br />

•product or<br />

• sector.<br />

3/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

The article number consists of a combination of digits and letters<br />

and is divided into three hyphenated blocks to provide a better<br />

overview, e.g.:<br />

1LE5504-3AA63-4AA2-Z<br />

H00<br />

The first block (positions 1 to 7) identifies the motor type. The<br />

second block (positions 8 to 12) defines the motor frame size<br />

and length, the number of poles and power and in some cases<br />

the frequency/voltage. In the third block (positions 13 to 16), the<br />

frequency/voltage, type of construction and further design features<br />

are encoded.<br />

For deviations in the second and third block from the catalog<br />

codes either Z or 90 should be used as appropriate.<br />

Ordering data:<br />

• Complete Article No. and order code(s) or plain text<br />

• If a quotation has been requested, please specify the quotation<br />

number in addition to the Article No.<br />

• When ordering a <strong>complete</strong> motor as a spare part, please<br />

specify the works serial No. for the previously supplied motor<br />

as well as the Article No.<br />

Structure of the Article No.: Position: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16<br />

1st to 4th position:<br />

Digit, letter, letter, digit<br />

• Self-ventilated by fan mounted on and driven by<br />

the rotor<br />

• Forced-air cooled by air flow from the fan to be<br />

driven with option extension F90<br />

1 L E 5<br />

5th position:<br />

Digit<br />

6th to 7th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

8th, 9th and<br />

11th position:<br />

Digit, letter, digit<br />

10th position:<br />

Letter<br />

12th and 13th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

14th position:<br />

Letter<br />

15th position:<br />

Letter<br />

16th position:<br />

Digit<br />

Cast-iron housing Basic Line<br />

Cast-iron housing Performance Line<br />

SIMOTICS SD motors with IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

SIMOTICS SD Add motors with IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

SIMOTICS SD motors with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

SIMOTICS SD Add motors with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

SIMOTICS SD Pro motors with IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Motor frame size<br />

(frame size as a combination of shaft height and overall length, encoded)<br />

No. of poles<br />

A: 2-pole<br />

B: 4-pole<br />

C: 6-pole<br />

D: 8-pole<br />

Voltage, circuit and frequency<br />

(encoded with two digits, 9-0 requires order code M.. (e.g. M1Y))<br />

Type of construction<br />

(encoded with A ... V)<br />

Motor protection<br />

(encoded with A ... Z; Z requires order code Q.. (e.g. Q3A))<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box on right-hand side<br />

Terminal box on left-hand side<br />

Special order versions:<br />

encoded – additional order code required<br />

not encoded – additional plain text required<br />

5<br />

6<br />

0<br />

3<br />

0<br />

3<br />

8<br />

3<br />

3<br />

4<br />

4<br />

3<br />

3<br />

...<br />

4<br />

A<br />

...<br />

B<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

3<br />

...<br />

8<br />

0<br />

...<br />

9<br />

0<br />

...<br />

7<br />

A<br />

...<br />

V<br />

A<br />

...<br />

Z<br />

0<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

6<br />

- Z<br />

3<br />

Ordering example<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

Motor type 1LE5<br />

Standard motor with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, 1LE5604-■■■■■-■■■■<br />

self-ventilated, IP55 degree of protection, cast-iron<br />

version, Performance Line<br />

Motor frame size/No. of poles/Speed 315 L/2-pole/3000 rpm 1LE5604-3AA6■-■■■■<br />

Rated power<br />

250 kW<br />

Voltage and frequency 400 V/690 VY, 50 Hz 1LE5604-3AA63-4■■■<br />

Type of construction with special version IM V5 with protective cover 1) 1LE5604-3AA63-4C■■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Motor protection 1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping (2 terminals) 1LE5604-3AA63-4CB■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° 1LE5604-3AA63-4CB2-Z<br />

H00<br />

1) Standard without protective cover – the protective cover is defined with<br />

order code H00 and must be ordered in addition to the Article No. with -Z<br />

and this order code.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/7


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5504 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5504<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 96.5 96.4 95.7 0.88 425 3 9.3 4.2 80 94 1LE5504-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2986 1007 96.5 96.3 95.5 0.87 540 3.5 9.9 4.2 81 96 1LE5504-3AA7■-■■■■ 1520 3.27<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96.7 96.8 96.5 0.86 435 2.8 7.9 3.2 75 90 1LE5504-3AB6■-■■■■ 1500 4.98<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96.7 96.7 96.3 0.83 570 3.2 8.5 3.5 75 90 1LE5504-3AB7■-■■■■ 1560 5.39<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 96.3 96.4 96.1 0.82 365 3 7.5 3.2 68 83 1LE5504-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.28<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 96.5 96.6 96.3 0.81 460 3.2 8.2 3.3 69 84 1LE5504-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1700 8.00<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 95.1 95.5 95.5 0.79 305 2.5 6.3 2.5 67 82 1LE5504-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5504-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 3/26 1LE5504- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW,<br />

4-pole, 50 Hz, a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to<br />

the magnitude of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

3/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5604 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5604<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 96.5 96.4 95.7 0.88 425 3 9.3 4.2 80 94 1LE5604-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2986 1007 96.5 96.3 95.5 0.87 540 3.5 9.9 4.2 81 96 1LE5604-3AA7■-■■■■ 1520 3.27<br />

355 355 L 2988 1135 96.5 96.3 95.5 0.89 600 2.6 8.9 4 84 99 1LE5604-3BA3■-■■■■ 2100 4.74<br />

400 355 L 2986 1279 96.5 96.4 95.9 0.92 650 2.6 8.5 3.4 83 98 1LE5604-3BA4■-■■■■ 2240 5.36<br />

500 355 L 2988 1598 96.5 96.4 95.8 0.89 840 3 8.9 3.8 84 98 1LE5604-3BA5■-■■■■ 2340 5.76<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96.7 96.8 96.5 0.86 435 2.8 7.9 3.2 75 90 1LE5604-3AB6■-■■■■ 1500 4.98<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96.7 96.7 96.3 0.83 570 3.2 8.5 3.5 75 90 1LE5604-3AB7■-■■■■ 1560 5.39<br />

355 355 L 1492 2272 96.7 96.7 96.2 0.83 640 2.8 7.9 2.8 81 96 1LE5604-3BB3■-■■■■ 2050 6.76<br />

400 355 L 1492 2560 96.7 96.7 96.2 0.82 730 3.2 7.9 2.9 81 96 1LE5604-3BB4■-■■■■ 2080 7.16<br />

500 355 L 1491 3202 96.7 96.8 96.6 0.86 870 3.1 8.1 3.3 80 96 1LE5604-3BB5■-■■■■ 2290 8.36<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 96.3 96.4 96.1 0.82 365 3 7.5 3.2 68 83 1LE5604-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.28<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 96.5 96.6 96.3 0.81 460 3.2 8.2 3.3 69 84 1LE5604-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1700 8.00<br />

315 355 L 993 3029 96.6 96.6 96.1 0.82 570 2.9 7.8 3.2 75 90 1LE5604-3BC2■-■■■■ 2040 11.6<br />

355 355 L 993 3414 96.6 96.7 96.3 0.83 640 2.9 8.4 3.3 74 89 1LE5604-3BC3■-■■■■ 2250 13.7<br />

400 355 L 993 3847 96.6 96.7 96.5 0.84 710 2.8 8.1 3 75 90 1LE5604-3BC4■-■■■■ 2240 13.4<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 95.1 95.5 95.5 0.79 305 2.5 6.3 2.5 67 82 1LE5604-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5604-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

250 355 L 744 3209 95.4 95.8 95.8 0.80 475 2.4 7.1 2.7 68 83 1LE5604-3BD1■-■■■■ 2280 13.3<br />

315 355 L 744 4043 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.80 600 2.5 7.3 3.0 68 83 1LE5604-3BD2■-■■■■ 2360 14<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options, see from page 3/26 1LE5604- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1) Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2) For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW,<br />

4-pole, 50 Hz, a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to<br />

the magnitude of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5534 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5534<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2982 801 96.5 96.6 96.4 0.91 410 2.6 7.5 3 80 95 1LE5534-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2980 1009 96.5 96.7 96.5 0.91 520 2.4 7.5 2.9 81 96 1LE5534-3AA7■-■■■■ 1490 3.11<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1488 1604 96.7 97 97 0.86 435 2.3 6.5 2.6 75 90 1LE5534-3AB6■-■■■■ 1520 5.09<br />

315 315 L 1488 2022 96.7 96.9 96.8 0.85 550 2.2 7.2 2.8 75 90 1LE5534-3AB7■-■■■■ 1530 5.28<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 96.3 96.5 96.3 0.81 370 2.8 7 3 68 83 1LE5534-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.28<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 96.5 96.6 96.3 0.81 460 2.9 7.3 3 68 83 1LE5534-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1640 8.10<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 95.1 95.5 95.5 0.79 305 2.4 6.2 2.4 67 82 1LE5534-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5534-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5534- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5534- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

For frame size 315, parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of<br />

connection to 690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For frame size 315 with power rating 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW,<br />

4-pole, 50 Hz, a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to<br />

the magnitude of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

3/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5634 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5634<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2982 801 96.5 96.6 96.4 0.91 410 2.6 7.5 3 80 95 1LE5634-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2980 1009 96.5 96.7 96.5 0.91 520 2.4 7.5 2.9 81 96 1LE5634-3AA7■-■■■■ 1490 3.11<br />

355 355 L 2984 1136 96.5 96.4 95.9 0.9 590 2.3 8.4 3.1 83 98 1LE5634-3BA3■-■■■■ 2170 5.09<br />

400 355 L 2986 1279 96.5 96.5 96 0.91 660 2.3 7.7 3.1 83 98 1LE5634-3BA4■-■■■■ 2240 5.46<br />

500 355 L 2988 1598 96.5 96.4 95.8 0.89 840 2.8 8.5 3.7 83 98 1LE5634-3BA5■-■■■■ 2340 5.76<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1488 1604 96.7 97 97 0.86 435 2.3 6.5 2.6 75 90 1LE5634-3AB6■-■■■■ 1520 5.09<br />

315 315 L 1488 2022 96.7 96.9 96.8 0.85 550 2.2 7.2 2.8 75 90 1LE5634-3AB7■-■■■■ 1530 5.28<br />

355 355 L 1491 2274 96.7 96.8 96.5 0.85 620 2.2 7.5 3.2 78 93 1LE5634-3BB3■-■■■■ 1960 6.26<br />

400 355 L 1491 2562 96.7 96.9 96.6 0.85 700 2.3 7.3 3.2 79 95 1LE5634-3BB4■-■■■■ 2080 7.<strong>06</strong><br />

500 355 L 1491 3202 96.7 96.8 96.6 0.86 870 3.1 7.9 3.3 80 96 1LE5634-3BB5■-■■■■ 2290 8.36<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 96.3 96.5 96.3 0.81 370 2.8 7 3 68 83 1LE5634-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.39<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 96.5 96.6 96.3 0.81 460 2.9 7.3 3 68 83 1LE5634-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1640 8.10<br />

315 355 L 992 3032 96.6 96.9 96.9 0.86 550 2.4 6.8 2.8 75 90 1LE5634-3BC2■-■■■■ 2150 12.9<br />

355 355 L 993 3414 96.6 96.7 96.4 0.84 630 2.6 7.4 3.2 76 91 1LE5634-3BC3■-■■■■ 2250 13.8<br />

400 355 L 994 3843 96.6 96.7 96.5 0.84 710 2.7 7.7 2.9 75 90 1LE5634-3BC4■-■■■■ 2240 13.4<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 95.1 95.5 95.5 0.79 305 2.4 6.2 2.4 67 82 1LE5634-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 95.4 95.6 95.3 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5634-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

250 355 L 744 3200 95.4 95.8 95.8 0.80 475 2.4 7.1 2.7 68 83 1LE5634-3BD1■-■■■■ 2280 13.3<br />

315 355 L 744 4050 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.80 600 2.4 7.0 2.9E 68 83 1LE5634-3BD2■-■■■■ 2310 14<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5634- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5634- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz,<br />

a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to the magnitude<br />

of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5534 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR /<br />

1LE5534<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated<br />

L pfA L WA m IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 2988 1790 97.0 96.9 96.5 0.89 940 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 1LE5534-4AA3■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 2988 2000 97.0 97.1 96.8 0.90 1040 1.6 7.3 3.0 74 90 1LE5534-4AA5■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

710 3) 400 2988 2250 97.1 97.2 96.9 0.90 680 1.7 7.3 2.9 74 90 1LE5534-4AA7■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

800 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2990 2550 97.4 97.4 97.1 0.87 790 1.2 7.7 3.3 75 91 1LE5534-4BA3■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

900 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 2900 97.4 97.5 97.4 0.89 870 1.2 7.2 3.0 75 91 1LE5534-4BA5■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

1000 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 3200 97.4 97.6 97.6 0.90 950 1.2 7.0 2.7 75 91 1LE5534-4BA7■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 1493 3600 96.9 97.0 96.6 0.86 970 2.2 7.5 3.1 72 88 1LE5534-4AB3■-■■■■ 3050 14.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 1492 4050 96.8 96.9 96.6 0.87 1080 2.2 6.9 2.8 74 90 1LE5534-4AB5■-■■■■ 3150 15.6<br />

710 3) 400 1492 4550 97.0 97.0 96.8 0.87 700 2.2 7.2 2.9 74 90 1LE5534-4AB7■-■■■■ 3250 16.9<br />

800 3) 450 1492 5100 96.9 97.1 96.9 0.87 790 1.4 6.5 2.4 79 95 1LE5534-4BB3■-■■■■ 4000 24.0<br />

900 3) 450 1492 5800 97.0 97.2 97.0 0.88 880 1.4 6.5 2.5 79 95 1LE5534-4BB5■-■■■■ 4150 25.4<br />

1000 1) 3) 450 1492 6400 97.1 97.2 97.1 0.88 980 1.5 6.8 2.6 79 95 1LE5534-4BB7■-■■■■ 4350 28.0<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

450 400 994 4300 96.6 96.8 96.4 0.85 790 2.2 7.2 2.7 70 86 1LE5534-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 3100 25.5<br />

500 1) 400 994 4800 96.7 96.8 96.5 0.85 880 2.3 7.3 2.8 70 86 1LE5534-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.4<br />

560 400 994 5400 96.7 96.8 96.4 0.84 1000 2.4 7.5 2.9 70 86 1LE5534-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3300 28.6<br />

630 1) 2) 450 995 6000 96.8 97.0 96.7 0.83 1130 2.0 7.0 2.8 72 88 1LE5534-4BC3■-■■■■ 4050 38.6<br />

710 3) 450 994 6800 96.8 97.0 96.9 0.84 730 1.8 6.6 2.5 72 88 1LE5534-4BC5■-■■■■ 4200 41.0<br />

800 1) 3) 450 994 7700 96.8 97.0 96.8 0.84 820 1.8 6.6 2.4 74 90 1LE5534-4BC7■-■■■■ 4300 43.3<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

355 400 744 4550 95.8 96.1 95.8 0.80 670 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 1LE5534-4AD3■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

400 400 744 5100 96.0 96.2 95.9 0.80 750 2.1 6.8 2.7 64 80 1LE5534-4AD5■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

450 400 744 5800 96.0 96.3 96.0 0.80 850 2.1 6.8 2.7 64 80 1LE5534-4AD7■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

500 5) 450 745 6400 96.2 96.4 96.1 0.79 950 2.0 6.8 2.5 67 83 1LE5534-4BD3■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

560 5) 450 745 7200 96.3 96.5 96.1 0.79 1<strong>06</strong>0 2.0 6.9 2.6 67 83 1LE5534-4BD5■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

630 1) 5) 450 745 8100 96.4 96.6 96.3 0.80 1180 2.0 6.9 2.5 67 83 1LE5534-4BD7■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5534- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5534- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) Terminal box position NDE can only be ordered using order code H09<br />

(2 terminal box TB3R61). Order code H08 not available.<br />

3) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

4) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Operation<br />

up to 3600 rpm at higher speeds on request for an additional charge.<br />

5) Utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with thermal class 155<br />

(temperature class F).<br />

3/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5503 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5503<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 95.8 95.7 95 0.88 430 3 9.3 4.2 80 94 1LE5503-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2986 1007 95.8 95.6 94.8 0.87 550 3.5 9.9 4.2 81 96 1LE5503-3AA7■-■■■■ 1520 3.27<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96 96.1 95.7 0.85 440 2.8 7.9 3.2 75 91 1LE5503-3AB6■-■■■■ 1290 4.27<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96 96 95.6 0.83 570 3.2 8.5 3.5 75 90 1LE5503-3AB7■-■■■■ 1560 5.39<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.82 365 3 7.5 3.2 68 83 1LE5503-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.28<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 3.2 8.2 3.3 69 84 1LE5503-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1700 8.00<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 94.3 94.7 94.7 0.79 310 2.5 6.3 2.5 67 82 1LE5503-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 94.6 94.8 94.5 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5503-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 3/26 1LE5503- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz,<br />

a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to the magnitude<br />

of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/13


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE5603 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5603<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 95.8 95.6 95.0 0.88 430 3.0 9, 4.2 80 94 1LE5603-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2986 1007 95.8 95.6 94.8 0.87 550 3.5 9.9 4.2 81 96 1LE5603-3AA7■-■■■■ 1520 3.27<br />

355 355 L 2988 1135 95.8 95.6 94.8 0.89 600 2.6 8.9 4.0 84 99 1LE5603-3BA3■-■■■■ 2100 4.74<br />

400 355 L 2986 1279 95.8 95.7 95.2 0.92 660 2.6 8.5 3.4 83 98 1LE5603-3BA4■-■■■■ 2240 5.36<br />

500 355 L 2988 1598 95.8 95.7 95.1 0.89 850 3.0 8.9 3.8 84 98 1LE5603-3BA5■-■■■■ 2340 5.76<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96.0 96.1 95.7 0.85 440 2.8 7.9 3.2 75 91 1LE5603-3AB6■-■■■■ 1290 4.27<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96.0 96.0 95.6 0.83 570 3.2 8.5 3.5 75 90 1LE5603-3AB7■-■■■■ 1560 5.39<br />

355 355 L 1492 2272 96.0 96.0 95.4 0.86 620 2.9 7.9 2.8 81 96 1LE5603-3BB3■-■■■■ 2290 6.76<br />

400 355 L 1492 2560 96.0 96.0 95.5 0.84 720 3.4 8.4 3.0 81 96 1LE5603-3BB4■-■■■■ 2110 7.16<br />

500 355 L 1491 3202 96.0 96.1 95.9 0.86 870 3.0 8.1 3.3 82 96 1LE5603-3BB5■-■■■■ 2290 8.36<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.82 365 3 7.5 3.2 68 83 1LE5603-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.28<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 3.2 8.2 3.3 69 84 1LE5603-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1700 8.00<br />

315 355 L 993 3029 95.8 95.8 95.3 0.82 580 2.9 7.8 3.2 75 90 1LE5603-3BC2■-■■■■ 2040 11.6<br />

355 355 L 993 3414 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 640 2.9 8.4 3.3 74 89 1LE5603-3BC3■-■■■■ 2250 13.7<br />

400 355 L 994 3843 95.8 96 95.8 0.84 720 2.8 8.1 3 75 90 1LE5603-3BC4■-■■■■ 2240 13.4<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 94.3 94.7 94.7 0.79 310 2.5 6.3 2.5 67 82 1LE5603-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 94.6 94.8 94.5 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5603-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

250 355 L 744 3209 94.6 95.0 95.0 0.80 475 2.4 7.1 2.7 73 88 1LE5603-3BD1■-■■■■ 2280 13.3<br />

315 355 L 744 4043 94.6 94.9 94.6 0.80 600 2.5 7.3 3.0 68 83 1LE5603-3BD2■-■■■■ 2360 14<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 3/26 1LE5603- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz,<br />

a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to the magnitude<br />

of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

3/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5533 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5533<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2982 801 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.91 415 2.8 7.2 3 80 94 1LE5533-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2980 1009 95.8 96 95.8 0.91 520 2.4 7.5 2.9 81 96 1LE5533-3AA7■-■■■■ 1490 3.11<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96 96.2 95.9 0.87 430 2.1 7.2 2.8 75 91 1LE5533-3AB6■-■■■■ 1400 4.55<br />

315 315 L 1488 2022 96 96.2 96.1 0.85 560 2.2 7.2 2.8 75 90 1LE5533-3AB7■-■■■■ 1530 5.28<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 95.8 96 95.8 0.81 370 2.8 7 3 68 83 1LE5533-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.39<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 2.9 7.2 3 68 83 1LE5533-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1640 8.10<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 94.3 94.7 94.7 0.79 310 2.4 6.2 2.4 67 82 1LE5533-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 94.6 94.8 94.5 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5533-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5533- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5533- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1)<br />

For frame size 315, parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of<br />

connection to 690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For frame size 315 with power rating 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW,<br />

4-pole, 50 Hz, a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to<br />

the magnitude of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5633 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5633<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2982 801 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.91 415 2.8 7.2 3 80 94 1LE5633-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2980 1009 95.8 96 95.8 0.91 520 2.4 7.5 2.9 81 96 1LE5633-3AA7■-■■■■ 1490 3.11<br />

355 355 L 2984 1136 95.8 95.7 95.2 0.9 590 2.3 8.4 3.1 83 98 1LE5633-3BA3■-■■■■ 2170 5.07<br />

400 355 L 2986 1279 95.8 95.8 95.3 0.91 660 2.3 7.7 3.1 83 98 1LE5633-3BA4■-■■■■ 2240 5.46<br />

500 355 L 2988 1598 95.8 95.7 95.1 0.89 850 2.8 8.5 3.7 83 98 1LE5633-3BA5■-■■■■ 2340 5.76<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1490 1602 96 96.2 95.9 0.87 430 2.1 7.2 2.8 75 91 1LE5633-3AB6■-■■■■ 1400 4.55<br />

315 315 L 1488 2022 96 96.2 96.1 0.85 560 2.2 7.2 2.8 75 90 1LE5633-3AB7■-■■■■ 1530 5.28<br />

355 355 L 1491 2274 96 96.1 95.8 0.88 610 2.2 7.5 3.1 81 95 1LE5633-3BB3■-■■■■ 2070 6.36<br />

400 355 L 1491 2562 96 96.1 95.9 0.87 690 2.1 7.3 3 80 95 1LE5633-3BB4■-■■■■ 2100 7.<strong>06</strong><br />

500 355 L 1491 3202 96 96.1 95.9 0.86 870 3.1 7.9 3.3 80 96 1LE5633-3BB5■-■■■■ 2290 8.36<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 992 1925 95.8 96 95.8 0.81 370 2.8 7 3 68 83 1LE5633-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1410 6.39<br />

250 315 L 992 2407 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 2.9 7.2 3 68 83 1LE5633-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1640 8.10<br />

315 355 L 992 3032 95.8 96.1 96.1 0.86 550 2.4 6.8 2.8 75 90 1LE5633-3BC2■-■■■■ 2150 12.9<br />

355 355 L 993 3414 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.84 640 2.6 7.4 3.2 76 91 1LE5633-3BC3■-■■■■ 2250 13.8<br />

400 355 L 994 3843 95.8 96 95.8 0.84 720 2.7 7.7 2.9 75 90 1LE5633-3BC4■-■■■■ 2240 13.4<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 94.3 94.7 94.7 0.79 310 2.4 6.2 2.4 67 82 1LE5633-3AD7■-■■■■ 1420 6.78<br />

200 315 L 742 2574 94.6 94.8 94.5 0.78 390 2.7 6.7 2.9 72 87 1LE5633-3AD8■-■■■■ 1660 8.60<br />

250 355 L 744 3200 94.6 95.0 95.0 0.80 475 2.4 7.1 2.7 68 83 1LE5633-3BD1■-■■■■ 2280 13.3<br />

315 355 L 744 4050 94.6 94.9 94.6 0.80 600 2.4 7.0 2.9 68 83 1LE5633-3BD2■-■■■■ 2310 14<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5633- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5633- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz,<br />

a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to the magnitude<br />

of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

3/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add 1LE5533 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR /<br />

1LE5533<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated<br />

L pfA L WA m IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 2986 1790 96.6 96.7 96.3 0.90 930 1.6 7.0 2.8 74 90 1LE5533-4AA3 ■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 2986 2000 96.6 96.7 96.6 0.91 1030 1.6 7.0 2.8 74 90 1LE5533-4AA5 ■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

710 3) 400 2986 2250 96.8 96.9 96.7 0.91 670 1.7 7.0 2.8 74 90 1LE5533-4AA7 ■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

800 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 2550 97.0 97.0 96.6 0.88 780 1.1 7.5 3.1 75 91 1LE5533-4BA3 ■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

900 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2986 2900 97.0 97.1 96.9 0.90 860 1.1 7.0 2.8 75 91 1LE5533-4BA5 ■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

1000 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2984 3200 97.0 97.1 97.0 0.91 950 1.1 6.8 2.6 75 91 1LE5533-4BA7 ■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 400 1492 3600 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 970 1.8 6.5 2.7 78 94 1LE5533-4AB3 ■-■■■■ 2800 12.8<br />

630 1) 2) 400 1492 4050 96.4 96.5 95.9 0.87 1080 1.9 6.8 2.7 78 94 1LE5533-4AB5 ■-■■■■ 3000 14.4<br />

710 3) 400 1492 4550 96.5 96.6 96.2 0.88 700 1.9 6.8 2.7 78 94 1LE5533-4AB7 ■-■■■■ 3200 16.5<br />

800 3) 450 1492 5100 96.5 96.6 96.1 0.88 790 1.6 7.0 2.6 81 97 1LE5533-4BB3 ■-■■■■ 3850 22.2<br />

900 3) 450 1492 5800 96.6 96.7 96.2 0.87 900 1.5 7.0 2.6 81 97 1LE5533-4BB5 ■-■■■■ 4100 24.8<br />

1000 1) 3) 450 1492 6400 96.6 96.7 96.3 0.89 970 1.7 7.0 2.6 81 97 1LE5533-4BB7 ■-■■■■ 4300 27.4<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

450 400 992 4350 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.86 790 2.1 6.5 2.7 72 88 1LE5533-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 2900 22.0<br />

500 400 992 4800 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.86 870 2.2 6.5 2.7 72 88 1LE5533-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.7<br />

560 1) 400 992 5400 96.2 96.3 96.0 0.86 980 2.2 6.5 2.7 72 88 1LE5533-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.8<br />

630 1) 450 993 6100 96.3 96.4 96.2 0.85 1110 2.0 6.5 2.6 74 90 1LE5533-4BC3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.4<br />

710 3) 450 993 6800 96.3 96.4 96.4 0.85 730 2.0 6.5 2.5 74 90 1LE5533-4BC5 ■-■■■■ 4050 38.5<br />

800 1) 3) 450 993 7700 96.5 96.7 96.5 0.85 820 2.0 6.5 2.5 74 90 1LE5533-4BC7 ■-■■■■ 4300 43.1<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

355 400 742 4550 95.6 95.7 95.5 0.81 660 1.9 6.2 2.5 64 80 1LE5533-4AD3 ■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

400 400 742 5100 95.7 95.8 95.5 0.81 740 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 1LE5533-4AD5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

450 400 742 5800 95.8 95.9 95.8 0.81 840 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 1LE5533-4AD7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

500 5) 450 744 6400 95.9 96.0 95.7 0.80 940 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 1LE5533-4BD3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

560 5) 450 744 7200 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.80 1050 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 1LE5533-4BD5 ■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

630 1) 5) 450 744 8100 96.1 96.2 95.9 0.81 1170 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 1LE5533-4BD7 ■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5533- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5533- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) Terminal box position NDE can only be ordered using order code H09<br />

(2 terminal box TB3R61). Order code H08 not available.<br />

3) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

4) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Operation<br />

up to 3600 rpm on request for an additional charge.<br />

5) Utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with thermal class 155<br />

(temperature class F).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5583 Basic Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5583<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Basic Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 95.8 95.7 95 0.88 430 3 9.4 3.8 81 94 1LE5583-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2988 1007 95.8 95.6 94.7 0.87 550 3.7 10 4.3 82 96 1LE5583-3AA7■-■■■■ 1510 3.27<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1491 1601 96 96 95.6 0.84 445 3.2 8.1 3 75 90 1LE5583-3AB6■-■■■■ 1450 4.6<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96 96.1 95.8 0.82 580 3 8.4 3.1 80 95 1LE5583-3AB7■-■■■■ 1600 5.39<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 993 1923 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 365 3.1 8.9 3.3 70 85 1LE5583-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1500 6.89<br />

250 315 L 993 2404 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 3.4 8.8 3.3 70 84 1LE5583-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1630 8.0<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5583- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For frame size 315 with power rating 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW,<br />

4-pole, 50 Hz, a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to<br />

the magnitude of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

3/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5683 Performance Line – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5683<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 2986 800 95.8 95.7 95 0.88 430 3 9.4 3.8 81 94 1LE5683-3AA6■-■■■■ 1340 2.82<br />

315 315 L 2988 1007 95.8 95.6 94.7 0.87 550 3.7 10 4.3 82 96 1LE5683-3AA7■-■■■■ 1510 3.27<br />

355 355 L 2988 1135 95.8 95.6 94.8 0.89 600 2.5 10 3.8 83 99 1LE5683-3BA3■-■■■■ 2070 4.74<br />

400 355 L 2986 1279 95.8 95.7 95.2 0.92 660 2.6 8.7 3.3 83 98 1LE5683-3BA4■-■■■■ 2220 5.36<br />

500 355 L 2988 1598 95.8 95.8 95.3 0.89 850 2.8 9.1 3.8 81 96 1LE5683-3BA5■-■■■■ 2330 5.76<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

250 315 L 1491 1601 96 96 95.6 0.84 445 3.2 8.1 3 75 90 1LE5683-3AB6■-■■■■ 1450 4.6<br />

315 315 L 1490 2019 96 96.1 95.8 0.82 580 3 8.4 3.1 80 95 1LE5683-3AB7■-■■■■ 1600 5.39<br />

355 355 L 1492 2272 96 96 95.5 0.86 620 2.7 8.8 3.4 80 95 1LE5683-3BB3■-■■■■ 2010 6.76<br />

400 355 L 1490 2564 96 96.2 95.9 0.87 690 2.5 7.7 2.9 80 95 1LE5683-3BB4■-■■■■ 2080 7.<strong>06</strong><br />

500 355 L 1491 3202 96 96.1 95.8 0.85 880 2.9 8.2 3.2 81 96 1LE5683-3BB5■-■■■■ 2310 8.36<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

200 315 L 993 1923 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.83 365 3.1 8.9 3.3 70 85 1LE5683-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1500 6.89<br />

250 315 L 993 2404 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.81 465 3.4 8.8 3.3 70 84 1LE5683-3AC8 ■-■■■■ 1630 8.0<br />

315 355 L 994 3026 95.8 95.8 95.1 0.81 590 2.9 8.2 3.2 75 90 1LE5683-3BC2■-■■■■ <strong>2020</strong> 11.4<br />

355 355 L 994 3410 95.8 96 95.7 0.85 630 2.5 8.2 3.1 75 90 1LE5683-3BC3■-■■■■ 2230 13.4<br />

400 355 L 993 3847 95.8 96 95.7 0.84 720 2.7 8 2.9 77 92 1LE5683-3BC4■-■■■■ 2260 13.4<br />

Voltages 1) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V With additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Standard B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5683- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5683- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

3<br />

1)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required, except in the case of connection to<br />

690 V.<br />

2)<br />

For a power rating of 315 kW, 2-pole, 60 Hz and 315 kW, 4-pole, 50 Hz,<br />

a larger terminal box can be used (order code R50) due to the magnitude<br />

of the current.<br />

Order code R50 alters the motor dimensions.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro 1LE5583 (frame sizes 400 and 450) – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA L WA 1LE5583<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated I rated T rated<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor with sinusoidal supply (SF) 1.05<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Optional and suitable for converter operation with insulated bearing (L51) up to U line 690 V - IVIC-C premium insulation system<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

545 1) 400 2988 1740 96.9 96.9 96.4 0.90 900 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 1LE5583-4AA3■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

610 1) 400 2988 1950 97.0 97.0 96.7 0.91 1000 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 1LE5583-4AA5■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

680 2) 400 2988 2150 97.0 97.1 96.8 0.91 640 1.7 7.3 3 74 90 1LE5583-4AA7■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

775 1) 2) 3) 450 2990 2500 97.4 97.4 97.0 0.88 760 1.2 7.7 3.4 75 91 1LE5583-4BA3■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

875 1) 2) 3) 450 2988 2800 97.4 97.5 97.3 0.90 840 1.2 7.2 3 75 91 1LE5583-4BA5■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

970 1) 2) 3) 450 2986 3100 97.4 97.5 97.4 0.91 920 1.2 7.0 2.8 75 91 1LE5583-4BA7■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

545 400 1492 3500 96.4 96.4 96.0 0.87 940 1.8 6.7 2.7 78 94 1LE5583-4AB3■-■■■■ 2800 12.8<br />

615 400 1492 3950 96.6 96.6 96.2 0.87 1<strong>06</strong>0 1.9 6.9 2.8 78 94 1LE5583-4AB5■-■■■■ 3000 14.4<br />

690 2) 400 1492 4400 96.6 96.7 96.4 0.88 680 2.0 7.0 2.7 78 94 1LE5583-4AB7■-■■■■ 3200 16.5<br />

785 2) 450 1492 5000 96.6 96.6 96.1 0.88 770 1.6 7.2 2.7 81 97 1LE5583-4BB3■-■■■■ 3850 22.2<br />

880 2) 450 1492 5600 96.8 96.8 96.3 0.87 870 1.5 7.2 2.6 81 97 1LE5583-4BB5■-■■■■ 4100 24.8<br />

980 2) 450 1492 6300 96.9 96.9 96.5 0.89 950 1.7 7.1 2.6 81 97 1LE5583-4BB7■-■■■■ 4300 27.4<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

435 400 993 4200 96.2 96.3 96.0 0.85 770 2.1 6.7 2.8 72 88 1LE5583-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 2900 22.0<br />

485 400 993 4650 96.2 96.4 96.1 0.86 850 2.2 6.7 2.8 72 88 1LE5583-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.7<br />

545 1) 400 993 5200 96.3 96.5 96.2 0.86 950 2.2 6.7 2.7 72 88 1LE5583-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.8<br />

615 1) 450 993 5900 96.5 96.7 96.4 0.84 1100 2.1 6.6 2.7 74 90 1LE5583-4BC3■-■■■■ 3800 34.4<br />

690 2) 450 993 6600 96.6 96.8 96.6 0.85 700 2.0 6.8 2.5 74 90 1LE5583-4BC5■-■■■■ 4050 38.5<br />

780 2) 450 993 7500 96.7 96.9 96.7 0.85 790 2.0 6.7 2.6 74 90 1LE5583-4BC7■-■■■■ 4300 43.1<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

335 400 744 4300 95.8 96.0 95.6 0.80 630 2.0 6.9 2.6 64 80 1LE5583-4AD3■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

375 400 744 4800 95.9 96.1 95.7 0.80 710 2.1 7.2 2.8 64 80 1LE5583-4AD5■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

425 400 744 5500 96.1 96.2 95.8 0.80 800 2.1 7.2 2.7 64 80 1LE5583-4AD7■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

485 450 745 6200 96.1 96.2 95.9 0.79 920 2.0 7.0 2.6 67 83 1LE5583-4BD3■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

545 450 745 7000 96.2 96.4 96.0 0.79 1040 2.0 7.0 2.6 67 83 1LE5583-4BD5■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

600 1) 450 745 7700 96.3 96.5 96.1 0.80 1120 2.1 7.3 2.6 67 83 1LE5583-4BD7■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 3/21 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 3/22 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 3/24 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 3/25 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC418) 1LE5683- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

Forced-air cooled motors w/o ext. fan/fan cover (IC416) 1LE5683- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F70+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 3/26 1LE5683- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

3) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Operation<br />

up to 3600 rpm on request.<br />

3/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 315 355 400 450<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

12th and<br />

Basic Line<br />

13th position<br />

of the code and<br />

-4AA5 -4AB5<br />

-4BA5 -4BB5 -4BD3<br />

with order<br />

-4AA3 -4AB3 -4AA7 -4AB7 -4BA3 -4BB3 -4BC3<br />

Article No. plain text,<br />

-4AC3<br />

-4BA7 -4BB7 -4BD5<br />

if required<br />

-4AC5<br />

-4BC5 -4BD7<br />

-4AC7<br />

-4BC7<br />

-4AD3<br />

-4AD5<br />

-4AD7<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code 1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

-4AA3 -4AB3<br />

-4AA5 -4AB5<br />

-4AC3<br />

-4AC5<br />

-4AC7<br />

-4AD3<br />

-4AD5<br />

-4AD7<br />

-4AA7 -4AB7 -4BA3<br />

-4BA5<br />

-4BA7<br />

-4BB3<br />

-4BB5<br />

-4BB7<br />

-4BC5<br />

-4BC7<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY,<br />

3 4 – O. R. O. R. O. R. ◦ <br />

60 Hz 460 V 1)<br />

50 Hz 500 V 4 0 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

60 Hz 575 V – – ◦ ◦ O. R. ◦<br />

50 Hz 690 V 4 7 – ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY,<br />

3 3 – ✓ ✓ O. R. ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

60 Hz 440 V 1)<br />

50 Hz 415 V,<br />

3 5 – ✓ ✓ O. R. ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

60 Hz 480 V<br />

60 Hz 380 V/660 VY 1) 3 0 – ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

60 Hz 400 V/690 VY 1) 3 1 – ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

50 Hz 600 V,<br />

4 4 – – – O. R. ✓ O. R. ✓ O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 690 V<br />

50 Hz 660 V 4 6 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2B ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

380 V; 50 Hz power ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1D – – ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1F – – ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1H – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ O. R. ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

400 V; 50 Hz power ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

400 V/690 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1J – – O. R. ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

480 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

480 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1L – – ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 2) 3) 9 0 M1Y • and ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

-4BC3<br />

-4BD3<br />

-4BD5<br />

-4BD7<br />

IE3<br />

3<br />

1) Without additional measures not possible for converter operation at 690 VY<br />

and 660 V (valid for 1LE5504, 1LE5604, 1LE5534, 1LE5634, 1LE5503,<br />

1LE5603, 1LE5533 and 1LE5633).<br />

2) Plain text must be specified in the order:<br />

Voltage between 200 and 690 V (voltages outside the range are available<br />

on request), frequency, circuit, rated power.<br />

3) 2-pole version, frame size 450 for 60 Hz operation on request.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/21


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of construction<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

code letter<br />

Basic Line<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

IE3<br />

3<br />

IM B6 2) T – ◦ ◦ – –<br />

IM B7 2) U – ◦ ◦ – –<br />

IM B8 2) V – ◦ ◦ – –<br />

IM V6 2) D – ◦ ◦ O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

IM V5<br />

C – ◦ ◦ O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

without protective cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

with protective cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/23.<br />

3/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

With flange EN 50347 FF740 FF840 FF940 FF1080<br />

DIN 42948 A 800 A 900 A 1000 A 1150<br />

IM B5 2) 5) 6) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ 6) ✓ 6)<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of construction<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

code letter<br />

Basic Line<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with<br />

order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ 7) ✓ 7)<br />

without protective cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with protective cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ 7) ✓ 7)<br />

3<br />

IM V3 4) H – ✓ ✓ – –<br />

IM B35 3) J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction<br />

on the rating plate is required. As standard the type of<br />

construction IM B3 is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction<br />

IM V5 with protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally<br />

ordered with order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. If mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard design (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

7)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

For machines, type of construction IM B5, provide an additional support<br />

foot at the NDE. The support foot is not included in the scope of supply.<br />

Use an appropriately sized support foot with the appropriate rigidity. The<br />

support foot must be able to support the total weight of the machine.<br />

Not possible for 2-pole 1LE55..-4BA motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/23


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Motor Additional 315 355 400 450<br />

protection identification<br />

code<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

code letter<br />

Basic Line<br />

15th position<br />

of the code and 1LE56.4<br />

with order<br />

Article No. plain text, Performance Line<br />

if required 1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Order code<br />

Motor protection<br />

Without (standard) 1) A – Only for: 1LE55.4, 1LE55.3<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1LE55.4, 1LE55.3<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 2) Only for: 1LE56.4, 1LE56.3<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensor G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – P – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals) 2)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals) 2)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – R – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals) 2)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 2)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Z Q9A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals) 2)<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

Note:<br />

Options are available specifically for bearing protection –<br />

for order codes and descriptions, see from page 3/26.<br />

1)<br />

For the Performance Line, motor protection by means of PTC thermistors<br />

with 3 built-in temperature sensors for tripping (motor protection code letter<br />

B) is already included in the basic price. For the Performance Line, the<br />

option "without motor protection" (motor protection code A) is not possible.<br />

2)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

3/24 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Terminal Additional 315 355 400 450<br />

box position<br />

code tion code<br />

identifica-<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

16th position<br />

of the code and 1LE56.4<br />

with order<br />

Article No. plain text, Performance Line<br />

if required 1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Order code<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box base left with<br />

0 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base right with<br />

1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base left with<br />

2 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box base right with<br />

3 – <br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box right-hand side 1) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 1) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side<br />

9 R5L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(base below) 2)<br />

Terminal box right-hand side<br />

9 R6R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(base below) 2)<br />

Terminal box bottom left 2) 9 R7L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom right 2) 9 R7R ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

3<br />

Note:<br />

On the motors<br />

1LE5583-4AA3,<br />

1LE5583-4AA5,<br />

1LE5583-4BA3,<br />

1LE5583-4BA5,<br />

1LE5583-4BA7,<br />

1LE5583-4AC7,<br />

1LE5583-4BC3,<br />

1LE5583-4BD7,<br />

terminal box type 1XB1631 is mounted.<br />

1)<br />

For types of construction with feet and flange-mounted with feet, cast feet<br />

are standard. Screwed-on feet are available on request.<br />

2)<br />

Only possible in combination with type of construction IM B5.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/25


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

3<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 1) Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter B (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 1) Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter C (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor<br />

(2 terminals) 1) Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter F (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors<br />

(4 terminals) 1) Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter G (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q34 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers –<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals) 1) Q60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter H (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers –<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals) 1) Q61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter J (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in<br />

3-wire input for bearings<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

Q78 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Q79 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination with<br />

order codes F40 and F41<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding – – <br />

Terminal box at NDE H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Two terminal boxes at NDE 42) H09 – – ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Subsequently rotatable main terminal R09 – – ✓ ✓<br />

box<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through<br />

90°, entry from DE 35) R10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with type of<br />

construction code letters F,<br />

G, H, J<br />

(14th position of the Article<br />

No.)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through R11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

90°, entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

3/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

Motor connection and terminal box (continued)<br />

One EMC cable gland R14 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R51, R53<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R51, R53<br />

EMC cable gland, maximum<br />

configuration<br />

Stud terminal for cable connection,<br />

accessories pack (3 items)<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

1.5 m long<br />

R16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R51, R53<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

R17 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R51, R53<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R51, R53<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

R19 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R21, R23, R24<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

R21 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R17, R19, R50<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

R23 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R17, R19, R50<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

6 cables protruding, 3 m long R24 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R17, R19, R50<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Larger terminal box 36) R50 ✓ – ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R21, R23, R24<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Terminal box without cable entry<br />

opening<br />

R51 ◦ ◦ – – Not for: Combination with order code<br />

R14, R15, R16, R18<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 ✓ ✓ <br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ Not for: Combination with order codes<br />

R14, R15, R16, R18<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) R63 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Stainless steel auxiliary terminal box R65 – – ✓ ✓<br />

(large)<br />

Silicone-free version 28) R74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole Y61<br />

2) 28)<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

•<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc.<br />

to 155 (F), with service factor 37) N01 ✓ ✓ Not for: 1LE5583, 1LE5683<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized N02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1LE5583, 1LE5683<br />

37)<br />

acc. to 155 (F), with increased power (frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1LE5583, 1LE5683<br />

to 155 (F), with increased coolant temperature<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

derating approx. 4 % 37) 40)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 13 %<br />

130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), used acc. to N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) 38) N10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 4)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

3<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Windings and insulation (continued)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. Y50 •<br />

to 130 (B), with higher coolant temperature<br />

and/or installation altitude 30) and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m above<br />

sea level<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. Y52<br />

4) 30)<br />

to 155 (F), other requirements<br />

Temperature class 180 (H), utilized acc.<br />

to 155 (F) 30)<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

stone gray<br />

N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

•<br />

and spec.<br />

power, CT .. °C<br />

or IA …. m<br />

above sea level<br />

Y75 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power, CT .. °C<br />

or IA …. m<br />

above sea level<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1LE5583, 1LE5683<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Basic Line<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 ✓ ✓ Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

S02 ✓ – Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Basic Line<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4<br />

39)<br />

S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5<br />

39)<br />

S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 25) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with order<br />

codes S03 or S04<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 5)<br />

Mounting of holding brake (standard F01<br />

assignment) 5) 6) 23) 24) 28) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 4-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Only for: Combination with order codes<br />

D02, F40, F41, L05, L30, L52<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 31) F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes L05, Y59<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL,<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder 5) G11 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ – –<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder 5)<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ – – Only for: 4-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Only for: Combination with order codes<br />

D02, F40, F41, L05, L30, L52<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC,<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

F11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: 4-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Only for: Combination with order codes<br />

D02, F40, F41, L05, L30, L52<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

3/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions (continued)<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC,<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Backstop, counterclockwise motion<br />

blocked, clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Backstop, clockwise motion blocked,<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 4-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Only for: Combination with order codes<br />

D02, F40, F41, L05, L30, L52<br />

F40 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes F01, F10, F11, F12<br />

F41 ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Special technology 5)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220 rotary<br />

pulse encoder 5) 9)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary<br />

G04<br />

G05<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

pulse encoder 5) 9)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary G<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 5) 9)<br />

Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse G07 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 5) 10)<br />

Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse G08 ✓ ✓ – –<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 5) 10)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box moisture<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

protection 5) (frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary G16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

pulse encoder, terminal box dust<br />

protection 5) codes D02, L04, L05<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL, (integrated<br />

centrifugal switch, speed ... rpm),<br />

terminal box moisture protection 5)<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL,<br />

(integrated centrifugal switch, speed ....<br />

rpm), terminal box dust protection 5)<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder<br />

HOG 10 DN 1024 I + ESL 93, (integrated<br />

electronic speed switch,<br />

speed .... rpm), terminal box dust<br />

protection 5)<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors<br />

with clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors<br />

with counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Prepared for mounted components,<br />

centering hole only<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Y70 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y74 •<br />

and spec. speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y76 •<br />

and spec. speed<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y79 •<br />

and spec. speed<br />

(max 3)<br />

.... rpm<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

– – O. R. O. R.<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

F77 ✓ ✓ Only for: 2-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes L05, F90<br />

F78 ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ Only for: 2-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

– – Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes L05, F90<br />

G40 – – <br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft G41 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes D02, L05<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

code L05<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder 7) 9) G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

Protective cover 7) 9) 11) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

code L05<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/29


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

3<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Mechanical design and degrees of protection (continued)<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ – –<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4 acc.<br />

to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP65 13) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Degree of protection IP54 33) H21 ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Degree of protection IP56 14) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ – – Not for: Combination with type of<br />

motors, oil-tight<br />

construction code letters T,<br />

to 0.1 bar 12) 22) U, V (14th position of the<br />

Article No.)<br />

Sealing ring made of fluoroelastomer<br />

(FKM)<br />

H25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes D02, D03, D04<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Increased corrosion protection for H90 – – ✓ ✓<br />

external components 28)<br />

Grounding brush for converter operation<br />

L52 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes F01, F10, F11, F12<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C<br />

15) 32)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

D02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes F01, F10, F11, F12,<br />

G04, G05, G<strong>06</strong>, G07, G11,<br />

G12, G15, G16; H25, Y74,<br />

Y76, Y79<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 15) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order code<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 15) D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

H25<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

VIK version 44) C02 – – ✓ ✓ In combination with order codes F01,<br />

F10, F11, F12, G01, G02, G11 or G12<br />

on request<br />

Motor without CE marking for export D22 ◦ ◦ – –<br />

outside EEA (see EU Regulation<br />

640/2009)<br />

Motor exclusively for use in transportation<br />

D23 ◦ ◦ – –<br />

equipment for passenger and<br />

freight transportation corresponding to<br />

EVPG §1 dated February 27, 2008<br />

Electrical acc. to NEMA MG1-12 17) D30 ✓ ✓ Only for: 1LE5504, 1LE5604,<br />

Design acc. to UL with<br />

1LE5503, 1LE5603 for<br />

"Recognition Mark" 17) D31 ✓ ✓ <br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label D34 ◦ ◦ – – Not for: 8-pole motors<br />

Canadian regulations (CSA) 16) D40 ✓ ✓ Only for: 1LE5504, 1LE5604,<br />

1LE5503, 1LE5603 for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple acc. to DIN 71412-A<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ <br />

Located bearing NDE 34) L21 – – ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

forces 26) 27)<br />

Regreasing device – – <br />

Hot bearing grease L24 O. R. O. R. – –<br />

Drainage for used grease O. R. O. R. Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

L30 ✓ – Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Basic Line<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

3/30 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Special versions<br />

Bearings and lubrication (continued)<br />

Special version with higher speeds L37 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Bearing insulation DE 44) L50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing insulation NDE 29) 44) L51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B 18) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 4-pole motors for<br />

frame sizes 315 and 355<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key 41) L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

Full-key balancing 41) L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

code L04<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, DE 19)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, NDE 19)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes L01, L02<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes F01, F10, F11, F12,<br />

F70, F77, F78, G04, G05,<br />

G<strong>06</strong>, G07, G15, G16, G41,<br />

G42, G43, H00, Y74, Y76,<br />

Y79<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ – –<br />

L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with type of<br />

construction code letters A,<br />

T, U, V (14th position of the<br />

Article No.) for frame sizes<br />

315 and 355<br />

Y58 •<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

code F70<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Performance Line<br />

✓ – Only for: Frame sizes 315 and 355 –<br />

Basic Line<br />

Metal external fan F76 – – ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan<br />

cover<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 400 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes F74, F77, F78<br />

(frame sizes 315 and 355)<br />

Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes Q03, Q<strong>06</strong><br />

Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes Q02, Q<strong>06</strong><br />

Q<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with order<br />

codes Q02, Q03<br />

Y81 •<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/31


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

315 355 400 450<br />

1LE55.4<br />

1LE5534 IEC IE4<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.4<br />

Performance Line<br />

1LE55.3<br />

1LE55.3<br />

IE3<br />

Basic Line<br />

1LE56.3<br />

Performance Line<br />

3<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Additional rating plate for voltage B07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tolerance<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ <br />

Additional rating plate with deviating<br />

rating plate data 43)<br />

Y80 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate Y84 •<br />

and on package label (max. 20 characters)<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.:<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y85 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ – –<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 years) from delivery<br />

12 months to a total of 24 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q81 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2.5 years) from delivery<br />

18 months to a total of 30 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q82 ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(3.5 years) from delivery<br />

30 months to a total of 42 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q84 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 years) from delivery<br />

36 months to a total of 48 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q85 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(5 years) from delivery<br />

48 months to a total of 60 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 acc. to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 20)<br />

Printed German/<strong>English</strong><br />

B04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Operating Instructions enclosed 21)<br />

Without "Made in<br />

B13 ◦ ◦ – –<br />

manufacturing country" marking<br />

Equivalent circuit diagram B51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Starting diagram (torque vs. speed and B52 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

current vs. speed)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test)<br />

B65 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with acceptance<br />

Temperature test without acceptance B67 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Temperature test with acceptance B68 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B81 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 3/33.<br />

3/32 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE55, 1LE56<br />

3<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

Parallel Whitworth threaded pipe DIN ISO 228 (DIN 259) BSPP (British<br />

Standard Pipe Parallel), threaded pipe for connections not sealed in the<br />

thread (cylindrical), external = G.<br />

3)<br />

The grease lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to<br />

CT 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime<br />

and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

4)<br />

Not possible for 1LE5 motors with increased power.<br />

5)<br />

A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

6)<br />

For order codes F10, F11, and F12, the brake supply voltage must be<br />

specified or ordered.<br />

7)<br />

The 1XP8 rotary pulse encoders are fitted with a protective cover as standard.<br />

The protective cover is omitted at the factory when a rotary pulse<br />

encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case<br />

the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover.<br />

8)<br />

In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

9)<br />

For frame sizes 315 and 355, LL and HOG rotary pulse encoders are fitted<br />

with a protective cover as standard. The protective cover is omitted at the<br />

factory when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven<br />

fan, because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the<br />

fan cover. Protective cover (order code G43) possible.<br />

10) Option (encoder mounting) is only possible for motors with a mounted<br />

separately driven fan or for naturally cooled motors (without an external<br />

fan). This option can be used in combination with brakes of type KFB and<br />

SFB. This option cannot be used in combination with brakes of type<br />

BFK458!<br />

11) Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

12) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

13) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 D 1024l rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or BFK458 brake (order code F01).<br />

14) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

15) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

16) The rated voltage is indicated on the rating plate without voltage range.<br />

17) Possible up to 600 V max. The rated voltage is indicated on the rating<br />

plate without voltage range. Order codes D30 does not authorize importing<br />

into USA and Mexico.<br />

18) On request for 2-pole motors<br />

19) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with EN 50347 are used. The feather keyway is positioned<br />

centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer<br />

in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not valid for: Conical shafts,<br />

non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction<br />

welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special geometry dimensions<br />

(e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions<br />

DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in every case. For order<br />

codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

20) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

21) The Operating Instructions (Compact) are available in PDF format for all<br />

official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/133300<br />

22) Not possible in combination with order codes Q72 and Q78.<br />

23) Not possible in combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08<br />

and N11.<br />

24) When order codes F01 and F12 are combined, the rectifier for the brake<br />

will be supplied separately as a single part.<br />

25) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order code S00 and S01.<br />

It can be combined with Y53 on request.<br />

26) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

27) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

28) For frame sizes 400 and 450, permissible cantilever forces for motors with<br />

reinforced bearings are available on request. Please specify cantilever<br />

force and lever arm.<br />

29) For insulated bearings at the DE, and non-insulated bearings at the NDE,<br />

the motor coupling must be insulated.<br />

30) For insulated bearings at the DE and NDE, a grounding brush (L52) is<br />

essential if no grounding is provided in the drive train. Otherwise, it should<br />

be omitted.<br />

31) Only possible for line operation.<br />

32) The separately driven fan motor is implemented with voltage code 34<br />

(400 V/50 Hz; 460 V/60 Hz).<br />

33) For frame sizes 400 to 450, the degree of protection changes to IP54.<br />

34) For frame size 450, not possible in the vertical type of construction.<br />

35) For motors with flange (IM B5, IM B35, IM V1), only possible in conjunction<br />

with order code H08.<br />

36) Restrictions can apply when mounting the terminal box.<br />

37) Only possible in conjunction with SIMOTICS SD Add motors<br />

(6th position of the Article No.: 3).<br />

38) When compared to utilization, temperature class 155 (F), the power is<br />

increased by 5 %.<br />

39) Only available for 1LE5 and 1MB551 (Ex tc for Zone 21) and 1MB552<br />

(Ex tc for Zone 22). Not available for 1MB553 (Ex ec for Zone 2).<br />

40) Not available for 8-pole motors, frame size 450.<br />

41) Not possible in combination with order code C02.<br />

42) Not possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

43) Customer specifications: Voltage between 380 and 690 V (voltages outside<br />

this range are available on request), frequency, circuit, required rated<br />

power in kW.<br />

44) For 1LE5, only available for line operation (DOL).<br />

For 1LE5 in combination with order code L50 or L51 on request<br />

(converter operation).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/33


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

3<br />

■ Overview<br />

Couplings<br />

The motor from Siemens is connected to the machine or gear<br />

unit through a coupling. Flender is an important coupling manufacturer<br />

with a wide range of products.<br />

For standard applications, Siemens recommends that flexible<br />

couplings, types N-EUPEX and RUPEX or torsionally rigid<br />

couplings, types ARPEX and ZAPEX are used. For special<br />

applications, FLUDEX and ELPEX-S couplings are<br />

recommended.<br />

Available from:<br />

Siemens contact partner - ordering from catalog<br />

Siemens MD 10.1 "FLENDER Standard Couplings"<br />

or<br />

Flender GmbH<br />

Kupplungswerk Mussum<br />

Industriepark Bocholt<br />

Schlavenhorst 100<br />

46395 Bocholt, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (2871) 922185<br />

Fax +49 (2871) 922579<br />

www.flender.com<br />

Email: flender-kupplungen-2.pd.de@siemens.com<br />

Taper pins according to DIN 258 with threaded ends and<br />

constant taper lengths<br />

Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly removed.<br />

The drilled hole is conically ground using a conical<br />

reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone<br />

shoulder lies approx. 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole.<br />

It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly<br />

seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing on<br />

the nut and tightening it.<br />

Standardized taper pins are commercially available.<br />

For instance, available from:<br />

Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG<br />

Rutesheimer Strasse 22<br />

70499 Stuttgart, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (711) 1388-0<br />

Fax. +49 (711) 1388-233<br />

www.ottoroth.de<br />

Email: info@ottoroth.de<br />

Foundation blocks according to DIN 799<br />

The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and<br />

embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of medium<br />

size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, base frames, etc. After<br />

the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machines can be<br />

shifted without them having to be lifted.<br />

When the machine is initially installed, the foundation blocks that<br />

are bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper<br />

pins are not embedded with concrete until the machine has<br />

been fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned 2 to<br />

3 mm lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated by<br />

inserting shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard<br />

the exact position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed<br />

and replaced without the need for realignment.<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws according<br />

to DIN 42923<br />

Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and<br />

conveniently when there is no belt-tensioning pulley. They are<br />

fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks.<br />

The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in<br />

DIN 42923. For motors of frame sizes 355 to 450, there are no<br />

standardized slide rails (please inquire).<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

3/34 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

■ More information<br />

Spare motors and repair parts<br />

• Commitment to provide replacement motors and repair parts<br />

following delivery of the motor:<br />

- For up to 3 years after delivery of the original motor, in the<br />

event of total motor failure, Siemens will supply a comparable<br />

replacement motor with regard to the mounting dimensions<br />

and functions (the type series may vary).<br />

- If a replacement motor is supplied within the 3-year period,<br />

this does not mean that the warranty restarts.<br />

- Replacement motors delivered after the active production of<br />

the machine series are also identified as spare motors on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

- Spare parts are offered only for these spare motors on request;<br />

repair and replacement are not possible.<br />

- After a period of 3 years (after the delivery of the original motor),<br />

it is only possible to repair these motors (depending on<br />

the availability of the spare parts required).<br />

- For up to 5 years after the delivery of the original motor, spare<br />

parts will be available and for a further 5 years, Siemens will<br />

provide information about spare parts and will supply documents<br />

when required.<br />

• When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be<br />

provided:<br />

- Designation and part number<br />

- Article No. and factory number of the motor.<br />

• For bearing types, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

• For standard components, a commitment to supply repaired<br />

parts does not apply.<br />

• Support hotline<br />

In Germany<br />

Phone +49 (180) 5050448<br />

3<br />

You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our<br />

Internet site:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation/service&support<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/35


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions<br />

Notes on the dimensions<br />

3<br />

■ Overview<br />

7 Dimension designations according to EN 50347 and<br />

IEC 60072.<br />

7 Fits<br />

The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables<br />

(DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (EN 50347) are<br />

machined with the following fits:<br />

Dimension ISO fit DIN ISO 286-2<br />

designation<br />

D, DA to 30 j6<br />

over 30 to 50<br />

k6<br />

over 50<br />

m6<br />

N to 250 j6<br />

over 250<br />

h6<br />

F, FA h9<br />

K<br />

H17<br />

S flange (FF) H17<br />

The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an<br />

ISO fit of at least H7.<br />

7 Dimensional tolerances<br />

For the following dimensions, the admissible deviations are<br />

given below:<br />

Dimension Dimension Admissible<br />

designation<br />

deviation<br />

H to 250 – 0.5<br />

over 250 – 1.0<br />

E, EA – 0.5<br />

Keyways and feather keyways (dimensions GA, GC, F, and<br />

FA) are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1.<br />

7 All dimensions are specified in mm.<br />

3/36 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions<br />

Dimension sheet generator (within the DT Configurator)<br />

■ Overview<br />

A dimensional drawing can be created in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) for every configurable motor.<br />

A dimensional drawing can be requested for every other motor.<br />

When a <strong>complete</strong> Article No. is entered with or without order<br />

codes, a dimensional drawing can be called up under the<br />

"Documentation" tab.<br />

These dimensional drawings can be presented in different views<br />

and sections and printed.<br />

The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved<br />

and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format<br />

for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics.<br />

Online access in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

The DT Configurator is integrated into the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

and can be used on the Internet without installation.<br />

German: www.siemens.de/dt-konfigurator<br />

<strong>English</strong>: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

3<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/37


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4, IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

HC HB'<br />

ED<br />

BE<br />

3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>29<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>30<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

DC<br />

AH<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

3/38 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

IE4, IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

K'<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>31<br />

3<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

Frame Motor type No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AD‘‘ AG AG’ AG‘‘ AH B B’ B’’ BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA CA’ CA’’ H HA HB<br />

size 1LE5.0.- poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 508 120 610 641 590 565 540 553 459 434 890 457 508 – 176 227 648 139 120 60 216 469 418 – 315 50 412<br />

3AB6 4 – –<br />

3AA7 2 508 560 630 298 770 498 446 376<br />

3AB7 4 528 476 4<strong>06</strong><br />

3AC7 6 542 491 473 448 135 67.5 491<br />

3AC8 6 590 553 459 434 120 60 618 566 496 412<br />

3AD7 8 543 491 473 448 135 67.5 528 476 4<strong>06</strong> 491<br />

3AD8 8 618 566 496<br />

355 L 3BA3, 2 610 150 780 718 620 657 644 550 542 530 940 630 710 800 198 315 998 116 240 120 254 553 473 383 355 49 574<br />

3BA4, 3BA5<br />

3BB., 3BC., 4, 6, 8 194 311 35<br />

3BD.<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HB' HB'' HC HD HD' HH Y K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE5.0.- poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 336 749 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1282 1427 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB6 4 1312 1457 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA7 2 1362 1507 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB7 4 1422 1567 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC7 6 225 763<br />

3AC8 6 336 749 1512 1657<br />

3AD7 8 225 763 1422 1567<br />

3AD8 8 1512 1657<br />

355 L 3BA3, 2 247 885 188 911 999 370 130 35 42 1577 1722 519 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3BA4, 3BA5<br />

3BB., 3BC., 4, 6, 8 1607 1782 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 170 140 25 22 85.5<br />

3BD.<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/39


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

IE4, IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

HC HB'<br />

ED<br />

BE<br />

3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>29<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>30<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

DC<br />

AH<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

3/40 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Add<br />

IE4, IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

K'<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>31<br />

3<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5.3.-<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AD‘‘ AG AG’ AG‘‘ AH B B’ B’’ BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA CA’ CA’’ H HA HB<br />

poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 508 120 610 641 590 565 540 553 459 434 890 457 508 – 176 227 648 139 120 60 216 469 418 – 315 50 412<br />

3AB6, 3AB7 4 508 560 630 298 770 528 476 4<strong>06</strong><br />

3AA7 2 498 446 376<br />

3AC8 6 618 566 496<br />

3AC7, 3AD7 6 543 491 473 448 135 67.5 528 476 4<strong>06</strong> 491<br />

3AD8 8 618 566 496<br />

355 L 3BA3, 2 610 150 780 718 620 657 644 550 542 530 940 630 710 800 198 315 998 116 240 120 254 553 473 383 355 49 574<br />

3BA4, 3BA5<br />

3BB., 3BC., 4, 6, 8 194 311 35<br />

3BD.<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5.3.-<br />

No. of HB' HB'' HC HD HD' HH Y K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 336 749 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1282 1427 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB6, 3AB7 4 1422 1567 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA7 2 1362 1507 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AC8 6 1512 1657 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC7, 3AD7 6, 8 225 763 1422 1567<br />

3AD8 8 1512 1657<br />

355 L 3BA3, 2 247 885 188 911 999 370 130 35 42 1577 1722 519 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3BA4, 3BA5<br />

3BB., 3BC., 4, 6, 8 1607 1782 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 170 140 25 22 85.5<br />

3BD.<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/41


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

HC HB'<br />

ED<br />

BE<br />

3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>29<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>30<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

DC<br />

AH<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

3/42 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 L to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

K'<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>31<br />

3<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5.83-<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AD‘‘ AG AG’ AG‘‘ AH B B’ B’’ BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA CA’ CA’’ H HA HB<br />

poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 508 120 610 641 590 565 540 553 459 434 890 457 508 - 176 227 648 139 120 60 216 469 418 - 315 50 412<br />

3AB6 4 508 560 630 298 770 498 446 376<br />

3AA7 2 528 476 4<strong>06</strong><br />

3AB8 6<br />

3AC7 6 543 491 473 448 135 67.5 491<br />

3AC8 6 590 553 459 434 120 60 618 566 496 412<br />

355 L 3BA. 2 610 150 780 718 620 657 644 550 542 530 940 630 710 800 198 315 998 116 240 120 254 553 473 383 355 49 574<br />

3BB3, 3BB4 4 194 311 35<br />

3BB5 4 568 478<br />

3BC2, 3BC3 6 473 383<br />

3BC4 6 648 568 478<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5.83-<br />

No. of HB' HB'' HC HD HD' HH Y K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

poles<br />

315 L 3AA6 2 336 749 167 800 855 355 146 28 35 1282 1427 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB6 4 1362 1507<br />

3AA7 2 1422 1567 85 170 140 25 22 90 70 20 74.5<br />

3AB8 6 1512 1657<br />

3AC7 6, 8 225 763 1422 1567<br />

3AC8 8 336 749 1512 1657<br />

355 L 3BA. 2 247 247 188 911 999 370 130 35 42 1577 1722 519 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3BB3, 3BB4 4 1607 1782 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 170 140 25 22 85.5<br />

3BB5 4 1702 1877<br />

3BC2, 3BC3 6 1607 1782<br />

3BC4 6 1702 1877<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/43


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

ED<br />

F<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

3<br />

DC<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

FA<br />

HC HB'<br />

HD<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

BC<br />

BE'<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

HA<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

G_D081_XX_01070<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LA LL<br />

T<br />

G_D081_XX_01071<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

FA<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

AH<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

3/44 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD Pro<br />

IE3 – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LA LL<br />

T<br />

Z x S<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

3<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC BE'<br />

K<br />

BA<br />

BA'<br />

E C B<br />

CA<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HC HB'<br />

HB<br />

G_D081_XX_01072<br />

HD<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5583-<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AD‘‘ AG AG’ AG‘‘ AH B B’ B’’ BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA C<br />

poles<br />

A’<br />

400 4AA 2 710 150 860 880 785 845 740 705 720 620 1110 900 – – 220 220 1080 186 87.5 43.5 224 501 – – 400 35 420<br />

4AB 4<br />

4AC 6<br />

4AD 8<br />

450 4BA 2 800 180 980 970 820 895 775 740 770 655 1235 1000 – – 260 260 1220 170 87.5 43.5 250 535 – – 450 42 505<br />

4BB 4<br />

4BC 6<br />

4BD 8<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE5583-<br />

No. of HB' HB'' HC HD HD' HH Y K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

poles<br />

400 4AA 2 400 1020 190 980 1140 410 134 35 42 1795 1940 519 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

4AB 4 1835 2010 110 M24 210 180 28 116 90 M24 170 140 25 25 95<br />

4AC 6<br />

4AD 8<br />

450 4BA 2 400 1105 190 1<strong>06</strong>5 1225 420 140 42 50 1955 2100 519 90 M24 170 140 25 25 95 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5<br />

4BB 4 1995 2210 120 210 180 32 127 100 M24 210 180 25 28 1<strong>06</strong><br />

4BC 6<br />

4BD 8<br />

C H<br />

A’’<br />

H<br />

A<br />

HB<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

3/45


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS SD standard motors next generation<br />

Notes<br />

3<br />

3/46 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

4<br />

4/2 Introduction<br />

4/2 Overview<br />

4/2 Application<br />

4/2 Design<br />

4/3 Technical specifications<br />

4/4 Synchronous reluctance motors for<br />

SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

4/4 Orientation<br />

4/44 Article number code<br />

4/46 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/46 • Line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/480 V,<br />

60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

4/48 • Line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V,<br />

60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/52 Article No. supplements and<br />

special versions<br />

Voltages<br />

4/52 • Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/53 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Types of construction<br />

4/54 • Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/57 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Motor protection<br />

4/62 • Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/61 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Terminal box position<br />

4/62 • Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/63 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Options<br />

4/64 • Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4/68 • Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

4/73 Accessories<br />

4/74 Dimensions<br />

4/74 Notes on the dimensions<br />

4/75 Dimension sheet generator<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

4/76 • Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 200 L<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

4/78 • Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 160 L<br />

4/80 • Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 180 M to 200 L<br />

4/82 Standard induction motors optimized for<br />

converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

4/82 Orientation<br />

4/90 Article number code<br />

4/92 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

4/92 • Line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V,<br />

60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/94 • Line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V,<br />

60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/96 • Line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V,<br />

87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

4/98 • Line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V,<br />

60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/102 • Line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V,<br />

60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/1<strong>06</strong> • Line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V,<br />

87 Hz – self-ventilated,<br />

enclosed<br />

4/108 Article No. supplements and<br />

special versions<br />

Voltages<br />

4/108 • Aluminum series 1LE1092<br />

4/109 • Cast-iron series 1LE1592<br />

Types of construction<br />

4/110 • Aluminum series 1LE1092<br />

4/114 • Cast-iron series 1LE1592<br />

Motor protection<br />

4/118 • Aluminum series 1LE1092<br />

4/119 • Cast-iron series 1LE1592<br />

Terminal box position<br />

4/120 • Aluminum series 1LE1092<br />

4/121 • Cast-iron series 1LE1592<br />

Options<br />

4/122 • Aluminum series 1LE1092<br />

4/126 • Cast-iron series 1LE1592<br />

4/131 Accessories<br />

4/133 Dimensions<br />

4/133 Notes on the dimensions<br />

4/133 Dimension sheet generator<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

4/134 • Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L – self-ventilated<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

4/136 • Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L – self-ventilated<br />

4/138 • Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M – self-ventilated<br />

4/140 • Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated ·<br />

Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L – self-ventilated<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation<br />

Introduction<br />

■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD motors optimized for converter operation (VSD = Variable Speed Drive)<br />

4<br />

In addition to the standard motors optimized for line operation,<br />

Siemens also offers two motor lines optimized for converters for<br />

variable-speed operation on a frequency converter:<br />

• SIMOTICS VSD10 line – induction motors for converter<br />

operation<br />

• SIMOTICS VSD4000 line – reluctance motors for<br />

operation with SINAMICS G120/S120 converters<br />

The motors are optionally available with an aluminum housing<br />

(SIMOTICS GP) or with a rugged cast-iron housing<br />

(SIMOTICS SD).<br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors are characterized by the following<br />

features:<br />

• High energy efficiency:<br />

Because the SIMOTICS VSD motors are optimized for operation<br />

with SINAMICS converters, the system power losses are<br />

low and the energy efficiency therefore high.<br />

In particular, the SIMOTICS VSD4000 line synchronous reluctance<br />

motors in conjunction with optimized control algorithms<br />

result in excellent loss-optimized operation in the speed setting<br />

range with a full and partial load, and are superior to an<br />

induction motor system that has comparable nominal efficiency,<br />

especially in the partial-load range.<br />

• Optimized investment costs:<br />

The optimized motor active part/power module allocation results<br />

in low capital investment costs. The motors and frequency<br />

converters are optimally harmonized and coordinated<br />

with one another. No power unit upgrade is therefore required.<br />

This applies in particular to the SIMOTICS VSD10 line motors<br />

on account of their optimized motor design.<br />

• Low space requirement, low weight:<br />

The high power density and compact design ensure low<br />

space requirements combined with low weight.<br />

• Very rugged and reliable:<br />

High availability using the standard protection functions for<br />

converter operation (KTY84-130 temperature sensors).<br />

As a result of the optimized insulation system, a high degree<br />

of reliability is obtained for four-quadrant operation with<br />

SINAMICS converters. SIMOTICS VSD10 motors also have insulated<br />

bearings at the non-drive end (NDE) in frame sizes<br />

280 and 315.<br />

• Fast and simple commissioning by transferring a motor code<br />

on the frequency converter.<br />

• Flexible in use:<br />

SIMOTICS VSD line motors are designed as standard for operation<br />

with a 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 87 Hz characteristic.<br />

• Wide range of options:<br />

By consistently utilizing the 1LE1 standard motor platform, almost<br />

all options of the 1LE1 line motors can also be used for<br />

the SIMOTICS VSD line motors.<br />

• High level of compatibility:<br />

Line and converter motors can be easily interchanged due to<br />

their identical dimensions and customer interfaces. The connection<br />

and operating philosophy is exactly the same as for<br />

1LE1 line motors.<br />

• International applicability:<br />

The motors are not subject to any minimum efficiency requirements<br />

for specific countries.<br />

■ Application<br />

■ Design<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD motors can be deployed in all industries<br />

and sectors, e.g. paper, steel, energy, chemistry,<br />

water/waste water.<br />

The wide field of applications that can be addressed includes,<br />

for example, the following:<br />

• Pumps<br />

• Fans<br />

• Compressors<br />

• Cranes<br />

• Conveyor belts<br />

SIMOTICS VSD4000 line<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD motors are based on the platform of<br />

the SIMOTICS 1LE1 motor type series. For this reason, the principal<br />

design is the same as for the 1LE1 line motors – the mechanical<br />

parts are identical.<br />

The motors are adapted to the converter by appropriately dimensioning<br />

the active part and VSD-specific rating plate data.<br />

Moreover, a large number of the variations available in the<br />

SIMOTICS 1LE1 motors (types of construction, motor protection,<br />

terminal box position, and options) are also available for the VSD<br />

motors.<br />

Use in VSD applications with high<br />

dynamic requirements<br />

Focus on low operating costs<br />

Very low system power losses<br />

due to the reluctance principle and<br />

optimum coordination of the motor<br />

with the converter<br />

Optimized for operation with<br />

SINAMICS G120 and S120<br />

SIMOTICS VSD10 line<br />

Use in VSD applications<br />

Focus on low investment costs<br />

Low system power losses due to<br />

optimum coordination of the motor<br />

with the converter<br />

Optimized for use with<br />

SINAMICS G120, G130, G150<br />

36 month warranty • 12 month warranty for SIMOTICS GP<br />

• 24 month warranty for SIMOTICS SD<br />

(optionally expandable)<br />

4/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS VSD motors for converter operation<br />

Introduction<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Brief overview of the general technical specifications for<br />

SIMOTICS VSD4000 line reluctance motors<br />

Air-cooled, enclosed version with self-ventilation 1)<br />

Operation<br />

Converter operation – VSD<br />

Power at 50 Hz 2) 0.55 … 45 kW<br />

Rated speed<br />

1500 rpm, 1800 rpm and 2610 rpm<br />

3000 rpm, 3600 rpm<br />

Voltages<br />

50 Hz line supplies: 400 V<br />

60 Hz line supplies: 460 V<br />

Cooling method<br />

IC411, self-ventilated<br />

Frame size SIMOTICS GP: 80/112 … 200<br />

SIMOTICS SD: 80/112 … 225<br />

Degree of protection 3) IP55<br />

Housing<br />

Aluminum or cast-iron version<br />

Load characteristic T ~ n 2 , T = const.<br />

Motor type<br />

SIMOTICS GP: 1FP10.4<br />

SIMOTICS SD: 1FP15.4<br />

Brief overview of the general technical specifications for<br />

SIMOTICS VSD10 line standard motors for converter operation<br />

Air-cooled, enclosed version with self-ventilation 1)<br />

Operation<br />

Converter operation – VSD<br />

Power at 50 Hz<br />

2.2 ... 200 kW (1500 rpm)<br />

3 ... 90 kW (3000 rpm)<br />

Rated speed 1500 rpm, 1800 rpm and 2610 rpm 4)<br />

3000 rpm, 3600 rpm and 5220 rpm 4)<br />

Voltages<br />

50 Hz line supplies: 400 V, 500 V, 690 V<br />

60 Hz line supplies: 460 V, 600 V<br />

Cooling method<br />

IC411, self-ventilated<br />

Frame size SIMOTICS GP: 100 … 160<br />

SIMOTICS SD: 100 … 315<br />

Degree of protection 3) IP55<br />

Housing<br />

Aluminum or cast-iron version<br />

Load characteristic T ~ n 2 , T = const.<br />

Motor type<br />

SIMOTICS GP: 1LE1092<br />

SIMOTICS SD: 1LE1592<br />

4<br />

1) Forced ventilation optionally available.<br />

2) Rated speed 1500 rpm.<br />

3) Other degrees of protection optionally available.<br />

4) 87 Hz characteristic not available for all frame sizes.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motor series: 1FP10, 1FP15<br />

As a result of their flexibility and the wide range of versions,<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motors are especially suitable<br />

for sectors and industries, where the focus is on minimum<br />

lifecycle costs (TCO) and/or operation with a high dynamic<br />

performance.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motor series has been specifically<br />

developed for operation with SINAMICS G120 converters.<br />

• The synchronous-reluctance motors in conjunction with optimized<br />

closed-loop control algorithms result in an excellent,<br />

loss-optimized operating behavior in the speed control range<br />

at full and partial load. This system is superior to an induction<br />

motor-based system with comparable nominal efficiencies,<br />

especially in the partial load range.<br />

• As a result of their low intrinsic moment of inertia, synchronousreluctance<br />

motors are also especially suitable for operating<br />

modes demanding a high dynamic performance.<br />

• The optimized motor active part/power module allocation results<br />

in low capital investment costs.<br />

• The high power density and compact design ensure low<br />

space requirements combined with low weight.<br />

• The motors and converters are optimally harmonized and coordinated<br />

with one another. It is not therefore necessary to upgrade<br />

the power unit.<br />

• SIMOTICS GP motors with aluminum housing or SIMOTICS SD<br />

motors with rugged cast-iron housing are available.<br />

• High availability using the standard protection functions for<br />

converter operation (KTY84-130 temperature sensors,<br />

Pt100/Pt1000 resistance thermometers).<br />

• As a result of the optimized insulation system, a high degree<br />

of reliability is obtained for four-quadrant operation with<br />

SINAMICS converters.<br />

• Fast and simple commissioning by transferring a motor code<br />

into the converter.<br />

• Standard warranty period for synchronous-reluctance motors<br />

36 months.<br />

Versions of the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motor series: 1FP10, 1FP15<br />

The motors have compact dimensions in a surface-cooled, enclosed<br />

version with self-ventilation. They have been specifically<br />

designed for converter operation.<br />

1FP10 General Purpose for converter operation<br />

• Four-quadrant converter operation, optimally harmonized with<br />

the SINAMICS G120, PM240-2 and S120 (ALM, BLM) drive<br />

system.<br />

• IP55 degree of protection<br />

• IC411 cooling method, self-ventilated<br />

(IC416 cooling method, force-ventilated version optional)<br />

• Housing: Aluminum<br />

• Frame sizes: 80/112 to 200 1)<br />

1FP15 Severe Duty for converter operation<br />

• Four-quadrant converter operation, optimally harmonized with<br />

the SINAMICS G120, PM240-2 and S120 (ALM, BLM) drive<br />

system.<br />

• IP55 degree of protection<br />

• IC411 cooling method, self-ventilated<br />

(IC416 cooling method, force-ventilated version optional)<br />

• Housing: Cast iron<br />

• Frame sizes: 80/112 to 200<br />

More power ratings<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motors are designed as<br />

standard for operation with a 50 Hz, 60 Hz, and 87 Hz<br />

characteristic 2) . No special ordering option is required.<br />

Optimized for converter operation<br />

The new motor series has been optimized for operation with<br />

SINAMICS G120 converters with regard to converter output currents<br />

and voltage utilization. Four-quadrant operation is possible<br />

with the SINAMICS G120, PM240-2, and S120 (ALM, BLM) converter<br />

families (for line voltages up to 480 V 3 AC).<br />

High degree of flexibility<br />

By consistently utilizing the 1LE1 standard motor platform, almost<br />

all options of the 1LE1 line motors can also be used for the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line series.<br />

Known and established design<br />

Line and converter motors can be easily interchanged due to<br />

their identical dimensions and customer interfaces. The connection<br />

and operating philosophy is exactly the same as for 1LE1<br />

line motors.<br />

International applications<br />

The motors are not subject to any minimum efficiency requirements<br />

for specific countries. As a consequence, they can be operated<br />

without additional MEPS certificates, also in the USA, for<br />

example.<br />

System components<br />

System components required:<br />

• SIMOTICS 1FP1 synchronous-reluctance motor<br />

• SINAMICS G120 converter PM240-2 Power Module or<br />

SINAMICS S120 (ALM, BLM) converter<br />

1) For the motor type 1FP10 of the SIMOTICS GP series, frame sizes 180 and<br />

200 on request.<br />

4/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2) With firmware V4.7 SP3, only 1500 rpm can be programmed.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Benefits<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

SINAMICS G120<br />

SIMOTICS GP VSD4000<br />

+ +<br />

+<br />

BOP-2<br />

PM240-2<br />

SIMOTICS SD VSD4000<br />

CU230P-2<br />

≥ V4.7 SP3<br />

IOP<br />

4<br />

Synchronous reluctance motor<br />

Power Module Control Unit Operator Panel<br />

G_D081_EN_00523a<br />

Example configuration SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 with SINAMICS G120<br />

■ Application<br />

As a result of the wide range of options, the SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

VSD4000 line motor series can be used in all industrial areas and<br />

sectors. Paper, steel, energy, chemical, water/waste water are<br />

examples of some typical sectors.<br />

Various flange and foot-mounted designs according to<br />

EN 60034-7 are available. IP55 is the standard degree of protection<br />

(other degrees of protection optionally available).<br />

The wide field of applications that can be addressed includes,<br />

for example, the following:<br />

•Pumps<br />

• Fans<br />

• Compressors<br />

•Cranes<br />

• Conveyor belts<br />

• Processing machines that require synchronous operation<br />

(e.g. in the textile industry)<br />

■ Design<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motors are based on the<br />

1LE1 platform. The basic design of the SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

VSD4000 line motors therefore corresponds to the 1LE1 line motors.<br />

The mechanical parts are identical. The motors are<br />

adapted to the converter by appropriately dimensioning the active<br />

part.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Overview of technical specifications<br />

This table lists the most important technical specifications.<br />

4<br />

Type of motor<br />

Connection types<br />

IEC low-voltage three-phase synchronous-reluctance motors<br />

Star/delta connection<br />

The connection used depends on the particular load characteristic.<br />

No. of poles 4<br />

Frame sizes 80/112 … 225<br />

Rated power<br />

4-pole: 0.55 … 45 kW (50 Hz characteristic); 0.63 … 52 kW (60 Hz characteristic), 0.9 … 78 kW (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Frequencies<br />

Characteristics for 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 87 Hz<br />

Versions<br />

Air-cooled, enclosed version:<br />

• with self ventilation<br />

• with forced ventilation (optional)<br />

SIMOTICS GP motors in an aluminum version, frame sizes 80/112 … 200<br />

SIMOTICS SD motors in a cast-iron version, frame sizes 80/112 … 225<br />

System efficiency<br />

IES2 in accordance with EN 50598 (system with SINAMICS G120 converter, PM240-2)<br />

Marking<br />

Only permitted for converter operation.<br />

As converter motors, IE classification according to IEC 60034-30-1 is not required.<br />

Rated speed 1500 rpm, 1800 rpm and 2610 rpm (up to frame size 200)<br />

3000 rpm, 3600 rpm (frame sizes 180 and 200)<br />

Rated torque<br />

3.5 … 191 Nm (50 Hz characteristic); 3.3 … 183 Nm (60 Hz characteristic), 3.3 … 176 Nm (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Insulation of the stator winding in accordance<br />

with EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)<br />

Temperature class F, utilized acc. to B<br />

Reinforced insulation system (Advanced)<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP55 as standard<br />

according to EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5) Air-cooled, enclosed version<br />

Cooling<br />

• Standard: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

according to EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6) • Optional: Forced-air cooled (IC416) (132 ... 200)<br />

Permissible coolant temperature and –20 ... +40 °C as standard, installation altitude up to 1000 m above sea level<br />

installation altitude<br />

Standard voltages<br />

according to EN 60038 (IEC 60038)<br />

50 Hz line supplies: 400 V, 60 Hz line supplies: 480 V<br />

The rated motor voltage required is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

Type of construction<br />

• Without flange: IM B3, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6<br />

according to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) • With flange: IM B35, IM V1, IM V3<br />

Paint finish<br />

As standard: color RAL 7030 stone gray<br />

Suitability of paint finish for climate<br />

group according to IEC 60721, Part 2-1<br />

Vibration severity grade<br />

Grade A (normal)<br />

according to EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)<br />

Shaft extension<br />

Balancing type: half-key balancing as standard<br />

according to DIN 748 (IEC 60072)<br />

Sound pressure level<br />

The corresponding sound pressure level is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

according to EN ISO 1680<br />

(tolerance +3 dB)<br />

Weights<br />

The corresponding weight is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

Modular mounting concept<br />

Optional brake and separately driven fan according to ordering data<br />

Options<br />

See "Article No. supplements and special versions"<br />

4/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Rating plate<br />

In accordance with EN 60034-1, the approximate total weight is<br />

specified on the rating plate. The standard version of the rating<br />

plate is the international version in <strong>English</strong>.<br />

For straightforward and fast commissioning with SINAMICS G<br />

converters, a motor code number is stamped on the rating plate<br />

(CODE).<br />

Made in Czech Rep. D-90441 Nürnberg<br />

3~Mot. 1RV4164B 1FP10141DB421AA4-Z UD 1701/1234567 001 001<br />

IEC/EN 60034 160L IMB3 IP55<br />

90kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Separately driven fan<br />

For the technical specifications of the separately driven fans,<br />

see page 1/77 "Technical specifications of separately driven<br />

fans".<br />

Bearings<br />

For converter operation, as a result of the basic principle employed,<br />

electrical bearing stress is created through the bearing<br />

lubricant film due to a voltage that is capacitively coupled in.<br />

The physical cause of this is the common-mode voltage at the<br />

converter output that is inherent in the control method for a converter:<br />

The sum of the three phase voltages is – in contrast to pure line<br />

operation – not equal to zero at every point in time.<br />

In order to apply currents to the motor which are sinusoidal as far<br />

as possible (resulting in smoother running, lower oscillation<br />

torques, and lower stray losses), a high pulse frequency is required<br />

for the converter's output voltage. The related (very<br />

steep) switching edges of the converter output voltage (and<br />

also, therefore, of the common-mode voltage) cause correspondingly<br />

high capacitive currents and voltages on the machine's<br />

internal capacitances.<br />

In the worst-case scenario, the capacitive voltage induced via<br />

the bearing can lead to random arcing through the bearing lubricating<br />

film, thus causing premature bearing aging or damage.<br />

This physical effect, which occurs in isolated cases, has mostly<br />

been observed in connection with larger motors.<br />

EMC-compliant installation of the drive system is a basic prerequisite<br />

for preventing premature bearing damage via bearing<br />

currents.<br />

The most important measures for reducing bearing currents are:<br />

• Insulated motor bearing at the NDE.<br />

Recommended from frame size 225 and higher:<br />

• Use cables with a symmetrical cable cross-section:<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

Concentric<br />

Cu or Al shield<br />

L1<br />

PE<br />

• Preference given to a line supply with isolated neutral point (IT<br />

system).<br />

• Using grounding cables with low impedance over a wide<br />

frequency range (DC up to approximately 70 MHz): for<br />

example, braided copper ribbon cables, HF finely stranded<br />

wires.<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and driven machine.<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and converter PE busbar.<br />

• 360° HF contacting of the cable shield on the motor housing<br />

and the converter PE busbar. This can be achieved using<br />

EMC screwed glands on the motor side and EMC shield clips<br />

on the converter side, for example.<br />

PE<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

Steel reinforcement<br />

G_D011_EN_00<strong>06</strong>5<br />

4/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Torque limits (continuous duty)<br />

The thermal torque limit characteristics of the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line define the maximum load torque for<br />

uninterrupted duty (S1) over the <strong>complete</strong> speed control range.<br />

The characteristics are different for all of the cooling methods.<br />

The speed control range is limited by the mechanical speed limit,<br />

which depends on the motor's mechanical design.<br />

The following statements are valid for the following diagrams:<br />

• Thermally, from 1 / 10 of the rated speed up to the full rated<br />

speed, the rated torque and the curve of the suitable power<br />

unit are possible, utilizing the thermal class 155 (temperature<br />

class F).<br />

• At rated speed, SF 1.2 is possible.<br />

• The curves of the next largest power unit and the maximum<br />

power curve can be achieved in continuous-operation periodic<br />

duty (S6 - x %), and briefly in S9 duty, provided that<br />

P 2(S9) = P 2N is not exceeded.<br />

Torque<br />

1.30<br />

1.20<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

T/Trated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated<br />

= constant<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated = 1/n<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated<br />

= (1/n) x<br />

1.0<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00519<br />

n/n rated<br />

Maximum overload torques/thermal limit characteristic<br />

The maximum overload torque output from the motor is defined<br />

by the limit characteristic and the available converter output current.<br />

Thermally, the motors can have a continuous overload with service<br />

factor 1.2 (SF 1.2). However, in this case, the limit torque<br />

characteristic must be observed. The speed control range is<br />

limited by the mechanical speed limit, which depends on the<br />

motor's mechanical design.<br />

Torque<br />

1.30<br />

1.20<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

T/Trated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

Overload torque characteristic SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line<br />

1.0<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated<br />

= constant<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated = 1/n<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated<br />

= (1/n) x<br />

Service factor 1.2<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00521<br />

n/n rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line self-ventilated<br />

Power<br />

1.30<br />

1.20<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

P/P rated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

Self-ventilated: P/P rated ~ n<br />

Self-ventilated: P/P rated = constant<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00520<br />

n/nrated<br />

Power limit for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line self-ventilated<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0DB2 motor, frame size 80<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

Nm<br />

6<br />

5<br />

G_D081_EN_00943a<br />

Power<br />

1.2<br />

kW<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

G_D081_EN_00944<br />

4<br />

0.6<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T max T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

T 1.7 A<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

P 1.7 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

Nm<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

T 1.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

T F/F<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00945a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

1.4<br />

Power<br />

kW<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

P max<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

P 1.7 A<br />

P rated<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00946<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

Nm<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

G_D081_EN_00947a<br />

Power<br />

2.5<br />

kW<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00948<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0DB3 motor, frame size 80<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

12<br />

Nm<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_00949a<br />

Power<br />

1.8<br />

kW<br />

1.4<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>50<br />

4<br />

0.6<br />

2<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

12<br />

Nm<br />

10<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00951a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

2<br />

kW<br />

Power<br />

1.6<br />

1.4<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

P max<br />

P 3.2 A<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

P rated<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>52<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

12<br />

Nm<br />

10<br />

8<br />

G_D081_EN_00953a<br />

Power<br />

3<br />

kW<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00954<br />

6<br />

1.5<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0DF2 motor, frame size 80<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

6<br />

Nm<br />

5<br />

4<br />

G_D081_EN_00955a<br />

Power<br />

1.6<br />

kW<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00956<br />

3<br />

0.8<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

6<br />

Nm<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

T 2.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00957a<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

1.8<br />

kW<br />

1.4<br />

1.2<br />

1<br />

0.8<br />

0.6<br />

0.4<br />

0.2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

P 2.2 A<br />

P rated<br />

2000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00958<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0DF3 motor, frame size 80<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

Nm<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

G_D081_EN_00959a<br />

Power<br />

2<br />

kW<br />

1.5<br />

G_D081_EN_00960<br />

4<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

0.5<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

8<br />

Nm<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

G_D081_EN_00961a<br />

Power<br />

2.5<br />

kW<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00962<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/13


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0EB0 motor, frame size 90<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

16<br />

Nm<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_00963a<br />

Power<br />

2.5<br />

kW<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00964<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

16<br />

Nm<br />

12<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_00965a<br />

Power<br />

3<br />

kW<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00966<br />

8<br />

1.5<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T 3.1 A<br />

P 3.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

16<br />

Nm<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00967a<br />

Power<br />

4.5<br />

kW<br />

3.5<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

G_D081_EN_00968<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T 5,9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0EB4 motor, frame size 90<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

20<br />

Nm<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00969a<br />

Power<br />

3.5<br />

kW<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00970<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

20<br />

Nm<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00971a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

4<br />

kW<br />

3.5<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00972<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

20<br />

Nm<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

G_D081_EN_00973a<br />

Power<br />

6<br />

kW<br />

5<br />

4<br />

G_D081_EN_00974<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0EF0 motor, frame size 90<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

12<br />

Nm<br />

10<br />

8<br />

G_D081_EN_00975a<br />

Power<br />

3<br />

kW<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00976<br />

6<br />

1.5<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0 2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

12<br />

Nm<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

G_D081_EN_00977a<br />

Power<br />

3.5<br />

kW<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00978<br />

2<br />

0.5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0 2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T 4.1 A<br />

P 4.1 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-0EF4 motor, frame size 90<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

16<br />

Nm<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00979a<br />

Power<br />

4.5<br />

kW<br />

3.5<br />

3<br />

2.5<br />

2<br />

1.5<br />

1<br />

0.5<br />

G_D081_EN_00980<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

16<br />

Nm<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_00981a<br />

Power<br />

5<br />

kW<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00982<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1BB0 motor, frame size 112<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

Nm<br />

25<br />

20<br />

G_D081_EN_00983a<br />

Power<br />

5<br />

kW<br />

4<br />

3<br />

G_D081_EN_00984<br />

15<br />

10<br />

2<br />

5<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

Nm<br />

25<br />

20<br />

G_D081_EN_00985a<br />

Power<br />

6<br />

kW<br />

5<br />

4<br />

G_D081_EN_00986<br />

15<br />

3<br />

10<br />

2<br />

5<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T 5.9 A<br />

P 5.9 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

Nm<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

G_D081_EN_00987a<br />

Power<br />

9<br />

kW<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00988<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1BB1 motor, frame size 112<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

40<br />

Nm<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_00989a<br />

Power<br />

7<br />

kW<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00990<br />

5<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

40<br />

Nm<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00991a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

8<br />

kW<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00992<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

40<br />

Nm<br />

30<br />

25<br />

G_D081_EN_00993a<br />

Power<br />

12<br />

kW<br />

10<br />

8<br />

G_D081_EN_00994<br />

20<br />

6<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1BB2 motor, frame size 112<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

60<br />

Nm<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_00995a<br />

Power<br />

9<br />

kW<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

G_D081_EN_00996<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

60<br />

Nm<br />

50<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00997a<br />

Power<br />

10<br />

kW<br />

8<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_00998<br />

30<br />

20<br />

4<br />

10<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

60<br />

Nm<br />

50<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00999a<br />

Power<br />

16<br />

kW<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_01000<br />

30<br />

8<br />

20<br />

10<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-1BF1 motor, frame size 112<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

20<br />

Nm<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000 4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01001a<br />

Power<br />

6<br />

kW<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

G_D081_EN_01002<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

20<br />

Nm<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000 4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01003a<br />

Power<br />

7<br />

kW<br />

6<br />

5<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

G_D081_EN_01004<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

4<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T 7.7 A<br />

P 7.7 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/21


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1BF2 motor, frame size 112<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

Nm<br />

25<br />

20<br />

G_D081_EN_01005a<br />

Power<br />

9<br />

kW<br />

7<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_010<strong>06</strong><br />

15<br />

5<br />

4<br />

10<br />

3<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

2<br />

1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

30<br />

Nm<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_01007a<br />

Power<br />

10<br />

kW<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

G_D081_EN_01008<br />

5<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

2000<br />

4000 rpm 6000<br />

Speed<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T 10.2 A<br />

P 10.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1CB0 motor, frame size 132<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

75<br />

Nm<br />

65<br />

55<br />

45<br />

35<br />

G_D081_EN_01009a<br />

Power<br />

12<br />

kW<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

G_D081_EN_01010<br />

25<br />

4<br />

15<br />

5<br />

-5 0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

Nm<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 18 A<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

T F/F<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01011a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

14<br />

kW<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 18 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01012<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

Nm<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

T max T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01013a<br />

Power<br />

20<br />

kW<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01014<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/23


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1CB2 motor, frame size 132<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

100<br />

Nm<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01015a<br />

Power<br />

16<br />

kW<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01016<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

100<br />

Nm<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

T 18 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01017a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

20<br />

kW<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01018<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

100<br />

Nm<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01019a<br />

Power<br />

30<br />

kW<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01020<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/24 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1CF0 motor, frame size 132<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

40<br />

Nm<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

G_D081_EN_01021a<br />

Power<br />

12<br />

kW<br />

10<br />

8<br />

G_D081_EN_01022<br />

20<br />

6<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000<br />

3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

40<br />

Nm<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 18 A<br />

T 13.2 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01023a<br />

3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

14<br />

Power<br />

kW<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 18 A<br />

P 13.2 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01024<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/25


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1CF1 motor, frame size 132<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

60<br />

Nm<br />

50<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_01025a<br />

Power<br />

16<br />

kW<br />

12<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_01026<br />

30<br />

8<br />

20<br />

10<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000<br />

T F/F<br />

2000<br />

3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000<br />

3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T 18 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

60<br />

Nm<br />

50<br />

Torque<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

T 18 A<br />

T rated<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01027a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

18<br />

kW<br />

Power<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

P 18 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 5000 5600<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01028<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1DB2 motor, frame size 160<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

150<br />

Nm<br />

130<br />

110<br />

90<br />

G_D081_EN_01029a<br />

Power<br />

25<br />

kW<br />

20<br />

15<br />

G_D081_EN_01030<br />

70<br />

50<br />

10<br />

30<br />

5<br />

10<br />

-10 0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

150<br />

Nm<br />

130<br />

110<br />

90<br />

70<br />

G_D081_EN_01031a<br />

Power<br />

30<br />

kW<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

G_D081_EN_01032<br />

4<br />

50<br />

10<br />

30<br />

10<br />

-10 0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

160<br />

Nm<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

G_D081_EN_01033a<br />

Power<br />

45<br />

kW<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

G_D081_EN_01034<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1DB4 motor, frame size 160<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

200<br />

Nm<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01035a<br />

Power<br />

35<br />

kW<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01036<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

200<br />

Nm<br />

Torque<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 44 A<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01037a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

40<br />

kW<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 44 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01038<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

200<br />

Nm<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01039a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01040<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1DF2 motor, frame size 160<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

Nm<br />

60<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_01041a<br />

Power<br />

25<br />

kW<br />

20<br />

15<br />

G_D081_EN_01042<br />

40<br />

30<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

Nm<br />

60<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_01043a<br />

Power<br />

25<br />

kW<br />

20<br />

15<br />

G_D081_EN_01044<br />

4<br />

40<br />

30<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T 26.3 A<br />

P 26.3 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/29


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1DF3 motor, frame size 160<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

100<br />

Nm<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01045a<br />

Power<br />

30<br />

kW<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01046<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

100<br />

Nm<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 44 A<br />

T 34.5 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01047a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

35<br />

kW<br />

30<br />

Power<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 44 A<br />

P 34.5 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01048<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/30 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS GP/SD 1FP1.14-1DF4 motor, frame size 160<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

120<br />

Nm<br />

100<br />

80<br />

G_D081_EN_01049a<br />

Power<br />

40<br />

kW<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

G_D081_EN_01050<br />

60<br />

20<br />

40<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000<br />

T F/F<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

120<br />

Nm<br />

100<br />

Torque<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

T max T F/F<br />

T 52 A<br />

T 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01051a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (100 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

45<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 52 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 4000 rpm 4800<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01052<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (120 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/31


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-1EB2 motor, frame size 180<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>80a<br />

Power<br />

40<br />

kW<br />

30<br />

25<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>81<br />

20<br />

100<br />

15<br />

50<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>82a<br />

Power<br />

45<br />

kW<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>83<br />

100<br />

20<br />

15<br />

50<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T 44 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>84a<br />

Power<br />

70<br />

kW<br />

50<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>85<br />

100<br />

30<br />

20<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 44 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/32 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-1EB4 motor, frame size 180<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

300<br />

Nm<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>86a<br />

Power<br />

45<br />

kW<br />

35<br />

30<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>87<br />

150<br />

25<br />

20<br />

100<br />

50<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

300<br />

Nm<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>88a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>89<br />

4<br />

150<br />

30<br />

100<br />

20<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

300<br />

Nm<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>90a<br />

Power<br />

80<br />

kW<br />

60<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>91<br />

150<br />

40<br />

100<br />

50<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/33


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-1EF2 motor, frame size 180<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

160<br />

Nm<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>92a<br />

Power<br />

45<br />

kW<br />

35<br />

30<br />

25<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>93<br />

20<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

160<br />

Nm<br />

120<br />

100<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>94a<br />

Power<br />

50<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

35<br />

30<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>95<br />

80<br />

25<br />

60<br />

40<br />

20<br />

20<br />

15<br />

10<br />

5<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T 52 A<br />

P 52 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/34 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2AB5 motor, frame size 200<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

450<br />

Nm<br />

350<br />

300<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>96a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>97<br />

250<br />

200<br />

30<br />

150<br />

20<br />

100<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

450<br />

Nm<br />

350<br />

300<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>98a<br />

Power<br />

70<br />

kW<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>99<br />

4<br />

250<br />

40<br />

200<br />

30<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

450<br />

Nm<br />

350<br />

300<br />

G_D081_EN_00700a<br />

Power<br />

120<br />

kW<br />

80<br />

G_D081_EN_00701<br />

250<br />

200<br />

60<br />

150<br />

40<br />

100<br />

50<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 179 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 146 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/35


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2AF4 motor, frame size 200<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_00702a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00703<br />

30<br />

100<br />

20<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_00704a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00705<br />

30<br />

100<br />

20<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 75 A<br />

P 75 A<br />

T 70 A<br />

P 70 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/36 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2AF5 motor, frame size 200<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

250<br />

Nm<br />

200<br />

150<br />

G_D081_EN_007<strong>06</strong>a<br />

Power<br />

70<br />

kW<br />

50<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00707<br />

100<br />

30<br />

20<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 91 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

200<br />

Nm<br />

160<br />

140<br />

120<br />

G_D081_EN_00708a<br />

Power<br />

60<br />

kW<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_00709<br />

4<br />

100<br />

30<br />

80<br />

60<br />

20<br />

40<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0 1000 2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

Speed<br />

T F/F<br />

T max<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

Speed<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 91 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/37


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2BB0 motor, frame size 225<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

500<br />

Nm<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_01053a<br />

Power<br />

70<br />

kW<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

G_D081_EN_01054<br />

150<br />

20<br />

100<br />

50<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 91 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

4<br />

Torque<br />

500<br />

Nm<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_01055a<br />

Power<br />

90<br />

kW<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

G_D081_EN_01056<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T 91 A<br />

P 91 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

500<br />

Nm<br />

400<br />

350<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_01057a<br />

Power<br />

140<br />

kW<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

G_D081_EN_01058<br />

150<br />

40<br />

100<br />

50<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

0<br />

0 1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

P max<br />

Speed<br />

T 179 A<br />

P 179 A<br />

T 146 A<br />

P 146 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/38 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2BB2 motor, frame size 225<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

700<br />

Nm<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

G_D081_EN_01059a<br />

Power<br />

90<br />

kW<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>0<br />

300<br />

200<br />

100<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 146 A<br />

P 146 A<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

700<br />

Nm<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>1a<br />

Power<br />

120<br />

kW<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>2<br />

4<br />

100<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 146 A<br />

P 146 A<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

700<br />

Nm<br />

600<br />

500<br />

400<br />

300<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>3a<br />

Power<br />

160<br />

kW<br />

140<br />

120<br />

100<br />

80<br />

60<br />

40<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>4<br />

100<br />

20<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T F/F<br />

1000 2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 rpm 3000<br />

Speed<br />

T 2<strong>06</strong> A<br />

P 2<strong>06</strong> A<br />

T 179 A<br />

P 179 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

Torque limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 380 V (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/39


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

The torque and power characteristics for converter configuration for the SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514-2BF2 motor, frame size 225<br />

with the particular motor voltage and circuit:<br />

Torque<br />

350<br />

Nm<br />

300<br />

250<br />

200<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>5a<br />

Power<br />

90<br />

kW<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>6<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

1000 2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

1000<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

Speed<br />

T 146 A<br />

P 146 A<br />

T 110 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

T rated<br />

P rated<br />

4<br />

Torque limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Torque<br />

300<br />

Nm<br />

250<br />

200<br />

150<br />

100<br />

50<br />

0<br />

0<br />

T max<br />

T 146 A<br />

T 110 A<br />

T rated<br />

1000 2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

T F/F<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>7a<br />

Power limit for 380 VY (50 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power<br />

100<br />

kW<br />

80<br />

70<br />

60<br />

50<br />

40<br />

30<br />

20<br />

10<br />

0<br />

0<br />

P max<br />

P 146 A<br />

P 110 A<br />

P rated<br />

1000<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_01<strong>06</strong>8<br />

2000 3000 rpm 4000 4500<br />

Torque limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

Power limit for 440 VY (60 Hz characteristic)<br />

4/40 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Additional information<br />

Mechanical stress and grease lifetime<br />

When motors are operated at speeds above the rated speed,<br />

the mechanical smooth running operation and the bearings are<br />

subjected to greater mechanical stress. This reduces the grease<br />

lifetime and the bearing lifetime.<br />

Above 100 Hz, the motors must be balanced for twice the rated<br />

frequency; it can be expected that the lubrication intervals and<br />

bearing lifetime are significantly reduced.<br />

Motor protection<br />

A motor protection function can be implemented using<br />

the I²t sensing function implemented in the converter software. If<br />

required, more precise motor protection can be afforded by direct<br />

temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors (standard<br />

scope of delivery) or PTC thermistors in the motor winding. Some<br />

converters from Siemens determine the motor temperature using<br />

the resistance of the temperature sensor. They can be set to<br />

a required temperature for alarm and tripping. When ordering<br />

PTC thermistors or other temperature sensors to monitor the<br />

cooling temperature, the KTY84 sensors, otherwise provided as<br />

standard, are eliminated. As described above, KTY84 sensors<br />

are evaluated in the SINAMICS converters.<br />

Motor connection<br />

When connecting the motors, it is important to consider the restrictions<br />

for 1LE1 line motors as well as the maximum conductor<br />

cross-sections permitted for the converter.<br />

Operating data for 50 Hz/60 Hz/87 Hz characteristics<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motors are designed for operation<br />

with 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 87 Hz characteristics (87 Hz characteristic<br />

up to frame size 200).<br />

Operation with the 50/60 Hz characteristic requires Y (star or<br />

wye) connection; operation with the 87 Hz characteristic requires<br />

connection.<br />

The corresponding performance data are stamped on the rating<br />

plate as standard. An ordering option is not required.<br />

Maximum operating speed<br />

The maximum operating speed is limited by the mechanical<br />

speed limit of the motors as well as the available converter output<br />

frequency.<br />

A significant increase in the sound pressure level can be expected<br />

when operating the motor above its rated speed (field<br />

weakening range).<br />

Mechanical speed limits SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line:<br />

Frame size Mechanical speed limit<br />

50 Hz 100 Hz<br />

SIMOTICS<br />

SIMOTICS<br />

GP SD SD<br />

n max n max n max<br />

rpm rpm rpm<br />

80 3200 3200 6000<br />

90 3200 3200 6000<br />

112 3200 3200 6000<br />

132 3200 3200 5600<br />

160 3000 3200 4800<br />

180 2610 3000 4600<br />

200 2610 3000 4500<br />

225 3000 4500<br />

International use<br />

As special converter motors, SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line<br />

motors are presently not subject to any minimum efficiency requirements<br />

in the EU and USA/Canada. However, other national<br />

certificates may be required (e.g. CSA-S safety in Canada).<br />

4<br />

Vmot<br />

440 V,<br />

60 Hz<br />

380 V,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Vline<br />

480 V,<br />

60 Hz<br />

400 V,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Y connection<br />

Y connection<br />

∆ connection<br />

G_D081_EN_00588<br />

80 V<br />

46 V<br />

0<br />

n min<br />

n N50<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm<br />

n N60<br />

1800 rpm<br />

n N87<br />

2610 rpm<br />

n max<br />

Speed<br />

Operating characteristics of SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line motors 1)<br />

1) With V4.7 SP3, only a 50 Hz characteristic is possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/41


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Load characteristics for the line supply voltage: 400 V 3 AC, 50 Hz<br />

Load characteristic<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD SINAMICS G120<br />

T ~ n 2 T = const.<br />

VSD4000 line motors converters<br />

Operating mode:<br />

Speed control range<br />

Low overload<br />

1:2 1:4 1:10<br />

P P T P T P T<br />

kW kW kW kW kW kW kW Motor type Converter type<br />

Rated speed 1500 rpm<br />

at<br />

1500 rpm<br />

from<br />

750 rpm<br />

from 750 rpm<br />

to 1500 rpm<br />

from<br />

375 rpm<br />

from 375 rpm<br />

to 1500 rpm<br />

from<br />

150 rpm<br />

from 150 rpm<br />

to 1500 rpm<br />

0.55 0.28 3.5 0.14 3.5 0.<strong>06</strong> 3.5 1FP1.14-0DB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0<br />

0.75 0.38 4.8 0.19 4.8 0.08 4.8 1FP1.14-0DB3.-…. 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0<br />

1.1 0.55 7 0.28 7 0.11 7 1FP1.14-0EB0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1<br />

1.5 0.75 9.5 0.38 9.5 0.15 9.5 1FP1.14-0EB4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1<br />

2.2 1.1 14 0.55 14 0.22 14 1FP1.14-1BB0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1<br />

3 1.5 19.1 0.75 19.1 0.3 19.1 1FP1.14-1BB1.-…. 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1<br />

4 2 25.5 1 25.5 0.4 25.5 1FP1.14-1BB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0<br />

5.5 2.75 35 1.38 35 0.55 35 1FP1.14-1CB0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0<br />

7.5 3.75 47.5 1.88 47.5 0.75 47.5 1FP1.14-1CB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0<br />

11 5.5 70 2.75 70 1.1 70 1FP1.14-1DB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0<br />

15 7.5 95 3.75 95 1.5 95 1FP1.14-1DB4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0<br />

18.5 9.25 118 4.63 118 1.85 118 1FP1.14-1EB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0<br />

22 11 140 5.5 140 2.2 140 1FP1.14-1EB4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0<br />

30 15 191 7.5 191 3 191 1FP1.14-2AB5.-…. 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0<br />

37 18.5 236 9.25 236 3.7 236 1FP1514-2BB0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0<br />

45 22.5 286 11.25 286 4.5 286 1FP1514-2BB2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0<br />

Rated speed 3000 rpm<br />

at<br />

from<br />

from 1500 rpm from<br />

from 750 rpm from<br />

from 300 rpm<br />

3000 rpm 1500 rpm to 3000 rpm 750 rpm to 3000 rpm 300 rpm to 3000 rpm<br />

0.75 0.38 2.4 0.19 2.4 0.08 2.4 1FP1514-0DF2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0<br />

1.1 0.55 3.5 0.28 3.5 0.11 3.5 1FP1514-0DF3.-…. 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1<br />

1.5 0.75 4.8 0.38 4.8 0.15 4.8 1FP1514-0EF0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1<br />

2.2 1.1 7 0.55 7 0.22 7 1FP1514-0EF4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1<br />

3 1.5 9.5 0.75 9.5 0.3 9.5 1FP1514-1BF1.-…. 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1<br />

4 2 12.7 1 12.7 0.4 12.7 1FP1514-1BF2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0<br />

5.5 2.75 17.5 1.38 17.5 0.55 17.5 1FP1514-1CF0.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0<br />

7.5 3.75 24 1.88 24 0.75 24 1FP1514-1CF1.-…. 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0<br />

11 5.5 35 2.75 35 1.1 35 1FP1514-1DF2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0<br />

15 7.5 48 3.75 48 1.5 48 1FP1514-1DF3.-…. 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0<br />

18.5 9.25 58 4.63 58 1.85 58 1FP1514-1DF4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0<br />

22 11 70 5.5 70 2.2 70 1FP1514-1EF2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0<br />

30 15 96 7.5 96 3 96 1FP1514-2AF4.-…. 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0<br />

37 18.5 118 9.25 118 3.7 118 1FP1514-2AF5.-…. 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0<br />

45 22.5 143 11.25 143 4.5 143 1FP1514-2BF2.-…. 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0<br />

Note:<br />

The converter recommendation applies to standard ambient conditions (40 °C; 1000 m above sea level).<br />

If, as a result of different ambient conditions, the rated motor power is significantly reduced, under certain circumstances, another<br />

converter is the optimum solution. Here, please use the configuration options for converters in the DT Configurator.<br />

4/42 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

System power loss acc. to IEC 61800-9-2: 2017<br />

The drive system comprising SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line<br />

synchronous-reluctance motors and SINAMICS G120 converters<br />

is, as a result of the minimal system power losses,<br />

especially suitable for applications in the full and partial load<br />

range that are optimized to achieve minimum lifecycle costs.<br />

General conditions:<br />

• CU230P-2 Control Unit<br />

• Line voltage: 400 V 3 AC 50/60 Hz<br />

• Output voltage: Up to 0.95 x line supply input voltage<br />

• Inverter pulse frequency:<br />

4 kHz to 90 kW; 2 kHz from 110 kW<br />

• In the standby mode, the converter does not supply any<br />

power to the motor (the inverter pulses are inhibited)<br />

• In the standby operating mode, the Control Unit is operated<br />

from the internal or external 24 V DC electronics power supply<br />

• Converters with vector control for synchronous-reluctance<br />

motors and flux reduction<br />

• The operating points defined in the subsequent table already<br />

take into account the standby portions<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD4000 line synchronous-reluctance motors with SINAMICS G120 PM240-2 Power Modules<br />

Rated<br />

power<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

VSD4000<br />

1FP10/1FP15<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

PM240-2 Power Module Frame<br />

size<br />

System power loss, relative P V,rel as a % referred to P rated IES class acc. to<br />

Operating points<br />

IEC 61800-9-2:<br />

2017<br />

at<br />

partial load 1)<br />

at<br />

rated load 1)<br />

0/25 0/50 0/100 50/25 50/50 50/100 100/50 100/100<br />

kW Type Type % % % % % % % %<br />

Line voltage 400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz, rated speed 1500 rpm<br />

0.55 1FP1.14-0DB2.-.... 80 M 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0 FSA 10.62 12.52 19.12 10.38 13.76 21.42 15.05 23.16 IES2<br />

0.75 1FP1.14-0DB3.-.... 80 M 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L1 FSA 8.59 10.28 15.78 8.38 11.32 17.78 12.64 19.59 IES2<br />

1.1 1FP1.14-0EB0.-.... 90 S 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA 6.45 8.14 13.66 6.47 9.23 15.40 10.58 17.13 IES2<br />

1.5 1FP1.14-0EB4.-.... 90 L 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA 5.72 7.31 12.70 5.55 8.21 14.26 9.61 16.03 IES2<br />

2.2 1FP1.14-1BB0.-.... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA 3.91 5.01 8.71 4.17 6.10 10.45 7.62 12.43 IES2<br />

3 1FP1.14-1BB1.-.... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA 3.63 4.90 9.45 3.81 5.84 11.09 7.36 12.99 IES2<br />

4 1FP1.14-1BB2.-.... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA 3.21 4.41 8.65 3.31 5.21 10.04 6.45 11.75 IES2<br />

5.5 1FP1.14-1CB0.-.... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB 2.68 3.85 7.61 2.91 4.61 9.40 5.97 10.87 IES2<br />

7.5 1FP1.14-1CB2.-.... 132 M 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB 2.42 3.43 6.71 2.62 4.13 8.22 5.33 9.68 IES2<br />

11 1FP1.14-1DB2.-.... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC 2.26 3.17 6.20 2.25 3.64 7.55 4.75 9.14 IES2<br />

15 1FP1.14-1DB4.-.... 160 L 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC 2.09 2.89 5.73 2.08 3.42 6.89 4.31 8.13 IES2<br />

18.5 1FP1.14-1EB2.-.... 180 M 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD 1.76 2.42 4.65 1.86 3.01 6.00 3.99 7.56 IES2<br />

22 1FP1.14-1EB4.-.... 180 L 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD 1.67 2.34 4.46 1.74 2.84 5.73 3.82 7.15 IES2<br />

30 1FP1.14-2AB5.-.... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD 1.65 2.41 4.82 1.53 2.60 5.58 3.36 6.80 IES2<br />

37 1FP1514-2BB0.-.... 225 S 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE 1.29 2.02 4.49 1.64 2.73 5.54 3.49 6.74 IES2<br />

45 1FP1514-2BB2.-.... 225 M 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE 1.18 1.91 4.41 1.51 2.63 5.38 3.34 6.72 IES2<br />

Line voltage 400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz, rated speed 3000 rpm<br />

0.75 1FP1514-0DF2.-.... 80 M 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L1 FSA 8.28 10.08 15.81 8.93 11.98 18.36 14.49 21.79 IES2<br />

1.1 1FP1514-0DF3.-.... 80 M 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA 6.39 8.17 13.83 7.08 9.91 16.17 12.44 19.32 IES2<br />

1.5 1FP1514-0EF0.-.... 90 S 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA 5.73 7.05 11.43 5.99 8.45 13.83 11.44 17.34 IES2<br />

2.2 1FP1514-0EF4.-.... 90 L 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA 4.72 5.79 9.34 4.99 7.10 11.51 9.81 14.67 IES2<br />

3 1FP1514-1BF1.-.... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA 3.00 4.<strong>06</strong> 6.11 3.74 5.51 9.51 7.79 12.49 IES2<br />

4 1FP1514-1BF2.-.... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA 3.04 3.91 6.86 3.53 5.16 8.74 7.56 11.62 IES2<br />

5.5 1FP1514-1CF0.-.... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB 2.72 3.55 6.82 3.19 4.71 8.48 7.21 11.67 IES2<br />

7.5 1FP1514-1CF1.-.... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB 2.21 3.07 6.27 2.72 4.20 8.00 6.21 10.71 IES2<br />

11 1FP1514-1DF2.-.... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC 1.83 2.58 5.12 2.40 3.66 6.74 5.79 9.53 IES2<br />

15 1FP1514-1DF3.-.... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC 1.84 2.58 5.18 2.32 3.54 6.77 5.43 9.10 IES2<br />

18.5 1FP1514-1DF4.-.... 160 L 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD 1.76 2.49 4.99 2.20 3.48 6.66 5.21 9.<strong>06</strong> IES2<br />

22 1FP1514-1EF2.-.... 180 M 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD 1.39 1.93 3.72 1.90 2.95 5.24 4.69 7.67 IES2<br />

30 1FP1514-2AF4.-.... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD 1.25 1.78 3.78 1.80 2.81 5.28 4.28 7.58 IES2<br />

37 1FP1514-2AF5.-.... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSD 1.26 1.69 3.09 1.71 2.58 4.38 3.82 6.17 IES2<br />

45 1FP1514-2BF2.-.... 225 M 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSD 1.16 1.70 3.46 1.63 2.55 4.59 3.66 6.29 IES2<br />

4<br />

1) Output frequency, rel. [%] referred to the rated speed/<br />

torque, rel. [%] referred to the rated torque T rated .<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/43


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

The article number consists of a combination of digits and letters<br />

and is divided into three hyphenated blocks to provide a better<br />

overview, e.g.:<br />

1FP1504-1DB42-1GF4-Z<br />

H00<br />

The first block (positions 1 to 7) identifies the motor type. The<br />

second block (positions 8 to 12) defines the motor frame size<br />

and length, the number of poles and power and in some cases<br />

the frequency/voltage. In the third block (positions 13 to 16), the<br />

frequency/voltage, type of construction and further design<br />

features are encoded.<br />

For deviations in the second and third block from the catalog<br />

codes either Z or 90 should be used as appropriate.<br />

Ordering data:<br />

• Complete Article No. and order code(s) or plain text<br />

• If a quotation has been requested, please specify the quotation<br />

number in addition to the Article No.<br />

• When ordering a <strong>complete</strong> motor as a spare part, please<br />

specify the works serial No. for the previously supplied motor<br />

as well as the Article No.<br />

4<br />

Structure of the Article No.: Position: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16<br />

1st to 4th position:<br />

Digit, letter, letter, digit<br />

Three-phase synchronous-reluctance motor<br />

Self-ventilated by fan mounted on and driven by<br />

the rotor<br />

1 F P 1<br />

5th position:<br />

Digit<br />

6th position:<br />

Digit<br />

7th position:<br />

Digit<br />

8th and 9th position:<br />

Digit, letter<br />

10th position:<br />

Letter<br />

11th position:<br />

Digit<br />

12th and 13th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

14th position:<br />

Letter<br />

15th position:<br />

Letter<br />

16th position:<br />

Digit<br />

SIMOTICS GP – aluminum housing<br />

SIMOTICS SD – cast-iron housing<br />

Standard version Gen 2 1<br />

Efficiency class<br />

Super Premium Efficiency 4<br />

Motor frame size<br />

(frame size as a combination of shaft height and overall length, encoded)<br />

No. of poles<br />

B, F: 4-pole<br />

Laminated core length 0<br />

2<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Motor voltage and frequency<br />

380 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/440 V 3 AC, 60 Hz/380 V 3 AC, 87 Hz 2 1<br />

Type of construction<br />

(encoded with A ... V)<br />

Motor protection<br />

(encoded with B ... Z; Z requires order code Q.. (e.g. Q3A);<br />

F = standard version with integrated KTY84 temperature sensor)<br />

Terminal box position<br />

4: Terminal box top (normal version), 5: Terminal box right, 6: Terminal box left<br />

Special order versions:<br />

encoded – additional order code required<br />

not encoded – additional plain text required<br />

0<br />

5<br />

0<br />

…<br />

2<br />

A<br />

...<br />

E<br />

B<br />

F<br />

A<br />

...<br />

V<br />

B<br />

…<br />

Z<br />

4<br />

…<br />

6<br />

- Z<br />

4/44 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Ordering example:<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

1FP10 motor type<br />

Standard motor for converter operation<br />

1FP1014-■■■■■-■■■■<br />

SIMOTICS GP VSD4000 line, aluminum version,<br />

rated power at P rated 50 with 15 kW,<br />

P rated 60 with 17.3 kW or P rated 87 with 23.5 kW<br />

Motor frame size 160 L 1FP1014-1D■4■-■■■■<br />

No. of poles 4-pole 1FP1014-1DB4■-■■■■<br />

Motor voltage and frequency 380 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/440 V 3 AC, 60 Hz/380 V 3 AC, 87 Hz 1FP1014-1DB42-1■■■<br />

Type of construction with special version IM V5 with protective cover 1) 1FP1014-1DB42-1C■■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Motor protection<br />

Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 1 or 3 embedded<br />

temperature sensors for tripping<br />

1FP1014-1DB42-1CB■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box right (viewed from DE) 1FP1014-1DB42-1CB5-Z<br />

H00<br />

4<br />

1) Standard without protective cover – the protective cover is defined with<br />

order code H00 and must be ordered in addition to the Article No. with -Z<br />

and this order code.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/45


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/480 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Aluminum series 1FP1014<br />

P rated, 50 Hz, P rated, 60 Hz, P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4 cos rated, 4/4 I rated Version specifically for<br />

400 V 480 V 400 V<br />

for<br />

converter operation<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class F according to B<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G120 converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

0.55 80 M Y 50 3.5 83.9 0.67 1.49 1FP1014-0DB2 ■- ■■■■<br />

0.63 Y 60 3.4 84.0 0.66 1.49<br />

0.95 87 3.5 87.5 0.65 2.55<br />

0.75 80 M Y 50 4.8 85.7 0.67 1.98 1FP1014-0DB3 ■- ■■■■<br />

0.86 Y 60 4.6 85.5 0.66 2.0<br />

1.3 87 4.8 89.0 0.64 3.45<br />

1.1 90 S Y 50 7.0 87.2 0.69 2.8 1FP1014-0EB0 ■- ■■■■<br />

1.27 Y 60 6.7 87.5 0.69 2.75<br />

1.9 87 7.0 89.0 0.68 4.8<br />

1.5 90 M Y 50 9.5 88.2 0.69 3.75 1FP1014-0EB4 ■- ■■■■<br />

1.75 Y 60 9.0 88.5 0.68 3.8<br />

2.6 87 9.5 90.5 0.67 6.5<br />

2.2 112 M Y 50 14 89.5 0.71 5.3 1FP1014-1BB0 ■- ■■■■<br />

2.55 Y 60 13.3 91.0 0.71 5.2<br />

3.85 87 14 92.0 0.69 9.2<br />

3 112 M Y 50 19.1 90.4 0.71 7.1 1FP1014-1BB1 ■- ■■■■<br />

3.45 Y 60 18.1 91.0 0.72 6.9<br />

5.2 87 19.1 91.8 0.70 12.3<br />

4 112 M Y 50 25.5 91.1 0.72 9.3 1FP1014-1BB2 ■- ■■■■<br />

4.55 Y 60 24.0 91.0 0.73 9.0<br />

6.9 87 25.5 92.3 0.71 16.0<br />

5.5 132 S Y 50 35 91.9 0.72 12.6 1FP1014-1CB0 ■- ■■■■<br />

6.3 Y 60 33.5 92.4 0.73 12.3<br />

9.6 87 35 92.8 0.71 22<br />

7.5 132 M Y 50 47.5 92.6 0.72 17.1 1FP1014-1CB2 ■- ■■■■<br />

8.6 Y 60 45.5 92.4 0.73 16.7<br />

13.1 87 47.5 93.3 0.70 30.5<br />

11 160 M Y 50 70 93.3 0.72 25.0 1FP1014-1DB2 ■- ■■■■<br />

12.6 Y 60 67 93.6 0.73 24.0<br />

19.1 87 70 93.6 0.71 43.5<br />

15 160 L Y 50 95 93.9 0.71 34.0 1FP1014-1DB4 ■- ■■■■<br />

17.3 Y 60 90 94.5 0.72 33.5<br />

26 87 95 94.1 0.71 59.0<br />

18.5 180 M Y 50 118.0 94.2 0.71 42.0 1FP1014-1EB2 ■- ■■■■<br />

21.3 Y 60 113.0 94.5 0.72 41.0<br />

32 87 118.0 95.0 0.71 73.0<br />

22 180 L Y 50 140.0 94.5 0.71 50.0 1FP1014-1EB4 ■- ■■■■<br />

25.3 Y 60 134.0 94.5 0.72 49.0<br />

38.1 87 140.0 93.9 0.70 87.0<br />

30 200 L Y 50 191.0 95.2 0.71 68.0 1FP1014-2AB5 ■- ■■■■<br />

34.5 Y 60 183.0 95.4 0.72 66.0<br />

52 87 191.0 94.4 0.71 118.0<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■-■■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/46 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/480 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

m IM B3 J L pfA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

L WA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

Mech.<br />

speed limit<br />

Terminal<br />

box<br />

Converter<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240-2<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

Frame size<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type Type 1)<br />

1FP1014-0DB2.-.... 12 0.0019 66.0 78.0 3200 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

67.0 79.0 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-0DB3.-.... 15 0.0025 66.0 78.0 3200 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

67.0 79.0 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-0EB0.-.... 18 0.0034 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 71.0 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-0EB4.-.... 22 0.0043 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 71.0 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1BB0.-.... 34 0.0092 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

58.0 70.0 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

65.0 77.0 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1BB1.-.... 34 0.0092 59.0 71.0 3200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 71.0 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

65.0 77.0 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1BB2.-.... 39 0.0114 59.0 71.0 3200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

60.0 72.0 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1CB0.-.... 52 0.0200 69.0 81.0 3200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

68.0 80.0 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1CB2.-.... 66 0.0277 62.0 74.0 3200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

64.0 76.0 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

68.0 80.0 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1DB2.-.... 86 0.0485 69.0 81.0 3000 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

70.0 82.0 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

75.0 87.0 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1DB4.-.... 104 0.<strong>06</strong>24 71.0 83.0 3000 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

72.0 84.0 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

76.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1EB2.-.... 132 0.1155 69.0 82.0 2610 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1FP1014-1EB4.-.... 144 0.1315 69.0 82.0 2610 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1FP1014-2AB5.-.... 171 0.1884 68.0 81.0 2610 TB1L00 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

73.0 86.0 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a CU230P-2 Control Unit and an Operator<br />

Panel are required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/47


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series 1FP1514<br />

P rated, 50 Hz, P rated, 60 Hz, P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4 cos rated, 4/4 I rated Version specifically for<br />

400 V 480 V 400 V<br />

for<br />

converter operation<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class F according to B<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G120 converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 4-pole<br />

0.75 80 M Y 100 2.4 0.65 83.5 2.1 1FP1514-0DF2 ■-■■■■<br />

0.86 Y 120 2.3 0.65 82.5 2.1<br />

1.1 80 M Y 100 3.5 0.66 85.2 2.95 1FP1514-0DF3 ■-■■■■<br />

1.27 Y 120 6.7 0.66 85.5 2.95<br />

1.5 90 S Y 100 4.8 0.66 86.5 4 1FP1514-0EF0 ■-■■■■<br />

1.75 Y 120 4.6 0.67 86.5 3.95<br />

2.2 90 L Y 100 7 0.66 88 5.8 1FP1514-0EF4 ■-■■■■<br />

2.55 Y 120 13.5 0.68 88.5 5.6<br />

3.0 112 M Y 100 9.5 0.71 89.1 7.2 1FP1514-1BF1 ■-■■■■<br />

3.45 Y 120 9.2 0.71 89.5 7.1<br />

4.0 112 M Y 100 12.7 0.69 90 9.8 1FP1514-1BF2 ■-■■■■<br />

4.55 Y 120 12.1 0.7 89.5 9.5<br />

5.5 132 S Y 100 17.5 90.9 0.71 12.9 1FP1514-1CF0 ■-■■■■<br />

6.3 Y 120 16.7 90.2 0.72 12.7<br />

7.5 132 S Y 100 24.0 91.7 0.72 17.3 1FP1514-1CF1 ■-■■■■<br />

8.6 Y 120 23.0 91.7 0.72 17.1<br />

11 160 M Y 100 35 92.6 0.73 24.5 1FP1514-1DF2 ■-■■■■<br />

12.6 Y 120 33.5 91.4 0.73 24.5<br />

15 160 M Y 100 48.0 93.3 0.72 34 1FP1514-1DF3 ■-■■■■<br />

17.3 Y 120 46.0 93.0 0.73 33.5<br />

18.5 160 L Y 100 58 93.7 0.72 41.5 1FP1514-1DF4 ■-■■■■<br />

21.3 Y 120 56.5 93.0 0.73 41.0<br />

22 180 M Y 100 70 94.0 0.71 50 1FP1514-1EF2 ■-■■■■<br />

25.3 Y 120 67 93.0 0.71 50<br />

30 200 L Y 100 96 94.5 0.72 67 1FP1514-2AF4 ■-■■■■<br />

34.5 Y 120 91 94.1 0.72 67<br />

37 200 L Y 100 118 94.8 0.72 82 1FP1514-2AF5 ■-■■■■<br />

42.5 Y 120 112 94.5 0.73 81<br />

45 225 M Y 100 143 95.0 0.73 99 1FP1514-2BF2 ■-■■■■<br />

52 Y 120 136 94.4 0.73 99<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■-■■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/48 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

m IM B3 J L pfA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

L WA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

Mech.<br />

speed limit<br />

Terminal<br />

box<br />

Converter<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240-2<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

Frame size<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type Type 1)<br />

1FP1514-0DF2.-.... 17 0.0013 68.0 80.0 6000 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0DF3.-.... 18 0.0015 68.0 80.0 6000 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0EF0.-.... 24 0.0022 66.0 78.0 6000 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

70.0 82.0 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0EF4.-.... 27 0.0031 66.0 78.0 6000 TB1D00 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

70.0 82.0 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1BF1.-.... 39 0.0<strong>06</strong>4 63.0 75.0 6000 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

67.0 79.0 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1BF2.-.... 41 0.0071 69.0 81.0 6000 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1CF0.-.... 53 0.0133 70.0 82.0 5600 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

72.0 84.0 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1CF1.-.... 56 0.0160 70.0 82.0 5600 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

72.0 84.0 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1DF2.-.... 89 0.0323 72.0 84.0 4800 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

76.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1DF3.-.... 96 0.0377 72.0 84.0 4800 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

76.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1DF4.-.... 102 0.0444 75.0 87.0 4800 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

76.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1EF2.-.... 144 0.087 73.0 86.0 4600 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 IES 2<br />

75.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2AF4.-.... 187 0.1277 73.0 86.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2AF5.-.... 222 0.1884 73.0 86.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2BF2.-.... 286 0.3599 78.0 92.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 IES 2<br />

81.0 95.0 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a CU230P-2 Control Unit and an Operator<br />

Panel are required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/49


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series 1FP1514<br />

P rated, 50 Hz, P rated, 60 Hz, P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4 cos rated, 4/4 I rated Version specifically for<br />

400 V 480 V 400 V<br />

for<br />

converter operation<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class F according to B<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G120 converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

0.55 80 M Y 50 3.5 83.9 0.67 1.49 1FP1514-0DB2 ■-■■■■<br />

0.63 Y 60 3.4 84.0 0.66 1.49<br />

0.95 87 3.5 87.5 0.65 2.55<br />

0.75 80 M Y 50 4.8 85.7 0.67 1.98 1FP1514-0DB3 ■-■■■■<br />

0.86 Y 60 4.6 85.5 0.66 2.0<br />

1.3 87 4.8 89.0 0.64 3.45<br />

1.1 90 S Y 50 7.0 87.2 0.69 2.8 1FP1514-0EB0 ■-■■■■<br />

1.27 Y 60 6.7 87.5 0.69 2.75<br />

1.9 87 7.0 89.0 0.68 4.8<br />

1.5 90 M Y 50 9.5 88.2 0.69 3.75 1FP1514-0EB4 ■-■■■■<br />

1.75 Y 60 9.0 88.5 0.68 3.8<br />

2.6 87 9.5 90.5 0.67 6.5<br />

2.2 112 M Y 50 14 89.5 0.71 5.3 1FP1514-1BB0 ■-■■■■<br />

2.55 Y 60 13.3 91.0 0.71 5.2<br />

3.85 87 14 92.0 0.69 9.2<br />

3 112 M Y 50 19.1 90.4 0.71 7.1 1FP1514-1BB1 ■-■■■■<br />

3.45 Y 60 18.1 91.0 0.72 6.9<br />

5.2 87 19.1 91.8 0.70 12.3<br />

4 112 M Y 50 25.5 91.1 0.72 9.3 1FP1514-1BB2 ■-■■■■<br />

4.55 Y 60 24.0 91.0 0.73 9.0<br />

6.9 87 25.5 92.3 0.71 16.2<br />

5.5 132 S Y 50 35 91.9 0.72 12.6 1FP1514-1CB0 ■-■■■■<br />

6.3 Y 60 33.5 92.4 0.73 12.3<br />

9.6 87 35 92.8 0.71 22<br />

7.5 132 M Y 50 47.5 92.6 0.72 17.1 1FP1514-1CB2 ■-■■■■<br />

8.6 Y 60 45.5 92.4 0.73 16.7<br />

13.1 87 47.5 93.3 0.70 30.5<br />

11 160 M Y 50 70 93.3 0.72 25.0 1FP1514-1DB2 ■-■■■■<br />

12.6 Y 60 67 93.6 0.73 24.0<br />

19.1 87 70 93.6 0.71 43.5<br />

15 160 L Y 50 95 93.9 0.71 34.0 1FP1514-1DB4 ■-■■■■<br />

17.3 Y 60 90 94.5 0.72 33.5<br />

26 87 95 94.1 0.71 59.0<br />

18.5 180 M Y 50 118.0 94.2 0.71 42.0 1FP1514-1EB2 ■-■■■■<br />

21.3 Y 60 113.0 94.5 0.72 41.0<br />

32 87 118.0 95.0 0.71 73.0<br />

22 180 L Y 50 140.0 94.5 0.71 50.0 1FP1514-1EB4 ■-■■■■<br />

25.3 Y 60 134.0 94.5 0.72 49.0<br />

38.1 87 140.0 93.9 0.70 87.0<br />

30 200 L Y 50 191.0 95.2 0.71 68.0 1FP1514-2AB5 ■-■■■■<br />

34.5 Y 60 183.0 95.4 0.72 66.0<br />

52 87 191.0 94.4 0.71 118.0<br />

37 225 S Y 50 236 95.2 0.75 79 1FP1514-2BB0 ■-■■■■<br />

42.5 Y 60 225 95.4 0.75 78<br />

64 87 236 95.4 0.75 136<br />

45 225 M Y 50 286 95.4 0.75 96 1FP1514-2BB2 ■-■■■■<br />

52 Y 60 276 95.8 0.75 95<br />

78 87 286 95.6 0.75 165<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■-■■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/50 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

m IM B3 J L pfA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

L WA,<br />

tolerance<br />

+3 dB(A)<br />

load<br />

Mech.<br />

speed limit<br />

Terminal<br />

box<br />

Converter<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240-2<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

Frame size<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type Type 1)<br />

1FP1514-0DB2.-.... 19 0.0019 66.0 78.0 3200 TB1D01 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

67.0 79.0 6SL3210-1PE11-8.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0DB3.-.... 22.5 0.0025 66.0 78.0 3200 TB1D01 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

67.0 79.0 6SL3210-1PE12-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0EB0.-.... 18 0.0034 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1D01 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 71.0 6SL3210-1PE13-2.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-0EB4.-.... 26 0.0043 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1D01 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 71.0 6SL3210-1PE14-3.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1BB0.-.... 46 0.0092 58.0 70.0 3200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

58.0 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

65.0 77.0 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1BB1.-.... 46 0.0092 59.0 71.0 3200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

59.0 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 2<br />

65.0 77.0 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1BB2.-.... 51 0.0114 59.0 71.0 3200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

60.0 72.0 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSA IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1CB0.-.... 68 0.0200 69.0 81.0 3200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

68.0 80.0 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

69.0 81.0 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1CB2.-.... 80 0.0277 62.0 74.0 3200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

64.0 76.0 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

68.0 80.0 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1DB2.-.... 105 0.0485 69.0 81.0 3200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

70.0 82.0 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

75.0 87.0 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1DB4.-.... 120 0.<strong>06</strong>24 71.0 83.0 3200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

72.0 84.0 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

76.0 88.0 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1EB2.-.... 166 0.1155 69.0 82.0 3000 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1FP1514-1EB4.-.... 182 0.1315 69.0 82.0 3000 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

76.0 89.0 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2AB5.-.... 220 0.1884 68.0 81.0 3000 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

70.0 83.0 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

73.0 86.0 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2BB0.-.... 320 0.442 70.0 84.0 3000 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

71.0 85.0 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

77.0 91.0 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1FP1514-2BB2.-.... 365 0.518 70.0 84.0 3000 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

71.0 85.0 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

77.0 91.0 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a CU230P-2 Control Unit and an Operator<br />

Panel are required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/51


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

1FP1014<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

13th position<br />

with order<br />

of the code and<br />

Article No. plain text<br />

if required<br />

1FP1014- . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

Line voltage:<br />

50 Hz, 400 V<br />

60 Hz, 480 V<br />

Standard version<br />

2 1 – <br />

4<br />

4/52 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

Line voltage:<br />

50 Hz, 400 V<br />

60 Hz, 480 V<br />

Standard version<br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

code identification<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

1FP1514<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

13th position<br />

with order<br />

of the code and<br />

Article No. plain text<br />

if required<br />

1FP1514- . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code<br />

2 1 – <br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/53


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM B6 2) T – <br />

IM B7 2) U – <br />

4<br />

IM B8 2) V – <br />

IM V6 2) D – <br />

IM V5<br />

C – <br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400<br />

IM B5 2) 5) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4)<br />

IM V3 3) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/56.<br />

4/54 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 – FF215 FF265 FF300 – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 – A 250 A 300 A 350 – – –<br />

IM B5 2) 5) F P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01+H00 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

IM V3 4) H P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

4<br />

IM V18<br />

M H00 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FF130 – FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 160 – A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02+H00 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

IM V3 4) H P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 3) J P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/56.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/55


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT165 FT215 – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 200 C 250 – –<br />

IM B14 2) 6) K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

4<br />

IM V18<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

IM B34 3) N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 6) K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5) 6)<br />

IM B34 3) N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

1) The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6, and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and no stamping of these types of construction on the<br />

rating plate are required. As standard the type of construction IM B3 is then<br />

stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V5 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with order code<br />

H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

2)<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. For orders with<br />

condensation drainage holes (order code H03), if mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

3) The "Second shaft extension" option (order code L05) is not possible.<br />

4) In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard version (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

4/56 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no condensation drainage holes (order code<br />

H03) and no stamping of these types of construction on the rating plate<br />

are required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is then stamped<br />

on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective cover,<br />

the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with order code H00.<br />

The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no condensation drainage holes (order code<br />

H03) and no stamping of these types of construction on the rating plate<br />

are required. As standard the type of construction IM B14 is then stamped<br />

on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with protective cover,<br />

the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with order code H00.<br />

The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1514- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP1514<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM B6 2) T – <br />

IM B7 2) U – <br />

IM B8 2) V – <br />

IM V6 2) D – <br />

4<br />

IM V5<br />

C – <br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450<br />

IM B5 2) 5) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 4) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/59.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/57


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1514- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP1514<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 – FF215 FF265 FF300 – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 – A 250 A 300 A 350 – – – –<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01+H00 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5)<br />

IM V3 3) H P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

4<br />

IM B35 3) J P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FF130 – FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 160 – A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 –<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02+H00 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 4) 5)<br />

IM V3 4) H P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35 3) J P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/59.<br />

4/58 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1FP1514- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP1514<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FT100 FT130 FT165 FT215 – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 120 C 160 C 200 C 250 – –<br />

IM B14 2) 6) K – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

IM V19 2) L – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

M H00 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

4<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – – –<br />

IM B14 2) 6) K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

without protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

with protective<br />

cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

1) The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction<br />

on the rating plate is required. As standard the type of<br />

construction IM B3 is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction<br />

IM V5 with protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally<br />

ordered with order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

2)<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. If mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

3)<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard design (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

The "Second shaft extension" option (order code L05) is not possible.<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover are<br />

also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on the<br />

rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is then<br />

stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with order code<br />

H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B14 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/59


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

4<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals) 1)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer K – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer P – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers R – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals) 1)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts)<br />

for tripping (2 terminals) 1) Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

1) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

4/60 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2)<br />

Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D39.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1FP1514- . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP1514<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals) 1)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer K – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – P – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – R – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for tripping Z Q2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

(6 terminals) 2)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for tripping (2 terminals) 1)<br />

6 × bimetal sensors (NC contacts) Z Q9A – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for alarm and tripping<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

1) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D39.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/61


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

<br />

✓<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

5<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 2) 7 – – – ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

1) For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard. Screwed-on feet<br />

are available with order code H01.<br />

4/62 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

<br />

✓<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

1FP1514- . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP1514<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 2) 7 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

1) For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard. Screwed-on feet<br />

are available with order code H01.<br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/63


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm and Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 3)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 3)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q34 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 19)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 19)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q61 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 – – O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input for bearings<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 – – O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box on NDE 1) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE 2)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box in position 0°; connection R13 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – –<br />

from right 20)<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

0.5 m long<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R22 ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

0.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

1.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R24 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ O. R. O. R.<br />

3 m long<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor connector Han-Drive 10e for R70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

230 V/400 VY<br />

Motor connector EMC Han-Drive 10e for R71 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – –<br />

230 V/400 VY<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/67.<br />

4/64 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

Special versions<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 3)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors:<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish<br />

in special RAL colors" (see Catalog<br />

Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 4)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of brake for higher switching F02 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. – –<br />

frequency (operating brake)<br />

Mounted separately driven fan F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz F11 ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, 50/60 Hz F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 3)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220 rotary G04 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary G05 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary G<strong>06</strong> – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of<br />

G25 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

HOGS100S-B76.626.01024.1 rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024, G27 – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Prepared for mountings, centering G40<br />

hole only 7) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft<br />

12)<br />

G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft<br />

12)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

G42 O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 6) 8) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/67.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/65


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Mechanical design and degrees of protection (continued)<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Vibration-proof version; vibration resistance<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to Class 3M4 according to<br />

IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes 9) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Housing with screw mounting H10 ✓ ✓ – – – ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 10) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection 11) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounted H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 8)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 13) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 13) D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Version according to UL and CSA D39 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(Canadian regulation)<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces<br />

Regreasing device 14) L23 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 14)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, DE 15)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, NDE 15)<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Fan cover for textile industry 16) F75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan cover F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/67.<br />

4/66 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1FP1014<br />

Special versions<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates (continued)<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate Y84 • and<br />

and on package label (max. 20 characters)<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP1014- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200<br />

1FP1014<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by<br />

<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

A printed version of the safety notes in B01 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

language of the country of use is supplied<br />

in each wire-lattice pallet 17)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and safety notes in the<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 18)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

– Not possible<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

4<br />

1) For order code H08, feet dimensions differing from EN 50347<br />

Further information is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) With IM B5 flange, only possible in combination with order code H08.<br />

3) The grease lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to<br />

CT 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease<br />

lifetime and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

4) A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

5) The brake supply voltage must be specified or ordered with order codes<br />

F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18.<br />

6)<br />

In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

7)<br />

As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mounted components<br />

(order codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a<br />

protective cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for<br />

mounted components provided by the customer, this can be ordered<br />

with order code G43. Not possible in combination with order code L00<br />

vibration severity grade B. In combination with a separately driven fan<br />

(order code F70) the 1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of<br />

1XP8012-10 or 1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

8)<br />

Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

9)<br />

Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of<br />

construction (feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the<br />

respective type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

10) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

11) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

12) As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mounted components<br />

(order codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a<br />

protective cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for<br />

mounted components provided by the customer, this can be ordered<br />

with order code G43. Not possible in combination with order code L00<br />

vibration severity grade B.<br />

13) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

14) Not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

15) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case. For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

- Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

- Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

16) The special requirements of the textile industry regarding the sheet metal<br />

cover open up the possibility that a finger may be inserted between the<br />

cover and housing. The customer must implement appropriate measures<br />

to ensure that the installed system is "finger-safe".<br />

17) The Operating Instructions (Compact) are available in PDF format for all<br />

official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40761976<br />

18) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor and will be dispatched by e-mail.<br />

19) Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D31.<br />

20) Only possible in combination with order codes R70 and R71.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/67


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP15.4- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP15.4<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping Q11 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm and Q12 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q25 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 3)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 3)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) Q34 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thermostat for alarm and tripping<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 19)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 19)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in<br />

3-wire input for bearings<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

Q78 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Q79 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination<br />

with order codes F40<br />

and F41<br />

(frame size 225)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Terminal box on NDE 2) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One EMC cable gland R14 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EMC cable gland,<br />

R16 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box without cable entry R51 – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

opening<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Silicone-free version – – <br />

Non-standard threaded through hole<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

Y61 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legend, see page 4/71 and for footnotes, see page 4/72.<br />

4/68 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Special versions<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 180 (H) at rated N11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

power and max. CT 60 °C 3)<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors:<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish<br />

in special RAL colors" (see Catalog<br />

Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP15.4- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y53 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Y56 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP15.4<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 4)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 5) – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounted separately driven fan F70 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F11 – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

230 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F12 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Backstop, counterclockwise motion F40 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

blocked, clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Backstop, clockwise motion blocked, F41 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 5)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220 rotary G04 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary G05 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary G<strong>06</strong> – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse G07 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 18)<br />

Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse G08 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

separately driven fan or brake)<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of HOGS100S-B76.626.01024.1 G25 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024,<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

G27 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

4<br />

For legend, see page 4/71 and for footnotes, see page 4/72.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/69


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP15.4- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP15.4<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Special technology 5) (continued)<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Y70 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Prepared for mountings, centering hole G40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

only<br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 6) 8) 9) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version; vibration resistance<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to Class 3M4 according to<br />

IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes ✓ ✓ <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Housing with screw mounting H10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 10) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP54 degree of protection H21 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection 11) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounted H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 12)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C D02 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 13) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Version according to UL and CSA D39 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(Canadian regulation)<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412 A 14)<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces<br />

Regreasing device 14) L23 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and L28 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

NDE, DE bearing for increased cantilever<br />

forces<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 14)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legend, see page 4/71 and for footnotes, see page 4/72.<br />

4/70 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

Special versions<br />

Shaft and rotor (continued)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 15)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 15)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose<br />

(printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code<br />

and plain text if<br />

required<br />

1FP15.4- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 112 132 160 180 200 225<br />

1FP15.4<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by<br />

<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 17)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test) with B65 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

Motor version<br />

Super Premium Efficiency<br />

4<br />

For footnotes, see page 4/72.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/71


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1FP1514<br />

4<br />

1) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

For order code H08, feet dimensions differing from EN 50347<br />

Further information is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

3)<br />

The grease lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to<br />

CT 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease<br />

lifetime and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

4)<br />

A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

5)<br />

The brake supply voltage must be specified or ordered with order codes<br />

F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18.<br />

6)<br />

The 1XP8 rotary pulse encoders are fitted with a protective cover as standard.<br />

The protective cover is omitted at the factory when a rotary pulse<br />

encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case<br />

the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover.<br />

7)<br />

In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

8)<br />

LL and HOG rotary pulse encoders up to frame size 160 are fitted with a<br />

protective cover as standard. The protective cover is omitted at the factory<br />

when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan,<br />

because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan<br />

cover.<br />

9)<br />

Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

10) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

11) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 – order code F01.<br />

12) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

13) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

14) Up to frame size 160 not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

15) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case. For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

- Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

- Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

16) Wearing parts (bearings) are excluded from the warranty extension.<br />

17) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

18) Option (encoder mounting) is only possible for motors with a mounted<br />

separately driven fan or for naturally cooled motors (without an external<br />

fan). This option can be used in combination with brakes of type KFB.<br />

This option cannot be used in combination with brakes of type BFK458!<br />

19) Not UL and CSA certified. Not available in combination with order<br />

code D31.<br />

4/72 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

■ Overview<br />

Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws<br />

according to DIN 42923<br />

Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and<br />

conveniently when there is no belt-tensioning pulley. They are<br />

fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks.<br />

The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in<br />

DIN 42923. For motors of frame sizes 355 to 450, there are no<br />

standardized slide rails (please inquire).<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Taper pins according to DIN 258 with threaded ends and<br />

constant taper lengths<br />

Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly<br />

removed. The drilled hole is conically ground using a conical<br />

reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone<br />

shoulder lies approx. 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole.<br />

It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly<br />

seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing on<br />

the nut and tightening it.<br />

Standardized taper pins are commercially available.<br />

For instance, available from:<br />

Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG<br />

Rutesheimer Strasse 22<br />

70499 Stuttgart, Germany<br />

Phone +49 711 1388-0<br />

Fax +49 711 1388-233<br />

www.ottoroth.de<br />

Email: info@ottoroth.de<br />

■ More information<br />

Replacement motors and repair parts<br />

• Commitment to provide replacement motors and repair parts<br />

following delivery of the motor:<br />

- for up to 3 years after delivery of the original motor, in the<br />

event of total motor failure, Siemens will supply a comparable<br />

spare motor with regard to the mounting dimensions and<br />

functions (the type series may vary).<br />

- if a spare motor is provided within the 3-year period, this will<br />

not mean that the warranty restarts.<br />

- Replacement motors delivered after the active production of<br />

the motor series are also identified as spare motors on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

- Spare parts are offered only for these spare motors on<br />

request; repair and replacement are not possible.<br />

- after a period of 3 years (after the delivery of the original<br />

motor), it is only possible to repair these motors (depending<br />

on the availability of the spare parts required).<br />

- for up to 5 years after the delivery of the original motor, spare<br />

parts will be available and for a further 5 years, Siemens will<br />

provide information about spare parts and will supply documents<br />

when required.<br />

Foundation blocks according to DIN 799<br />

The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and<br />

embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of<br />

medium size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, base frames, etc.<br />

After the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machines can<br />

be shifted without them having to be lifted.<br />

When the machine is initially installed, the foundation blocks that<br />

are bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper<br />

pins are not embedded with concrete until the machine has<br />

been fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned 2 to<br />

3 mm lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated by<br />

inserting shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard the<br />

exact position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed and<br />

replaced without the need for realignment.<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

• When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be<br />

provided:<br />

- Designation and part number<br />

- Article No. and factory number of the motor.<br />

• For bearing types, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

• For standard components, a commitment to supply repaired<br />

parts does not apply.<br />

• Support hotline<br />

In Germany<br />

Phone +49 911 895 7 222<br />

You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our<br />

Internet site:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation/service&support<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/73


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions<br />

Notes on the dimensions<br />

■ Overview<br />

7 Dimension designations according to EN 50347 and<br />

IEC 60072.<br />

7 Fits<br />

The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables<br />

(DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (EN 50347) are<br />

machined with the following fits:<br />

Dimension ISO fit EN ISO 286-2<br />

designation<br />

D, DA to 30 j6<br />

over 30 to 50<br />

k6<br />

over 50<br />

m6<br />

N to 250 j6<br />

over 250<br />

h6<br />

F, FA h9<br />

K<br />

H17<br />

S flange (FF) H17<br />

The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an<br />

ISO fit of at least H7.<br />

7 Dimensional tolerances<br />

For the following dimensions, the admissible deviations are<br />

given below:<br />

Dimension Dimension Admissible<br />

designation<br />

deviation<br />

H to 250 – 0.5<br />

over 250 – 1.0<br />

E, EA – 0.5<br />

Keyways and feather keyways (dimensions GA, GC, F and FA)<br />

are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1.<br />

7 All dimensions are specified in mm.<br />

4<br />

4/74 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions<br />

Dimension sheet generator (within the DT Configurator)<br />

■ Overview<br />

A dimensional drawing can be created in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) for every configurable motor.<br />

A dimensional drawing can be requested for every other motor.<br />

When a <strong>complete</strong> Article No. is entered with or without order<br />

codes, a dimensional drawing can be called up under the<br />

"Documentation" tab.<br />

These dimensional drawings can be presented in different views<br />

and sections and printed.<br />

The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved<br />

and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format<br />

for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics.<br />

Online access in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

The DT Configurator is integrated in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

and can be used on the Internet without installation.<br />

German: www.siemens.de/dt-konfigurator<br />

<strong>English</strong>: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/75


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

ED<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00396<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00397<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

E<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1FP1014-<br />

80 M 0DB2,<br />

0DB3<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

4 125 30.5 150 159 121.5 121.5 96.5 96.5 93 43 100 32 32 118 23 – 18 1) 50 113<br />

148<br />

80 8 41<br />

90 S 0EB0 4 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 100 33 – 143 22.5 – 1) 18 1) 56 159 90 10 47<br />

90 L 0EB4 4 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 43 125 33 – 143 22.5 – 1) 18 1) 56 154 90 10 47<br />

112 M 1BB0, 4 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

1BB1,<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CB0 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 2) 218 4) 26.5 48 24 89 166.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DB2 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 3) 300 5) 47 57 28.5 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L 1DB4 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

180 M 1EB2 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 241 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 232 180 20 95<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 279 65 339 356 259 259 212.5 212.5 175 77.5 279 80 100 328 30 57 28.5 121 194 180 20 95<br />

200 L 2AB5 4 318 70 378 396 296 296 238 238 225 102.5 305 90 100 355 45 75 37.5 133 202 200 25 108<br />

1) Connecting hole for terminal box is on the side at the rear of the terminal<br />

box.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 38 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 44 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

4/76 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 200 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00398<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00399<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

4<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1FP10.4-<br />

80 M 0DB2,<br />

0DB3<br />

No. of HH K K' L1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

poles<br />

4 73 9.5 13.5 292<br />

327<br />

– – 343<br />

378<br />

79 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S 0EB0 4 78.5 10 14 347 – – 405 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 0EB4 4 78.5 10 14 387 – – 445 79 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

112 M 1BB0, 4 96 12 16 389 7 32 475 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BB1,<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CB0 4 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 515 8.5 39 585.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M 1DB2 4 155 15 19 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L 1DB4 4 155 15 19 666 10 45 790 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

180 M 1EB2 4 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 151 14.5 19 698 – – 814 145 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52<br />

200 L 2AB5 4 178 18.5 25 746 – – 860 185 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/77


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1FP15.4-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M 0DB2, 0DF2, 4 125 30.5 150 162 159 159 122 122 126 62 100 32 32 118 22.5 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

0DF3, 0DB3<br />

90 S 0EB0, 0EF0, 4 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 100 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 159 90 11 47<br />

90 L 0EF4,<br />

0EB4<br />

112 M 1BB0, 1BB1,<br />

1BF1, 1BF2<br />

1BB2<br />

132 S 1CB0, 1CF0,<br />

1CF1<br />

4 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 125 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 159<br />

134<br />

90 11 47<br />

4 190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130 112 12 52<br />

4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 1) 89 3) 218 5) 26.5 48 24 89 166.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 1) – 218 5) 26.5 48 24 89 178.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M 1DB2, 1DF2, 4 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 2) 117 4) 300 6) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

1DF3<br />

160 L 1DF4,<br />

1DB4<br />

4 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 2) 117 4) 300 6) 37 60 30 108 192<br />

208<br />

160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA is 51 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 41 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

4/78 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M, 90 S, 90 L, 112 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

4<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1FP15.4- poles<br />

80 M 0DB2, 0DF2,<br />

0DF3, 0DB3<br />

4 71.5 10 10 292<br />

327<br />

– – 343<br />

378<br />

102 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S 0EB0, 0EF0, 4 79.5 10 10 347 – – 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 27 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 0EF4, 4 79.5 10 10 347 – – 445 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 27 4 6 21.5<br />

0EB4<br />

387<br />

112 M 1BB0, 1BB1, 4 100.5 12 16 415.5 7 32 475 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BF1, 1BF2<br />

1BB2<br />

465.5<br />

132 S 1CB0,1CF0 4 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CF1<br />

132 M 1CB2 4 115.5 12 16 516.5 8.5 39 585.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M 1DB2, 1DF2,<br />

1DF3<br />

160 L 1DF4,<br />

1DB4<br />

4 145 14.<br />

5<br />

4 145 14.<br />

5<br />

18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

18 6<strong>06</strong><br />

666<br />

10 45 730<br />

790<br />

165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/79


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Super Premium Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

Motor type<br />

1FP15.4-<br />

1EB2, 1EF2<br />

1EB4<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

4 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

200 L 2AF4, 2AF5, 4 318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AB5<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 286 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 273<br />

225 M 2BF2<br />

2BB2<br />

4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 248<br />

4/80 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Synchronous reluctance motors for SINAMICS converters – VSD4000 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Cast-iron series, self-ventilated – Super Premium Efficiency · Frame sizes 180 M to 200 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

4<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1FP15.4-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

H HA Y HH K K´ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

1EB2, 1EF2<br />

1EB4<br />

200 L 2AF4, 2AF5,<br />

2AB5<br />

4 180 20 95 155 15 19 668 164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

698 784<br />

814<br />

4 200 25 108 164 19 25 721 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 225 34 124 164 19 25 848 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 M 2BF2<br />

2BB2<br />

4 225 34 124 164 19 25 848<br />

928<br />

903<br />

963<br />

197 55<br />

60<br />

M20 110<br />

140<br />

100<br />

125<br />

5<br />

10<br />

16<br />

18<br />

59<br />

64<br />

48<br />

55<br />

M16<br />

M20<br />

110 100 5 14<br />

16<br />

51.5<br />

59<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/81


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Overview<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motor series:<br />

1LE109, 1LE159<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors are suitable for all sectors<br />

of industry as a result of their flexibility and the wide range of versions<br />

available.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motor series has been specifically<br />

developed for operation with SINAMICS G converters.<br />

• Optimizing the assignment of the motor active part to the<br />

Power Module results in low capital investment costs.<br />

• The high power density and compact design ensure low<br />

space requirements combined with low weight.<br />

• An optimally harmonized drive system is created as the motor<br />

is optimally coordinated and harmonized with the converter.<br />

For instance, the converter does not have to be derated or<br />

there is low temperature rise.<br />

• Optionally, SIMOTICS GP motors with an aluminum housing<br />

(frame sizes 100 to 160) or SIMOTICS SD motors with a rugged<br />

cast-iron housing (frame sizes 100 to 315) are available.<br />

• High degree of availability based on standard protection functions<br />

for converter operation – KTY 84-130 temperature sensors,<br />

Pt1000 resistance thermometers (all frame sizes) and<br />

NDE insulated bearings (frame sizes 280 and 315).<br />

• As a result of the optimized insulation system, a high degree<br />

of reliability is obtained for four-quadrant operation with<br />

SINAMICS converters.<br />

• Fast and simple commissioning by transferring a motor code<br />

into the converter.<br />

Versions of the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motor series: 1LE109, 1LE159<br />

The motors are squirrel-cage induction motors with compact<br />

dimensions in a surface-cooled, enclosed version with selfventilation.<br />

They have been specifically designed for converter<br />

operation.<br />

1LE109 General Purpose for converter operation<br />

• Four-quadrant operation with a converter, optimally coordinated<br />

to the SINAMICS G drive system. Can be operated with<br />

SINAMICS S (ALM, SLM) in four-quadrant operation.<br />

• IP55 degree of protection<br />

• IC411 cooling method, self-ventilated<br />

(IC416 cooling method, force-ventilated version optional)<br />

• Housing: Aluminum<br />

• Frame sizes 100 to 160<br />

1LE159 Severe Duty for converter operation<br />

• Four-quadrant operation with a converter, optimally coordinated<br />

to the SINAMICS G drive system. Can be operated with<br />

SINAMICS S (ALM, SLM) in four-quadrant operation.<br />

• IP55 degree of protection<br />

• IC411 cooling method, self-ventilated<br />

(IC416 cooling method, force-ventilated version optional)<br />

• Housing: Cast iron<br />

• Frame sizes 100 to 315<br />

More power ratings<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors are designed as standard<br />

for operation with a 50 Hz, 60 Hz, and 87 Hz characteristic (up<br />

to frame size 200). No special ordering option is required.<br />

Optimized for converter operation<br />

The new motor series has been optimized for operation with<br />

SINAMICS G120, G130, and G150 converters with regard to<br />

converter output currents and voltage utilization. Four-quadrant<br />

operation is possible without restrictions with the SINAMICS G120<br />

and SINAMICS S120 converter families. The motors can also be<br />

operated on other SINAMICS converters<br />

(SINAMICS G120P, SINAMICS G120C, SINAMICS G120D).<br />

High degree of flexibility<br />

By consistently utilizing the 1LE1 standard motor platform, almost<br />

all options of the 1LE1 line motors can also be used for the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line series.<br />

Known and established design<br />

Line and converter motors can be easily interchanged due to<br />

their identical dimensions and customer interfaces. The connection<br />

and operating philosophy is exactly the same as for 1LE1<br />

line motors.<br />

International applications<br />

The motors are not subject to any minimum efficiency requirements<br />

for specific countries. As a consequence, they can be operated<br />

without additional MEPS certificates, also in the USA, for<br />

example.<br />

4/82 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Application<br />

As a result of the wide range of options, the SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

VSD10 line motor series can be deployed in all industrial areas<br />

and sectors. Paper, steel, energy, chemical, water/waste water<br />

are examples of some typical sectors.<br />

Various flange and foot-mounted designs according to<br />

EN 60034-7 are available. IP55 is the standard degree of protection<br />

(other degrees of protection optionally available).<br />

The wide field of applications that can be addressed includes,<br />

for example, the following:<br />

•Pumps<br />

• Fans<br />

• Compressors<br />

•Cranes<br />

• Conveyor belts<br />

■ Design<br />

The SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors are based on the 1LE1<br />

platform. The principle design of the SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10<br />

line motors therefore corresponds to the 1LE1 line motors.<br />

The mechanical parts are identical. The motors are adapted to<br />

the converter by appropriately dimensioning the active part and<br />

VSD-specific rating plate data.<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Overview of technical specifications<br />

This table lists the most important technical specifications.<br />

Type of motor<br />

Connection types<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line IEC Low-Voltage <strong>Motors</strong>; three-phase induction motors<br />

Star/delta connection<br />

The connection used depends on the particular load characteristic.<br />

No. of poles 2, 4<br />

Frame sizes 100 ... 315<br />

Rated power<br />

• 2-pole: 3 … 90 kW (50 Hz characteristic); 3.45 … 101 kW (60 Hz characteristic), 4.5 … 12.5 kW (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

• 4-pole: 2.2 … 200 kW (50 Hz characteristic); 2.55 … 230 kW (60 Hz characteristic), 3.7 … 48 kW (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Frequencies<br />

Characteristics for 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 87 Hz<br />

Versions<br />

Air-cooled, enclosed version:<br />

• with self ventilation<br />

• with forced ventilation (optional)<br />

SIMOTICS GP motors in an aluminum version, frame sizes 100 … 160<br />

SIMOTICS SD motors in a cast-iron version, frame sizes 100 … 315<br />

Marking<br />

Only permitted for converter operation.<br />

As converter motors, IE classification according to IEC 60034-30-1 is not required.<br />

Rated speed • 1500 rpm, 1800 rpm (up to frame size 315), and 2610 rpm (up to frame size 200)<br />

• 3000 rpm, 3600 rpm (up to frame size 280), and 5220 rpm (up to frame size 112)<br />

Rated torque<br />

9.6 … 1273 Nm (50 Hz characteristic); 9.2 … 1220 Nm (60 Hz characteristic), 8.2 … 176 Nm (87 Hz characteristic)<br />

Insulation of the stator winding<br />

in accordance with<br />

EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1)<br />

Degree of protection<br />

acc. to EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)<br />

Cooling<br />

acc. to EN 60034-6 (IEC 60034-6)<br />

Permissible coolant temperature and<br />

installation altitude<br />

Standard voltages<br />

acc. to EN 60038 (IEC 60038)<br />

Type of construction<br />

acc. to EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)<br />

Paint finish<br />

Suitability of paint finish for climate<br />

group acc. to IEC 60721, Part 2-1<br />

Vibration severity grade<br />

acc. to EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)<br />

Shaft extension<br />

acc. to DIN 748 (IEC 60072)<br />

Sound pressure level<br />

acc. to EN ISO 1680 (tolerance +3 dB)<br />

Weights<br />

Modular mounting concept<br />

Options<br />

Temperature class F<br />

Reinforced insulation system (Advanced) up to 440 V motor connection voltage<br />

Special insulation system (Premium) up to 480 V motor connection voltage<br />

Standard IP55<br />

optionally IP56 and IP65<br />

Air-cooled, enclosed version<br />

• Standard: Self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Optional: Forced-air cooled (IC416)<br />

–20 ... +40 °C as standard, installation altitude up to 1000 m above sea level<br />

50 Hz line supplies: 400 V, 500 V, 690 V<br />

60 Hz line supplies: 460 V, 600 V<br />

The rated motor voltage required is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

• Without flange: IM B3, IM B6, IM B7, IM B8, IM V5, IM V6<br />

• With flange: IM B5, IM B35, IM V1, IM V3<br />

As standard: color RAL 7030 stone gray<br />

Grade A (normal)<br />

Balancing type: half-key balancing as standard<br />

The corresponding sound pressure level is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

The corresponding weight is listed in the "Selection and ordering data" for the required motor.<br />

Optional pulse encoder, brake, and separately driven fan according to ordering data<br />

See "Article No. supplements and special versions"<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/83


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Rating plate<br />

In accordance with EN 60034-1, the approximate total weight is<br />

specified on the rating plate. The standard version of the rating<br />

plate is the international version in <strong>English</strong>.<br />

For straightforward and fast commissioning with SINAMICS G<br />

converters, a motor code number is stamped on the rating plate<br />

(CODE). The rated frequencies deviate, depending on the slip,<br />

from 50 Hz, 60 Hz, and 87 Hz.<br />

Made in Czech Rep. D-90441 Nürnberg<br />

3~Mot. 1AV1164B 1LE10921DB421AF4 UD 1701/1234567 001 001<br />

IEC/EN 60034 160L IMB3 IP55<br />

73kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C 0.1µs<br />

For SINAMICS G120 converters (from firmware version 4.7 and<br />

higher), the SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line can be selected as the<br />

motor category and addressed using the motor code No. in the<br />

SINAMICS converter using the STARTER software or at the converter<br />

operator panel (Advanced Operator Panel (AOP),<br />

Basic Operator Panel (BOP)).<br />

Rated voltage<br />

The tolerance for the rated voltage is in accordance with<br />

EN 60034-1. A rated voltage range is not specified. The rated<br />

motor voltages are selected so that when operated with a<br />

SINAMICS G120 converter, the available voltage is optimally<br />

utilized.<br />

Insulation<br />

The motors can be operated with line voltages up to 690 V 3 AC<br />

with SINAMICS G converters and SINAMICS S converters (uncontrolled<br />

and controlled infeed) when maintaining the permissible<br />

peak voltages specified above.<br />

Depending on the selected motor connection voltage, a special<br />

insulation system is used for converter operation.<br />

• Up to 440 V motor voltage (480 V line voltage) reinforced insulation<br />

system (Advanced)<br />

• From 480 V motor voltage (500 V line voltage) special insulation<br />

system (Premium)<br />

For converter operation with the power ratings specified in the<br />

catalog, the motors can be utilized corresponding to thermal<br />

class 155 (F) (service factor 1.0).<br />

Preferred supply system configurations are TT systems and TN<br />

systems with neutral-point grounding. In the case of a fault when<br />

connected to an IT system (ground fault), the insulation is excessively<br />

stressed. In this case, the process should be terminated<br />

as quickly as possible (t < 2 h), and the fault resolved. We do not<br />

recommend operation in corner-grounded TN systems.<br />

Noise<br />

The maximum sound pressure levels should be taken from the<br />

selection and ordering data.<br />

4/84 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Separately driven fan<br />

For the technical specifications of the separately driven fans,<br />

see page 1/77 "Technical specifications of separately driven<br />

fans".<br />

Bearings<br />

To prevent bearing current damage, converter motors are<br />

equipped with insulated bearing cartridges at the NDE, available<br />

as standard for frame sizes 280 and 315.<br />

Insulated NDE bearings are optionally available for frame sizes<br />

100 to 250. We recommend their use depending on the particular<br />

plant or system.<br />

For converter operation, as a result of the basic principle employed,<br />

electrical bearing stress is created through the bearing<br />

lubricant film due to a voltage that is capacitively coupled in.<br />

The physical cause of this is the common-mode voltage at the<br />

converter output that is inherent in the control method for a converter:<br />

The sum of the three phase voltages is – in contrast to pure line<br />

operation – not equal to zero at every point in time.<br />

In order to apply currents to the motor which are sinusoidal as far<br />

as possible (resulting in smoother running, lower oscillation<br />

torques, and lower stray losses), a high pulse frequency is required<br />

for the converter's output voltage. The related (very<br />

steep) switching edges of the converter output voltage (and<br />

also, therefore, of the common-mode voltage) cause correspondingly<br />

high capacitive currents and voltages on the machine's<br />

internal capacitances.<br />

In the worst-case scenario, the capacitive voltage induced via<br />

the bearing can lead to random arcing through the bearing lubricating<br />

film, thus causing premature bearing aging or damage.<br />

This physical effect, which occurs in isolated cases, has mostly<br />

been observed in connection with larger motors.<br />

EMC-compliant installation of the drive system is a basic prerequisite<br />

for preventing premature bearing damage via bearing<br />

currents.<br />

The most important measures for reducing bearing currents are:<br />

• Insulated motor bearing at the NDE.<br />

• Use cables with a symmetrical cable cross-section:<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

Concentric<br />

Cu or Al shield<br />

L1<br />

PE<br />

• Preference given to a line supply with isolated neutral point<br />

(IT system).<br />

• Using grounding cables with low impedance over a wide frequency<br />

range (DC up to approximately 70 MHz):<br />

for example, braided copper ribbon cables, HF finely<br />

stranded wires.<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and driven machine.<br />

• Separate HF equipotential-bonding cable between motor<br />

housing and converter PE busbar.<br />

• 360° HF contacting of the cable shield on the motor housing<br />

and the converter PE busbar. This can be achieved using<br />

EMC screwed glands on the motor side and EMC shield clips<br />

on the converter side, for example.<br />

PE<br />

L3 L2<br />

PE<br />

L1<br />

L3 L2<br />

Steel reinforcement<br />

G_D011_EN_00<strong>06</strong>5<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/85


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Torque limits (continuous duty)<br />

The thermal torque limit characteristics of the<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line define the maximum load torque for<br />

uninterrupted duty (S1) over the <strong>complete</strong> speed control range.<br />

The characteristics are different for all of the cooling methods.<br />

The speed control range is limited by the mechanical speed limit,<br />

which depends on the motor's mechanical design.<br />

Torque<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

T/Trated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2 n/n<br />

Speed<br />

Self-ventilated:<br />

T/T rated = 0.62 (n/n rated ) 3 - 1.86 (n/n rated ) 2 + 1.86 n/n rated + 0.43<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated<br />

= 1/n<br />

Self-ventilated: T/T rated = (1/n) 2 · T B /1.3<br />

Torque limit characteristic for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line, self-ventilated<br />

Torque<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

T/Trated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

Forced-air cooled: T/T rated<br />

= constant<br />

Forced-air cooled: T/T rated = 1/n<br />

Forced-air cooled: T/T rated<br />

= (1/n) 2 · T B /1.3<br />

Speed<br />

Torque limit characteristic for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line, forced-air<br />

cooled<br />

1.0<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_00498<br />

rated<br />

G_D081_EN_00499<br />

n/n rated<br />

Power<br />

Power limit for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line, forced-air cooled<br />

Maximum overload torques<br />

The maximum overload torque output from the motor is defined<br />

by the overload torque characteristic over the <strong>complete</strong> speed<br />

control range. The reference variable is the breakdown torque at<br />

rated speed. The breakdown torque is calculated from the<br />

breakdown torque ratio and the rated torque. Operation at the<br />

maximum overload torque is only briefly permissible, for instance,<br />

when accelerating. The speed control range is limited by<br />

the mechanical speed limit, which depends on the motor's mechanical<br />

design.<br />

Torque<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

P/Prated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

Power proportional to speed<br />

Power constant<br />

Power limited by breakdown torque<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

T/TB<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1.3 times stall<br />

stability<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

1.0<br />

T/T B<br />

T/T B · (1/n) 2<br />

T/T B<br />

/1.3 – with 1.3 times stall stability<br />

1.5<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00501<br />

n/n rated<br />

G_D081_EN_00502<br />

n/n rated<br />

Power<br />

1.10<br />

1.00<br />

P/Prated<br />

0.80<br />

0.70<br />

0.60<br />

0.50<br />

0.40<br />

0.30<br />

0.20<br />

0.10<br />

0.00<br />

0<br />

0.5<br />

1.0<br />

Power proportional to speed<br />

Power constant<br />

Power limited by breakdown torque<br />

1.5<br />

2<br />

Speed<br />

G_D081_EN_00500<br />

n/n rated<br />

Overload torque characteristic for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line<br />

Power limit for SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line, self-ventilated<br />

4/86 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Additional information<br />

Mechanical stress and grease lifetime<br />

When motors are operated at speeds above the rated speed,<br />

the mechanical smooth running operation and the bearings are<br />

subjected to greater mechanical stress. This reduces the grease<br />

lifetime and the bearing lifetime.<br />

Above 100 Hz, the motors must be balanced for twice the rated<br />

frequency.<br />

Motor protection<br />

A motor protection function can be implemented using<br />

the I²t sensing function implemented in the converter software.<br />

If required, more precise motor protection can be afforded by<br />

direct temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors, PTC<br />

thermistors, or Pt100/1000 resistance thermometers in the motor<br />

winding. Some converters from Siemens determine the motor<br />

temperature using the resistance of the temperature sensor.<br />

They can be set to a required temperature for alarm and tripping.<br />

When ordering PTC thermistors, Pt100 resistance thermistors or<br />

other temperature sensors to monitor the cooling temperature,<br />

the KTY84 sensors, otherwise provided as standard, are omitted.<br />

As described above, KTY84 sensors are evaluated in the<br />

SINAMICS converters.<br />

Motor connection<br />

When connecting the motors, it is important to consider the restrictions<br />

for 1LE1 line motors as well as the maximum conductor<br />

cross-sections permitted for the converter.<br />

Operating data for 50 Hz/60 Hz/87 Hz characteristics<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors are designed for operation<br />

with 50 Hz, 60 Hz and 87 Hz characteristics (87 Hz characteristic<br />

up to frame size 200).<br />

Operation with the 50/60 Hz characteristic requires Y (star or<br />

wye) connection; operation with the 87 Hz characteristic requires<br />

connection.<br />

The corresponding power data are stamped on the rating plate<br />

as standard. An ordering option is not required.<br />

Vmot<br />

440 V,<br />

60 Hz<br />

380 V,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Vline<br />

480 V,<br />

60 Hz<br />

400 V,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Y connection<br />

Y connection<br />

∆ connection<br />

G_D081_EN_00503<br />

Maximum operating speed<br />

The maximum operating speed is limited by the mechanical<br />

speed limit of the motors as well as the available converter output<br />

frequency.<br />

A significant increase in the sound pressure level can be expected<br />

when operating the motor above its rated speed (field<br />

weakening range).<br />

Mechanical speed limits SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line:<br />

Frame size<br />

Mechanical speed limits for 1LE1.92 motors<br />

2-pole<br />

4-pole<br />

n max<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

rpm<br />

100 5500 4200<br />

112 5500 4200<br />

132 4500 4200<br />

160 4500 4200<br />

180 4500 4200<br />

200 4500 4200<br />

225 4500 4500<br />

250 3900 3700<br />

280 3600 3000<br />

315 – 2600<br />

International use:<br />

As special converter motors, SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors<br />

are presently not subject to any minimum efficiency requirements<br />

in the EU and USA/Canada. However, other national certificates<br />

may be required (e.g. CSA-S safety in Canada).<br />

Therefore, for use in USA, Canada and Mexico, we recommend:<br />

Ordering with order code D39 (version according to UL and<br />

CSA-S).<br />

Note:<br />

At the present time, national Chinese regulations regarding converter<br />

motors are being revised. A conclusive interpretation relating<br />

to the design still cannot be made. As a consequence,<br />

until further notice, for China we recommend that line motors<br />

suitable for converter operation are used with CEL (China<br />

Energy Label) (e.g. 1LE100. with order code D34).<br />

4<br />

80 V<br />

46 V<br />

0<br />

n min<br />

n N50<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm<br />

n N60<br />

1800 rpm<br />

3600 rpm<br />

n N87<br />

2610 rpm<br />

5220 rpm<br />

n max<br />

Speed<br />

Operating characteristics of SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line motors<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/87


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

4<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Load characteristics for the line supply voltage: 400 V 3 AC, 50 Hz<br />

Rated speed 3000 rpm<br />

Load characteristic<br />

T ~ n 2<br />

T = const.<br />

Speed control range<br />

from<br />

from<br />

from<br />

1500 rpm<br />

750 rpm<br />

300 rpm<br />

1 : 2<br />

1 : 4<br />

1 : 10<br />

P max P max P max P max<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line<br />

motors<br />

SINAMICS G120<br />

converters<br />

kW kW kW kW Motor type Converter type<br />

3 1.47 0.63 0.21 1LE1.92-1AA42-1... 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1<br />

4 1.97 0.84 0.27 1LE1.92-1BA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0<br />

5.5 2.69 1.17 0.39 1LE1.92-1CA02-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0<br />

7.5 3.64 1.59 0.54 1LE1.92-1CA12-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0<br />

11 5.38 2.34 0.79 1LE1.92-1DA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0<br />

15 7.33 3.19 1.08 1LE1.92-1DA32-1... 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0<br />

18.5 9.05 3.93 1.32 1LE1.92-1DA42-1... 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0<br />

22 10.77 4.69 1.59 1LE1592-1EA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0<br />

30 14.64 6.37 2.13 1LE1592-2AA42-1... 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0<br />

37 18.08 7.86 2.66 1LE1592-2AA52-1... 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0<br />

45 21.99 9.54 3.21 1LE1592-2BA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0<br />

55 26.86 11.65 3.91 1LE1592-2CA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0<br />

75 36.63 15.85 5.33 1LE1592-2DA02-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0<br />

90 43.91 19.00 6.38 1LE1592-2DA22-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0<br />

Rated speed 1500 rpm<br />

Load characteristic<br />

T ~ n 2<br />

T = const.<br />

Speed control range<br />

from<br />

750 rpm<br />

1:2<br />

from<br />

375 rpm<br />

1:4<br />

from<br />

150 rpm<br />

1:10<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line<br />

motors<br />

SINAMICS<br />

converters<br />

P max P max P max P max<br />

kW kW kW kW Motor type Converter type<br />

2.2 1.<strong>06</strong> 0.43 0.13 1LE1.92-1AB42-1... 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1<br />

3 1.45 0.59 0.18 1LE1.92-1AB52-1... 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1<br />

4 1.93 0.78 0.24 1LE1.92-1BB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0<br />

5.5 2.65 1.07 0.33 1LE1.92-1CB02-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0<br />

7.5 3.60 1.45 0.45 1LE1.92-1CB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0<br />

11 5.31 2.14 0.66 1LE1.92-1DB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0<br />

15 7.20 2.91 0.90 1LE1.92-1DB42-1... 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0<br />

18.5 8.94 3.61 1.11 1LE1592-1EB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0<br />

22 10.61 4.29 1.32 1LE1592-1EB42-1... 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0<br />

30 14.48 5.85 1.80 1LE1592-2AB52-1... 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0<br />

37 17.89 7.23 2.22 1LE1592-2BB02-1... 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0<br />

45 21.68 8.76 2.70 1LE1592-2BB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0<br />

55 26.53 10.72 3.30 1LE1592-2CB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0<br />

75 36.15 14.61 4.50 1LE1592-2DB02-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0<br />

90 43.43 17.55 5.40 1LE1592-2DB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0<br />

1<strong>06</strong> 53.05 21.44 6.60 1LE1592-3AB02-1... 6SL3210-1PE32-1.L0<br />

130 63.66 25.73 7.92 1LE1592-3AB22-1... 6SL3210-1PE32-5.L0<br />

160 77.23 31.21 9.60 1LE1592-3AB42-1... 6SL3224-0XE41-3.A0<br />

200 96.48 38.99 12.00 1LE1592-3AB52-1... 6SL3224-0XE41-6.A0<br />

Note:<br />

The converter recommendation applies to standard ambient conditions (40 °C; 1000 m above sea level).<br />

If, as a result of different ambient conditions, the rated motor power is significantly reduced, under certain circumstances, another<br />

converter is the optimum solution. Here, please use the configuration options for converters in the DT Configurator.<br />

4/88 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD VSD10 line standard motors for converter operation with converter<br />

SINAMICS G120 Power Modules PM240-2<br />

Rated<br />

power<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD<br />

VSD10<br />

1LE109/1LE159<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

SINAMICS G120<br />

Power Module<br />

PM240-2<br />

Pulse<br />

frequency<br />

Frame System power loss, relative P V,rel as a % referred to P rated<br />

size<br />

Operating points<br />

at<br />

partial load 1)<br />

at<br />

rated load 1)<br />

0/25 0/50 0/100 50/25 50/50 50/100 100/50 100/100<br />

kW Type Type kHz % % % % % % % %<br />

Line voltage 400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz, rated speed 3000 rpm<br />

3 1LE1.92-1AA42-1... 100 L 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 4 FSA 3.433 6.367 17.333 5.4 8.533 21.433 13.567 27.833 IES 1<br />

4 1LE1.92-1BA22-1... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 4 FSB 3.775 5.8 14.35 5.65 8.025 17.6 13.375 24.45 IES 1<br />

5.5 1LE1.92-1CA02-1... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 4 FSB 3.109 5.218 13.836 4.109 6.564 16.6 10.309 21.6 IES 1<br />

7.5 1LE1.92-1CA12-1... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 4 FSB 2.56 4.333 11.587 3.653 5.693 13.84 9.093 18.533 IES 2<br />

11 1LE1.92-1DA22-1... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 4 FSC 2.664 4.364 11.2 3.973 5.936 13.845 10.255 19.555 IES 1<br />

15 1LE1.92-1DA32-1... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 4 FSC 1.96 3.68 10.227 3.153 5.04 12.693 8.547 17.4 IES 1<br />

18.5 1LE1592-1DA42-1... 160 L 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 4 FSD 2.308 3.649 8.854 3.53 5.022 10.865 8.059 15.07 IES 2<br />

22 1LE1592-1EA22-1... 180 M 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 4 FSD 1.695 3.027 8.345 2.586 4.073 9.741 6.482 13.255 IES 2<br />

30 1LE1592-2AA42-1... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 4 FSD 1.33 2.703 7.327 2.233 3.737 8.88 6.233 12.797 IES 2<br />

37 1LE1592-2AA52-1... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 4 FSD 1.276 2.3 6.238 2.108 3.276 7.611 5.257 10.678 IES 2<br />

45 1LE1592-2BA22-1... 225 M 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 4 FSE 1.127 2.093 5.749 2.044 3.144 7.016 5.538 10.471 IES 2<br />

55 1LE1592-2CA22-1... 250 M 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 4 FSE 1.056 1.991 5.467 1.869 2.945 6.771 5.396 10.253 IES 2<br />

75 1LE1592-2DA02-1... 280 S 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 4 FSF 1.<strong>06</strong>4 1.847 4.784 2.<strong>06</strong>4 2.971 6.207 5.564 9.799 IES 2<br />

90 1LE1592-2DA22-1... 280 M 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 4 FSF 0.932 1.643 4.241 1.696 2.527 5.473 4.523 8.412 IES 2<br />

Line voltage 400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz, rated speed 1500 rpm<br />

2.2 1LE1.92-1AB42-1... 100 L 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 4 FSA 5.273 8.273 19.273 6.682 10.364 27.682 14.364 32.091 IES 1<br />

3 1LE1.92-1AB52-1... 100 L 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 4 FSA 4.433 7.233 16.4 5.867 9 22.367 12.433 27 IES 1<br />

4 1LE1.92-1BB22-1... 112 M 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 4 FSB 4.45 6.9 16.1 5.675 8.425 20.025 11.5 24.3 IES 1<br />

5.5 1LE1.92-1CB02-1... 132 S 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 4 FSB 3.618 6 15.618 4.764 7.455 18.818 10.545 23.036 IES 1<br />

7.5 1LE1.92-1CB22-1... 132 M 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 4 FSB 3.413 5.24 12.533 4.787 6.84 15.24 10.013 19.733 IES 1<br />

11 1LE1.92-1DB22-1... 160 M 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 4 FSC 3.255 4.918 11.445 4.482 6.355 13.936 9.418 18.336 IES 1<br />

15 1LE1.92-1DB42-1... 160 L 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 4 FSC 2.94 4.387 10.073 4.013 5.627 12.<strong>06</strong> 8.14 15.8 IES 2<br />

18.5 1LE1592-1EB22-1... 180 M 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 4 FSD 2.205 3.665 9.092 3.465 5.076 11.292 7.514 14.843 IES 2<br />

22 1LE1592-1EB42-1... 180 L 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 4 FSD 2.232 3.527 8.5 3.1 4.545 10.145 6.15 12.841 IES 2<br />

30 1LE1592-2AB52-1... 200 L 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 4 FSD 1.99 3.167 7.903 2.877 4.197 9.32 6.<strong>06</strong> 12.26 IES 2<br />

37 1LE1592-2BB02-1... 225 S 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 4 FSD 1.53 2.635 6.938 2.551 3.797 8.568 6.051 11.924 IES 2<br />

45 1LE1592-2BB22-1... 225 M 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 4 FSE 1.413 2.493 6.644 2.291 3.504 8.053 5.447 10.982 IES 2<br />

55 1LE1592-2CB22-1... 250 M 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 4 FSE 1.298 2.427 7.129 2.104 3.36 8.082 5.3 11.051 IES 2<br />

75 1LE1592-2DB02-1... 280 S 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 4 FSF 1.317 2.135 5.216 2.441 3.373 6.811 5.909 10.315 IES 2<br />

90 1LE1592-2DB22-1... 280 M 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 4 FSF 1.224 2.033 5.132 2.002 2.92 6.357 4.579 8.95 IES 2<br />

1<strong>06</strong> 1LE1592-3AB02-1... 315 S 6SL3210-1PE32-1.L0 2 FSF 1.021 1.711 4.398 1.959 2.765 5.781 4.811 8.863 IES 2<br />

130 1LE1592-3AB22-1... 315 M 6SL3210-1PE32-5.L0 2 FSF 0.947 1.543 3.828 1.754 2.468 5.094 4.256 7.9 IES 2<br />

160 1LE1592-3AB42-1... 315 L 6SL3224-0XE41-3.A0 2 FSGX 1.343 1.981 4.441 2.224 2.974 5.771 4.762 8.614 IES 2<br />

200 1LE1592-3AB52-1... 315 L 6SL3224-0XE41-6.A0 2 FSGX 1.149 1.879 4.737 1.871 2.703 5.838 4.154 8.251 IES 2<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

4<br />

1) Output frequency, rel. [%] referred to the rated speed/<br />

Torque, rel. [%] referred to the rated torque T rated .<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/89


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

4<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

The article number consists of a combination of digits and letters<br />

and is divided into three hyphenated blocks to provide a better<br />

overview, e.g.:<br />

1LE1592-1DB42-1GF4-Z<br />

H00<br />

The first block (positions 1 to 7) identifies the motor type. The<br />

second block (positions 8 to 12) defines the motor frame size<br />

and length, the number of poles and power and in some cases<br />

the frequency/voltage. In the third block (positions 13 to 16), the<br />

frequency/voltage, type of construction and further design features<br />

are encoded.<br />

For deviations in the second and third block from the catalog<br />

codes either Z or 90 should be used as appropriate.<br />

Ordering data:<br />

• Complete Article No. and order code(s) or plain text<br />

• If a quotation has been requested, please specify the quotation<br />

number in addition to the Article No.<br />

• When ordering a <strong>complete</strong> motor as a spare part, please<br />

specify the works serial No. for the previously supplied motor<br />

as well as the Article No.<br />

Structure of the Article No.: Position: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16<br />

1st to 4th position:<br />

Digit, letter, letter, digit<br />

Self-ventilated by fan mounted on and driven<br />

by the rotor<br />

1 L E 1<br />

5th position:<br />

Digit<br />

6th position:<br />

Digit<br />

7th position:<br />

Digit<br />

8th and 9th position:<br />

Digit, letter<br />

10th position:<br />

Letter<br />

11th position:<br />

Digit<br />

12th and 13th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

14th position:<br />

Letter<br />

15th position:<br />

Letter<br />

16th position:<br />

Digit<br />

SIMOTICS GP – aluminum housing<br />

SIMOTICS SD – cast-iron housing<br />

VSD10 line motor (motor for converter operation) 9<br />

Standard efficiency class 2<br />

Motor frame size<br />

(frame size as a combination of shaft height and overall length, encoded)<br />

No. of poles<br />

A: 2-pole<br />

B: 4-pole<br />

Laminated core length 0<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Voltage and frequency 1)<br />

380 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/440 V 3 AC, 60 Hz/380 V 3 AC, 87Hz<br />

480 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/550 V 3 AC, 60 Hz/480 V 3 AC, 87Hz<br />

660 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/660 V 3 AC, 87 Hz<br />

Non-standard winding, requires order code M.. (e.g. M1Y)<br />

Type of construction<br />

(encoded with A ... V)<br />

Motor protection<br />

(encoded with B ... Z; Z requires order code Q.. (e.g. Q3A);<br />

F = standard version with integrated KTY 84 temperature sensor)<br />

Terminal box position<br />

4: Terminal box top (normal version), 5: Terminal box right, 6: Terminal box left<br />

Special order versions:<br />

encoded – additional order code required<br />

not encoded – additional plain text required<br />

0<br />

5<br />

1<br />

…<br />

3<br />

A<br />

...<br />

D<br />

A<br />

B<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

9<br />

1<br />

6<br />

3<br />

0<br />

A<br />

...<br />

V<br />

B<br />

…<br />

Z<br />

4<br />

…<br />

6<br />

- Z<br />

1) Depending on slip, the rated frequency is above 50 Hz, 60 Hz, or 87 Hz<br />

(see Technical specifications).<br />

4/90 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Ordering example:<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

Motor type 1LE1<br />

Standard motor for converter operation<br />

1LE1092-■■■■■-■■■■<br />

SIMOTICS GP VSD10 line, aluminum version<br />

Motor frame size 160 L 1LE1092-1DB■■-■■■■<br />

No. of poles 4-pole 1LE1092-1DB4■-■■■■<br />

Rated power<br />

P rated 50 : 15 kW<br />

P rated 60 : 17.3 kW<br />

P rated 87 : 23.5 kW<br />

Voltage and frequency 380 V 3 AC, 50 Hz/440 V 3 AC, 60 Hz/380 V 3 AC, 87 Hz 1LE1092-1DB42-1■■■<br />

Type of construction with special version IM V5 with protective cover 1) 1LE1092-1DB42-1C■■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Motor protection Motor protection with PTC thermistors with 1 or 3<br />

embedded temperature sensors for tripping<br />

1LE1092-1DB42-1CB■-Z<br />

H00<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box right (viewed from DE) 1LE1092-1DB42-1CB5-Z<br />

H00<br />

4<br />

1) Standard without protective cover – the protective cover is defined with<br />

order code H00 and must be ordered in addition to the Article No. with -Z<br />

and this order code.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/91


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated, 50 Hz, P rated, 60 Hz, P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

400 V 460 V 400 V<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1092 aluminum series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.9 9.6 81.5 0.87 6.4 1LE1092-1AA42-1■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.8 9.2 84.5 0.88 6.1<br />

4.5 89.4 8.2 84.5 0.82 9.9<br />

4 112 M Y 51.2 12.7 83.1 0.86 8.5 1LE1092-1BA22-1■■■<br />

4.55 Y 61.2 12.1 84.5 0.88 8<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.83 14.2<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.4 17.5 84.7 0.89 11.1 1LE1092-1CA02-1■■■<br />

6.3 Y 61.4 16.7 86.0 0.90 10.7<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 15.2 1LE1092-1CA12-1■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.2 22.8 88.7 0.88 14.7<br />

11 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 22.5 1LE1092-1DA22-1■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.2 33.4 87.5 0.86 22<br />

15 160 M Y 51.4 47.8 88.7 0.84 30.5 1LE1092-1DA32-1■■■<br />

17.3 Y 61.4 45.9 89.5 0.86 29.5<br />

18.5 160 L Y 51.1 58.9 89.3 0.86 36.5 1LE1092-1DA42-1■■■<br />

21.3 Y 61.1 56.5 89.5 0.87 36<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.9 14.0 79.7 0.81 5.2 1LE1092-1AB42-1■■■<br />

2.55 Y 62.8 13.5 83.0 0.82 4.9<br />

3.7 89.3 13.5 83.0 0.79 8.6<br />

3 100 L Y 52.7 19.1 81.5 0.85 6.6 1LE1092-1AB52-1■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.6 18.3 85.0 0.86 6.2<br />

5 89.3 18.3 85.0 0.79 11.3<br />

4 112 M Y 52.3 25.5 83.1 0.85 8.6 1LE1092-1BB22-1■■■<br />

4.55 Y 62.2 24.0 85.0 0.85 8.3<br />

6.6 89.0 24.0 85.0 0.81 14.6<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.1 35.0 84.7 0.82 12 1LE1092-1CB02-1■■■<br />

6.3 Y 62.0 33.5 87.0 0.84 11.3<br />

9 88.8 33.0 87.0 0.81 19.4<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.7 47.5 86.0 0.82 16.2 1LE1092-1CB22-1■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.7 45.5 87.5 0.84 15.4<br />

12.5 88.8 45.5 87.5 0.80 27.1<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 23.5 1LE1092-1DB22-1■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.4 67.0 88.5 0.82 23<br />

17 88.3 62.0 88.5 0.78 37.5<br />

15 160 L Y 51.4 95.0 88.7 0.82 31.5 1LE1092-1DB42-1■■■<br />

17.3 Y 61.4 92.0 90.5 0.82 30.5<br />

23.5 88.2 86.0 90.5 0.77 51<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/92 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1092-1AA42-1... 20 0.0034 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

20 0.0034 79.0 91.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

20 0.0034 83.0 95.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1BA22-1... 25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 78.0 90.1 5500 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 78.0 90.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 83.0 95.2 5500 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1CA02-1... 35 0.013 76.0 88.3 4500 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

35 0.013 76.0 88.3 4500 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1CA12-1... 40 0.016 76.0 88.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

40 0.016 76.0 88.4 4500 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 2<br />

1LE1092-1DA22-1... 60 0.03 79.0 91.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

60 0.03 78.0 90.4 4500 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1DA32-1... 68 0.036 79.0 91.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

68 0.036 78.0 90.8 4500 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1DA42-1... 78 0.044 79.0 91.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

78 0.044 78.0 90.8 4500 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1092-1AB42-1... 15 0.0059 79.0 91.0 4200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

15 0.0059 79.0 91.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

15 0.0059 81.0 93.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1AB52-1... 21 0.0078 79.0 91.0 4200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

21 0.0078 79.0 91.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

21 0.0078 81.0 93.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1BB22-1... 27 0.01 77.4 89.4 4200 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

27 0.01 77.2 89.2 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

27 0.01 78.4 90.4 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1CB02-1... 39 0.019 76.0 88.0 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

39 0.019 76.0 88.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

39 0.019 83.0 95.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1CB22-1... 43 0.024 76.0 88.0 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

43 0.024 76.0 88.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

43 0.024 83.0 95.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1DB22-1... 67 0.044 83.5 95.5 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

67 0.044 82.3 94.3 4200 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

67 0.044 85.8 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 1<br />

1LE1092-1DB42-1... 75 0.056 83.5 95.5 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

75 0.056 82.3 94.3 4200 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

75 0.056 85.8 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/93


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

P rated, 60 Hz,<br />

575 V<br />

P rated, 87 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1092 aluminum series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 480 V, 50 Hz/550 V, 60 Hz/480 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.9 9.6 81.5 0.87 5.1 1LE1092-1AA42-6■■■<br />

3.45 Y 63.0 9.2 84.5 0.88 4.85<br />

5 89.6 9.1 84.5 0.85 8.4<br />

4 112 M Y 51.3 12.7 83.1 0.86 6.7 1LE1092-1BA22-6■■■<br />

4.55 Y 61.3 12.1 84.5 0.88 6.4<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.84 11.1<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.6 17.5 84.7 0.89 8.8 1LE1092-1CA02-6■■■<br />

6.3 Y 61.6 16.7 86.0 0.90 8.5<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 12.1 1LE1092-1CA12-6■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.2 22.8 88.7 0.88 11.7<br />

11.0 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 17.8 1LE1092-1DA22-6■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.3 33.4 87.5 0.86 17.6<br />

14 160 M Y 51.1 44.6 88.7 0.84 22.5 1LE1092-1DA32-6■■■<br />

16.5 Y 61.2 43.8 89.5 0.86 22.5<br />

17 160 L Y 51.1 54.1 89.3 0.85 27 1LE1092-1DA42-6■■■<br />

19.5 Y 61.1 51.7 89.5 0.86 26.5<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.8 14.0 79.7 0.81 4.1 1LE1092-1AB42-6■■■<br />

2.55 Y 62.8 13.5 83.0 0.82 3.95<br />

3.7 89.6 13.5 83.0 0.79 6.8<br />

3 100 L Y 52.6 19.1 81.5 0.85 5.2 1LE1092-1AB52-6■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.6 18.3 85.0 0.86 4.95<br />

5 89.3 18.3 85.0 0.79 8.7<br />

4 112 M Y 52.4 25.5 83.1 0.85 6.8 1LE1092-1BB22-6■■■<br />

4.55 Y 62.3 24.1 85.0 0.85 6.6<br />

6.6 89.1 24.1 85.0 0.81 12<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.0 35.0 84.7 0.82 9.5 1LE1092-1CB02-6■■■<br />

6.3 Y 62.0 33.4 87.0 0.84 9<br />

9 88.8 32.9 87.0 0.81 15.4<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.9 47.8 86.0 0.82 12.8 1LE1092-1CB22-6■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.9 45.6 87.5 0.84 12.3<br />

12.5 88.7 45.7 87.5 0.80 21.5<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 18.4 1LE1092-1DB22-6■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.5 66.9 88.5 0.82 18.2<br />

17 88.4 62.2 88.5 0.78 29.5<br />

13.5 160 L Y 51.2 86.0 88.7 0.79 23 1LE1092-1DB42-6■■■<br />

15.6 Y 61.2 82.8 90.5 0.81 22.5<br />

23.5 88.3 86.0 90.5 0.77 40.5<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/94 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1092-1AA42-6... 20 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500 TB1F00<br />

20 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500<br />

20 0.0034 85.0 92.1 5500<br />

1LE1092-1BA22-6... 25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F00<br />

25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500<br />

25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 85.0 91.1 5500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CA02-6... 35 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

35 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CA12-6... 40 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

40 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA22-6... 60 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

60 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA32-6... 68 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

68 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA42-6... 78 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

78 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1AB42-6... 18 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F00<br />

18 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200<br />

18 0.0059 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1092-1AB52-6... 22 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F00<br />

22 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200<br />

22 0.0078 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1092-1BB22-6... 27 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200 TB1F00<br />

27 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200<br />

27 0.01 80.0 92.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CB02-6... 38 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

38 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

38 0.019 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CB22-6... 44 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

44 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

44 0.024 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DB22-6... 62 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DB42-6... 73 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

73 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

73 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH24-2.L0 FSD<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/95


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

690 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated, 60 Hz P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

690 V<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1092 aluminum series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 660 V/50 Hz/660 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.7 9.6 81.5 0.87 3.7 1LE1092-1AA43-3■■■<br />

5 89.5 9.1 84.5 0.81 6.4<br />

4 112 M Y 51.2 12.7 83.1 0.86 4.9 1LE1092-1BA23-3■■■<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.83 8.2<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.6 17.5 84.7 0.89 6.4 1LE1092-1CA03-3■■■<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 8.8 1LE1092-1CA13-3■■■<br />

11 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 12.9 1LE1092-1DA23-3■■■<br />

15 160 M Y 51.4 47.8 88.7 0.84 17.6 1LE1092-1DA33-3■■■<br />

18.5 160 L Y 51.3 58.9 89.3 0.86 20.5 1LE1092-1DA43-3■■■<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.9 14.0 79.7 0.81 3 1LE1092-1AB43-3■■■<br />

3.7 89.5 13.5 83.0 0.79 4.95<br />

3 100 L Y 52.5 19.1 81.5 0.85 3.8 1LE1092-1AB53-3■■■<br />

5 89.5 18.3 85.0 0.79 6.5<br />

4 112 M Y 52.5 25.5 83.1 0.85 5 1LE1092-1BB23-3■■■<br />

6.6 89.2 24.1 85.0 0.81 8.4<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.0 35.0 84.7 0.82 6.9 1LE1092-1CB03-3■■■<br />

9 88.7 32.9 87.0 0.81 11.2<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.7 47.8 86.0 0.82 9.3 1LE1092-1CB23-3■■■<br />

12.5 88.6 45.7 87.5 0.80 15.6<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 13.4 1LE1092-1DB23-3■■■<br />

17 88.3 62.2 88.5 0.78 21.5<br />

15 160 L Y 51.4 95.5 88.7 0.82 18 1LE1092-1DB43-3■■■<br />

23.5 88.2 86.0 90.5 0.77 29.5<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/96 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1092-1AA43-3... 20 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500 TB1F00<br />

20 0.0034 85.0 97.1 5500<br />

1LE1092-1BA23-3... 25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F00<br />

25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 85.0 97.2 5500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CA03-3... 35 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 TB1F00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CA13-3... 40 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA23-3... 60 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA33-3... 68 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DA43-3... 78 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1AB43-3... 18 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F00<br />

18 0.0059 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1092-1AB53-3... 22 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F00<br />

22 0.0078 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1092-1BB23-3... 27 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200 TB1F00<br />

27 0.01 80.0 92.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CB03-3... 38 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

38 0.019 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1CB23-3... 44 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

44 0.024 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DB23-3... 62 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1092-1DB43-3... 73 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J00 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

73 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/97


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

P rated, 60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

P rated, 87 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1592 cast-iron series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.9 9.6 81.5 0.87 6.4 1LE1592-1AA42-1■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.8 9.2 84.5 0.88 6.1<br />

4.5 89.4 8.2 84.5 0.82 9.9<br />

4.0 112 M Y 51.2 12.7 83.1 0.86 8.5 1LE1592-1BA22-1■■■<br />

4.6 Y 61.2 12.1 84.5 0.88 8<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.83 14.2<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.4 17.5 84.7 0.89 11.1 1LE1592-1CA02-1■■■<br />

6.3 Y 61.4 16.7 86.0 0.90 10.7<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 15.2 1LE1592-1CA12-1■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.2 22.8 88.7 0.88 14.7<br />

11 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 22.5 1LE1592-1DA22-1■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.2 33.4 87.5 0.86 22<br />

15.0 160 M Y 51.4 47.8 88.7 0.84 30.5 1LE1592-1DA32-1■■■<br />

17.3 Y 61.4 45.9 89.5 0.86 29.5<br />

18.5 160 L Y 51.1 58.9 89.3 0.86 36.5 1LE1592-1DA42-1■■■<br />

21.3 Y 61.1 56.5 89.5 0.87 36<br />

22 180 M Y 51.0 70 89.9 0.87 42.5 1LE1592-1EA22-1■■■<br />

24.5 Y 60.9 65.0 89.5 0.87 41.5<br />

30 200 L Y 50.9 96 90.7 0.84 60 1LE1592-2AA42-1■■■<br />

33.5 Y 60.9 88.9 91.5 0.84 57<br />

37 200 L Y 50.8 118 91.2 0.88 70 1LE1592-2AA52-1■■■<br />

41.5 Y 60.7 110.1 91.7 0.89 67<br />

45 225 M Y 50.7 143 91.7 0.88 85 1LE1592-2BA22-1■■■<br />

51 Y 60.7 135.0 92.4 0.88 82<br />

55 250 M Y 50.6 175 92.1 0.88 103 1LE1592-2CA22-1■■■<br />

62 Y 60.6 164.0 92.4 0.88 100<br />

75 280 S Y 50.5 239 92.7 0.87 141 1LE1592-2DA02-1■■■<br />

84 Y 60.5 223.0 93.0 0.87 136<br />

90 280 M Y 50.4 286 93.0 0.88 167 1LE1592-2DA22-1■■■<br />

101 Y 60.4 268 93.0 0.88 162<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/98 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1592-1AA42-1... 31 0.0034 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

31 0.0034 79.0 91.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

31 0.0034 83.0 95.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1BA22-1... 36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 78.0 90.1 5500 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 78.0 90.1 5500 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 83.0 95.2 5500 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1CA02-1... 53 0.013 76.0 88.3 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

53 0.013 76.0 88.3 4500 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1CA12-1... 58 0.016 76.0 88.4 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

58 0.016 76.0 88.4 4500 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

1LE1592-1DA22-1... 87 0.03 79.0 91.4 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

87 0.03 78.0 90.4 4500 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1DA32-1... 95 0.036 79.0 91.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 1<br />

95 0.036 78.0 90.8 4500 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1DA42-1... 105 0.044 79.0 91.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

105 0.044 78.0 90.8 4500 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-1EA22-1... 150 0.<strong>06</strong>9 79.0 92.0 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

150 0.<strong>06</strong>9 78.0 91.0 4500 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2AA42-1... 195 0.124 78.0 91.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

195 0.124 78.0 91.0 4500 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2AA52-1... 230 0.15 76.0 89.1 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

230 0.15 76.0 89.1 4500 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2BA22-1... 280 0.22 78.0 90.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

280 0.22 80.0 93.0 4500 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2CA22-1... 360 0.4 78.0 92.0 3900 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

360 0.4 82.0 96.0 3900 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2DA02-1... 470 0.72 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

470 0.72 82.0 96.0 3600 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2DA22-1... 530 0.83 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

530 0.83 82.0 96.0 3600 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/99


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

P rated, 60 Hz,<br />

460 V<br />

P rated, 87 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1592 cast-iron series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 380 V, 50 Hz/440 V, 60 Hz/380 V, 87 Hz<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.9 14.0 79.7 0.81 5.2 1LE1592-1AB42-1■■■<br />

2.55 Y 62.8 13.5 83.0 0.82 4.9<br />

3.7 89.3 13.5 83.0 0.79 8.6<br />

3 100 L Y 52.7 19.1 81.5 0.85 6.6 1LE1592-1AB52-1■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.6 18.3 85.0 0.86 6.2<br />

5 89.3 18.3 85.0 0.79 11.3<br />

4 112 M Y 52.3 25.5 83.1 0.85 8.6 1LE1592-1BB22-1■■■<br />

4.55 Y 62.2 24.0 85.0 0.85 8.3<br />

6.6 89.0 24.0 85.0 0.81 14.6<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.1 35.0 84.7 0.82 12 1LE1592-1CB02-1■■■<br />

6.3 Y 62.0 33.5 87.0 0.84 11.3<br />

9 88.8 33.0 87.0 0.81 19.4<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.7 47.5 86.0 0.82 16.2 1LE1592-1CB22-1■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.7 45.5 87.5 0.84 15.4<br />

12.5 88.8 45.5 87.5 0.80 27.1<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 23.5 1LE1592-1DB22-1■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.4 67.0 88.5 0.82 23<br />

17 88.3 62.0 88.5 0.78 37.5<br />

15 160 L Y 51.4 95.0 88.7 0.82 31.5 1LE1592-1DB42-1■■■<br />

17.3 Y 61.4 92.0 90.5 0.82 30.5<br />

23.5 88.2 86.0 90.5 0.77 51<br />

18.5 180 M Y 51.1 118 89.3 0.85 37 1LE1592-1EB22-1■■■<br />

21.3 Y 61.1 113 91.0 0.85 36<br />

31 88.1 113 91.0 0.84 62<br />

22 180 L Y 51.1 140 89.9 0.83 45 1LE1592-1EB42-1■■■<br />

25.3 Y 61.1 134 91.0 0.84 43.5<br />

36.5 88.0 134 91.0 0.82 74<br />

30 200 L Y 50.9 191 90.7 0.83 60 1LE1592-2AB52-1■■■<br />

34.5 Y 60.9 183 92.4 0.84 58<br />

48 87.8 176 92.4 0.81 97<br />

37 225 S Y 50.9 236 91.4 0.85 72 1LE1592-2BB02-1■■■<br />

42.5 Y 60.9 225 92.4 0.86 70<br />

45 225 M Y 50.9 286 92.4 0.88 84 1LE1592-2BB22-1■■■<br />

52 Y 60.9 276 93.0 0.83 84<br />

55 250 M Y 50.8 350 92.3 0.86 105 1LE1592-2CB22-1■■■<br />

63 Y 60.8 334 93.0 0.86 103<br />

75 280 S Y 50.6 477 92.7 0.86 143 1LE1592-2DB02-1■■■<br />

86 Y 60.6 456 93.2 0.87 139<br />

90 280 M Y 50.6 573 93.0 0.87 169 1LE1592-2DB22-1■■■<br />

104 Y 60.6 552 93.2 0.87 168<br />

1<strong>06</strong> 315 S Y 50.4 675 94.0 0.84 205 1LE1592-3AB02-1■■■<br />

125 Y 60.4 663 94.2 0.85 205<br />

130 315 M Y 50.4 828 94.4 0.84 250 1LE1592-3AB22-1■■■<br />

152 Y 60.4 8<strong>06</strong> 94.8 0.85 250<br />

160 315 L Y 50.4 1019 95.0 0.87 295 1LE1592-3AB42-1■■■<br />

184 Y 60.4 976 95.0 0.87 290<br />

200 315 L Y 50.5 1273 95.5 0.89 360 1LE1592-3AB52-1■■■<br />

230 Y 60.5 1220 95.0 0.89 355<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/100 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 400 V, 50 Hz/460 V, 60 Hz/400 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1592-1AB42-1... 29 0.0059 79.0 91.0 4200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

29 0.0059 79.0 91.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE16-1.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

29 0.0059 81.0 93.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1AB52-1... 33 0.0078 79.0 91.0 4200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

33 0.0078 79.0 91.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE18-0.L1 FSA IES 1<br />

33 0.0078 81.0 93.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1BB22-1... 38 0.01 77.4 89.4 4200 TB1F01 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

38 0.01 77.2 89.2 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-1.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

38 0.01 78.4 90.4 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1CB02-1... 60 0.019 76.0 88.0 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

60 0.019 76.0 88.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-4.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

60 0.019 83.0 95.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1CB22-1... 62 0.024 76.0 88.0 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

62 0.024 76.0 88.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE21-8.L0 FSB IES 1<br />

62 0.024 83.0 95.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1DB22-1... 89 0.044 83.5 95.5 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

89 0.044 82.3 94.3 4200 6SL3210-1PE22-7.L0 FSC IES 1<br />

89 0.044 85.8 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 1<br />

1LE1592-1DB42-1... 100 0.056 83.5 95.5 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

100 0.056 82.3 94.3 4200 6SL3210-1PE23-3.L0 FSC IES 2<br />

100 0.056 85.8 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-1EB22-1... 170 0.13 71.0 83.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

170 0.13 73.0 85.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE23-8.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

170 0.13 84.0 96.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-1EB42-1... 170 0.13 71.0 83.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

170 0.13 73.0 85.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE24-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

170 0.13 84.0 96.0 4200 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2AB52-1... 220 0.2 76.3 88.3 4200 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

220 0.2 77.7 89.7 4200 6SL3210-1PE26-0.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

220 0.2 83.1 95.1 4200 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2BB02-1... 260 0.37 67.0 83.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

260 0.37 70.0 86.0 4500 6SL3210-1PE27-5.L0 FSD IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2BB22-1... 290 0.45 70.0 83.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

290 0.45 72.0 86.0 4500 6SL3210-1PE28-8.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2CB22-1... 360 0.69 70.0 83.0 3700 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

360 0.69 72.0 86.0 3700 6SL3210-1PE31-1.L0 FSE IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2DB02-1... 540 1.2 75.0 90.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

540 1.2 76.0 91.0 3000 6SL3210-1PE31-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1LE1592-2DB22-1... 560 1.4 75.0 90.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

560 1.4 76.0 91.0 3000 6SL3210-1PE31-8.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1LE1592-3AB02-1... 730 1.9 79.0 94.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3210-1PE32-1.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

730 1.9 82.0 96.0 2600 6SL3210-1PE32-1.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1LE1592-3AB22-1... 760 2.2 79.0 94.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3210-1PE32-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

760 2.2 82.0 96.0 2600 6SL3210-1PE32-5.L0 FSF IES 2<br />

1LE1592-3AB42-1... 940 2.8 79.0 94.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3224-0XE41-3.A0 FSGX IES 2<br />

940 2.8 80.0 95.0 2600 6SL3224-0XE41-3.A0 FSGX IES 2<br />

1LE1592-3AB52-1... 1140 3.5 81.0 96.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3224-0XE41-6.A0 FSGX IES 2<br />

1140 3.5 82.0 96.0 2600 6SL3224-0XE41-6.A0 FSGX IES 2<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/101


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

P rated, 60 Hz,<br />

575 V<br />

P rated, 87 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1592 cast-iron series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 480 V, 50 Hz/550 V, 60 Hz/480 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.9 9.6 81.5 0.87 5.1 1LE1592-1AA42-6■■■<br />

3.45 Y 63.0 9.2 84.5 0.88 4.85<br />

5 89.6 9.1 84.5 0.85 8.4<br />

4 112 M Y 51.3 12.7 83.1 0.86 6.7 1LE1592-1BA22-6■■■<br />

4.55 Y 61.3 12.1 84.5 0.88 6.4<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.84 11.1<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.6 17.5 84.7 0.89 8.8 1LE1592-1CA02-6■■■<br />

6.3 Y 61.6 16.7 86.0 0.90 8.5<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 12.1 1LE1592-1CA12-6■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.2 22.8 88.7 0.88 11.7<br />

11 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 17.8 1LE1592-1DA22-6■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.3 33.4 87.5 0.86 17.6<br />

14 160 M Y 51.1 44.6 88.7 0.84 22.5 1LE1592-1DA32-6■■■<br />

16.5 Y 61.2 43.8 89.5 0.86 22.5<br />

17 160 L Y 51.1 54.1 89.3 0.85 27 1LE1592-1DA42-6■■■<br />

19.5 Y 61.1 51.7 89.5 0.86 26.5<br />

22 180 M Y 50.9 70 89.9 0.87 34 1LE1592-1EA22-6■■■<br />

24.5 Y 60.9 65 89.5 0.87 33<br />

30 200 L Y 50.8 96 90.7 0.82 48.5 1LE1592-2AA42-6■■■<br />

33.5 Y 60.8 89 91.5 0.82 47<br />

34 200 L Y 50.7 108 91.2 0.87 52 1LE1592-2AA52-6■■■<br />

40 Y 60.8 1<strong>06</strong> 91.7 0.89 51<br />

41 225 M Y 50.6 131 91.7 0.88 61 1LE1592-2BA22-6■■■<br />

48 Y 60.6 127 91.7 0.88 62<br />

53 250 M Y 50.5 169 92.1 0.88 79 1LE1592-2CA22-6■■■<br />

60 Y 60.5 159 92.4 0.88 77<br />

75 280 S Y 50.5 239 92.7 0.87 112 1LE1592-2DA02-6■■■<br />

84 Y 60.5 223 93.0 0.87 109<br />

90 280 M Y 50.4 286 93.0 0.88 132 1LE1592-2DA22-6■■■<br />

101 Y 60.4 268 93.0 0.88 130<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/102 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1592-1AA42-6... 31 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500 TB1F01<br />

31 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500<br />

31 0.0034 85.0 97.1 5500<br />

1LE1592-1BA22-6... 36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F01<br />

36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500<br />

36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 85.0 97.2 5500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CA02-6... 53 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

53 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CA12-6... 58 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

58 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA22-6... 87 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

87 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA32-6... 95 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

95 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA42-6... 105 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

105 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1EA22-6... 150 0.<strong>06</strong>9 80.0 93.0 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

150 0.<strong>06</strong>9 80.0 93.0 4500 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-2AA42-6... 195 0.124 79.0 92.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

195 0.124 79.0 92.0 4500 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2AA52-6... 230 0.15 77.0 90.1 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

230 0.15 77.0 90.1 4500 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2BA22-6... 280 0.22 78.0 90.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

280 0.22 80.0 93.0 4500 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2CA22-6... 360 0.4 78.0 92.0 3900 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

360 0.4 82.0 96.0 3900 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DA02-6... 470 0.72 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-2.L0 FSF<br />

470 0.72 82.0 96.0 3600 6SL3210-1PH31-2.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DA22-6... 530 0.83 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-4.L0 FSF<br />

530 0.83 82.0 96.0 3600 6SL3210-1PH31-4.L0 FSF<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/103


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

P rated, 60 Hz,<br />

575 V<br />

P rated, 87 Hz,<br />

500 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1592 cast-iron series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 480 V, 50 Hz/550 V, 60 Hz/480 V, 87 Hz<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.8 14.0 79.7 0.81 4.1 1LE1592-1AB42-6■■■<br />

2.55 Y 62.8 13.5 83.0 0.82 3.95<br />

4 89.6 13.5 83.0 0.79 6.8<br />

3 100 L Y 52.6 19.1 81.5 0.85 5.2 1LE1592-1AB52-6■■■<br />

3.45 Y 62.6 18.3 85.0 0.86 4.95<br />

5 89.3 18.3 85.0 0.79 8.7<br />

4 112 M Y 52.4 25.5 83.1 0.85 6.8 1LE1592-1BB22-6■■■<br />

4.55 Y 62.3 24.1 85.0 0.85 6.6<br />

7 89.1 24.1 85.0 0.81 12<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.0 35.0 84.7 0.82 9.5 1LE1592-1CB02-6■■■<br />

6.3 Y 62.0 33.4 87.0 0.84 9<br />

9 88.8 32.9 87.0 0.81 15.4<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.9 47.8 86.0 0.82 12.8 1LE1592-1CB22-6■■■<br />

8.6 Y 61.9 45.6 87.5 0.84 12.3<br />

13 88.7 45.7 87.5 0.80 21.5<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 18.4 1LE1592-1DB22-6■■■<br />

12.6 Y 61.5 66.9 88.5 0.82 18.2<br />

17 88.4 62.2 88.5 0.78 29.5<br />

13.5 160 L Y 51.2 86.0 88.7 0.79 23 1LE1592-1DB42-6■■■<br />

15.6 Y 61.2 82.8 90.5 0.81 22.5<br />

24 88.3 86.0 90.5 0.77 40.5<br />

16.7 180 M Y 51.0 1<strong>06</strong> 89.3 0.84 27 1LE1592-1EB22-6■■■<br />

19.2 Y 61.0 102 91.0 0.84 26.5<br />

31 88.0 113 91.0 0.84 49<br />

21.5 180 L Y 51.1 137 89.9 0.83 34.5 1LE1592-1EB42-6■■■<br />

25.3 Y 61.2 134 91.0 0.84 34.5<br />

37 88.1 134 91.0 0.82 59<br />

30 200 L Y 51.0 191 90.7 0.83 48 1LE1592-2AB52-6■■■<br />

34.5 Y 61.0 183 92.4 0.84 46.5<br />

48 87.9 176 92.4 0.81 77<br />

33 225 S Y 50.6 210 92.0 0.84 51 1LE1592-2BB02-6■■■<br />

38 Y 60.6 202 92.4 0.84 51<br />

41 225 M Y 50.7 261 92.4 0.87 61 1LE1592-2BB22-6■■■<br />

47 Y 60.7 249 93.0 0.87 61<br />

52 250 M Y 50.7 331 92.3 0.85 80 1LE1592-2CB22-6■■■<br />

59 Y 60.7 313 93.0 0.85 78<br />

75 280 S Y 50.5 477 92.7 0.85 114 1LE1592-2DB02-6■■■<br />

86 Y 60.5 456 93.2 0.86 113<br />

90 280 M Y 50.6 573 93.0 0.87 134 1LE1592-2DB22-6■■■<br />

102 Y 60.6 541 93.2 0.87 132<br />

110 315 S Y 50.4 700 94.0 0.84 168 1LE1592-3AB02-6■■■<br />

127 Y 60.4 674 94.2 0.84 168<br />

132 315 M Y 50.4 840 94.4 0.85 198 1LE1592-3AB22-6■■■<br />

152 Y 60.4 8<strong>06</strong> 94.8 0.85 198<br />

160 315 L Y 50.3 1019 95.0 0.86 235 1LE1592-3AB42-6■■■<br />

184 Y 60.3 976 95.0 0.86 235<br />

200 315 L Y 50.4 1273 95.0 0.88 290 1LE1592-3AB52-6■■■<br />

230 Y 60.4 1220 95.0 0.88 290<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/104 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 500 V, 50 Hz/575 V, 60 Hz/500 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1592-1AB42-6... 29 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F01<br />

29 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200<br />

29 0.0059 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1592-1AB52-6... 33 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F01<br />

33 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200<br />

33 0.0078 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1592-1BB22-6... 38 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200 TB1F01<br />

38 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200<br />

38 0.01 80.0 92.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CB02-6... 60 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

60 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

60 0.019 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CB22-6... 62 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.024 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DB22-6... 89 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

89 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

89 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DB42-6... 100 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

100 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

100 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH24-2.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1EB22-6... 170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 84.0 97.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-1EB42-6... 170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 84.0 97.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2AB52-6... 220 0.2 78.0 91.3 4200 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

220 0.2 78.0 91.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

220 0.2 84.0 97.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH31-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2BB02-6... 260 0.37 70.0 84.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

260 0.37 70.0 84.0 4500 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2BB22-6... 290 0.45 71.0 84.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

290 0.45 71.0 84.0 4500 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2CB22-6... 360 0.69 71.0 84.0 3700 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

360 0.69 71.0 84.0 3700 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DB02-6... 540 1.2 76.0 91.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-2.L0 FSF<br />

540 1.2 76.0 91.0 3000 6SL3210-1PH31-2.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DB22-6... 560 1.4 76.0 91.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-4.L0 FSF<br />

560 1.4 76.0 91.0 3000 6SL3210-1PH31-4.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-3AB02-6... 730 1.9 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GF31-8.A3 –<br />

730 1.9 80.0 95.0 2600 6SL3710-1GF31-8.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB22-6... 760 2.2 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GF32-2.A3 –<br />

760 2.2 80.0 95.0 2600 6SL3710-1GF32-2.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB42-6... 940 2.8 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GF32-6.A3 –<br />

940 2.8 80.0 95.0 2600 6SL3710-1GF32-6.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB52-6... 1140 3.5 82.0 96.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GF33-3.A3 –<br />

1140 3.5 82.0 96.0 2600 6SL3710-1GF33-3.A3 –<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/105


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

4<br />

P rated, 50 Hz,<br />

690 V<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

P rated, 60 Hz P rated, 87 Hz, Frame size Connection f rated T rated rated, 4/4<br />

690 V<br />

for<br />

converter<br />

operation<br />

cos rated, 4/4 I rated<br />

1LE1592 cast-iron series<br />

Version specifically for<br />

converter operation<br />

kW kW kW Hz Nm % A Article No.<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Operation with a SINAMICS G converter with uncontrolled infeed – rated motor voltage 660 V, 50 Hz/660 V, 87 Hz<br />

3000 rpm 3600 rpm 5220 rpm 2-pole<br />

3 100 L Y 52.7 9.6 81.5 0.87 3.7 1LE1592-1AA43-3■■■<br />

5 89.5 9.1 84.5 0.81 6.4<br />

4 112 M Y 51.2 12.7 83.1 0.86 4.9 1LE1592-1BA23-3■■■<br />

6.6 88.2 12.1 84.5 0.83 8.2<br />

5.5 132 S Y 51.6 17.5 84.7 0.89 6.4 1LE1592-1CA03-3■■■<br />

7.5 132 S Y 51.2 23.9 86.0 0.87 8.8 1LE1592-1CA13-3■■■<br />

11 160 M Y 51.3 35.0 87.6 0.85 12.9 1LE1592-1DA23-3■■■<br />

15 160 M Y 51.4 47.8 88.7 0.84 17.6 1LE1592-1DA33-3■■■<br />

18.5 160 L Y 51.3 58.9 89.3 0.86 20.5 1LE1592-1DA43-3■■■<br />

22 180 M Y 51.0 70 89.9 0.87 24.5 1LE1592-1EA23-3■■■<br />

30 200 L Y 50.9 96 90.7 0.84 34.5 1LE1592-2AA43-3■■■<br />

37 200 L Y 50.9 118 91.2 0.88 40.5 1LE1592-2AA53-3■■■<br />

45 225 M Y 50.7 143 91.7 0.88 49 1LE1592-2BA23-3■■■<br />

55 250 M Y 50.6 175 92.1 0.88 59 1LE1592-2CA23-3■■■<br />

75 280 S Y 50.5 239 92.7 0.88 80 1LE1592-2DA03-3■■■<br />

90 280 M Y 50.4 286 93.0 0.88 96 1LE1592-2DA23-3■■■<br />

1500 rpm 1800 rpm 2610 rpm 4-pole<br />

2.2 100 L Y 52.9 14.0 79.7 0.81 3 1LE1592-1AB43-3■■■<br />

3.7 89.5 13.5 83.0 0.79 4.95<br />

3 100 L Y 52.5 19.1 81.5 0.85 3.8 1LE1592-1AB53-3■■■<br />

5 89.5 18.3 85.0 0.79 6.5<br />

4 112 M Y 52.5 25.5 83.1 0.85 5 1LE1592-1BB23-3■■■<br />

6.6 89.2 24.1 85.0 0.81 8.4<br />

5.5 132 S Y 52.0 35.0 84.7 0.82 6.9 1LE1592-1CB03-3■■■<br />

9 88.7 32.9 87.0 0.81 11.2<br />

7.5 132 M Y 51.7 47.8 86.0 0.82 9.3 1LE1592-1CB23-3■■■<br />

12.5 88.6 45.7 87.5 0.80 15.6<br />

11 160 M Y 51.5 70.0 87.6 0.82 13.4 1LE1592-1DB23-3■■■<br />

17 88.3 62.2 88.5 0.78 21.5<br />

15 160 L Y 51.4 95.5 88.7 0.82 18 1LE1592-1DB43-3■■■<br />

23.5 88.2 86.0 90.5 0.77 29.5<br />

18.5 180 M Y 51.1 117.8 89.3 0.85 21.5 1LE1592-1EB23-3■■■<br />

31 88.0 112 91.0 0.84 35<br />

22 180 L Y 51.2 140 89.9 0.85 25 1LE1592-1EB43-3■■■<br />

36.5 88.2 134 91.0 0.84 42<br />

30 200 L Y 51.0 191 90.7 0.83 35 1LE1592-2AB53-3■■■<br />

48 87.9 176 92.4 0.81 56<br />

37 225 S Y 50.8 236 91.4 0.85 41.5 1LE1592-2BB03-3■■■<br />

45 225 M Y 50.8 286 92.4 0.88 48.5 1LE1592-2BB23-3■■■<br />

55 250 M Y 50.8 350 92.3 0.86 61 1LE1592-2CB23-3■■■<br />

72 280 S Y 50.5 458 92.7 0.85 80 1LE1592-2DB03-3■■■<br />

90 280 M Y 50.6 573 93.0 0.87 97 1LE1592-2DB23-3■■■<br />

105 315 S Y 50.4 668 94.0 0.85 115 1LE1592-3AB03-3■■■<br />

130 315 M Y 50.4 828 94.4 0.85 142 1LE1592-3AB23-3■■■<br />

160 315 L Y 50.3 1019 95.0 0.87 169 1LE1592-3AB43-3■■■<br />

200 315 L Y 50.4 1273 95.0 0.89 205 1LE1592-3AB53-3■■■<br />

For versions, see Article No. supplements and special versions.<br />

■■■<br />

All technical specifications refer to converter operation.<br />

4/1<strong>06</strong> Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592, line voltage 690 V, 50 Hz/690 V, 87 Hz – self-ventilated<br />

Motor type<br />

Preferred<br />

m<br />

SINAMICS G120 – PM240(-2)<br />

IM B3 J L pfA, L WA, Mech. Terminal<br />

Frame size<br />

tolerance tolerance speed limit box Other SINAMICS converters<br />

+3 dB(A) +3 dB(A)<br />

also possible<br />

load<br />

load<br />

Operating mode: Low overload<br />

kg kgm 2 dB(A) dB(A) rpm Type 1)<br />

IES class<br />

acc. to<br />

EN 50598-2<br />

1LE1592-1AA43-3... 31 0.0034 80.0 92.1 5500 TB1F01<br />

31 0.0034 85.0 97.1 5500<br />

1LE1592-1BA23-3... 36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 79.0 91.1 5500 TB1F01<br />

36 0.0<strong>06</strong>7 85.0 97.2 5500 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CA03-3... 53 0.013 77.0 89.3 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CA13-3... 58 0.016 77.0 89.4 4500 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA23-3... 87 0.03 80.0 92.4 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA33-3... 95 0.036 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DA43-3... 105 0.044 80.0 92.8 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1EA23-3... 150 0.<strong>06</strong>9 80.0 93.0 4500 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-2AA43-3... 195 0.124 79.0 92.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-2AA53-3... 230 0.15 77.0 90.1 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH24-2.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-2BA23-3... 280 0.22 78.0 90.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2CA23-3... 360 0.4 78.0 92.0 3900 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2DA03-3... 470 0.72 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DA23-3... 530 0.83 78.0 92.0 3600 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-1AB43-3... 29 0.0059 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F01<br />

29 0.0059 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1592-1AB53-3... 33 0.0078 80.0 92.1 4200 TB1F01<br />

33 0.0078 81.0 93.1 4200<br />

1LE1592-1BB23-3... 38 0.01 79.0 91.3 4200 TB1F01<br />

38 0.01 80.0 92.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CB03-3... 60 0.019 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

60 0.019 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1CB23-3... 62 0.024 77.0 89.4 4200 TB1H01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

62 0.024 83.0 95.4 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DB23-3... 89 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH21-4.L0 FSD<br />

89 0.044 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1DB43-3... 100 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-0.L0 FSD<br />

100 0.056 85.0 97.8 4200 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1EB23-3... 170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-3.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 84.0 97.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH24-2.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-1EB43-3... 170 0.13 72.0 85.0 4200 TB1J01 6SL3210-1PH22-7.L0 FSD<br />

170 0.13 84.0 97.0 4200 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2AB53-3... 220 0.2 78.0 91.3 4200 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH23-5.L0 FSD<br />

220 0.2 84.0 97.3 4200 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2BB03-3... 260 0.37 70.0 84.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH24-2.L0 FSD<br />

1LE1592-2BB23-3... 290 0.45 71.0 84.0 4500 TB1L01 6SL3210-1PH25-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2CB23-3... 360 0.69 71.0 84.0 3700 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH26-2.L0 FSE<br />

1LE1592-2DB03-3... 540 1.2 76.0 91.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH28-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-2DB23-3... 560 1.4 76.0 91.0 3000 TB1N01 6SL3210-1PH31-0.L0 FSF<br />

1LE1592-3AB03-3... 730 1.9 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GH31-2.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB23-3... 760 2.2 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GH31-5.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB43-3... 940 2.8 80.0 95.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GH31-8.A3 –<br />

1LE1592-3AB53-3... 1140 3.5 82.0 96.0 2600 TB1Q01 6SL3710-1GH32-2.A3 –<br />

4<br />

1) In addition to the Power Module, a Control Unit and an Operator Panel are<br />

required (see Catalog D 31 and/or D 35).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/107


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 100 112 132 160<br />

code identification<br />

12th and code with<br />

1LE1092<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

13th position<br />

order code<br />

of the and plain text<br />

Article No. if required<br />

1LE1092- . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

Line voltage:<br />

2 1 – <br />

50 Hz, 400 V<br />

60 Hz, 480 V<br />

Line voltage:<br />

3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz, 690 V<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding<br />

Reinforced insulation system<br />

(Advanced)<br />

Non-standard winding<br />

Special insulation system<br />

(Premium)<br />

9 0 M1Y •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

9 0 M2Y •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

4<br />

4/108 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE1592- . . . . ■ - ■ . . .<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

Line voltage:<br />

2 1 – <br />

50 Hz, 400 V<br />

60 Hz, 480 V<br />

Line voltage:<br />

2 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz, 500 V<br />

60 Hz, 600 V<br />

Line voltage:<br />

3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz, 690 V<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding<br />

Reinforced insulation system<br />

(Advanced)<br />

Non-standard winding<br />

Special insulation system<br />

(Premium)<br />

9 0 M1Y •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

9 0 M2Y •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/109


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

IM B6 2) T – <br />

IM B7 2) U – <br />

IM B8 2) V – <br />

4<br />

IM V6 2) D – <br />

IM V5<br />

C – <br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 3) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/113.<br />

4/110 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF265 FF265 FF300 FF350<br />

next largest Acc. to DIN 42948 A 300 A 300 A 350 A 400<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

G P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V3 3) H P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35 J P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

4<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265<br />

next smallest Acc. to DIN 42948 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300<br />

IM B5 2) 6) F P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

G P02+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 3) H P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/113.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/111


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FT130 FT130 FT165 –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 160 C 160 C 200 –<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 7)<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

4<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 7)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT165 FT165 FT215 –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 200 C 200 C 250 –<br />

K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5) M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/113.<br />

4/112 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 7)<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT115 FT115 FT130 –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 140 C 140 C 160 –<br />

K P02 ✓ O. R. O. R. –<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with<br />

additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

IM V19 2) L P02 ✓ O. R. O. R. –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P02 ✓ O. R. O. R. –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) 5)<br />

M P02+H00 ✓ O. R. O. R. –<br />

IM B34 N P02 ✓ O. R. O. R. –<br />

4<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

1)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage<br />

holes (order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B3 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V5 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

2)<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. For orders with<br />

condensation drainage holes (order code H03), if mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

3) The "Second shaft extension" option (order code L05) is not possible.<br />

4) In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard version (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

7)<br />

Not possible for forced-air cooled motors with order code F90 without<br />

external fan and fan cover.<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as there are no condensation drainage holes<br />

(order code H03) and these types of construction do not have to be<br />

stamped on the rating plate. As standard the type of construction IM B14<br />

is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/113


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of For types of 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 L<br />

construction<br />

code with order<br />

construction<br />

S/M<br />

1LE1592<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

letter code(s)<br />

14th position<br />

of the with<br />

Article No.<br />

Article No. additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

IM B6 2) T – <br />

IM B7 2) U – <br />

IM B8 2) V – <br />

4<br />

IM V6 2) D – <br />

IM V5<br />

C – <br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600 –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660 A 660<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 5)<br />

F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 4) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/117.<br />

4/114 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 5)<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – – – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – – – – – –<br />

F P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of For types of 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 L<br />

construction<br />

code with order<br />

construction<br />

S/M<br />

1LE1592<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

letter code(s)<br />

14th position<br />

of the with<br />

Article No.<br />

Article No. additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code<br />

IM V1<br />

G P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

G P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V3 4) H P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B35 J P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

4<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B5<br />

2) 5)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 – – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 – – – – –<br />

F P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

IM V1<br />

G P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

G P02+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

IM V3 4) H P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

IM B35 J P02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/117.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/115


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of For types of 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 L<br />

construction<br />

code with order<br />

construction<br />

S/M<br />

1LE1592<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

letter code(s)<br />

14th position<br />

of the with<br />

Article No.<br />

Article No. additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – – – – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 – – – – – – –<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 6)<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

4<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 6)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT165 FT165 FT215 – – – – – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 200 C 200 C 250 – – – – – – – –<br />

K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V19 2) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4) M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/117.<br />

4/116 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B14<br />

2) 6)<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Acc. to EN 50347 FT115 – – – – – – – – – –<br />

Acc. to DIN 42948 C 140 – – – – – – – – – –<br />

K P02 ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of For types of 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 315 L<br />

construction<br />

code with order<br />

construction<br />

S/M<br />

1LE1592<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

letter code(s)<br />

14th position<br />

of the with<br />

Article No.<br />

Article No. additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z) Order code<br />

IM V19 2) L P02 ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

M P02 ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

without<br />

protective<br />

cover 2)<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3) 4)<br />

M P02+H00 ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P02 ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

4<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction<br />

on the rating plate is required. As standard the type of<br />

construction IM B3 is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction<br />

IM V5 with protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally<br />

ordered with order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. If mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard design (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

The "Second shaft extension" option (order code L05) is not possible.<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover are<br />

also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on the<br />

rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is then<br />

stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with order code<br />

H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

The types of construction IM V19 and IM V18 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B14 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V18 with<br />

protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/117


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

4<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals) 1)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer K – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometers P – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals) 1)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers R – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals) 1)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 1) Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Voltage code 2-1<br />

(12th and 13th<br />

position of the<br />

Article No.)<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

Not UL-certified. Not in combination with option D39.<br />

4/118 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometers K – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – P – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – R – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Z Q3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Voltage code 2-1<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 2) (12th and 13th<br />

position of the<br />

Article No.)<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

4<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

Only applicable for voltage code (12th and 13th position of the<br />

Article No.) 2-1.<br />

Not possible in combination with UL.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/119


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

<br />

✓<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

5<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 2) 7 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

4<br />

1) For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard. Screwed-on feet<br />

are available with order code H01.<br />

2) For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

4/120 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

<br />

✓<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code<br />

with order<br />

code and<br />

plain text<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 2) 7 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

4<br />

1)<br />

For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard. Screwed-on feet<br />

are available with order code H01.<br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/121


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

4<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm and Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 3)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 3)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for Q33 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 20)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 20)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in<br />

3-wire input for bearings (6 terminals)<br />

Q78 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Q79 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. Not for: <strong>Motors</strong> in combination<br />

with order codes<br />

F40 and F41 (frame<br />

sizes 225 to 315)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box on NDE 1) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

entry from DE 2)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Terminal box in position 0°;<br />

R13 ◦ ◦ ◦ –<br />

connection from right 21)<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

3 cables protruding,<br />

R20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

0.5 m long<br />

6 cables protruding,<br />

R22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

0.5 m long<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor connector Han-Drive 10e for R70 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

230 V/400 VY<br />

Motor connector EMC Han-Drive 10e for R71 ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

230 V/400 VY<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/125.<br />

4/122 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors:<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish<br />

in special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 4)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of brake for higher switching F02 O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

frequency (operating brake)<br />

Mounted separately driven fan F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

230 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 3)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220<br />

G04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I G05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I G<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 6)<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Prepared for mountings, centering hole G40<br />

only 7) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft 12) G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft 12) G42 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 6) 8) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes 9) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 10) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection 11) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounted<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 13) H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

4<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/125.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/123


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

4<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 19) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 19) D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Version according to UL and CSA D39 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(Canadian regulation)<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces<br />

Regreasing device 14) L23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 14)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 15)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 15)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Fan cover for textile industry 16) F75 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Without external fan and without fan F90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cover<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose (printed<br />

with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y82 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 4/125.<br />

4/124 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP 1LE1092<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160<br />

1LE1092<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1092- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

A printed version of the safety notes in B01 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

language of the country of use is supplied<br />

in each wire-lattice pallet 17)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and safety notes in the<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 18)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

4<br />

1) For order code H08 mounting feet dimensions deviate from EN 50347.<br />

Further information is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

2) With IM B5 flange, only possible in combination with order code H08.<br />

3) The grease lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to<br />

CT 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime<br />

and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

4) A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

5) The brake supply voltage must be specified or ordered with order codes<br />

F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18.<br />

6) In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

7) As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mounted components<br />

(order codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a<br />

protective cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for<br />

mounted components provided by the customer, this can be ordered with<br />

order code G43. In combination with a separately driven fan (order code<br />

F70) the 1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10<br />

or 1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

8) Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

9) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

10) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

11) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

12) As standard, motors that are prepared for additional mounted components<br />

(order codes G40, G41, G42) are shipped without protective cover. If a<br />

protective cover is requested as a cover or mechanical protection for<br />

mountings provided by the customer, this can be ordered with order<br />

code G43.<br />

13) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

14) Not possible when a brake is mounted.<br />

15) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case. For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

- Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

- Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

16) The special requirements of the textile industry regarding the sheet<br />

metal cover open up the possibility that a finger may be inserted<br />

between the cover and housing. The customer must implement appropriate<br />

measures to ensure that the installed system is "finger-safe".<br />

17) The Operating Instructions (compact) are available in PDF format for all<br />

official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/40761976.<br />

18) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor and will be dispatched by e-mail.<br />

19) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

20) Not possible in combination with UL.<br />

21) Only possible in combination with order codes R70 and R71.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/125


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code and<br />

plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

4<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors for tripping Q11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors for alarm and Q12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 3)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensor Q25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 3)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for<br />

tripping (2 terminals) 3) Q31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for<br />

alarm and tripping (4 terminals)<br />

3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for<br />

tripping (6 terminals)<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts)<br />

thermostat for alarm and tripping<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Q32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: Voltage code 2-1<br />

(12th and 13th position<br />

of the Article No.)<br />

Q33 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Q34 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

(2 terminals) 20)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 20)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer Q62 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q63 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q64 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers Q72 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

in basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input for bearings (6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding H04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Terminal box on NDE 2) H08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One EMC cable gland R14 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

One metal cable gland R15 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EMC cable gland, maximum<br />

R16 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

configuration<br />

Stud terminal for cable connection, R17 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

accessories pack (3 items)<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without R19 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box without cable entry opening R51 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Silicone-free version R74 ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

Y61 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legend, see page 4/129, for footnotes, see page 4/130.<br />

4/126 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code and<br />

plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with 30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with 60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors:<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish<br />

in special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish RAL….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish RAL….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions 4)<br />

Mounting of holding brake<br />

F01<br />

(standard assignment) 5) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounted separately driven fan F70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, G11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, G12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

230 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage<br />

F12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V AC, 50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 180 V DC F17 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Brake supply voltage 205 V DC F18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – Only for: Combination with F01<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology 5)<br />

Mounting of LL 861 900 220 rotary G04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I G05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary G<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

pulse encoder 8)<br />

Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse G07 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake) 9)<br />

Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse G08 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

separately driven fan or brake)<br />

encoder (only in combination with<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 G21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 G22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of HOGS100S-<br />

G25 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

B76.626.01024.1 rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024,<br />

SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder<br />

G27 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Y70 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

4<br />

For legend, see page 4/129, for footnotes, see page 4/130.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/127


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code and<br />

plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

4<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Prepared for mountings,<br />

G40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

centering hole only<br />

Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft G41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover 6) 8) 10) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 11) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP54 degree of protection H21 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection 12) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounted H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 13)<br />

Grounding brush for converter operation L52 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C D02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 14) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C D04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Version according to UL and CSA D39 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(Canadian regulation)<br />

TR CU product safety certificate EAC D47 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

for Eurasian Customs Union<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412 A<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces<br />

Regreasing device 15) L23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

and NDE, bearing size 63 16)<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and L28 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

NDE, DE bearing for increased<br />

cantilever forces<br />

Bearing insulation DE L50 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection 15)<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legend, see page 4/129, for footnotes, see page 4/130.<br />

4/128 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z<br />

with order code and<br />

plain text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1LE1592<br />

Motor version<br />

Standard Efficiency<br />

1LE1592- . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Shaft and rotor (continued)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 17)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 17)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

Y58 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R.<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover F74 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

Y81 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

– – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose (printed<br />

with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Y82 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q80 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 years) from delivery<br />

12 months to a total of 24 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q82 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 19)<br />

Document - Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document - Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test) with acceptance<br />

B65 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

4<br />

For footnotes, see page 4/130.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/129


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD 1LE1592<br />

4<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2)<br />

For order code H08 mounting feet dimensions deviate from EN 50347.<br />

Further information is available in the DT Configurator (see Appendix,<br />

"Tools and engineering").<br />

3)<br />

The grease lifetime specified in Catalog Section 1 "Introduction" refers to<br />

CT 40 °C. If the coolant temperature is increased by 10 K, the grease lifetime<br />

and regreasing interval are halved.<br />

4)<br />

A second shaft extension is not possible. Please inquire for mounted<br />

brakes.<br />

5) The brake supply voltage must be specified or ordered with order codes<br />

F10, F11, F12, F17, and F18.<br />

6) The 1XP8 rotary pulse encoders are fitted with a protective cover as standard.<br />

The protective cover is omitted at the factory when a rotary pulse<br />

encoder is combined with a separately driven fan, because in this case<br />

the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan cover.<br />

7) In combination with a separately driven fan (order code F70) the<br />

1XP8032-10 rotary pulse encoder is used instead of 1XP8012-10 or<br />

1XP8032-20 is used instead of 1XP8012-20.<br />

8) LL and HOG rotary pulse encoders up to frame size 160 are fitted with a<br />

protective cover as standard. The protective cover is omitted at the factory<br />

when a rotary pulse encoder is combined with a separately driven fan,<br />

because in this case the rotary pulse encoder is installed under the fan<br />

cover.<br />

9) Option (encoder mounting) is only possible for motors with a mounted<br />

separately driven fan or for naturally cooled motors (without an external<br />

fan). This option can be used in combination with brakes of type KFB!<br />

This option cannot be used in combination with brakes of type BFK458!<br />

10) Order code H00 provides mechanical protection for encoders.<br />

11) Not possible in combination with HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder<br />

(order code G05) and/or brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

12) Not possible in combination with brake BFK458 (order code F01).<br />

13) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

14) In connection with mountings, the respective technical specifications must<br />

be observed, please inquire before ordering.<br />

15) Up to frame size 160 not possible when brake is mounted.<br />

16) Standard version for motors from frame size 280 and higher.<br />

17) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case. For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

- Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

- Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

18) Wearing parts (bearings) are excluded from the warranty extension.<br />

19) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

20) Not possible in combination with UL.<br />

4/130 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

■ Overview<br />

Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws<br />

according to DIN 42923<br />

Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and<br />

conveniently when there is no belt-tensioning pulley. They are<br />

fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks.<br />

The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in<br />

DIN 42923. For motors of frame sizes 355 to 450, there are no<br />

standardized slide rails (please inquire).<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Foundation blocks according to DIN 799<br />

The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and<br />

embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of<br />

medium size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, base frames, etc.<br />

After the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machines can<br />

be shifted without them having to be lifted.<br />

When the machine is initially installed, the foundation blocks that<br />

are bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper<br />

pins are not embedded with concrete until the machine has<br />

been fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned 2 to<br />

3 mm lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated by<br />

inserting shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard the<br />

exact position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed and<br />

replaced without the need for realignment.<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (5241) 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 (5241) 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Taper pins according to DIN 258 with threaded ends and<br />

constant taper lengths<br />

Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly<br />

removed. The drilled hole is conically ground using a conical<br />

reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone<br />

shoulder lies approx. 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole.<br />

It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly<br />

seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing on<br />

the nut and tightening it.<br />

Standardized taper pins are commercially available.<br />

For instance, available from:<br />

Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG<br />

Rutesheimer Strasse 22<br />

70499 Stuttgart, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (711) 1388-0<br />

Fax +49 (711) 1388-233<br />

www.ottoroth.de<br />

Email: info@ottoroth.de<br />

Couplings<br />

The motor from Siemens is connected to the machine or gear<br />

unit through a coupling. Flender is an important coupling<br />

manufacturer with a wide range of products.<br />

For standard applications, Siemens recommends that flexible<br />

couplings, types N-EUPEX and RUPEX or torsionally rigid<br />

couplings, types ARPEX and ZAPEX are used. For special<br />

applications, FLUDEX and ELPEX-S couplings are recommended.<br />

Available from:<br />

Siemens contact partner - ordering from catalog<br />

Siemens MD 10.1 "FLENDER Standard Couplings"<br />

or<br />

Flender GmbH<br />

Kupplungswerk Mussum<br />

Industriepark Bocholt<br />

Schlavenhorst 100<br />

46395 Bocholt, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (2871) 922185<br />

Fax +49 (2871) 922579<br />

www.flender.com<br />

Email: flender-kupplungen-2.pd.de@siemens.com<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/131


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

4<br />

■ More information<br />

Replacement motors and repair parts<br />

• Commitment to provide replacement motors and repair parts<br />

following delivery of the motor:<br />

- For up to 3 years after delivery of the original motor, in the<br />

event of total motor failure, Siemens will supply a comparable<br />

spare motor with regard to the mounting dimensions and<br />

functions (the type series may vary).<br />

- If a spare motor is provided within the 3-year period, this will<br />

not mean that the warranty restarts.<br />

- Replacement motors delivered after the active production of<br />

the motor series are also identified as spare motors on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

- Spare parts are offered only for these spare motors on<br />

request; repair and replacement are not possible.<br />

- After a period of 3 years (after the delivery of the original<br />

motor), it is only possible to repair these motors (depending<br />

on the availability of the spare parts required).<br />

- For up to 5 years after the delivery of the original motor,<br />

spare parts will be available and for a further 5 years,<br />

Siemens will provide information about spare parts and will<br />

supply documents when required.<br />

• When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be<br />

provided:<br />

- Designation and part number<br />

- Article No. and factory number of the motor.<br />

• For bearing types, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

• For standard components, a commitment to supply repaired<br />

parts does not apply.<br />

• Support hotline<br />

In Germany<br />

Phone +49 (0) 911 895 7222<br />

You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our Internet<br />

site:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation/service&support<br />

4/132 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions<br />

Notes on the dimensions<br />

■ Overview<br />

7 Dimension designations according to EN 50347 and<br />

IEC 60072.<br />

7 Fits<br />

The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables<br />

(DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (EN 50347) are<br />

machined with the following fits:<br />

Dimension ISO fit DIN ISO 286-2<br />

designation<br />

D, DA to 30 j6<br />

over 30 to 50<br />

k6<br />

over 50<br />

m6<br />

N to 250 j6<br />

over 250<br />

h6<br />

F, FA h9<br />

K<br />

H17<br />

S flange (FF) H17<br />

The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an<br />

ISO fit of at least H7.<br />

7 Dimensional tolerances<br />

For the following dimensions, the admissible deviations are<br />

given below:<br />

Dimension Dimension Admissible<br />

designation<br />

deviation<br />

H to 250 – 0.5<br />

over 250 – 1.0<br />

E, EA – 0.5<br />

Keyways and feather keyways (dimensions GA, GC, F, and<br />

FA) are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1.<br />

7 All dimensions are specified in mm.<br />

■ Overview<br />

A dimensional drawing can be created in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) for every configurable motor.<br />

A dimensional drawing can be requested for every other motor.<br />

Dimension sheet generator (within the DT Configurator)<br />

When a <strong>complete</strong> Article No. is entered with or without order<br />

codes, a dimensional drawing can be called up under the<br />

"Documentation" tab.<br />

These dimensional drawings can be presented in different views<br />

and sections and printed.<br />

The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved<br />

and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format<br />

for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics.<br />

Online access in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

The DT Configurator is integrated into the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

and can be used on the Internet without installation.<br />

German: www.siemens.de/dt-konfigurator<br />

<strong>English</strong>: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

4<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/133


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

ED<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00396<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00397<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

E<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1092<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

100 L All 2, 4 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 129.7 112 12 52<br />

132 S All 2, 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 140 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 210 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 148 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 148 160 18 85<br />

4/134 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS GP<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00398<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

EE<br />

CA<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_EN_00399<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

4<br />

L1<br />

F<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1092<br />

No. of HH K K' L1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

poles<br />

100 L All 2, 4 96.5 12 16 395.5 7 32 454 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4 96 12 16 389 7 32 450 112 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S All 2, 4 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M All 2, 4 115.5 12 16 465 8.5 39 535.5 130 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M All 2, 4 155 15 19 604 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4 155 15 19 604 10 45 730 145 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1) The length is specified as far as the tip of the fan cover.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/135


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1592<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

100 L All 2, 4 160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4 190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130 112 12 52<br />

132 S All 2, 4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 1) 89 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 166.5 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4 216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 1) 89 3) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4 254 60 300 333.5 265 265 213 213 190 92 210 73 4) 117 4) 300 5) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4 254 60 300 333.5 265 265 213 213 190 92 254 73 4) 117 6) 300 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 41 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 79 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 51 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 256 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, this dimension is 95 mm.<br />

4/136 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 100 L to 160 L<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

4<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1592 poles<br />

100 L All 2, 4 100.5 12 16 397.5 7 32 454 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4 100.5 12 16 390.5 7 32 450 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S All 2, 4 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M All 2, 4 115.5 12 16 466.5 8.5 39 535.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M All 2, 4 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4 145 14.5 18 6<strong>06</strong> 10 45 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/137


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

180 M<br />

180 L<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1592-<br />

1EA2<br />

1EB2<br />

1EB4<br />

200 L 2AA4<br />

2AA5<br />

2AB5<br />

225 S<br />

225 M<br />

2BB0<br />

2BA2<br />

2BB2<br />

250 M 2CA2<br />

2CB2<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241<br />

279<br />

85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

4/138 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

4<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1592-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

H HA Y HH K K´ L L´ LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

180 M<br />

180 L<br />

1EA2<br />

1EB2<br />

1EB4<br />

200 L 2AA4<br />

2AA5<br />

2AB5<br />

225 S<br />

225 M<br />

2BB0<br />

2BA2<br />

2BB2<br />

250 M 2CA2<br />

2CB2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

180 20 95 155 15 19 668<br />

698<br />

668<br />

698<br />

784<br />

814<br />

165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

200 25 108 164 19 25 721 755 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 34 124 164 19 25 788<br />

818<br />

848<br />

–<br />

852<br />

–<br />

250 40 138 192 24 30 887 924<br />

–<br />

903<br />

933<br />

963<br />

1002<br />

1032<br />

197 60<br />

55<br />

60<br />

233 60<br />

65<br />

M20 140<br />

110<br />

140<br />

125<br />

100<br />

125<br />

10<br />

5<br />

10<br />

18<br />

16<br />

18<br />

64<br />

59<br />

64<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

55<br />

48<br />

55<br />

55<br />

60<br />

M20<br />

M16<br />

M20<br />

M20 110<br />

140<br />

110 100 5 16<br />

14<br />

16<br />

100<br />

125<br />

5<br />

10<br />

16<br />

18<br />

59<br />

51.5<br />

59<br />

59<br />

64<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/139


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

4<br />

F<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

GA<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1LE1592-<br />

280 S 2DA0<br />

2DB0<br />

280 M 2DA2<br />

2DB2<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 216<br />

315 S 3AB0 4 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

315 M 3AB2 1) 4 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 409<br />

315 L 1) 3AB4 4 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AB5 4 176 227 648 513<br />

1) For orders with screwed-on feet (order code H01), these screwed-on feet<br />

have 3 drilled holes on the NDE side with the dimension B 4<strong>06</strong> mm,<br />

457 mm, and 508 mm respectively; the dimension BB is 666 mm.<br />

4/140 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS SD<br />

Standard Efficiency – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

4<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of H HA Y HH K K´ L L´ LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1LE1592- poles<br />

280 S 2DA0<br />

2DB0<br />

280 M 2DA2<br />

2DB2<br />

2<br />

4<br />

2<br />

4<br />

280 40 160 210 24 30 960 998<br />

–<br />

280 40 160 210 24 30 960 998<br />

–<br />

1105 233 65<br />

75<br />

1105 233 65<br />

75<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 69<br />

20 79.5 60<br />

65<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

69<br />

79.5<br />

60<br />

65<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

315 S 3AB0 4 315 50 181 238 28 35 1082 – 1227 299 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

315 M 3AB2 1) 4 315 50 181 238 28 35 1247 – 1392 299 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

315 L 1) 3AB4 4 315 50 146 238 28 35 1247 – 1547 299 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

3AB5 4 1402<br />

1) For orders with screwed-on feet (order code H01), these screwed-on feet<br />

have 3 drilled holes on the NDE side with the dimension B 4<strong>06</strong> mm,<br />

457 mm, and 508 mm respectively; the dimension BB is 666 mm.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

4/141


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Standard induction motors optimized for converter operation – VSD10 line<br />

Notes<br />

4<br />

4/142 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5<br />

explosion-protected motors<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

5<br />

5/2 Orientation<br />

5/25 Article number code<br />

5/26 Zones 21, 22, and 2 with<br />

types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec<br />

5/26 IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

5/26 • Cast-iron series 1MB55 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/27 IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

5/27 • Aluminum series 1MB10 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/28 • Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/31 • Cast-iron series 1MB55, 1MB58 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/33 IE2 High Efficiency<br />

5/33 • Aluminum series 1MB10 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/35 • Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/39 IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

5/39 • Aluminum series 1MB10 –<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/41 Zone 1 with<br />

type of protection Ex eb<br />

5/41 IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

5/41 • Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643,<br />

1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

5/47 Zone 1 with<br />

types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

5/47 IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

5/47 • Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB55<br />

self-ventilated<br />

5/51 Article No. supplements and<br />

special versions<br />

5/51 Voltages<br />

5/56 Types of construction<br />

5/68 Motor protection<br />

5/73 Terminal box position<br />

5/78 Options<br />

5/101 Accessories<br />

5/102 Dimensions<br />

5/102 Notes on the dimensions<br />

5/103 Dimension sheet generator<br />

5/104 Dimensions ·<br />

Aluminum series SIMOTICS XP<br />

5/104 IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated<br />

5/104 • Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

5/1<strong>06</strong> IE2, IE1 – 1MB1 with types of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated<br />

5/1<strong>06</strong> • Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

5/108 Dimensions ·<br />

Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE4, IE3 – 1MB5 with types of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated<br />

5/108 • Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated<br />

5/110 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

5/112 • Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection<br />

Ex eb – self-ventilated<br />

5/114 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

5/116 • Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with type of protection<br />

Ex eb – self-ventilated<br />

5/118 • Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection<br />

Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated<br />

5/120 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

5/122 • Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with type of protection<br />

Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated<br />

5/124 • Frame sizes 315 S to 355 L<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated<br />

5/126 • Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

5/128 • Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

5/130 • Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Classification of zones<br />

Areas subject to explosion hazard are divided into zones. Division<br />

into zones depends on the chronological and geographical<br />

probability of the presence of a hazardous, potentially explosive<br />

atmosphere. Information and specifications for classification of<br />

the zones are laid down in the following standards:<br />

• IEC/EN 60079-10-1 for gas atmospheres<br />

• IEC/EN 60079-10-2 for dust atmospheres<br />

Further, a distinction is made between various explosion groups<br />

as well as temperature classes and these are included in the<br />

hazard assessment.<br />

Zone classification<br />

Gas atmosphere<br />

Zone classification<br />

Dust atmosphere<br />

Zone 22<br />

5<br />

In many industrial and public sectors, explosion protection or explosion<br />

hazards are ever-present, e.g. in the chemicals industry,<br />

in refineries, on drilling platforms, at gas stations, in feed manufacturing<br />

and in sewage treatment plants.<br />

The risk of explosion is always present when gases, fumes, mist<br />

or dust are mixed with oxygen in the air in an explosive ratio<br />

close to sources of ignition that are able to release the so-called<br />

minimum ignition energy.<br />

In the chemical and petrochemical industries in particular, when<br />

crude oil and natural gas are transported, or in mining, milling<br />

(e.g. grain and granular solids), this can result in serious injury<br />

to persons and damage to equipment.<br />

To ensure maximum safety in these areas, legislators in most<br />

countries have implemented appropriate stipulations in the form<br />

of laws and regulations based on national and international standards.<br />

Explosion-protected equipment is designed such that an explosion<br />

can be prevented when it is used properly.<br />

The explosion-protected equipment can be designed in accordance<br />

with various types of protection.<br />

The local conditions must be subdivided into specified zones by<br />

the user with the assistance of the responsible authorities in<br />

accordance with the frequency of occurrence of an explosion<br />

hazard. Device (equipment) categories are assigned to these<br />

zones. The zones are then subdivided into possible types of protection<br />

and therefore into possible equipment (product) types.<br />

Safe Area<br />

Zone 0<br />

Zone 1<br />

Zone 2<br />

Zone 21<br />

Zone 20<br />

Safe Area<br />

G_D081_EN_00339<br />

Depending on the particular zone and therefore the associated<br />

hazard, operating equipment must comply with defined minimum<br />

requirements regarding the type of protection. The different<br />

types of protection require corresponding measures to prevent<br />

ignition that should be implemented at the motor in order to prevent<br />

a surrounding explosive atmosphere from being ignited.<br />

Note:<br />

According to the standard IEC/EN 60079-7:2015, the previous<br />

designations of the types of protection Ex e and Ex nA have<br />

been changed to Ex eb and Ex ec respectively. The expiration<br />

date of the previous designations was July 31, 2018.<br />

5/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Zone<br />

Gas<br />

1) 2)<br />

Dust<br />

1) 2)<br />

Zone definition acc. to<br />

IEC/EN 60079-10-1 for gas atmospheres<br />

IEC/EN 60079-10-2 for dust atmospheres<br />

0 – An area in which an explosive gas atmosphere is present continuously,<br />

over a long period or frequently.<br />

1 – An area in which it is expected that an explosive gas atmosphere will be<br />

present occasionally during normal operation.<br />

Changes to the Ex marking<br />

In accordance with the latest edition of the standards for<br />

"Flameproof enclosure" and "Increased safety" types of<br />

protection, there is a change to how devices and equipment are<br />

marked. The type of protection "Non-sparking" Ex nA acc. to<br />

IEC/EN 60079-15 has been integrated into the latest edition of<br />

the standard for "Increased safety" according to<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7 as Ex ec. This has the following effect on the<br />

Ex marking:<br />

• "Increased safety" for Zone 1 and Zone 2 (previously Ex e):<br />

II 2G Ex eb IIC T3 Gb<br />

• "Increased safety" for Zone 2 (previously Ex nA):<br />

II 3G Ex ec IIC T3 Gc<br />

• Flameproof enclosure for Zone 1 and Zone 2 (previously Ex d):<br />

II 2G Ex db IIC T4 Gb<br />

Assigned<br />

types of protection<br />

Low-voltage motors<br />

not permitted<br />

Ex eb (previously Ex e),<br />

EX db eb (previously EX de);<br />

Ex db (previously Ex d)<br />

Category<br />

according to<br />

2014/34/EU<br />

1 Ga<br />

2 Gb<br />

2 – An area in which it is expected that an explosive gas atmosphere will be Ex ec (previously, Ex nA) 3 Gc<br />

present only rarely and then only for a short period during normal operation.<br />

– 20 An area in which there is an explosive gas atmosphere comprising a<br />

dust-air mixture continuously, over long periods or frequently.<br />

– 21 An area in which it is expected that an explosive gas atmosphere comprising<br />

a dust-air mixture will be present occasionally during normal operation.<br />

– 22 An area in which it is expected that an explosive gas atmosphere in the form<br />

of a cloud of combustible dust in air will be present only rarely and then only<br />

for a short period during normal operation.<br />

Low-voltage motors<br />

not permitted<br />

1 Da<br />

Ex tb 3) 2 Db<br />

Ex tc 4) 3 Dc<br />

Equipment protection<br />

level acc. to IEC/EN<br />

60079-0<br />

There are no changes for the user other than the device marking.<br />

Overview of standards for explosion protection<br />

The explosion-protected three-phase motors comply with<br />

European standards. The European standards are recognized<br />

by all member states of CENELEC (European Committee for<br />

Electrotechnical Standardization). The national electrotechnical<br />

committees of Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark,<br />

Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Iceland, Ireland, Italy,<br />

Luxembourg, Netherlands, Norway, Spain, Sweden,<br />

Switzerland, Portugal, and United Kingdom (UK) are members<br />

of CENELEC.<br />

5<br />

Title<br />

European<br />

standard<br />

General provisions EN 60079-0<br />

Flameproof enclosure "d" EN 60079-1<br />

Increased safety "e" EN 60079-7<br />

Zone classification (gases, vapors, mist) EN 60079-10-1<br />

Zone classification (dust) EN 60079-10-2<br />

Intrinsic safety "i" EN 60079-11<br />

Electrical equipment in potentially explosive<br />

EN 60079-14<br />

atmospheres (gases, vapors, mist)<br />

Maintenance of Ex equipment EN 60079-17<br />

Intrinsically safe electrical systems EN 60079-25<br />

Equipment "Dust"<br />

EN 60079-31<br />

(dust explosion protection by housing) "t"<br />

Equipment "Dust" EN 50281-2-1<br />

Equipment "Dust" EN 61241-2-2<br />

Basic concepts and methodology EN 1127-1<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> of<br />

- Zone 1 can also be used in Zone 2<br />

- Zone 21 can also be used in Zone 22<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> which are certified for gas or dust protection must not be used in<br />

hybrid mixtures! Hybrid mixtures:<br />

Explosive gas and dust atmospheres are present simultaneously.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

SIMOTICS XP motors with type of protection Ex tb are intended for group<br />

IIIC as a general rule, i.e. they are permitted for operation in environments<br />

with conductive and non-conductive dust.<br />

SIMOTICS XP motors with type of protection Ex tc are intended for<br />

group IIIB as a general rule, i.e. they are not permitted for operation in<br />

environments with conductive dust.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Temperature classes and groups<br />

Combustible gases and vapors are divided into temperature<br />

classes according to their ignitability and into groups according<br />

to their spark ignition capacity. The marking of a three-phase<br />

motor with the codes for the type of protection, group and temperature<br />

class specifies that it can be used without danger in<br />

hazardous areas depending on the zone classification. The numerical<br />

sequence of the codes for the group and temperature<br />

class has been selected so that motors that satisfy the requirements<br />

for a certain group and temperature class also satisfy the<br />

requirements for lower groups and classes.<br />

Temperature classes<br />

Temperature class<br />

of electrical<br />

equipment<br />

Maximum surface<br />

temperature of electrical<br />

equipment<br />

T1 450 °C > 450 °C<br />

T2 300 °C > 300 °C<br />

T3 200 °C > 200 °C<br />

T4 135 °C > 135 °C<br />

T5 100 °C > 100 °C<br />

T6 85 °C > 85 °C<br />

Examples of the assignment of combustible gases and vapors<br />

Group Temperature classes<br />

T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

Ignition temperature of<br />

gases or vapors<br />

Material<br />

designation<br />

Ethyl acetate 460<br />

n-Butyl<br />

alchohol<br />

340 Mineral<br />

spirits<br />

2)<br />

Ignition<br />

temperature<br />

°C °C °C °C °C °C<br />

IIA 1) Acetone 540 i-Amyl 380 Naphthas Acetaldehyde<br />

140<br />

acetate<br />

Ethane 515 n-Butane 365 Petrol fuels 2)<br />

Ethyl chloride 510 Cyclohexanone<br />

Ammonia 630 1,2-Dichloroethane<br />

430 Diesel fuels<br />

440 Heating oils<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

5<br />

Benzene 555 Acetic anhydride<br />

330 n-Hexane 240<br />

Acetic acid 485<br />

Carbon 605<br />

monoxide<br />

Methane 595<br />

Methanol 455<br />

Methyl 625<br />

chloride<br />

Naphtalene 520<br />

Phenol 595<br />

Propane 470<br />

Toluene 535<br />

IIB 1) Coal gas 560 Ethanol 425 Hydrogen 270 Ethyl ether 180<br />

(town gas)<br />

Ethylene 425<br />

sulfide<br />

Ethylene 440<br />

oxide<br />

IIC 1) Hydrogen 560 Acetylene 305 Carbon<br />

disulfide<br />

Explosion Protection Directive 2014/34/EU<br />

Explosion protection has been fully harmonized by Directive<br />

2014/34/EU in Germany and in the other member states of the<br />

European Union. The requirements of the new law came into<br />

force on April 20, 2016. Since then only those devices and protection<br />

systems that comply with Directive 2014/34/EU are permitted<br />

to be placed on the market.<br />

Directive 2014/34/EU and Directive 1999/92/EC specify that only<br />

specific electrical equipment and devices are permitted to be<br />

used in the zones. The devices are assigned to equipment<br />

groups and categories.<br />

Use of electrical equipment in accordance with EN 60079-14<br />

Electrical equipment used in potentially explosive workshops<br />

and storage areas must comply with EN 60079-14/ VDE 0165-1<br />

"Explosive atmospheres - Part 14: Electrical installations design,<br />

selection and erection". All other general regulations issued by<br />

the responsible supervisory authorities and the Employer's<br />

Liability Insurance Association or any specifically issued for<br />

individual case are also applicable. A plant or system subject to<br />

inspection is not permitted to be commissioned initially or following<br />

a significant modification until the plant or system has been<br />

inspected by an approved inspection agency for correctness of<br />

assembly, installation, site conditions and safe operation, taking<br />

into account the intended mode of operation. Devices compliant<br />

with Directive 2014/34/EU are permitted to be commissioned in<br />

accordance with the responsible supervisory authority.<br />

(cf. German Health and Safety at Work Regulations (BetrSichV),<br />

section 3, § 14)<br />

95<br />

1)<br />

Subgroups IIA, IIB and IIC must be specified for the types of protection<br />

Ex db, Ex eb and Ex ec described in this list in accordance with EN 60079-0.<br />

2)<br />

The minimum ignition temperature depends on the composition and lies<br />

between 220 to 300 °C, over 300 °C in special cases.<br />

5/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Device marking<br />

The equipment group and category are specified in the device<br />

marking.<br />

The device marking is defined as follows:<br />

e.g. CE 0158 II 2G Ex eb IIC T3 Gb<br />

• CE conformity marking<br />

CE stands for "Communautés Européennes"<br />

(European Communities)<br />

The manufacturer of the explosion-protected devices declares<br />

by means of CE marking that the relevant product has<br />

been manufactured in accordance with all applicable regulations<br />

and requirements of the EU and the requirements laid<br />

down in Directive 2014/34/EU and the product has been subjected<br />

to the relevant conformity evaluation process.<br />

• 0158 identification number of the inspecting authority (DEKRA)<br />

• Marking for prevention of explosions in accordance with<br />

Directive 2014/34/EU<br />

Example "increased safety": CE 0158 II 3 G Ex ec IIC T3 Gc<br />

CE marking<br />

Number of the certifying "notified" body (0158 = DEKRA)<br />

Explosion protection marking<br />

Equipment group:I = Underground<br />

II = All other areas<br />

Category: 2 (Zone 1/21)<br />

3 (Zone 2/22)<br />

Ex atmosphere G = Gas<br />

D=Dust<br />

Explosion-protected equipment<br />

Type of protection Ex db, db eb, eb, ec, tb or tc (db eb = motor housing Ex db with terminal box Ex eb)<br />

Explosion group and explosion subgroup II = Gas (IIA, IIB or IIC)<br />

III = Dust (IIIA, IIIB or IIIC)<br />

Temperature class with max. surface temperature<br />

T1 = 450 °C T4 = 135 °C<br />

T2 = 300 °C T5 = 100 °C<br />

T3 = 200 °C T6 = 85 °C<br />

Equipment protection level (G = Gas; D = Dust):<br />

Ga = Very high protection, Da = Very high protection,<br />

Gb = High protection,<br />

Db = High protection,<br />

Gc = Increased protection, Dc = Increased protection<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

5<br />

■ Overview<br />

Overview of SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

The table below contains a <strong>complete</strong> overview of our products,<br />

their types of protection and the assignment of motor types to<br />

categories. It is important to note that depending on whether the<br />

Sector<br />

Gases and<br />

vapors (G)<br />

Zone<br />

Frequency of<br />

occurrence<br />

of the Ex<br />

atmosphere<br />

Type of<br />

protection<br />

1G 0 constantly or<br />

long-term<br />

2G 1 occasionally Ex db eb IIC 1)<br />

(flameproof<br />

enclosure)<br />

Ex eb IIC 1)<br />

(increased<br />

safety)<br />

3G 2 rarely or for a<br />

short period<br />

Dust (D) 1D 20 constantly or<br />

long-term<br />

Gases and<br />

vapors (G)<br />

and dusts<br />

(D) 3)<br />

Category<br />

Temperature<br />

class<br />

Equipment<br />

protection<br />

level<br />

Not admissible with low-voltage motors<br />

Ex ec IIC 1)<br />

(increased<br />

safety)<br />

2D 21 occasionally Ex tb IIIC 1) :<br />

Conductive and<br />

non-conductive<br />

dust<br />

3D 22 rarely or for a<br />

short period<br />

2G<br />

2D<br />

3G<br />

3D<br />

1<br />

or<br />

21<br />

2<br />

or<br />

22<br />

motor is used for converter operation or line operation, different<br />

order codes are required for unique selection of the required<br />

product.<br />

Degree<br />

of protection<br />

Motor type<br />

and if applicable<br />

order code<br />

T1 – T4 Gb IP55 1MB1.5,<br />

1MB5.5<br />

T1 – T3<br />

Gc<br />

Not admissible with low-voltage motors<br />

Ex tc IIIB 1) :<br />

non-conductive<br />

dust<br />

occasionally Ex db eb IIC 1)<br />

(flameproof<br />

enclosure)/<br />

Ex tb IIIC 1) :<br />

Conductive and<br />

non-conductive<br />

dust<br />

rarely or for a<br />

short period<br />

Ex ec IIC 1)<br />

(increased<br />

safety)/<br />

Ex tc IIIB:<br />

non-conductive<br />

dust<br />

1MB1.4,<br />

1MB5.4<br />

1MB103,<br />

1MB153,<br />

1MB163<br />

Max. Db IP65 1MB101,<br />

housing<br />

1MB151,<br />

temperature<br />

1MB161<br />

T120 °C 4)<br />

T1 – T4/ Gb<br />

Max. Db<br />

housing<br />

temperature<br />

T130 °C<br />

T1 – T3/ Gc<br />

Max. Dc<br />

housing<br />

temperature<br />

T120 °C 4)<br />

Dc IP55 1MB102,<br />

1MB152,<br />

1MB162<br />

IP65<br />

1MB1.5 +B32,<br />

1MB5.5 +B32<br />

IP55 1MB103 +B30<br />

1MB153 +B30<br />

1MB163 +B30<br />

Operation Order<br />

code<br />

Utilization<br />

according<br />

to temperature<br />

class<br />

Standard<br />

Line – 130 (B) IEC/EN 60079-0<br />

Converter B43 130 (B)<br />

IEC/EN 60079-1<br />

B44 155 (F)<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7<br />

Line – 130 (B)/<br />

155 (F) 2) IEC/EN 60079-0<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7<br />

Line – 130 (B)<br />

Converter B40<br />

B41<br />

Line – 130 (B) IEC/EN 60079-0<br />

IEC/EN 60079-31<br />

Converter B40<br />

B41<br />

Line – 130 (B) IEC/EN 60079-0<br />

Converter B43 130 (B)<br />

IEC/EN 60079-1<br />

B44 155 (F)<br />

IEC/EN 60079-31<br />

Line – 130 (B) IEC/EN 60079-0<br />

Converter B40<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7<br />

B41<br />

IEC/EN 60079-31<br />

1) Highest explosion group IIC includes IIB and IIA.<br />

IIIA stands for lint, IIIB for non-conductive dust and IIIC for conductive<br />

dust. 1MB155, 1MB555 motors optionally with Ex db terminal box.<br />

2) See EU type-examination certificate.<br />

3)<br />

The Ex motor is not admissible in an explosive atmosphere of dust and air<br />

(hybrid). A standard is not currently available that describes the product<br />

requirements for a hybrid mixture.<br />

4) For 1MB1 IE1: T140 °C<br />

IE2: T120 °C (except T130 °C for 1MB1.11-1AD5,<br />

1MB1.11-3AD6, 1MB1.21-1AD5 and 1MB1.21-3AD6)<br />

IE3: T120 °C.<br />

For 1MB5 frame sizes 400 and 450: T125 °C.<br />

5/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Benefits<br />

The explosion-protected motors from Siemens offer the user<br />

numerous advantages:<br />

• The motors are designed and constructed in accordance with<br />

Directive 2014/34/EU. As product supplier, Siemens accepts<br />

responsibility for compliance with the applicable product standards<br />

for the selected equipment.<br />

• By using this product, the plant operating company complies<br />

with Directive 1999/92/EC in accordance with Appendix II B<br />

(ATEX 137 previously ATEX 118a). The plant manufacturer or<br />

plant operating company is responsible for correct selection<br />

and proper usage of the equipment.<br />

• Comprehensive series of Ex motors for protection against gas<br />

and dust.<br />

• Individual versions of motors are possible thanks to the numerous<br />

catalog options.<br />

• Further special versions are possible on request.<br />

• Declarations of compliance with the order 2.1 are available for<br />

a defined spectrum of Siemens motors/converters.<br />

• The operating instructions are available in all 23 official EU languages<br />

as well as Russian, Turkish and Chinese.<br />

• Certificates:<br />

ATEX, IECEx, CQST, EACEx<br />

For applications in harsh environments:<br />

SIMOTICS XP motors with a cast-iron housing<br />

The right motor for various challenges<br />

The following motor series are available with cast-iron housings<br />

for applications in harsh, hazardous environments:<br />

• Basic Line:<br />

Rugged, reliable motors for machine construction<br />

• Performance Line:<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> for the process industry with reinforced bearings and<br />

a more rugged coating – for requirements that extend beyond<br />

the Basic Line<br />

Comparison: Basic Line versus Performance Line<br />

Function Basic Line – 1MB15 Performance Line – 1MB16<br />

Bearing size 62,<br />

63<br />

63 from frame size 280<br />

upwards<br />

Relubrication<br />

Paint system<br />

Drainage<br />

Rating plate<br />

made of stainless<br />

steel<br />

Optional,<br />

standard from frame size<br />

280 upwards<br />

Standard paint finish,<br />

corrosivity category C2<br />

Drain plug from frame size<br />

100 upwards<br />

Standard from frame size<br />

225 upwards, optional for<br />

frame sizes 71 to 200<br />

Motor protection Optional PTC<br />

Fan cover Steel Steel<br />

Warranty 12 months 36 months<br />

Standard from frame size<br />

160 upwards, optional for<br />

frame sizes 100 to 132<br />

Special paint finish,<br />

corrosivity category C3<br />

Drain plug from frame size<br />

100 upwards<br />

Standard from frame size<br />

100 upwards<br />

■ Application<br />

The explosion-protected motors are used in the following<br />

sectors to prevent explosion hazards that result in serious injury<br />

to persons and severe damage to equipment.<br />

• Chemical and petrochemical industry<br />

• Production of mineral oil and gas<br />

• Gas works<br />

• Gas utility companies<br />

• Gas stations<br />

• Coking plants<br />

• Mills (e.g. grain, solids)<br />

• Sewage treatment plants<br />

• Wood processing (e.g. sawdust, tree resin)<br />

• Other industries subject to explosion hazards<br />

5<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

General information<br />

Ex motors are suitable for operation in electrical power systems<br />

with a voltage tolerance of ± 10 %.<br />

Ex motors in vertical type of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing down must have a protective cover.<br />

Standard certificate: EU type-examination certificate (ATEX) and<br />

EU declaration of conformity, optionally IECEx, CQST and<br />

EACEx.<br />

Note:<br />

For all explosion-protected motors, designs according to UL and<br />

CSA are not possible.<br />

Operating instructions are supplied as standard with explosionprotected<br />

motors in <strong>English</strong> and German. Translations are also<br />

available in all the other official EU languages as well as in<br />

Russian, Turkish, and Chinese online and on DVD.<br />

Ambient temperature<br />

• Standard: –20 to +40 °C<br />

• Optional: –40 to +40 °C (order code D03)<br />

• Optional: –20 to +60 °C (order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08)<br />

From 40 °C, the power is reduced. Other temperatures are available<br />

on request.<br />

Note on Ex eb (1MB1.4):<br />

Order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08 currently on request.<br />

Motor connection<br />

Certified metric cable glands/sealing plugs are included in the<br />

scope of supply of 1MB1 and 1MB5 motors.<br />

The certificates for the motors for hazardous areas are stored<br />

with the documentation in the DT Configurator.<br />

Certified motor protection switches/tripping units must always<br />

be used for motor protection, see Catalog IC 10.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/7


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

5<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Type of protection "Dust explosion protection" Ex tb, Ex tc<br />

acc. to IEC/EN 60079-31 for use in Zone 21, Zone 22.<br />

The types of protection Ex tb and Ex tc apply to electrical<br />

equipment protected using a housing and with limited surface<br />

temperature for use in areas in which combustible dust can be<br />

present in concentration levels that could cause a fire or an explosion.<br />

Measures are taken to prevent impermissibly high temperatures<br />

and to prevent sparks or arcs from occurring on external components<br />

of the motor.<br />

Ex tb motors are used in areas where it is expected that an explosive<br />

atmosphere comprising dust/air mixtures will be present<br />

occasionally and for a short period.<br />

These motors are assigned to Equipment Group II – Category<br />

2D (corresponding to Zone 21). SIMOTICS XP motors with type<br />

of protection Ex tb are intended for group IIIC, i.e. they are permitted<br />

for operation in environments with conductive and nonconductive<br />

dust.<br />

Ex tc motors are used in areas where it is expected that a potentially-explosive<br />

atmosphere will be caused by dust that is stirred<br />

up. If this does occur, in all probability rarely and for a short period.<br />

These motors are assigned to Equipment Group II – Category<br />

3D (corresponding to Zone 22). SIMOTICS XP motors with<br />

type of protection Ex tc are intended for group IIIB as a general<br />

rule, i.e. they are only permitted for operation in environments<br />

with non-conductive dust.<br />

Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Gb for use in Zone 21:<br />

Design for Zone 21, as well as Zone 22 for conductive dust<br />

(degree of protection: IP65) equipment category 2D.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db 1) : 1MB1.1 and 1MB5.1 are suitable<br />

for use in explosive dust atmospheres with conductive or<br />

non-conductive dust that are present occasionally (Zone 21) or<br />

rarely (Zone 22). For rated operation, the surface temperature is<br />

120 °C 1) .<br />

Ex tc IIIB T120 °C Gc for use in Zone 22:<br />

Version for Zone 22 with non-conductive dust (degree of protection<br />

IP55) equipment category 3D. <strong>Motors</strong> Ex tc IIIB T120 °C Dc 1) :<br />

1MB1.2 and 1MB5.2 are suitable for use in explosive dust atmospheres<br />

with non-conductive dust that are present rarely (Zone<br />

22). For rated operation, the surface temperature is 120 °C 1) .<br />

The motors have a terminal box, a sealing system, an external<br />

grounding terminal, a metal fan cover and a metal external fan<br />

according to standard IEC/EN 60079-0.<br />

Identification on the rating plate:<br />

• Zone 21: II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db 1)<br />

• Zone 22: II 3D Ex tc IIIB T120 °C Dc 1)<br />

Number of the EU type-examination certificate<br />

Pole-changing versions:<br />

• Ex tb (Zone 21): Not possible<br />

• Ex tc (Zone 22): Possible on request.<br />

Type of protection "increased safety" Ex ec acc. to<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7 for use in Zone 2<br />

Type of protection Ex ec ensures that a motor in normal operation<br />

as well as when operated under deviating conditions as<br />

specified in the standard is not able to ignite a surrounding explosive<br />

gas atmosphere. The maximum surface temperature that<br />

can occur during operation must be below the limit temperature<br />

of the temperature class marked on the motor, e.g. T3.<br />

Measures are taken to prevent impermissibly high temperatures<br />

and to prevent sparks or arcs from occurring on the inside and<br />

on external components of the motor.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with type of protection Ex ec are used in an explosive<br />

atmosphere where this atmosphere is expected to reach a level<br />

that poses a risk only rarely and then also only for a short<br />

period. These motors are assigned to Equipment Group II –<br />

Category 3G (corresponding to Zone 2).<br />

Ex ec motors can additionally optionally have type of protection<br />

Ex tc with Group IIIB (non-conductive dust) acc. to<br />

IEC/EN 60079-31 for use in Zone 22 (present rarely).<br />

Ex ec IIC T3 Gc<br />

Standard version for paint film thicknesses < 200 µm.<br />

Optional Ex ec IIB T3 Gc (order code B31)<br />

Optional version for paint film thicknesses > 200 µm to<br />

< 2 mm.<br />

For further information about paint and paint film thicknesses,<br />

see page 1/14 onwards.<br />

Optional type of protection Ex ec/Ex tc for use in Zone 2/22 2)<br />

The motors must be ordered with:<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tc - Zone 22 –<br />

order code B30 2)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong><br />

• Ex ec IIC T3 Gc: 1MB1.3 and 1MB5.3<br />

• Ex ec IIB T3 Gc: 1MB1.3 and 1MB5.3 (order code B31)<br />

have a terminal box (similar to Ex eb), a sealing system, an external<br />

grounding terminal and a metal fan cover according to<br />

standard IEC/EN 60079-0. The temperature class is T1-T3.<br />

With optional order with order code B30 additionally a metal external<br />

fan.<br />

The combination B30+B31 is possible.<br />

Identification on the rating plate:<br />

• Zone 2: II 3G Ex ec IIC T3 Gc<br />

• Zone 2/22: II 3G Ex ec IIC T3 Gc<br />

II 3D Ex tc IIIB T120 °C Dc 2)<br />

Number of the EU type-examination certificate<br />

Please inquire in the case of:<br />

• Utilization according to temperature class 155 (F)<br />

• For pole-changing versions<br />

1)<br />

IE1: T140 °C<br />

IE2: T120 °C (except T130 °C for 1MB1.11-1AD5, 1MB1.11-3AD6,<br />

1MB1.21-1AD5 and 1MB1.21-3AD6)<br />

IE3: T120 °C<br />

2)<br />

Hybrid mixtures:<br />

For certification of the motors according to the usual standards, the suitability<br />

test for use in explosive gas atmospheres is performed separately from<br />

the suitability test for use in explosive dust atmospheres. This enables<br />

marking for explosive gas or dust atmospheres, but not for use of the motor<br />

in hybrid mixtures.<br />

The owner can certify the motor for hybrid mixtures despite the statements<br />

in the Operating Instructions. Information on operation in hybrid mixtures is<br />

provided in IEC 60079-14:2013 Annex M.<br />

5/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Type of protection "increased safety“ Ex eb acc. to IEC/EN<br />

60079-7 for use in Zone 1<br />

With type of protection Ex eb, additional measures are taken<br />

to prevent the possibility of high temperatures and to prevent<br />

sparks or arcs from occurring on the inside and on external components<br />

of the motor.<br />

In case of a malfunction, the drive must be switched off within the<br />

time t E . This ensures that none of the motor's components<br />

reaches the ignition temperature of the surrounding gas in the<br />

event of a malfunction.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with type of protection Ex eb are used in an explosive atmosphere<br />

where a hazardous explosive atmosphere is expected<br />

occasionally to reach a level that poses a risk.<br />

These motors are assigned to Equipment Group II – Category<br />

2G (corresponding to Zone 1). They ensure a high degree of<br />

safety.<br />

Optionally Ex eb motors can additionally have type of protection<br />

Ex tb with Group IIIC (conductive and non-conductive dust) acc.<br />

to IEC/EN 60079-31 for use in Zone 21 (occasionally present).<br />

Ex eb IIC T3 Gb<br />

Standard version for paint film thicknesses < 200 µm.<br />

Optional Ex eb IIB T3 Gb (order code B31)<br />

Optional version for paint film thicknesses > 200 µm to<br />

< 2 mm.<br />

For further information about paint and paint film thicknesses,<br />

see page 1/14 onwards.<br />

Optional type of protection Ex eb/Ex tb for use in Zone 1/21 2)<br />

The motors must be ordered with:<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tb - Zone 21 –<br />

order code B32 2)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong><br />

• Ex eb IIC T3 Gb: 1MB1.4 and 1MB5.4<br />

• Ex eb IIB T3 Gb: 1MB1.4 and 1MB5.4 (order code B31)<br />

have a terminal box (Ex eb), a sealing system, an external<br />

grounding terminal and a metal fan cover according to standard<br />

IEC/EN 60079-0. The winding is specially designed and tested<br />

for the temperature class T1/T2 or T3.<br />

With optional order with order code B32 additionally a metal external<br />

fan.<br />

The combination B32+B31 is possible.<br />

Identification on the rating plate:<br />

• Zone 1: II 2G Ex eb IIC T3 Gb<br />

• Zone 1/21: II 2G Ex eb IIC T3 Gb<br />

II 2D Ex tb IIIC T120 °C Db 1)<br />

Number of the EU type-examination certificate<br />

Please inquire in the case of:<br />

• Increased coolant temperatures<br />

• Marine certificates<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

IE1: T140 °C<br />

IE2: T120 °C (except T130 °C for 1MB1.11-1AD5, 1MB1.11-3AD6,<br />

1MB1.21-1AD5 and 1MB1.21-3AD6)<br />

IE3: T120 °C<br />

Hybrid mixtures:<br />

For certification of the motors according to the usual standards, the suitability<br />

test for use in explosive gas atmospheres is performed separately from<br />

the suitability test for use in explosive dust atmospheres. This enables<br />

marking for explosive gas or dust atmospheres, but not for use of the motor<br />

in hybrid mixtures.<br />

The owner can certify the motor for hybrid mixtures despite the statements<br />

in the Operating Instructions. Information on operation in hybrid mixtures is<br />

provided in IEC 60079-14:2013 Annex M.<br />

Type of protection "flameproof enclosure" Ex db eb and Ex<br />

db acc. to IEC/EN 60079-1 for use in Zone 1<br />

Type of protection Ex db is achieved by ensuring that any explosion<br />

is contained within the motor. The housing must resist the<br />

pressure of the explosion and also prevent ignition from the internal<br />

to the external atmospheres.<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with type of protection Ex db are used in an explosive atmosphere<br />

where a hazardous explosive atmosphere is expected<br />

occasionally to reach a level that poses a risk. These motors<br />

are assigned to Equipment Group II – Category 2G<br />

(corresponding to Zone 1). They ensure a high degree of safety.<br />

To define the risk posed by a potentially explosive gas, the minimum<br />

ignition temperature of a dust cloud is required as well as<br />

details of the possibility of a flame exiting through a narrow slit in<br />

the motor housing. This is achieved by classification in explosion<br />

groups IIA, IIB and IIC, whereby IIC represents the highest requirements<br />

(see the table "Assignment of combustible gases<br />

and vapors").<br />

Ex db eb IIC T4 Gb<br />

Standard version for paint film thicknesses < 200 µm.<br />

Optional Ex db eb IIB T4 Gb (order code B31)<br />

Optional version for paint film thicknesses > 200 µm to<br />

< 2 mm.<br />

Alternatively, a paint finish certified in accordance with the Ex<br />

Directive can be used. For further information about paint and<br />

paint film thicknesses, see page 1/14 onwards.<br />

Optional type of protection<br />

• Ex db eb/Ex tb for use in Zone 1/21 2)<br />

• Ex db eb/Ex tc for use in Zone 1/22 2)<br />

The motors must be ordered with:<br />

• Version additionally for dust Ex tb IIIC - Zone 21 –<br />

order code B32 2)<br />

• Version additionally for dust Ex tb IIIB - Zone 22 –<br />

order code B30 2)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong><br />

• Ex db eb IIC T4 Gb: 1MB155 and 1MB555<br />

• Ex db eb IIB T4 Gb: 1MB155 and 1MB555 (order code B31)<br />

are suitable for use in explosive gas atmospheres with occasionally<br />

present gases or vapors in Zone 1 for temperature classes<br />

T1 to T4. The maximum surface temperature that can occur<br />

during operation must lie below the limit temperature of the respective<br />

temperature class.<br />

The motors have a terminal box (Ex eb), optional Ex db (order<br />

code R48), a sealing system, an external grounding terminal<br />

and a metal fan cover according to standard IEC/EN 60079-0.<br />

The motor housing is designed with type of protection "flameproof<br />

enclosure" and has temperature class T4.<br />

With optional order with order code B32 additionally a metal external<br />

fan.<br />

The combination B32+B31 is possible.<br />

Identification on the rating plate:<br />

Zone 1: II 2G Ex db eb IIC T4 Gb or<br />

II 2G Ex db IIC T4 Gb (R48)<br />

Zone 1/21: II 2G Ex db eb IIC T4 Gb<br />

II 2D Ex tb IIIC T130 °C Db 2)<br />

Number of the EU type-examination certificate<br />

Please inquire in the case of: Reduced starting currents<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

5<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Line operation<br />

Insulation system<br />

The insulation system of SIMOTICS XP 1MB1 and 1MB5 motors<br />

is suitable for line voltages up to 690 V. The connection system<br />

(terminal box, terminals) is also designed for this rated voltage.<br />

The motors are equipped with 6 terminals. They can therefore be<br />

operated in any star or delta connection. If a voltage variant with<br />

dual voltage e.g. 400V/690VY is selected, the rated data of all<br />

voltage levels will be stamped on the rating plate.<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1 and 1MB5 motors have an insulation system<br />

with a thermal class of 155 °C (F). Utilization at rated operation<br />

corresponds to thermal class 130 °C (B).<br />

For deviations in use for frame sizes 400 and 450, see "Winding<br />

and insulation version with regard to temperature class", on<br />

page 1/27.<br />

Voltage tolerances<br />

The motors are suitable for operation with voltage and frequency<br />

tolerances according to EN 60034-1.<br />

In addition, tests are to be performed to ensure that the permissible<br />

temperature limits for the inner and outer surfaces of the<br />

motor according to the relevant standard are not exceeded<br />

during continuous operation at the voltage limits (± 10 %).<br />

For 8-pole motors of frame size 450, continuous duty is only possible<br />

with ± 5 %.<br />

Area A<br />

Rating point<br />

Area B<br />

(outside<br />

area A)<br />

0.95<br />

0.98<br />

1.10<br />

1.05<br />

Y<br />

0.97<br />

0.95<br />

1.00 1.02<br />

1.03<br />

X<br />

Motor protection<br />

Motor protection must always be realized with a certified motor<br />

circuit breaker, see Catalog IC 10, taking into account the inrush<br />

current ratio and the maximum startup time.<br />

Note:<br />

For Ex eb motors in line operation, motor protection is alternatively<br />

possible as protection by PTC thermistors only, taking into<br />

account the inrush current ratio I startup /I rated and time t E .<br />

When the motor shaft is locked, the motor circuit breaker must<br />

disconnect the motor from the line supply within time t E so that<br />

the maximum ignition temperature of the specific temperature<br />

class is not exceeded. Optionally on some motors up to frame<br />

size 200, full motor protection with a PTC thermistor is possible.<br />

The information about full motor protection with a PTC thermistor<br />

is documented in the EU type-examination certificate. The tripping<br />

devices required for this purpose, see Catalog IC 10, must<br />

always be certified.<br />

Operation on a frequency converter<br />

General information<br />

Basically, explosion-protected motors (except for Ex eb) can be<br />

fed from converters. Particular attention must be paid to the<br />

interaction between the motor and converter system, especially<br />

with regard to the following aspects:<br />

• The harmonic content of the supply voltage raises the motor<br />

temperature, so the motor power must be reduced<br />

• Less cooling of the motor at speeds below the rated speed<br />

• Voltage stress on the motor winding<br />

• Bearing currents<br />

The general use of high-quality insulation systems enables converter<br />

operation. When operated with a converter, the motor with<br />

explosion protection must be fitted with PTC thermistors. These<br />

are installed in the stator winding and, in combination with an excertified<br />

trip unit (EU type-examination certificate), they perform<br />

sole motor protection in the case of converter operation.<br />

The permissible speed and torque range is stamped on an additional<br />

rating plate.<br />

These rated operating points stamped on the additional rating<br />

plate apply for both constant torque drives and fluid-flow machines<br />

with a square-law load torque. For constant torque drives,<br />

the resulting thermal motor torques in the positioning range must<br />

be taken into account.<br />

During converter operation, the reduced torques for constant<br />

torque and drives for fans, pumps and compressors must be observed<br />

due to the harmonic content of the supply.<br />

This data is available in the "Drive Technology Configurator"<br />

(DT Configurator) at<br />

www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator<br />

0.90<br />

G_D081_EN_0<strong>06</strong>22<br />

Y-axis: Voltage tolerance<br />

Z-axis: Frequency tolerance<br />

5/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Higher noise levels must be expected than for 50 Hz line operation<br />

for motors operating with converters due to the harmonic<br />

content of the supply.<br />

Maximum voltage stress on the motor winding in converter<br />

operation:<br />

Frame sizes: 71 to 355:<br />

• Û phase-to-phase : 1500 V (3000 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

• Û phase-to-ground : 1100 V (2200 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

The following generally applies to Siemens converters<br />

(SINAMICS):<br />

• U line : = 480 V ± 10 % (BLM = Basic Line Module;<br />

DFE = Direct Front End)<br />

• U line : 480 V ± 10 % (ALM = Active Line Module;<br />

AFE = Active Front End); U dc < 720 V<br />

• U line : = 690 V ± 10 % (only permissible with a suitable<br />

dv/dt or sine-wave filter)<br />

Ex db: Certificate valid for general PWM converter<br />

Ex ec, Ex tb, Ex tc certificate valid only in combination with a<br />

SINAMICS G180 that has an amplified dv/dt filter<br />

(standard option G180: L10).<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> of the 1MB55 series with frame sizes 400 and 450 with<br />

the IVIC-C advanced insulation system:<br />

• Û phase-to-phase : 1600 V (3200 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

• Û phase-to-ground : 1400 V (2800 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> of the 1MB.8 series with frame sizes 71 to 450 with the<br />

IVIC-C premium insulation system:<br />

• Û phase-to-phase : 2200 V (4400 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

• Û phase-to-ground : 1500 V (3000 V peak-peak values (V pk/pk ))<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with the advanced insulation system can be operated on<br />

the converter without an additional dv/dt or sine-wave filter if the<br />

following limits are observed:<br />

• U line 480 V<br />

• U DC 720 V<br />

Converter operation requires a dv/dt or sine-wave filter or a motor<br />

with PREMIUM insulation system (motor types 1MB18. or<br />

1MB58.) if at least one of the following limits is exceeded:<br />

• U line >480V<br />

• U DC > 720 V<br />

The voltage limits are chosen such that safe operation is ensured<br />

without knowledge of the converter or the converter infeed. If it<br />

is ensured that the motor is powered through a converter with<br />

uncontrolled infeed (e.g. SINAMICS G), the 1MB15 and 1MB55<br />

motors can be operated up to U line = 480 V as an exception because<br />

the limits U DC 720 V are then observed.<br />

In configuration of the drive system, it must be considered that<br />

the DC-link voltage UDC exceeds the limit of U DC, max =720V<br />

(continuous duty) during braking where converters without<br />

energy recovery capability, such as SINAMICS G, are used.<br />

Exceeding this limit is permissible for a short time, for example,<br />

if the U DC, max controller or braking chopper ensures that the<br />

DC-link voltage does not exceed the following limits:<br />

• 1MB.5 (advanced): U DC, max = 890 V (short-time duty)<br />

• 1MB.8 (premium): U DC, max = 1225 V (short-time duty)<br />

Further configuration notes are documented in the declaration of<br />

compliance with the order 2.1 and in the EU type-examination<br />

certificates.<br />

Order processing of 1MB1, 1MB5 motors with Ex db, Ex ec,<br />

Ex tb and Ex tc for converter operation<br />

PTC thermistor<br />

For converter operation, Ex motors must always be monitored<br />

using PTC thermistors. The motors must therefore be ordered<br />

with the 15th position of the Article No.<br />

• B – PTC thermistor for tripping – or alternatively<br />

• C – PTC thermistor for alarm and tripping.<br />

General information regarding the PTC thermistors:<br />

• B in 15th position of the Article No.:<br />

The motors are equipped with 3 PTC thermistors for tripping in<br />

the motor winding.<br />

• C in 15th position of the Article No.:<br />

The motors are equipped with 3 PTC thermistors for alarm and<br />

3 PTC thermistors for tripping in the motor winding.<br />

Certified tripping units are required for this purpose,<br />

see Catalog IC 10.<br />

To ensure unambiguous order handling for the voltage, each<br />

approved voltage code/voltage order code is assigned only<br />

"one" voltage/frequency, as seen below:<br />

Voltage code Order code Line frequency Line voltage<br />

12th and 13th<br />

position of the<br />

Article No.<br />

27 – 50 Hz 500 VY, 50 Hz power<br />

40 – 50 Hz 500 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M4A 50 Hz 400 VY, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M4B 50 Hz 400 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M2C 60 Hz 440 VY, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1C 60 Hz 440 VY, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2D 60 Hz 440 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1D 60 Hz 440 V, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2E 60 Hz 460 VY, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1E 60 Hz 460 VY, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2F 60 Hz 460 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1F 60 Hz 460 V, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2G 60 Hz 575 VY, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1G 60 Hz 575 VY, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2H 60 Hz 575 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1H 60 Hz 575 V, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2K 60 Hz 480 VY; 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1K 60 Hz 480 VY; 60 Hz power<br />

90 M2L 60 Hz 480 V, 50 Hz power<br />

90 M1L 60 Hz 480 V, 60 Hz power<br />

90 M1Y<br />

(non-standard<br />

winding)<br />

50 or 60 Hz Plain text<br />

(observe max. voltage<br />

stress)<br />

90 M3A 1) 87 Hz At 87 Hz, 400 V:<br />

(4-pole to 8-pole)<br />

5<br />

1) The motor contains winding version 50 Hz 230 V.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

5<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Converter operation specially for motors in type of protection<br />

"Ex ec" (Zone 2) and VIK-Ex ec version<br />

IEC/EN 60079-7 specifies that the motor and converter must be<br />

tested as a unit (individual test). The individual test is available<br />

for motors of "Ex ec" type of protection on the specified converters<br />

SINAMICS G, SINAMICS S and SINAMICS V20.<br />

For details, see declaration of compliance with the order 2.1. Not<br />

possible for frame sizes 400 and 450.<br />

Individual testing can be performed for non-Siemens converters<br />

on request (additional charge). The customer may be required<br />

to supply the external converter for individual tests.<br />

The test will cost more when using non-Siemens converters (especially<br />

on commissioning). Commissioning personnel must be<br />

provided by the customer for setup and operation during the<br />

test, if required.<br />

Converter operation specially for motors in type of protection<br />

"Ex tb" (Zone 21) and "Ex tc" (Zone 22) 1)<br />

The drive system comprising motors protected against dust<br />

explosions operating on SINAMICS G, SINAMICS S and<br />

SINAMICS V20 converters has been tested. For details, see declaration<br />

of compliance with the order 2.1. Please inquire about<br />

operation with non-Siemens converters. Not possible for frame<br />

sizes 400 and 450.<br />

Converter operation specially for motors with type of protection<br />

"Ex ec/Ex tc" (Zone 2/22) 2)<br />

For the 1MB..3 Ex ec motors, the order code B30 version (IP55)<br />

for Zones 2 and 22 must also be specified in the case of nonconductive<br />

dust. Declaration of compliance with the order 2.1<br />

analogous to that for Zones 2, 21 and 22.<br />

Please inquire about non-Siemens converters.<br />

1MB1, 1MB5 in Ex ec, Ex tb and Ex tc:<br />

Selection of the frequency converters<br />

The SINAMICS frequency converters are categorized into 2<br />

product groups (order code B40 and B41). Each product group<br />

is a data record with motor operating data each assigned to one<br />

frequency converter. The converter type is stamped on the rating<br />

plate. Alternative, approved SINAMICS converters can be<br />

selected, by adding the order code Y68.<br />

Product group 1 (basic version):<br />

Order code B40 - version for converter operation in basic version<br />

with operating data SINAMICS G120 with PM240-2<br />

Product group 1 (alternative SINAMICS converter):<br />

Order codes B40 + Y68<br />

Operating data such as the B40 order code with alternative<br />

SINAMICS converter on the rating plate:<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120 with PM230<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120 with PM240<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120C<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120P with PM230<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120P with PM240-2<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120P with PM240P-2<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G120P with PM330<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G130<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G150<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) G180<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) S120 (BLM/SLM)<br />

• Y68 with plain text (C-text) V20<br />

Product group 2 (basic version):<br />

Order code B41 - version for converter operation in basic<br />

version with operating data SINAMICS S150.<br />

Product group 2 (alternative SINAMICS converter):<br />

Order codes B41 + Y68<br />

Operating data such as the B41 order code with alternative<br />

SINAMICS converter on the rating plate:<br />

• Order code Y68 with plain text (C-text) S120 (ALM)<br />

1MB155 and 1MB555 with Ex db, Ex db eb:<br />

Selection of the frequency converter<br />

The SIMOTICS 1MB..5. motors are suitable and certified for operation<br />

on the PWM frequency converter. The only distinction<br />

made is whether the maximum permitted temperature rise of the<br />

winding is 130(B) – order code B43 or 155(F) – order code B44.<br />

The power with utilization of 155(F) is approx. 10 % higher than<br />

with utilization 130(B) and the order code B43 is usually approximately<br />

equal to the line power.<br />

Combination with SINAMICS converters as stated in the list under<br />

Ex ec has been pretested and is recommended. For other<br />

converter types and non-Siemens converters, operation according<br />

to the Ex specifications is possible if the requirements of the<br />

certificate are met.<br />

Defining the power for converter operation<br />

The optimum power data are marked on the motors. These data<br />

are universally valid and can be viewed in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) and used as the basis for configuration.<br />

In specific applications, e.g. for very long motor cables, if a sinewave<br />

filter is being used - or for converter types that cannot<br />

reach the full rated voltage at rated frequency as a result of the<br />

inherent design, then at rated voltage there is a voltage drop at<br />

the motor terminals. Under this operating condition, in order that<br />

the motor temperature rise is not inadmissibly high, at the maximum<br />

permissible current, it is possible that the motor power is<br />

reduced (derating). For example, for use of sine-wave filters and<br />

the consequential reduction of the motor voltage by 10 to 15 %,<br />

the permissible power ratings for converter operation must be<br />

similarly reduced by 10 to 15 % at rated frequency because the<br />

corner frequency for determining the power is reduced accordingly.<br />

Operation below the reduced corner frequency is possible<br />

without reducing the torque.<br />

1) Zone 21 includes conductive and non-conductive dust. 2) The Ex motor is not admissible in an explosive atmosphere of dust and air<br />

(hybrid). A standard is not currently available that describes the product<br />

requirements for a hybrid mixture.<br />

5/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Rating plate<br />

The operating data for line operation is specified on the rating<br />

plate - on an additional rating plate, according to the selected<br />

product, 4 rated operating points are possible in the following<br />

variants:<br />

Possible variants<br />

50 Hz field<br />

weakening range<br />

60 Hz field<br />

weakening range<br />

Rated operating points<br />

in Hz<br />

Additional identification<br />

code voltage code 12th<br />

and 13th position of the<br />

Article No. and order code<br />

5 25 50 f max 50 Hz voltage: e.g.<br />

"90" and M4A<br />

6 30 60 f max 60 Hz voltage: e.g.<br />

"90" and M1E<br />

87 Hz characteristic 5 25 87 f max 87 Hz at 400 V:<br />

"90" and M3A<br />

f max see page 5/17 "Mechanical limit speeds of the<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB15, 1MB5 Ex db, Ex ec, Ex tb and Ex tc<br />

explosion-protected motors".<br />

Other voltages can be selected with the voltage code 90<br />

(12th, 13th position of the Article No.) and order code M1Y<br />

Special winding.<br />

Special case: Line operation data in two voltage levels plus converter<br />

data in one voltage level: M1Y + Y80 e.g.<br />

400 V/690 VY 50Hz DOL + 400 V VSD<br />

Insulated bearings<br />

Frame sizes 225 and 250:<br />

For converter operation it is recommended that an "insulated<br />

bearing cartridge NDE" – order code L51 be used.<br />

Frame sizes 280 to 355:<br />

For ordering with order codes B40/B41/B43/B44, the "insulated<br />

bearing cartridge NDE" is included as standard.<br />

Frame sizes 400 and 450:<br />

For ordering with order codes B40/B41/B43, the "insulated<br />

bearing cartridge NDE" is included as standard.<br />

The data on the separate rating plate for converter operation apply<br />

to both constant torque drives and pump/fan/compressor<br />

drives. For a constant torque drive, the resulting thermal motor<br />

torques in the positioning range must be taken into account.<br />

Example motor ID:<br />

Motor rating plate with line operation data and additional rating<br />

plate with converter operation data:<br />

Increased safety motor Ex ec (Zone 2) for operation on<br />

SINAMICS G180:<br />

1MB15331CB002AB4-Z<br />

M4A+B40+Y68<br />

Plain text Y68: SINAMICS G180<br />

D-90441 Nürnberg Made in Czech Rep.<br />

3~Mot. 1CV3130B 1MB15331CB002AB4-Z UD 1701/1234567 001 001 0158<br />

IEC/EN 60034 132S IMB3 IP55<br />

II 3 G<br />

67kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Configuration notes for converter operation<br />

Permissible voltage stress<br />

More stress is placed on the insulation of the motor winding with<br />

converter operation than with line operation. The voltage stress<br />

also depends on the type of converter used.<br />

Voltage stress on a converter with pulse width modulation (PWM)<br />

The PWM converter subjects the motor windings to wear and<br />

tear mainly by quickly applying voltage pulses. Each switching<br />

process of the converter releases a voltage wave onto the motor<br />

supply cable that can result in excessive motor voltages due to<br />

reflection (see diagram).<br />

without filter<br />

G_D083_EN_00046<br />

The maximum voltage is influenced by the rise time of the pulses<br />

and by the length of cable used between motor and converter.<br />

A dv/dt output filter at the converter can reduce the maximum<br />

motor voltage to uncritical values. If the permitted limits of the<br />

peak voltage for standard insulation 1500 V peak or for premium<br />

insulation 2200 V peak is exceeded in operation, premature motor<br />

failures can occur.<br />

For SIMOTICS XP motors, the limits according to the certificate<br />

apply additionally and take precedence.<br />

Û LLmax<br />

2.4<br />

kV<br />

2.0<br />

1.6<br />

1.2<br />

0.8<br />

without filter for motors with special insulation<br />

without filter for motors with standard insulation<br />

100 %<br />

90 %<br />

U Motor<br />

G_D083_EN_00047b<br />

2.15 kV<br />

1.50 kV<br />

U Motor<br />

U FC<br />

μs<br />

with filter<br />

0.4<br />

0<br />

10 %<br />

Time t<br />

0.01 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2<br />

t A<br />

t A<br />

Time t<br />

Typical progression of converter voltage U FC and motor voltage U Motor on<br />

the PWM converter (converter with and without output filter)<br />

5<br />

5/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Individual drive check of variable speed drive (VSD) systems<br />

(IC411 self-ventilated motors) with configuration characteristics<br />

for converter operation – 1MB1/1MB5 motors (all types of protection).<br />

Limits for example control ranges are listed in the power tables<br />

on the following pages. For individual drive checks, the following<br />

configuration characteristics apply to frame sizes 71 to 355.<br />

For driven machine power or torque less than or equal to rated<br />

data, operation up to f max in accordance with the power tables is<br />

possible. This applies to configurations with any load torques<br />

and control ranges.<br />

The maximum admissible speed in field weakening can be calculated<br />

by dividing f max 120 by the motor's number of poles.<br />

Checking the feasibility of the required operating point<br />

To do this, (derived from reference point A)<br />

• The desired load/power P 2 must be divided by the VSD power<br />

P VSD<br />

• The desired control speed n must be divided by the VSD asynchronous<br />

speed n asyn VSD<br />

• The desired load/torque T D must be divided by the VSD torque<br />

T VSD.<br />

These calculated values should be checked afterwards against<br />

the following diagrams to determine whether the desired operating<br />

point (from speed 0) is below the VSD load/torque limit<br />

T D /T VSD and the load/power limit P 2 /P VSD.<br />

1.1<br />

1.1<br />

Torque limit T D /T VSD<br />

1<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

BT<br />

Cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

AT/P<br />

1.00<br />

Cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

DP<br />

1<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

Power limit P 2 /P VSD<br />

0.7<br />

CT<br />

0.7<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.50<br />

BP<br />

DT<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

Constant flow range<br />

Field-weakening range<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

5<br />

0.2<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

CP<br />

0.1<br />

0.2<br />

0.3<br />

0.4<br />

0.5<br />

0.6<br />

0.7<br />

0.8<br />

0.9<br />

1<br />

1.1<br />

1.2<br />

1.3<br />

1.4<br />

1.5<br />

1.6<br />

1.7<br />

1.8<br />

1.9<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_01078<br />

Control speed nn /<br />

asyn VSD<br />

Torque limit at cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

TD<br />

/T<br />

VSD<br />

Power limit at cooling method IC411 - standard P2<br />

/P<br />

VSD<br />

Configuration characteristics for frame sizes 71 to 200<br />

AM/P: Reference point for general selecting/dimensioning<br />

AP: Typical load point for applications with square-law load<br />

torque, e.g. fans and pumps<br />

BM/CM: Typical load point for applications with constant load<br />

torque, e.g. hoisting gear, conveyor belts etc.<br />

DM/DP: Typical load point for applications with increased<br />

speed/frequency<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Torque limit T D /T VSD<br />

1.1<br />

1<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

Cooling method IC416<br />

(order code F70)<br />

0.85<br />

C T<br />

BT<br />

Cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

A T/P<br />

1.00<br />

Cooling methods IC416 (order code F70)<br />

and IC411 - standard<br />

DP<br />

1.1<br />

1<br />

0.9<br />

0.8<br />

Power limit P 2 /P VSD<br />

0.7<br />

0.7<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.58<br />

BP<br />

DT<br />

0.6<br />

0.5<br />

0.4<br />

Cooling method IC416<br />

(order code F70)<br />

Constant flow range<br />

Field-weakening range<br />

0.4<br />

0.3<br />

0.3<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

0<br />

CP<br />

0.1<br />

Cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7<br />

0.8<br />

0.9<br />

1<br />

1.1<br />

1.2<br />

1.3<br />

1.4<br />

1.5<br />

1.6<br />

1.7<br />

1.8<br />

1.9<br />

0.2<br />

0.1<br />

0<br />

2<br />

G_D081_EN_01079<br />

Control speed nn /<br />

asyn VSD<br />

Torque limit at cooling method IC411 - standard<br />

TD<br />

/T<br />

VSD<br />

5<br />

Power limit at cooling method IC411 - standard P2<br />

/P<br />

Power limit at cooling method IC416 - (order code F70) P2<br />

/P<br />

VSD<br />

VSD<br />

Configuration characteristics for frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

AM/P: Reference point for general selecting/dimensioning<br />

AP: Typical load point for applications with square-law load<br />

torque, e.g. fans and pumps<br />

Fan<br />

For version of the fan and the fan cover<br />

Motor series Frame size Type of protection<br />

Ex tb, Ex ec Ex eb Ex db eb<br />

Ex tc<br />

1MB..1, 1MB..3 1MB..4 1MB..5<br />

1MB..2<br />

1MB1 63 Aluminum Plastic – –<br />

71 ... 90 Aluminum Plastic Plastic Plastic<br />

100 ... 160 Aluminum Plastic 1) Plastic Plastic<br />

180 ... 280 Sheet steel Plastic Plastic Plastic<br />

315 Sheet steel Plastic – –<br />

1MB5 315 Sheet steel Sheet steel Plastic Plastic<br />

355 Sheet steel Sheet steel – Plastic<br />

(2-pole)<br />

355 Sheet steel Sheet steel – Sheet steel<br />

(4- ... 8-pole)<br />

400 ... 450 Cast iron Cast iron – –<br />

BM/CM:<br />

DM/DP:<br />

Typical load point for applications with constant load<br />

torque, e.g. hoisting gear, conveyor belts etc.<br />

Typical load point for applications with increased<br />

speed/frequency<br />

Low-noise version<br />

Clockwise rotation: Order code F77<br />

Counterclockwise rotation: Order code F78<br />

Low-noise version<br />

Motor series Frame size 2-pole motors<br />

LpfA db (A) LWA db (A)<br />

1MB155 225 69.5 83.4 2)<br />

250 72.5 86.5 2)<br />

280 73.4 85<br />

1MB555 315 73.5 88.3<br />

355 79.6 94.9<br />

A version with a second shaft extension is not possible.<br />

Note: For Ex ec, Ex eb and Ex db eb motors in combination with<br />

order code<br />

• B30 – Version additionally for dust Ex tc – Zone 22<br />

• B32 – Version additionally for dust Ex tb – Zone 21<br />

Fan material as for Ex tb, Ec tc.<br />

1) The fan material for 1MB1032 (IE1) is aluminum. 2) These sound power levels are above the set values in the VIK recommendation<br />

in the "reduced noise" version. This difference must be agreed<br />

between the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

5/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Mechanical limit speeds<br />

Mechanical limit speeds of the SIMOTICS XP 1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16 Ex ec, Ex tb and Ex tc explosion-protected motors<br />

Motor<br />

frame size<br />

11MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16<br />

71 M 1MB15 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

80 M 1MB15 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

90 L 1MB15 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

100 L 1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16 5100 85 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

112 M 1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16 5100 85 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

132 S/M 1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16 3800 63.3 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

160 M/L 1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

180 M/L 1MB15, 1MB16 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

200 L 1MB15, 1MB16 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

225 S/M 1MB15, 1MB16 3600 60 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

250 M 1MB15, 1MB16 3600 60 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

280 S/M 1MB15, 1MB16 3600 60 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

315 S/M/L 1MB15, 1MB16 – 2) – 2) 2600 87 2000 100 1500 100<br />

Mechanical limit speeds of the SIMOTICS XP 1MB..5 Ex db, Ex db eb explosion-protected motors<br />

Motor<br />

frame size<br />

Motor type 2-pole 1)<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

Motor type 2-pole 1)<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

4-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

4-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

1MB1.5, 1MB5.5<br />

71 M 1MB1.5 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

80 M 1MB1.5 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

90 L 1MB1.5 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

100 L 1MB1.5 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

112 M 1MB1.5 6000 100 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

132 S/M 1MB1.5 5400 90 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

160 M/L 1MB1.5 4800 80 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

180 M/L 1MB1.5 4560 76 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

200 L 1MB1.5 4500 75 3000 100 2000 100 1500 100<br />

225 S/M 1MB1.5 4500 75 2610 87 2000 100 1500 100<br />

250 M 1MB1.5 3900 65 2400 80 2000 100 1500 100<br />

280 S/M 1MB1.5 3600 60 2250 75 2000 100 1500 100<br />

315 S/M/L 1MB5.5 3600 60 1950 65 2000 100 1500 100<br />

355 M/L 1MB5.5 3600 60 1800 60 2000 100 1500 100<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

6-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

6-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

8-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

8-pole<br />

n max<br />

rpm<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

f max<br />

Hz<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

For continuous operation in the range f max (n max ), an inquiry is required.<br />

2)<br />

For frame size 315, converter operation is not permissible with 2 poles.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Special technology<br />

"Special technology" comprises technology that is compatible Both are normally only appropriate with converter-fed operation.<br />

with explosion-protected motors.<br />

For explosion-protected motor versions with explosion-protected<br />

Explosion-protected motors can be implemented in a broader rotary pulse encoders or explosion-protected separately driven<br />

range of applications when explosion-protected rotary pulse fans, see the tables below.<br />

encoders or explosion-protected separately driven fans are<br />

mounted.<br />

The use of a separately driven fan is recommended to increase<br />

motor utilization at low speeds and to limit noise generation at<br />

speeds significantly higher than the synchronous speed.<br />

The following explosion-protected motor versions are available with explosion-protected rotary pulse encoders:<br />

5<br />

Type of protection Motor type + order code Frame size Order code for explosion-protected rotary pulse encoder<br />

Ex tb (Zone 21)<br />

1MB101…<br />

1MB151…<br />

1MB161…<br />

1MB551…<br />

1MB581…<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

G30: Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 explosion-protected rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22)<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

Ex ec or Ex tc (Zone 2/22)<br />

Ex db or Ex db eb (Zone 1)<br />

Ex db or Ex db eb (Zone 1/21)<br />

1MB102…<br />

1MB152…<br />

1MB162…<br />

1MB552…<br />

1MB582…<br />

1MB103…<br />

1MB153…<br />

1MB163…<br />

1MB553…<br />

1MB583…<br />

1MB103… + B30<br />

1MB153… + B30<br />

1MB163… + B30<br />

1MB553… + B30<br />

1MB583… + B30<br />

1MB155…<br />

1MB555…<br />

1MB155… + B32<br />

1MB555… + B32<br />

Note:<br />

The maximum speed of the rotary pulse encoder is limited to<br />

n max = 4200 rpm.<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

100L...355L<br />

100L...355L<br />

The following explosion-protected motor versions are available with explosion-protected separately driven fans:<br />

Type of protection Motor type + order code Frame size Order code for explosion-protected separately driven fan<br />

Ex tb (Zone 21)<br />

1MB151…<br />

1MB161…<br />

1MB551…<br />

1MB581…<br />

225 S ... 315 L<br />

225 S ... 315 L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

F70: "Mounted separately driven fan".<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22)<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

Ex ec or Ex tc (Zone 2/22)<br />

Ex db or Ex db eb (Zone 1)<br />

Ex db or Ex db eb (Zone 1/21)<br />

1MB102…<br />

1MB152…<br />

1MB162…<br />

1MB552…<br />

1MB582…<br />

1MB103…<br />

1MB153…<br />

1MB163…<br />

1MB553…<br />

1MB583…<br />

1MB103… + B30<br />

1MB153… + B30<br />

1MB163… + B30<br />

1MB553… + B30<br />

1MB583… + B30<br />

1MB155…<br />

1MB555…<br />

1MB155… + B32<br />

1MB555… + B32<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

100L...160L<br />

100L...315L<br />

100L...315L<br />

400 ... 450<br />

400 ... 450<br />

225 S ... 355 L<br />

225 S ... 355 L<br />

Notes:<br />

• The motor operating data with the explosion-protected<br />

separately driven fan is available in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator).<br />

• Alternatively, explosion-protected separately driven fans can<br />

also be used in line operation for special applications.<br />

5/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Explosion-protected rotary pulse encoder<br />

The rotary pulse encoder can only be mounted on a standard<br />

non-drive end (NDE), i.e. a second shaft extension cannot be<br />

supplied.<br />

By virtue of its design, the explosion-protected rotary pulse<br />

encoder does not have insulated bearings (please inquire).<br />

The degree of protection of the rotary pulse encoder must be<br />

observed. The relevant data are stamped on the rating plate of<br />

the rotary pulse encoder.<br />

Attaching an explosion-protected rotary pulse encoder increases<br />

the length of the motor by l.<br />

For an explanation of the additional dimensions and weights,<br />

see "Dimensions and weights of explosion-protected rotary<br />

pulse encoders".<br />

LL 841 910 013 rotary pulse encoder (HTL version)<br />

This encoder has a rugged construction and is therefore also<br />

suitable for difficult operating conditions. It is resistant to shock<br />

and vibration.<br />

The LL 841 910 013 explosion-protected rotary pulse encoder is<br />

supplied with the already mounted ADS diagnostic system for<br />

early detection of errors in the encoder.<br />

Order code G30<br />

Technical specifications for LL 841 910 013 (HTL version)<br />

Supply voltage U B<br />

+9 ... +30 V<br />

Current input without load max. 80 mA<br />

Admissible load current per output 40 mA<br />

Pulses per revolution 1024<br />

Outputs<br />

6 short-circuit proof square-wave pulses<br />

A, A’, B, B’, 0, 0’, high current HTL<br />

Floating switching output for ADS signal<br />

Pulse offset between the two 90° 2 5° el.<br />

outputs<br />

Output amplitude<br />

U High > U B - 4 V<br />

U Low < 2.5 V<br />

Mark space ratio 1:1 10 %<br />

Maximum frequency<br />

100 kHz with 350 m cable length<br />

Maximum speed<br />

4200 rpm (the maximum permissible<br />

speed must be observed during the<br />

configuration)<br />

Temperature range –40 ... +70 °C<br />

Degree of protection<br />

IP65<br />

Maximum adm. radial cantilever 150 N<br />

force<br />

Maximum adm. axial force 100 N<br />

Connection system<br />

Terminal strips in encoder/cable<br />

connection M20 x 1.5 radial<br />

(screw terminals)<br />

Weight, approx.<br />

1.7 kg<br />

Manufacturer:<br />

Leine und Linde AG<br />

Olivehällsvägen 8<br />

64542 Strängnäs, Sweden<br />

Phone: +46 152 265 00<br />

Fax +46 152 265 05<br />

www.leinelinde.com<br />

Email: info@leinelinde.de<br />

Dimensions and weights of the explosion-protected rotary pulse<br />

encoders<br />

Explosion-protected rotary pulse encoder (on cover), order code G30<br />

1MB10, 1MB15, 1MB16, 1MB55, 1MB56, 1MB58 motors<br />

Frame size l Weight<br />

approx.<br />

mm<br />

kg<br />

100 110 2<br />

112 110 2<br />

132 110 2<br />

160 110 2<br />

180 110 2<br />

200 110 2<br />

225 100 3<br />

250 100 3<br />

280 100 3<br />

315 100 3<br />

355 100 3<br />

400 100 3<br />

450 100 3<br />

A protective cover of non-corrosive sheet steel is available for<br />

the explosion-protected rotary pulse encoders from the "special<br />

technology".<br />

For motors in the shaft heights<br />

• 100 to 200: a protective cover is always provided<br />

• 225 to 450: Order code G43 –<br />

"Mechanical protection for encoder"<br />

(protective cover analogous to order code H00)<br />

The length of the motor is also increased in the case of the following<br />

shaft heights:<br />

• 100 to 200 by up to 146 mm<br />

• 225 to 315 by up to 25 mm<br />

l<br />

G_D081_XX_00185<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Explosion-protected separately driven fan<br />

The use of a separately driven fan is recommended to increase<br />

motor utilization at low speeds or to limit noise generation at<br />

speeds significantly higher than the synchronous speed. Both of<br />

these results can only be achieved with converter operation.<br />

Please inquire about traction and vibratory operation.<br />

In the case of explosion-protected motors, the explosionprotected<br />

separately driven fan is available already mounted.<br />

Order code F70<br />

Notes:<br />

• The order code F70 applies to all types of protection because<br />

the type of protection is already defined by the article number<br />

of the motor. Order code F70 determines the additional<br />

charge for the separately driven fan in the assigned type of<br />

protection.<br />

• The motor operating data with the explosion-protected<br />

separately driven fan is available in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator).<br />

The supply voltage for the explosion-protected motors with<br />

separately driven fan is specified as follows:<br />

Type 2CW2 has a wide-range voltage winding<br />

(see page 5/21 "Technical specifications of separately driven<br />

fans for 1MB1 explosion-protected motors (frame sizes 100 to<br />

200) in the Ex tc (Zone 22) and Ex ec (Zone 2) versions").<br />

These explosion-protected motors with separately driven fan up<br />

to frame size 200 have a rated voltage (rated voltage range) with<br />

tolerances according to IEC/EN 60034-1, range A.<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans for 1MB1.5<br />

and 1MB5.5 explosion-protected motors (frame sizes 225 to<br />

355) in the Ex db eb (Zone 1) versions<br />

5<br />

Frame size Voltage Frequency P max I max<br />

V Hz kW A<br />

225 400 50 0.55 1.34<br />

250<br />

280 460 60 1.23<br />

315<br />

355 400 50 1.1 2.25<br />

460 60 1.98<br />

A rating plate with the operating data is fitted to each explosionprotected<br />

motor with separately driven fan.<br />

The type of protection of the explosion-protected motor with separately<br />

driven fan corresponds to that of the associated explosionprotected<br />

basic motor. Please note the direction of rotation of the<br />

separately driven fan (axial-flow fan) when connecting it.<br />

Please inquire regarding coolant temperatures outside the range<br />

–20 to +40 °C.<br />

The Ex ec/Ex tc motor with separately driven fan has the degree<br />

of protection IP55 as standard; Ex tb: IP65 (higher degrees of<br />

protection with Ex ec are available on request).<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with a separately driven fan must be equipped with a<br />

PTC thermistor as motor protection (15th position of the Article<br />

No.): In the event of a fault in the separately driven fan, the PTC<br />

thermistor must reliably trip the 1MB1 or 1MB5 explosionprotected<br />

motors.<br />

For assignments and article numbers, see the tables "Technical<br />

specifications of separately driven fans for explosion-protected<br />

motors 1MB1…" on the following pages. A rating plate listing all<br />

the important data is fitted to the separately driven fan. Please<br />

inquire in the case of supply voltages outside of the rated voltage<br />

range. Please note the direction of rotation of the separately<br />

driven fan (axial-flow fan) when connecting it. The permissible<br />

coolant temperatures are CT min –20 °C and CT max +40 °C.<br />

Lower coolant temperatures are available on request.<br />

When the separately driven fan is mounted, the length of the motor<br />

increases by l. For an explanation of the additional dimensions<br />

and weights, see "Dimensions and weights of explosionprotected<br />

separately driven fans".<br />

5/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans for 1MB1 explosion-protected motors (frame sizes 100 to 200) in the Ex tc (Zone 22)<br />

and Ex ec (Zone 2) versions<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans (according to tolerances of EN 60034-1)<br />

Frame size Rated voltage range Frequency Power consumption Rated current<br />

V Hz kW A<br />

100 1 AC 220 ... 277 50 0.<strong>06</strong>6 0.28<br />

3 AC 200 ... 303 50 0.091 0.37<br />

3 AC 346 ... 525 Y 50 0.091 0.22<br />

1 AC 220 ... 277 60 0.075 0.30<br />

3 AC 220 ... 332 60 0.087 0.31<br />

3 AC 380 ... 575 Y 60 0.087 0.18<br />

112 1 AC 220 ... 277 50 0.071 0.28<br />

3 AC 200 ... 303 50 0.097 0.35<br />

3 AC 346 ... 525 Y 50 0.097 0.20<br />

1 AC 220 ... 277 60 0.094 0.37<br />

3 AC 220 ... 332 60 0.103 0.31<br />

3 AC 380 ... 575 Y 60 0.103 0.18<br />

132 1 AC 230 ... 277 50 0.098 0.40<br />

3 AC 200 ... 303 50 0.124 0.58<br />

3 AC 346 ... 525 Y 50 0.124 0.33<br />

1 AC 230 ... 277 60 0.149 0.57<br />

3 AC 220 ... 332 60 0.148 0.44<br />

3 AC 380 ... 575 Y 60 0.148 0.25<br />

160 ... 200 1 AC 230 ... 277 50 0.253 0.97<br />

3 AC 200 ... 303 50 0.247 0.87<br />

3 AC 346 ... 525 Y 50 0.247 0.50<br />

3 AC 220 ... 332 60 0.360 0.93<br />

3 AC 380 ... 575 Y 60 0.360 0.56<br />

Technical specifications of separately driven fans for 1MB1 explosion-protected motors (frame sizes 225 to 315) in the Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22) and Ex ec (Zone 2) versions<br />

Frame size<br />

Designation on rating plate of<br />

separately driven fan<br />

Rated voltage range Frequency Rated speed Power consumption<br />

Rated current for<br />

rated voltage<br />

5<br />

V Hz rpm kW A<br />

225 M ... 280 M 1LA7073-2AA62-Z 3 AC 230 50 2800 0.550 1.36<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 2800 0.550 0.79<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 3400 0.630 1.32<br />

315 – 2-pole 1LA9073-2LA92-Z 3 AC 230 50 2780 0.700 1.73<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 2780 0.700 1.00<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 3385 0.700 1.64<br />

315 – 4, 6, 8-pole 1LA7073-2AA62-Z 3 AC 230 50 2800 0.550 1.36<br />

3 AC 400 Y 50 2800 0.550 0.79<br />

3 AC 460 Y 60 3400 0.630 1.32<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/21


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Dimensions and weights of the explosion-protected separately driven fans (order code F70)<br />

1MB102, 1MB152, 1MB162, 1MB103, 1MB153, 1MB163<br />

Frame sizes 100 to 200<br />

Explosion-protected separately driven fans<br />

Ex tc, Ex ec<br />

1MB151, 1MB161, 1MB152, 1MB162, 1MB153, 1MB163<br />

Frame sizes 225 to 315<br />

Explosion-protected separately driven fans<br />

Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec<br />

M<br />

l<br />

G_D081_XX_00092<br />

l<br />

G_D081_XX_00093<br />

5<br />

Type of protection/motor type<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22)/1MB102, 1MB152, 1MB162<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)/1MB103, 1MB153, 1MB163<br />

Frame size l Weight<br />

approx.<br />

mm<br />

kg<br />

100 141 4<br />

112 158 4.5<br />

132 177 5.5<br />

160 227 7<br />

180 269 10<br />

200 272 11<br />

Type of protection/motor type<br />

Ex tb (Zone 21)/1MB151, 1MB161<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22)/1MB152, 1MB162<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)/1MB153, 1MB163<br />

Frame size l Weight<br />

approx.<br />

mm<br />

kg<br />

225 267 24.5<br />

250 272 27.5<br />

280 270 30.5<br />

315 280 38.5<br />

1MB..5<br />

Frame sizes 225 to 355<br />

Explosion-protected separately driven fan<br />

Ex db eb<br />

l<br />

G_D081_XX_00093<br />

Type of protection/motor type<br />

Ex db eb (Zone 1)/1MB155, 1MB555<br />

Frame size l Weight<br />

approx.<br />

mm<br />

kg<br />

225 555<br />

250<br />

280<br />

315<br />

355 370<br />

5/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Version 1MB..5 motors (Ex db, Ex db eb) with mounted brake<br />

The brake is located at drive-end of the motor and can be<br />

mounted with flange B5 or B14 depending on the motor –<br />

14th position of the Article No. F (flange B5); K (flange B14).<br />

The shaft extension is implemented in the same way as the standard<br />

shaft extension of the motor. A special shaft extension or<br />

special bearings are not possible.<br />

The motor, including the brake, is available ATEX-certified as<br />

standard and optionally with IECEx (order code D37) and EACEx<br />

(order code D35).<br />

The spring-operated brake (order code F20) is a single-disk<br />

brake with two friction surfaces. The compression springs produce<br />

the braking torque by means of friction that opposes the<br />

disk. The brake is released electromagnetically.<br />

The degree of protection of the brake is IP66 (IEC/EN 60034-5<br />

and IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The braking voltage supply 24 V DC (order code F10), 230 V AC<br />

(order code F11) and 400 V AC (order code F12) have to be ordered<br />

together with order code F20.<br />

In the standard version, the brake is equipped with a bimetal<br />

protection device for thermal protection with a limit value for the<br />

temperature class of the brake.<br />

Dynamic application of the brake in accordance with the permissible<br />

energy and frequency of braking (duty cycles) can be determined<br />

by the formula "Calculation of the slipping time of the<br />

friction disk" and table "Frequency of braking".<br />

For special operating characteristics in accordance with the permissible<br />

energy and the frequency of braking (braking cycles),<br />

calculation of new values by Siemens is necessary.<br />

The possibility of manual release of the brake can be ordered<br />

optionally (order code F50). In this case, the brake can be released<br />

in the de-energized state (no lock).<br />

Further options for controlling the brake, such as a PTC thermistor<br />

for monitoring the brake temperature, are available on<br />

request<br />

Overview of the brake selection for 1MB1553 motors, 2 to 8-pole<br />

Frame size<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160 1) 180 2) 200 2)<br />

Flange of the brake system with B5 flange at DE 3) FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350<br />

Flange of the brake system with B14 flange at DE 3) FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 – –<br />

Max. diameter of the shaft extension mm 19 j6 24 j6 28 j6 28 j6 38 k6 42 k6 48 k6 55 m6<br />

Brake type VIS80 VIS90 VIS100 VIS112 VIS132 VIS160 VIS180 VIS200<br />

Permissible radial force of the point of<br />

N 380 380 550 550 790 790 1700 1700<br />

application x = 0.5 4)<br />

Rated braking torque (T f ) 5) (static torque) Nm 12 20 40 50 100 160 260 350<br />

Possible range of the torque (on request) Nm 12 ... 22 12 ... 22 24 ... 40 30 ... 60 70 ... 150 100 ... 160 180 ... 350 300 ... 460<br />

Maximum speed n max - (S1 duty) rpm 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 2900 2500 2500<br />

Maximum speed n max - (S3-40 % load) rpm 4320 4320 4000 4000 4000 3600 2800 2800<br />

Power supply unit power W 50 50 80 80 105 105 180 180<br />

Current at 24 V DC A 2.7 2.7 2.1 2.1 2.8 2.8 3.5 3.5<br />

Current at 230 V AC – (207 V DC coil voltage) 6) A 0.45 0.45 0.2 0.2 0.35 0.35 0.6 0.6<br />

Current at 400 V AC – (180 V DC coil voltage) 7) A 0.22 0.22 0.18 0.18 0.2 0.2 0.35 0.35<br />

Weight, approx. kg 32 34 50 50 78 82 135 150<br />

Brake engagement time t 8) 1 ms 40 40 90 90 180 180 230 230<br />

Disengagement time t 9) 2 ms 18 18 18 18 23 23 30 30<br />

VIS brake moment of inertia kgm 2 0.00088 0.00088 0.00323 0.00323 0.00831 0.00885 0.0385 0.0397<br />

Lifetime of the brake lining (time to inspection) kJ 50000 50000 75000 75000 90000 90000 120000 120000<br />

Dynamic application of the brake<br />

Due to dynamic application of the brake, the permissible energy<br />

is limited by the maximum frequency of brake application and<br />

the maximum slipping time of the friction disk for one brake application.<br />

5<br />

1) Due to the limited maximum braking velocity, 2-pole motors are not suitable<br />

for S1 duty.<br />

2) Due to the limited maximum braking velocity, 2-pole motors are not possible.<br />

3) The brake is mounted at the drive-end. The motor with brake can be<br />

mounted with a B5 or B14 flange, depending on the motor.<br />

Flange B5 (14th position of the Article No. F) mounting of types of construction<br />

IM B5, IM V1, IM B35, IM V15;<br />

Flange B14 (14th position of the Article No. K) mounting of types of construction<br />

IM B14, IM V18, IM B34).<br />

It is not possible to mount IM V3 and IM V35.<br />

4) The bearing lifetime of the brake is the same as the bearing lifetime of the<br />

motor.<br />

5) The dynamic braking torque is lower because the rated braking torque<br />

depends on the speed. (The technical specifications must be stated for<br />

the dynamic braking torque.)<br />

6) For a voltage of 230 V AC, a bridge rectifier is used, which is contained in<br />

the scope of supply.<br />

7) For a voltage of 400 V AC, a half-wave rectifier is used, which is contained<br />

in the scope of supply.<br />

8) Time until the braking torque is reached after the voltage supply is<br />

switched off.<br />

9) Time until the braking torque has decayed after the voltage supply is<br />

switched on.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/23


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

5<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Calculation of the slipping time t 3 of the friction disk 1)<br />

t 3<br />

=<br />

J total<br />

· n<br />

9.55 · (T f<br />

± T load<br />

)<br />

J total Total moment of inertia on the motor shaft<br />

J brake + J motor + J load in kgm 2<br />

n Motor speed in rpm<br />

T f Rated braking torque in Nm<br />

T load Instantaneous load torque in Nm positive or negative,<br />

depending on the conformity with the<br />

braking torque<br />

t 3 Slipping time in s<br />

Frequency and slipping time t 3 (duty cycles)<br />

Brake type Frequency of operations per cycle (1/h) 2)<br />

Slipping time t 3<br />

0.5 s<br />

VIS80 1800 900<br />

VIS90 1800 900<br />

VIS100 1300 650<br />

VIS112 1300 650<br />

VIS132 900 450<br />

VIS160 900 450<br />

VIS180 600 300<br />

VIS200 600 300<br />

Slipping time t 3<br />

0.5 s to 0.8 s<br />

VIK version<br />

VIK = Verband der Industriellen Energie- und Kraftwirtschaft e.V.<br />

(German Association of the Energy and Power Supply Industry)<br />

• VIK standard version –<br />

1LE1, 1LE5 + order code C02<br />

"VIK" identification on rating plate.<br />

➔ Product range in Catalog Section 2.<br />

• VIK-Ex ec version for line operation –<br />

1MB1.3, 1MB5 + order code C02<br />

"VIK" and "Ex ec IIC T3 Gc" marking on the rating plate<br />

according to Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).<br />

➔ Product range in this Catalog Section.<br />

• VIK Ex ec version for converter operation –<br />

1MB1.3, 1MB5 + order code C02+B40/B41+...<br />

"VIK" and "Ex ec IIC T3 Gc" markings on the rating plate and<br />

motor operating data for converter operation on the additional<br />

rating plate according to Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX).<br />

VIK standard version and VIK Ex ec versions include technology<br />

for Zone 2 with type of protection Ex ec IIC T3 Gc. <strong>Motors</strong> up to<br />

frame size 355 can be supplied in accordance with the technical<br />

requirements of the VIK recommendation.<br />

Minimum efficiency class:<br />

For VIK standard, VIK Ex ec and VIK-Ex db version, the minimum<br />

efficiency class IE3 for line operation and IE2 for converter operation<br />

must be complied with according to EC Directive 640/2009<br />

EC. For the VIK Ex eb version, the minimum efficiency class is<br />

IE2.<br />

Note:<br />

8-pole motors or all motors < 0.75 kW are still possible as these<br />

motors are outside the power range specified for IE stamping.<br />

Ex certification EAC for the Eurasian Customs Union<br />

(Russia, Belarus, and Kazakhstan, Armenia, Kyrgyzstan)<br />

EAC = Eurasian Conformity<br />

For the import and commissioning of explosion-protected<br />

motors in the Eurasian Customs Union, approval is required from<br />

a named Russian testing authority.<br />

"Ex certificate EAC for the Eurasian Customs Union"<br />

Order code D35<br />

When motors are ordered with order code D35, they are fitted<br />

with an additional rating plate displaying the logo "EAC Ex" and<br />

the Russian Ex marking.<br />

UD 1303/123456-001-001<br />

Example: Additional rating plate<br />

The "EAC Ex" logo can also be found on the package label. The<br />

motor must have an "EAC Ex certificate", although the certificate<br />

does not generally have to be shipped with the motor. The customs<br />

authorities use the motor article number to check the motor<br />

certification.<br />

A copy of the EAC Ex certificate must be in the customer's possession<br />

before the motor is commissioned.<br />

The certificates are available from the SIOS (Siemens Industry<br />

Online Support) portal<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/<br />

as well as the "Drive Technology Configurator" (DT Configurator)<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

Coolant temperature<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C for explosion-protected motor<br />

For all SIMOTICS XP 1MB. motors of frame sizes 71 to 450, the<br />

operating temperature can optionally be extended up to –40 °C.<br />

Extensive technical measures are necessary in this case.<br />

Order code D03<br />

Order code D03 is not possible in combination with order code<br />

H02 "Vibration-proof version".<br />

G_D081_XX_00545a<br />

1) The slipping time t 3 is the friction time until the motor stops ( 0.8 s);<br />

slipping time > 0.8 s on request.<br />

5/24 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

2) Maximum frequency of braking (duty cycles) per hour (> 0.8 s on request).


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Orientation<br />

Article number code<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

The article number consists of a combination of digits and letters<br />

and is divided into three hyphenated blocks to provide a better<br />

overview, e.g.:<br />

1MB1511-1DB22-2AB4-Z<br />

R10<br />

The first block (positions 1 to 7) identifies the motor type. The<br />

second block (positions 8 to 12) defines the motor frame size<br />

and length, the number of poles and power and in some cases<br />

the frequency/voltage. In the third block (positions 13 to 16), the<br />

frequency/voltage, type of construction and further design features<br />

are encoded.<br />

For deviations in the second and third block from the catalog<br />

codes either Z or 90 should be used as appropriate.<br />

Ordering data:<br />

• Complete Article No. and order code(s) or plain text<br />

• If a quotation has been requested, please specify the quotation<br />

number in addition to the Article No.<br />

• When ordering a <strong>complete</strong> motor as a spare part, please<br />

specify the works serial No. for the previously supplied motor<br />

as well as the Article No.<br />

Structure of the Article No.: Position: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 - 8 9 10 11 12 - 13 14 15 16<br />

1st to 4th position:<br />

Digit, letter, letter, digit<br />

5th position:<br />

Digit<br />

6th to 7th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

8th, 9th and<br />

11th position:<br />

Digit, letter, digit<br />

10th position:<br />

Letter<br />

12th and 13th position:<br />

2 digits<br />

14th position:<br />

Letter<br />

15th position:<br />

Letter<br />

16th position:<br />

Digit<br />

Explosion-protected – Self-ventilated by fan mounted on<br />

and driven by rotor<br />

1 M B 1<br />

1 M B 5<br />

Aluminum housing 0<br />

Cast-iron housing Basic Line 5<br />

Cast-iron housing Performance Line 6<br />

Cast-iron housing – Premium insulation system 8<br />

Ex tb IIIC (Ex-Zone 21) <strong>Motors</strong> with IE2 High Efficiency 1 1<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE1 Standard Efficiency 1 2<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency 1 3<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 1 4<br />

Ex tc IIIB (Ex-Zone 22) <strong>Motors</strong> with IE2 High Efficiency 2 1<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE1 Standard Efficiency 2 2<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency 2 3<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 2 4<br />

Ex ec IIC T3 (Ex Zone 2) <strong>Motors</strong> with IE2 High Efficiency 3 1<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE1 Standard Efficiency 3 2<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency 3 3<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> with IE4 Super Premium Efficiency 3 4<br />

Ex eb IIC T3 (Ex Zone 1) <strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency 4 3<br />

Ex db, Ex db ed IIC T4 (Ex Zone 1) <strong>Motors</strong> with IE3 Premium Efficiency 5 3<br />

Motor frame size 0 A 0<br />

(frame size as a combination of shaft height and overall length, encoded)<br />

... ... ...<br />

4 B 7<br />

No. of poles Ạ<br />

A: 2-pole, B: 4-pole, C: 6-pole, D: 8-pole<br />

..<br />

D<br />

Voltage, circuit and frequency 0<br />

(encoded with two digits, 9-0 requires order code M.. (e.g. M1Y))<br />

...<br />

9<br />

Type of construction<br />

(encoded with A ... V)<br />

Motor protection<br />

(encoded with A ... J)<br />

0<br />

...<br />

8<br />

A<br />

...<br />

V<br />

Terminal box position 0<br />

0: Terminal box, top left, 1: Terminal box, top right, 2: Terminal box, 45° left, 3: Terminal box, 45° right,<br />

...<br />

4: Terminal box, at top, 5: Terminal box, on right side, 6: Terminal box, on left side, 7: Terminal box, at bottom,<br />

9<br />

9: Special mounted components<br />

Special order versions:<br />

- Z<br />

encoded – additional order code required<br />

not encoded – additional plain text required<br />

A<br />

...<br />

J<br />

5<br />

Ordering example<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

Motor type 1MB1<br />

Self-ventilated motor with explosion protection of 1MB1511-■■■■■-■■■■<br />

type Ex tb IIIC (Ex Zone 21), cast-iron version,<br />

with IE2 High Efficiency, IP55 degree of protection<br />

Motor frame size/No. of poles/Speed 160 M/4-pole/1500 rpm 1MB1511-1DB2■-■■■■<br />

Rated power<br />

11 kW<br />

Voltage and frequency 230 V/400 VY, 50 Hz 1MB1511-1DB22-2■■■<br />

Type of construction with special version IM B3 1MB1511-1DB22-2A■■<br />

Motor protection<br />

Motor protection with PTC thermistor with<br />

1MB1511-1DB22-2AB■<br />

3 embedded temperature sensors for tripping<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box at top 1MB1511-1DB22-2AB4<br />

Special version Rotation of the terminal box through 90°,<br />

entry from DE<br />

1MB1511-1DB22-2AB4-Z<br />

R10<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/25


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE4 Super Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, 50 Hz Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR /<br />

1MB55.4<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated<br />

L pfA L WA m IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE4 Super Premium Efficiency, service factor for sinusoidal supply<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with<br />

thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

• Optional and suitable for converter operation with insulated bearings (L51) for f P 2.5 kHz; U line 480 V; U motor 500 V; U DC 720 V - IVIC-C advanced<br />

insulation system<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 2988 1790 97.0 96.9 96.5 0.89 940 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AA3 ■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 2988 2000 97.0 97.1 96.8 0.90 1040 1.6 7.3 3.0 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AA5 ■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

710 3) 400 2988 2250 97.1 97.2 96.9 0.90 680 1.7 7.3 2.9 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AA7 ■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

800 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2990 2550 97.4 97.4 97.1 0.87 790 1.2 7.7 3.3 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BA3 ■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

900 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 2900 97.4 97.5 97.4 0.89 870 1.2 7.2 3.0 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BA5 ■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

1000 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 3200 97.4 97.6 97.6 0.90 950 1.2 7.0 2.7 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BA7 ■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 1493 3600 96.9 97.0 96.6 0.86 970 2.2 7.5 3.1 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AB3 ■-■■■■ 3050 14.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 1492 4050 96.8 96.9 96.6 0.87 1080 2.2 6.9 2.8 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AB5 ■-■■■■ 3150 15.6<br />

710 3) 400 1492 4550 97.0 97.0 96.8 0.87 700 2.2 7.2 2.9 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AB7 ■-■■■■ 3250 16.9<br />

800 3) 450 1492 5100 96.9 97.1 96.9 0.87 790 1.4 6.5 2.4 79 95 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BB3 ■-■■■■ 4000 24.0<br />

900 3) 450 1492 5800 97.0 97.2 97.0 0.88 880 1.4 6.5 2.5 79 95 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BB5 ■-■■■■ 4150 25.4<br />

1000 1) 3) 450 1492 6400 97.1 97.2 97.1 0.88 980 1.5 6.8 2.6 79 95 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BB7 ■-■■■■ 4350 28.0<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

450 400 994 4300 96.6 96.8 96.4 0.85 790 2.2 7.2 2.7 70 86 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 3100 25.5<br />

500 1) 400 994 4800 96.7 96.8 96.5 0.85 880 2.3 7.3 2.8 70 86 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.4<br />

560 400 994 5400 96.7 96.8 96.4 0.84 1000 2.4 7.5 2.9 70 86 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3300 28.6<br />

630 1) 2) 450 995 6000 96.8 97.0 96.7 0.83 1130 2.0 7.0 2.8 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BC3 ■-■■■■ 4050 38.6<br />

710 3) 450 994 6800 96.8 97.0 96.9 0.84 730 1.8 6.6 2.5 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BC5 ■-■■■■ 4200 41.0<br />

800 1) 3) 450 994 7700 96.8 97.0 96.8 0.84 820 1.8 6.6 2.4 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BC7 ■-■■■■ 4300 43.3<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

355 400 744 4550 95.8 96.1 95.8 0.80 670 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AD3 ■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

400 400 744 5100 96.0 96.2 95.9 0.80 750 2.1 6.8 2.7 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AD5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

450 400 744 5800 96.0 96.3 96.0 0.80 850 2.1 6.8 2.7 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4AD7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

500 5) 450 745 6400 96.2 96.4 96.1 0.79 950 2.0 6.8 2.5 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BD3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

560 5) 450 745 7200 96.3 96.5 96.1 0.79 1<strong>06</strong>0 2.0 6.9 2.6 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BD5 ■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

630 1) 5) 450 745 8100 96.4 96.6 96.3 0.80 1180 2.0 6.9 2.5 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 4-4BD7 ■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V 60 Hz 575 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/55 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/67 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/72 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/77 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled (IC416) 1MB55 ■ 4- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 5/96 1MB55 ■ 4- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) Terminal box position NDE can only be ordered using order code H09<br />

(2 terminal box TB3R61). Order code H08 not available.<br />

3) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

4) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Converter<br />

operation at higher speeds on request for an additional charge.<br />

5) Utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with thermal class 155<br />

(temperature class F).<br />

5/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Aluminum series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB1<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 4/4 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4<br />

400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2850 2.5 80.7 82.2 81.9 0.86 1.56 2.6 6.2 3 60 71 1MB10■3-0DA2■-■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2885 3.6 82.7 83.9 83.1 0.85 2.25 3 7.1 3.3 60 71 1MB10■3-0DA3■-■■■■ 12 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2910 4.9 84.2 84.6 83.2 0.86 3 2.7 8.1 4.2 65 77 1MB10■3-0EA0■-■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2910 7.2 85.9 86.8 86.1 0.88 4.2 2.6 8.3 4 65 77 1MB10■3-0EA4■-■■■■ 19 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 67 79 1MB10■3-1AA4■-■■■■ 26 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 69 81 1MB10■3-1BA2■-■■■■ 34 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 68 80 1MB10■3-1CA0■-■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 90.1 90.9 90.7 0.92 13.1 2.1 8.3 4 68 80 1MB10■3-1CA1■-■■■■ 57 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 91.2 91.3 90.2 0.87 20 2.5 7.6 3.8 70 82 1MB10■3-1DA2■-■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 70 82 1MB10■3-1DA3■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.3 0.9 32 2.8 8.3 3.9 70 82 1MB10■3-1DA4■-■■■■ 94 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 80.8 81.1 79.3 0.78 1.26 2.1 5.9 3.1 53 64 1MB10■3-0DB2■-■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1450 4.9 82.5 82.3 79.9 0.75 1.75 2.7 7.1 3.9 53 64 1MB10■3-0DB3■-■■■■ 14 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1440 7.3 84.1 84.7 83.4 0.78 2.4 2.9 6.9 3.6 56 68 1MB10■3-0EB0■-■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1445 9.9 85.3 86 85.2 0.8 3.15 2.9 7.3 3.5 60 68 1MB10■3-0EB4■-■■■■ 19 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14.3 86.7 87 85.9 0.83 4.4 3.2 8.4 4.4 60 72 1MB10■3-1AB4■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 19.6 87.7 88.5 87.9 0.83 5.9 2.5 8.3 3.9 60 72 1MB10■3-1AB5■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 58 70 1MB10■3-1BB2■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 89.6 90 89.4 0.82 10.8 2.9 8.6 3.7 64 76 1MB10■3-1CB0■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.6 8.2 3.7 64 76 1MB10■3-1CB2■-■■■■ 64 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.8 91.2 0.84 20.5 2.6 7.6 3.4 65 77 1MB10■3-1DB2■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 65 77 1MB10■3-1DB4■-■■■■ 100 0.099<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 940 3.8 73.5 73.1 69.4 0.66 1.1 2.3 4.2 2.7 42 53 1MB10■3-0DC2■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 77.2 77 73.9 0.67 1.53 2.5 4.5 2.8 42 53 1MB10■3-0DC3■-■■■■ 14 0.0031<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 945 7.6 78.9 80 78.8 0.7 1.96 2.2 4.6 2.6 43 55 1MB10■3-0EC0■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 950 11 IE1 81 81.4 79.3 0.66 2.95 2.8 5 3 57 65 1MB10■3-0EC4■-■■■■ 19 0.0052<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 14.8 IE2 82.5 83.1 81.5 0.73 3.6 1.9 5.2 2.8 59 71 1MB10■3-1AC4■-■■■■ 30 0.014<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 970 22 IE2 84.3 85 83.9 0.75 5 2.2 5.6 2.8 65 74 1MB10■3-1BC2■-■■■■ 39 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 975 29 85.6 86.1 84.9 0.73 6.9 2.3 6.6 3.2 58 66 1MB10■3-1CC0■-■■■■ 42 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 975 39 86.8 87.1 86.2 0.73 9.1 2.2 6.2 3 67 75 1MB10■3-1CC2■-■■■■ 46 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 975 54 88.0 88.3 87.2 0.72 12.5 2.7 6.8 3.4 64 72 1MB10■3-1CC3■-■■■■ 58 0.05<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 985 73 89.1 89.5 88.6 0.81 15 2.3 7.9 3.2 71 79 1MB10■3-1DC2■-■■■■ 95 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 980 107 90.3 90.8 90.2 0.80 22 2.9 6.8 2.8 66 74 1MB10■3-1DC4■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.164<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/51 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/56 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/68<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/73<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/78 1MB10■3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1MB15.3 – Basic Line<br />

1MB16.3 – Performance Line<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA,<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size<br />

50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 4/4 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4<br />

400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2850 1.2 73.8 73.3 69.7 0.76 0.95 3.5 5.8 3.5 52 63 1MB1 5 ■3-0CA2■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2860 1.8 77.8 77.5 74.5 0.76 1.34 3.7 6.1 3.7 57 68 1MB1 5 ■3-0CA3■-■■■■ 14.5 0.00056<br />

0.75 0.88 80 M 2850 2.5 80.7 82.2 81.9 0.86 1.56 2.6 6.2 3 60 71 1MB1 5 ■3-0DA2■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2885 3.6 82.7 83.9 83.1 0.85 2.25 3 7.1 3.3 60 71 1MB1 5 ■3-0DA3■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2910 4.9 84.2 84.6 83.2 0.86 3 2.7 8.1 4.2 65 77 1MB1 5 ■3-0EA0■-■■■■ 25.5 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2910 7.2 85.9 86.8 86.1 0.88 4.2 2.6 8.3 4 65 77 1MB1 5 ■3-0EA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 67 79 1MB1■■3-1AA4■-■■■■ 36 0.0054<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 69 81 1MB1■■3-1BA2■-■■■■ 45 0.012<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 68 80 1MB1■■3-1CA0■-■■■■ 58 0.024<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 90.1 90.9 90.7 0.92 13.1 2.1 8.3 4 68 80 1MB1■■3-1CA1■-■■■■ 73 0.031<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 91.2 91.3 90.2 0.87 20 2.5 7.6 3.8 70 82 1MB1■■3-1DA2■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 70 82 1MB1■■3-1DA3■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.3 0.9 32 2.8 8.3 3.9 70 82 1MB1■■3-1DA4■-■■■■ 127 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2950 71 92.7 93 92.4 0.89 38.5 2.3 7.5 3.5 67 80 1MB1■■3-1EA2■-■■■■ 160 0.08<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2955 97 93.3 93.6 93.3 0.87 53 2.5 7 3.3 67 80 1MB1■■3-2AA4■-■■■■ 225 0.134<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2955 120 93.7 93.9 93.5 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 67 80 1MB1■■3-2AA5■-■■■■ 250 0.158<br />

45 51 225 M 2960 145 94 94.5 94.4 0.89 78 2.4 6.9 3.3 73 87 1MB1■■3-2BA2■-■■■■ 315 0.26<br />

55 62 250 M 2975 177 94.3 94.5 93.9 0.89 95 2.3 6.7 3.1 73 87 1MB1■■3-2CA2■-■■■■ 385 0.46<br />

75 84 280 S 2975 241 IE2 94.7 94.8 94.1 0.89 128 2.4 6.8 3 74 88 1MB1■■3-2DA0■-■■■■ 510 0.77<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 IE2 95 95.1 94.6 0.9 152 2.4 7.2 3.1 74 88 1MB1■■3-2DA2■-■■■■ 590 0.94<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 95.2 95.4 94.9 0.91 183 2.4 7.1 3.1 75 89 1MB1■■3-3AA0■-■■■■ 750 1.4<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 95.4 95.5 95.2 0.91 220 2.5 7.2 3.1 75 89 1MB1■■3-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 IE2 95.6 95.7 95.2 0.92 265 2.8 7.8 3.3 77 91 1MB1■■3-3AA4■-■■■■ 980 1.9<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95.8 95.9 95.5 0.92 330 2.5 7.2 3 77 91 1MB1■■3-3AA5■-■■■■ 1150 2.3<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

5/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB15.3 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 4/4 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz 1MB16.3 – Performance Line<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4<br />

400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1395 1.7 73.5 73.6 70.4 0.72 0.68 2.5 4.2 2.6 44 55 1MB1 5 ■3-0CB2■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1410 2.6 77.3 76.8 73.2 0.7 0.99 3.1 4.8 3.1 56 67 1MB1 5 ■3-0CB3■-■■■■ 16 0.0014<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 80.8 81.1 79.3 0.78 1.26 2.1 5.9 3.1 53 64 1MB1 5 ■3-0DB2■-■■■■ 18.5 0.0021<br />

0.75 0.88 80 M 1450 4.9 82.5 82.3 79.9 0.75 1.75 2.7 7.1 3.9 53 64 1MB1 5 ■3-0DB3■-■■■■ 22.5 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1440 7.3 84.1 84.7 83.4 0.78 2.4 2.9 6.9 3.6 56 68 1MB1 5 ■3-0EB0■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1445 9.9 85.3 86 85.2 0.8 3.15 2.9 7.3 3.5 60 68 1MB1 5 ■3-0EB4■-■■■■ 31 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1465 14.3 86.7 87 85.9 0.83 4.4 3.2 8.4 4.4 60 72 1MB1■■3-1AB4■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1460 19.6 87.7 88.5 87.9 0.83 5.9 2.5 8.3 3.9 60 72 1MB1■■3-1AB5■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 58 70 1MB1■■3-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1470 36 89.6 90 89.4 0.82 10.8 2.9 8.6 3.7 64 76 1MB1■■3-1CB0■-■■■■ 74 0.046<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.6 8.2 3.7 64 76 1MB1■■3-1CB2■-■■■■ 80 0.046<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.8 91.2 0.84 20.5 2.6 7.6 3.4 65 77 1MB1■■3-1DB2■-■■■■ 109 0.083<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 65 77 1MB1■■3-1DB4■-■■■■ 127 0.099<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 93 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 66 73 1MB1■■3-1EB2■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1470 143 93 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 68 75 1MB1■■3-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.14<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 IE2 93.6 94.2 94.2 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 65 72 1MB1■■3-2AB5■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1478 239 IE2 93.9 94.5 94.4 0.86 66 2.5 6.4 2.7 65 78 1MB1■■3-2BB0■-■■■■ 285 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1478 291 IE2 94.2 94.9 95 0.86 80 2.6 6.6 2.6 66 79 1MB1■■3-2BB2■-■■■■ 340 0.52<br />

55 63 250 M 1482 354 IE2 94.6 95.1 95 0.87 96 2.5 6.8 2.9 66 79 1MB1■■3-2CB2■-■■■■ 420 0.85<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 IE2 95 95.3 95 0.86 133 2.5 6.9 3 69 83 1MB1■■3-2DB0■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

90 104 280 M 1485 579 IE2 95.2 95.5 95.3 0.87 157 2.6 7.2 3 70 84 1MB1■■3-2DB2■-■■■■ 670 1.7<br />

110 127 315 S 1488 7<strong>06</strong> 95.4 95.8 95.5 0.87 191 2.6 6.8 2.9 70 84 1MB1■■3-3AB0■-■■■■ 760 2.2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 95.6 95.9 95.9 0.87 230 2.8 7.3 3 73 87 1MB1■■3-3AB2■-■■■■ 960 2.9<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 95.8 96.1 96.1 0.87 275 2.9 7.3 3.1 73 87 1MB1■■3-3AB4■-■■■■ 990 3.1<br />

200 230 315 L 1488 1284 IE2 96 96.3 96.1 0.88 340 3.2 7.4 3 73 87 1MB1■■3-3AB5■-■■■■ 1190 3.7<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/29


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1MB15.3 – Basic Line<br />

1MB16.3 – Performance Line<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR /<br />

L pfA, L WA,<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size<br />

50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz,<br />

I LR /<br />

50 Hz, 4/4 50 Hz, T rated I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4<br />

400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 71 M 885 1.9 63.9 64.6 60.8 0.69 0.59 2.3 2.8 2.3 39 50 1MB1 5 ■3-0CC2■-■■■■ 12.5 0.001<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 900 2.7 68.6 69.5 66.2 0.69 0.76 2.6 3.2 2.6 46 57 1MB1 5 ■3-0CC3■-■■■■ 15.5 0.0015<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 940 3.8 73.5 73.1 69.4 0.66 1.1 2.3 4.2 2.7 42 53 1MB1 5 ■3-0DC2■-■■■■ 18.5 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 77.2 77 73.9 0.67 1.53 2.5 4.5 2.8 42 53 1MB1 5 ■3-0DC3■-■■■■ 22.5 0.0031<br />

0.75 0.88 90 S 945 7.6 78.9 80 78.8 0.7 1.96 2.2 4.6 2.6 43 55 1MB1 5 ■3-0EC0■-■■■■ 26.5 0.004<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 950 11 IE1 81 81.4 79.3 0.66 2.95 2.8 5 3 57 65 1MB1 5 ■3-0EC4■-■■■■ 32 0.0052<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 14.8 IE2 82.5 83.1 81.5 0.73 3.6 1.9 5.2 2.8 59 71 1MB1■■3-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 970 22 IE2 84.3 85 83.9 0.75 5 2.2 5.6 2.8 65 74 1MB1■■3-1BC2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

3 3.45 132 S 975 29 85.6 86.1 84.9 0.73 6.9 2.3 6.6 3.2 58 66 1MB1■■3-1CC0■-■■■■ 60 0.034<br />

4 4.55 132 M 975 39 86.8 87.1 86.2 0.73 9.1 2.2 6.2 3 67 75 1MB1■■3-1CC2■-■■■■ 64 0.039<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 975 54 88.0 88.3 87.2 0.72 12.5 2.7 6.8 3.4 64 72 1MB1■■3-1CC3■-■■■■ 76 0.05<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 985 73 89.1 89.5 88.6 0.81 15 2.3 7.9 3.2 71 79 1MB1■■3-1DC2■-■■■■ 124 0.132<br />

11 12.6 160 L 980 107 90.3 90.8 90.2 0.80 22 2.9 6.8 2.8 66 74 1MB1■■3-1DC4■-■■■■ 138 0.164<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 IE2 91.2 91.9 91.9 0.8 29.5 2.3 5.9 2.8 61 68 1MB1■■3-1EC4■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE2 91.7 92.5 92.5 0.79 37 2.5 5.6 2.6 64 71 1MB1■■3-2AC4■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE2 92.2 93.1 93.2 0.79 43.5 2.5 5.6 2.6 61 68 1MB1■■3-2AC5■-■■■■ 230 0.32<br />

30 36 225 M 982 292 IE2 92.9 93.6 93.5 0.83 56 2.6 6.6 3 64 77 1MB1■■3-2BC2■-■■■■ 325 0.67<br />

37 44.5 250 M 985 359 IE2 93.3 94 94 0.85 67 2.7 7 2.9 62 75 1MB1■■3-2CC2■-■■■■ 405 1<br />

45 54 280 S 988 435 IE2 93.7 94.3 94.2 0.85 82 3 6.8 2.8 60 74 1MB1■■3-2DC0■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 280 M 988 532 IE2 94.1 94.5 94.4 0.85 99 3.3 7.2 3 65 79 1MB1■■3-2DC2■-■■■■ 560 1.64<br />

75 90 315 S 990 723 94.6 94.9 94.4 0.84 136 2.6 7.5 3.1 63 78 1MB1■■3-3AC0■-■■■■ 750 2.6<br />

90 108 315 M 991 867 IE2 94.9 95.2 94.9 0.85 161 2.5 6.7 2.8 63 78 1MB1■■3-3AC2■-■■■■ 890 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 991 1<strong>06</strong>0 IE2 95.1 95.5 95.3 0.84 199 2.8 7.2 3 63 78 1MB1■■3-3AC4■-■■■■ 990 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 992 1271 IE2 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.82 245 3.3 8 3.3 66 81 1MB1■■3-3AC5■-■■■■ 1130 4.48<br />

160 192 315 L 992 1540 IE2 95.6 95.8 95.5 0.82 295 3.5 8.5 3.6 66 81 1MB1■■3-3AC6■-■■■■ 1260 5.41<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

5/30 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.3 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled – Advanced insulation system<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, 50 Hz Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR /<br />

1MB55.3<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated<br />

L pfA L WA m IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor with sinusoidal supply (SF) 1.05<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with<br />

thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

• Optional and suitable for converter operation with insulated bearings (L51) for f P 2.5 kHz; U line 480 V; U motor 500 V; U DC 720 V - IVIC-C advanced<br />

insulation system<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 1) 2) 400 2986 1790 96.6 96.7 96.3 0.90 930 1.6 7.0 2.8 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AA3 ■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

630 1) 2) 400 2986 2000 96.6 96.7 96.6 0.91 1030 1.6 7.0 2.8 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AA5 ■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

710 3) 400 2986 2250 96.8 96.9 96.7 0.91 670 1.7 7.0 2.8 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AA7 ■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

800 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2988 2550 97.0 97.0 96.6 0.88 780 1.1 7.5 3.1 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BA3 ■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

900 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2986 2900 97.0 97.1 96.9 0.90 860 1.1 7.0 2.8 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BA5 ■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

1000 1) 2) 3) 4) 450 2984 3200 97.0 97.1 97.0 0.91 950 1.1 6.8 2.6 75 91 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BA7 ■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

560 400 1492 3600 96.2 96.3 95.8 0.87 970 1.8 6.5 2.7 78 94 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AB3 ■-■■■■ 2800 12.8<br />

630 1) 2) 400 1492 4050 96.4 96.5 95.9 0.87 1080 1.9 6.8 2.7 78 94 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AB5 ■-■■■■ 3000 14.4<br />

710 3) 400 1492 4550 96.5 96.6 96.2 0.88 700 1.9 6.8 2.7 78 94 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AB7 ■-■■■■ 3200 16.5<br />

800 3) 450 1492 5100 96.5 96.6 96.1 0.88 790 1.6 7.0 2.6 81 97 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BB3 ■-■■■■ 3850 22.2<br />

900 3) 450 1492 5800 96.6 96.7 96.2 0.87 900 1.5 7.0 2.6 81 97 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BB5 ■-■■■■ 4100 24.8<br />

1000 1) 3) 450 1492 6400 96.6 96.7 96.3 0.89 970 1.7 7.0 2.6 81 97 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BB7 ■-■■■■ 4300 27.4<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

450 400 992 4350 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.86 790 2.1 6.5 2.7 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 2900 22.0<br />

500 400 992 4800 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.86 870 2.2 6.5 2.7 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.7<br />

560 1) 400 992 5400 96.2 96.3 96.0 0.86 980 2.2 6.5 2.7 72 88 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.8<br />

630 1) 450 993 6100 96.3 96.4 96.2 0.85 1110 2.0 6.5 2.6 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BC3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.4<br />

710 3) 450 993 6800 96.3 96.4 96.4 0.85 730 2.0 6.5 2.5 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BC5 ■-■■■■ 4050 38.5<br />

800 1) 3) 450 993 7700 96.5 96.7 96.5 0.85 820 2.0 6.5 2.5 74 90 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BC7 ■-■■■■ 4300 43.1<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

355 400 742 4550 95.6 95.7 95.5 0.81 660 1.9 6.2 2.5 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AD3 ■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

400 400 742 5100 95.7 95.8 95.5 0.81 740 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AD5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

450 400 742 5800 95.8 95.9 95.8 0.81 840 2.0 6.5 2.6 64 80 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4AD7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

500 5) 450 744 6400 95.9 96.0 95.7 0.80 940 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BD3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

560 5) 450 744 7200 96.0 96.1 95.8 0.80 1050 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BD5 ■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

630 1) 5) 450 744 8100 96.1 96.2 95.9 0.81 1170 1.9 6.5 2.4 67 83 ▲ 1MB55 ■ 3-4BD7 ■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V 60 Hz 575 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/55 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/67 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/72 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/77 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled (IC416) 1MB55 ■ 3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 5/96 1MB55 ■ 3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) Terminal box position NDE can only be ordered using order code H09<br />

(2 terminal box TB3R61). Order code H08 not available.<br />

3) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

4) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Converter<br />

operation at higher speeds on request for an additional charge.<br />

5) Utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with thermal class 155<br />

(temperature class F).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/31


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB58.3 – self-ventilated or forced-air cooled – Premium insulation system<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, 50 Hz Frame n rated T rated rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated T LR /<br />

1MB58.3<br />

size<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4<br />

T rated<br />

I LR /<br />

I rated<br />

T B /<br />

T rated<br />

L pfA L WA m IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency: IE3 Premium Efficiency, service factor with sinusoidal supply (SF) 1.05<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 155 (temperature class F)<br />

• Optional and suitable for converter operation with insulated bearings (L51) for f P 2.5 kHz; U line 690 V - IVIC-C premium insulation system<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

545 1) 400 2988 1740 96.9 96.9 96.4 0.90 900 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AA3 ■-■■■■ 2850 8.9<br />

610 1) 400 2988 1950 97.0 97.0 96.7 0.91 1000 1.6 7.3 3.1 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AA5 ■-■■■■ 3000 9.8<br />

680 2) 400 2988 2150 97.0 97.1 96.8 0.91 640 1.7 7.3 3 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AA7 ■-■■■■ 3200 10.8<br />

775 1) 2) 3) 450 2990 2500 97.4 97.4 97.0 0.88 760 1.2 7.7 3.4 75 91 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BA3 ■-■■■■ 4000 12.3<br />

875 1) 2) 3) 450 2988 2800 97.4 97.5 97.3 0.90 840 1.2 7.2 3 75 91 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BA5 ■-■■■■ 4250 13.5<br />

970 1) 2) 3) 450 2986 3100 97.4 97.5 97.4 0.91 920 1.2 7.0 2.8 75 91 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BA7 ■-■■■■ 4450 14.7<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

545 400 1492 3500 96.4 96.4 96.0 0.87 940 1.8 6.7 2.7 78 94 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AB3 ■-■■■■ 2800 12.8<br />

615 400 1492 3950 96.6 96.6 96.2 0.87 1<strong>06</strong>0 1.9 6.9 2.8 78 94 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AB5 ■-■■■■ 3000 14.4<br />

690 2) 400 1492 4400 96.6 96.7 96.4 0.88 680 2.0 7.0 2.7 78 94 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AB7 ■-■■■■ 3200 16.5<br />

785 2) 450 1492 5000 96.6 96.6 96.1 0.88 770 1.6 7.2 2.7 81 97 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BB3 ■-■■■■ 3850 22.2<br />

880 2) 450 1492 5600 96.8 96.8 96.3 0.87 870 1.5 7.2 2.6 81 97 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BB5 ■-■■■■ 4100 24.8<br />

980 2) 450 1492 6300 96.9 96.9 96.5 0.89 950 1.7 7.1 2.6 81 97 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BB7 ■-■■■■ 4300 27.4<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

435 400 993 4200 96.2 96.3 96.0 0.85 770 2.1 6.7 2.8 72 88 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AC3 ■-■■■■ 2900 22.0<br />

485 400 993 4650 96.2 96.4 96.1 0.86 850 2.2 6.7 2.8 72 88 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AC5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.7<br />

545 1) 400 993 5200 96.3 96.5 96.2 0.86 950 2.2 6.7 2.7 72 88 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AC7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.8<br />

615 1) 450 993 5900 96.5 96.7 96.4 0.84 1100 2.1 6.6 2.7 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BC3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.4<br />

690 2) 450 993 6600 96.6 96.8 96.6 0.85 700 2.0 6.8 2.5 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BC5 ■-■■■■ 4050 38.5<br />

780 2) 450 993 7500 96.7 96.9 96.7 0.85 790 2.0 6.7 2.6 74 90 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BC7 ■-■■■■ 4300 43.1<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz<br />

335 400 744 4300 95.8 96.0 95.6 0.80 630 2.0 6.9 2.6 64 80 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AD3 ■-■■■■ 2850 21.9<br />

375 400 744 4800 95.9 96.1 95.7 0.80 710 2.1 7.2 2.8 64 80 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AD5 ■-■■■■ 3050 24.5<br />

425 400 744 5500 96.1 96.2 95.8 0.80 800 2.1 7.2 2.7 64 80 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4AD7 ■-■■■■ 3250 27.5<br />

485 4) 450 745 6200 96.1 96.2 95.9 0.79 920 2.0 7.0 2.6 67 83 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BD3 ■-■■■■ 3800 34.0<br />

545 4) 450 745 7000 96.2 96.4 96.0 0.79 1040 2.0 7.0 2.6 67 83 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BD5 ■-■■■■ 4000 38.0<br />

600 1) 4) 450 745 7700 96.3 96.5 96.1 0.80 1120 2.1 7.3 2.6 67 83 ▲ 1MB58 ■ 3-4BD7 ■-■■■■ 4250 42.5<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V 60 Hz 575 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

50 Hz 690 V Without additional charge 4 7 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/55 ■ ■ . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 With additional charge F –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/67 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Version Order code<br />

Without Standard A –<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B –<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/72 ■ . . .<br />

Terminal box position Version Order code<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal box 45° Without additional charge 2 –<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal box 45° Standard 3 –<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/77 ■ . . .<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

Forced-air cooled (IC416) 1MB58 ■ 3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z F90+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For options and information, see from page 5/96 1MB58 ■ 3- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Terminal box 1XB1631.<br />

2) The standard version is 50 Hz 690 V (voltage code 4-7) or 60 Hz 575 V<br />

(voltage code 4-0).<br />

3) In the series version, the maximum speed is n max = 3000 rpm. Converter<br />

operation at higher speeds on request for an additional charge.<br />

4) Utilization with sinusoidal supply in accordance with thermal class 155<br />

(temperature class F).<br />

5/32 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Aluminum series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB1<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2805 2.6 77.4 80 80.1 0.84 1.67 1.9 4.9 2.3 60 71 1MB10■1-0DA2■-■■■■ 9 0.0008<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2835 3.7 79.6 81.3 80.9 0.83 2.4 2.7 6 3.1 60 71 1MB10■1-0DA3■-■■■■ 11 0.0011<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2885 4.9 81.3 81.7 79.8 0.84 3.15 2.7 6.9 3.6 65 77 1MB10■1-0EA0■-■■■■ 13 0.0017<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2890 7.3 83.2 83.7 82 0.85 4.5 2.5 7.1 3.7 65 77 1MB10■1-0EA4■-■■■■ 15 0.0021<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2905 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.6 0.84 6.1 2.3 7 3.3 67 79 1MB10■1-1AA4■-■■■■ 21 0.0044<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2945 13 85.8 86.2 85.1 0.85 7.9 2.1 8 3.6 69 81 1MB10■1-1BA2■-■■■■ 27 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 87 88 87.6 0.87 10.5 1.8 6.6 2.9 68 80 1MB10■1-1CA0■-■■■■ 39 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 88.1 88.5 87.6 0.87 14.1 2.2 7.5 3.1 68 80 1MB10■1-1CA1■-■■■■ 43 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 89.4 89.3 88 0.87 20.5 2.1 7.4 3.2 70 82 1MB10■1-1DA2■-■■■■ 67 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 90.3 90.7 90 0.88 27 2.4 7.6 3.4 70 82 1MB10■1-1DA3■-■■■■ 75 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 90.9 91.3 90.6 0.88 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.6 70 82 1MB10■1-1DA4■-■■■■ 84 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 77.1 76.8 73.7 0.74 1.39 2.2 5.3 3.1 53 64 1MB10■1-0DB2■-■■■■ 10 0.0017<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1440 5 79.6 79.9 77.5 0.76 1.79 2.2 5.6 3.1 53 64 1MB10■1-0DB3■-■■■■ 11 0.0021<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1425 7.4 81.4 81.8 80 0.78 2.5 2.3 5.6 2.9 56 68 1MB10■1-0EB0■-■■■■ 13 0.0028<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1435 10 82.8 83.5 82.2 0.79 3.3 2.6 6.4 3.4 56 68 1MB10■1-0EB4■-■■■■ 16 0.0036<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1455 14 84.3 85.1 84.2 0.81 4.65 2.1 6.9 3.3 60 72 1MB10■1-1AB4■-■■■■ 21 0.0086<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1455 20 85.5 86.4 85.6 0.82 6.2 2 6.9 3.1 60 72 1MB10■1-1AB5■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 86.6 87.3 86.4 0.81 8.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1MB10■1-1BB2■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1465 36 87.7 88.4 87.6 0.8 11.3 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1MB10■1-1CB0■-■■■■ 42 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 88.7 89.8 89.8 0.83 14.7 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1MB10■1-1CB2■-■■■■ 49 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1470 71 89.8 91 90.9 0.85 21 2.1 6.7 2.8 65 77 1MB10■1-1DB2■-■■■■ 71 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 90.6 91.2 90.8 0.85 28 2.3 7.3 3 65 77 1MB10■1-1DB4■-■■■■ 83 0.083<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/51 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/56 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/68<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/73<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/78 1MB10■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/33


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Aluminum series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB1<br />

m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 925 3.8 67.6 67.9 64.4 0.69 1.14 2.1 4 2.4 42 53 1MB10■1-0DC2■-■■■■ 9 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 73.1 73.8 70.8 0.66 1.65 2.5 4.4 2.9 42 53 1MB10■1-0DC3■-■■■■ 12 0.0025<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 935 7.7 75.9 76.8 74.5 0.7 2.05 2 4.1 2.5 43 55 1MB10■1-0EC0■-■■■■ 13 0.003<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 935 11 IE1 78.1 79.3 77.7 0.7 2.9 2.2 4.4 2.6 43 55 1MB10■1-0EC4■-■■■■ 16 0.004<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 15 79.8 80.5 79 0.73 3.7 2 5.4 2.8 59 71 1MB10■1-1AC4■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 965 22 81.8 82.7 81.7 0.75 5.2 2 5 2.8 62 74 1MB10■1-1BC2■-■■■■ 29 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 970 30 83.3 83.4 81 0.72 7.2 1.6 5 2.5 63 75 1MB10■1-1CC0■-■■■■ 38 0.024<br />

4 4.55 132 M 970 39 84.6 85.5 84.3 0.75 9.1 1.6 5 2.3 63 75 1MB10■1-1CC2■-■■■■ 43 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 970 54 86 87.1 86.4 0.76 12.1 1.9 5.6 2.6 63 75 1MB10■1-1CC3■-■■■■ 52 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 975 73 87.2 87.9 87.2 0.74 16.8 1.9 4.7 2.2 67 79 1MB10■1-1DC2■-■■■■ 77 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 975 108 88.7 89.7 89.3 0.76 23.5 1.9 4.8 2.2 67 79 1MB10■1-1DC4■-■■■■ 93 0.098<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 66.2 65.7 61.6 0.61 2.7 1.5 3.2 2.1 60 72 1MB10■1-1AD4■-■■■■ 21 0.0086<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 695 15 70.8 72.3 69.6 0.65 3.45 1.4 3.2 1.9 60 72 1MB10■1-1AD5■-■■■■ 25 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 725 20 74.1 73.9 71.2 0.63 4.65 1.6 4 2.4 63 75 1MB10■1-1BD2■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 77.6 78.2 76.6 0.62 6.6 1.4 3.5 2 63 75 1MB10■1-1CD0■-■■■■ 46 0.034<br />

3 3.45 132 M 720 40 IE1 80 80.7 79.2 0.62 8.7 1.4 3.7 2 63 75 1MB10■1-1CD2■-■■■■ 52 0.037<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 81.9 82.6 81.4 0.67 10.5 1.6 3.7 1.9 63 75 1MB10■1-1DD2■-■■■■ 69 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 83.8 84.2 83 0.67 14.1 1.7 3.9 2 63 75 1MB10■1-1DD3■-■■■■ 82 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 725 99 85.3 86.4 86 0.7 18.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 63 75 1MB10■1-1DD4■-■■■■ 94 0.098<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/51 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/56 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

3 temperature sensors (frame sizes 80, 90 or 100 to 200) With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/68<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/73<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/78 1MB10■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

5/34 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB15.1 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz 1MB16.1 – Performance Line<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 2770 1.3 69.5 70.5 67.9 0.81 0.95 2.5 4.1 2.5 58 63 1MB1 5 ■1-0CA2■-■■■■ 11.5 0.00035<br />

0.55 0.63 71 M 2780 1.9 74.1 75.2 72.9 0.8 1.34 2.6 4.6 2.6 58 63 1MB1 5 ■1-0CA3■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 2805 2.6 77.4 80 80.1 0.84 1.67 1.9 4.9 2.3 60 71 1MB1 5 ■1-0DA2■-■■■■ 16 0.0008<br />

1.1 1.27 80 M 2835 3.7 79.6 81.3 80.9 0.83 2.4 2.7 6 3.1 60 71 1MB1 5 ■1-0DA3■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.5 1.75 90 S 2885 4.9 81.3 81.7 79.8 0.84 3.15 2.7 6.9 3.6 65 77 1MB1 5 ■1-0EA0■-■■■■ 23 0.0017<br />

2.2 2.55 90 L 2890 7.3 83.2 83.7 82 0.85 4.5 2.5 7.1 3.7 65 77 1MB1 5 ■1-0EA4■-■■■■ 25.5 0.0021<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2905 9.9 84.6 85.5 84.6 0.84 6.1 2.3 7 3.3 67 79 1MB1■■1-1AA4■-■■■■ 32 0.0044<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2945 13 85.8 86.2 85.1 0.85 7.9 2.1 8 3.6 69 81 1MB1■■1-1BA2■-■■■■ 39 0.0092<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2950 18 87 88 87.6 0.87 10.5 1.8 6.6 2.9 68 80 1MB1■■1-1CA0■-■■■■ 57 0.02<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2950 24 88.1 88.5 87.6 0.87 14.1 2.2 7.5 3.1 68 80 1MB1■■1-1CA1■-■■■■ 61 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2955 36 89.4 89.3 88 0.87 20.5 2.1 7.4 3.2 70 82 1MB1■■1-1DA2■-■■■■ 96 0.045<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2955 48 90.3 90.7 90 0.88 27 2.4 7.6 3.4 70 82 1MB1■■1-1DA3■-■■■■ 104 0.053<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2955 60 90.9 91.3 90.6 0.88 33.5 2.9 7.9 3.6 70 82 1MB1■■1-1DA4■-■■■■ 113 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

22 24.5 180 M 2940 71 91.3 91.6 90.9 0.87 40 2.7 7.4 3.6 77 84 1MB1■■1-1EA2■-■■■■ 145 0.<strong>06</strong>9<br />

30 33.5 200 L 2960 97 92 92.1 91.5 0.87 54 2.5 6.9 3.3 78 85 1MB1■■1-2AA4■-■■■■ 200 0.13<br />

37 41.5 200 L 2960 119 92.5 92.7 92.1 0.88 66 2.7 7.4 3.5 78 85 1MB1■■1-2AA5■-■■■■ 225 0.15<br />

45 51 225 M 2965 145 92.9 93.1 92.5 0.88 79 2.7 7.8 3.7 76 89 1MB1■■1-2BA2■-■■■■ 295 0.23<br />

55 62 250 M 2970 177 93.2 93.3 92.4 0.88 97 2.3 6.8 3.1 76 89 1MB1■■1-2CA2■-■■■■ 360 0.4<br />

75 84 280 S 2978 240 93.8 93.6 92.4 0.86 134 2.5 7.2 3.2 76 89 1MB1■■1-2DA0■-■■■■ 490 0.71<br />

90 101 280 M 2975 289 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.88 157 2.5 7.1 3.1 76 89 1MB1■■1-2DA2■-■■■■ 530 0.83<br />

110 123 315 S 2982 352 94.3 94.2 93.3 0.9 187 2.4 7.3 3 77 91 1MB1■■1-3AA0■-■■■■ 720 1.3<br />

132 148 315 M 2982 423 94.6 94.7 94.1 0.91 220 2.4 7.2 3.1 77 91 1MB1■■1-3AA2■-■■■■ 880 1.6<br />

160 180 315 L 2982 512 94.8 94.9 94.3 0.92 265 2.3 7 3.1 80 95 1MB1■■1-3AA4■-■■■■ 930 1.8<br />

200 224 315 L 2982 640 95 95.2 94.8 0.92 330 2.5 7.3 3 80 95 1MB1■■1-3AA5■-■■■■ 1130 2.2<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/35


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB15.1 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz 1MB16.1 – Performance Line<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 1395 1.7 68.5 68.4 64.2 0.69 0.76 2.4 3.7 2.5 50 61 1MB1 5 ■1-0CB2■-■■■■ 12 0.00076<br />

0.37 0.43 71 M 1380 2.6 72.7 73.2 69.9 0.72 1.02 2.3 3.8 2.4 50 61 1MB1 5 ■1-0CB3■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 1440 3.6 77.1 76.8 73.7 0.74 1.39 2.2 5.3 3.1 53 64 1MB1 5 ■1-0DB2■-■■■■ 17 0.0017<br />

0.75 0.86 80 M 1440 5 79.6 79.9 77.5 0.76 1.79 2.2 5.6 3.1 53 64 1MB1 5 ■1-0DB3■-■■■■ 18.5 0.0021<br />

1.1 1.27 90 S 1425 7.4 81.4 81.8 80 0.78 2.5 2.3 5.6 2.9 56 68 1MB1 5 ■1-0EB0■-■■■■ 23 0.0028<br />

1.5 1.75 90 L 1435 10 82.8 83.5 82.2 0.79 3.3 2.6 6.4 3.4 56 68 1MB1 5 ■1-0EB4■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1455 14 84.3 85.1 84.2 0.81 4.65 2.1 6.9 3.3 60 72 1MB1■■1-1AB4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1455 20 85.5 86.4 85.6 0.82 6.2 2 6.9 3.1 60 72 1MB1■■1-1AB5■-■■■■ 37 0.011<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1460 26 86.6 87.3 86.4 0.81 8.2 2.5 7.1 3.2 58 70 1MB1■■1-1BB2■-■■■■ 46 0.014<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1465 36 87.7 88.4 87.6 0.8 11.3 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1MB1■■1-1CB0■-■■■■ 61 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1465 49 88.7 89.8 89.8 0.83 14.7 2.3 6.9 2.9 64 76 1MB1■■1-1CB2■-■■■■ 75 0.034<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1470 71 89.8 91 90.9 0.85 21 2.1 6.7 2.8 65 77 1MB1■■1-1DB2■-■■■■ 96 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1475 97 90.6 91.2 90.8 0.85 28 2.3 7.3 3 65 77 1MB1■■1-1DB4■-■■■■ 104 0.083<br />

18.5 21.3 180 M 1465 121 91.2 92 91.9 0.84 35 2.5 7.2 3.4 61 74 1MB1■■1-1EB2■-■■■■ 160 0.12<br />

22 25.3 180 L 1465 143 91.6 92.2 91.9 0.84 41.5 2.6 7.3 3.5 69 76 1MB1■■1-1EB4■-■■■■ 170 0.13<br />

30 34.5 200 L 1470 195 92.3 92.8 92.5 0.84 56 2.5 6.7 3.7 70 77 1MB1■■1-2AB5■-■■■■ 230 0.2<br />

37 42.5 225 S 1470 240 92.7 93.5 93.5 0.88 65 2.3 6.6 2.9 66 79 1MB1■■1-2BB0■-■■■■ 280 0.42<br />

45 52 225 M 1475 291 93.1 93.8 93.7 0.87 80 2.5 6.9 3.1 66 79 1MB1■■1-2BB2■-■■■■ 305 0.46<br />

55 63 250 M 1480 355 93.5 93.9 93.5 0.85 100 2.7 6.8 3 66 79 1MB1■■1-2CB2■-■■■■ 385 0.75<br />

75 86 280 S 1485 482 94 94.2 93.8 0.87 132 2.5 6.8 3 71 85 1MB1■■1-2DB0■-■■■■ 550 1.3<br />

90 104 280 M 1486 578 94.2 94.3 93.6 0.87 159 2.6 7.3 3.1 71 85 1MB1■■1-2DB2■-■■■■ 570 1.4<br />

110 127 315 S 1490 705 94.5 94.6 94 0.86 195 2.7 7.4 3 72 86 1MB1■■1-3AB0■-■■■■ 740 2<br />

132 152 315 M 1490 846 94.7 94.9 94.6 0.87 230 2.7 7.1 2.9 75 89 1MB1■■1-3AB2■-■■■■ 870 2.3<br />

160 184 315 L 1490 1025 94.9 95 94.5 0.87 280 2.8 7.2 3.1 76 91 1MB1■■1-3AB4■-■■■■ 940 2.8<br />

200 230 315 L 1490 1282 95.1 95.3 94.7 0.87 350 3.1 7.5 3.2 77 92 1MB1■■1-3AB5■-■■■■ 1140 3.5<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

5/36 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB15.1 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz 1MB16.1 – Performance Line<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.21 71 M 875 2 56.6 56.9 52.7 0.68 0.68 2.2 2.5 2.3 46 57 1MB1 5 ■1-0CC2■-■■■■ 11.5 0.0008<br />

0.25 0.29 71 M 870 2.7 61.6 62.7 59.2 0.7 0.84 2.3 2.6 2.3 46 57 1MB1 5 ■1-0CC3■-■■■■ 12.5 0.0010<br />

0.37 0.43 80 M 925 3.8 67.6 67.9 64.4 0.69 1.14 2.1 4 2.4 42 53 1MB1 5 ■1-0DC2■-■■■■ 16.5 0.0017<br />

0.55 0.63 80 M 935 5.6 73.1 73.8 70.8 0.66 1.65 2.5 4.4 2.9 42 53 1MB1 5 ■1-0DC3■-■■■■ 18.5 0.0025<br />

0.75 0.86 90 S 935 7.7 75.9 76.8 74.5 0.7 2.05 2 4.1 2.5 43 55 1MB1 5 ■1-0EC0■-■■■■ 23 0.003<br />

1.1 1.27 90 L 935 11 IE1 78.1 79.3 77.7 0.7 2.9 2.2 4.4 2.6 43 55 1MB1 5 ■1-0EC4■-■■■■ 26.5 0.004<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 970 15 79.8 80.5 79 0.73 3.7 2 5.4 2.8 59 71 1MB1■■1-1AC4■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 965 22 81.8 82.7 81.7 0.75 5.2 2 5 2.8 62 74 1MB1■■1-1BC2■-■■■■ 41 0.014<br />

3 3.45 132 S 970 30 83.3 83.4 81 0.72 7.2 1.6 5 2.5 63 75 1MB1■■1-1CC0■-■■■■ 56 0.024<br />

4 4.55 132 M 970 39 84.6 85.5 84.3 0.75 9.1 1.6 5 2.3 63 75 1MB1■■1-1CC2■-■■■■ 61 0.029<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 970 54 86 87.1 86.4 0.76 12.1 1.9 5.6 2.6 63 75 1MB1■■1-1CC3■-■■■■ 70 0.037<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 975 73 87.2 87.9 87.2 0.74 16.8 1.9 4.7 2.2 67 79 1MB1■■1-1DC2■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.075<br />

11 12.6 160 L 975 108 88.7 89.7 89.3 0.76 23.5 1.9 4.8 2.2 67 79 1MB1■■1-1DC4■-■■■■ 122 0.098<br />

15 18 180 L 975 147 89.7 90.1 89.5 0.78 31 2.5 6 3.1 57 70 1MB1■■1-1EC4■-■■■■ 155 0.17<br />

18.5 22 200 L 978 181 IE1 90.4 91.3 91.2 0.82 36 2.4 5.8 2.6 63 76 1MB1■■1-2AC4■-■■■■ 200 0.25<br />

22 26.5 200 L 978 215 IE1 90.9 91.7 91.4 0.82 42.5 2.5 6.2 2.6 63 76 1MB1■■1-2AC5■-■■■■ 220 0.3<br />

30 36 225 M 980 292 IE1 91.7 92.5 92.3 0.83 57 2.5 5.6 2.7 65 78 1MB1■■1-2BC2■-■■■■ 300 0.58<br />

37 44.5 250 M 982 360 IE1 92.2 93.1 93.1 0.83 70 2.8 6 2.5 62 77 1MB1■■1-2CC2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

45 54 280 S 985 436 IE1 92.7 93.4 93.2 0.84 83 2.7 6.3 2.6 65 79 1MB1■■1-2DC0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

55 66 280 M 985 533 IE1 93.1 93.9 94 0.86 99 2.5 6.4 2.6 65 79 1MB1■■1-2DC2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

75 90 315 S 988 725 IE1 93.7 94 93.6 0.84 138 2.5 6.7 2.8 65 79 1MB1■■1-3AC0■-■■■■ 660 2.1<br />

90 108 315 M 988 870 IE1 94 94.3 93.6 0.84 165 2.6 6.9 2.8 65 79 1MB1■■1-3AC2■-■■■■ 730 2.5<br />

110 132 315 L 988 1<strong>06</strong>3 IE1 94.3 94.6 94.5 0.86 196 2.7 7 2.8 68 82 1MB1■■1-3AC4■-■■■■ 940 3.6<br />

132 158 315 L 988 1276 94.6 94.9 94.7 0.86 235 3 7.5 2.9 69 84 1MB1■■1-3AC5■-■■■■ 990 4.0<br />

160 192 315 L 988 1546 94.8 94.7 94.4 0.86 285 3.1 7.7 3.3 69 84 1MB1■■1-3AC6■-■■■■ 1160 4.7<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/37


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE2 High Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15, 1MB16 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, Different rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA, L WA, 1MB15.1 – Basic Line m IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz IE class 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 50 Hz 1MB16.1 – Performance Line<br />

60 Hz/P60 4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE2 High Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.09 0.11 71 M 630 1.4<br />

4)<br />

40.1 40.6 35.8 0.67 0.50 1.7 1.6 1.7 59 63 1MB1 5 ■1-0CD2■-■■■■ 11.5 0.00077<br />

0.12 0.14 71 M 640 1.8 40.1 39.6 34.7 0.66 0.65 1.8 1.8 1.8 48 59 1MB1 5 ■1-0CD3■-■■■■ 12.5 0.00100<br />

0.18 0.21 80 M 690 2.5 45.9 43.6 37.8 0.60 0.93 1.7 2.2 2.1 51 62 1MB1 5 ■1-0DD2■-■■■■ 16.5 0.00175<br />

0.25 0.29 80 M 705 3.4 50.6 48.1 41.9 0.55 1.30 2.0 2.5 2.5 51 62 1MB1 5 ■1-0DD3■-■■■■ 18.5 0.00246<br />

0.37 0.43 90 S 675 5.2 56.1 55.6 49.6 0.71 1.34 1.4 2.6 1.7 53 65 1MB1 5 ■1-0ED0■-■■■■ 20 0.00225<br />

0.55 0.63 90 L 665 7.9 61.7 63.4 59.8 0.74 1.74 1.5 2.7 1.7 53 65 1MB1 5 ■1-0ED4■-■■■■ 21.5 0.00305<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 66.2 65.7 61.6 0.61 2.7 1.5 3.2 2.1 60 72 1MB1■■1-1AD4■-■■■■ 32 0.0086<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 695 15 70.8 72.3 69.6 0.65 3.45 1.4 3.2 1.9 60 72 1MB1■■1-1AD5■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 725 20 74.1 73.9 71.2 0.63 4.65 1.6 4 2.4 63 72 1MB1■■1-1BD2■-■■■■ 53 0.017<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 725 29 77.6 78.2 76.6 0.62 6.6 1.4 3.5 2 63 75 1MB1■■1-1CD0■-■■■■ 64 0.034<br />

3 3.45 132 M 720 40 IE1 80 80.7 79.2 0.62 8.7 1.4 3.7 2 63 75 1MB1■■1-1CD2■-■■■■ 67 0.037<br />

4 4.55 160 M 730 52 81.9 82.6 81.4 0.67 10.5 1.6 3.7 1.9 63 75 1MB1■■1-1DD2■-■■■■ 98 0.<strong>06</strong>5<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 730 72 83.8 84.2 83 0.67 14.1 1.7 3.9 2 63 75 1MB1■■1-1DD3■-■■■■ 111 0.083<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 725 99 85.3 86.4 86 0.7 18.1 1.6 3.8 1.9 63 75 1MB1■■1-1DD4■-■■■■ 123 0.098<br />

11 13.2 180 L 720 146 IE1 86.9 88 87.6 0.7 26 2.3 4.9 2.6 72 75 1MB1■■1-1ED4■-■■■■ 155 0.195<br />

15 18 200 L 718 199 88 89.5 89.9 0.76 32.5 2.4 5.4 2.8 58 80 1MB1■■1-2AD5■-■■■■ 220 0.344<br />

18.5 22 225 S 730 242 IE1 89 89.9 89.5 0.78 38.5 2.2 5.4 2.7 59 72 1MB1■■1-2BD0■-■■■■ 250 0.43<br />

22 26.5 225 M 730 288 90.3 91.3 91.1 0.8 44 2.3 5.5 2.7 58 71 1MB1■■1-2BD2■-■■■■ 270 0.5<br />

30 36 250 M 732 391 91.3 92.2 92 0.8 59 2.4 5.6 2.7 60 73 1MB1■■1-2CD2■-■■■■ 370 0.86<br />

37 44.5 280 S 736 480 91.9 92.5 92.1 0.78 75 2.3 5.4 2.4 63 77 1MB1■■1-2DD0■-■■■■ 460 1.1<br />

45 54 280 M 738 582 92.4 92.8 92.4 0.79 89 2.5 5.7 2.5 66 80 1MB1■■1-2DD2■-■■■■ 510 1.4<br />

55 66 315 S 740 710 92.9 93.3 92.9 0.8 107 2.2 5.8 2.6 69 83 1MB1■■1-3AD0■-■■■■ 640 2<br />

75 90 315 M 738 970 93.5 94.4 94.5 0.81 143 2.3 5.9 2.7 69 84 1MB1■■1-3AD2■-■■■■ 720 2.5<br />

90 108 315 L 740 1161 93.5 94.3 94.4 0.83 167 2.2 5.8 2.5 69 84 1MB1■■1-3AD4■-■■■■ 860 3.1<br />

110 132 315 L 740 1419 94.2 95 95.1 0.82 205 2.7 6.7 2.9 74 88 1MB1■■1-3AD5■-■■■■ 980 3.9<br />

132 158 315 L 740 1703 94.4 94.8 94.4 0.81 250 2.9 7.2 3.3 76 90 1MB1■■1-3AD6■-■■■■ 1070 4.5<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages 3) Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/52 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/59 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection Line Version<br />

Without Only possible for Basic Line Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors Basic Line With additional charge B<br />

Performance Line Standard B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/69<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/74<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/82 1MB1■■1- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

5/38 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1MB1<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

3 3.45 100 L 2835 10 81.5 83.2 82.8 0.87 6.1 3.2 6.4 3.5 67 79 1MB10■2-1AA4■-■■■■ 20 0.0034<br />

4 4.55 112 M 2935 13 83.1 83 80.8 0.85 8.2 3.3 8.3 4.2 69 81 1MB10■2-1BA2■-■■■■ 25 0.0<strong>06</strong>7<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 2910 18 84.7 85.9 85.7 0.88 10.7 1.8 5.7 2.6 68 80 1MB10■2-1CA0■-■■■■ 35 0.013<br />

7.5 8.6 132 S 2925 24 86 86.7 86.1 0.88 14.3 2.2 6.8 3.1 68 80 1MB10■2-1CA1■-■■■■ 40 0.016<br />

11 12.6 160 M 2925 36 87.6 88 87.1 0.86 21 2 5.7 2.7 70 82 1MB10■2-1DA2■-■■■■ 60 0.03<br />

15 17.3 160 M 2935 49 88.7 88.9 87.7 0.85 28.5 2.4 6.8 3.2 70 82 1MB10■2-1DA3■-■■■■ 68 0.036<br />

18.5 21.3 160 L 2935 60 89.3 89.7 89.3 0.87 34.5 2.7 7.6 3.4 70 82 1MB10■2-1DA4■-■■■■ 78 0.044<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

2.2 2.55 100 L 1425 15 79.7 80.3 78.1 0.81 4.9 2.3 5.1 2.7 60 72 1MB10■2-1AB4■-■■■■ 18 0.0059<br />

3 3.45 100 L 1425 20 81.5 82.6 81.5 0.85 6.3 2.4 5.4 2.6 60 72 1MB10■2-1AB5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

4 4.55 112 M 1435 27 83.1 84.3 83.7 0.83 8.4 2.5 6.1 2.9 58 70 1MB10■2-1BB2■-■■■■ 27 0.010<br />

5.5 6.3 132 S 1450 36 84.7 85.3 84.2 0.82 11.4 2.3 5.7 2.7 64 76 1MB10■2-1CB0■-■■■■ 38 0.019<br />

7.5 8.6 132 M 1450 49 86 86.5 85.4 0.82 15.4 2.6 6.6 3.1 64 76 1MB10■2-1CB2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

11 12.6 160 M 1460 72 87.6 87.9 86.7 0.81 22.5 2.7 6.9 3.3 65 77 1MB10■2-1DB2■-■■■■ 62 0.044<br />

15 17.3 160 L 1460 98 88.7 89.1 88 0.82 30 3 7.5 3.6 65 77 1MB10■2-1DB4■-■■■■ 73 0.056<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/51 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/56 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/68<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/73<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/78 1MB10■2- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/40<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/39


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zones 21, 22, and 2 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec · IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated<br />

,50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz<br />

L WA,<br />

50 Hz<br />

Aluminum series<br />

1MB1<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE1 Standard Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

1.5 1.75 100 L 940 15 75.2 75.6 72.3 0.74 3.9 2 4 2.2 59 71 1MB10 ■2-1AC4■-■■■■ 19 0.0<strong>06</strong>5<br />

2.2 2.55 112 M 940 22 77.7 78.5 76.3 0.72 5.7 2.6 4.6 2.7 57 69 1MB10 ■2-1BC2■-■■■■ 25 0.0092<br />

3 3.45 132 S 955 30 79.7 79.9 77.1 0.74 7.3 2 4.6 2.6 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1CC0■-■■■■ 34 0.017<br />

4 4.55 132 M 955 40 81.4 82.6 81.9 0.76 9.3 2.3 5.2 2.6 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1CC2■-■■■■ 39 0.021<br />

5.5 6.3 132 M 955 55 83.1 84 83 0.75 12.7 2.7 5.7 3 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1CC3■-■■■■ 48 0.027<br />

7.5 8.6 160 M 970 74 84.7 84.8 83.2 0.73 17.5 2.1 5.5 2.9 67 79 1MB10 ■2-1DC2■-■■■■ 72 0.056<br />

11 12.6 160 L 965 109 86.4 86.8 85.9 0.77 24 1.9 5.9 2.7 67 79 1MB10 ■2-1DC4■-■■■■ 92 0.078<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.75 0.86 100 L 705 10 61.2 58.1 50.5 0.62 2.85 1.9 3 2.2 60 72 1MB10 ■2-1AD4■-■■■■ 17 0.0056<br />

1.1 1.27 100 L 690 15 66.5 66 61.8 0.61 3.9 2 3.2 2.3 60 72 1MB10 ■2-1AD5■-■■■■ 22 0.0078<br />

1.5 1.75 112 M 700 20 70.2 71.1 68.7 0.66 4.65 1.9 3.5 2.1 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1BD2■-■■■■ 29 0.0094<br />

2.2 2.55 132 S 715 29 74.2 74.1 71.4 0.66 6.5 1.7 3.9 2.4 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1CD0■-■■■■ 37 0.019<br />

3 3.45 132 M 715 40 77 77.4 75.2 0.68 8.3 1.8 3.9 2.2 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1CD2■-■■■■ 44 0.024<br />

4 4.55 160 M 720 53 79.2 79.3 76.3 0.67 10.9 1.6 4.1 2.3 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1DD2■-■■■■ 60 0.044<br />

5.5 6.3 160 M 720 73 81.4 81.9 80.3 0.68 14.3 1.6 4 2.2 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1DD3■-■■■■ 72 0.056<br />

7.5 8.6 160 L 715 100 83.1 83.7 82.4 0.69 18.9 1.7 3.8 2.2 63 75 1MB10 ■2-1DD4■-■■■■ 91 0.077<br />

Zones<br />

Zone 21 (conductive and non-conductive dust occasionally) Ex tb IIIC 1<br />

Zone 22 (non-conductive dust rarely or for a short period) Ex tc IIIB 2<br />

Zone 2 (explosive gases rarely or for a short period) Ex ec IIC 3<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 1) 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages 1) and more information, see from page 5/51 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/56 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/68<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/73<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/78 1MB10■2- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

m IM B3<br />

J<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Operating values at rated power for 60 Hz are stored in the Drive Technology<br />

Configurator (DT Configurator; see Appendix, "Tools and engineering").<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible, provided<br />

that no requirements exist for condensation drainage holes (H03) or<br />

stamping of the type on the rating plate. The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or<br />

IM B14 is stamped as standard on the rating plate. For orders with condensation<br />

drainage holes (H03), the type must be specified.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Parallel supply lines are required in the case of connection to 240 V.<br />

For frame size 315 with connection to 240 V, due to the high current, a<br />

drilled, removable entry plate (order code R52) or a larger terminal box<br />

(order code R50) can be used. Order codes R52 and R50 alter the motor<br />

dimensions.<br />

No IE class for 50 and 60 Hz because the motor is outside the validity for<br />

the efficiency classes according to IEC 60034-30-1:2014.<br />

5/40 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Temperature<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB5543 – Basic Line<br />

IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz<br />

class<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

1) 1)<br />

1MB5643 – Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 to T3<br />

0.37 T1, T2, T3 71 M 2775 1.3 73.8 74.4 72.4 0.83 0.91 2.7 5 2.7 42 37 63 70 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0CA2 ■-■■■■ 13 0.00045<br />

0.55 T1, T2, T3 71 M 2845 1.8 77.8 77 73.8 0.76 1.33 3.9 6.7 3.8 25 22 63 70 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0CA3 ■-■■■■ 15 0.00056<br />

0.75 T1, T2, T3 80 M 2840 2.5 80.7 81.7 80.8 0.86 1.7 2.6 5.7 2.8 22 19 64 71 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0011<br />

1.1 T1, T2, T3 80 M 2845 3.7 82.7 83.7 82.7 0.85 2.4 3.1 6.7 3.2 22 14 65 73 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 21 0.0013<br />

1.3 T1, T2, T3 90 S 2900 4.3 83.5 84.2 83 0.89 2.7 2.7 7.4 3.4 9 8 68 75 ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 26 0.0021<br />

1.85 T1, T2, T3 90 L 2890 6.1 85.1 86 85.9 0.92 3.7 2.7 7.8 3.2 8 7 68 75 ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 32 0.0031<br />

2.5 T1, T2, T3 100 L 2895 8.2 86.4 87.5 86.9 0.92 4.9 2.7 7.7 3.3 10 9 68 75 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1AA4 ■-■■■■ 37 0.0054<br />

3.3 T1, T2, T3 112 M 2940 10.7 87.4 87.6 87.3 0.92 6.5 1.9 7.3 2.9 10 9 70 77 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 43 0.012<br />

4.6 T1, T2, T3 132 S 2950 15 88.6 89.8 90.1 0.91 8.7 1.7 7.5 3.1 16 13 72 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CA0 ■-■■■■ 61 0.024<br />

5.5 T3 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.3 90.4 0.93 10.2 1.9 7.7 3 16 14 72 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CA1 ■-■■■■ 75 0.031<br />

7.5 T3 160 M 2955 24 90.1 90.2 88.6 0.9 13.7 2.3 8.2 3.2 37 21 78 85 2) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

10 T3 160 M 2955 32.5 90.9 91.1 90.6 0.91 18 2.3 8 3.1 29 15 78 85 2) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

12.5 T3 160 M 2945 40.5 91.5 91.9 91.7 0.92 22.5 2.2 7.6 2.8 26 13 78 85 2) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 125 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

15 T3 180 M 2955 48.5 91.9 92.3 91.2 0.89 27.5 2.6 8.3 3.6 21 8 74 81 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 165 0.08<br />

20 T3 200 L 2970 64 92.5 92.7 91.7 0.84 38 1.9 7 3.1 42 7 3) 76 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AA4 ■-■■■■ 220 0.12<br />

24 T3 200 L 2970 77 92.9 93.1 92.8 0.86 44.5 2 7.1 3 39 11 75 82 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AA5 ■-■■■■ 245 0.15<br />

28 T3 225 M 2960 90 93.2 93.7 93.5 0.9 52 2.4 5.9 2.6 30 11 76 90 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-2BA2 ■-■■■■ 330 0.266<br />

36 T3 250 M 2975 116 93.7 93.8 93.1 0.91 65 2.4 6.2 2.7 35 17 75 88 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2CA2 ■-■■■■ 420 0.466<br />

47 T3 280 S 2975 151 94.1 94.2 93.5 0.9 84 2.7 6.4 2.6 21 9 75 89 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-2DA0 ■-■■■■ 530 0.826<br />

58 T3 280 M 2975 186 94.4 94.5 94 0.91 103 2.6 6.5 2.6 20 8 3) 75 89 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-2DA2 ■-■■■■ 620 0.934<br />

68 T3 315 S 2982 220 94.6 94.6 93.8 0.92 119 2.2 6.6 2.8 33 15 75 89 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AA0 ■-■■■■ 950 1.67<br />

80 T3 315 M 2982 255 94.8 94.9 94.3 0.93 140 2.2 6.4 2.6 28 15 75 89 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AA2 ■-■■■■ 1020 1.95<br />

100 T3 315 L 2982 320 95.1 95.1 94.6 0.93 172 2.4 6.7 2.7 23 10 75 89 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AA4 ■-■■■■ 1190 2.32<br />

125 T3 315 L 2980 400 95.3 95.4 94.9 0.92 215 2.3 6.6 2.7 19 10 76 91 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AA5 ■-■■■■ 1210 2.34<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 4) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 4) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 4) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB ■■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A).<br />

These sound power levels are above the set values in the VIK recommendation<br />

in the "standard" version. This difference must be agreed between<br />

the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

The t E time T3 of<br />

- 1MB1543-2AA4 at 7s is below the set value of 7.8 s<br />

- 1MB1543-2DA2 at 8 s is below the set values of 8.6 s<br />

from the VIK recommendation. This difference must be agreed between<br />

the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

4)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/41


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

5<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Tem-<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz pera-<br />

ture<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

1) 1) Article No.<br />

class<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 and T2 with second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)<br />

6.5 2) T1, T2 132 S 2930 21 87.6 88.8 90.1 0.93 12.2 1.6 6.5 2.5 13 – 72 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CA1 ■-■■■■ 75 0.031<br />

9.5 T1, T2 160 M 2935 31 90.8 91.4 91.6 0.91 17.4 1.8 6.4 2.5 32 – 78 85 3) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 100 0.053<br />

13 2) T1, T2 160 M 2925 42.5 89.9 90.9 91.4 0.92 23.5 1.8 6.1 2.4 22 – 78 85 3) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 110 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

16 2) T1, T2 160 L 2910 53 90.5 91.9 92.4 0.92 29.5 1.7 5.8 2.2 17 – 78 85 3) ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 125 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

19 T1, T2 180 M 2935 62 92.4 93.1 92.9 0.91 34.5 2.0 6.6 2.8 16 – 74 81 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 165 0.08<br />

25 T1, T2 200 L 2955 81 93.0 93.7 94.0 0.86 46.5 1.5 5.7 2.5 21 – 76 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AA4 ■-■■■■ 220 0.12<br />

31 T1, T2 200 L 2950 100 93.4 93.9 94.2 0.88 57 1.5 5.4 2.3 23 – 75 82 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AA5 ■-■■■■ 245 0.15<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 4) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 4) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 4) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB1■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A).<br />

2) Only complies with efficiency classification IE2.<br />

3) These sound power levels are above the set values in the VIK recommendation<br />

in the "standard" version. This difference must be agreed between<br />

the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

4) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

5/42 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Temperature<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB5543 – Basic Line<br />

IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz<br />

class<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

1) 1)<br />

1MB5643 – Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 to T3<br />

0.25 T1, T2, T3 71 M 1385 1.72 73.5 72.7 68.3 0.72 0.75 2.4 4.1 2.6 73 65 59 66 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0CB2 ■-■■■■ 13 0.00095<br />

0.37 T1, T2, T3 71 M 1400 2.5 77.3 76.7 73 0.7 1.02 3.3 4.9 3.1 66 59 56 63 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0CB3 ■-■■■■ 16 0.0014<br />

0.55 T1, T2, T3 80 M 1435 3.7 80.8 80.7 77.7 0.77 1.37 2.2 5.4 2.8 34 30 57 64 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DB2 ■-■■■■ 18 0.0021<br />

0.75 T1, T2, T3 80 M 1440 4.95 82.5 82.6 80.8 0.76 1.8 2.7 6.4 3.2 28 25 60 67 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DB3 ■-■■■■ 22 0.0029<br />

1 T1, T2, T3 90 S 1435 6.7 83.7 84.3 82.8 0.78 2.3 3 6.7 3.4 35 31 57 64 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EB0 ■-■■■■ 25 0.0036<br />

1.35 T1, T2, T3 90 L 1440 9 84.9 85.1 83.7 0.78 3.05 3 7 3.6 30 27 62 69 3) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 31 0.0049<br />

2 T1, T2, T3 100 L 1455 13.1 86.3 86.7 86 0.85 4 2.4 7.7 3.3 28 25 61 68 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1AB4 ■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

2.5 T1, T2, T3 100 L 1455 16 87.1 88.1 87.6 0.85 5.1 2.4 7.9 3.2 18 16 63 70 3) ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1AB5 ■-■■■■ 40 0.014<br />

3.6 T1, T2, T3 112 M 1460 24 88.3 88.8 88 0.83 7.3 2.2 8 3.4 14 13 59 66 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1BB2 ■-■■■■ 43 0.017<br />

5 T1, T2, T3 132 S 1470 32 89.3 90.1 89.8 0.84 9.8 2.1 7.5 3 27 23 62 69 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CB0 ■-■■■■ 67 0.034<br />

6.8 T1, T2, T3 132 M 1470 44 90.2 90.7 90.4 0.84 13.4 2.2 7.7 3.1 26 23 66 73 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CB2 ■-■■■■ 82 0.046<br />

10 T1, T2, T3 160 M 1475 65 91.2 91.6 90.9 0.84 19.6 1.7 6.6 2.8 28 21 66 73 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1DB2 ■-■■■■ 110 0.083<br />

13.5 T1, T2, T3 160 L 1475 87 91.9 92.1 91.4 0.84 26.5 2.7 7.4 3.1 23 11 66 73 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1DB4 ■-■■■■ 130 0.099<br />

15 T3 180 M 1470 97 92.1 92.5 92.5 0.82 30 2.4 7.6 3.4 22 8 67 74 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

17.5 T3 180 L 1470 114 92.5 93 93 0.83 34.5 2.3 7.5 3.3 23 7 2) 69 76 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 180 0.14<br />

24 T3 200 L 1475 155 93.1 93.4 93 0.84 46.5 2.4 7.6 3.3 20 6 2) 65 72 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AB5 ■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

30 T3 225 S 1485 193 93.6 93.7 93.1 0.84 57 3 7.3 3.1 32 13 66 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2BB0 ■-■■■■ 300 0.417<br />

36 T3 225 M 1482 230 93.9 94.3 94.2 0.85 67 3 7.1 2.9 31 11 66 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2BB2 ■-■■■■ 370 0.545<br />

44 T3 250 M 1486 285 94.2 94.5 94.2 0.86 80 3.1 7.6 3.1 37 18 69 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2CB2 ■-■■■■ 480 0.975<br />

58 T3 280 S 1488 370 94.6 94.8 94.3 0.87 1<strong>06</strong> 2.8 7.2 3 45 20 68 82 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DB0 ■-■■■■ 680 1.7<br />

70 T3 280 M 1490 450 94.9 95.1 94.9 0.86 129 3.1 7.6 2.9 29 13 69 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DB2 ■-■■■■ 670 1.61<br />

84 T3 315 S 1492 540 95.1 95.1 94.6 0.85 156 2.2 7.1 2.8 22 9 69 84 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB0 ■-■■■■ 900 2.38<br />

100 T3 315 M 1491 640 95.3 95.4 94.9 0.86 184 2.2 7 2.7 33 16 70 85 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB2 ■-■■■■ 980 2.88<br />

115 T3 315 L 1492 740 95.5 95.5 95 0.85 215 2.5 7.1 3 35 15 72 86 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB4 ■-■■■■ 1110 3.18<br />

135 T3 315 L 1492 860 95.7 95.8 95.3 0.85 250 2.4 7.1 2.9 22 9 70 85 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB5 ■-■■■■ 1190 3.67<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 4) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 4) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 4) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB . ■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A).<br />

The tE time T3 of<br />

– 1MB1543-1EB4 at 7s falls below the set value of 7.2s from the<br />

VIK recommendation<br />

– 1MB1543-2AB5 at 6s falls below the set value of 7.1s from the<br />

VIK recommendation.<br />

These differences must be agreed between the manufacturer and the<br />

operator.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

These sound power levels are above the set values in the VIK recommendation<br />

in the "standard" version. This difference must be agreed between<br />

the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/43


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

5<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Temperature<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB5543 – Basic Line<br />

IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz<br />

class<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

1) 1)<br />

1MB5643 – Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 and T2 with second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)<br />

17 T1, T2 180 M 1465 111 92.4 93.3 93.4 0.83 33.5 2.1 6.9 2.9 19 – 67 74 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 165 0.13<br />

20 T1, T2 180 L 1465 130 92.8 93.9 94.2 0.84 39.0 2 6.6 2.9 18 – 71 78 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 180 0.14<br />

27 T1, T2 200 L 1470 175 93.4 94.0 94.1 0.85 52 2.1 6.9 2.9 16 – 66 73 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2AB5 ■-■■■■ 240 0.22<br />

33 T1, T2 225 S 1482 215 93.6 93.9 93.5 0.85 62 2.7 6.7 2.8 30 – 65 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2BB0 ■-■■■■ 300 0.417<br />

40 T1, T2 225 M 1480 260 94.1 94.7 94.8 0.86 75 2.7 6.3 2.6 27 – 66 79 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2BB2 ■-■■■■ 370 0.545<br />

50 T1, T2 250 M 1485 320 94.4 94.9 94.9 0.87 91 2.7 6.7 2.7 35 – 70 84 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2CB2 ■-■■■■ 480 0.975<br />

68 T1, T2 280 S 1485 435 94.9 95.3 95.2 0.88 124 2.4 6.1 2.6 40 – 69 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DB0 ■-■■■■ 680 1.7<br />

80 T1, T2 280 M 1490 510 95.1 95.6 95.6 0.87 146 2.7 6.7 2.5 23 – 69 83 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DB2 ■-■■■■ 670 1.61<br />

100 T1, T2 315 S 1490 640 95.3 95.6 95.4 0.86 185 1.8 6 2.3 19 – 71 85 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB0 ■-■■■■ 900 2.38<br />

120 T1, T2 315 M 1488 770 95.5 95.8 95.7 0.86 220 1.8 5.8 2.2 28 – 76 91 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB2 ■-■■■■ 980 2.88<br />

135 T1, T2 315 L 1490 870 95.7 96 95.8 0.86 250 2.1 6.1 2.5 23 – 74 89 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB4 ■-■■■■ 1110 3.18<br />

165 T1, T2 315 L 1488 1<strong>06</strong>0 95.8 96.1 96.0 0.86 305 2 5.8 2.3 17 – 72 87 ▲ 1MB5 ■43-3AB5 ■-■■■■ 1190 3.67<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB . ■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A). 2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

5/44 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Temperature<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB5543 – Basic Line<br />

IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz<br />

class<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

1) 1)<br />

1MB5643 – Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 to T3<br />

0.25 T1, T2, T3 71 M 875 2.75 68.6 69.8 67.9 0.72 0.72 2.4 3.4 2.4 500 233 58 65 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0CC3 ■-■■■■ 16 0.00015<br />

0.37 T1, T2, T3 80 M 935 3.8 73.5 72.6 68 0.64 1.16 2.3 4.2 2.7 73 65 55 62 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DC2 ■-■■■■ 19 0.00025<br />

0.55 T1, T2, T3 80 M 925 5.7 77.2 77.1 74.3 0.65 1.65 2.6 4.4 2.9 94 82 60 67 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0DC3 ■-■■■■ 22 0.0031<br />

0.65 T1, T2, T3 90 S 940 6.6 78.3 79.3 77.8 0.7 1.8 1.8 4.2 2.4 87 77 61 68 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 26 0.004<br />

0.95 T1, T2, T3 90 L 935 9.7 80.2 81.3 79.9 0.71 2.5 2.2 4.7 2.5 64 56 60 67 2) ▲ 1MB1 5 43-0EC4 ■-■■■■ 31 0.0048<br />

1.3 T1, T2, T3 100 L 955 13 81.8 82.5 80.5 0.71 3.4 2.5 5.3 2.8 63 55 58 65 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1AC4 ■-■■■■ 36 0.011<br />

1.9 T1, T2, T3 112 M 960 18.9 83.6 84.5 83.7 0.74 4.5 2.6 6.6 3.2 45 40 60 67 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1BC2 ■-■■■■ 46 0.017<br />

2.6 T1, T2, T3 132 S 980 25.5 85 85.8 85.3 0.75 5.8 2.1 6.5 2.8 54 48 63 70 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CC0 ■-■■■■ 70 0.029<br />

3.5 T1, T2, T3 132 M 975 34.5 86.3 87.4 87.3 0.76 7.8 1.8 5.8 2.5 31 27 68 75 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CC2 ■-■■■■ 70 0.037<br />

4.8 T1, T2, T3 132 M 975 47 87.5 88.4 88.3 0.76 10.5 2.1 6.2 2.7 34 30 69 76 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1CC3 ■-■■■■ 82 0.046<br />

6.6 T1, T2, T3 160 M 980 64 88.6 88.7 87.8 0.8 13.8 2.4 6.8 2.8 37 33 67 74 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1DC2 ■-■■■■ 120 0.098<br />

9.7 T1, T2, T3 160 L 980 95 89.9 90 89 0.79 20.5 2.7 7.1 2.9 22 19 70 77 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-1DC4 ■-■■■■ 145 0.12<br />

13.2 T1, T2, T3 180 L 975 129 90.8 91.4 91.6 0.77 28 2.1 6.2 2.8 38 17 66 73 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 180 0.19<br />

16.5 T1, T2, T3 200 L 975 162 91.4 92.3 92.5 0.8 34.5 2 5.4 2.3 52 12 60 67 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 215 0.28<br />

20 T1, T2, T3 200 L 985 194 91.9 92.1 91.3 0.79 43 1.7 6.5 3 40 16 69 76 ▲ 1MB1 ■ 43-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 265 0.33<br />

27 T1, T2, T3 225 M 985 220 92.7 93.2 93.1 0.82 52 2.8 6.9 3.1 61 24 64 77 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2BC2 ■-■■■■ 390 0.845<br />

33 T1, T2, T3 250 M 985 265 93.1 93.9 94 0.85 63 2.4 6.3 2.6 61 22 65 78 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2CC2 ■-■■■■ 480 1.27<br />

40 T1, T2, T3 280 S 988 320 93.5 94.1 94 0.86 75 2.8 6.3 2.5 47 13 66 80 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DC0 ■-■■■■ 570 1.64<br />

46 T3 280 M 990 370 93.8 94.2 94.1 0.84 87 3.4 7.5 3 28 13 63 77 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DC2 ■-■■■■ 570 1.64<br />

64 T3 315 S 992 510 94.4 94.6 94.1 0.86 118 2.4 7.5 3.3 32 15 65 79 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC0 ■-■■■■ 870 3.25<br />

76 T3 315 M 992 610 94.6 94.9 94.6 0.87 139 2.3 7.4 3.2 28 11 65 79 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC2 ■-■■■■ 900 3.54<br />

92 T3 315 L 991 740 94.9 95.2 95.1 0.88 167 2.3 6.9 3 37 13 69 83 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC4 ■-■■■■ 1090 4.52<br />

110 T3 315 L 992 880 95.1 95.3 95.1 0.87 198 2.5 7.6 3.3 26 9 71 86 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC5 ■-■■■■ 1170 5.16<br />

125 T3 315 L 992 1000 95.3 95.5 95.1 0.85 230 2.4 6.7 2.7 28 9 70 84 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC6 ■-■■■■ 1180 4.89<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 3) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 3) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 3) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB . ■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A).<br />

These sound power levels are above the set values in the VIK recommendation<br />

in the "standard" version. This difference must be agreed between<br />

the manufacturer and the operator.<br />

3)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/45


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with type of protection Ex eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB1643, 1MB5543, 1MB5643 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

5<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P 1MB1543 – Basic Line<br />

rated, Temperature<br />

size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated, I rated, T rated, 50Hz, 50Hz, 50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / t E, t E, L pfA, L WA,<br />

m<br />

1MB5543 – Basic Line<br />

IM B3 J<br />

50 Hz<br />

class<br />

1MB1643 – Performance Line<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz T1/T2 T3<br />

1) 1)<br />

1MB5643 – Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, temperature classes T1 and T2 with second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3)<br />

50 T1, T2 280 M 988 485 93.9 94.5 94.5 0.85 94 3.1 6.9 2.8 27 – 63 77 ▲ 1MB1 ■43-2DC2 ■-■■■■ 570 1.64<br />

68 T1, T2 315 S 991 660 94.5 94.7 94.4 0.87 125 2.3 7 3.1 31 – 66 80 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC0 ■-■■■■ 870 3.25<br />

82 T1, T2 315 M 991 790 94.7 95.1 94.9 0.88 149 2.2 6.9 3 25 – 65 79 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC2 ■-■■■■ 900 3.54<br />

98 T1, T2 315 L 990 950 95 95.4 95.4 0.88 179 2.2 6.5 2.8 34 – 69 84 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC4 ■-■■■■ 1090 4.52<br />

120 T1, T2 315 L 991 1160 95.2 95.6 95.5 0.88 218 2.3 6.9 3.1 23 – 71 86 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC5 ■-■■■■ 1170 5.16<br />

135 T1, T2 315 L 991 1300 95.4 95.7 95.5 0.85 250 2.2 6.2 2.5 24 – 70 85 ▲ 1MB5 ■ 43-3AC6 ■-■■■■ 1180 4.89<br />

Basic Line 5<br />

Performance Line 6<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/53 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/62 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/70<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/75<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/87 1MB . ■43- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1) Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance + 3dB(A). 2) Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5 (IM V3<br />

and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

5/46 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB55 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated I rated T rated<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz 1) L WA,<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1MB1553/1MB5553 m<br />

50 Hz 1) IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

2-pole: 3000 rpm at 50 Hz, 3600 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.37 0.37 71 M 2850 1.2 73.8 73.3 69.7 0.76 0.95 3.5 5.8 3.5 57 64 ▲ 1MB1553-0CA2 ■-■■■■ 24 0.00045<br />

0.55 0.55 71 M 2850 1.8 77.8 77.5 74.5 0.76 1.34 3.7 6.1 3.7 57 68 ▲ 1MB1553-0CA3 ■-■■■■ 25 0.00056<br />

0.75 0.75 80 M 2850 2.5 80.7 82.2 81.9 0.86 1.56 2.6 6.2 3 58 69 ▲ 1MB1553-0DA2 ■-■■■■ 30 0.0011<br />

1.1 1.1 80 M 2885 3.6 82.7 83.9 83.1 0.85 2.25 3 7.1 3.3 58 78 ▲ 1MB1553-0DA3 ■-■■■■ 32 0.0013<br />

1.5 1.5 90 S 2910 4.9 84.2 84.6 83.2 0.86 3 2.7 8.1 4.2 60 71 ▲ 1MB1553-0EA0 ■-■■■■ 41 0.0021<br />

2.2 2.2 90 L 2910 7.2 85.9 86.8 86.1 0.88 4.2 2.6 8.3 4 60 73 ▲ 1MB1553-0EA4 ■-■■■■ 45 0.0031<br />

3 3 100 L 2920 9.8 87.1 87.9 87.5 0.88 5.6 3.2 8.1 4.6 65 82 ▲ 1MB1553-1AA4 ■-■■■■ 64 0.0054<br />

4 4 112 M 2950 13 88.1 88.7 88.2 0.89 7.4 2.5 8.7 4 65 77 ▲ 1MB1553-1BA2 ■-■■■■ 74 0.012<br />

5.5 5.5 132 S 2950 18 89.2 90.1 89.7 0.9 9.9 1.9 7.3 3.7 68 80 ▲ 1MB1553-1CA0 ■-■■■■ 95 0.024<br />

7.5 7.5 132 S 2950 24 90.1 90.9 90.7 0.92 13.1 2.1 8.3 4 68 78 ▲ 1MB1553-1CA1 ■-■■■■ 1<strong>06</strong> 0.031<br />

11 11 160 M 2955 36 91.2 91.3 90.2 0.87 20 2.5 7.6 3.8 68 80 ▲ 1MB1553-1DA2 ■-■■■■ 169 0.053<br />

15 15 160 M 2960 48 91.9 91.9 91 0.87 27 2.8 8.8 4.3 70 82 ▲ 1MB1553-1DA3 ■-■■■■ 179 0.<strong>06</strong>1<br />

18.5 18.5 160 L 2955 60 92.4 92.8 92.3 0.9 32 2.8 8.3 3.9 70 84 ▲ 1MB1553-1DA4 ■-■■■■ 190 0.<strong>06</strong>8<br />

22 22 180 M 2950 71 92.7 93 92.4 0.89 38.5 2.3 7.5 3.5 70 80 ▲ 1MB1553-1EA2 ■-■■■■ 238 0.08<br />

30 30 200 L 2955 97 93.3 93.6 93.3 0.87 53 2.5 7 3.3 69 81 ▲ 1MB1553-2AA4 ■-■■■■ 324 0.134<br />

37 37 200 L 2955 120 93.7 93.9 93.5 0.88 65 2.5 7.1 3.2 69 82 ▲ 1MB1553-2AA5 ■-■■■■ 348 0.158<br />

45 45 225 M 2960 145 94 94.5 94.4 0.89 78 2.4 6.9 3.3 73 87 ▲ 1MB1553-2BA2 ■-■■■■ 447 0.26<br />

55 55 250 M 2975 177 94.3 94.5 93.9 0.89 95 2.3 6.7 3.1 73 87 ▲ 1MB1553-2CA2 ■-■■■■ 532 0.46<br />

75 75 280 S 2975 241 94.7 94.8 94.2 0.89 128 2.5 7.3 2.7 78 92 ▲ 1MB1553-2DA0 ■-■■■■ 729 0.77<br />

90 90 280 M 2975 289 95 95.2 94.8 0.9 152 2.4 7.5 3.1 79 93 ▲ 1MB1553-2DA2 ■-■■■■ 763 0.926<br />

110 110 315 S 2982 352 95.2 95.3 94.7 0.91 183 2.3 7.2 3.2 80 94 ▲ 1MB5553-3AA0 ■-■■■■ 1100 1.76<br />

132 132 315 M 2984 422 95.4 95.4 94.7 0.91 220 1.9 7.5 2.5 80 94 ▲ 1MB5553-3AA2 ■-■■■■ 1230 1.99<br />

160 160 315 L 2980 513 95.6 95.7 95.3 0.91 265 1.8 6.9 2.3 80 94 ▲ 1MB5553-3AA4 ■-■■■■ 1300 2.29<br />

200 200 315 L 2980 641 95.8 96 95.7 0.92 330 1.9 6.9 2.4 80 94 ▲ 1MB5553-3AA5 ■-■■■■ 1430 2.65<br />

250 250 315 L 2982 801 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.91 415 2.8 7.2 3 80 94 ▲ 1MB5553-3AA6 ■-■■■■ 1590 2.82<br />

315 315 355 M 2986 1007 95.8 95.9 95.4 0.9 530 2.1 7.8 2.8 83 98 ▲ 1MB5553-3BA2 ■-■■■■ 2130 4.31<br />

355 355 355 M 2975 1139 95.8 96.1 96 0.92 580 2.4 6.6 2.5 83 98 ▲ 1MB5553-3BA3 ■-■■■■ 2340 5.8<br />

400 400 355 L 2986 1279 95.8 96 95.7 0.89 680 2.3 7.6 2.9 83 98 ▲ 1MB5553-3BA4 ■-■■■■ 2610 5.9<br />

460 460 355 L 2990 1469 95.8 95.8 95.3 0.89 780 2.8 9 3.5 83 98 ▲ 1MB5553-3BA5 ■-■■■■ 2620 5.9<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/54 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/65 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/71<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/76<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/91 1MB.553- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/50<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/47


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB55 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated I rated T rated<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz 1) L WA,<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1MB1553/1MB5553 m<br />

50 Hz 1) IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

4-pole: 1500 rpm at 50 Hz, 1800 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.25 0.25 71 M 1395 1.7 73.5 73.7 70.4 0.72 0.68 2.5 4.2 2.6 64 64 ▲ 1MB1553-0CB2 ■-■■■■ 25 0.00095<br />

0.37 0.37 71 M 1410 2.5 77.3 76.8 73.2 0.70 0.99 3.1 4.8 3.1 70 70 ▲ 1MB1553-0CB3 ■-■■■■ 27 0.0014<br />

0.55 0.55 80 M 1440 3.6 80.8 81.1 79.3 0.78 1.26 2.1 5.9 3.1 69 69 ▲ 1MB1553-0DB2 ■-■■■■ 30 0.0021<br />

0.75 0.75 80 M 1450 4.9 82.5 82.3 79.9 0.75 1.75 2.7 7.1 3.9 70 70 ▲ 1MB1553-0DB3 ■-■■■■ 33 0.0029<br />

1.1 1.1 90 S 1440 7.3 84.1 84.7 83.4 0.78 2.4 2.9 6.9 3.6 72 72 ▲ 1MB1553-0EB0 ■-■■■■ 42 0.0036<br />

1.5 1.5 90 L 1445 10 85.3 85.9 84.9 0.80 3.15 2.7 7.2 3.6 63 63 ▲ 1MB1553-0EB4 ■-■■■■ 45 0.0049<br />

2.2 2.2 100 L 1465 14 86.7 87.0 85.9 0.83 4.4 3.2 8.4 4.4 77 77 ▲ 1MB1553-1AB4 ■-■■■■ 67 0.014<br />

3 3 100 M 1460 20 87.7 88.5 87.9 0.83 5.9 2.5 8.3 3.9 69 69 ▲ 1MB1553-1AB5 ■-■■■■ 68 0.014<br />

4 4 112 S 1460 26 88.6 89.2 88.6 0.82 7.9 2.4 7.1 3.7 69 69 ▲ 1MB1553-1BB2 ■-■■■■ 76 0.017<br />

5.5 5.5 132 S 1470 36 89.6 90.0 89.4 0.82 10.8 2.9 8.6 3.7 80 80 ▲ 1MB1553-1CB0 ■-■■■■ 109 0.034<br />

7.5 7.5 132 M 1465 49 90.4 91.1 90.8 0.84 14.3 2.6 8.2 3.7 76 76 ▲ 1MB1553-1CB2 ■-■■■■ 120 0.046<br />

11 11 160 M 1475 71 91.4 91.8 91.2 0.84 20.5 2.6 7.6 3.4 81 81 ▲ 1MB1553-1DB2 ■-■■■■ 179 0.071<br />

15 15 160 L 1475 97 92.1 92.3 91.5 0.82 28.5 2.5 8.5 3.8 71 71 ▲ 1MB1553-1DB4 ■-■■■■ 191 0.085<br />

18.5 18.5 180 M 1470 120 92.6 93.1 93.0 0.82 35 2.5 7.2 3.3 82 82 ▲ 1MB1553-1EB2 ■-■■■■ 240 0.13<br />

22 22 180 L 1470 143 93.0 93.6 93.6 0.83 41 2.3 6.8 3.3 76 76 ▲ 1MB1553-1EB4 ■-■■■■ 249 0.14<br />

30 30 200 L 1470 195 93.6 94.2 94.2 0.84 55 2.6 7.3 3.1 75 75 ▲ 1MB1553-2AB5 ■-■■■■ 346 0.24<br />

37 37 225 S 1480 239 93.9 94.5 94.4 0.86 66 2.5 6.4 2.7 63 77 ▲ 1MB1553-2BB0 ■-■■■■ 456 0.467<br />

45 45 225 M 1475 291 94.2 94.7 94.6 0.86 80 2.6 6.4 2.7 64 78 ▲ 1MB1553-2BB2 ■-■■■■ 466 0.52<br />

55 55 250 M 1482 354 94.6 95.1 95 0.87 96 2.5 6.8 2.9 66 79 ▲ 1MB1553-2CB2 ■-■■■■ 563 0.85<br />

75 75 280 S 1486 482 95 95.3 95 0.86 133 2.5 6.9 3 72 86 ▲ 1MB1553-2DB0 ■-■■■■ 782 1.4<br />

90 90 280 M 1485 579 95.2 95.5 95.3 0.87 157 2.6 7.2 3 70 84 ▲ 1MB1553-2DB2 ■-■■■■ 818 1.7<br />

110 110 315 S 1490 705 95.4 95.7 95.4 0.85 196 2.4 6.6 2.6 75 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3AB0 ■-■■■■ 1150 2.48<br />

132 132 315 M 1490 846 95.6 95.9 95.7 0.86 230 2.1 7 2.7 75 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3AB2 ■-■■■■ 1270 2.79<br />

160 160 315 L 1491 1025 95.8 96 95.6 0.85 285 2.3 7.5 3 75 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3AB4 ■-■■■■ 1330 3.17<br />

200 200 315 L 1490 1282 96 96.4 96.3 0.86 350 2.3 7.6 2.8 75 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3AB5 ■-■■■■ 1480 3.79<br />

250 250 315 L 1490 1602 96 96.2 95.9 0.87 430 2.1 7.2 2.8 75 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3AB6 ■-■■■■ 1660 4.55<br />

315 315 355 M 1491 2017 96 96.2 95.8 0.86 550 2.3 8 2.9 81 95 ▲ 1MB5553-3BB2 ■-■■■■ 2140 5.6<br />

355 355 355 M 1491 2274 96 96.1 95.8 0.88 610 2.2 7.5 3.1 81 95 ▲ 1MB5553-3BB3 ■-■■■■ 2240 6.36<br />

400 400 355 L 1491 2562 96 96.1 95.9 0.87 690 2.1 7.3 3 80 95 ▲ 1MB5553-3BB4 ■-■■■■ 2420 7.<strong>06</strong><br />

460 460 355 L 1492 2944 96 96.2 96 0.85 810 3.1 8.4 3.3 80 96 ▲ 1MB5553-3BB5 ■-■■■■ 2720 8.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/54 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/65 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/71<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/76<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/91 1MB.553- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/50<br />

5/48 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB55 – self-ventilated<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

P rated,<br />

50 Hz<br />

P rated,<br />

60 Hz<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

n rated, T rated,<br />

50 Hz 50 Hz<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

3/4<br />

rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

2/4<br />

cos rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

4/4<br />

I rated,<br />

50 Hz,<br />

400 V<br />

T LR / I LR / T B /<br />

T rated I rated T rated<br />

L pfA,<br />

50 Hz 1) L WA,<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

1MB1553/1MB5553 m<br />

50 Hz 1) IM B3 J<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

6-pole: 1000 rpm at 50 Hz, 1200 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.18 0.18 71 M 885 1.94 63.9 64.6 60.8 0.69 0.59 2.3 2.8 2.3 39 68 ▲ 1MB1553-0CC2 ■-■■■■ 24 0.001<br />

0.25 0.25 71 M 885 2.70 68.6 69.5 66.2 0.69 0.76 2.6 3.2 2.6 39 50 ▲ 1MB1553-0CC3 ■-■■■■ 26 0.0015<br />

0.37 0.37 80 M 940 3.76 73.1 69.4 69.4 0.66 1.10 2.3 4.2 2.7 46 57 ▲ 1MB1553-0DC2 ■-■■■■ 31 0.0025<br />

0.55 0.55 80 M 935 5.60 77.2 77.0 73.9 0.67 1.53 2.5 4.5 2.8 42 68 ▲ 1MB1553-0DC3 ■-■■■■ 34 0.0031<br />

0.75 0.75 90 S 945 7.60 78.9 80.0 78.8 0.70 1.96 2.2 4.6 2.6 42 66 ▲ 1MB1553-0EC0 ■-■■■■ 43 0.004<br />

1.1 1.1 100 L 965 10.9 81 81.1 79.4 0.74 2.65 2.6 7.2 3.7 62 69 ▲ 1MB1553-1AC3 ■-■■■■ 67 0.014<br />

1.5 1.5 112 L 975 14.7 82.5 82.5 81.0 0.70 3.75 3.7 7.9 4.1 57 64 ▲ 1MB1553-1BC1 ■-■■■■ 75 0.017<br />

2.2 2.2 132 S 975 29.4 85.6 86.6 86.3 0.75 6.7 2.4 7.3 3.5 59 66 ▲ 1MB1553-1CC1 ■-■■■■ 96 0.037<br />

3 3 132 S 975 21.5 84.3 85.2 84.7 0.74 5.1 2.5 7.3 3.6 59 66 ▲ 1MB1553-1CC0 ■-■■■■ 96 0.037<br />

4 4 132 M 970 39.3 86.8 87.9 87.7 0.76 8.8 2.4 7 3.4 59 66 ▲ 1MB1553-1CC2 ■-■■■■ 101 0.037<br />

5.5 5.5 132 M 975 54 88 88.8 88.4 0.77 11.7 2.5 7.4 3.6 59 66 ▲ 1MB1553-1CC3 ■-■■■■ 115 0.046<br />

7.5 7.5 160 M 982 73 89.1 89.7 89.2 0.81 15 2.9 7.2 3 62 69 ▲ 1MB1553-1DC2 ■-■■■■ 184 0.098<br />

11 11 160 L 982 107 90.3 90.7 89.9 0.81 21.5 3.1 7.6 3.2 62 69 ▲ 1MB1553-1DC4 ■-■■■■ 200 0.12<br />

15 15 180 L 975 147 91.2 91.9 91.9 0.80 29.5 2.3 5.9 2.8 67 68 ▲ 1MB1553-1EC4 ■-■■■■ 236 0.19<br />

18.5 18.5 200 L 978 181 91.7 92.5 92.5 0.79 37.0 2.5 5.6 2.6 61 71 ▲ 1MB1553-2AC4 ■-■■■■ 325 0.28<br />

22 22 200 L 978 215 92.2 93.1 93.2 0.79 43.5 2.5 5.6 2.6 64 72 ▲ 1MB1553-2AC5 ■-■■■■ 339 0.32<br />

30 30 225 M 982 292 92.9 93.6 93.5 0.83 56 2.6 6.6 3 64 77 ▲ 1MB1553-2BC2 ■-■■■■ 458 0.67<br />

37 37 250 M 986 358 93.3 93.9 93.8 0.84 68 2.7 7.2 2.9 58 72 ▲ 1MB1553-2CC2 ■-■■■■ 533 1.01<br />

45 45 280 S 988 435 93.7 94.4 94.3 0.85 82 3 6.8 2.8 60 75 ▲ 1MB1553-2DC0 ■-■■■■ 729 1.4<br />

55 55 280 M 988 532 94.1 94.6 94.4 0.85 99 3.2 7.2 3 60 74 ▲ 1MB1553-2DC2 ■-■■■■ 748 1.6<br />

75 75 315 S 992 722 94.6 94.8 94.2 0.8 143 2.4 7.6 2.9 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC0 ■-■■■■ 1070 2.98<br />

90 90 315 M 992 866 94.9 95.2 94.8 0.82 167 2.5 7.7 2.9 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC2 ■-■■■■ 1130 3.54<br />

110 110 315 L 992 1059 95.1 95.4 95.1 0.83 200 2.4 7.7 2.8 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC4 ■-■■■■ 1270 4.25<br />

132 132 315 L 992 1271 95.4 95.7 95.5 0.83 240 2.5 7.8 2.9 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC5 ■-■■■■ 1380 4.89<br />

160 160 315 L 992 1540 95.6 96 96.1 0.82 295 2.5 7.3 2.8 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC6 ■-■■■■ 1520 5.7<br />

200 200 315 L 992 1925 95.8 96 95.8 0.81 370 2.8 7 3 68 83 ▲ 1MB5553-3AC7 ■-■■■■ 1670 6.39<br />

250 250 355 S 993 2404 95.8 96.2 96.1 0.84 450 2.5 8 3.1 75 90 ▲ 1MB5553-3BC1 ■-■■■■ 2340 11.3<br />

315 315 355 M 992 3032 95.8 96.3 96.4 0.86 550 2.4 6.8 2.8 75 90 ▲ 1MB5553-3BC2 ■-■■■■ 2630 13.8<br />

355 355 355 M 993 3414 95.8 95.9 95.6 0.84 640 2.6 7.4 3.2 76 91 ▲ 1MB5553-3BC3 ■-■■■■ 2650 13.8<br />

380 380 355 L 993 3654 95.8 96.1 95.9 0.84 680 2.7 7.7 2.9 75 90 ▲ 1MB5553-3BC4 ■-■■■■ 2650 13.5<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/54 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/65 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/71<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/76<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/91 1MB.553- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

5<br />

For footnotes, see page 5/50<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/49


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Zone 1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb · IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB55 – self-ventilated<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Operating values at rated power<br />

Cast-iron series<br />

P rated, P rated, Frame n rated, T rated, rated, rated, rated, cos rated, I rated, T LR / I LR / T B / L pfA,<br />

1MB1553/1MB5553<br />

50 Hz 60 Hz size 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, 50 Hz, T rated I rated T rated 50 Hz 1) WA,<br />

m<br />

50 Hz 1) IM B3 J<br />

4/4 3/4 2/4 4/4 400 V<br />

Article No.<br />

kW kW FS rpm Nm % % % A dB(A) dB(A) ▲ New kg kgm 2<br />

• Cooling: self-ventilated (IC411)<br />

• Efficiency according to IEC 60034-30: IE3 Premium Efficiency<br />

• Insulation: Thermal class 155 (temperature class F), IP55 degree of protection, utilization in accordance with thermal class 130 (temperature class B)<br />

8-pole: 750 rpm at 50 Hz, 900 rpm at 60 Hz 1)<br />

0.09 0.09 71 M 650 1.3 44.1 42.8 37.3 0.64 0.81 1.9 2.2 1.9 58 61 ▲ 1MB1553-0CD2 ■-■■■■ 25<br />

0.12 0.12 71 M 660 1.7 50.7 49.9 44.8 0.63 0.95 2.1 2.5 2.1 58 61 ▲ 1MB1553-0CD3 ■-■■■■ 27<br />

0.18 0.18 80 M 715 2.4 58.7 54.8 47.3 0.51 1.51 1.9 2.9 2.6 59 65 ▲ 1MB1553-0DD2 ■-■■■■ 30<br />

0.25 0.25 80 M 695 3.4 64.1 62.7 57.8 0.57 1.72 1.8 2.9 2.1 59 65 ▲ 1MB1553-0DD3 ■-■■■■ 33<br />

0.37 0.37 90 S 710 5 69.3 68.3 63.7 0.55 2.45 1.6 3.2 2.3 60 73 ▲ 1MB1553-0ED0 ■-■■■■ 43<br />

0.55 0.55 90 L 715 7.3 73 71.2 66.5 0.52 3.65 2.3 3.6 2.7 60 73 ▲ 1MB1553-0ED4 ■-■■■■ 44<br />

0.75 0.75 100 L 700 10.2 75 77.3 76.2 0.70 2.05 1.7 4 2.2 60 67 ▲ 1MB1553-1AD4 ■-■■■■ 59<br />

1.1 1.1 100 L 710 14.9 77.7 79.4 78.2 0.70 2.9 1.9 4.8 2.5 60 67 ▲ 1MB1553-1AD5 ■-■■■■ 64<br />

1.5 1.5 112 M 720 19.9 79.7 80.3 78.6 0.70 3.9 2.1 5 2.8 60 70 ▲ 1MB1553-1BD2 ■-■■■■ 74<br />

2.2 2.2 132 S 720 29.1 81.9 83.4 82.9 0.73 5.3 2.1 6.1 2.7 62 76 ▲ 1MB1553-1CD0 ■-■■■■ 96<br />

3 3 132 M 725 39.5 83.5 84.4 83.6 0.74 7 2.4 6.4 2.9 62 76 ▲ 1MB1553-1CD2 ■-■■■■ 104<br />

4 4 160 M 728 52 84.5 86.0 86.2 0.74 9.2 1.9 5.4 2.4 61 68 ▲ 1MB1553-1DD2 ■-■■■■ 157<br />

5.5 5.5 160 M 732 72 86.2 87.3 86.6 0.74 12.5 2.1 5.9 2.6 61 68 ▲ 1MB1553-1DD3 ■-■■■■ 169<br />

7.5 7.5 160 L 735 98 87.3 87.9 87.0 0.77 16.1 1.8 6.3 2.7 61 68 ▲ 1MB1553-1DD4 ■-■■■■ 183<br />

11 11 180 L 725 145 88.6 89.7 89.6 0.74 24 2.1 5.1 2.4 67 82 ▲ 1MB1553-1ED4 ■-■■■■ 259<br />

15 15 200 L 730 196 89.6 90.1 89.4 0.73 33.5 3 6.8 3.7 65 70 ▲ 1MB1553-2AD5 ■-■■■■ 357<br />

18.5 18.5 225 S 732 241 90.1 90.6 90 0.75 39.5 2.5 5.9 3 56 70 ▲ 1MB1553-2BD0 ■-■■■■ 417 0.5<br />

22 22 225 M 732 287 90.6 91.4 91.2 0.77 45.5 2.6 5.9 2.9 56 70 ▲ 1MB1553-2BD2 ■-■■■■ 425 0.55<br />

30 30 250 M 735 390 91.3 91.8 91.5 0.79 60 2.6 6.1 3 60 74 ▲ 1MB1553-2CD2 ■-■■■■ 512 0.86<br />

37 37 280 S 736 480 91.8 92.5 92.4 0.78 75 2.3 5.4 2.4 63 77 ▲ 1MB1553-2DD0 ■-■■■■ 680 1.1<br />

45 45 280 M 738 582 92.2 92.8 92.6 0.8 88 2.5 5.9 2.5 65 79 ▲ 1MB1553-2DD2 ■-■■■■ 743 1.6<br />

55 55 315 S 744 7<strong>06</strong> 92.5 92.8 92.4 0.81 1<strong>06</strong> 2.4 6.4 2.6 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD0 ■-■■■■ 1020 3.14<br />

75 75 315 M 743 964 93.1 93.5 93.2 0.81 144 2.5 6.3 2.6 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD2 ■-■■■■ 1090 3.14<br />

90 90 315 L 742 1158 93.4 93.9 93.7 0.82 170 2.4 6.3 2.5 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD4 ■-■■■■ 1150 3.76<br />

110 110 315 L 742 1416 94.7 95.1 94.9 0.82 205 2.6 6.6 2.7 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD5 ■-■■■■ 1290 4.48<br />

132 132 315 L 741 1701 94 94.4 94.2 0.82 245 2.4 6 2.5 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD6 ■-■■■■ 1370 5.1<br />

160 160 315 L 741 2<strong>06</strong>2 94.3 94.7 94.7 0.79 310 2.4 6.2 2.4 67 82 ▲ 1MB5553-3AD7 ■-■■■■ 1650 6.78<br />

200 200 355 M 744 2567 94.6 95 95 0.8 380 2.3 7.1 2.7 73 88 ▲ 1MB5553-3BD0 ■-■■■■ 2340 11.3<br />

250 250 355 M 744 3209 94.6 95 95 0.8 475 2.4 7.2 2.9 73 88 ▲ 1MB5553-3BD1 ■-■■■■ 2600 13.8<br />

315 315 355 L 744 4043 94.6 94.9 94.6 0.8 600 2.4 7 2.9 73 88 ▲ 1MB5553-3BD2 ■-■■■■ 2610 13.8<br />

Voltages Version Order code<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 60 Hz 460 VY Standard 2 2 –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 60 Hz 460 V Standard 3 4 –<br />

50 Hz 500 VY Without additional charge 2 7 –<br />

50 Hz 500 V Without additional charge 4 0 –<br />

For other voltages and more information, see from page 5/54 9 0 . . .<br />

Types of construction Version Order code<br />

Without flange IM B3 2) Standard A –<br />

With flange IM B5 2) With additional charge F –<br />

With flange IM B14 2) With additional charge K –<br />

For other types of construction and more information, see from page 5/65 ■ . . .<br />

Motor protection<br />

Version<br />

Without Standard A<br />

PTC thermistor with 3 temperature sensors With additional charge B<br />

For other motor protection and more information, see from page 5/71<br />

■<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Version<br />

Terminal box at top Standard 4<br />

For other terminal box positions and more information, see from page 5/76<br />

■<br />

Special versions<br />

Order code(s)<br />

For options, see from page 5/91 1MB.553- . . . . ■-■■■■ -Z . . .+. . .+. . .+. . .<br />

1)<br />

Noise values for line operation under load, tolerance +3dB(A).<br />

2)<br />

Types derived from IM B3 (IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5), from IM B5<br />

(IM V3 and IM V1) and from IM B14 (IM V19 and IM V18) are possible.<br />

The basic type IM B3, IM B5 or IM B14 is stamped as standard on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

5/50 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

code identification 1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

12th and code with<br />

13th position<br />

of the and plain text<br />

1MB10.2<br />

order code 1MB10.1<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

Article No. if required<br />

1MB10- . . . . ■ - ■ . . . Order code<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz (50 Hz power)<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY, 60 Hz 460 VY 2 2 – <br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY, 60 Hz 460 V 3 4 – <br />

50 Hz 500 VY 2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 500 V 4 0 – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY, 60 Hz 440 VY 2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY, 60 Hz 440 V 3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 240 V/415 VY, 60 Hz 480 VY 2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 415 V, 60 Hz 480 V 3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 400 VY, 60 Hz 460 VY 1) 0 2 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 400 V, 60 Hz 460 V 2) 0 4 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

60 Hz 220 V/380 VY 1 7 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1MB10.2<br />

60 Hz 230 V/400 VY 1 8 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1MB10.2<br />

60 Hz 380 V/660 VY 3 0 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1MB10.2<br />

60 Hz 400 V690 VY 3 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: 1MB10.2<br />

50 Hz 400 VY 9 0 M4A ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 400 V 9 0 M4B ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz (50 Hz power)<br />

220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1E ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1F ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

230 V/400 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

230 V/400 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Voltage at 87 Hz (87 Hz power)<br />

400 V 5) 9 0 M3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 4) 9 0 M1Y • ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

– Not possible<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Additional plain text is required.<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

Delta connection is not possible.<br />

Star connection is not possible.<br />

A power of 3.7 kW is stamped on the rating plate for versions<br />

1MB1... - 1BA2, 1MB1... - 1BB2, 1MB1... - 1CC2 and 1MB1... - 1DD2 at<br />

60 Hz with 50 Hz power in accordance with the international efficiency<br />

classification to IEC 60034-30.<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

Only possible for 4-pole, 6-pole and 8-pole motors and in combination<br />

with the order codes B40 and B41. The operating data for converter operation<br />

is also provided in a table on the additional rating plate. The motor<br />

contains winding version 50 Hz 230 V.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/51


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code identification<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

12th and code with<br />

13th position<br />

of the and plain text 1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

order code<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

Article No. if required<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . Order code<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . ■ - ■ .<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY, 60 Hz 460 VY 2 2 – <br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY, 60 Hz 460 V 3 4 – <br />

50 Hz 400 VY, 60 Hz 460 VY 1) 0 2 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 400 V, 60 Hz 460 V 2) 0 4 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 500 VY 2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 500 V 4 0 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY, 60 Hz 440 VY 2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY, 60 Hz 440 V 3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 240 V/415 VY, 60 Hz 480 VY 2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 415 V, 60 Hz 480 V 3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 220 V/380 VY 1 7 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 230 V/400 VY 1 8 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 380 V/660 VY 3 0 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 400 V690 VY 3 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 400 VY 9 0 M4A ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 400 V 9 0 M4B ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

220 V/380 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2B – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

380 V/660 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1B – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2C – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1C – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2D – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1D – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2E – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1E – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2F – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1F – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2G – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1G – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

400 V/690 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1J ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1K ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

480 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1L ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

230 V/400 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

230 V/400 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1M ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Voltage at 87 Hz (87 Hz power)<br />

400 V 5) 9 0 M3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 4) 9 0 M1Y • ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

– Not possible<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Additional plain text is required.<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

Delta connection is not possible.<br />

Star connection is not possible.<br />

A power of 3.7 kW is stamped on the rating plate for versions<br />

1MB1... - 1BA2, 1MB1... - 1BB2, 1MB1... - 1CC2 and 1MB1... - 1DD2 at<br />

60 Hz with 50 Hz power in accordance with the international efficiency<br />

classification to IEC 60034-30.<br />

4)<br />

5)<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside the range on request). Frequency, connection, for 60 Hz,<br />

additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

Only possible for 4-pole, 6-pole and 8-pole motors and in combination<br />

with the order codes B40 and B41. The operating data for converter operation<br />

is also provided in a table on the additional rating plate. The motor<br />

contains winding version 50 Hz 230 V.<br />

5/52 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code identification<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

12th and code with<br />

13th position<br />

order code<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

of the and plain text<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

Article No. if required<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . ■ - ■ .<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . ■ - ■ .<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . ■ - ■ . Order code<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . ■ - ■ .<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz 3)<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY 2 2 – –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY 3 4 – <br />

50 Hz 500 VY 2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ –<br />

50 Hz 500 V 1) 4 0 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY 2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

50 Hz 230 V 0 1 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – –<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY 3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 240 V 1) 2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

50 Hz 415 V 3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 400 VY 9 0 M4A ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 9 0 M4B ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – –<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 2) 9 0 M2B ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 2) 9 0 M2G ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 2) 9 0 M1Y •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– Not possible<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version<br />

– Additional plain text is required.<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Special certification is required for 60 Hz.<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order:<br />

Voltage between 200 V and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available<br />

on request), frequency, circuit, for 60 Hz additionally required rated<br />

power in kW.<br />

3)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in these frame sizes have a second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as<br />

standard.<br />

The T3 power is stamped on the rating plate as standard if the following<br />

motors are selected with PTC thermistor (protection by PTC thermistor<br />

only) or voltage code "90":<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 160<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame size 180<br />

Alternatively, with order code B33, the "T1/T2 power is stamped on the<br />

rating plate".<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 200<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame sizes 180 to 200<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/53


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

5<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage Additional 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code identification<br />

12th and code with<br />

13th position<br />

of the and plain text<br />

1MB5553<br />

order code 1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

Article No. if required<br />

Order code<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . ■ - ■ .<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

50 Hz 230 V/400 VY, 60 Hz 460 VY 2 2 – – –<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY, 60 Hz 460 V 3 4 – <br />

50 Hz 500 VY 2 7 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – –<br />

50 Hz 500 V 4 0 – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 220 V/380 VY, 60 Hz 440 VY 2 1 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY, 60 Hz 440 V 3 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 240 V/415 VY, 60 Hz 480 VY 2 3 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

50 Hz 415 V, 60 Hz 480 V 3 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

50 Hz 400 VY 9 0 M4A ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 9 0 M4B ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

50 Hz 230 V 0 1 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – –<br />

50 Hz 400 VY 1) 0 2 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – –<br />

50 Hz 400 V 2) 0 4 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

220 V/380 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

380 V/660 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2B – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

440 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2C ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2D ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

460 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2E ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2F ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

575 VY; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2G – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 3) 9 0 M2H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Voltage at 87 Hz (87 Hz power)<br />

400 V 5) 9 0 M3A ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 4) 9 0 M1Y • ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version<br />

– Additional plain text is required.<br />

IE3<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Delta connection is not possible.<br />

Star connection is not possible.<br />

Power at 60 Hz according to the specification in the selection and ordering<br />

data of the basic motor.<br />

Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between 200 and 690 V<br />

(voltages outside this range are available on request), frequency, circuit,<br />

for 60 Hz additionally required rated power in kW.<br />

5)<br />

Only possible for 4-pole, 6-pole and 8-pole motors and in combination<br />

with the order codes B40 and B41. The operating data for converter operation<br />

is also provided in a table on the additional rating plate. The motor<br />

contains winding version 50 Hz 230 V.<br />

5/54 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Voltages<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Voltages Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Voltage<br />

code<br />

12th and<br />

13th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . ■ - ■ . . .<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

400, 450<br />

P rated 630 kW<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz or 60 Hz<br />

50 Hz 400 V/690 VY,<br />

3 4 – O. R.<br />

60 Hz 460 V<br />

50 Hz 500 V 4 0 – ◦ ◦<br />

60 Hz 575 V ◦ 2)<br />

50 Hz 690 V 4 7 – ✓ <br />

50 Hz 380 V/660 VY,<br />

3 3 – ✓ O. R.<br />

60 Hz 440 V<br />

50 Hz 415 V,<br />

3 5 – ✓ O. R.<br />

60 Hz 480 V<br />

50 Hz 600 V,<br />

4 4 – ✓ ✓<br />

60 Hz 690 V<br />

50 Hz 660 V 4 6 – ✓ ✓<br />

Voltage at 50 Hz and required power<br />

400 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M4B ✓ O. R.<br />

Voltage at 60 Hz and required power<br />

440 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1D ✓ O. R.<br />

460 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1F ✓ O. R.<br />

575 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1H ✓ ✓ 2)<br />

400 V/690 VY; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1J O. R. O. R.<br />

480 V; 60 Hz power 9 0 M1L ✓ O. R.<br />

440 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2D ✓ O. R.<br />

460 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2F ✓ O. R.<br />

575 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2H ✓ ✓ 2)<br />

400 V/690 VY; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2J O. R. O. R.<br />

480 V; 50 Hz power 9 0 M2L ✓ O. R.<br />

Non-standard voltage and/or frequencies<br />

Non-standard winding 1) 9 0 M1Y • ✓<br />

✓<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

P rated 630 kW<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and<br />

21)<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

1) Plain text must be specified in the order: Voltage between<br />

380 and 690 V (voltages outside this range are available on request),<br />

frequency, circuit, rated power in kW.<br />

2) 2-pole version, frame size 450 for 60 Hz operation on request.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/55


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

1MB10.2<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 A – <br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

IM B6 1) T – <br />

IM B7 1) U – <br />

IM B8 1) V – <br />

IM V6 1) D – <br />

IM V5 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/58.<br />

5/56 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

FF165<br />

A 200<br />

FF165<br />

A 200<br />

1MB10.2<br />

FF215<br />

A 250<br />

FF215<br />

A 250<br />

FF265<br />

A 300<br />

IM B5 F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

FF300<br />

A 350<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

IM V1 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V3 1) H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF215<br />

A 250<br />

FF265<br />

A 300<br />

FF265<br />

A 300<br />

FF300<br />

A 350<br />

IM B5 F P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V1 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

G P01+H00 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V3 1) H P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

5<br />

IM B35 J P01 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

FF130<br />

A 160<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF165<br />

A 200<br />

FF165<br />

A 200<br />

FF215<br />

A 250<br />

IM B5 F P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V1 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

G P02+H00 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V3 1) H P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35 J P02 ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/58.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/57


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

FT100<br />

C 120<br />

FT115<br />

C 140<br />

1MB10.2<br />

FT130<br />

C 160<br />

FT130<br />

C 160<br />

FT165<br />

C 200<br />

IM B14 1) K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

FT215<br />

C 250<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

IM V19 1) L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V18 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

FT115<br />

C 140<br />

FT130<br />

C 160<br />

FT165<br />

C 200<br />

FT165<br />

C 200<br />

FT215<br />

C 250<br />

IM B14 1) K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19 1) L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

5<br />

IM V18 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FT115<br />

C 140<br />

IM B14 1) K P02 – – ✓ – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19 1) L P02 – – ✓ – – –<br />

IM V18 with protective cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

M P02+H00 – – ✓ – – –<br />

IM B34 N P02 – – ✓ – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

The following applies for explosion-protected motors: In the case of the<br />

types of construction with shaft extension down, the version "with<br />

protective cover" is required. For types of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small<br />

parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

2)<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

5/58 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 A – <br />

315<br />

L<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IM B6<br />

1)<br />

T – <br />

IM B7<br />

1)<br />

U – <br />

IM B8<br />

1)<br />

V – <br />

IM V6<br />

1)<br />

D – <br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/61.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/59


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

FF130 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600 FF600<br />

A 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660 A 660<br />

IM B5 F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

315<br />

L<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

IM V3<br />

1)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35<br />

1)<br />

J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 –<br />

A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 –<br />

IM B5 F P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

5<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

IM V3<br />

1)<br />

G P01+H00 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

H P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B35<br />

1)<br />

J P01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF130 –<br />

A 160 –<br />

FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 –<br />

A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 –<br />

IM B5 F P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

IM V3<br />

1)<br />

G P02+H00 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

H P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

IM B35<br />

1)<br />

J P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/61.<br />

5/60 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code<br />

letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

IM B14<br />

1)<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

FT85 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 –<br />

C 105 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 –<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

315<br />

L<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IM V19<br />

1)<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B14<br />

1)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT165 FT215 –<br />

C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 200 C 250 –<br />

K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19<br />

1)<br />

L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

5<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B14<br />

1)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FT115 –<br />

C 140 –<br />

K P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19<br />

1)<br />

L P02+H00 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

M P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

The following applies for explosion-protected motors: In the case of the<br />

types of construction with shaft extension down, the version "with<br />

protective cover" is required. For types of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small<br />

parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

2)<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/61


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L<br />

code letter<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3<br />

2)<br />

A – <br />

IM B6<br />

1) 2)<br />

T – <br />

IM B7<br />

1) 2)<br />

U – <br />

IM B8<br />

1) 2)<br />

V – <br />

IM V6<br />

1) 2)<br />

D – <br />

5<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

IM B5<br />

2)<br />

FF130 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600 FF600<br />

A 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660 A 660<br />

F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3)<br />

IM V3<br />

1) 2)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35<br />

1) 2)<br />

J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V15<br />

1) 2)<br />

W – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/64.<br />

5/62 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L<br />

code letter<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B5<br />

2)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF265 FF265 FF300 FF350 –<br />

A 300 A 300 A 350 A 400 –<br />

F P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3)<br />

IM V3<br />

1) 2)<br />

G P01+H00 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

H P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B35<br />

1) 2)<br />

J P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V15<br />

1) 2)<br />

W P01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B5<br />

2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3)<br />

IM V3<br />

1) 2)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FF130 –<br />

A 160 –<br />

FF165 FF165 FF215 FF265 FF265 FF300 –<br />

A 200 A 200 A 250 A 300 A 300 A 350 –<br />

F P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

G P02+H00 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

H P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

5<br />

IM B35<br />

1) 2)<br />

J P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

IM V15<br />

1) 2)<br />

W P02 – ✓ – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/64.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/63


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

S/M<br />

315 L<br />

code letter<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

IM B14<br />

1) 2)<br />

FT85 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 –<br />

C 105 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 –<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

IM V19<br />

1) 2)<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3) M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34<br />

1) 2)<br />

N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next largest<br />

IM B14<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT165 FT215 –<br />

C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 200 C 250 –<br />

K P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

L P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

5<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3) 4)<br />

IM B34<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

M P01+H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

N P01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – – –<br />

With flange<br />

next smallest<br />

IM B14<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

FT115 –<br />

C 140 –<br />

K P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IM V19<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

L P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 2) 3) 4)<br />

IM B34<br />

1) 2) 4)<br />

M P02+H00 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

N P02 – – – ✓ – – – – – – – – – –<br />

Standard version ✓ With additional charge – Not possible<br />

1)<br />

The following applies for explosion-protected motors: In the case of the<br />

types of construction with shaft extension down, the version "with<br />

protective cover" is required. For types of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small<br />

parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. For orders with<br />

condensation drainage holes (order code H03), if mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

With reference to standard EN 50347, flanges that are 2 steps larger are<br />

used with option P01 in the frame sizes 71 and 80.<br />

5/64 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

1MB1553<br />

1MB5553<br />

IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

IE3<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 A – <br />

IM B6<br />

1)<br />

T – –<br />

IM B7<br />

1)<br />

U – –<br />

IM B8 V – –<br />

IM V6<br />

1) 3)<br />

D – –<br />

IM V5<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

1) 3)<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

IM B5<br />

1)<br />

C H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

FF130 FF165 FF165 FF215 FF215 FF265 FF300 FF300 FF350 FF400 FF500 FF500 FF600 FF740<br />

A 160 A 200 A 200 A 250 A 250 A 300 A 350 A 350 A 400 A 450 A 550 A 550 A 660 A 800<br />

F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

5<br />

IM V1<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3)<br />

IM V3<br />

3)<br />

G H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

IM B35 J – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IM V15<br />

2) 3)<br />

W – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/66.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/65


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of<br />

construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

With flange Acc. to EN 50347<br />

Acc. to DIN 42 948<br />

IM B14<br />

3)<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

1MB1553<br />

FT85 FT100 FT115 FT130 FT130 FT165 FT215 –<br />

C 105 C 120 C 140 C 160 C 160 C 200 C 250 –<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

1MB5553<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

–<br />

IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

IE3<br />

IM V19<br />

3)<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM V18<br />

with<br />

protective<br />

cover<br />

2) 3)<br />

M H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

IM B34 N – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Only possible for frame size 315 S/M (horizontal mounting).<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

3)<br />

The following applies for explosion-protected motors: In the case of the<br />

types of construction with shaft extension down, the version "with<br />

protective cover" is required. For types of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small<br />

parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

5/66 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Types of construction<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Types of construction Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

Type of construction<br />

code letter<br />

14th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . ■ . . (-Z)<br />

For types of<br />

construction<br />

with order<br />

code(s)<br />

Article No.<br />

with additional<br />

identification<br />

code -Z<br />

Order code<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

Without flange<br />

IM B3 1) 2) A – <br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

IM V6 2) D – O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

IM V5<br />

C – O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

without protective cover 2)<br />

IM V5<br />

C H00 O. R. 7) O. R. 7)<br />

with protective cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

With flange EN 50347 FF940 FF1080<br />

DIN 42948 A 1000 A 1150<br />

IM B5 2) 5) F – ✓ 6) ✓ 6)<br />

IM V1<br />

G – ✓ 7) ✓ 7)<br />

without protective cover 2)<br />

IM V1<br />

with protective cover 2) 3) 4)<br />

G H00 ✓ 7) ✓ 7)<br />

5<br />

IM B35 3) J – ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

The types of construction IM B6/7/8, IM V6 and IM V5 with/without protective<br />

cover are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction<br />

on the rating plate is required. As standard the type of<br />

construction IM B3 is then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction<br />

IM V5 with protective cover, the protective cover has to be additionally<br />

ordered with order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped<br />

on the rating plate.<br />

The type of construction is stamped on the rating plate. If mounted in a different<br />

position, the position must be specified to ensure that the condensation<br />

drainage holes are positioned correctly.<br />

In combination with an encoder, it is not necessary to order the protective<br />

cover (order code H00), as this is delivered as a protection for the encoder<br />

as standard. In this case the protective cover is standard design (without<br />

additional charge).<br />

The "Standard cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension)" option<br />

(order code L05) is not possible.<br />

5)<br />

6)<br />

7)<br />

The types of construction IM V3 and IM V1 with/without protective cover<br />

are also possible as long as no stamping of these types of construction on<br />

the rating plate is required. As standard the type of construction IM B5 is<br />

then stamped on the rating plate. With type of construction IM V1 with protective<br />

cover, the protective cover has to be additionally ordered with<br />

order code H00. The protective cover is not stamped on the rating plate.<br />

For machines, type of construction IM B5, provide an additional support<br />

foot at the NDE. The support foot is not included in the scope of supply.<br />

Use an appropriately sized support foot with the appropriate rigidity.<br />

The support foot must be able to support the total weight of the machine.<br />

Not available for 2-pole motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/67


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

1MB10.2<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – <br />

3 PTC thermistors – for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

6 PTC thermistors – for warning C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensor (2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensors (4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers H – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 2-wire input (6 terminals) 1) 2)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1) Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

In converter operation, PTC thermistor motor protection is always<br />

required.<br />

2)<br />

In combination with the 15th position of the Article No. "H", the order codes<br />

Q02 and Q03 are not possible for frame sizes 100 to 160. It can only be<br />

supplied with a star or delta winding for direct switch-on (3 terminals).<br />

5/68 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – Only for: 1MB15..<br />

Basic Line<br />

3 PTC thermistors – for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

6 PTC thermistors – for warning C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

and tripping<br />

Basic Line<br />

(4 terminals) 2) – – – Only for: MB16..<br />

Performance Line<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature F – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensor (2 terminals) 2)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature G – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

sensors (4 terminals) 2)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

H – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

J – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer<br />

K – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers<br />

L – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2) Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

For the Performance Line, motor protection by means of PTC thermistors<br />

with 3 built-in temperature sensors for tripping (motor protection code letter<br />

B) is already included in the basic price. For the Performance Line, the<br />

option "without motor protection" (motor protection code letter A) is not<br />

possible.<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

In converter operation, PTC thermistor motor protection is always<br />

required.<br />

3)<br />

In combination with the 15th position of the Article No. "H", the order codes<br />

Q02 and Q03 are not possible for frame sizes 100 to 160. It can only be<br />

supplied with a star or delta winding for direct switch-on (3 terminals).<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/69


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

<br />

✓<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Motor protection<br />

Without (standard) 1) A – Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

Basic Line<br />

3 PTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 2) 3) B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

Basic Line<br />

Only for: MB.6..<br />

Performance Line<br />

6 PTC thermistors – for warning<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 2) 3) C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

5<br />

1) For the Performance Line, motor protection by means of PTC thermistors<br />

with 3 built-in temperature sensors for tripping (motor protection code letter<br />

B) is already included in the basic price. For the Performance Line, the<br />

option "without motor protection" (motor protection code letter A) is not<br />

possible.<br />

2) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

3) <strong>Motors</strong> in these frame sizes have a second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as<br />

standard.<br />

The T3 power is stamped on the rating plate as standard if the following<br />

motors are selected with PTC thermistor (protection by PTC thermistor<br />

only) or voltage code "90":<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 160<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame size 180<br />

Alternatively, with order code B33, the "T1/T2 power is stamped on the<br />

rating plate".<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 200<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame sizes 180 to 200<br />

5/70 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

1MB5553<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – <br />

3 PTC thermistors – for tripping B – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

6 PTC thermistors – for warning C – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and tripping<br />

(4 terminals) 1) 2)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

H Q60 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

J Q61 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometers<br />

K Q35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers<br />

L Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 2) 3 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

Q Q63 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 3-wire input<br />

(9 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers<br />

R Q64 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

– 3-wire input<br />

(18 terminals)<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Mandatory winding monitoring of the motors suitable for converter<br />

operation.<br />

Maximum number of terminals for accessories, see the terminal box<br />

concept.<br />

3)<br />

Auxiliary terminal box required; option in Ex eb with order code<br />

R62 or R63<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/71


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Motor protection<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Motor protection Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . ■ .<br />

Motor<br />

protection<br />

code letter<br />

15th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

Note:<br />

Options are available specifically for bearing protection –<br />

for order codes and descriptions, see from page 5/96.<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

Motor protection<br />

None (standard) A – <br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping B – ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and C – ✓ ✓<br />

tripping (4 terminals) 1)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor F – ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors G – ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals) 1)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – H – ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – J – ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer K – ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers L – ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – P – ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q – ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – R – ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

Z Q2A ✓ ✓<br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

1) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is<br />

recommended.<br />

5/72 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

<br />

✓<br />

Standard version<br />

With additional charge<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

1MB10.2<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box at bottom 2) 3) 7 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard.<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/73


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional<br />

identification<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom 3) 7 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard.<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

5/74 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

1MB55 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

1MB56 . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Additional 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

identification<br />

1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

and plain text,<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

if required<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Order code<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box base left with 0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base right with 1 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

terminal box at the top<br />

Terminal box base left with 2 – – – – – – – – – – – – – ◦<br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box base right with 3 – – – – – – – – – – – – – <br />

oblique terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – –<br />

Terminal box right-hand side 2) 5 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 2) 6 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box at bottom 2) 3) 7 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – –<br />

Terminal box on left-hand 9 R5L – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

side (base below)<br />

Terminal box on right-hand 9 R6R – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

side (base below)<br />

Terminal box bottom left 9 R7L – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom right 9 R7R – – – – – – – – – – – – ✓<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard.<br />

Screwed-on feet are available with order code H01.<br />

For types of construction with feet, screwed-on feet are standard.<br />

3)<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/75


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

6<br />

4<br />

7<br />

5<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

identification<br />

1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

code with<br />

order code<br />

1MB5553<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

and plain text,<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box top 1) 4 – <br />

Terminal box right-hand side 1) 5 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side 1) 6 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Terminal box bottom 2) 7 – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – – – –<br />

Standard version<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Standard version:<br />

Cable entry from right, as seen looking onto the shaft, with terminal box position left, entry from below, on frame size 355 and with<br />

terminal box on the right-hand side, cable entry is from the NDE.<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

For types of construction with feet, cast feet are standard.<br />

Not generally possible for motors with feet.<br />

5/76 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Terminal box position<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Terminal box position Article No. supplement Frame size Motor version<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . ■<br />

Terminal<br />

box position<br />

code<br />

16th position<br />

of the<br />

Article No.<br />

Additional 400 450<br />

identification<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

code with<br />

order code 1MB55 . 3<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

and plain text, 1MB58 . 3<br />

if required<br />

Order code<br />

Terminal box position<br />

Terminal box base left with terminal 0 – ✓ ✓<br />

box at the top<br />

Terminal box base right with terminal 1 – ✓ ✓<br />

box at the top<br />

Terminal box base left with oblique 2 – ◦ ◦<br />

terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box base right with oblique 3 – <br />

terminal box 45°<br />

Terminal box on right-hand side 5 – ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box on left-hand side 6 – ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box left-hand side<br />

9 R5L ✓ ✓<br />

(base below) 1)<br />

Terminal box right-hand side<br />

9 R6R ✓ ✓<br />

(base below) 1)<br />

Terminal box bottom left 1) 9 R7L ✓ ✓<br />

Terminal box bottom right 1) 9 R7R ✓ ✓<br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

Only possible in combination with type of construction IM V1.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/77


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code<br />

-Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB10.2<br />

Explosion-protected version<br />

Version additionally for dust<br />

Ex tc – Zone 22 1) 14) 22) B30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Version IIC with stamping of IIB 22) B31 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

VIK version C02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1033 – Ex ec IE3<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Version for converter operation<br />

Version for converter operation in basic B40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

version with operating data<br />

SINAMICS G120 with PM240-2. 15)<br />

Version for converter operation in basic B41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

SINAMICS S150<br />

version with operating data<br />

Operating data such as the B40 Y68 •<br />

◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

order code with alternative SINAMICS<br />

converter on the rating plate<br />

• G120 with PM230<br />

• G120 with PM240<br />

• G120C<br />

• G120P with PM230<br />

• G120P with PM240-2<br />

• G120P with PM240P-2<br />

• G120P with PM330<br />

• G130, G150, G180<br />

• S120 (BLM/SLM)<br />

•V20<br />

Operating data such as order code B41<br />

with alternative SINAMICS converters<br />

on the rating plate<br />

• S120 (ALM)<br />

and<br />

converter<br />

type<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding <br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Metal cable gland, maximum<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

configuration<br />

Larger terminal box R50 – – – –<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

derating approx. 4 % 2)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 13 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 130 (B), with higher coolant<br />

temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

Y50 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/81.<br />

5/78 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

Special versions<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Special paint finish in RAL 7030 stone<br />

<br />

gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 12) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Additional identification<br />

code<br />

-Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y53 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB10.2<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 17) F70 – – – – – – Only for: 1MB101. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21)<br />

– – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB102. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22),<br />

1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Special technology<br />

Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 I explosion-protected<br />

G30 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder 16) Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77 – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 <br />

Protective cover H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes 6) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 4) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

IP56 degree of protection 5) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 3)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 20) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Ex certification for China D32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label D34 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EAC Ex certificate for the<br />

D35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Eurasian Customs Union 18)<br />

IECEx certification D37 ✓ ✓ – – – – Only for: 1MB101. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21)<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB102. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22),<br />

1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/81.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/79


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

5<br />

Special versions<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces 13)<br />

Regreasing device L23 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

Bearing insulation NDE L51 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B 19) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance with<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, DE 7)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, NDE 7)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Metal external fan 8) F76 – – – – Only for: 1MB103. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB101. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21),<br />

1MB102. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 9)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 9)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label (max.<br />

20 characters)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code<br />

-Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y80 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB10.2<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/81.<br />

5/80 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code<br />

-Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

1MB10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

80 90 100 112 132 160<br />

1MB10.3 IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

1MB10.1<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB10.2<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Printed Operating Instructions in<br />

<br />

Norwegian, Russian, Turkish, and<br />

Chinese 11)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and a DVD with all<br />

official EU languages as well as<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 10)<br />

Document – Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document – Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

IE3<br />

IE2<br />

IE1<br />

1) Please inquire regarding combination with order codes D03 and C02.<br />

Not possible in combination with order codes H20 and H22.<br />

2) There is no derating in combination with order codes M2A, M2B, M2C,<br />

M2D, M2E, M2F, M2G, M2H.<br />

3) Not possible for type of construction IM V3.<br />

4) For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for Zone<br />

22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required.<br />

5) Not admissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of protection) and Zone 22<br />

(IP55 degree of protection).<br />

6) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective type<br />

of construction and with order code H03, so that the condensation drainage<br />

holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

7) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case. For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

8) The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise<br />

version – order code F77 or F78.<br />

9) In combination with the 15th position of the article number "H", the order<br />

codes Q02 and Q03 are not possible for frame sizes 100 to 160.<br />

It can only be supplied with a star or delta winding for direct switch-on<br />

(3 terminals).<br />

10) The delivery time for the inspection certificate may differ from the delivery<br />

time for the motor.<br />

11) The Operating Instructions are available on the Internet in PDF format for<br />

all official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/133300.<br />

12) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order code B30.<br />

13) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

14) The Ex motor is not admissible in an explosive atmosphere of dust and air<br />

(hybrid). A standard is not currently available that describes the product<br />

requirements for a hybrid mixture.<br />

15) In combination with order codes B40 and B41, "B" or "C" must be added to<br />

the 15th position of the Article No. . For compliance with the admissible<br />

temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter<br />

operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. The operating data for SINAMICS converters<br />

from Siemens are on the rating plate – the torque is reduced in<br />

contrast to line operation. The motor operating data for converter operation<br />

is available in the DTC selection and ordering tool<br />

(www.siemens.com/dt-configurator).<br />

For converter operation, voltage codes/order codes are only admissible<br />

with one voltage only. When used in hazardous zones, the frequency converter<br />

must have a certified trip unit for motors of equipment category 1<br />

(Zone 21). A certified trip unit is also recommended for motors of device<br />

category 3 (Zones 2 and 22). Alternatively, an external, certified trip unit<br />

can be used (see Catalog IC 10).<br />

16) Can be combined with order codes N30, N31, L51 and F70 on request.<br />

Not admissible in combination with order code L05. Combination with protective<br />

cover as standard for frame sizes 100 to 200. Protective cover not<br />

possible for frame sizes 225 to 315.<br />

17) In combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08, N30, N31, D03,<br />

G30, C02, H20 and H22 on request. Not admissible with order code L05.<br />

The degree of protection of the separately driven fan must match that of<br />

the motor.<br />

18) Not admissible in combination with anti-condensation heating (order code<br />

Q02/Q03). For this component, no TR CU certificate is available yet.<br />

19) Vibration severity grade B not admissible in combination with converter<br />

operation (order code B40/B41).<br />

20) Not possible in combination with order codes Q02 or Q03.<br />

21) Not possible in vertical version with downward shaft extension DE.<br />

22) Permissible paint film thickness up to 2 mm.<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/81


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -<br />

Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z 1MB15.1 Basic Line IE2<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

Explosion-protected version<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tc –<br />

Zone 22 1) 16) B30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Version IIC with stamping of IIB 24) B31 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

VIK version C02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.33 – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Version for converter operation<br />

Version for converter operation in basic B40 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 20) ✓ 20)<br />

version with operating data<br />

SINAMICS G120 with PM240-2.<br />

17) 20) 21) 22)<br />

Version for converter operation in basic B41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ 20) ✓ 20)<br />

version with operating data<br />

SINAMICS S150 17) 20) 21)<br />

Operating data such as order code B40 Y68 •<br />

◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

with alternative SINAMICS converters<br />

on the rating plate 20)<br />

• G120 with PM230<br />

and<br />

converter<br />

type<br />

• G120 with PM240<br />

• G120C<br />

• G120P with PM230<br />

• G120P with PM240-2<br />

• G120P with PM240P-2<br />

• G120P with PM330<br />

• G130, G150, G180<br />

• S120 (BLM/SLM)<br />

•V20<br />

Operating data such as order code B41<br />

with alternative SINAMICS converters<br />

on the rating plate 20)<br />

• S120 (ALM)<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals) 2) 3)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2) 3)<br />

3-wire input for bearings (6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 – – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding <br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Stud terminal for cable connection,<br />

accessories pack (3 items)<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

R17 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.1. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21),<br />

1MB1.2. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22)<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

R19 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.1. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21),<br />

1MB1.2. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22)<br />

Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Larger terminal box 15) R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/86.<br />

5/82 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 4 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

derating approx. 13 % 4)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. Y50 •<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), with higher coolant temperature<br />

and spec.<br />

and/or installation altitude power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

Only for: 1MB15..<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB16..<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 12) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -<br />

Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Y53 •<br />

and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z 1MB15.1 Basic Line IE2<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: Y56 •<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For RAL colors, see "Special paint finish and<br />

in special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 19) F70 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.1. – Ex tb<br />

(Zone 21)<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.2. – Ex tc<br />

(Zone 22)<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Special technology<br />

Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 I explosion-protected<br />

rotary pulse encoder 18) G30 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/86.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/83


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

5<br />

Special versions<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994 27)<br />

Condensation drainage holes 7) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 5) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

IP56 degree of protection 6) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -<br />

Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z 1MB15.1 Basic Line IE2<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Type of construction<br />

IM V3<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 26) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Ex certification for China D32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB16..<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label D34 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

– – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ Only for: 1MB16..<br />

EAC Ex certificate for the<br />

D35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Eurasian Customs Union 13)<br />

IECEx certification D37 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces 14)<br />

Regreasing device L23 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB16..<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB16..<br />

Bearing insulation NDE 20) L51 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ 20) ✓ 20)<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A 21) <br />

Vibration severity grade B 21) 22) 23) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/86.<br />

5/84 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347 25)<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance with<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 8)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 8)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Metal external fan 9) F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB1.3. – Ex ec<br />

(Zone 2)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 3)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB15..<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB16..<br />

Additional rating plate with deviating<br />

rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -<br />

Z with order<br />

code and plain<br />

text if required<br />

Y80 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Frame size<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Printed Operating Instructions in<br />

<br />

Norwegian, Russian, Turkish, and<br />

Chinese 11)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and a DVD with all<br />

official EU languages as well as<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

according to EN 10204 10)<br />

Document – Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document – Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – – – –<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Motor version<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

1MB15.3 Basic Line IEC Ex tb (Zone 21),<br />

Ex tc (Zone 22),<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

Ex ec (Zone 2)<br />

1MB15 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z 1MB15.1 Basic Line IE2<br />

1MB16 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/86.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/85


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15 Basic Line, 1MB16 Performance Line<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

Please inquire regarding combination with order codes D03 and C02.<br />

Not possible in combination with order codes H20 and H22.<br />

2)<br />

Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

A certified tripping unit is necessary for use in hazardous areas.<br />

3)<br />

In combination with the 15th position of the Article No. "H", the order codes<br />

Q02 and Q03 are not possible for frame sizes 100 to 160. It can only be<br />

supplied with a star or delta winding for direct switch-on<br />

(3 terminals).<br />

4)<br />

There is no derating in combination with order codes M2A, M2B, M2C,<br />

M2D, M2E, M2F, M2G, M2H.<br />

5)<br />

Order code H20 (IP65 degree of protection) can only be ordered for<br />

Zone 2.<br />

For Zone 21, IP65 degree of protection is standard. Not possible for<br />

Zone 22, because only IP55 degree of protection is required.<br />

6)<br />

Order code H22 IP56 degree of protection is only possible for Zone 2.<br />

Degree of protection IP56 is not permissible for Zone 21 (IP65 degree of<br />

protection) and Zone 22 (IP55 degree of protection).<br />

7)<br />

Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE (IP55, IP56, IP65). If the condensation drainage<br />

holes are required for motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or IM B8 type of construction<br />

(feet on side or top), the motors must be ordered in the respective<br />

type of construction and with order code H03, so that the<br />

condensation drainage holes will be placed in the correct position.<br />

8)<br />

When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables in "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

9)<br />

The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise<br />

version – order code F77 or F78.<br />

10) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

11) The Operating Instructions are available on the Internet in PDF format for<br />

all official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/133300.<br />

12) Order code S<strong>06</strong> not possible in combination with order code B30.<br />

13) Not admissible in combination with anti-condensation heating (order code<br />

Q02/Q03). For this component, no TR CU certificate is available yet.<br />

5/86 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

14) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

15) A larger terminal box is the standard version in combination with the order<br />

code Q02, Q03 and/or 15th position of the Article No. "H" for frame sizes<br />

71 to 90.<br />

16) The Ex motor is not admissible in an explosive atmosphere of dust and air<br />

(hybrid). A standard is not currently available that describes the product<br />

requirements for a hybrid mixture.<br />

17) In combination with order codes B40 and B41, "B" or "C" must be added to<br />

the 15th position of the Article No. . For compliance with the admissible<br />

temperature class 130 (B), derating is necessary in the case of converter<br />

operation in Zones 2, 21 and 22. The operating data for SINAMICS converters<br />

from Siemens are on the rating plate – the torque is reduced in<br />

contrast to line operation. The motor operating data for converter operation<br />

is available in the DTC selection and ordering tool<br />

(www.siemens.com/dt-configurator).<br />

For converter operation, voltage codes/order codes are only admissible<br />

with one voltage only. When used in hazardous zones, the frequency converter<br />

must have a certified trip unit for motors of equipment category 1<br />

(Zone 21). A certified trip unit is also recommended for motors of device<br />

category 3 (Zones 2 and 22). Alternatively, an external, certified trip unit<br />

can be used (see Catalog IC 10).<br />

18) Can be combined with order codes N30, N31, L51 and F70 on request.<br />

Not admissible in combination with order code L05. Combination with protective<br />

cover as standard for FS 100 to 200. Protective cover not possible<br />

for FS 225 to 315.<br />

19) In combination with order codes N05, N<strong>06</strong>, N07, N08, N30, N31, D03,<br />

G30, C02, H20 and H22 on request. Not admissible with order code L05.<br />

The degree of protection of the separately driven fan must match that of<br />

the motor.<br />

20) The frame sizes 280 and 315 in combination with order code B40 or B41<br />

are equipped with "Bearing insulation NDE" as standard (order code L51<br />

is included in B40/B41).<br />

21) Not admissible for frame size 315, 2-pole. An exception is elastic installation<br />

(please inquire).<br />

22) Not admissible in combination with converter operation<br />

(order code B40, B41).<br />

23) On request for 2-pole motors for line operation<br />

(concerns frame sizes 315).<br />

24) Permissible paint film thickness up to 2 mm.<br />

25) Not possible in vertical version with downward shaft extension DE.<br />

26) Not possible in combination with order code Q02 or Q03.<br />

27) Not possible in combination with order code R50.


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Explosion-protected version<br />

Version IIC with stamping of IIB 1) B31 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tb – B32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Zone 21; IP65 2)<br />

T1/T2 on rating plate 3) B33 – – – – – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

VIK version 19) C02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Motor protection<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals) 4)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

3-wire input for bearings<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 – – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding <br />

Second external grounding H70 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without R19 – – – – – – – – – <br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

Larger terminal box R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate R53 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) R63 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2 small cast-iron auxiliary terminal R67 – – – ✓ 22) ✓ 22) ✓ 22) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

boxes<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

derating approx. 4 % 5)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 13 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/90.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/87


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

5<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 6) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77<br />

clockwise direction of rotation 7) 19) – – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – – O. R. O. R. O. R. O. R. ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

anti-clockwise direction of rotation 7) 19)<br />

Protective cover H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet H01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

Condensation drainage holes 8) H03 ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 9) H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection 9) H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar<br />

Not possible for type of construction<br />

IM V3<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C 10) D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

IECEx certification D37 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A<br />

Located bearing DE L20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces 11)<br />

Regreasing device L23 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

– – – ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE<br />

and NDE, bearing size 63<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and<br />

NDE, DE bearing for increased<br />

cantilever forces<br />

L25 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

L28 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – –<br />

Bearing insulation DE 23) L50 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing insulation NDE 23) L51 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Q01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/90.<br />

5/88 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A 21) <br />

Vibration severity grade B 21) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347 12)<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class 13)<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors 13)<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance with<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, DE 14)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft<br />

extension, NDE 14)<br />

Y59 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover <br />

Metal external fan 15) F76 <br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 20)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 20)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

– – – Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label (max.<br />

20 characters)<br />

Y80 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q80 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

12 months to a total of 24 months<br />

(2 years) from delivery 15) – – – Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q82 – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Only for: 1MB.5..<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

(3 years) from delivery 16) – – – Only for: 1MB.6..<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/90.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/89


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1543, 1MB5543 Basic Line and 1MB1643, 1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

5<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1543 Basic Line IEC Ex eb (Zone 1) IE3<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB1643 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1MB1543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5543 Basic Line<br />

1MB1643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 Performance Line<br />

1MB5543 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z<br />

1MB5643 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Printed Operating Instructions in<br />

<br />

Norwegian, Russian, Turkish, and<br />

Chinese 17)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and a DVD with all<br />

official EU languages as well as<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 according to B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

EN 10204 18)<br />

Document – Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document – Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test) with B65 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R.Possible on request<br />

– Not possible<br />

1)<br />

Permissible paint film thickness up to 2 mm.<br />

2)<br />

Please inquire regarding combination with order codes D03 and C02.<br />

Not possible in combination with order codes H20 and H22.<br />

3)<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> in these frame sizes have a second rating plate (T1/T2 and T3) as<br />

standard.<br />

The T3 power is stamped on the rating plate as standard if the following<br />

motors are selected with PTC thermistor (protection by PTC thermistor<br />

only) or voltage code "90":<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 160<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame size 180<br />

Alternatively, with order code B33, the "T1/T2 power is stamped on the rating<br />

plate".<br />

– 2-pole motors: Frame sizes 132 to 200<br />

– 4-pole motors: Frame sizes 180 to 200<br />

4) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

A certified tripping unit is necessary for use in hazardous areas.<br />

5) The maximum possible certified power will be supplied.<br />

For motors with T1/T2, T3 power, T3 power is supplied.<br />

The T1/T2 power must be ordered with the order code B33.<br />

6) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order code B32.<br />

7) The motors are up to 80 mm longer than normal. A second shaft extension<br />

is not possible.<br />

8) Supplied with the condensation drainage holes sealed at the drive end DE<br />

and non-drive end NDE for IP55, IP56 and IP65 degrees of protection. If<br />

condensation drainage holes are required in motors of the IM B6, IM B7 or<br />

IM B8 type of construction (feet located on side or top), it is necessary to<br />

relocate the bearing shields at the drive end (DE) and non-drive end<br />

(NDE) so that the condensation drainage holes situated between the feet<br />

on delivery are underneath.<br />

9) Not possible in combination with version additionally for dust Ex tb –<br />

Zone 21; IP65 - order code B32. IP65 degree of protection is prescribed<br />

for the version for Zone 21.<br />

10) Not possible in combination with vibration-proof version,<br />

order code H02.<br />

11) Not possible for 2-pole motors, frame size 315 L in vertical frame sizes;<br />

bearings for increased cantilever forces for vibration severity grade B are<br />

available on request for motors of frame size 225 M and above. Not possible<br />

for motors of frame size 225 M and above in combination with shaft<br />

extension run-out, concentricity and perpendicularity according to<br />

DIN 42955 tolerance R for flange-mounting types.<br />

12) For motors of frame size 180 M and above in vertical type of construction<br />

in version with second shaft extension on request. Not possible for lownoise<br />

version (2-pole) for frame sizes 132 S to 160 L. Version with<br />

protective cover not possible.<br />

13) Can be combined with deep-groove bearings of series 60.., 62.. and 63…<br />

Not possible in combination with cylindrical roller bearings (e.g. bearings<br />

for increased cantilever forces, order code L22).<br />

14) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

–Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables in "Dimensions")<br />

–Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

15) The metal external fan is not possible in combination with the low-noise<br />

version – order code F77 or F78.<br />

16) Wearing parts (bearings) are excluded from the warranty extension.<br />

17) The Operating Instructions are available on the Internet in SIOS too:<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/133300<br />

18) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

19) The motors may exceed the noise levels defined by VIK.<br />

20) For frame sizes 71 to 90 in combination with the order codes Q02 and<br />

Q03, R50 is the standard version (the additional charge R50 is already<br />

contained in Q02 and Q03).<br />

21) Not permissible for frame size 315, 2-pole, except for elastic installation.<br />

22) For frame sizes 100 and 112, only permissible in combination with order<br />

code R50.<br />

23) It is not permissible to combine order codes L50 and L51.<br />

5/90 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB5553<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

required<br />

Explosion-protected version<br />

Version IIC with stamping of IIB B31 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tb – B32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Zone 21; IP65<br />

VIK version 18) C02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Version for converter operation<br />

Version for converter operation with B43 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

power data on the PWM converter 6)<br />

Version for converter operation with B44 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

zation in accordance with temperature<br />

class 155 (F) 6)<br />

power data on the PWM converter, utili-<br />

Motor protection<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

3-wire input for bearings<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 – – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding <br />

Second external grounding H70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from DE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, R11 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through 180° R12 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal cable gland,<br />

R18 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

maximum configuration 17)<br />

1 cable gland, Ex eb, for armored cable, R45 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

line feeder cable<br />

2 cable glands, Ex eb, for armored R46 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

cable, line feeder cable<br />

Main terminal box in Ex db IIC 27) R48 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Auxiliary terminal box in Ex db IIC 27) R49 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Larger terminal box 17) R50 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ –<br />

Enlarged connection system for main R54 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

terminal box 17)<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 ✓ 24) ✓ 24) ✓ 24) ✓ 23) ✓ 23) ✓ 23) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) R63 – – – – – – – – ✓ 24) ✓ 23) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

2 small cast-iron auxiliary terminal boxes R67 ✓ 24) ✓ 24) ✓ 24) ✓ 23) ✓ 23) ✓ 23) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole<br />

(NPT or G thread)<br />

Y61 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

derating approx. 4 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

derating approx. 13 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air 22)<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/95.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/91


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

5<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB5553<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

required<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Windings and insulation (continued)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized<br />

acc. to 130 (B), with higher coolant temperature<br />

and/or installation altitude<br />

Y50 •<br />

and spec.<br />

power,<br />

CT .. °C<br />

or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above<br />

sea level<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 S03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 S04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 16) S<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint<br />

finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 26) F70 – – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Modular technology – Additional versions<br />

Brake supply voltage 24 V DC F10 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – – –<br />

Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, F11 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – – –<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, F12 – ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – – –<br />

50/60 Hz<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with F50 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

lever (no locking)<br />

Special technology<br />

Mounting of brake in Ex db version 28) F20 – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ – – – – –<br />

Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 I explosion-protected<br />

G30 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse encoder<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F77 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

clockwise direction of rotation 26)<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

26)<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Protective cover 4) H00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Vibration-proof version;<br />

vibration resistance to Class 3M4<br />

according to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

H02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with<br />

order code F20, F70,<br />

R50<br />

External screws, bolts and unpainted H<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

5)<br />

materials made of stainless steel (V4A)<br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection H20 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection H22 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Drive-end seal for flange-mounting H23 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar<br />

Adjustment screws for feet in horizontal H30 – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

installation 7)<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C D03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

IE3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/95.<br />

5/92 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB5553<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

required<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Ex certification for China 25) D32 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

China Energy Efficiency Label 25) D34 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

EAC Ex certificate for the<br />

D35 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Eurasian Customs Union 25)<br />

IECEx certification D37 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

MEPS Australia 25) D70 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Preparation for SPM measuring nipple – G50 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

thread M8<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ◦ ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A<br />

Located bearing DE L20 <br />

Located bearing NDE L21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

forces 19)<br />

Regreasing device L23 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

Bearing insulation NDE 3) L51 – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B 2) L00 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing <br />

Balancing without feather key L01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing L02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension)<br />

NDE acc. to EN 50347<br />

Standard shaft made of stainless steel L<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(e.g. 1.4021)<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance with<br />

IEC 60072-1 precision class for flangemounted<br />

motors<br />

L08 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 8)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 8)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Metal fan cover <br />

Metal fan made of brass F68 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Metal external fan 9) F76 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 10)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 10)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 220 V Q04 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals) 1) 10)<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard Y81 • – – – – – – – – ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/95.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/93


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

5<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1MB1553 IEC Ex db, Ex db eb<br />

plain text if<br />

1MB5553<br />

(Zone 1)<br />

required<br />

1MB.553 - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel M11 <br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate<br />

and on package label (max.<br />

20 characters)<br />

Y80 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 •<br />

and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects Q80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

period by 12 months to a total of<br />

24 months (2 years) from delivery<br />

Extension of the liability for defects Q82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

period by 24 months to a total of<br />

36 months (3 years) from delivery<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Printed Operating Instructions in<br />

<br />

Norwegian, Russian, Turkish, and<br />

Chinese 11)<br />

German/<strong>English</strong> and a DVD with all<br />

official EU languages as well as<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

B02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

according to EN 10204 12)<br />

Document – Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Document – Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test) with B65 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

acceptance<br />

Noise measurement without load with B71 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

octave band analysis, without<br />

acceptance 13)<br />

Noise measurement without load with<br />

octave band analysis, with acceptance<br />

14)<br />

B72 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B80 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance 13)<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B81 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance 14)<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B82 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance 13)<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance 14)<br />

"Basic" documentation package 15) B90 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package 15) B91 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package 15) B92 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Wire-lattice pallet packaging B99 ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ ◦ – – – – – – ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ <br />

IE3<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/95.<br />

5/94 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB1553, 1MB5553<br />

5<br />

1)<br />

Maximum number of connections for accessories, see terminal box<br />

concept.<br />

2)<br />

Not admissible in combination with converter operation<br />

(order codes B43, B44).<br />

3)<br />

The frame sizes 280, 315, and 355 in combination with order code B43 or<br />

B44 are equipped with "Bearing insulation NDE" as standard<br />

(order code L51 is included in B43/B44).<br />

4)<br />

The following applies for explosion-protected motors: In the case of the<br />

types of construction with shaft extension down, the version "with<br />

protective cover" is required. For types of construction with shaft extension<br />

pointing upwards, a suitable cover must be implemented to prevent small<br />

parts from falling into the fan cover (see the standard IEC/EN 60079-0).<br />

The cover must not block the cooling air flow.<br />

5)<br />

Rating plate, screws, grounding, and options with order codes L19, L23,<br />

Q01 made of stainless steel (V4A).<br />

6)<br />

Power data in converter operation according to the VSD rating lists. Winding<br />

monitoring with PTC thermistor mandatory.<br />

- Only in combination with single voltages, e.g.: M4A.<br />

- Frame size 280 and larger with insulated bearings on the fan side (NDE).<br />

7) 4 threads in the motor feet; adjustment screws not in the scope of supply.<br />

8) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with DIN 6885, Form A are permitted to be used. The feather<br />

keyway is positioned centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined<br />

by the manufacturer in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not<br />

valid for: Conical shafts, non-standard threaded journals, non-standard<br />

shaft tolerances, friction welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special<br />

geometry dimensions (e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for nonstandard<br />

shaft extensions DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in<br />

every case.<br />

For order codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables in "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension<br />

For an explanation of the order codes, see Catalog Section 1<br />

"Introduction".<br />

9)<br />

The material of the fan is aluminum, for frame sizes 225 to 355 steel –<br />

metal fans are painted with paint finishes with film thickness 90 µm or<br />

more.<br />

10) Connection in the main terminal box in the standard version.<br />

11) The Operating Instructions are available on the Internet in PDF format for<br />

all official EU languages.<br />

12) The delivery time for the inspection certificate may differ from the delivery<br />

time for the motor.<br />

13) The delivery time is then approx. 20 working days longer.<br />

14) The delivery time is then approx. 25 working days longer or the confirmed<br />

acceptance date.<br />

15) Version and content of the documentation, see Chapter 1.<br />

16) Not in combination with order codes S00, S01, and S02. Other colors,<br />

order codes Y53 and Y56, on request.<br />

17) Not in combination with order codes R48 and R49.<br />

18) For installation in a hostile and corrosive environment, paint finish with<br />

order code S03 or better is recommended.<br />

19) Only in combination with regreasing, order code L19 or L23.<br />

20) Cable glands in Ex e version.<br />

21) Frame size 315 only in combination with order code R50, frame sizes 250<br />

and 280 not in combination with order code R50.<br />

22) Standard paint finish C2, we recommend C3 or better<br />

(e.g. order code S02, S03, S04).<br />

23) Only possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

24) Only possible in combination with order code R54.<br />

25) Not possible in combination with 1MB..56 or 1MB..57.<br />

26) Not available in combination with order code D03.<br />

27) Supplied without cable gland.<br />

28) Select brake connection voltage separately, order codes F10, F11, or F12<br />

– note further details in Chapter 1 under "Modular technology", "Brakes".<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/95


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

5<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Explosion-protected version<br />

VIK version C02 ✓ ✓<br />

Version additionally for dust Ex tc – B30 ✓ ✓<br />

Zone 22<br />

Version IIC with stamping of IIB B31 ✓ ✓<br />

Version for converter operation<br />

Version for converter operation in the B40 O. R. O. R.<br />

basic version with SINAMICS G120<br />

operating data with PM240-2<br />

Version for converter operation in the B41 O. R. O. R.<br />

basic version with SINAMICS S150<br />

operating data<br />

Version for converter operation with<br />

power data on the PWM converter<br />

B43 O. R. O. R.<br />

Operating data such as the B40 order<br />

code with alternative SINAMICS<br />

converter on the rating plate<br />

• G120 with PM230<br />

• G120 with PM240<br />

• G120C<br />

• G120P with PM230<br />

• G120P with PM240-2<br />

• G120P with PM240P-2<br />

• G120P with PM330<br />

• G130, G150, G180<br />

• S120 (BLM/SLM)<br />

•V20<br />

Operating data such as order code B41<br />

with alternative SINAMICS converters<br />

on the rating plate<br />

• S120 (ALM)<br />

Y68 •<br />

and<br />

converter type<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb IE4<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

IE3<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

◦ ◦<br />

Motor protection<br />

1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) 1) Q11 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter B (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm<br />

and tripping (4 terminals) 1) Q12 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter C (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

3 NTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

Q21 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter F (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor<br />

(2 terminals) 1) Q23 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter F (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors<br />

(4 terminals) 1) Q25 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter G (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer Q35 ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q36 ✓ ✓<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

6 Pt1000 resistance thermometers Q37 ✓ ✓<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers –<br />

2-wire input (6 terminals) 1) Q60 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter H (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers –<br />

2-wire input (12 terminals) 1) Q61 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with motor protection<br />

code letter J (15th<br />

position of the Article No.)<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – Q62 ✓ ✓<br />

2-wire input (2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q63 ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – Q64 ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input (18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q72 ✓ ✓<br />

basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in Q78 ✓ ✓<br />

3-wire input for bearings (6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers<br />

Q79 ✓ ✓<br />

in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/100.<br />

5/96 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Special versions<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Motor connection and terminal box<br />

External grounding <br />

Terminal box at NDE H08 ✓ ✓<br />

Two terminal boxes at NDE 17) H09 ✓ ✓<br />

Second external grounding H70 ✓ ✓<br />

Subsequently rotatable main terminal R09 ✓ ✓<br />

box<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through<br />

90°, entry from DE 12) R10 ✓ ✓ Not for: Combination with type of construction<br />

code letters F, G, J<br />

(14th position of the Article No.)<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through R11 ✓ ✓<br />

90°, entry from NDE<br />

Rotation of the terminal box through R12 ✓ ✓<br />

180°<br />

Saddle terminal for connection without R19 ✓ ✓<br />

cable lug, accessories pack<br />

Larger terminal box 13) R50 ✓ ✓<br />

Drilled removable entry plate R52 ✓ ✓<br />

Undrilled removable entry plate <br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) R62 ✓ ✓<br />

Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) R63 ✓ ✓<br />

Stainless steel auxiliary terminal box<br />

(large)<br />

R65 ✓ ✓<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole<br />

(NPT or G thread) 2)<br />

Y61 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Windings and insulation<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc.<br />

<br />

to 155 (F), with service factor 9)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc.<br />

✓ ✓<br />

N05<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 45 °C,<br />

derating approx. 4 % 15)<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 8 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 50 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N07 ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 13 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 55 °C,<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. N08 ✓ ✓<br />

derating approx. 18 %<br />

to 130 (B), coolant temperature 60 °C,<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N30 ✓ ✓<br />

30 to 60 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with N31 ✓ ✓<br />

60 to 100 g water per m 3 of air<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. Y50 •<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

to 130 (B), with higher coolant temperature<br />

and spec.<br />

and/or installation altitude 9) power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m above<br />

sea level<br />

Colors and paint finish<br />

Standard paint finish C2 in RAL 7030<br />

<br />

<br />

stone gray<br />

Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) S00 ◦ ◦<br />

Unpainted, only primed S01 ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish C3 S02 ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 14) S03 ✓ ✓<br />

Special paint finish for use offshore C5 14) S04 ✓ ✓<br />

Internal coating S05 ✓ ✓<br />

Top coat polyurethane 6) <br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors:<br />

RAL 1002, 1013, 1015, 1019, 2003,<br />

2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009,<br />

5010, 5012, 5015, 5017, 5018, 5019,<br />

6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004,<br />

7011, 7016, 7022, 7031, 7032, 7033,<br />

7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Y53 •<br />

and paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4 IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb IE4<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

IE3<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

5<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/100.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/97


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

5<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Special versions<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Colors and paint finish (continued)<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For<br />

RAL colors, see "Special paint finish in<br />

special RAL colors"<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

5/98 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

Y56 •<br />

and paint finish<br />

RAL….<br />

Modular technology – Basic versions<br />

Mounting of separately driven fan 10) F70 ✓ ✓<br />

Special technology<br />

Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 I explosion-protected<br />

G30 ✓ ✓<br />

rotary pulse<br />

encoder<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary<br />

pulse encoder<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Y70 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

O. R. O. R.<br />

Mechanical version and degrees of protection<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors<br />

<br />

<br />

with clockwise direction of rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with F78 ◦ ◦<br />

counterclockwise direction of rotation<br />

Prepared for mounted components,<br />

<br />

<br />

centering hole only<br />

Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft G42 ✓ ✓<br />

Mechanical protection for encoder G43 ✓ ✓<br />

Protective cover H00 ✓ ✓<br />

Condensation drainage holes <br />

Rust-resistant screws (externally) H07 ✓ ✓<br />

IP65 degree of protection 19) H20 ✓ ✓<br />

IP56 degree of protection H22 ✓ ✓<br />

Sealing ring made of fluoroelastomer H25 ✓ ✓<br />

(FKM)<br />

Increased corrosion protection for H90 ✓ ✓<br />

external components<br />

Coolant temperature and installation altitude<br />

Coolant temperature –40 to +40 °C D03 ✓ ✓<br />

Versions in accordance with standards and specifications<br />

Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12 <br />

IECEx certificate D37 ✓ ✓<br />

Bearings and lubrication<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease L19 ◦ ◦<br />

nipple according to DIN 71412-A<br />

Located bearing DE <br />

Located bearing NDE 11) L21 ✓ ✓<br />

Bearing design for increased cantilever L22 O. R. O. R.<br />

forces 7) 8)<br />

Regreasing device <br />

Drainage for used grease L30 O. R. O. R.<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse Q01 ✓ ✓<br />

measurement for bearing inspection<br />

Balance and vibration severity<br />

Vibration severity grade A <br />

Vibration severity grade B L00 ✓ ✓<br />

Half-key balancing (standard) <br />

Balancing without feather key 16) L01 ✓ ✓<br />

Full-key balancing 16) L02 ✓ ✓<br />

Shaft and rotor<br />

Shaft extension with standard dimensions,<br />

L04 ✓ ✓<br />

without feather keyway<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension L05 ✓ ✓<br />

(second shaft extension) NDE acc. to<br />

EN 50347<br />

Shaft extension run-out in accordance L07 ✓ ✓<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity L08 ✓ ✓<br />

and perpendicularity in accordance<br />

with IEC 60072-1 precision class for<br />

flange-mounted motors<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

DE 3)<br />

Y58 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/100.<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

IE4<br />

IE3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Special versions<br />

Shaft and rotor (continued)<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension,<br />

NDE 3)<br />

Special shaft steel<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Y59 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

O. R. O. R.<br />

Heating and ventilation<br />

Sheet metal fan cover <br />

Metal external fan <br />

Without external fan and without fan cover F90 ✓ ✓<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 230 V Q02 ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 115 V Q03 ✓ ✓<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Anti-condensation heating for 400 V<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

Q<strong>06</strong> ✓ ✓<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard<br />

voltage and/or frequency<br />

Y81 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

O. R. O. R.<br />

Rating plate and additional rating plates<br />

Second rating plate, loose M10 ✓ ✓<br />

Rating plate, stainless steel <br />

Additional rating plate with<br />

deviating rating plate data 18)<br />

Additional rating plate with customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Y80 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 •<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate Y84 •<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

and on package label (max. 20 characters)<br />

and customer<br />

specifications<br />

Extension of the liability for defects<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q80 ✓ ✓<br />

12 months to a total of 24 months<br />

(2 years) from delivery 4)<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q81 ✓ ✓<br />

(2.5 years) from delivery<br />

18 months to a total of 30 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q82 ✓ ✓<br />

(3 years) from delivery<br />

24 months to a total of 36 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q83 ✓ ✓<br />

(3.5 years) from delivery<br />

30 months to a total of 42 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q84 ✓ ✓<br />

(4 years) from delivery<br />

36 months to a total of 48 months<br />

Extension of the liability for defects by Q85 ✓ ✓<br />

(5 years) from delivery<br />

48 months to a total of 60 months<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

B02 ✓ ✓<br />

according to EN 10204 4)<br />

Printed German/<strong>English</strong> operating<br />

<br />

instructions enclosed 5)<br />

Equivalent circuit diagram B51 ✓ ✓<br />

Starting diagram (torque vs.<br />

B52 ✓ ✓<br />

speed and current vs. speed)<br />

Document – Electrical datasheet B60 ✓ ✓<br />

Document – Order dimensional drawing B61 ✓ ✓<br />

Standard test (routine test)<br />

B65 ✓ ✓<br />

with acceptance<br />

Temperature test without acceptance B67 ✓ ✓<br />

Temperature test with acceptance B68 ✓ ✓<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B80 ✓ ✓<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for vertical B81 ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal<br />

motors, without acceptance<br />

B82 ✓ ✓<br />

For legends and footnotes, see page 5/100.<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

✓<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

5/99<br />

5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB55.4, 1MB55.3, 1MB58.3<br />

Special versions<br />

1MB5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

Additional identification<br />

code -Z with order code<br />

and plain text if required<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation and test certificates (continued)<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal B83 ✓ ✓<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

"Basic" documentation package B90 ✓ ✓<br />

"Advanced" documentation package B91 ✓ ✓<br />

"Projects" documentation package B92 ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in star for dispatch M01 ✓ ✓<br />

Connected in delta for dispatch M02 ✓ ✓<br />

Standard version<br />

◦ Without additional charge<br />

• This order code only determines the price of the version –<br />

Additional plain text is required.<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

O. R. Possible on request<br />

Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

400 450<br />

1MB55 . 4<br />

1MB55 . 3<br />

IEC Ex ec, Ex tc, Ex tb<br />

(Zones 2, 22 and 21)<br />

1MB58 . 3<br />

IE4<br />

IE3<br />

5<br />

1) Evaluation with associated tripping unit (see Catalog IC 10) is recommended.<br />

2) Parallel Whitworth threaded pipe DIN ISO 228 (DIN 259) BSPP (British<br />

Standard Pipe Parallel), threaded pipe for connections not sealed in the<br />

thread (cylindrical), external = G.<br />

3) When motors are ordered that have a longer or shorter shaft extension<br />

than normal, the required position and length of the feather keyway must<br />

be specified in a sketch. It must be ensured that only feather keys in<br />

accordance with EN 50347 are used. The feather keyway is positioned<br />

centrally on the shaft extension. The length is defined by the manufacturer<br />

in accordance with the appropriate standard. Not valid for: Conical shafts,<br />

non-standard threaded journals, non-standard shaft tolerances, friction<br />

welded journals, extremely "thin" shafts, special geometry dimensions<br />

(e.g. square journals), hollow shafts. Valid for non-standard shaft extensions<br />

DE or NDE. The feather keys are supplied in every case. For order<br />

codes Y58, Y59 and L05 the following applies:<br />

– Dimensions D and DA ball bearing inner diameter<br />

(see dimension tables for "Dimensions")<br />

– Dimensions E and EA 2 × length E (standard) of the shaft extension.<br />

4) The delivery time for the manufacturer's test certificate may differ from the<br />

delivery time for the motor.<br />

5) The Operating Instructions (Compact) are available in PDF format for all<br />

official EU languages at<br />

http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/10803948/133300<br />

6) Order code S<strong>06</strong> cannot be combined with order codes S00 and S01.<br />

Possible without restriction in combination with Y53 for frame sizes 315 to<br />

355 and for frame sizes 400 and 450.<br />

7) A minimum cantilever force F min of 0.5 F max is required for NU bearings<br />

(cylindrical roller bearings) in contrast to ball bearings. Cylindrical roller<br />

bearings are not suitable for coupling output or for brief periods of no-load<br />

operation without cantilever force.<br />

8) For frame sizes 400 and 450, permissible cantilever forces for motors with<br />

reinforced bearings are available on request. Please specify cantilever<br />

force and lever arm.<br />

9) Only possible for line operation.<br />

10) The separately driven fan motor is implemented with voltage code 34<br />

(400 V/50 Hz; 460 V/60 Hz).<br />

11) For frame sizes 400 and 450, not possible for a vertical type of<br />

construction.<br />

12) For motors with flange (IM B5, IM B35, IM V1), only possible in conjunction<br />

with order code H08.<br />

13) Restrictions can apply when mounting the terminal box.<br />

14) Only available for 1MB552 (Ex tc for Zone 22). Not available for 1MB553<br />

(Ex ec for Zone 2).<br />

15) Not available for 8-pole motors, frame size 450.<br />

16) Not possible in combination with order code C02.<br />

17) Not possible in combination with order code R50.<br />

18) Customer specifications: Voltage between 380 and 690 V (voltages outside<br />

this range are available on request), frequency, circuit, required rated<br />

power in kW.<br />

19) Standard version for 1MB5.1 (Ex tb for Zone 21).<br />

5/100 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Article No. supplements and special versions · Accessories<br />

■ Overview<br />

Couplings for use in hazardous areas<br />

The motor from Siemens is connected to the machine or gear<br />

unit through a coupling. Flender is an important coupling manufacturer<br />

with a wide range of products.<br />

For standard applications, Siemens recommends that flexible<br />

couplings, types N-EUPEX and RUPEX or torsionally rigid couplings,<br />

types ARPEX and ZAPEX are used. For special applications,<br />

FLUDEX and ELPEX-S couplings are recommended.<br />

These coupling types are suitable for use in areas subject to<br />

explosion hazards and are offered with declaration of conformity<br />

and EU type-examination certificate according to Directive<br />

2014/34/EU.<br />

Available from:<br />

Siemens contact partner - ordering from catalog<br />

Siemens MD 10.1 "FLENDER Standard Couplings"<br />

or<br />

Flender GmbH<br />

Kupplungswerk Mussum<br />

Industriepark Bocholt<br />

Schlavenhorst 100<br />

46395 Bocholt, Germany<br />

Phone +49 (2871) 922185<br />

Fax +49 (2871) 922579<br />

www.flender.com<br />

Email: flender-kupplungen-2.pd.de@siemens.com<br />

Taper pins according to DIN 258 with threaded ends and<br />

constant taper lengths<br />

Taper pins are used for components that are repeatedly<br />

removed. The drilled hole is conically ground using a conical<br />

reamer until the pin can be pushed in by hand until the cone<br />

shoulder lies approx. 3 to 4 mm above the rim of the hole.<br />

It can then be driven in using a hammer until it is correctly<br />

seated. The pin is removed from the drilled hole by screwing<br />

on the nut and tightening it.<br />

Standardized taper pins are commercially available.<br />

For instance, available from:<br />

Otto Roth GmbH & Co. KG<br />

Rutesheimer Strasse 22<br />

70499 Stuttgart, Germany<br />

Phone +49 711 1388-0<br />

Fax +49 711 1388-233<br />

www.ottoroth.de<br />

Email: info@ottoroth.de<br />

■ More information<br />

Replacement motors and repair parts<br />

• Commitment to provide replacement motors and repair parts<br />

following delivery of the motor:<br />

- For up to 3 years after the delivery of the original motor, in the<br />

event of total motor failure – with regard to the mounting<br />

dimensions and functions – Siemens will supply a comparable<br />

replacement motor (the type series may vary).<br />

- If a spare motor is supplied within the 3-year period, this<br />

does not mean that the warranty restarts.<br />

- Replacement motors delivered after the active production of<br />

the motor series are also identified as spare motors on the<br />

rating plate.<br />

- Spare parts are available only on request for these spare<br />

motors. Repair or replacement is not possible.<br />

- After a period of 3 years (after the delivery of the original<br />

motor), it is only possible to repair these motors (depending<br />

on the availability of the spare parts required).<br />

- For up to 5 years after the delivery of the original motor, spare<br />

parts will be available and for a further 5 years, Siemens will<br />

provide information about spare parts and will supply<br />

documents when required.<br />

Foundation blocks according to DIN 799<br />

The foundation blocks are inserted into the stone foundation and<br />

embedded in concrete. They are used for fixing machines of<br />

medium size, slide rails, pedestal bearings, base frames, etc.<br />

After the fixing bolts have been unscrewed, the machines can<br />

be shifted without them having to be lifted.<br />

When the machine is initially installed, the foundation blocks that<br />

are bolted to the machine (without washers) and fitted with taper<br />

pins are not embedded with concrete until the machine has<br />

been fully aligned. In this case, the machine is positioned<br />

2 to 3 mm lower. The difference in shaft height is compensated<br />

by inserting shims on final installation. The taper pins safeguard<br />

the exact position of the machine when it is repeatedly removed<br />

and replaced without the need for realignment.<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 5241 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 5241 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Slide rails with fixing bolts and tensioning screws according<br />

to DIN 42923<br />

Slide rails are used to tension the belt of a machine easily and<br />

conveniently when there is no belt-tensioning pulley. They are<br />

fixed to the base using stone bolts or foundation blocks.<br />

The assignment of slide rails to motor size can be found in<br />

DIN 42923. For motors of frame sizes 355<br />

to 450, there are no standardized slide rails (please inquire).<br />

Available from:<br />

Lütgert & Co. GmbH<br />

Postfach 42 51<br />

33276 Gütersloh, Germany<br />

Phone +49 5241 7407-0<br />

Fax +49 5241 7407-90<br />

www.luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

Email: info@luetgert-antriebe.de<br />

• When repair parts are ordered, the following details must be<br />

provided:<br />

- Designation and part number<br />

- Article No. and factory number of the motor.<br />

• For bearing types, see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction".<br />

• Repair parts are available for 1MB1 motors on request.<br />

• For standard components, a commitment to supply repaired<br />

parts does not apply.<br />

• Support hotline<br />

In Germany<br />

Phone +49 911 895 7 222<br />

You will find telephone numbers for other countries on our<br />

Internet site:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation/service&support<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/101


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions<br />

Notes on the dimensions<br />

■ Overview<br />

7 Dimension designations according to EN 50347 and<br />

IEC 60072.<br />

7 Fits<br />

The shaft extensions specified in the dimension tables<br />

(DIN 748) and centering spigot diameters (EN 50347)<br />

are machined with the following fits:<br />

Dimension ISO fit DIN ISO 286-2<br />

designation<br />

D, DA to 30 j6<br />

over 30 to 50<br />

k6<br />

over 50<br />

m6<br />

N to 250 j6<br />

over 250<br />

h6<br />

F, FA h9<br />

K<br />

H17<br />

S flange (FF) H17<br />

The drilled holes of couplings and belt pulleys should have an<br />

ISO fit of at least H7.<br />

7 Dimensional tolerances<br />

For the following dimension designations, the admissible<br />

deviations are given below:<br />

Dimension Dimension Admissible<br />

designation<br />

deviation<br />

H to 250 – 0.5<br />

over 250 – 1.0<br />

E, EA – 0.5<br />

Feather keyways and feather keys (dimensions GA, GC, F and<br />

FA) are made in compliance with DIN 6885 Part 1.<br />

7 All dimensions are specified in mm.<br />

5<br />

5/102 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions<br />

Dimension sheet generator (within the DT Configurator)<br />

■ Overview<br />

A dimensional drawing can be created in the "Drive Technology<br />

Configurator" (DT Configurator) for every configurable motor.<br />

A dimensional drawing can be requested for every other motor.<br />

When a <strong>complete</strong> Article No. is entered with or without order<br />

codes, a dimensional drawing can be called up under the<br />

"Documentation" tab.<br />

These dimensional drawings can be presented in different views<br />

and sections and printed.<br />

The corresponding dimension sheets can be exported, saved<br />

and processed further in DXF format (interchange/import format<br />

for CAD systems) or as bitmap graphics.<br />

Online access in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

The "DT Configurator" is integrated into the Siemens Industry<br />

Mall and can be used on the Internet without installation.<br />

German: www.siemens.de/dt-konfigurator<br />

<strong>English</strong>: www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/103


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00591<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00592<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type No. of<br />

1MB10.3- poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AQ AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M 0DA2, 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 121 121 96.5 96.5 93 155 43 100 32 32 118 23 36 18 50 113 80 8 41<br />

0DB2,<br />

0DC3<br />

0DA3,<br />

0DB3,<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 155 43 100 33 33 143 22.5 36 18 56 159 90 10 47<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 126 126 101.5 101.5 93 155 43 125 33 33 143 22.5 36 18 56 199 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 195 63.5 140 37.5 – 176 33.5 50 25 63 176 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 195 63.5 140 35.4 – 176 26 50 25 70 155 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 2, 6 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 260 70.5 140 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

1CC0<br />

1CA1, 2, 4 38 180 178.5<br />

1CB0<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 260 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

1CB2, 4, 6 38 178.5<br />

1CC3<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 260 77.5 210 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 148 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 260 77.5 254 44 – 300 47 57 28.5 108 208 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 43 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5/104 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE'<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00593<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

LA<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00594<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL LM D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB10.3- poles<br />

80 M 0DA2, 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 292 343 79 328 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0DB2,<br />

0DC3<br />

0DA3,<br />

327<br />

0DB3,<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 347 405 79 383 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 387 445 79 383 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4 100.5 12 16 418 489 112 463.5 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4 100.5 12 16 401 475 112 447 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 2, 6 115.5 12 16 449.5 535.5 130 516.5 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CC0<br />

1CA1, 2, 4 499.5 585.5 550.5<br />

1CB0<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 449.5 535.5 130 516.5 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CB2, 4, 6 499.5 585.5 550.5<br />

1CC3<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 145 15 19 586 730 145 654 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 145 15 19 646 790 145 714 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/105


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2, IE1 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00591<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00592<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1MB10.1,<br />

1MB10.2<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AQ AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

80 M 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 159 149 149 96.5 112.5 119.5 155 61.5 100 32 32 118 23 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

90 S 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 154 154 101.5 117.5 119.5 155 62.5 100 33 54 143 22.5 36 18 56 159 90 10 47<br />

90 L 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 178 154 154 101.5 117.7 119.5 155 62.5 125 33 54 143 22.5 36 18 56 134 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 166 166 125.5 125.5 135 195 63.5 140 37.5 37.5 176 33.5 50 25 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 190 46 226 222 177 177 136.5 136.5 135 195 63.5 140 35.4 37.5 176 26 50 25 70 129.7 112 12 52<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 260 70.5 140 38 76 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 3) 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 202 202 159.5 159.5 155 260 70.5 178 38 76 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 3) 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 260 77.5 210 44 89 4) 300 5) 47 57 28.5 108 148 6) 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 236.5 236.5 190 190 175 260 77.5 254 44 89 300 47 57 28.5 108 148 6) 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 38 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension CA is 166.5 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 44 mm.<br />

5) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

6) With screwed-on feet, dimension CA is 192 mm.<br />

5/1<strong>06</strong> Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Aluminum series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2, IE1 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 80 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE'<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00593<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

LA<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00594<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL LM D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB10.1, poles<br />

1MB10.2<br />

80 M 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 73 9.5 13.5 253 342.5 123 328 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S/L 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 294.5 405 123 383 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 L 1MB10.1 2, 4, 6 78.5 10 14 294.5 405 123 383 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 96.5 12 16 388.5 454 112 428.5 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 96 12 16 382 450 112 422 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132S All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 456.5 535.5 130 516.5 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132M All 2,4,6,8 115.5 12 16 456.5 535.5 130 516.5 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160M All 2,4,6,8 155 15 19 594 730 145 654 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160L All 2,4,6,8 155 15 19 594 730 145 654 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/107


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE4, IE3 – 1MB5 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

ED<br />

F<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

FA<br />

HC HB'<br />

HD<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

BC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

HA<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

DC<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

G_D081_XX_01070<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

5<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LA LL<br />

T<br />

G_D081_XX_01071<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

FA<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

AH<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

5/108 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE4, IE3 – 1MB5 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 400 and 450<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LA LL<br />

T<br />

Z x S<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC BE'<br />

K<br />

BA<br />

BA'<br />

E C B<br />

CA<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HC HB'<br />

HB<br />

G_D081_XX_01072<br />

HD<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

5<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1MB5.2-<br />

1MB5.3-<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AD‘‘ AG AG’ AG‘‘ AH B B’ B’’ BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA C<br />

A’<br />

400 4AA 2 710 150 860 880 785 845 740 705 720 620 1110 900 – – 220 220 1080 186 87.5 43.5 224 501 – – 400 35 420<br />

4AB 4<br />

4AC 6<br />

4AD 8<br />

450 4BA 2 800 180 980 970 820 895 775 740 770 655 1235 1000 – – 260 260 1220 170 87.5 43.5 250 535 – – 450 42 505<br />

4BB 4<br />

4BC 6<br />

4BD 8<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HB' HB'' HC HD HD' HH Y K K’ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB5.2-<br />

1MB5.3-<br />

poles<br />

400 4AA 2 400 1020 190 980 1140 410 134 35 42 1795 1940 519 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 M20 140 125 10 20 74.5<br />

4AB 4 1835 2010 110 M24 210 180 28 116 90 M24 170 140 25 25 95<br />

4AC 6<br />

4AD 8<br />

450 4BA 2 400 1105 190 1<strong>06</strong>5 1225 420 140 42 50 1955 2100 519 90 M24 170 140 25 25 95 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5<br />

4BB 4 1995 2210 120 210 180 32 127 100 M24 210 180 25 28 1<strong>06</strong><br />

4BC 6<br />

4BD 8<br />

C H<br />

A’’<br />

H<br />

A<br />

HB<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/109


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00595<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00596<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

1MB15.3-,<br />

1MB16.3-<br />

71 M 0CA2, 0CB2,<br />

0CC2<br />

0CA3, 0CB3,<br />

0CC3<br />

80 M 0DA2, 0DB2,<br />

0DC2<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

2, 4, 6 112 30.5 132 145 149 149 112 112 126 62 90 32 32 1<strong>06</strong> 21 36 18 45 83 71 7 37<br />

2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 162 159 159 122 122 126 62 100 32 32 118 22.5 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

0DA3, 0DB3,<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 100 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 149 90 10 47<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 125 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 164 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6 160 42 196 198 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 40 40 176 37.5 48 24 63 176 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 190 46 226 222 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 40 40 176 30 48 24 70 155 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0 2, 6 216 53 256 262 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 44 81 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 – 178.5<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 216 53 256 262 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 44 81 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5 132 15 69<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 – 178.5<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 117 3) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 314 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 117 3) 300 37 60 30 108 208 160 18 85<br />

28<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 43 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5/110 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE'<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00597<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

LA<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00598<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

1MB15.3-,<br />

1MB16.3-<br />

poles<br />

71 M 0CA2, 0CB2, 2, 4, 6 63 7.5 7.5 240 278 102 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

0CC2<br />

0CA3, 0CB3,<br />

70 280 318<br />

0CC3<br />

80 M 0DA2, 0DB2, 2, 4, 6 72.5 10 13.5 292 342.5 102 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0DC2<br />

0DA3, 0DB3<br />

327 377.5<br />

0DC3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6 80.5 10 10 347 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6 80.5 10 10 387 445 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 418 489 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 402 475 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0 2, 6 115.5 12 16 449.5 536 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CA1, 1CB0 2, 4 499.5 586<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 449.5 536 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 499.5 586<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 145 15 19 586 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 145 15 19 646 790 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/111


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00599<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P D<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>00<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

No. of A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AH AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

size 1MB15.3-, 1MB16.3- poles<br />

180 M 1EA2 2 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 468 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1EB2 4<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 468 92 279 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1EC4 6<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4 2, 6 318 60 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 533 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

2AA5, 2AB5, 2AC5 2, 4, 6<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 556 112 286 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 218<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 556 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

2BB2, 2BC2 4, 6<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 620 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

2CB2, 2CC2 4, 6<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 672 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DB0, 2DC0 4, 6<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 672 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 326<br />

2DB2 4<br />

2DC2 6 216<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

3AB0, 3AC0 4, 6<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 409<br />

3AB2, 3AC2 4, 6<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AB4, 3AC4 4, 6<br />

3AA5 2 176 227 648 513<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6 4, 6<br />

5/112 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>01<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

No. of H HA Y HH K K’ L L’ 1) LC 2) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB15.3-, 1MB16.3- poles<br />

180 M 1EA2 2 180 20 95 155 15 19 698 698 814 165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EB2 4 668 668 784<br />

180 L 1EB4 4 180 20 95 155 15 19 698 698 814 165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EC4 6 668 668 784<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4 2, 6 200 25 108 164 19 25 721 755 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2AA5, 2AB5, 2AC5 2, 4, 6 746 780 860<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 – 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 225 34 124 164 19 25 818 852 933 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

2BB2, 2BC2 4, 6 848 – 963 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 16 59<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 250 40 138 192 24 30 887 924 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2, 2CC2 4, 6 – 1032 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 960 998 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0, 2DC0 4, 6 – 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 1070 1108 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB2 4 – 1215 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DC2 6 960<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1052 1122 1197 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0, 3AC0 4, 6 1082 – 1227 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1217 1287 1362 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB2, 3AC2 4, 6 1247 – 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1217 1287 1362 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB4, 3AC4 4, 6 1247 – 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AA5 2 146 1372 1442 1517 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6 4, 6 1402 – 1547 80 170 140 25 22 85 70<br />

20 74.5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/113


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE’<br />

D1<br />

L1<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00408a<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160<br />

L/M each have 2<br />

holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00409a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

5<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size 1MB1543-<br />

1MB1643-<br />

71 M 0C.2<br />

0C.3<br />

80 M 0D.2<br />

0D.3<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA H HA Y<br />

2, 4, 6 112 30.5 132 145 173 173 129 129 163 80.5 90 32 32 1<strong>06</strong> 21 48 24 45 83 71 7 37<br />

2, 4, 6 125 30.5 150 162 183 183 139 139 163 80.5 100 32 32 118 22.5 48 24 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

90 S 0E.0 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 188 188 144 144 163 80.5 100 33 54 143 24.5 48 24 56 159 90 11 47<br />

90 L 0E.4 2, 4, 6 140 30.5 165 180 188 188 144 144 163 80.5 125 33 54 143 24.5 48 24 56 134 90 11 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6 160 42 196 217 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 37.5 48 24 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 190 46 226 239 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 48 48 176 30 48 24 70 130 112 12 52<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0<br />

1CA1, 1CB0<br />

2, 6<br />

2, 4<br />

132 M 1CC2 6<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6<br />

216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 52 89 1) 218 2) 26.5 48 24 89 128.5<br />

178.5<br />

216 53 256 281 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 52 89 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 128.5<br />

178.5<br />

132 15 69<br />

132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 210 73 117 3) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 254 60 300 333.5 261 261 213 213 190 92 254 73 117 3) 300 37 60 30 108 208 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 43 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5/114 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00410a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

D1<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing<br />

feet for frame sizes<br />

132 S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

L1<br />

G_D081_EN_00411a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

Lifting eyes from<br />

frame size 100 L<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

D1<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K´ L 1) L1 D1 LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

poles<br />

1MB1543-<br />

1MB1643-<br />

71 M 0C.2<br />

0C.3<br />

80 M 0D.2<br />

0D.3<br />

2, 4, 6 64.5 7.5 7.5 240<br />

280<br />

2, 4, 6 71.5 10 10 292<br />

327<br />

– – 278 134 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

– – 318 134 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S 0E.0 2, 4, 6 79.5 10 10 347 – – 343 134 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 50 40 5 8 21.5<br />

90 L 0E.4 2, 4, 6 79.5 10 10 387 – – 378 134 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 50 40 5 8 21.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 425.5 – 32 405 134 28 M10 M10 50 5 8 31 24 M8 M10 50 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 408.5 – 32 445 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 60 50 5 8 27<br />

132 S 1CA0, 1CC0<br />

1CA1, 1CB0<br />

2, 6<br />

2, 4<br />

115.5 12 16 458 – 39 489 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 80 70 5 10 31<br />

132 M 1CC2 6 115.5 12 16 508 – 39 342.5 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 80 70 5 10 31<br />

1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6 145 14.5 18 596 – 45 475 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6 145 14.5 18 656 – 45 535.5 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

1) For 1MB1643 motors less dimension L1.<br />

2) Only for 1MB1543 motors.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/115


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00412a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

5<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size 1MB1543-<br />

1MB1643-<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

1EA2, 1EB4<br />

1EB2, 1EC4<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

2, 4<br />

4, 6<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 92 241 85 120 328 34<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4 2, 6 318 70 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 112 305 104 104 355 31<br />

2AA5, 2AB5, 2, 4, 6<br />

2AC5<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 265 112 286 93 118 361 15<br />

225 M 2BA2 2<br />

311<br />

2BB2, 2BC2 4, 6<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 145 349 102 102 409 24<br />

2CB2, 2CC2 4, 6<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 145 368 101 152 479 20<br />

2DB0, 2DC0 4, 6<br />

280 M 2DA2<br />

2DB2<br />

2DC2<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

2<br />

4<br />

6<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_XX_00413a<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AA<br />

Z x S<br />

K'<br />

419<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

M<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

5/116 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L, L'<br />

G_D081_XX_00414a<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of H HA Y HH K K´ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB1543-<br />

1MB1643-<br />

poles<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

1EA2, 1EB4<br />

1EB2, 1EC4<br />

200 L 2AA4, 2AC4 2, 6<br />

2AA5, 2AB5, 2, 4, 6<br />

2AC5<br />

2, 4 180 20 95 155 15 19 698<br />

668<br />

200 25 108 164 19 25 721<br />

746<br />

814<br />

784<br />

835<br />

860<br />

164 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 S 2BB0 4 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 963 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 175 100 70 16 59<br />

225 M 2BA2<br />

2BB2, 2BC2<br />

2<br />

4, 6<br />

250 M 2CA2 2<br />

2CB2, 2CC2 4, 6<br />

280 S 2DA0 2<br />

2DB0, 2DC0 4, 6<br />

280 M 2DA2<br />

2DB2<br />

2DC2<br />

6<br />

2<br />

4<br />

818<br />

928<br />

250 40 138 192 24 30 887<br />

957<br />

993<br />

1103<br />

1<strong>06</strong>2<br />

1162<br />

55<br />

60<br />

233 60<br />

65<br />

280 40 160 210 24 30 960 1170 233 65<br />

75<br />

1070 1280 65<br />

75<br />

960 1170<br />

110<br />

140<br />

100<br />

125<br />

5<br />

10<br />

16<br />

18<br />

59<br />

64<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

69<br />

M20 140 125 10 18<br />

20<br />

18<br />

20<br />

69<br />

79.5<br />

69<br />

79.5<br />

48<br />

55<br />

55<br />

60<br />

60<br />

65<br />

60<br />

65<br />

M16<br />

M20<br />

M20 175<br />

205<br />

100<br />

125<br />

70<br />

75<br />

14<br />

16<br />

16<br />

18<br />

51.5<br />

59<br />

59<br />

64<br />

M20 210 125 80 18 64<br />

69<br />

64<br />

69<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/117


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

HC HB'<br />

ED<br />

BE<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>29<br />

5<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>30<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

EE<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

M<br />

AG'<br />

AD'<br />

DB<br />

E<br />

HH<br />

DC<br />

AH<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

5/118 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with type of protection Ex eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

LA<br />

T<br />

BE<br />

Z x S<br />

HC HB'<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BC<br />

BA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BE'<br />

B<br />

B'<br />

B''<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

CA'<br />

CA''<br />

EE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

HA<br />

K'<br />

AA<br />

M<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AA<br />

AG<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

HB<br />

HD<br />

HD'<br />

HB''<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>31<br />

HB''<br />

HD'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size 1MB5543<br />

1MB5643<br />

315<br />

S/M<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

3AA0, 3AA2 2<br />

3AB0, 3AB2, 4, 6<br />

3AC0, 3AC2<br />

315 L 3AA4, 3AA5, 2<br />

3AB4, 3AB5, 4, 6<br />

3AC4, 3AC5,<br />

3AC6<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AD´´ AG AG´ AG´´ AH B B´ BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA CA´ H HA HB<br />

508 120 610 641 543 565 540 491 480 481 660 4<strong>06</strong> 457 176<br />

177<br />

227<br />

226<br />

570 139 135 67.5 216 370 319 315 50 491<br />

508 120 610 641 543 565 540 491 480 481 660 457 508 176 227 648 139 135 67.5 216 469 418 315 50 491<br />

AG''<br />

AD''<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HB´ HB´´ HC HD HD´ HH Y K K´ L LC 1) LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB5543<br />

1MB5643<br />

poles<br />

315<br />

S/M<br />

3AA0, 3AA2 2<br />

3AB0, 3AB2, 4, 6<br />

3AC0, 3AC2<br />

315 L 3AA0, 3AA2 2<br />

3AB4, 3AB5, 4, 6<br />

3AC4, 3AC5,<br />

3AC6<br />

225 796 167 800 880 355 146 28 35 1132 1277 327 65<br />

1162 1307 80<br />

225 796 167 800 880 355 146 28 35 1282 1427 327 65<br />

1312 1457 80<br />

M20 140<br />

M20 170<br />

125<br />

140<br />

10<br />

25<br />

18<br />

22<br />

69<br />

85<br />

60<br />

70<br />

M20 140 125 80 18<br />

20<br />

64<br />

74<br />

M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 80 18 64<br />

1) In the low-noise version, a second shaft extension and/or mounted encoder<br />

is not possible.<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/119


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00595<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00596<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

5<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA H HA Y<br />

1MB1553-<br />

71 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 112 25 140 169 240 – 195 – 163 81 90 30 45 125 76 36 18 45 199.5 71 10 35<br />

80 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 125 35 160 169 249 – 204 – 163 81 100 33 38 130 75.5 36 18 50 204 80 13 37.5<br />

90 S/L All 2, 4, 6, 8 140 40 180 182 261 – 216 – 163 81 125 41 40 155 80 36 18 56 239 90 13 41<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 40 205 218 259 – 213 – 163 81 140 50 50 170 92 48 24 63 3<strong>06</strong> 100 18 48<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 190 45 240 230 279 – 233 – 163 81 140 50 50 170 92 48 24 70 280.5 112 18 55<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 50 260 262 295 295 250 250 163 81 140 58 104 235 101 48 24 89 292 132 18 64<br />

132 M 1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 216 50 260 262 295 295 250 250 163 81 178 58 104 235 101 48 24 89 309 132 18 64<br />

1CC2, 1CD2 6, 8 254<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 310 314 351 351 299 299 190 92 210 61 114 307 162.5 60 3 108 393 160 20 87.5<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 310 314 351 351 299 299 190 92 254 61 114 307 162.5 60 3 108 349 160 20 87.5<br />

5/120 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00598<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

EC<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K´ L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB1553- poles<br />

71 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 121 7 10 350 394.5 134 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

80 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 125.5 10 15 374 434 134 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

90 S/L All 2, 4, 6, 8 136 10 15 450 510 134 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 155 12 19 544 619 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 162 12 19 520 600.5 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 190 12 19 571 661 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M 1CB2, 1CC3 4, 6 190 12 19 626 716 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

1CC2, 1CD2 6, 8 571 661<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 270.5 14.5 23 786 931 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 270.5 14.5 23 786 931 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/121


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00599<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

5<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P D<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>00<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

HA<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD´ AF AF´ AG AS B BA BA´ BB BC BE BE´ C CA<br />

1MB1553-<br />

180 M 1EA2, 1EB2 2, 4 279 70 349 353 388 388 336 336 190 92 241 100 170 359 184 60 30 121 411<br />

180 L 4EB4, 1EC4, 4, 6, 8 279 70 349 353 388 388 336 336 190 92 279 100 170 359 184 60 30 121 373<br />

1ED4<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 318 80 400 393 447 447 390 390 266 112 305 120 142 425 217 85 42.5 133 411<br />

225 S 2BB0, 2BD0 4, 8 356 90 446 439 467 467 410 410 266 112 286 115 209 438 221 85 42.5 149 494<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 356 90 446 439 467 467 410 410 266 112 311 115 209 438 221 85 42.5 149 469<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 4, 6, 8<br />

2BD2<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 505 487 502 502 414 414 319 145 349 123 128 420 188 110 55 168 422<br />

2CB2, 4, 6, 8<br />

2CC2,<br />

2CD2<br />

280 S 2CA0 2 457 110 570 540 524 524 436 436 319 145 368 173 177 520 252 110 55 190 496<br />

2DB0, 4, 6, 8<br />

2DC0, 2DC0<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 457 110 570 540 524 524 436 436 319 145 419 173 177 520 252 110 55 190 445<br />

2CB2,<br />

2DC2, 2DD2<br />

4, 6, 8<br />

FA<br />

AA<br />

Z x S<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

M<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

5/122 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 280 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>01<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of H HA Y HH K K´ L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB1553- poles<br />

180 M 1EA2, 1EB2 2, 4 180 19 97 305 14.5 22 838 993 165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

180 L 4EB4, 1EC4, 4, 6, 8 180 19 97 305 14.5 22 838 993 165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1ED4<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 200 25 101 350 18.5 25 899 1<strong>06</strong>9 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 S 2BB0, 2BD0 4, 8 225 25.5 117 370 18.5 25 1004 1179 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 M 2BA2 2 225 25.5 117 370 18.5 25 974 1149 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 4, 6, 8 1004 1179 60 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 16 59<br />

2BD2<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 250 35 133 356 24 40 1014 1189 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2, 4, 6, 8 1219 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2CC2,<br />

2CD2<br />

280 S 2CA0 2 280 40 140 442 24 40 1124 1334 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0, 4, 6, 8 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

2DC0, 2DC0<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 280 40 140 442 24 40 1124 1334 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2CB2,<br />

2DC2, 2DD2<br />

4, 6, 8 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/123


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00599<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P D<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>00<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

1MB5553-<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 508 120 610 668 603 603 509 509 509 167 4<strong>06</strong> 140 196 602 169 120 60 216 497<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 508 120 610 668 603 603 509 509 509 167 457 140 286 692 169 120 60 216 536<br />

3AB2 4 286 692 536<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 6, 8 196 602 446<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 508 120 610 668 603 603 509 509 509 167 508 140 286 692 169 120 60 216 485<br />

3AA5 305 762 555<br />

3AA6 334 842 254 635<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD5, 4, 6, 8 286 692 169 485<br />

3AD6<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6 4, 6 305 762 169 555<br />

3AB6, 3AC7, 3AD7 4, 6, 8 334 842 254 635<br />

3AD4 8 457 196 602 169 446<br />

355 S 3BD0 8 508 120 610 668 603 603 509 509 509 167 457 140 196 602 169 120 60 216 446<br />

3BD1<br />

355 M 3BD2 8 508 120 610 668 603 603 509 509 509 167 457 140 196 602 169 120 60 216 446<br />

355 L 3BA2 2 610 150 780 736 710 710 590 590 570 175 630 187 350 893 230 120 60 254 535<br />

3BA3 365 968 610<br />

3BA4, 3BA5 191 401 1078 720<br />

3BB2, 3BB3 4 187 350 893 535<br />

3BB4, 3BC1 4, 6 365 968<br />

3BB5, 3BC2, 3BC3,<br />

3BC4<br />

4, 6, 8 191 401 1078<br />

5/124 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE3 – 1MB5 with types of protection Ex db, Ex db eb – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 315 S to 355 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>01<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

No. of H HA Y HH K K’ L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

1MB5553<br />

poles<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 315 50 146 385 28 28 1189 1399 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8 1219 1429 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 315 50 146 385 28 28 1279 1489 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB2 4 1309 1519 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 6, 8 1219 1429<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 315 50 146 385 28 28 1279 1489 327 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AA5 1349 1559<br />

3AA6 470 1429 1639<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD5, 4, 6, 8 385 1309 1519 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AD6<br />

3AB5, 3AC5, 3AC6 4, 6 385 1379 1589<br />

3AB6, 3AC7, 3AD7 4, 6, 8 470 1459 1669<br />

3AD4 8 385 1219 1429<br />

355 S 3BD0 8 315 50 146 385 28 28 1584 1834 497 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85<br />

3BD1 1694 1944<br />

355 M 3BD2 8 315 50 146 385 28 28 1694 1944 497 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 M20 170 140 25 22 85<br />

355 L 3BA2 2 355 50 139 385 35 35 1479 1699 497 75 M20 140 125 10 20 79.5 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3BA3 1554 1774<br />

3BA4, 3BA5 1664 1884<br />

3BB2, 3BB3 4 1509 1759 95 M24 170 140 25 25 100 80 M20 170 125 25 22 85<br />

3BB4, 3BC1 4, 6 1584 1834<br />

3BB5, 3BC2, 3BC3,<br />

3BC4<br />

4, 6, 8 1694 1944<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/125


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

LL L LC<br />

BE'<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00591<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M<br />

each have 2 holes at<br />

NDE.<br />

DB<br />

BA<br />

E C B<br />

Y<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00592<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA DC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

For motor<br />

Frame<br />

size<br />

Motor type<br />

1MB15.1-,<br />

1MB16.1-<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA H HA Y<br />

71 M 0CA2, 0CB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 112 30.5 132 145 149 149 112 112 126 62 90 32 32 1<strong>06</strong> 21 36 18 45 83 71 7 37<br />

0CC2, 0CD2<br />

0CA3, 0CB3,<br />

28<br />

0CC3, 0CD3<br />

80 M 0DA2, 0DB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 125 30.5 150 162 159 159 122 122 126 62 100 32 32 118 22.5 36 18 50 112.5 80 8 41<br />

0DC2, 0DD2<br />

0DA3, 0DB3,<br />

0DC3, 0DD3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 100 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 149 90 10 47<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 140 30.5 165 180 164 164 127 127 126 62 125 33 54 143 24.5 36 18 56 124 90 10 47<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 160 42 196 198 193 193 147 147 163 80.5 140 40 40 176 37.5 48 24 63 141 100 12 45<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2, 2, 4, 6 190 46 226 222 195 195 150 150 163 80.5 140 40 40 176 30 48 24 70 129.7 112 12 52<br />

1BC2<br />

1BD2 8<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 140 44 81 1) 218 3) 26.5 48 24 89 167 132 15 69<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 216 53 256 262 214.5 214.5 169 169 163 80.5 178 44 81 1) 218 26.5 48 24 89 129 132 15 69<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 265 265 213 213 190 92 210 51 95 2) 300 4) 37 60 30 108 192 160 18 85<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 254 60 300 314 265 265 213 213 190 92 254 51 95 2) 300 37 60 30 108 148 160 18 85<br />

1) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 43 mm.<br />

2) With screwed-on feet, dimension BA' is 51 mm.<br />

3) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 180 mm.<br />

4) With screwed-on feet, dimension BB is 256 mm.<br />

5/126 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 71 M to 160 L<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

P<br />

N<br />

D<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

EB<br />

E<br />

C<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

LL<br />

BE'<br />

BE<br />

BC<br />

EC<br />

G_D081_EN_00593<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

LM<br />

AQ<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD<br />

H AF<br />

Only cast housing feet<br />

for frame sizes 132<br />

S/M and 160 L/M each<br />

have 2 holes at NDE.<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

LA<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

K<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

Type of construction IM B14<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

HH<br />

LL<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00594<br />

LM<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

D<br />

BE’<br />

BE<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

FA<br />

AQ<br />

AD<br />

AF<br />

GA<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

EC<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

GC<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type No. of HH K K' L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size 1MB15.1-,<br />

1MB16.1-<br />

poles<br />

71 M 0CA2, 0CB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 63 7 7 240 278 102 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16 14 M5 30 22 4 5 16<br />

0CC2, 0CD2<br />

0CA3, 0CB3,<br />

70 280 318<br />

0CC3, 0CD3<br />

80 M 0DA2, 0DB2, 2, 4, 6, 8 72.5 10 13.5 292 342.5 102 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5 19 M6 40 32 4 6 21.5<br />

0DC2, 0DD2<br />

0DA3, 0DB3,<br />

327 377.5<br />

0DC3, 0DD3<br />

90 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 80.5 10 10 347 405 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

90 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 80.5 10 10 387 445 102 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

100 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 100.5 12 16 390.5 454 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

112 M 1BA2, 1BB2, 2, 4, 6 100.5 12 16 390.5 450 134 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31 24 M8 50 40 5 8 27<br />

1BC2<br />

1BD2 8 408.5 475<br />

132 S All 2, 4, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 458 536 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

132 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 115.5 12 16 458 536 134 38 M12 80 70 5 10 41 28 M10 60 50 5 8 31<br />

160 M All 2, 4, 6, 8 145 15 19 596 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

160 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 145 15 19 596 730 165 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45 42 M16 110 90 10 12 45<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/127


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00599<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P D<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>00<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

1MB15.1-, 1MB16.1-<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AH AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

1EA2, 1EB24 2, 4 279 65 339 356 286 286 234 234 190 468 92 241 85 120 328 34 60 30 121 202<br />

1EC4, 1ED4 6, 8 279<br />

1EB4 4<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 318 60 378 396 315 315 259 259 266 533 112 305 104 104 355 31 85 42.5 133 177<br />

225 S/<br />

225 M<br />

2BB0, 2BD0, 4, 8 356 80 436 449 338 338 282 282 266 556 112 311 92 117 361 15 85 42.5 149 253<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2 4, 6, 8<br />

2BA2 2<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 4<strong>06</strong> 100 490 497 410 410 322 322 319 620 145 349 102 102 409 24 110 55 168 230<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2 4, 6, 8<br />

5/128 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 180 M to 250 M<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>01<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

No. of H HA Y HH K K’ L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

1MB15.1-, 1MB16.1-<br />

poles<br />

180 M/<br />

180 L<br />

1EA2, 1EB2 2, 4 180 20 95 155 15 19 668 784 165 48 M16 110 100 5 14 52 48 M16 110 100 5 14 51.5<br />

1EC4, 1ED4 6, 8<br />

1EB4 4 698 814<br />

200 L All 2, 4, 6, 8 200 25 108 164 19 25 721 835 197 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

225 S/<br />

225 M<br />

2BB0, 2BD0, 4, 8 225 34 124 164 19 25 788 903 197 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2BB2, 2BC2, 2BD2 4, 6, 8 848 963<br />

2BA2 2 818 933 55 110 100 5 16 59 48 M16 14 51.5<br />

250 M 2CA2 2 250 40 138 192 24 30 887 1002 233 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64 55 M20 110 100 5 16 59<br />

2CB2, 2CC2, 2CD2 4, 6, 8 1032 65 69 60 140 125 10 18 64<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/129


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B3<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_00599<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

D<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

H<br />

DB<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

EA<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

Types of construction IM B5 and IM V1<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

5<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P D<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>00<br />

LE<br />

T<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

ED<br />

DB<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

BE'<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

DC<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

M<br />

AD'<br />

AF<br />

AD<br />

LA<br />

HH<br />

EE<br />

AF'<br />

For motor<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

size<br />

No. of<br />

poles<br />

Dimension designation acc. to IEC<br />

A AA AB AC AD AD’ AF AF’ AG AH AS B BA BA’ BB BC BE BE’ C CA<br />

1MB15.1-, 1MB16.1-<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 672 145 368 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 267<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 4, 6, 8<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 457 100 540 551 433 433 345 345 319 672 145 419 101 152 479 20 110 55 190 216<br />

2DB2, 2DC2, 2DD2 4, 6, 8<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 4<strong>06</strong> 113 170 527 22 110 55 216 295<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 457 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 409<br />

3AB2 4<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 6, 8 327 244<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 508 120 610 616 515 515 404 404 374 780 164 508 113 170 578 22 110 55 216 358<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4, 4, 6, 8<br />

3AC5, 3AD5, 3AD6<br />

3AA5 2 176 227 648 513<br />

3AB5 1) , 3AC6 1) 4, 6<br />

1) When ordering a terminal box positioned on the left-hand side or right-hand<br />

side, the feet are screwed on as standard.<br />

These screwed-on feet have 3 drill holes on the NDE with the respective<br />

dimension B 4<strong>06</strong>, 457 and 508 mm; the dimension BB is 666 mm.<br />

5/130 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Dimensions · Cast-iron series SIMOTICS XP<br />

IE2 – 1MB1 with types of protection Ex tb, Ex tc, Ex ec – self-ventilated · Frame sizes 280 S to 315 L<br />

■ Dimensional drawings<br />

Type of construction IM B35<br />

For flange dimensions, see page 1/47 (Z = the number of retaining holes)<br />

LE<br />

LL<br />

BE<br />

LC<br />

L<br />

G_D081_XX_0<strong>06</strong>01<br />

AG<br />

AS<br />

F<br />

GA<br />

N P<br />

D<br />

T<br />

ED<br />

E<br />

EB<br />

BE'<br />

BC<br />

K<br />

EA<br />

EC<br />

DA<br />

AC<br />

GC<br />

FA<br />

Z x S<br />

M<br />

AF<br />

H<br />

AD<br />

DB<br />

LA<br />

C<br />

Y<br />

BA<br />

B<br />

BB<br />

BA'<br />

CA<br />

EE<br />

DC<br />

HA<br />

AA<br />

K'<br />

A<br />

AB<br />

AF'<br />

AD'<br />

5<br />

For motor Dimension designation acc. to IEC DE shaft extension NDE shaft extension<br />

Frame Motor type<br />

No. of H HA Y HH K K’ L LC LL D DB E EB ED F GA DA DC EA EC EE FA GC<br />

size<br />

1MB15.1-, 1MB16.1-<br />

poles<br />

280 S 2DA0 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 960 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB0, 2DC0, 2DD0 4, 6, 8 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

280 M 2DA2 2 280 40 160 210 24 30 960 1105 233 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

2DB2, 2DC2, 2DD2 4, 6, 8 75 20 79.5 65 69<br />

315 S 3AA0 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1052 1197 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB0, 3AC0, 3AD0 4, 6, 8 1082 1227 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

315 M 3AA2 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1217 1362 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB2 4 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC2, 3AD2 6, 8 1082 1227<br />

315 L 3AA4 2 315 50 181 238 28 35 1217 1362 299 65 M20 140 125 10 18 69 60 M20 140 125 10 18 64<br />

3AB4, 3AC4, 3AD4, 4, 6, 8 1247 1392 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

3AC5, 3AD5, 3AD6<br />

3AA5 2 146 1372 1517 65 140 125 10 18 69 60 18 64<br />

3AB5, 3AC6 4, 6 1402 1547 80 170 140 25 22 85 70 20 74.5<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

5/131


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS XP 1MB1, 1MB5 explosion-protected motors<br />

Notes<br />

5<br />

5/132 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

6<br />

6/2 Introduction<br />

6/3 Marine motors<br />

6/3 Orientation<br />

6/9 Special versions<br />

6/9 Options<br />

6/9 • Aluminum series 1LE10<br />

6/10 • Cast-iron series 1LE15/1LE16<br />

Basic/Performance Line<br />

6/11 • Cast-iron series 1LE55/1LE56<br />

Basic/Performance Line<br />

6/12 • Aluminum series 1MB10,<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB16/1MB55<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors<br />

Introduction<br />

■ Overview<br />

With the designation SIMOTICS DP, Siemens offers a number of<br />

industry and application specific (Definite Purpose) motors that<br />

differ from standard motors in that they have special industry/<br />

application-specific features:<br />

SIMOTICS DP marine motors<br />

Marine motors are exposed to air humidity and other hostile conditions<br />

on the high seas and must always perform their function<br />

reliably. Our marine motors meet the standards of the leading<br />

classification companies (DNV GL, BV, LR, RS, KR, ABS, RINA)<br />

and have type test certifications up to frame size 315 L. They are<br />

basically suitable for the higher ambient temperatures in engine<br />

rooms below deck. If requested, a representative of the marine<br />

classification society can be present in our factories to formally<br />

accept equipment.<br />

You will find more information on marine motors on the following<br />

pages.<br />

SIMOTICS DP steel plant motors<br />

The steel plant motors are specially designed for applications in<br />

the steel industry with stringent requirements for vibrations and<br />

shocks according to class 3M4 (EN 60721-3-3). They provide an<br />

optimized technical and economic solution for numerous transportation<br />

tasks in the steel manufacturing process or in steel<br />

manufacturing facilities, in which no scale dust occurs. Steel<br />

plant motors can be operated at a constant speed directly on the<br />

line or are used together with the SINAMICS S120 converter for<br />

dynamic processes.<br />

The ordering data for SIMOTICS DP steel plant motors can be<br />

found in the Catalog Add On D 81.1 AO – <strong>Motors</strong> for the steel<br />

industry.<br />

SIMOTICS DP roller table and steel plant motors<br />

SIMOTICS DP roller table and steel plant motors are designed<br />

for directly driving the rollers of working roller tables in reversing<br />

rolling mills. They are designed as <strong>complete</strong>ly enclosed threephase<br />

induction motors, with a housing made of spheroidal<br />

graphite cast iron, ring ribs, and reinforced bearing shields.<br />

This makes the motors ideal for use with typical shocks and<br />

vibrations and severe dirt due to scale dust. On account of their<br />

special mechanical design, they meet the most stringent<br />

requirements demanded by this application. Of course, the<br />

motors are also designed for variable-speed reversing operation<br />

on frequency converters of the SINAMICS S and G series.<br />

The ordering data for SIMOTICS DP roller table and steel plant<br />

motors can be found in the Catalog Add On D 81.1 AO – <strong>Motors</strong><br />

for the steel industry.<br />

SIMOTICS DP crane motors<br />

Like marine motors, crane motors are exposed to extreme climatic<br />

conditions and must meet tough operating requirements.<br />

Our crane motors stand up to high humidity levels, salt-laden air,<br />

and high wind speeds. They are characterized by high overload<br />

capability and a large speed setting range, for example, to operate<br />

hoist mechanisms efficiently in converter operation.<br />

SIMOTICS DP crane motors are reliably protected against corrosion<br />

with especially elaborate paint finishes and sealing. The<br />

rugged cast-iron motors are especially suitable for tough operation<br />

under hostile conditions, for indoor and outdoor use, e.g. in<br />

harbor facilities for rubber-tired gantry, rail-mounted gantry, and<br />

automatic stacking cranes. Special pulse encoders and brakes<br />

round off the product to form a perfectly adapted solution.<br />

You can obtain further information on the SIMOTICS DP crane<br />

motors from your Siemens contact.<br />

6<br />

6/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Low-voltage motors in the marine version can be used below<br />

deck on ships and in the offshore industry. The thermal utilization<br />

of the motors is adapted to the generally higher ambient<br />

temperatures onboard ships. If the application demands<br />

compliance with additional regulations, such as explosion<br />

protection (Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX 95)), the appropriate<br />

motor series must be chosen.<br />

The motors on board ships are generally subdivided into three<br />

classes of importance by the marine classification societies in<br />

cooperation with customers, depending on the field of application:<br />

• Essential Service for Propulsion or also referred to as<br />

Primary Essential Service<br />

• Essential Service or also referred to as Secondary Essential<br />

Service or Important Service<br />

• Non-Essential Service or also referred to as Non-Important<br />

Service<br />

The class of importance must be specified by the customer<br />

(ordering party). Retrospective certification by means of<br />

individual acceptance test or construction supervision<br />

cannot be issued.<br />

The categories include the following requirements of the classification societies:<br />

Class of importance<br />

Essential Service for Propulsion Essential Service Non-Essential Service<br />

Typical applications Propeller drive, thruster Thrusters, lateral thrust units, anchor Pumps for service water<br />

winches, bilge and ballast pumps,<br />

fire-fighting pumps<br />

Version In accordance with the regulations set up by the classification society In accordance with ambient conditions<br />

set up by the classification society<br />

Inspection certificate Inspection certificate 3.2<br />

in accordance with EN 10204<br />

Individual acceptance by<br />

classification society<br />

Type test<br />

Ordering several identical motors<br />

Classification societies<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1<br />

in accordance with EN 10204<br />

Necessary if no type test certificate exists or the classification society has Not required<br />

defined it based on the application<br />

Not a requirement of the classification societies<br />

For standard motors up to frame size 355, a type test certificate is supplied. These motors can only be ordered with<br />

options E11 to E54 in accordance with the classification society.<br />

Differentiation between the first motor and additional ones must be realized No distinction<br />

when ordering using an order code<br />

Information about ambient conditions of the classification society<br />

Rating plate data<br />

Stamp of the classification society Stamp on shaft and housing No stamp<br />

None<br />

6<br />

Society Abbreviation Location<br />

American Bureau of Shipping ABS USA<br />

Bureau Veritas BV France<br />

DNV GL Maritime DNV GL Germany<br />

Korean Register KR Korea<br />

Lloyds Register LR UK<br />

Registro Italiano Navale RINA Italy<br />

Russian Maritime Register of<br />

Shipping<br />

RS<br />

Russia<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

6/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Overview<br />

Type test (type approval)<br />

All 1LE1, 1LE5, 1MB1, 1PC1, 1PC3, 1PC4 motors are manufactured<br />

and type tested in accordance with the regulations set up<br />

by the following international classification societies:<br />

• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)<br />

• KR (Korean Register of Shipping)<br />

• LR (Lloyds Register of Shipping)<br />

• BV (Bureau Veritas, France)<br />

• Registro Italiano Navale (RINA)<br />

• DNV GL Maritime<br />

• Russian Maritime Register of Shipping (RS)<br />

Special versions that differ from the range defined in the catalog<br />

are possible on request.<br />

■ Benefits<br />

The marine motors offer the user a number of advantages and<br />

benefits:<br />

• Cast-iron versions can be supplied for corrosive atmospheres<br />

especially for high humidity levels and salty air<br />

• Increased corrosion protection using specially designed paint<br />

finishes is available<br />

• Certified marine motors can be supplied for use in areas to be<br />

protected against explosion (hazardous zones)<br />

• Due to the existing type test, individual acceptance test in<br />

power ranges below the power limits defined by the classification<br />

societies is not required which means short delivery times<br />

• In depth know-how regarding customer requirements<br />

• Worldwide service network with 24 hour service hotline for<br />

motors and converters<br />

6<br />

6/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Application<br />

Our type tested marine motors are specially designed for use on<br />

board ship below deck and for the offshore industry:<br />

• Applications on ships as main and auxiliary drives below<br />

deck, e.g.:<br />

- Fans (air conditioning systems, refrigeration systems)<br />

- Pumps (for fire-extinguishing water, fuels, oils)<br />

- Winches (anchor winches, warping winches, lifting gear)<br />

- Compressors<br />

- Bow thruster drives<br />

- Ex motors for hazardous zones<br />

• Application in the offshore industry<br />

- Coastal areas, e.g. oil rigs, drilling ships<br />

Main drive<br />

M<br />

M<br />

Bow thruster<br />

Winches<br />

Motor<br />

Gen.<br />

Diesel<br />

Pumps,<br />

fans<br />

M<br />

G_D081_EN_00042<br />

Typical below-deck applications<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Housing design<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> can be supplied depending on the motor series in a<br />

corrosion-resistant aluminum housing or in a rugged lowvibration<br />

cast-iron version.<br />

Motor connection<br />

Cable glands are not included in the standard scope of supply<br />

with the exception of explosion-protected motors (see "Special<br />

versions").<br />

All marine motors generally have an external grounding terminal.<br />

Mountings (rotary pulse encoder, separately driven fan,<br />

brake)<br />

Brakes, encoders and separately driven fans from our basic<br />

series (1LE, 1MB) are accepted as mountings without a separate<br />

certificate from the marine classification societies by the<br />

following: LR, RINA, RS, DNV GL, ABS and KR.<br />

However, BV always demands separate certification for<br />

encoders. For this reason, 1LE1, 1MB1, 1PC1 and 1PC3 motors<br />

for BV can only be supplied in the "prepared for encoder mounting"<br />

condition. In this instance, the customer must bear responsibility<br />

for purchasing and installing a suitable encoder. With<br />

respect to brakes and separately driven fans, BV will also accept<br />

Siemens standard components.<br />

Fan / fan cover<br />

Fans and fan covers are made from the same materials as<br />

components from the basic series. BV stipulates that these<br />

components must be made of metal, and they are automatically<br />

supplied in this material when order code E31 is specified.<br />

6<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

6/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Specifications of the individual classification societies with order codes (options) for motors in frame sizes 71M - 315 L<br />

Classification<br />

society<br />

Coolant<br />

temperature<br />

CT<br />

Admissible<br />

temperature rise limit<br />

according to the<br />

classification society<br />

Rated power limit for<br />

individual acceptance<br />

test for essential service<br />

drive<br />

Rated power limit for<br />

construction supervision<br />

for essential service<br />

drive<br />

Temperature class<br />

130 (B) 155 (F)<br />

°C K K kW kW<br />

LR 45 70 95 100 100 E21<br />

BV 45 75 100 100 – E31<br />

DNV GL 45 75 100 300 – E51<br />

ABS 50 70 95 100 1) – E52<br />

RINA 45 75 100 100 – E41<br />

RS 45 75 95 20 – E46<br />

KR 45 75 95 7.5 – E54<br />

Type test certificates<br />

Order codes for<br />

surface-cooled motors<br />

up to frame size 315 L<br />

with type test certificate<br />

6<br />

G_D081_XX_00526<br />

1)<br />

Required for all power ranges for ATEX compliance.<br />

6/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Temperature class and coolant temperature<br />

SIMOTICS GP/SD standard motors and SIMOTICS XP<br />

explosion-protected motors up to frame size 355<br />

In general, marine motors are designed for a coolant temperature<br />

CT 45 °C in temperature class 155 (F) – used according to<br />

155 (F) – with thermal reserve. When motors are used according<br />

to temperature class 130 (B) (order code N05), derating is required.<br />

For standard motors up to frame size 315 L, the derating<br />

is approx. 4 % (for order codes E52 and E21 approx. 8 %).<br />

1MB1 motors in Zones 2, 21 and 22 are designed for temperature<br />

class 155 (F) – used according to temperature class 130 (B)<br />

– with derating of approx. 4 % (with order code E52 approx.<br />

8 %). <strong>Motors</strong> with increased power in temperature class 155 (F)<br />

– used according to temperature class 155 (F) – are also<br />

derated by approx. 4 % (with order code E52 and E21 approx.<br />

8 %). If temperature class 155 (F) is to be used according to<br />

130 (B), further derating of approximately 10 % is required.<br />

Coolant temperatures that exceed CT 45 °C require derating in<br />

accordance with the following table:<br />

Coolant temperature CT<br />

45 °C 50 °C 55 °C 60 °C<br />

Temperature class 155 (F) used according to 155 (F)<br />

Derating factor for line operation 1.00 0.96 0.92 0.87<br />

Temperature class 155 (F) used according to 130 (B)<br />

Derating factor for line operation 0.90 0.86 0.83 0.78<br />

More detailed information is available on request.<br />

Rating plate and inspection certificate<br />

The rating plate indicates the relevant classification society and<br />

the associated coolant temperature<br />

Made in Czech. Rep. D-90441 Nürnberg<br />

3~Mot. 1CV3314B 1LE15433AB434AA4-Z UC 1701/1234567 001 001<br />

IEC/EN 60034 315L IMB3 IP55<br />

990kg Th.Cl. 155(F) -20°C


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Orientation<br />

■ Technical specifications<br />

Recommended special versions<br />

• Motor protection with with 1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping<br />

(2 terminals) – 15th position of the Article No. B<br />

• Installation of Pt100 resistance thermometers for winding<br />

temperature monitoring – 16th position of the Article No. "H"<br />

• Especially for the motor series 1LE5:<br />

Installation of 2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in basic circuit<br />

for rolling-contact bearings – order code Q72<br />

• Anti-condensation heating for 230 V – order code Q02<br />

• Anti-condensation heating for 115 V – order code Q03<br />

• IP56 degree of protection for protection against harmful dust<br />

deposits, protection against water jets from any direction –<br />

order code H22<br />

• IP65 degree of protection for <strong>complete</strong> protection against dust<br />

deposits, protection against water jets from any direction –<br />

order code H20<br />

• Special bearing for drive-end (DE) and non-drive-end (NDE),<br />

bearing size 63 – order code L25,<br />

for non-standard motors on request<br />

• Metal external fan for self-ventilated motors –<br />

order codes F74 and F76 (standard with order code E31)<br />

6<br />

■ Additional notes<br />

Order information<br />

The fees levied by the classification societies for individual acceptance<br />

testing are included in order code B10 for motor types<br />

1LE1, 1LE5, 1PC5, 1MB1, 1PC1 and 1PC3.<br />

When ordering, add the supplement -Z to the Article No. and<br />

state details in plain text if required.<br />

For information about other special versions, refer to the appropriate<br />

sections under "SIMOTICS GP/SD 1LE1/1PC1 standard<br />

motors" and "SIMOTICS XP 1MB1 explosion-protected motors".<br />

Ordering example<br />

The ordering example is valid for an order quantity of 1 item.<br />

For larger order quantities, a type test with heat run (order code<br />

B83) has only to be ordered for one motor.<br />

It is not necessary to specify order code B83 for any further<br />

identical motors (included in the same order).<br />

The order must be divided into two order items; see "Example for<br />

5 identical motors".<br />

In addition to this, for marine motors, the following special versions<br />

are the "Standard version" and therefore included in the order<br />

codes for the basic marine version.<br />

Standard version:<br />

Designation<br />

Inspection certificate 3.1 in accordance with<br />

EN 10204<br />

Note:<br />

The delivery time for the manufacturer's test<br />

certificate may differ from the delivery time for<br />

the motor.<br />

External grounding terminal<br />

Example for 5 identical motors<br />

Order code<br />

B02<br />

Selection criteria Requirement Structure of the Article No.<br />

Motor type<br />

SIMOTICS SD Basic Line,<br />

1LE1503<br />

efficiency class IE3 Premium Efficiency,<br />

IP55 degree of protection, IM B3 type of construction,<br />

without winding protection, terminal box at top<br />

No. of poles, speed, rated power 4-pole, 1500 rpm, 55 kW 1LE1503-2CB2<br />

Voltage, frequency 400 V/690 VY, 50 Hz 1LE1503-2CB23-4<br />

Type of construction IM B3 1LE1503-2CB23-4A<br />

Motor protection 1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping (2 terminals) 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB<br />

Terminal box position Terminal box right 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5<br />

Paint finish Paint finish in "Brilliant blue" RAL 5007 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Y53<br />

Plain text: RAL5007<br />

Marine version<br />

Drive for "Essential Services" with type test certificate<br />

according to DNV GL Maritime with coolant<br />

1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Y53+E51<br />

Plain text: RAL5007<br />

temperature CT 45 °C<br />

Individual acceptance (by marine classification society) 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Y53+E51+B10<br />

Plain text: RAL5007<br />

Motor order<br />

Type test with temperature-rise run for horizontal<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

H04<br />

1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Y53+E51+B10+B83<br />

Plain text: RAL5007<br />

Order item Quantity Article No.<br />

in units<br />

1 1 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Z=Y53+E51+B10+B83<br />

Plain text: RAL 5007<br />

2 4 1LE1503-2CB23-4AB5-Z Z=Y53+E51+B10<br />

Plain text: RAL 5007<br />

6/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1LE10<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

1LE10 . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

63 71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and<br />

1LE1004 IEC IE4<br />

plain text if<br />

1LE1003<br />

IE3<br />

required<br />

1LE1001<br />

IE2<br />

1LE1002<br />

IE1<br />

1LE1023<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA)<br />

1LE1021<br />

Line<br />

NEE (NEMA)<br />

1LE1011<br />

Pole-changing<br />

1LE1012<br />

Marine version – Basic version<br />

With type test certificate according to E21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Lloyds Register (LR), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bureau Veritas (BV), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Registro Italiano Navale (RINA),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E46 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Russian Maritime Register (RS),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

DNV GL Maritime, CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E52 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),<br />

CT 50 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E54 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Korean Register of Shipping (KR),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

Marine version – Acceptance/certification<br />

Individual acceptance by marine B10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

classification society<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

6<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

6/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1LE15/1LE16 Basic/Performance Line<br />

6<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

✓ With additional charge<br />

– Not possible<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and<br />

1LE1504 Basic Line IEC IE4<br />

plain text if<br />

1LE1604 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1LE1503 Basic Line<br />

IE3<br />

1LE1603 Performance Line<br />

1LE1501 Basic Line<br />

IE2<br />

1LE1601 Performance Line<br />

1LE1523 Basic Line<br />

Eagle NPE (NEMA)<br />

1LE1623 Performance Line<br />

Line<br />

1LE1 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE1521 Basic Line NEE (NEMA)<br />

Marine version – Basic version<br />

With type test certificate according to E21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Lloyds Register (LR), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bureau Veritas (BV), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Registro Italiano Navale (RINA),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E46 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Russian Maritime Register (RS),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

DNV GL Maritime, CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E52 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),<br />

CT 50 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E54 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Korean Register of Shipping (KR),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

Marine version – Acceptance/certification<br />

Individual acceptance by marine B10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

classification society<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

6/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Special versions · Options<br />

Cast-iron series 1LE55/1LE56 Basic/Performance Line<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

order code and 1LE55.4 Basic Line IEC IE4<br />

plain text if 1LE56.4 Performance Line<br />

required<br />

1LE55.3 Basic Line<br />

IE3<br />

1LE5 . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code 1LE56.3 Performance Line<br />

Marine version – Basic version<br />

With type test certificate according to E21 ✓ ✓<br />

Lloyds Register (LR), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E41 ✓ ✓<br />

Registro Italiano Navale (RINA),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E46 ✓ ✓<br />

Russian Maritime Register (RS),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E51 ✓ ✓<br />

DNV GL Maritime, CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E52 ✓ ✓<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),<br />

CT 50 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

Marine version – Acceptance/certification<br />

Individual acceptance by marine B10 ✓ ✓<br />

classification society<br />

Type test with heat run for<br />

B81 ✓ ✓<br />

vertical motors, with acceptance<br />

Type test with heat run for<br />

horizontal motors, with acceptance<br />

B83 ✓ ✓<br />

✓<br />

With additional charge<br />

6<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

6/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

SIMOTICS DP application-specific motors – Marine motors<br />

Special versions · Options<br />

Aluminum series 1MB10, cast-iron series 1MB15/1MB16/1MB55<br />

6<br />

■ Selection and ordering data<br />

Special versions<br />

Additional Frame size<br />

Motor version<br />

identification<br />

71 80 90 100 112 132 160 180 200 225 250 280 315 355<br />

code -Z with<br />

Aluminum series order code and 1MB10.3 IEC<br />

IE3<br />

plain text if 1MB10.1<br />

IE2<br />

required<br />

1MB10.2<br />

IE1<br />

Cast-iron series 1MB15.3 Basic Line IE3<br />

1MB16.3 Performance Line<br />

1MB1553<br />

1MB5553<br />

1MB15.1 Basic Line<br />

IE2<br />

1MB . . . . - . . . . . - . . . . -Z Order code<br />

1MB16.1 Performance Line<br />

Marine version – Basic version<br />

With type test certificate according to E21 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Lloyds Register (LR), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E31 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Bureau Veritas (BV), CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E41 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Registro Italiano Navale (RINA),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E46 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Russian Maritime Register (RS),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E51 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

DNV GL Maritime, CT 45 °C,<br />

temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E52 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

American Bureau of Shipping (ABS),<br />

CT 50 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

With type test certificate according to E54 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

Korean Register of Shipping (KR),<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F),<br />

utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

Marine version – Acceptance/certification<br />

Individual acceptance by marine B10 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

classification society<br />

Type test with heat run for horizontal<br />

motors, with acceptance<br />

B83 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓<br />

✓<br />

With additional charge<br />

6/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


Appendix<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

7<br />

7/2 NEMA motors<br />

7/2 <strong>Motors</strong> according to NEMA standard<br />

7/5 Industry Services<br />

7/6 Industry Services – Portfolio overview<br />

7/8 Online Support<br />

7/9 Partner<br />

7/9 Partner at Siemens<br />

7/10 Tools and engineering<br />

7/10 Drive Technology Configurator<br />

selection tool<br />

7/11 SinaSave energy efficiency tool<br />

7/12 SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool<br />

7/13 SIPLUS CMS Condition Monitoring Systems<br />

for the continuous condition monitoring of<br />

motors<br />

7/14 Index of order codes<br />

7/22 Conversion tables<br />

7/24 Metal surcharges<br />

7/24 Explanation of the raw material/<br />

metal surcharges<br />

7/25 Explanation of the raw material/<br />

metal surcharges for dysprosium and<br />

neodym (rare earths)<br />

7/26 Values of the metal factor<br />

7/27 Conditions of sale and delivery<br />

7/27 1. General Provisions<br />

7/27 2. Prices<br />

7/27 3. Additional Terms and Conditions<br />

7/28 4. Export Regulations<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

NEMA motors<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> according to NEMA standard<br />

General Purpose<br />

7<br />

NEMA motors (National Electrical Manufacturers Association)<br />

for the North American market distinguish themselves as a result<br />

of their new design – and especially as a result of their efficiency.<br />

Siemens offers a <strong>complete</strong> line of General Purpose motors<br />

(aluminum and cast-iron design), Severe Duty motors, IEEE 841<br />

and XP motors with NEMA Premium or higher efficiencies.<br />

Energy-saving motors with NEMA Premium efficiency class<br />

comply with the US EISA legislation (Energy Independence and<br />

Security Act) for minimum efficiencies. Our NEMA Premium +<br />

efficiency class exceeds the efficiencies specified in the<br />

EISA standards.<br />

The motors are mechanically and electrically compliant with<br />

NEMA MG1. In addition to the minimum efficiencies specified in<br />

the US, these motors also fulfill the minimum efficiency requirements<br />

for Canada (CSA) and Mexico (NOM).<br />

General technical specifications<br />

Voltage and<br />

power range<br />

Customer benefits<br />

208 ... 230/460 V, 575 V, 60 Hz<br />

1 ... 400 hp (0.75 ... 300 kW)<br />

Frame sizes and types NEMA frame sizes 140 ... 440<br />

Pole number and frequencies 2, 4, 6 and 8-pole, 60 Hz<br />

Environmental conditions Surface-cooled with<br />

IP54/IP55 degree of protection<br />

Copper die-cast rotors optimize the efficiency<br />

Copper die-cast rotors reduce the power loss and slightly<br />

reduce the motor length. This version reduces the motor life<br />

cycle costs as a result of the lower energy consumption.<br />

Can be easily modified for high versatility<br />

Unmounted feet (aluminum housing) or 8-hole foot mounting<br />

(cast-iron housing) make it easier to modify the motors, ensure a<br />

high degree of versatility and reduce inventory costs – for the<br />

OEM as well as for servicing and maintenance.<br />

A design that fulfills each and every requirement<br />

We offer motors suitable for any application in a lightweight<br />

aluminum design or with a rugged cast-iron housing. Both<br />

variants are available with NEMA Premium or NEMA Premium +<br />

efficiency. The perfect fit for any operating period.<br />

Typical applications<br />

NEMA motors are suitable throughout the industrial and commercial<br />

field, in the automotive, textile, printing and chemical industries<br />

as well as in cross-industry applications – for example<br />

in conveyor technology. The HVAC sector (Heating, Ventilating &<br />

Air Conditioning), for instance, which requires extremely light<br />

motors, provides typical applications for our so-called General<br />

Purpose motors – either with cast-iron or aluminum housings.<br />

Severe Duty motors in a fully cast-iron design are suitable for use<br />

under harsh environmental conditions – for instance in the pulp<br />

and paper industry. The Severe Duty SD100 IEEE 841 motor<br />

version even exceeds the stringent IEEE 841 standards applicable<br />

in the crude oil and chemical industries.<br />

More information<br />

The full range of products with all ordering data and technical<br />

information can be found in Catalog<br />

D 81.2, US/Canada www.sea.siemens.com/motors.<br />

GP100A<br />

Power range<br />

1...20hp<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

(0.75 ... 15 kW)<br />

Frame size (FS) 140 ... 250<br />

Degree of protection TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled)<br />

NEMA MG1<br />

Housing material Die-cast<br />

aluminum<br />

8-hole<br />

foot mounting<br />

Efficiency<br />

Power supply<br />

Voltage<br />

NEMA Premium<br />

NEMA Premium +<br />

3-phase, 60 Hz<br />

208 ... 230/460 V<br />

575 V<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

Service factor 1.15 Sinusoidal<br />

Electrical design NEMA design B<br />

Hazard classification Not specified<br />

Insulation Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31<br />

Utilization<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF, Sinusoidal<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Terminal box<br />

(oversized)<br />

Die-cast<br />

aluminum<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

Fan cover Plastic FS 140 ... 250<br />

Fan<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene<br />

Seal O-ring FS 140 ... 250<br />

Rotor material<br />

Stator winding<br />

Shaft material<br />

Shaft seal/<br />

slinger<br />

Die-cast aluminum<br />

Die-cast copper<br />

Copper – random wound<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

C1045<br />

(DE only)<br />

Bearing housing Cast aluminum FS 140 ... 250<br />

Bearing type Double-shielded FS 140 ... 250<br />

Bearing inner cap<br />

No<br />

Lubrication Polyurea Base grease<br />

Oil filling nozzle<br />

Not specified<br />

Oil drain valve<br />

Not specified<br />

Vibrations<br />

0.15 IPS<br />

Rating plate Aluminum Engraved<br />

Condensation<br />

Condensation drainage holes – lowest point (2)<br />

drainage hole<br />

Mountings<br />

Rust-resistant<br />

Lifting eye<br />

Cast<br />

Paint finish ALKYED modified RAL7030<br />

Warranty<br />

18 months<br />

Converter operation VT 20:1<br />

CT 4:1<br />

CT 10:1<br />

Catalog<br />

D 81.2, US/Canada<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... 250 (Cu)<br />

7/2 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

NEMA motors<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> according to NEMA standard<br />

Severe Duty<br />

GP100 SD100 SD100 IEEE 841<br />

1...200hp<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

1...400hp<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

1...400hp<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

(0.75 ... 132 kW)<br />

(0.75 ... 300 kW)<br />

(0.75 ... 300 kW)<br />

140 ... 440 140 ... S449 140 ... S449<br />

TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled)<br />

Cast iron 8-hole foot Cast iron 8-hole foot Cast iron 8-hole foot<br />

NEMA Premium<br />

NEMA Premium +<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

NEMA Premium<br />

NEMA Premium +<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

NEMA Premium<br />

NEMA Premium +<br />

3-phase, 60 Hz 3-phase, 60 Hz 3-phase, 60 Hz<br />

208 ... 230/460 V<br />

230/460 V<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... 360<br />

100 ... 200 hp<br />

1...200hp<br />

208 ... 230/460 V<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

1...20hp<br />

25 ... 400 hp<br />

1...400hp<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

1.15 Sinusoidal 1.15 Sinusoidal 1.15 Sinusoidal<br />

NEMA design B NEMA design B NEMA design B<br />

Not specified CL I Gr, C&D Div. 2 Optional CL I Gr, C&D Div. 2 Optional<br />

Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31 Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31 Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

Die-cast aluminum<br />

Steel<br />

Cast iron<br />

Plastic<br />

Cast iron<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene<br />

O-ring<br />

Neoprene<br />

Die-cast aluminum<br />

Die-cast copper<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... 400<br />

FS 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

Cast iron<br />

Cast iron<br />

Cast iron FS 140 ... S440 Cast iron FS 140 ... S440<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene<br />

- Bronze<br />

Counterclockwise<br />

Neoprene<br />

Die-cast aluminum<br />

Die-cast copper<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS S440<br />

300 ... 400 hp 2P/4P<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene<br />

- Bronze<br />

Counterclockwise<br />

Neoprene<br />

Die-cast aluminum<br />

Die-cast copper<br />

Copper – random wound Copper – random wound Copper – random wound<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS S440<br />

300 ... 400 hp 2P/4P<br />

FS 140 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

C1045<br />

(DE only)<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

C1045<br />

(DE, NDE)<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

Inpro/seal bearing<br />

insulation meets IP55<br />

C1045<br />

(DE, NDE)<br />

Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... S440 Cast iron FS 140 ... S440<br />

Double-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet and<br />

outlet<br />

(FS 440 only)<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... S440<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... S440<br />

Double-shielded<br />

Single-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet and<br />

outlet<br />

Double-shielded<br />

Single-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet and<br />

outlet<br />

No Cast iron Cast iron<br />

Polyurea Base grease Polyurea Base grease Polyurea Base grease<br />

Alemite FS 440 only Alemite Alemite<br />

Plug FS 440 only Plug Pressure relief (automatic)<br />

0.15 IPS 0.08 IPS 0.<strong>06</strong> IPS<br />

Aluminum Engraved Stainless steel Engraved Stainless steel Embossed<br />

Condensation drainage holes – lowest point (2) T discharges – lowest point (2) T discharges – lowest point (2)<br />

7<br />

Rust-resistant Rust-resistant Rust-resistant<br />

Included > 75 lb (> 34.0 kg) Included > 75 lb (> 34.0 kg) Included<br />

ALKYED modified RAL7030 ALKYED modified RAL7030 ALKYED modified RAL7030<br />

18 months 36 months 60 months<br />

VT 20:1<br />

CT 4:1<br />

CT 10:1<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250 (Cu)<br />

CT 20:1<br />

CT 4:1<br />

CT 10:1<br />

FS 143 ... 365<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250 (Cu)<br />

CT 20:1<br />

CT 4:1<br />

CT 10:1<br />

D 81.2, US/Canada D 81.2, US/Canada D 81.2, US/Canada<br />

FS 143 ... 365<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 250 (Cu)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/3


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

NEMA motors<br />

<strong>Motors</strong> according to NEMA standard<br />

Explosion Protected<br />

Definite Purpose<br />

XP100 XP100 ID1 SD10 MS<br />

Power range<br />

1 ... 300 hp<br />

FS 140 ... 440 1 ... 300 hp<br />

FS 140 ... 440 1...200hp<br />

4/8-pole – 1W VT<br />

(0.75 ... 200 kW)<br />

(0.75 ... 200 kW)<br />

(0.75...160kW)<br />

Frame size (FS) 140 ... 440 140 ... 440 140 ... 440<br />

Degree of protection TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled) TEFC (totally enclosed fan cooled)<br />

NEMA MG1<br />

Housing material Cast iron 8-hole foot Cast iron 8-hole foot Cast iron 8-hole foot<br />

Efficiency NEMA Premium FS 140 ... 440 NEMA Premium FS 140 ... 440 Standard FS 140 ... 440<br />

Power supply 3-phase, 60 Hz 3-phase, 60 Hz 3-phase, 60 Hz<br />

Voltage<br />

208 ... 230/460 V<br />

230/460 V<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

1 ... 20 hp<br />

25 ... 100 hp<br />

125 ... 300 hp<br />

1 ... 300 hp<br />

208 ... 230/460 V<br />

230/460 V<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

1 ... 20 hp<br />

FS 280 ... 100 hp<br />

125 ... 300 hp<br />

1 ... 300 hp<br />

460 V<br />

575 V<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

Service factor 1.0 Sinusoidal 1.0 Sinusoidal 1.0 Sinusoidal<br />

Electrical design NEMA design B NEMA design B Not specified<br />

Hazard classification CL I Gr. C&D, Max. code T3C CL I Gr. D, Div 1 Max. code T2A Not specified<br />

CL II F&G Div 1<br />

Insulation Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31 Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31 Class F NEMA MG1 Part 31<br />

Utilization<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Class B at 1.0 SF,<br />

Class F at 1.15 SF<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

not with 300, 250 hp,<br />

4-pole<br />

Sinusoidal<br />

not with 300, 250 hp,<br />

4-pole<br />

Terminal box<br />

Cast iron Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... 440<br />

(oversized)<br />

Fan cover Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... 440<br />

Fan<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene FS 140 ... 440<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene FS 140 ... 440<br />

Seal Neoprene Not specified (lead seal) Neoprene<br />

Rotor material Die-cast<br />

Die-cast<br />

Die-cast<br />

aluminum<br />

aluminum<br />

aluminum<br />

Stator winding Copper –<br />

random wound<br />

NC protective device<br />

Shaft material<br />

Shaft seal/<br />

slinger<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

FS 140 – 440<br />

Included<br />

C1045<br />

(DE, NDE)<br />

Copper –<br />

random wound<br />

NC protective device<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

FS 140 – 440<br />

Not specified<br />

C1045<br />

(DE, NDE)<br />

Bi-directional<br />

- Polypropylene FS 140 ... 440<br />

Copper –<br />

random wound<br />

High-strength<br />

carbon steel<br />

V-ring slinger<br />

meets IP54<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

C1045<br />

(DE, NDE)<br />

Bearing housing Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron Cast iron FS 140 ... 440<br />

Bearing type<br />

Double-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet<br />

and outlet<br />

FS 140 ... 440 Double-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet<br />

and outlet<br />

FS 140 ... 440 Double-shielded<br />

Single-shielded<br />

Regreasable inlet<br />

and outlet<br />

FS 140 ... 250<br />

FS 280 ... S440<br />

7<br />

Bearing inner cap Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... 440 Cast iron FS 140 ... 440<br />

Lubrication Polyurea Base grease Polyurea Base grease Polyurea Base grease<br />

Oil filling nozzle Alemite Alemite Alemite<br />

Oil drain valve Plug Plug Plug<br />

Vibrations 0.08 IPS 0.08 IPS 0.08 IPS<br />

Rating plate Stainless steel Engraved Stainless steel Engraved Stainless steel Engraved<br />

Condensation UL certification FS 280 ... 440 UL certification FS 280 ... 440 T discharges – lowest point (2)<br />

drainage hole<br />

Mountings Rust-resistant Rust-resistant Rust-resistant<br />

Lifting eye Included > 75 lb (> 34.0 kg) Included > 75 lb (> 34.0 kg) Included > 75 lb (> 34.0 kg)<br />

Paint finish ALKYED modified RAL7030 ALKYED modified RAL7030 ALKYED modified RAL7030<br />

Warranty 36 months 36 months 36 months<br />

Converter operation VT 20:1<br />

FS 140 ... 440 VT 20:1<br />

FS 140 ... 440 Not specified<br />

CT 4:1<br />

FS 140 ... 320 CT 4:1<br />

FS 140 ... 440<br />

Catalog D 81.2, US/Canada D 81.2, US/Canada D 81.2, US/Canada<br />

7/4 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Industry Services<br />

■ Overview<br />

Support and<br />

Consulting<br />

Services<br />

Training<br />

Services<br />

Digital Industry<br />

Services<br />

Service<br />

Programs and<br />

Agreements<br />

Spare Parts<br />

Services<br />

Repair<br />

Services<br />

Field and<br />

Maintenance<br />

Services<br />

Retrofit and<br />

Modernization<br />

Services<br />

G_DA65_XX_00272b<br />

Keep your business running and shaping your digital future – with Industry Services<br />

Optimizing the productivity of your equipment and operations<br />

can be a challenge, especially with constantly changing market<br />

conditions. Working with our service experts makes it easier.<br />

We understand your industry's unique processes and provide<br />

the services needed so that you can better achieve your business<br />

goals.<br />

You can count on us to maximize your uptime and minimize your<br />

downtime, increasing your operations' productivity and reliability.<br />

When your operations have to be changed quickly to meet a<br />

new demand or business opportunity, our services give you the<br />

flexibility to adapt. Of course, we take care that your production<br />

is protected against cyber threats. We assist in keeping your<br />

operations as energy and resource efficient as possible and reducing<br />

your total cost of ownership. As a trendsetter, we ensure<br />

that you can capitalize on the opportunities of digitalization and<br />

by applying data analytics to enhance decision making: You can<br />

be sure that your plant reaches its full potential and retains this<br />

over the longer lifespan.<br />

You can rely on our highly dedicated team of engineers, technicians<br />

and specialists to deliver the services you need – safely,<br />

professionally and in compliance with all regulations. We are<br />

there for you, where you need us, when you need us.<br />

www.siemens.com/industryservices<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/5


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Industry Services<br />

Industry Services – Portfolio overview<br />

■ Overview<br />

Digital Industry<br />

Services<br />

Support and<br />

Consulting<br />

Services<br />

Digital Industry Services make your industrial processes transparent<br />

to gain improvements in productivity, asset availability,<br />

and energy efficiency.<br />

Production data is generated, filtered and translated with intelligent<br />

analytics to enhance decision-making.<br />

This is done whilst taking data security into consideration and<br />

with continuous protection against cyber-attack threats.<br />

https://www.siemens.com/global/en/home/products/services/<br />

industry/digital-services.html<br />

Industry Online Support site for comprehensive information,<br />

application examples, FAQs and support requests.<br />

Technical and Engineering Support for advice and answers<br />

for all inquiries about functionality, handling, and fault clearance.<br />

The Service Card as prepaid support for value added services<br />

such as Priority Call Back or Extended Support offers the clear<br />

advantage of quick and easy purchasing.<br />

Information & Consulting Services, e.g. SIMATIC System<br />

Audit; clarity about the state and service capability of your automation<br />

system or Lifecycle Information Services; transparency<br />

on the lifecycle of the products in your plants.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2235<br />

Training<br />

Services<br />

Spare Parts<br />

Services<br />

7<br />

From the basics and advanced to specialist skills, SITRAIN<br />

courses provide expertise right from the manufacturer – and<br />

encompass the entire spectrum of Siemens products and<br />

systems for the industry.<br />

Worldwide, SITRAIN courses are available wherever you need a<br />

training course in more than 170 locations in over 60 countries.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2226<br />

Spare Parts Services are available worldwide for smooth and<br />

fast supply of spare parts – and thus optimal plant availability.<br />

Genuine spare parts are available for up to ten years. Logistic<br />

experts take care of procurement, transport, custom clearance,<br />

storage and order management. Reliable logistics processes<br />

ensure that components reach their destination as needed.<br />

Since not all spare parts can be kept in stock at all times,<br />

Siemens offers a preventive measure for spare parts provisioning<br />

on the customer's premises with optimized Spare Parts<br />

Packages for individual products, custom-assembled drive<br />

components and entire integrated drive trains – including risk<br />

consulting.<br />

Asset Optimization Services help you design a strategy for<br />

parts supply where your investment and carrying costs are<br />

reduced and the risk of obsolescence is avoided.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2110<br />

7/6 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Industry Services<br />

Industry Services – Portfolio overview<br />

■ Overview<br />

Repair<br />

Services<br />

Retrofit and<br />

Modernization<br />

Services<br />

Repair Services are offered on-site and in regional repair centers<br />

for fast restoration of faulty devices’ functionality.<br />

Also available are extended repair services, which include additional<br />

diagnostic and repair measures, as well as emergency<br />

services.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2154<br />

Retrofit and Modernization Services provide a cost-effective<br />

solution for the expansion of entire plants, optimization of<br />

systems or upgrading existing products to the latest technology<br />

and software, e.g. migration services for automation systems.<br />

Service experts support projects from planning through commissioning<br />

and, if desired over the entire extended lifespan, e.g.<br />

Retrofit for Integrated Drive Systems for an extended lifetime of<br />

your machines and plants.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2286<br />

Field and<br />

Maintenance<br />

Services<br />

Service<br />

Programs and<br />

Agreements<br />

Siemens specialists are available globally to provide expert field<br />

and maintenance services, including commissioning, functional<br />

testing, preventive maintenance and fault clearance.<br />

All services can be included in customized service agreements<br />

with defined reaction times or fixed maintenance intervals.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2265<br />

A technical Service Program or Agreement enables you to easily<br />

bundle a wide range of services into a single annual or multiyear<br />

agreement.<br />

You pick the services you need to match your unique requirements<br />

or fill gaps in your organization’s maintenance capabilities.<br />

Programs and agreements can be customized as KPI-based<br />

and/or performance-based contracts.<br />

https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/sc/2275<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/7


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Industry Services<br />

Online Support<br />

■ Overview<br />

Online Support – fast, intuitive, whenever you want,<br />

wherever you need<br />

Web<br />

support.industry.siemens.com<br />

App<br />

Scan the QR code<br />

for information on<br />

our Online Support<br />

app.<br />

FAQ / Application examples<br />

Information about industrial products, programming and configuration as well as application<br />

examples<br />

Technical information<br />

Videos, documentation, manuals, updates, product notes, compatibility tool, certificates, planning data<br />

such as dimensional drawings, product data, 3D models<br />

Forum<br />

Exchange information and experience with other users and experts<br />

Online Support for Siemens Industry Products<br />

7<br />

Siemens Industry and Online Support with some 1.7 million visitors<br />

per month is one of the most popular web services provided<br />

by Siemens. It is the central access point for comprehensive<br />

technical know-how about products, systems and services for<br />

automation and drives applications as well as for process<br />

industries.<br />

In connection with the challenges and opportunities related to<br />

digitalization you can look forward to continued support with<br />

innovative offerings.<br />

7/8 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Partner<br />

Partner at Siemens<br />

At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,<br />

training, service, support, spare parts on the entire portfolio of<br />

Digital Industries.<br />

Your partner can be found in our Personal Contacts Database at:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation-contact<br />

You start by selecting<br />

• the required competence,<br />

• products and branches,<br />

• a country and a city<br />

or by a<br />

• location search or free text search.<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/9


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Tools and engineering<br />

Drive Technology Configurator selection tool<br />

■ Overview<br />

■ More information<br />

The Drive Technology (DT) Configurator supports you when you Online access to Drive Technology Configurator<br />

are configuring the optimum drive technology products for your<br />

application – from gearboxes, motors, converters as well as the<br />

More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is<br />

associated options and components through to controllers, software<br />

licenses and connection systems. With or without detailed<br />

available on the Internet at:<br />

www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator<br />

knowledge of products: Preselected product groups, targeted<br />

navigation through selection menus and direct product selection<br />

through entry of the article number support quick, efficient and<br />

convenient configuration.<br />

In addition, comprehensive documentation comprising technical<br />

data sheets, 2D dimensional drawings/3D CAD models,<br />

operating instructions, certificates, etc. can be selected in the<br />

DT Configurator. Immediate ordering is possible by simply<br />

transferring a parts list to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall.<br />

7<br />

Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive configuration<br />

with the following functions<br />

• Quick and easy configuration of drive products and associated<br />

components – gear units, motors, converters, controllers,<br />

connection systems<br />

• Configuration of drive systems for pump, fan and compressor<br />

applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW<br />

• Displayable documentation for configured products and components,<br />

such as<br />

- Data sheets in up to 9 languages in PDF or RTF format<br />

- 2D dimensional drawings/3D CAD models in various formats<br />

- Terminal box drawing and terminal connection diagram<br />

- Operating instructions<br />

- Certificates<br />

- Start-up calculation for SIMOTICS motors<br />

-EPLAN macros<br />

• Support with retrofitting in conjunction with Spares On Web<br />

www.siemens.com/sow<br />

• Ability to order products directly in the Siemens Industry Mall<br />

Access to the Drive Technology Configurator<br />

The Drive Technology Configurator can be called up without registration<br />

and without a login:<br />

www.siemens.com/dt-configurator<br />

7/10 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Tools and engineering<br />

■ Overview<br />

The SinaSave energy efficiency tool determines energy saving<br />

potential and amortization times based on your individual conditions<br />

of use and therefore offers practical assistance in making<br />

decisions about investments in energy-efficient technologies.<br />

In SinaSave Version 6.0 and higher, the drive systems to be compared<br />

and the relevant drive component parameters are displayed<br />

graphically. An additional expansion includes numerous<br />

comparison possibilities for different control types and comprehensive<br />

product combinations for drive solutions for pump and<br />

fan applications. In addition to SIMOTICS motors and SINAMICS<br />

converters, the product portfolio comprises SIRIUS controls, offering<br />

a comprehensive range of comparison possibilities –<br />

according to your individual requirements.<br />

SinaSave energy efficiency tool<br />

SinaSave supports the evaluation of different product and<br />

system comparisons by:<br />

• Displaying the potential savings for energy and energy costs<br />

as well as CO 2 emissions<br />

• Estimation of the amortization time<br />

• Estimation of the individual total lifecycle costs<br />

• Representation of the system power losses according to<br />

EN 50598-2 for full load and partial load<br />

• Direct comparison of Siemens drives with the reference Power<br />

Drive System (PDS) described in EN 50598-2<br />

SinaSave offers numerous comparison scenarios:<br />

• Comparison of drive systems for pump and fan applications in<br />

the power range from 0.55 kW (low voltage) to 5.5 MW (medium<br />

voltage) for<br />

- Reactor control (fixed speed; motor and switchgear)<br />

- Bypass control (fixed speed; motor and switchgear)<br />

- Speed control (variable speed; motor and converter)<br />

• Comparison and evaluation of standard motors (incl. ignition<br />

protection motors) in different energy efficiency classes<br />

Access to the SinaSave energy efficiency tool<br />

SinaSave can be accessed without the need for registration or<br />

logging in:<br />

www.sinasave.siemens.com<br />

■ More information<br />

For more information about the amortization calculator for<br />

energy-efficient drive systems, visit<br />

www.sinasave.siemens.com<br />

More information about services for energy saving is available<br />

on the Internet at<br />

www.siemens.com/energy-saving<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/11


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Tools and engineering<br />

7<br />

SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool<br />

■ Overview<br />

The following drives and controls can be engineered in a userfriendly<br />

way using the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering<br />

tool:<br />

• SIMOTICS low-voltage motors, including servo geared motors<br />

• SIMOGEAR geared motors<br />

• SINAMICS low-voltage drive systems<br />

• Motor starters<br />

• SINUMERIK CNC<br />

• SIMOTION Motion Control controller<br />

• SIMATIC controller<br />

It provides support when selecting the technologies involved in<br />

the hardware and firmware components required for a drive<br />

task. SIZER for Siemens Drives covers the full range of operations<br />

required to configure a <strong>complete</strong> drive system, from basic<br />

single drives to demanding multi-axis applications.<br />

SIZER for Siemens Drives supports all of the engineering steps<br />

in one workflow:<br />

• Configuring the power supply<br />

• Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of<br />

mechanical transmission elements<br />

• Configuring the drive components<br />

• Compiling the required accessories<br />

• Selecting the line-side and motor-side power options, e.g.<br />

cables, filters, and reactors<br />

When SIZER for Siemens Drives was being designed, particular<br />

importance was placed on a high degree of usability and a<br />

universal, function-based approach to the drive application. The<br />

extensive user guidance makes it easy to use the tool. Status<br />

information keeps you continually informed about the progress<br />

of the configuration process.<br />

The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the<br />

components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical<br />

tree structure.<br />

The project view permits the configuration of drive systems and<br />

the copying/inserting/modifying of drives already configured.<br />

The configuration process produces the following results:<br />

• A parts list of the required components (export to Excel, use<br />

of the Excel data sheet for import to SAP)<br />

• Technical specifications of the system<br />

• Characteristic curves<br />

• Comments on system reactions<br />

• Mounting arrangement of drive and control components and<br />

dimensional drawings of motors<br />

• Energy requirements of the configured application<br />

These results are displayed in a results tree and can be reused<br />

for documentation purposes.<br />

Support is provided by the technological online help menu:<br />

• Detailed technical specifications<br />

• Information about the drive systems and their components<br />

• Decision-making criteria for the selection of components<br />

• Online help in <strong>English</strong>, French, German, Italian, Chinese and<br />

Japanese<br />

System requirements<br />

• PG or PC, PentiumTM III min. 800 MHz<br />

(recommended > 1 GHz)<br />

• 512 MB RAM (1 GB recommended)<br />

• At least 2 GB of free hard disk space<br />

• An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on Windows<br />

system drive<br />

• Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels<br />

• Operating system:<br />

- Windows 7 (32/64-bit) Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate,<br />

Home<br />

- Windows 8.1 (32/64-bit) Professional, Enterprise, Ultimate,<br />

Home<br />

- Microsoft Office 2003/2007/2010/2013/2016<br />

- Windows 365<br />

- Microsoft Internet Explorer V8.0<br />

- Microsoft .NET Framework 2.0<br />

-OpenGL2.1<br />

- Windows 10 (64-bit) Professional, Enterprise<br />

• Microsoft Internet Explorer from V5.5 SP2<br />

■ More information<br />

The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free<br />

on the Internet at<br />

www.siemens.com/sizer<br />

7/12 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Tools and engineering<br />

SIPLUS CMS Condition Monitoring Systems for the continuous condition monitoring of motors<br />

■ Overview<br />

The SIPLUS CMS Condition Monitoring Systems continuously<br />

monitor the condition of wear-prone drive components, such as<br />

motors. Depending on the system, individual motors can be<br />

monitored as well as <strong>complete</strong> drive trains, or even the entire<br />

plant. IEPE sensors are used for acquisition of the motor vibrations<br />

for analysis, visualization and archiving by SIPLUS CMS.<br />

Information is supplied regularly and event-driven – even in remote<br />

operation. SIPLUS CMS can also be retrofitted.<br />

More information on SIPLUS CMS is available on the Internet at<br />

www.siemens.com/siplus-cms<br />

SIPLUS CMS X-Tools for further<br />

analysis<br />

SCADA<br />

e. g. via WinCC, PCS7,<br />

Maintenance Station<br />

Remote access<br />

e. g. via cRSP/ePS<br />

specialized<br />

mobile<br />

Website<br />

SIMATIC IPC<br />

WLAN<br />

Access<br />

Point<br />

Ethernet<br />

SP01_00026b<br />

Binary signals<br />

LAN<br />

SIPLUS CMS2000<br />

Configuration:<br />

1 Basic Unit VIB<br />

1 VIB-MUX<br />

2 temperature modules<br />

SIMATIC controller<br />

Up to 16 IEPE vibration sensors<br />

for modular connection<br />

Additional monitoring:<br />

• Speed<br />

• Temperature measurement (Pt100, Pt1000, ...)<br />

• e. g. pressure sensors via analog inputs<br />

7<br />

Drive train:<br />

Drive Gear Bearing<br />

Pump<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/13


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

7<br />

Index of order codes<br />

Order codes for motors 1FP, 1LE, 1MB, 1PC<br />

All options are listed alphanumerically according to order codes<br />

in the following table.<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

B01<br />

A printed version of the safety notes in German/<strong>English</strong> and safety<br />

notes in the language of the country of use is supplied in each<br />

wire-lattice pallet<br />

Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

and test certificates<br />

2/123, 4/67, 4/125<br />

B02 Inspection certificate 3.1 in accordance with EN 10204 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B04 Printed German/<strong>English</strong> Operating Instructions enclosed 3/32<br />

B07 Additional rating plate for voltage tolerance Rating plate and additional rating 2/123, 2/131, 3/32<br />

plates<br />

B10 Individual acceptance by marine classification society Marine version – Acceptance/ 6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

certification<br />

B13 Without "Made in manufacturing country" marking Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

3/32<br />

and test certificates<br />

B30 Version additionally for dust Ex tc – Zone 22 Explosion-protected version 5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

B31 Version IIC with stamping of IIB 5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/96<br />

B32 Version additionally for dust Ex tb - Zone 21; IP65 5/87, 5/91<br />

B33 T1/T2 on rating plate 5/87<br />

B40 Version for converter operation in basic version with operating data Version for converter operation 5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

SINAMICS G120 with PM240-2<br />

B41 Version for converter operation in basic version with operating data<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

SINAMICS S150<br />

B43 Version for converter operation with power data on the PWM<br />

5/91, 5/96<br />

converter<br />

B44 Version for converter operation with power data on the PWM<br />

5/91<br />

converter when used in accordance with temperature class 155 (F)<br />

B51 Equivalent circuit diagram Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

3/32, 5/99<br />

B52 Starting diagram (torque vs. speed and current vs. speed)<br />

and test certificates 3/32, 5/99<br />

B60 Document - Electrical datasheet 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B61 Document - Order dimensional drawing 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B65 Standard test (routine test) with acceptance 2/131, 2/137, 3/32, 4/71,<br />

4/129, 5/90, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B67 Temperature test without acceptance 3/32, 5/99<br />

B68 Temperature test with acceptance 3/32, 5/99<br />

B71 Noise measurement without load with octave band analysis, without<br />

5/94<br />

acceptance<br />

B72 Noise measurement without load with octave band analysis, with<br />

5/94<br />

acceptance<br />

B80 Type test with heat run for vertical motors, without acceptance 3/32, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B81 Type test with heat run for vertical motors, with acceptance 3/32, 5/94, 5/99<br />

B81 Type test with heat run for vertical motors, with acceptance 6/11<br />

B82 Type test with heat run for horizontal motors, without acceptance 2/131, 2/137, 3/32, 5/90,<br />

5/94, 5/99<br />

B83 Type test with heat run for horizontal motors, with acceptance 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

B83 Type test with heat run for horizontal motors, with acceptance Marine version – Acceptance/<br />

certification<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

B90 "Basic" documentation package Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

and test certificates<br />

2/123, 2/131, 3/32, 4/67,<br />

4/71, 4/125, 4/129, 5/81,<br />

5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

B91 "Advanced" documentation package 2/123, 2/131, 3/32, 4/67,<br />

4/71, 4/125, 4/129, 5/81,<br />

5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

B92 "Projects" documentation package 2/123, 2/131, 3/32, 4/67,<br />

4/71, 4/125, 4/129, 5/81,<br />

5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

B99 Wire-lattice pallet packaging Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

and test certificates<br />

2/123, 4/67, 4/125, 5/81,<br />

5/85, 5/94<br />

C02 VIK version Versions in accordance with 2/121, 2/129, 3/30<br />

standards and specifications<br />

C02 VIK version Explosion-protected version 5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/96<br />

7/14 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

D01 CCC China Compulsory Certification Versions in accordance with 2/121, 2/129<br />

standards and specifications<br />

D02 Coolant temperature –50 to +40 °C Coolant temperature and installation<br />

altitude<br />

2/129, 2/136, 3/30, 4/70,<br />

4/128<br />

D03 Coolant temperature -40 to +40 °C 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

D04 Coolant temperature –30 to +40 °C 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128<br />

D22 Motor without CE marking for export outside EEA (see EU Regulation Versions in accordance with 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30<br />

640/2009)<br />

standards and specifications<br />

D23 Motor exclusively for use in transportation equipment for passenger<br />

3/30<br />

and freight transportation corresponding to EVPG §1 dated<br />

February 27, 2008<br />

D30 Electrical according to NEMA MG1-12 2/121, 2/129, 3/30<br />

D31 Design according to UL with "Recognition Mark" 2/121, 2/129, 3/30<br />

D32 Ex certification for China 5/79, 5/84, 5/93<br />

D33 KEMCO Korea Energy Efficiency Label 2/121, 2/129<br />

D34 China Energy Efficiency Label 2/121, 2/129, 3/30, 5/79,<br />

5/84, 5/93<br />

D35 Ex certificate EAC for the Eurasian Customs Union 5/79, 5/84, 5/93<br />

D37 IECEx certification 5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93, 5/98<br />

D39 Version according to UL and CSA (Canadian regulation) 4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128<br />

D40 Canadian regulations (CSA) 2/121, 2/129, 3/30<br />

D41 NEMA Premium Efficient, North America version acc. to NEMA MG1,<br />

2/121, 2/130<br />

Table 12-11, incl. UL and CSA<br />

D47 TR CU product safety certificate EAC for Eurasian Customs Union 2/121, 2/130, 3/30, 4/66,<br />

4/70, 4/124, 4/128<br />

D70 MEPS Australia 2/121, 2/130, 5/93<br />

E21<br />

With type test certificate according to Lloyds Register (LR), Marine version – Basic version 6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E31<br />

With type test certificate according to Bureau Veritas (BV), CT 45 °C,<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/12<br />

temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E41<br />

With type test certificate according to Registro Italiano Navale (RINA),<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E46<br />

With type test certificate according to Russian Maritime Register (RS),<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E51<br />

With type test certificate according to DNV GL Maritime, CT 45 °C,<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E52<br />

With type test certificate according to American Bureau of Shipping<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/11, 6/12<br />

(ABS), CT 50 °C, temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

E54<br />

With type test certificate according to Korean Register of Shipping<br />

(KR), CT 45 °C, temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F)<br />

6/9, 6/10, 6/12<br />

F01 Mounting of holding brake (standard assignment) Modular technology – Basic<br />

versions<br />

2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

F02 Mounting of brake for higher switching frequency (operating brake) 2/120, 4/65, 4/123<br />

F04 Mounting of PRECIMA brake 2/127, 2/135<br />

F10 Brake supply voltage 24 V DC Modular technology – Additional<br />

versions<br />

2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/92<br />

F11 Brake supply voltage 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/92<br />

F12 Brake supply voltage 400 V AC, 50/60 Hz 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/92<br />

F17 Brake supply voltage 180 V DC 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 4/65,<br />

4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

F18 Brake supply voltage 205 V DC 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 4/65,<br />

4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

F20 Mounting of brake in Ex db version Special technology 5/92<br />

F40 Backstop, counterclockwise motion blocked, clockwise direction of rotation Modular technology – Additional 2/128, 2/135, 3/29, 4/69<br />

F41 Backstop, clockwise motion blocked, counterclockwise direction of rotation versions<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29, 4/69<br />

F50<br />

Mechanical manual brake release with lever<br />

(no locking)<br />

2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 4/65,<br />

4/69, 4/123, 4/127, 5/92<br />

F68 Metal fan made of brass Heating and ventilation 5/93<br />

F70 Mounted separately driven fan Modular technology – Basic<br />

versions<br />

2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/92, 5/98<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/15


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

7<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

F74 Sheet metal fan cover Heating and ventilation 2/122, 2/131, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129<br />

F75 Fan cover for textile industry 2/122, 4/66, 4/124<br />

F76 Metal external fan 2/122, 2/131, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93<br />

F77<br />

F78<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with clockwise direction of<br />

rotation<br />

Low-noise version for 2-pole motors with counterclockwise direction<br />

of rotation<br />

Mechanical design and degrees<br />

of protection<br />

2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92<br />

2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

F90 Without external fan and without fan cover Heating and ventilation 2/122, 2/131, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/124, 5/99<br />

G04 Mounting of LL 861 900 220 rotary pulse encoder Special technology 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

G05 Mounting of HOG 9 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

G<strong>06</strong> Mounting of HOG 10 D 1024 I rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 2/135, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

G07 Mounting of POG 10 DN rotary pulse encoder (only in combination<br />

with separately driven fan or brake)<br />

G08 Mounting of POG 9 rotary pulse encoder (only in combination with<br />

separately driven fan or brake)<br />

G11 Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 HTL, 1024 I rotary pulse encoder Modular technology – Basic<br />

versions<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29, 4/69,<br />

4/127<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29, 4/69,<br />

4/127<br />

2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

G12 Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5020 TTL, 1024 I rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127<br />

G15 Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder, terminal box Special technology 2/128, 2/135, 3/29<br />

moisture protection<br />

G16 Mounting of HOG 10 DN 1024 I rotary pulse encoder, terminal box<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29<br />

dust protection<br />

G21 Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS2 1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 4/65, 4/69,<br />

4/123, 4/127<br />

G22 Mounting of Kübler Sendix 5834FS3 1024, SIL-3 rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 4/65, 4/69,<br />

4/123, 4/127<br />

G25 Mounting of HOGS100S-B76.626.01024.1 rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 4/65, 4/69,<br />

4/127<br />

G27 Mounting of LL FSI 862-184560-1024, SIL-2 rotary pulse encoder 2/120, 2/128, 4/65, 4/69,<br />

4/127<br />

G30 Mounting of LL 841 (HTL); 1024 I explosion-protected rotary pulse<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/92, 5/98<br />

encoder<br />

G40 Prepared for mounted components, centering hole only Mechanical design and degrees<br />

of protection<br />

2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128<br />

G41 Prepared for mountings with D12 shaft 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128<br />

G42 Prepared for mountings with D16 shaft 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/98<br />

G43 Mechanical protection for encoder 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/98<br />

G50 Preparation for SPM measuring nipple – thread M8 Bearings and lubrication 5/93<br />

H00 Protective cover Mechanical design and degrees<br />

of protection<br />

2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/29,<br />

4/65, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

H01 Screwed-on (instead of cast) feet 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 4/66,<br />

4/70, 4/123, 4/128, 5/79,<br />

5/84, 5/88<br />

H02<br />

Vibration-proof version; vibration resistance to Class 3M4 according<br />

to IEC 60721-3-3:1994<br />

2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92<br />

H03 Condensation drainage holes 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 4/66,<br />

4/123, 5/79, 5/84, 5/88<br />

H04 External grounding Motor connection and terminal<br />

boxes<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 4/64,<br />

4/68, 4/122, 4/126<br />

H<strong>06</strong> External screws, bolts and unpainted materials made of stainless Mechanical design and degrees 5/92<br />

steel (V4A)<br />

of protection<br />

H07 Rust-resistant screws (externally) 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

7/16 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

H08 Terminal box on NDE Motor connection and terminal<br />

boxes<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/97<br />

H09 Two terminal boxes on NDE 3/26, 5/97<br />

H10 Housing with screw mounting Mechanical design and degrees 2/121, 4/66, 4/70<br />

H20 IP65 degree of protection of protection<br />

2/121, 2/129, 3/30, 4/66,<br />

4/70, 4/123, 4/128, 5/79,<br />

5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

H21 IP54 degree of protection 2/129, 2/136, 3/30, 4/70,<br />

4/128<br />

H22 IP56 degree of protection 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

H23 Drive-end seal for flange-mounted motors, oil-tight to 0.1 bar 2/121, 2/129, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/123, 4/128,<br />

5/79, 5/84, 5/88, 5/92<br />

H25 Sealing ring made of fluoroelastomer (FKM) 3/30, 5/98<br />

H30 Adjustment screws for feet in horizontal installation 5/92<br />

H70 Second external grounding Motor connection and terminal<br />

boxes<br />

2/125, 2/133, 3/26, 4/68,<br />

4/126, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

H90 Increased corrosion protection for external components Mechanical design and degrees 3/30, 5/98<br />

of protection<br />

L00 Vibration severity grade B Balance and vibration severity 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/31,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L01 Balancing without feather key 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L02 Full-key balancing 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L04 Shaft extension with standard dimensions, without feather keyway Shaft and rotor 2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L05<br />

Standard, cylindrical shaft extension (second shaft extension) NDE<br />

acc. to EN 50347<br />

2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L<strong>06</strong> Standard shaft made of stainless steel (e.g. 1.4021) 2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93<br />

L07 Shaft extension run-out in accordance with IEC 60072-1<br />

precision class<br />

L08<br />

L19<br />

Shaft extension run-out, concentricity and perpendicularity in<br />

accordance with IEC 60072-1 precision class for flange-mounted<br />

motors<br />

Regreasing device with M10 × 1 grease nipple according to<br />

DIN 71412-A<br />

2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

Bearings and lubrication 2/130, 2/136, 3/30, 4/70,<br />

4/128, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L20 Located bearing DE 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93<br />

L21 Located bearing NDE 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L22 Bearing design for increased cantilever forces 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/30,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93, 5/98<br />

L23 Regreasing device 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 4/66,<br />

4/70, 4/124, 4/128, 5/80,<br />

5/84, 5/88, 5/93<br />

L24 Hot bearing grease 3/30<br />

L25 Bearings reinforced at both ends for DE and NDE, bearing size 63 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 4/66,<br />

4/70, 4/124, 4/128, 5/80,<br />

5/84, 5/88<br />

L28<br />

Reinforced bearings at both DE and NDE, DE bearing for increased<br />

cantilever forces<br />

2/130, 2/136, 4/70, 4/128,<br />

5/88<br />

L30 Drainage for used grease 3/30, 5/98<br />

L37 Special version with higher speeds 3/31<br />

L50 Bearing insulation DE 2/130, 2/136, 3/31, 4/128,<br />

5/88<br />

L51 Bearing insulation NDE 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/17


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

7<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

L52 Grounding brush for converter operation Mechanical design and degrees<br />

of protection<br />

L90<br />

Version suitable for railways IC411, EN IEC 60349, without<br />

Versions in accordance with<br />

EN 45545, with external fan and fan cover in plastic<br />

standards and specifications<br />

L91 Version suitable for railways IC411, EN IEC 60349, with EN 45545,<br />

with external fan and fan cover in metal<br />

L92 Version suitable for railways IC418, EN IEC 60349,<br />

without EN 45545, without external fan and fan cover<br />

M01 Connected in star for dispatch Packaging, safety notes, documentation<br />

and test certificates<br />

2/129, 2/136, 3/30, 4/128<br />

2/121<br />

2/121<br />

2/121<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

M02 Connected in delta for dispatch 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/125, 4/129,<br />

5/81, 5/85, 5/90, 5/94, 5/100<br />

M10 Second rating plate, loose Rating plate and additional rating<br />

plates<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/94, 5/99,<br />

6/22, 6/24<br />

M11 Rating plate, stainless steel 2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/94<br />

N01 Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F),<br />

Windings and insulation 2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27<br />

with service factor<br />

N02 Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 155 (F),<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27<br />

with increased power<br />

N03 Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 155 (F),<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27<br />

with increased coolant temperature<br />

N05 Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 45 °C, derating approx. 4 %<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

N<strong>06</strong> Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 50 °C, derating approx. 8 %<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

N07<br />

N08<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 55 °C, derating approx. 13 %<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B),<br />

coolant temperature 60 °C, derating approx. 18 %<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

N10 Temperature class 180 (H) 2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27<br />

N11 Temperature class 180 (H) at rated power and max. CT 60 °C 2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

4/65, 4/69<br />

N30<br />

N31<br />

Q01<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with 30 to 60 g water per m 3 of<br />

air<br />

Increased air humidity/temperature with 60 to 100 g water per m 3 of<br />

air<br />

Measuring nipple for SPM shock pulse measurement for bearing<br />

inspection<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/122, 4/127,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/127, 5/78,<br />

5/83, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

Bearings and lubrication 2/122, 2/130, 2/136, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/70, 4/124, 4/128,<br />

5/80, 5/84, 5/88, 5/93, 5/98<br />

Q02 Anti-condensation heating for 230 V (2 terminals) Heating and ventilation 2/122, 2/131, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/99<br />

Q03 Anti-condensation heating for 115 V (2 terminals) 2/122, 2/131, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/99<br />

Q04 Anti-condensation heating for 220 V (2 terminals) 5/93<br />

Q<strong>06</strong> Anti-condensation heating for 400 V (2 terminals) 3/31, 5/99<br />

Q11 1 or 3 PTC thermistors – for tripping (2 terminals) Motor protection 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

Q12 2 or 6 PTC thermistors – for alarm and tripping (4 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

Q21 3 NTC thermistors – for tripping (6 terminals) 5/96<br />

Q23 1 KTY84-130 temperature sensor (2 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

Q25 2 KTY84-130 temperature sensors (4 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

Q31 3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for tripping (2 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126<br />

Q32<br />

6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for alarm and tripping<br />

(4 terminals)<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126<br />

7/18 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

Q33 3 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for tripping (6 terminals) Motor protection 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126<br />

Q34 6 bimetal sensors (NC contacts) for alarm and tripping<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/126<br />

Q35 1 Pt1000 resistance thermometer (2 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

Q36 2 Pt1000 resistance thermometers (4 terminals) 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

Q37 6 Pt1000 resistance thermometer (12 terminals) 5/96<br />

Q60 3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

Q61 6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – 2-wire input<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/122, 5/96<br />

Q62<br />

Q63<br />

Q64<br />

Q72<br />

Q78<br />

Q79<br />

1 Pt100 resistance thermometer – 2-wire input<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

3 Pt100 resistance thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(9 terminals)<br />

6 Pt100 resistance thermometers – 3-wire input<br />

(18 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in basic configuration for bearings<br />

(2 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 resistance thermometers in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(6 terminals)<br />

2 Pt100 double resistance thermometers in 3-wire input for bearings<br />

(12 terminals)<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/96<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/96<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/96<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/96<br />

2/131, 3/32, 4/129, 5/89,<br />

5/94, 5/99<br />

3/32, 5/99<br />

Q80 Extension of the liability for defects period by 12 months to a total of Extension of the liability for<br />

24 months (2 years) from delivery<br />

defects<br />

Q81 Extension of the liability for defects period by 18 months to a total of<br />

30 months (2.5 years) from delivery<br />

Q82 Extension of the liability for defects period by 24 months to a total of<br />

2/131, 3/32, 4/129, 5/89,<br />

36 months (3 years) from delivery<br />

5/94, 5/99<br />

Q83 Extension of the liability for defects period by 30 months to a total of<br />

3/32, 5/99<br />

42 months (3.5 years) from delivery<br />

Q84 Extension of the liability for defects period by 36 months to a total of<br />

3/32, 5/99<br />

48 months (4 years) from delivery<br />

Q85 Extension of the liability for defects period by 48 months to a total of<br />

3/32, 5/99<br />

60 months (5 years) from delivery<br />

R09 Subsequently rotatable main terminal box Motor connection and terminal 3/26, 5/97<br />

R10 Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, entry from DE boxes<br />

2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R11 Rotation of the terminal box through 90°, entry from NDE 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R12 Rotation of the terminal box through 180° 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/26,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R13 Terminal box in position 0°; connection from right 2/118, 4/64, 4/122<br />

R14 One EMC cable gland 2/125, 2/133, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126<br />

R15 One metal cable gland 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/27,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126<br />

R16 EMC cable gland, maximum configuration 2/125, 2/133, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126<br />

R17 Stud terminal for cable connection, accessories pack (3 items) 2/125, 2/133, 3/27, 4/126,<br />

5/82<br />

R18 Metal cable gland, maximum configuration 2/118, 2/125, 2/133, 3/27,<br />

4/64, 4/122, 5/78, 5/82,<br />

5/87, 5/91<br />

R19 Saddle terminal for connection without cable lug, accessories pack 2/126, 2/133, 3/27, 4/126,<br />

5/82, 5/87, 5/97<br />

R20 3 cables protruding, 0.5 m long 2/118, 2/126, 2/133, 4/64,<br />

4/122<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/19


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

7<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

R21 3 cables protruding, 1.5 m long Motor connection and terminal<br />

boxes<br />

2/118, 2/126, 2/133, 3/27,<br />

4/64<br />

R22 6 cables protruding, 0.5 m long 2/118, 2/126, 2/133, 4/64,<br />

4/122<br />

R23 6 cables protruding, 1.5 m long 2/118, 2/126, 2/133, 3/27,<br />

4/64<br />

R24 6 cables protruding, 3 m long 2/119, 2/126, 2/133, 3/27,<br />

4/64<br />

R30 Reduction piece for M cable gland in accordance with<br />

2/119, 2/126<br />

British Standard, mounted on both cable entries<br />

R31 12 cables protruding with cable lugs 2/134<br />

R45 1 cable gland, Ex eb, for armored cable, line feeder cable 5/91<br />

R46 2 cable glands, Ex eb, for armored cable, line feeder cable 5/91<br />

R48 Main terminal box in Ex db IIC 5/91<br />

R49 Auxiliary terminal box in Ex db IIC 5/91<br />

R50 Larger terminal box 2/119, 2/126, 2/134, 3/27,<br />

4/64, 4/68, 4/122, 4/126,<br />

5/78, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R51 Terminal box without cable entry opening 2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126<br />

R52 Drilled removable entry plate 2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126, 5/87, 5/97<br />

R53 Undrilled removable entry plate 2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126, 5/87<br />

R54 Enlarged connection system for main terminal box 5/91<br />

R60 Auxiliary terminal box, aluminum 2/119<br />

R62 Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (small) 2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126, 5/82, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R63 Cast-iron auxiliary terminal box (large) 2/134, 3/27, 5/87, 5/91, 5/97<br />

R65 Stainless steel auxiliary terminal box (large) 3/27, 5/97<br />

R67 2 small cast-iron auxiliary terminal boxes 5/87, 5/91<br />

R70 Motor connector Han-Drive 10e for 230 V/400 VY 2/119, 4/64, 4/122<br />

R71 Motor connector EMC Han-Drive 10e for 230 V/400 VY 2/119, 4/64, 4/122<br />

R72 Small motor connector CQ12 with EMC 2/119<br />

R73 Small motor connector CQ12 without EMC 2/119<br />

R74 Silicone-free version 2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/126<br />

S00 Unpainted (only cast-iron parts primed) Colors and paint finish 2/120, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S01 Unpainted, only primed 2/120, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S02 Special paint finish C3 2/120, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S03 Special paint finish sea air resistant C4 2/120, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S04 Special paint finish for use offshore C5 2/127, 2/134, 3/28, 4/69,<br />

4/127, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S05 Internal coating 2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

S<strong>06</strong> Top coat polyurethane 2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92<br />

Y50 • and<br />

spec. power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Y52 • and<br />

spec. power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized acc. to 130 (B), with higher<br />

coolant temperature and/or installation altitude<br />

Temperature class 155 (F), utilized according to 155 (F),<br />

other requirements<br />

Windings and insulation 2/119, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28,<br />

5/78, 5/83, 5/92, 5/97<br />

2/119, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28<br />

7/20 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Indexes<br />

Index of order codes<br />

Order code Special versions Category For further information,<br />

see page<br />

Y53 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Y56 • and<br />

paint finish<br />

RAL ….<br />

Y58 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y59 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y60 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y61 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y68 • and<br />

converter<br />

type<br />

Y70 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Paint finish in other standard RAL colors: RAL 1002, 1013, 1015,<br />

1019, 2003, 2004, 3000, 3007, 5002, 5007, 5009, 5010, 5012, 5015,<br />

5017, 5018, 5019, 6011, 6019, 6021, 7000, 7001, 7004, 7011, 7016,<br />

7022, 7031, 7032, 7033, 7035, 9001, 9002, 9005<br />

(see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Paint finish in special RAL colors: For RAL colors, see "Special paint<br />

finish in special RAL colors" (see Catalog Section 1 "Introduction")<br />

Colors and paint finish 2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/97<br />

2/120, 2/127, 2/135, 3/28,<br />

4/65, 4/69, 4/123, 4/127,<br />

5/79, 5/83, 5/88, 5/92, 5/98<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension, DE Shaft and rotor 2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/98<br />

Non-standard cylindrical shaft extension, NDE 2/122, 2/130, 2/137, 3/31,<br />

4/66, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/93, 5/99<br />

Special shaft steel 2/130, 2/137, 3/31, 4/71,<br />

4/129, 5/99<br />

Non-standard threaded through hole (NPT or G thread)<br />

Operating data such as the B40 order code with alternative<br />

SINAMICS converter on the rating plate<br />

• G120 with PM230<br />

Motor connection and terminal<br />

boxes<br />

2/126, 2/134, 3/27, 4/68,<br />

4/126, 5/91, 5/97<br />

Version for converter operation 5/78, 5/82, 5/96<br />

• G120 with PM240<br />

• G120C<br />

• G120P with PM230<br />

• G120P with PM240P-2<br />

• G120P with PM330<br />

• G130, G150, G180<br />

• S120 (BLM/SLM)<br />

• V20<br />

Operating data such as the B41 order code with alternative<br />

SINAMICS converter on the rating plate<br />

• S120 (ALM)<br />

Mounting of a special type of rotary pulse encoder Special technology 2/128, 3/29, 4/70, 4/127,<br />

5/98<br />

Y74 • and Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL,<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29<br />

spec. (integrated centrifugal switch, speed ... rpm), terminal box moisture<br />

speed .... rpm protection<br />

Y75 • and Temperature class 180 (H), utilized according to 155 (F) Windings and insulation 2/119, 2/127, 2/134, 3/28<br />

spec. power,<br />

CT .. °C or<br />

IA …. m<br />

above sea<br />

level<br />

Y76 • and<br />

spec.<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG 10 DN 1024 I + FSL,<br />

(integrated centrifugal switch, speed ... rpm), terminal box dust<br />

Special technology 2/128, 2/135, 3/29<br />

speed .... rpm protection<br />

Y79 • and<br />

spec. speed<br />

(max. 3)<br />

.... rpm<br />

Y80 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y81 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y82 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y84 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Y85 • and<br />

customer<br />

specifications<br />

Mounting of rotary pulse encoder HOG 10 DN 1024 I + ESL 93,<br />

(integrated electronic speed switch, speed ... rpm), terminal box<br />

dust protection<br />

Additional rating plate with deviating rating plate data<br />

Rating plate and additional rating<br />

plates<br />

2/128, 2/135, 3/29<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/94, 5/99<br />

Separately driven fan with non-standard voltage and/or frequency Heating and ventilation 2/131, 2/137, 3/31, 4/129,<br />

5/93, 5/99<br />

Additional rating plate with customer specifications<br />

Additional information on rating plate and on package label<br />

(max. 20 characters)<br />

Adhesive label, supplied loose (printed with: Article No., Serial No.;<br />

2 lines of text)<br />

Rating plate and additional rating<br />

plates<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/94, 5/99<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129,<br />

5/80, 5/85, 5/89, 5/94, 5/99<br />

2/123, 2/131, 2/137, 3/32,<br />

4/67, 4/71, 4/124, 4/129<br />

7<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/21


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Conversion tables<br />

■ Rotary inertia (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

2 2 2 2 2 2<br />

B lb-in 2 lb-ft 2 lb-in-s 2 lb-ft-s 2<br />

A<br />

slug-ft 2 kg-cm kg-cm-s gm-cm gm-cm-s oz-in oz-in-s<br />

lb-in 2 1 6.94 × 10 –3 2.59 × 10 –3 2.15 × 10 –4 2.926 2.98 × 10 –3 2.92 × 10 3 2.984 16 4.14 × 10 –2<br />

lb-ft 2 144 1 0.3729 3.10 × 10 –2 421.40 0.4297 4.21 × 10 5 429.71 2304 5.967<br />

lb-in-s 2 386.08 2.681 1 8.33 × 10 –2 1.129 × 10 3 1.152 1.129 × 10 6 1.152 × 10 3 6.177 × 10 3 16<br />

lb-ft-s 2<br />

4.63 × 10 3 32.17 12 1 1.35 × 10 4 13.825 1.355 × 10 7 1.38 × 10 4 7.41 × 10 4 192<br />

slug-ft 2<br />

kg-cm 2 0.3417 2.37 × 10 –3 8.85 × 10 –4 7.37 × 10 –5 1 1.019 × 10 –3 1000 1.019 5.46 1.41 × 10 –2<br />

kg-cm-s 2 335.1 2.327 0.8679 7.23 × 10 –2 980.66 1 9.8 × 10 5 1000 5.36 × 10 3 13.887<br />

gm-cm 2 3.417 × 10 –4 2.37 × 10 –6 8.85 × 10 –7 7.37 × 10 –8 1 × 10 –3 1.01 × 10 –6 1 1.01 × 10 –3 5.46 × 10 –3 1.41 × 10 –5<br />

gm-cm-s 2 0.335 2.32 × 10 –3 8.67 × 10 –4 7.23 × 10 –5 0.98<strong>06</strong> 1 × 10 –3 980.6 1 5.36 1.38 × 10 –2<br />

oz-in 2 0.<strong>06</strong>25 4.34 × 10 –4 1.61 × 10 –4 1.34 × 10 –5 0.182 1.86 × 10 –4 182.9 0.186 1 2.59 × 10 –3<br />

oz-in-s 2 24.13 0.1675 6.25 × 10 –2 5.20 × 10 –3 70.615 7.20 × 10 –2 7.09 × 10 4 72.0 386.08 1<br />

■ Torque (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B lb-in lb-ft oz-in N-m kg-cm kg-m gm-cm dyne-cm<br />

A<br />

lb-in 1 8.333 × 10 –2 16 0.113 1.152 1.152 × 10 –2 1.152 × 10 3 1.129 × 10 6<br />

lb-ft 12 1 192 1.355 13.825 0.138 1.382 × 10 4 1.355 × 10 7<br />

oz-in 6.25 × 10 –2 5.208 × 10 –3 1 7.<strong>06</strong>1 × 10 –3 7.200 × 10 –2 7.200 × 10 –4 72.007 7.<strong>06</strong>1 × 10 4<br />

N-m 8.850 0.737 141.612 1 10.197 0.102 1.019 × 10 4 1 × 10 7<br />

kg-cm 0.8679 7.233 × 10 –2 13.877 9.8<strong>06</strong> × 10 –2 1 10 –2 1000 9.8<strong>06</strong> × 10 5<br />

kg-m 86.796 7.233 1.388 × 10 3 9.8<strong>06</strong> 100 1 1 × 10 5 9.8<strong>06</strong> × 10 7<br />

gm-cm 8.679 × 10 –4 7.233 × 10 –5 1.388 × 10 –2 9.8<strong>06</strong> × 10 –5 1 × 10 –3 1 × 10 –5 1 980.665<br />

dyne-cm 8.850 × 10 –7 7.375 × 10 –8 1.416 × 10 –5 10 –7 1.0197 × 10 –6 1.019 × 10 –8 1.019 × 10 –3 1<br />

7<br />

■ Length (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B inches feet cm yd mm m<br />

A<br />

inches 1 0.0833 2.54 0.028 25.4 0.0254<br />

feet 12 1 30.48 0.333 304.8 0.3048<br />

cm 0.3937 0.03281 1 1.09 × 10 –2 10 0.01<br />

yd 36 3 91.44 1 914.4 0.914<br />

mm 0.03937 0.00328 0.1 1.09 × 10 –3 1 0.001<br />

m 39.37 3.281 100 1.09 1000 1<br />

■ Power (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B hp<br />

Watts<br />

A<br />

hp (<strong>English</strong>) 1 745.7<br />

(lb-in) (deg./s) 2.645 × 10 –6 1.972 × 10 –3<br />

(lb-in) (rpm) 1.587 × 10 –5 1.183 × 10 –2<br />

(lb-ft) (deg./s) 3.173 × 10 –5 2.366 × 10 –2<br />

(lb-ft) (rpm) 1.904 × 10 –4 0.1420<br />

Watts 1.341 × 10 –3 1<br />

■ Force (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B lb oz gm dyne N<br />

A<br />

lb 1 16 453.6 4.448 × 10 5 4.4482<br />

oz 0.<strong>06</strong>25 1 28.35 2.780 × 10 4 0.27801<br />

gm 2.205 × 10 –3 0.03527 1 1.02 × 10 –3 N.A.<br />

dyne 2.248 × 10 –6 3.59 × 10 –5 980.7 1 0.00001<br />

N 0.22481 3.5967 N.A. 100000 1<br />

■ Mass (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B lb oz gm kg slug<br />

A<br />

lb 1 16 453.6 0.4536 0.0311<br />

oz 6.25 × 10 –2 1 28.35 0.02835 1.93 × 10 –3<br />

gm 2.205 × 10 –3 3.527 × 10 –2 1 10 –3 6.852 × 10 –5<br />

kg 2.205 35.27 10 3 1 6.852 × 10 –2<br />

slug 32.17 514.8 1.459 × 10 4 14.59 1<br />

■ Rotation (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)<br />

B rpm rad/s degrees/s<br />

A<br />

rpm 1 0.105 6.0<br />

rad/s 9.55 1 57.30<br />

degrees/s 0.167 1.745 × 10 –2 1<br />

7/22 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Conversion tables<br />

■ Temperature Conversion<br />

°F °C °C °F<br />

0 –17.8 –10 14<br />

32 0 0 32<br />

50 10 10 50<br />

70 21.1 20 68<br />

90 32.2 30 86<br />

98.4 37 37 98.4<br />

212 100 100 212<br />

subtract 32 and multiply by 5 / 9 multiply by 9 / 5 and add 32<br />

■ Mechanism Efficiencies<br />

Acme-screw with brass nut ~0.35–0.65<br />

Acme-screw with plastic nut ~0.50–0.85<br />

Ball-screw ~0.85–0.95<br />

Chain and sprocket ~0.95–0.98<br />

Preloaded ball-screw ~0.75–0.85<br />

Spur or bevel-gears ~0.90<br />

Timing belts ~0.96–0.98<br />

Worm gears ~0.45–0.85<br />

Helical gear (1 reduction) ~0.92<br />

■ Friction Coefficients<br />

Materials<br />

<br />

Steel on steel (greased) ~0.15<br />

Plastic on steel ~0.15–0.25<br />

Copper on steel ~0.30<br />

Brass on steel ~0.35<br />

Aluminum on steel ~0.45<br />

Steel on steel ~0.58<br />

Mechanism<br />

<br />

Ball bushings


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Metal surcharges<br />

7<br />

1) 2) 3) 4)<br />

■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges<br />

Surcharge calculation<br />

To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials<br />

silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium 2) and/or<br />

neodym 2) , surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the<br />

so-called metal factor for products containing these raw<br />

materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated<br />

as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic<br />

official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.<br />

The surcharges are calculated in accordance with the following<br />

criteria:<br />

• Basic official price of the raw material<br />

Basic official price from the day prior to receipt of the order or<br />

prior to release order (daily price) for 3)<br />

- Silver (sales price, processed)<br />

- Gold (sales price, processed)<br />

and for 4)<br />

- Copper (lower DEL notation + 1 %)<br />

- Aluminum (aluminum in cables)<br />

- Lead (lead in cables)<br />

• Metal factor of the products<br />

Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal<br />

factor determines the official price (for those raw materials<br />

concerned) as of which the metal surcharges are applied and<br />

the calculation method used (weight or percentage method).<br />

An exact explanation is given below.<br />

Structure of the metal factor<br />

The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates<br />

whether the percentage method of calculation refers to the list<br />

price or a possible discounted price (customer net price) (L = list<br />

price / N = customer net price).<br />

The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for<br />

the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw<br />

material, a "-" is used.<br />

1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method<br />

2nd digit for silver (AG)<br />

3rd digit for copper (CU)<br />

4th digit for aluminum (AL)<br />

5th digit for lead (PB)<br />

6th digit for gold (AU)<br />

7th digit for dysprosium (Dy) 2)<br />

8th digit for neodym (Nd) 2)<br />

Weight method<br />

The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price<br />

and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge,<br />

the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price.<br />

The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight.<br />

The basic official price can be found in the table below using the<br />

number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw<br />

material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions.<br />

Percentage method<br />

Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at<br />

the respective digit of the metal factor.<br />

The surcharge is increased - dependent on the deviation of the<br />

daily price compared with the basic official price - using the percentage<br />

method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges<br />

that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A<br />

higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective<br />

percentage level can be found in the table below.<br />

Metal factor examples<br />

L E A – – – – –<br />

N – A 6 – – – –<br />

– – 3 – – – – –<br />

Basis for % surcharge: List price<br />

Silver Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.5 %<br />

Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %<br />

No surcharge for aluminum<br />

No surcharge for lead<br />

No surcharge for gold<br />

No surcharge for dysprosium<br />

No surcharge for neodym<br />

Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price<br />

No surcharge for silver<br />

Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %<br />

Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225 €<br />

No surcharge for lead<br />

No surcharge for gold<br />

No surcharge for dysprosium<br />

No surcharge for neodym<br />

No basis necessary<br />

No surcharge for silver<br />

Copper acc. to weight, basic official price 150 €<br />

No surcharge for aluminum<br />

No surcharge for lead<br />

No surcharge for gold<br />

No surcharge for dysprosium<br />

No surcharge for neodym<br />

1) Refer to the separate explanation on the next page regarding the raw materials dysprosium and neodym (= rare earths).<br />

2) For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the next page.<br />

3) Source: Umicore, Hanau (www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com).<br />

4) Source: Schutzvereinigung DEL-Notiz e.V. (www.del-notiz.org).<br />

7/24 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Metal surcharges<br />

1) 2)<br />

■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges for dysprosium and neodym (rare earths)<br />

Surcharge calculation<br />

To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials<br />

silver 1) , copper 1) , aluminum 1) , lead 1) , gold 1) , dysprosium and/or<br />

neodym, surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the<br />

so-called metal factor for products containing these raw<br />

materials. The surcharge for dysprosium and neodym is calculated<br />

as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic<br />

official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.<br />

The surcharge is calculated in accordance with the following<br />

criteria:<br />

• Basic official price of the raw material 2)<br />

Three-month basic average price (see below) in the period<br />

before the quarter in which the order was received or the release<br />

order took place (= average official price) for<br />

- dysprosium (Dy metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)<br />

- neodym (Nd metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)<br />

• Metal factor of the products<br />

Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal<br />

factor indicates (for those raw materials concerned) the basic<br />

official price as of which the surcharges for dysprosium and<br />

neodym are calculated using the weight method. An exact explanation<br />

of the metal factor is given below.<br />

Three-month average price<br />

The prices of rare earths vary according to the foreign currency,<br />

and there is no freely accessible stock exchange listing. This<br />

makes it more difficult for all parties involved to monitor changes<br />

in price. In order to avoid continuous adjustment of the surcharges,<br />

but to still ensure fair, transparent pricing, an average<br />

price is calculated over a three-month period using the average<br />

monthly foreign exchange rate from USD to EUR (source: European<br />

Central Bank). Since not all facts are immediately available<br />

at the start of each month, a one-month buffer is allowed before<br />

the new average price applies.<br />

Examples of calculation of the average official price:<br />

Period for calculation of<br />

the average price:<br />

Sep 2012 - Nov 2012<br />

Dec 2012 - Feb 2013<br />

Mar 2013 - May 2013<br />

Jun 2013 - Aug 2013<br />

Period during which the order/release order is<br />

effected and the average price applies:<br />

Q1 in 2013 (Jan - Mar)<br />

Q2 in 2013 (Apr - Jun)<br />

Q3 in 2013 (Jul - Sep)<br />

Q4 in 2013 (Oct - Dec)<br />

Structure of the metal factor<br />

The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit is not relevant<br />

to the calculation of dysprosium and neodym.<br />

The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for<br />

the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw<br />

material, a "-" is used.<br />

1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method<br />

2nd digit for silver (AG) 1)<br />

3rd digit for copper (CU) 1)<br />

4th digit for aluminum (AL) 1)<br />

5th digit for lead (PB) 1)<br />

6th digit for gold (AU) 1)<br />

7th digit for dysprosium (Dy)<br />

8th digit for neodym (Nd)<br />

Weight method<br />

The weight method uses the basic official price, the average<br />

price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge,<br />

the basic official price must be subtracted from the average<br />

price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material<br />

weight.<br />

The basic official price can be found in the table below using the<br />

number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. Your<br />

Sales contact can inform you of the raw material weight.<br />

Metal factor examples<br />

– – – – – – 7 1<br />

No basis necessary<br />

No surcharge for silver<br />

No surcharge for copper<br />

No surcharge for aluminum<br />

No surcharge for lead<br />

No surcharge for gold<br />

Dysprosium acc. to weight, basic official price 300 €<br />

Neodym acc. to weight, basic official price 50 €<br />

7<br />

1) For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the previous page.<br />

2) Source: Asian Metal Ltd (www.asianmetal.com)<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/25


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Metal surcharges<br />

7<br />

■ Values of the metal factor<br />

Percentage<br />

method<br />

Basic official<br />

price<br />

in €<br />

Step range<br />

in €<br />

% surcharge<br />

1st step<br />

% surcharge<br />

2nd step<br />

% surcharge<br />

3rd step<br />

% surcharge<br />

4th step<br />

Price in € Price in € Price in € Price in €<br />

150.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 250.00 250.01 - 300.00 300.01 - 350.00<br />

% surcharge<br />

per additional<br />

step<br />

A 150 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1<br />

B 150 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2<br />

C 150 50 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 0.3<br />

D 150 50 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 0.4<br />

E 150 50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5<br />

F 150 50 0.6 1.2 1.8 2.4 0.6<br />

G 150 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0<br />

H 150 50 1.2 2.4 3.6 4.8 1.2<br />

I 150 50 1.6 3.2 4.8 6.4 1.6<br />

J 150 50 1.8 3.6 5.4 7.2 1.8<br />

175.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00<br />

O 175 50 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1<br />

P 175 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2<br />

R 175 50 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0.5<br />

225.01 - 275.00 275.01 - 325.00 325.01 - 375.00 375.01 - 425.00<br />

S 225 50 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.2<br />

U 225 50 1.0 2.0 3.0 4.0 1.0<br />

V 225 50 1.0 1.5 2.0 3.0 1.0<br />

W 225 50 1.2 2.5 3.5 4.5 1.0<br />

150.01 - 175.00 175.01 - 200.00 200.01 - 225.00 225.01 - 250.00<br />

Y 150 25 0.3 0.6 0.9 1.2 0.3<br />

400.01 - 425.00 425.01 - 450.00 450.01 - 475.00 475.01 - 500.00<br />

Z 400 25 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.1<br />

L<br />

N<br />

Weight<br />

method<br />

1 50<br />

2 100<br />

3 150<br />

4 175<br />

5 200<br />

6 225<br />

7 300<br />

8 400<br />

9 555<br />

Miscellaneous<br />

Price basis (1st digit)<br />

Basic official price in €<br />

Calculation based on the list price<br />

Calculation based on the customer net price (discounted list price)<br />

Calculation based on raw material weight<br />

- No metal surcharge<br />

7/26 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Conditions of sale and delivery<br />

■ 1. General Provisions<br />

By using this catalog you can purchase products (hardware,<br />

software and services) described therein from Siemens Aktiengesellschaft<br />

subject to the following Terms and Conditions of<br />

Sale and Delivery (hereinafter referred to as "T&C"). Please note<br />

that the scope, the quality and the conditions for supplies and<br />

services, including software products, by any Siemens entity<br />

having a registered office outside Germany, shall be subject<br />

exclusively to the General Terms and Conditions of the<br />

respective Siemens entity. The following T&C apply exclusively<br />

for orders placed with Siemens Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.<br />

1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in<br />

Germany<br />

For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the<br />

following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C:<br />

• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in<br />

the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall<br />

apply and subordinate thereto,<br />

• for installation work the "General Conditions for Erection<br />

Works Germany" 1) ("Allgemeine Montagebedingungen <br />

Deutschland" (currently only available in German)) and/or<br />

• for stand-alone software products and software products<br />

forming a part of a product or project, the "General License<br />

Conditions for Software Products for Automation and Drives<br />

for Customers with a Seat or registered Office in Germany" 1)<br />

and/or<br />

• for consulting services the "General Terms and Conditions for<br />

Consulting Services of the Division DF Germany" 1) and/or<br />

• for other supplies and/or services the "General Conditions for<br />

the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and Electronics<br />

Industry" 1) .<br />

In case such supplies and/or services should contain Open<br />

Source Software, the conditions of which shall prevail over the<br />

"General Conditions for the Supply of Products and Services<br />

of the Electrical and Electronics Industry" 1) , a notice will be<br />

contained in the scope of delivery in which the applicable conditions<br />

for Open Source Software are specified. This shall apply<br />

mutatis mutandis for notices referring to other third party<br />

software components.<br />

1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside<br />

Germany<br />

For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,<br />

the following terms and conditions apply subordinate to T&C:<br />

• for products, which include specific terms and conditions in<br />

the description text, these specific terms and conditions shall<br />

apply and subordinate thereto,<br />

• for services the "International Terms & Conditions for Services"<br />

1) supplemented by "Software Licensing Conditions" 1)<br />

and/or<br />

• for consulting services the "General Terms and Conditions for<br />

Consulting Services of the Division DF Germany" 1) and/or<br />

• for other supplies of hard- and software the "International<br />

Terms & Conditions for Products"1) supplemented by "Software<br />

Licensing Conditions"1)<br />

1.3 For customers with master or framework agreement<br />

To the extent our supplies and/or services offered are covered<br />

by an existing master or framework agreement, the terms and<br />

conditions of that agreement shall apply instead of T&C.<br />

■ 2. Prices<br />

The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of<br />

packaging.<br />

The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It<br />

shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to<br />

the applicable statutory legal regulations.<br />

Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge<br />

the prices valid at the time of delivery.<br />

To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.<br />

silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),<br />

surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called<br />

metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A<br />

surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a<br />

supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of<br />

the raw material in question is exceeded.<br />

The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price<br />

(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges<br />

on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of<br />

calculation.<br />

You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the<br />

page headed "Metal surcharges".<br />

To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium<br />

and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which<br />

the order was received or the release order was effected is used.<br />

To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and<br />

neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic<br />

average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was<br />

received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth<br />

buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the<br />

explanation of the metal factor).<br />

■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions<br />

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the<br />

German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches<br />

apply only to devices for export.<br />

Illustrations are not binding.<br />

Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this<br />

catalog – especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights<br />

given – these are subject to change without prior notice.<br />

7<br />

1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG can be downloaded<br />

at<br />

https://mall.industry.siemens.com/legal/ww/en/<br />

terms_of_trade_en.pdf<br />

Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong><br />

7/27


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Appendix<br />

Conditions of sale and delivery<br />

■ 4. Export Regulations<br />

We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such<br />

fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of<br />

national or international foreign trade or customs requirements<br />

or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.<br />

Export may be subject to license. We shall indicate in the<br />

delivery details whether licenses are required under German,<br />

European and US export lists.<br />

Our products are controlled by the U.S. Government (when<br />

labeled with "ECCN" unequal "N") and authorized for export only<br />

to the country of ultimate destination for use by the ultimate<br />

consignee or end-user(s) herein identified. They may not be<br />

resold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, to any other<br />

country or to any person other than the authorized ultimate<br />

consignee or end-user(s), either in their original form or after<br />

being incorporated into other items, without first obtaining<br />

approval from the U.S. Government or as otherwise authorized<br />

by U.S. law and regulations.<br />

The export indications can be viewed in advance in the<br />

description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our<br />

online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"<br />

indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices<br />

are authoritative.<br />

Products labeled with "AL" unequal "N" are subject to<br />

European / national export authorization. Products without label,<br />

with label "AL:N" / "ECCN:N", or label "AL:9X9999" /<br />

"ECCN: 9X9999" may require authorization from responsible<br />

authorities depending on the final end-use, or the destination.<br />

If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or<br />

technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless<br />

of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services<br />

(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a<br />

third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable national<br />

and international (re-)export control regulations.<br />

If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,<br />

you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information<br />

pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition<br />

and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively<br />

works and services provided by us, as well as to any export<br />

control restrictions existing in this relation.<br />

The products listed in this catalog may be subject to<br />

European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export<br />

requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the<br />

relevant authorities.<br />

Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.<br />

7<br />

7/28 Siemens D 81.1 · <strong>06</strong>/<strong>2020</strong>


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Selection and ordering at Siemens<br />

Industry Mall, downloading and ordering catalogs<br />

Easy product selection and ordering: Industry Mall<br />

Industry Mall<br />

The Industry Mall is a Siemens AG Internet ordering platform.<br />

It provides you with online access to a comprehensive product<br />

spectrum that is presented in an informative, well-organized<br />

way.<br />

Powerful search functions help you select the required products,<br />

while configurators enable you to configure complex product<br />

and system components quickly and easily. CAx data are also<br />

available for you to use.<br />

Data transfer allows the entire procedure, from selection through<br />

ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried out online.<br />

Availability checks, individual customer discounting, and<br />

quotation preparation are also possible.<br />

www.siemens.com/industrymall<br />

Downloading catalogs<br />

Siemens Industry Online Support<br />

You can download catalogs and brochures in PDF format from<br />

Siemens Industry Online Support without having to register.<br />

The filter box makes it possible to perform targeted searches.<br />

www.siemens.com/industry-catalogs<br />

Ordering printed catalogs<br />

Please contact your local Siemens branch if you are interested<br />

in ordering printed catalogs.<br />

Addresses can be found at<br />

www.siemens.com/automation-contact


© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

Get more information<br />

Siemens <strong>Motors</strong>:<br />

www.siemens.com/motors<br />

Local partners worldwide:<br />

www.siemens.com/automation-contact<br />

Published by<br />

Siemens AG<br />

Digital Industries<br />

Motion Control<br />

P.O. Box 31 80<br />

91050 Erlangen, Germany<br />

PDF (Article No. E86<strong>06</strong>0-K5581-A111-B4-7600)<br />

V6.MKKATA.LDT.140<br />

KG 0720 662 En<br />

Produced in Germany<br />

© Siemens <strong>2020</strong><br />

For the U.S. published by<br />

Siemens Industry Inc.<br />

100 Technology Drive<br />

Alpharetta, GA 30005<br />

United States<br />

Subject to changes and errors. The information given in this catalog<br />

only contains general descriptions and/or performance features<br />

which may not always specifically reflect those described, or which<br />

may undergo modification in the course of further development of<br />

the products. The requested performance features are binding only<br />

when they are expressly agreed upon in the concluded contract.<br />

All product designations may be trademarks or product names of<br />

Siemens AG or other companies whose use by third parties for their<br />

own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.<br />

Security information<br />

Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial<br />

security functions that support the secure operation of<br />

plants, systems, machines and networks.<br />

In order to protect plants, systems, machines and networks<br />

against cyber threats, it is necessary to implement – and<br />

continuously maintain – a holistic, state-of-the-art industrial<br />

security concept. Siemens’ products and solutions<br />

constitute one element of such a concept.<br />

Customers are responsible for preventing unauthorized<br />

access to their plants, systems, machines and networks.<br />

Such systems, machines and components should only be<br />

connected to an enterprise network or the internet if and<br />

to the extent such a connection is necessary and only<br />

when appropriate security measures (e.g. firewalls and/or<br />

network segmentation) are in place.<br />

For additional information on industrial security measures<br />

that may be implemented, please visit<br />

https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity<br />

Siemens’ products and solutions undergo continuous<br />

development to make them more secure. Siemens strongly<br />

recommends that product updates are applied as soon as<br />

they are available and that the latest product versions are<br />

used. Use of product versions that are no longer supported,<br />

and failure to apply the latest updates may increase<br />

customer’s exposure to cyber threats.<br />

To stay informed about product updates, subscribe to the<br />

Siemens Industrial Security RSS Feed under<br />

https://www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity<br />

Please scan the<br />

QR code for more<br />

information on<br />

Siemens <strong>Motors</strong>.

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!